THE JOURNAL

QUEKETT MICROSCOPICAL CLUB.

VOL. Ill

1872—1874.

I WOODS ;

\ HOLE^
MASS,

[Published for the Club,]

ROBERT HARDWICKE/ 192, PICCADILLY

G. P. BACON, ITvINTEE, LEWES.

^

.H.r^

I WOODS
\ HOLE,
THE JOURNAL X^'ASS.

^aelictt ||licrost0}j'ual €\nh

Observations on the Polyzoa.
By a. H. H. Lattey, M.R.C.P.*

(Bead October 27th, 1871.)

Amongst the vast number of animated beings, of whose very-
existence we should have remained in profound ignorance, were it
not for the invention of the microscope — so justly termed a sixth
sense — few afford more beautiful or interesting objects for our con-
templation than the group to which the name of Polyzoa has been
given ; so called from two Greek words — polus (many) and zoon
(animal) — being always found aggregated together in masses, and
many of them resembling minute plants, so much so as to have l)een
classed, by early observers, amongst the members of the vegetable
kingdom. Their complex organization has obtained for them a
high position in the animal kingdom, and the exquisite form which
some of them possess cannot fail to excite our admiration. When,
for instance, we see the elegant Sertularians, projecting like fairy
ferns from the side of a rock-pool, attractive by their graceful
forms, even before the microscope has revealed the beautiful little
creatures studding their branches like living flowers, or the Poly-
zoary of the Halodactylus, with its exquisite bell-shaped creatures
emerging, one by one, from the jelly-like mass coating the seaweed,
like the ribs of a folded umbrella, stripped of its covering, and then
gradually expanding into a beautiful bell, the cilia? fringing its
ribs, or tentacles, in perpetual motion, keeping up a constant eddy
in the surrounding water, so as to bring the floating particles of
nutritious matter within the grasp of their open mouths.

* Communicated by Mr. T. Curteis, F.R.M.S.
JouRN. Q. M. C. No. 18. B

Z A. H. H, LATTEY, OBSERVATIONS ON THE POLYZOA,

Amongst all these creatures, none are more curious than the species
of Bugula, called Bugula Avicularia, from its possessing those
strange appendages called birds' head processes, and most appro-
priately so, from their very exact resemblance to the head and beak
of a bird. They are attached to the margins of the cells by means
of a footstalk, and each has two " mandibles ;" the upper one fixed
and the lower one moveable, just as in birds, and they are opened
and shut by powerful muscles wdthin the " head." A most singu-
lar and curious sight it is to watch the movements of these "ob-
jects" when a portion of the Polyzoary is viewed under an inch or
two inch objective, so as to allow a number of these bodies to be in
sight at once. It will then be seen that each head keeps up a con-
tinual nodding movement, throwing itself slowly back, which its
joint-like union to the cell allows, at the same time gradually open-
ing its jaws, or rather depressing the lower jaw until the mouth is
opened to its full extent, and when the head has gone back as far
as it can reach, it suddenly resumes its former position, the mouth
closing at the same instant with a sudden snap, and entrapping
any luckless animal that may be passing at the time, and then the
same proceeding takes place over and over again, without any in-
termission. It certainly is a most singular — I might almost say
ludicrous — sight to see all the avicularia within the field of the micro-
scope practising this perpetual " snapping." The great size and
apj)arent strength of the animals which they are capable of seizing
and retaining in their grasp, must impress us with a sense of the
enormous strength of the muscles which move the jaw, for they
seize and retain not only small vermicules, but such large creatures
as caprellee, entomostracse, &c. ; and very curious it is to watch the
wiithings and struggles of one of these comparatively gigantic vic-
tims in its vain efforts to escape from the jaws of its tiny captor.
Not unfrequently the captive is seized by another, or even two
more avicularise, in other parts of its body, thus making assurance
doubly sure, and so deadly is the grip, that I have never seen one of
them relax its hold on the application of the medium which is fatal
to themselves.

Various have been the conjectures as to the office of these " heads
without bodies," and their exact function in the economy of the ani-
mal— some supposing that their office is to protect the delicate
creatures over whom they mount guard from the rude contact of
foreign bodies which might injure their frail structure ; but many

A. H. H. LATTEY, OBSERVATIONS ON THE POLYZOA. O

equally delicate animals, the Halodactylus for instance, are unpro-
vided with any such protection. Others suppose that they are
destined to entrap the passing animals, and hold them in their firm
grip until decomposition has diffused them in the surrounding
water, thus furnishing the creatures with a supply of nourishment ;
this, to my mind, appears the most feasible explanation. I have
found these animals in great abundance at Ilfracombe, especially upon
the rocks near the harbour, mostly depending from their under sur-
face ; the Campanularia Dichotoma in the same locality on the leaves
of brown sea-weeds, and the Sertulari^ growing from the sides of
rock pools at St, Leonards and Exmouth. The Halodactylus may be
found in any locality where there are rocks, encrusting the stems and
fronds of the common bladder wrack (fucus vesiculosus) at low
water, especially during spring tides. It looks like a firm gela-
tinous coating of a brown colour, and has a semi-transparent
appearance. When put into fresh sea water, it is seen to be-
come gradually, as the animals emerge from their cells, overspread
with what appears, to the naked eye, to be a minute white downy
covering.

If it is desired to make preparations of any of these creatures,
the following will be found a successful plan. Their extreme sensi-
tiveness, and the rapidity with which they withdraw themselves
into their cells upon the slightest touch or jar, makes it necessary
to adopt a peculiar plan of proceeding. I would premise that
before commencing operations with the Halodactylus it is desirable
to cut it into the length required to fit the cell in which it is to be
placed whilst the animal is contracted, as it may then be cut in any
direction without injury, but when expanded it requires to be very
carefully handled, as if the bells are in any way pressed or put out of
shape they cannot be restored. For this reason it should be so cut
as to fit the cell tightly so as to prevent its being shifted. The
object is to coax the animals out of their tiny homes, and to keep
them out until you can kill them. To accomplish the first object,
it is best to keep them out of the water for several hours, and then
to put them into fresh sea-water in any appropriate vessel. I have
found a circular glass dish, such as is used for cakes of trans-
parent soap, answer very well, as it can be put upon the stage of
the microscope, and the effects of different stages of the operations
watched, which is of importance. Some alcoholic spirit mii«t
now be added very gradually — spirit of wine, brandy, whisky, or gin.

4: A. H. H. LATTEY, OBSERVATIONS ON THE POLYZOA.

it matters not which — when they will be observed to come out in
greater numbers, evidently attracted by the taste of the spirit, and
as it continues to be added they become evidently excited, with-
drawing into their cells, and coming out again, bending about, and
the ciliee meanwhile moving in the most rapid manner. This con-
tinues for some time, until at length they begin to flag in their
movements, which become more and more sluggish, the animals
being apparently drunk. This is the moment to pour off the
alcoholized sea-water, and pour upon them the preservative fluid,
which has the desired effect of bringing out all that are still left in
their cells, and gradually killing them, and it has the immense
advantage of being at the same time a most excellent fluid for pre-
serving them, so that they can remain in it. I find it of great ser-
vice to let the Halodactylus lie for a considerable time in this fluid
before finally putting them up, as a certain amount of deposit takes
place from the sea-weed, which it is better to exclude from the cell.
The preserving fluid I use is one recommended by Dr. Beale, as a
modification of Thwaites', and is prepared as follows : —

Mix three drachms of creosote with six ounces of wood-naphtha,
and add, in a mortar, as much prepared chalk as may be necessary
to form a smooth thick paste ; water must be gradually added to
the extent of 64 ounces, a few lumps of camphor thrown in, and the
mixture allowed to stand for two or three weeks in a lightly covered
vessel, with occasional stirring ; after which it should be filtered
and preserved in well-stopped bottles.

[Notice.— Plates i. and ii., illustrating Mr. Furlonge's paper on the
Flea, will be issued with the next No. of this Journal.]

On the so-called " Nerve" of the Tooth.
By T. C. White, Hon. Sec.
{Read October 27^/^,1871.)

There is no field of microscopical investigation more pregnant
with, interest than that which comprises the study of the histological
characters of the various elements that help to make up the sum of
the animal frame. I would not in saying this seem to depreciate
those other subjects in which lovers of microscopy find such delight.
Micro-zoology, the physiology and structural elements of the
vegetable world, and those studies having for their object the
development and correction of the higher powers of our micro-
scopes, possess their several interests, and are very important as
fields of research ; but I believe they will be found to pale before
that study which enables us to arrive at a knowledge of those
structures which build up and bind together the various organs of
the human frame. A vast amount of work has yet to be done in
comparing these several tissues with those of the lower animals,
both as regards their embryonic condition as well as that of adult
life : but it is not of comparative histology, nor of histology in its
general aspect, that I would speak to-night, so much as of one
particular tissue for which all present have, doubtless, at one time
or another, felt a peculiar interest — I mean what is called the
" nerve'''' of a tooth. Great uncertainty exists in the popular mind
relative to its exact locality and nature ; all know it to be a very
painful subject, not to be touched upon except very lightly, and
many desire to see what it is like. Now it occurred to me that
it might not be altogether an uninteresting subject to bring-
under your notice, and while we were enabled to see what structural
elements even so small a portion as this might afford for our powers
of observation, it might at the same time stimulate the members of
oar Club generally to work out systematically the histology of the
other structures of the animal frame. These fields have been well
worked by others, it is true, but we reap the harvest of their
labours in the many manuals on the subject with which our scientific
libraries abound ; but though skilful gleaners in the field of scientific
investigation leave little for us to gather, yet stray facts may still

O T. C. WHITE OX THE SO-CALLED " NERVE OF THE TOOTH.

be picked up by diligent and careful, but above all sf/ste/natic
observers.

I trust that you will deal leniently with me if I presume for a
moment that you know nothing whatever of the various structures
entering into the formation of a tooth. I can thus, in an elemen-
tary manner, recall to your minds the osseous elements we meet
with in our examination. If a tooth be divided longitudinally the
main body of such a section would reveal three different substances
surrounding a cavity, which, to a certain extent, partakes of the
external shape of the tooth ; immediately surrounding the cavity,
and constituting the principal bulk of the tooth, we notice a fibrous
silky substance, called the " dentine ;" capping that part of the
dentine which appears above the gum, we see the crystalline, almost
msensible '^ enamel,^^ designed to protect the highly organised and
exceedingly sensitive dentine beneath it ; we shall also observe that
the dentine inserted in the jaw, and forming the root of the tooth,
is clothed with a material of a different appearance to the other two
substances — that is called the " cementumJ^ Of the enamel and
cementum, it is not necessary on this occasion to speak, but the im-
portant relation existing between the '' nerve " and the dentine
demands that I should enter more into detail in explaining its
microscopical appearance. In looking at a section of dentine under
the microscope in a well-developed human tooth, one is reminded of
those views of the comparative sizes of the rivers of the world given
in some atlases, only here our rivers are all the same diameter
and about the same length, and run together in parallel waves. If,
for the sake of illustration, we speak of them as rivers, we should
say that they arise beneath the enamel by exceedingly fine tribu-
taries, by the confluence of which the main stream is gradually
enlarged till, flowing on towards the centre of the tooth, its '^ de-
bouchure " helps to make up the walls of the central cavity, which is
occupied in the living state by the so-called " nerve." A closer
examination of our metaphorical rivers with higher magnifying
powers will show us that they are tapering and undulating tubes,
and existing so abundantly in the dentine as to impart to it that
fibrous silky aspect which cannot fail to strike the most casual
observer. These tubes, which, on the walls of the cavity, measure
about x-o-^Tjiyth of an inch in diameter, are occupied in a recent tooth
by transparent structureless fibres known as the dentinal fibrillge,
the exact office of which is but obscurely defined, but they may

T. C. WHITE ON THE SO-CALLED "NERVE OF THE TOOTH. 7

minister to the nutrition and vitality of the tooth, since, when from
age or disease these tubes become consolidated, the fibrous structure
is re^Dlaced by one resembling horn, and, as a consequence, the
tooth dies, becomes loose and a source of painful irritation. If a
section of the dentine be made in a direction that shall cut across
the course of these tubes, each tube will present an irregular aper-
ture, and will be seen separated from its fellows by an almost equal
proportion of intertubular tissue. We need not now consider any
further the character of the dentine, as 1 shall have to recur to it
when speaking of its relation to tlie nerve ; but what I have laid
before you will enable you to understand the meaning of much of
the structure it is our especial object to examine in the central or
pulp cavity of a tooth.

If we take a recently extracted healthy tooth and split it we
shall notice that the pulp cavity is occupied by a pinkish fleshy mass
about j of an incli long and -jV^li of an inch wide at its upper and
thickest part ; it partakes somewhat of the external shape of the
tooth, being wide in the upper part, and tapering towards the tooth :
this, then, is what is popularly called the " nerve." In physiological
parlance it is termed the pulp. The basis of this pulp is composed
of areolar tissue, whose interstices are filled with a homogeneous
plasma. *

A microscopical examination of its exterior will reveal an infinite
number of small points, giving to it an appearance not much unlike
the cross section of the tubes of the dentine, both as regards size
and distribution. Having noticed this much, recourse must be had
to compression before we can readily make out the arrangements of
its internal structure. Before proceeding to flatten it by pressure
it may be withdrawn from its cavity, and allowed to soak in the
ammoniacal solution of carmine, recommended by our President in
his book " How to Work with the Microscope ;" let it remain in it
twenty-four hours, wash away the carmine fluid, and transfer it to
glycerine for a few hours ; then put it under gentle, gradual pressure
for some few hours more, when it will be rendered sufiiciently thin
to be easily examined by a \ oi an inch objective or higher
powers.

Commencing our examination at that part of the pulp nearest
the apex of the root, we shall notice it entering the foramen of
the fang as a fine thread, which though so fine nevertheless con-
veys the nerve and the artery into the pulp, and gives exit to the

8 T. C. WHITE ON THE SO-CALLED '^ NERVE" OF THE TOOTH.

returning vein ; tracing this thread into the pnlp we shall readily
distinguish the nerve as a bundle of parallel fibres which, running
in together a short distance, divide into two, three, or four fasciculi,
and dividing again still give off fibres to every part of the pulp ;
it is highly probable that these fibres end in loops, but the pressure
necessary to reduce the pulp sufficiently thin for observation rup-
tures the loops, and consequently they very frequently appear to
terminate in free extremities ; but one fact may be easily demon-
strated, namely, their course is always at right angles with the
dentinal tubuli. Besides the ramifications of the dental nerve the
pulp also contains the branches of the artery and its vein; these
are not so easily followed, but in an examination of the pulp of a
tooth extracted for severe inflammation in it, the congested vessels
were naturally injected, and could be seen as a complicated net-
work without any definite arrangement excepting a loop -like dis-
tribution towards the circumference ; in some cases the vessels of
the pulp, becoming stained by the carmine, will be readily seen
with their peculiar transverse nuclei and distinguishable from the
areolar tissue, whose nuclei are spindle-shaped. There is one feature
in the microscopical examination of this prepared pulp which will
not escape observation — it is the curious arrangement of its cortical
portion. In referring to the microscopical appearance of the ex-
terior of the pulp, as it appears on first splitting a tooth, I alluded
to the comparative likeness presented by it to that of the dentine
cut across the tubes, and if that comparison is borne in mind in the
examination of this external portion of the pulp, under its present
circumstances, we may easily interpret the meaning of this arrange-
ment. The cortical substance of the pulp in its healthy condition con-
sists of a number of oval bodies placed side by side with their long
axes perpendicular to the surface of the puljD on which they stand ;
they are deeply stained by the carmine, which proves that they are
endowed with active and growing powers. These oval bodies are
termed '' Odontohlasts.''^ An examination of an odontoblast, which
has been isolated by pressure from the others, will show that it has
an attachment by a transparent structureless appendage to some-
thing within the body of the pulp, while a similar appendage, pro-
ceeding from its distal extremity, penetrates a tubule in the dentine,
and becomes the dentinal fibril of Tomes.

The odontoblastic layer of the pulp is so important an element
in the life and histology of a tooth that its history deserves a closer

T. C. WHITE ON THE SO-CALLED " NERVe" OF THE TOOTH. 9

examination than tlie limits of a paper like this can afford ; but it
may be interesting to show the part it plays in the formation of the
dentine.

About the sixth or seventh week of embryonic life a groove is
formed in either jaw^, at the bottom of which, after the lapse of a
few weeks, papillae begin to arise, and shortly after transverse par-
titions in this groove shut off and separate each papilla, which then
becomes the representative of the future temporary tooth. About
the seventh month of foetal life the ossification of the tooth com-
mences, and the dentine is represented by a cup-shaped scale cap-
ping the crown, and ultimately extending down the sides and em-
bracing the whole of the upper surface of the pulp. Jt is at this
period of their growth that the odontoblasts are most active, for
they have the development of the dentine before them, and deriving
a plentiful supply of nutrition from the plexus of bloodvessels
beneath them, dentine is formed through their agency from without
inwards, till the pulp being reduced to the size at which we gene-
rally see it by the gradual formation of the dentine, the odonto-
blasts become dormant, but capable of awaking to activity under
the influence of certain circumstances of irritation ; thus if caries
attacks a tooth at a particular spot the tubuli in the dentine,
through the fibrillae in them, become consolidated at an equal dis-
tance from the j)oint of attack all round it, and a barrier seems
to be thus thrown up against the inroads of the advancing
enemy ; but unless such a remedial measure as the careful excava-
tion of the carious portion of the tooth and subsequent plugging of
the cavity be adopted, barrier after barrier may be thrown up but
to be overcome. Even then the odontoblasts of the pulp resist by
forming new dentine in its very substance, and it is only when in-
flammation and suppuration destroy the odontoblasts that this re-
parative process is annihilated. In some cases of general irritation
of the pulp, as where the crown of a tooth is worn through by the
grinding down and wear of mastication, the whole of the pulp may
be converted into an irregular dentine. Sometimes nodules of
ossific matter are found in the meshes of the areolar tissue of the
pulp, but these do not partake of the character of the dentine, but
are semi-transparent and structureless, testifying to the amount of
bone-producing matter in the homogenous plasma saturating the
body of the pulp, but which it is the legitimate office of the odon-
toblasts to build up as dentine.

10 T. C. WHITE ON THE SO-CALLED " NERVE" OF THE TOOTH.

There are great and, I fear, almost insuperable difficulties in tlie
way of clearly seeing the termination of the nerve fibres in the
pulj) ; one can only conjecture at the method in which they end.
In some specimens two fibres may be seen running side by side for
some distance, and when you expect to see a loop the ends are
found separated ; this may probably arise by the pressure used to
render the pulp thin enough for observation. Some specimens,
again, show a very apparent looping of the fibres, but the loops
extend round the circumference towards the end of the pulp, they
are so large ; but in no case have I met with fibres that would lead
us to suppose that were they small enough to enter the tubuli
that they do so. How, then, are we to account for the painful sen-
sation experienced in cutting into live dentine, unless we suppose
that a connection of some kind exists between the tubuli and the
fibres of the nerve ? The only theory that can be suggested is
that the dentinal fibre contained in a tube of the dentine passes out
through its odontoblast, and then, becoming fused with the nerve,
conveys the sensation to the brain, and we are conscious of the
irritation.

I have not found it possible to see this connection between the
odontoblast and the nerve fibres, because the re-agents usually em-
ployed to render nerves visible, dissolve away the odontoblasts ;
neither have I, by means of thin sections, been more fortunate, as
the proximal caudal appendage of the odonto blast is too trans-
parent and too minute to admit of demonstration, except, per-
haps, by the employment of new re-agents ; in specimens of the
pulp, that after staining with carmine have been teased out with
needles, the isolated fibres have had, besides their own coloured
nuclei, coloured odontoblasts, with this internal caudal appendage
fused into their outer parts. Such may be the general mode of
their connection, but I am not clear on that point. Such, then, are
a few of the principal elements met with in a microscopical examin-
ation of what is popularly termed the '■^nerve''' of a tooth, but incase
any member present may feel inclined to work out these details for
himself, it may be as well to append a few remarks relative to the
plans of investigation, attended by the best results. The teeth
employed have been temporary teeth, removed in a healthy con-
dition, to make room for the advancing permanent set, any others
being unsuitable from disease. It is necessary to exercise great
care in extracting the pulp from them, as the bone dust from the

T. C. WHITE ON THE SO-CALLED " NERVE" OF THE TOOTH. 11

tooth and impurities of various kinds cling most tenaciously to tlie
odontoblasts, and not only obscure the view of the delicate details,
but look unpleasant and slovenly. The plan found to answer best is to
file a longitudinal groove round the tooth ; then, having washed away
all the debris very thoroughly, split the tooth with a pair of wire
nippers, when it will come clearly in two and expose the pulp for
its whole length, when it may be withdrawn by seizing it at its
smallest part and tearing it out of the cavity. This will draw out
not only the odontoblasts but some of the dentinal fibres attached
to them. Another very good plan for observing the relation of the
pulp to the dentine is to soak the tooth for a few weeks in the
carmine staining fluid, which becomes sucked up through the
foramen of the fang, and being absorbed by the pulp, colours it
completely. The tooth may then be decalcified by immersion in
ordinary hydrochloric acid, which removes the lime but does not
hurt the soft tissues. At the end of a fortnight the tooth may be
cut in thin slices, when the pulp will be cut with the decalcified
osseous tissue, and the relation will be well shown. I have thus,
in these few brief remarks, which fail to do justice to my subject,
endeavoured to show you that that which is generally called the nerve
of a tooth is in reality a mass of areolar or connective tissue, through
which ramify the nerve, vein, and artery destined for the life of a
tooth, that its function originally was the formation and building
up of the dentine, that its powers in adult life remain dormant, but
capable of being aroused under the action of a stimulating influence
to develope dentine again, and that it performs an important part
in ministering to the vitality of a tooth, as well as constituting
a tooth a very delicate sensory organ. These few remarks, there-
fore, will, I hope, have the effect of inducing others to take up the
comparative histology of the pulp, and lead them to investigate its
tissues in some of the lower animals, both in their foetal condition
and at maturity, and I can promise them a rich reward in return
for their labours in new fields of observation open, and fresh revela-
tions of the skill of the Great Architect of All.

12

On the Internal Structure of the Pulex Irritans,
By W. H. Furlonge.

{Read Fehruary 2Srd, 1872.)

Before entering upon the subject of the second portion of my
communication on the Pulex irritans, viz., its internal structure, I
think it desirable to state, that I have not been able to resort to
actual dissection of the insect, in aid of my observations. In
fact, it appears to me, that such extraordinary manipulatory skill
would be required to dissect so minute a creature, that any
attempt to accomplish such a task, would prove almost abortive,
even to the most practised eyes and fingers. Fortunately, how-
ever, such is the transparency of the chitinous envelope of
the insect, that it is possible to observe every organ, almost as
perfectly as if enclosed in glass, even when employing such com-
paratively high powers, as the ^in. Nevertheless, I have been
obliged to leave wholly untouched some portions of the internal
structure of the animal, such, for example, as the nervous system,
and several of the glandular organs, and I shall be greatly pleased
if other workers, of greater anatomical skill, will shortly fill up the
gaps I have left in this investigation.

The internal structure of the flea may be conveniently described
under the following heads : the alimentary and digestive system
with the organs pertaining thereto, the respii-atory system, and the
reproductive organs.

1st. — The Alimentary and Digestive System.

In my previous paper I have stated that I regard the commence-
ment of the alimentary canal as a slender fleshy proboscis, perforated
by a canal, through which the blood is sucked directly, and very
rapidly, into the first stomach by the constant powerful muscular
action by which the insect is enabled to dilate its external en-
velope. In the course of my investigations I have had occasion
to preserve individual insects alive for weeks together, and, there-
fore, to feed them, and thus I have had very numerous opportunities
of observing the process of imbibition. My method of procedure
was to keep the insects in a corked test tube, and when it was
desired to feed them, I inverted the tube upon my wrist or forearm.
The creatures almost instantly fastened on the flesh, and usually

. W. H. FURLONGE ON THE PULEX IRRTTANS. 13

stood on their heads, as it were, plunging their mandibles deeply
into the epidermis, at the same time rapidly and powerfully dilating
their bodies by alternately shortening and elongating them ; and I
may observe that I have never been able when feeding my captives
to detect the slightest prick or wound from the insertion of their
mandibles. In the course of two or three minutes, the first stomach
becomes gorged with blood, and if the insect is permitted to remain
undisturbed, the blood passes on to the second stomach, presently
to be described, the animal emitting jets of dark and semi-digested
blood from the anal orifice with such force as sometimes to project
the contents of the second stomach to a distance of one or two
inches.

In examining the position and structure of the alimentary and
digestive organs, I have found it desirable to select a young and
transparent male specimen, as from the absence of the ovaries, and
the partially matured eggs which are generally to be found in the
female, the course of the digestive canal is more clearly seen. A
suitable specimen being found, it is to be kept for about two days
without food, then fed in the manner I have described, but not per-
mitted to remain on the skin for more than a minute, when it is to
be removed and stupefied by the insertion within the test tube of a
morsel of blotting paper containing a very small quantity of chloro-
form, when it may be placed in the compressor, and gently flattened
between the glasses by a very gradual tightening of the screw:

When viewed under such circumstances in a good binocular with
a y^^ths objective, by transmitted light, and especially by dark
ground illumination, the sight is extremely interesting, and, I think,
very beautiful. The first stomach filled with the bright crimson
freshly ingested blood is seen to be undulating incessantly in the
manner I attempted to depict by the dotted lines in the drawing of
the Pulex exhibited in the reading of my last paper, and since
engraved in our Journal. This energetic peristaltic movement —
amounting in fact to a violent churning action — 'Of the stomach,
sometimes proceeds from the anterior extremity, undulating back-
wards, and sometimes the wave originates and proceeds in the
reverse direction, as many as two or three waves being often seen
in progression at the same time. By this churning action the blood
is regurgitated violently backwards and forwards in the stomach,
and is, as I think, in this way brought into contact with the gizzard,
a very interesting organ presently to be described.

14 W. H. FURLONGE ON THE TULEX IRRITANS.

The first stomacli of tlie flea possesses a very remarkable struc-
ture. It is, in proportion to its size, of extraordinary thickness
and muscularity ; in fact, it is so banded and cross-banded by thick
muscular fibres running in all directions, that it presents the ap-
pearance of a reticulated structure; indeed, under the ^in. objective,
"when filled with blood it resembles nothing so much as a closely
but irregularly knitted purse of thick crimson silk. It is, no doubt,
by the powerful contraction of these muscular bands, that the violent
movements I have described are nAintained. PI. i., Fig. 1 shows the
appearance of the structure of the stomach as magnified 200 dia-
meters.

The Gizzard. — Situated at the anterior orifice of the stomach,
immediately behind the entrance of the canal, which conveys the
blood from the suctorial proboscis, may be observed a dense semi-
opaque muscular organ, in shape similar to an ogival-headed shell,
the conical end being projected forwards, and receiving the ex-
tremity of the suctorial canal, the orifice of the stomach surround-
ing its base. By careful illumination wdth a strong light, the
structure of the gizzard may be made out to consist of a dense and
very thick substance, surrounded by a reticulation of muscular
fibres, somewhat similar to those of the stomach, but the meshes, so
to speak, being more close and regular. In the living insect this
organ is generally to be seen in constant movement (if the specimen
is not too much compressed) elongating to about twice its normal
length, and then suddenly contracting, and at first sight might be
taken for a heart, or blood-circulating organ, so constant and regular
are its pulsations in some cases. In reality, however, it is a gizzard,
by means of which the blood corpuscules are ground up or disin-
tegrated until fitted for digestion in the second stomach.

I have in this place the pleasure of mentioning a somewhat
curious circumstance of peculiar interest to the Club, as it relates
to the distinguished man from whom we derive our name — the late
Professor Quekett. I am indebted to Mr. Parkes, of Birmingham,
who enjoyed the privilege of his intimate acquaintance, for the fol-
lowing anecdote : — In a discussion upon the structure and functions
of the digestive organs of insects, it was observed in the presence of
Mr. Quekett, that suctorial insects are not furnished with any
gizzard or grinding apparatus, such organs being, in fact, unneces-
sary for the assimilation of their food. While assenting to the
general proposition, however, Mr. Quekett, with the sagacity he

W. H. FURLONGE ON THE PULEX IRRITANS. 15

possessed in so remarkable a degree, maintained that in the case of
the flea a gizzard ovglit to be found, as, in his opinion, some such
apparatus would be requisite for the purpose of breaking down the
blood discs and preparing them for assimilation. It was not until
some time after the death of Mr. Quekett that the actual exist-
ence of the organ he had predicated was demonstrated, the flea's
gizzard having been dissected out and isolated for the first time, I
believe, by Bourgoyne, of Paris. We must regret that the Pro-
fessor did not live to see the truth of his conjecture thus con-
firmed.

More skilful fingers than my own have enabled me to figure the
accompanying drawing (Fig. 2), which has been taken from a pre-
paration by Mr. Topping. With admirable skill this minute portion
of the insect's structure has been isolated, and laid out upon the
glass slide. It will be seen to possess the well-defined and powerful
muscular structure common to the gizzards of insects, though the
teeth or rasping appendages usually found in such insects as feed
upon hard food are wanting. In the flea's gizzard, however, such
aids would have been clearly unnecessary, the breaking down of the
blood corpuscules being, as is easily conceived, rapidly and perfectly
accomplished by the passage of the food between the rubbing sur-
faces of the organ when actuated by its powerful muscular bands.

The Second Stomach, or Intestinal Sac. — The blood constituting
the animal's food having been thus triturated, passes on through a
comparatively short and straight gut or intestinal canal, which is
furnished at its junction with the posterior extremity of the stomach
with a powerful sphincter muscular valve, controlling the passage
of the food, into the digestive sac or second stomach, as it may be
termed. In most specimens of the insect that I have examined, the
capacity of this sac seems to be almost, if not quite, as large as that
of the first stomach. The second stomach, like the first, is sub-
jected to constant dilations and contractions, but these do not occur
in waves or undulations ; in fact, the sac being sub-globular inform,
and not elongated, like the first stomach, its contractions 'are
necessarily accomplished in a different manner. Moreover, the walls
of the sac are not themselves muscular, and therefore its movements
are not produced by the contractions and dilations of the parietes
themselves, but by the agency of muscular bands attached to them,
which are set in action at different times, and seem to pull the walls
of the sac together, from side to side, by which movements the fluid

16 W. H. FURLONGE ON THE PULEX IRRITANS.

contents of the sac are kept in a state of constant motion, tliougli
much less violently than those of the first stomach.

The Rectal Papillce. — Within the intestinal sac are suspended
six curious conical teat-like organs, shown in Fig. 3. These organs
will be at once recognised by those who are familiar with Mr.
Lowne's work on the " Blow-fly," as the rectal papillas, or urinary
organs of the insect. I must, indeed, candidly say, that but for Mr.
Lowne's observations, it is very possible that the existence of these
organs in the flea would have escaped my notice, as, owing to the
generally dark colour of the semi-digested contents of the sac, these
organs are not very readily discernible. When one knows what to
look for, however, and where to seek for them, they can generally be
made out very distinctly after a little patient focussing. The rectal
papillae are then seen to be glandular organs, composed of a soft
fleshy substance of a light yellow colour, having the form of elon-
gated cones, the bases of which are flat or very slightly rounded.
Into the centre of the base of eacK. of the papillae there enters a
small tracheal tube which ]3asses nearly to the extremity of the organ,
where it bifurcates and turns backwards, terminating in very
numerous and exceedingly minute fibrils, which permeate the entire
substance of the organ. Similar delicate fibrils are also given off
laterally from the main tracheal filaments in its course through the
organ, radiating from the centre to the circumference, and ramify-
ing in all directions throughout its structure. The external sur-
faces of the papillae appear to be perfectly smooth, and 1 have been
unable to make out the existence of any pores or orifices, except
perhaps close to the extremities, where the surface seems irregular
or warty, and I fancy that on one occasion, when examining a
specimen under peculiarly favourable conditions, I was enabled to
make out, with the iin. objective, about 10 or 12 orifices at the
conical extremities of each of the papillae, and, in point of fact,
there can be no doubt that some such orifices must exist whether I
have been able really to -see them or not. The tracheal vessels
which supply the six papillee all spring from one tracheal tube ex-
ternal to the intestinal sac, the branches from which pass through
its walls and serve to sujDport the papillse as they hang freely sus-
pended within the sac. It is very interesting to watch the constant
movements of these long conical finger-like papillae crossing and
gliding over each other as the walls of the sac are pulled to one
side or the other by the external muscles.

W. H. FURLOXGE OX THE PULEX IRRITAXS. 17

Tlie posterior extremity of the digestiye sac is connected either
directly, or by a very short canal, with the anal orifice which opens
just behind the pygidium.

Having thus described the structure of the alimentary and diges-
tive canal, and the organs pertaining to it, so far as I have been
able to make them out, I will now briefly recapitulate my views of
their functions.

Tlie blood as ingested passes directly to the first stomach, which
appears to perfomi the office of a crop, or receptacle for the food.
In this organ it is, as we have seen, kept in a state of violent agita-
tion, and is, I believe, constantly regurgitated into the gizzard,
where it is submitted to the action of the corrugated iTibbing sur-
faces of that organ, the blood corpuscules being thus broken down.
From time to time, portions of the contents of the fii'st stomach are
expelled through the valve at the posterior extremity of the stomach
into the intestinal canal, connecting the two stomachs. I may
obseiTe, in parenthesis, that 1 have frequently had an* opportunity
of observing this passage of the contents of the first stomach into
the second, and that the successive portions of the contents thus
transferred, never rested in the connecting intestinal tube or gut,
which is always enij)ty except at the moment when the food is
passing through it into the second stomach. It is possible that
some portion of the blood may be taken up by certain quasi absor-
bent vessels with which the canal is seen to be lined, even in the
course of the rapid passage I have described, but without doubt the
chief portion of the assimilative process takes place in the second
stomach. This appears to be proved by the fact that when the
insect is permitted to gorge itself with food, it will, as already noticed,,
fill both stomachs with blood, and, of course, the contents of each
will present precisely the same appearances under the microscope ;
but after the digestive process has gone on for some time, the con-
tents of the second stomach (which, in the first instance, very
speedily assume an opaque dark brown colour) become progres-
sively lighter in tint, until at length the contents of the sac appear
to consist of a limpid fluid of a light red or pink colour, in marked
contrast with the deep crimson colour of the contents of the first
stomach, which, I may remark, almost always retains its crimson
colour so long as it remains in that organ. When the food has
been so far digested, the insect emits small portions of the contents
of the sac from time to time, as excreta, to make room for portions

JouRN. Q. M. C. Ko. 18. c

18 W. H. FURLONGE ON THE PULEX IRRITANS.

of fresh blood from the first stomach ; but, as before mentioned,
■when the creature has the opportunity of taking in an unlimited
supply of food, it has the power of expelling the whole contents of
the sac, which then becomes filled with fresh blood. This power of
ejecting the contents of the second stomach in whole or in part at
the will of the animal, explains the manner in which the female
insect is enabled to make provision for the sustenance of the larva,
when it emerges from the egg, as originally observed by the late
Kichard Beck, by emitting portions of semi-digested food in small
drops which immediately coagulate and form the food of the larva
when hatched.

The Respiratory System. — We now pass on to the consideration
of the organs of respiration, and I may premise by observing that I
know of no creature in which the typical respiratory system of the
insecta can be so admirably seen or so conveniently studied as in
the Pulex. Mr. Lowne correctly remarked in the course of his
observations upon my last paper, that when a living flea is immersed
in glycerine and examined by reflected light, its tracheal system
appears as if injected with mercury. But I think it may be even
more beautifully shown, and certainly more advantageously studied,
by transmitted light under the ^in. objective. Selecting a young
and transparent specimen, which, for the purpose of observing the
tracheal vessels to the best advantage should be kept without food
for about 48 hours, in order that it may be compressed somewhat
powerfully without injury, the employment of the ^in. objective
reveals a structure of extraordinary beauty and wonderful complexity.
I have attempted in the accompanying drawing to delineate the
general form and course of the main tracheal vessels of the abdo-
minal system, but it is simply impossible for the most accomplished
and careful artist to do full justice to the subject, and the drawing
now shown has no pretensions to be more than a mere sketch, simply
intended to illustrate the description I am about to offer.

The principal portion of the respiratory system of the flea is seen
to consist of two main tracheal vessels running along the entire
length of the abdomen, just beneath the chitinous envelope on each
side, and passing, as will be afterwards shown, into the thorax and
head. At the posterior extremities, the upper and lower main
tracheal vessels unite and communicate with those remarkable and
very large trumpet-mouthed spiracular orifices, described in my
previous paper as situated beneath the margins of the plates sur-

W. H. FURLONGE ON THE PULEX IRRITAXS. 19

rounding the pygidium, and opening on either side just in front of
that organ. These large spiracles, in fact, appear to be the principal
orifices by which the main tracheae are supplied with air. The
lower main tracheae communicate with the external air by means of
short branches, which, rising vertically, cross the upper main
trachea, and terminate just beneath the cup or funnel-shaped ex-
tremities of the round spiracles, described in my former paper as
situated along the line of the abdomen.

It is very remarkable that there appears to be a complete break, or
solution of continuity, between the extremities of all those spiracular
orifices, and the tracheae which they supply, with the exception of one
or two turns of the wire-like spiral fibre supporting the parietes of
the tracheal tubes, and which may be seen to pass from the spiracle
to the tracheal tube. I have endeavoured, by the use of very high
powers and careful illumination, to comprehend this curious peculiarity
of structure, and I have satisfied myself that there exists a very thin
transparent membranous envelope, surrounding the trachea, and
that at the points of junction with the extremities of the spiracles
this membrane is expanded into a sort of bag or corrugated sac, as
shown in the drawing, the obvious purpose of this method of union
being to permit the flexure of the animal's body in every direction,
without danger of rupturing the delicate tubes connected with the
external spiracles.

The lower main tracheal vessel (B) presents the ajDpearance of a
series of loops* hanging down between the tubes which communi-
cate with the abdominal spiracles, and from the lower or convex
sides of these loops a series of large tracheal vessels descend per-
pendicularly, one of these vessels running downwards on each side
of every segment of the abdomen. From these large vessels, as also
from all parts of the main trachea, proceeds a wonderfully complex
system of minor vessels, ramifying in every direction, and proceed-
ing to every portion of the animal's organism in a series of filaments
constantly decreasing in diameter, the ultimate fibrils being so
minute as to demand the highest powers of the microscope to resolve,
and yet the smallest of these vessels exhibits its characteristic spiral
structure as perfectly as the largest of the main tracheae.

* It is proper to state that the so-called loops of the lower main tracheal vessel
are shown much flatter than they are in reaHty. This is due to the distortion
arising from the compression of the insect, which has the effect of elongating or
stretcJung out this system of vessels. In their natural position the loops are much
deeper and are closer together than is here depicted.

20 W. H. FURLONGE ON THE PULEX IRRITANS.

At the second abdominal spiracle, tlie two main tracheal vessels
unite anteriorly and join the large trachea, which descends perpen-
dicularly from the first spiracle, and thence, from a little above the
point of junction, a large vessel — of course on each side of the
animal — proceeds into the thorax and head, supplying the smaller
vessels, which ramify from thqm to the various organs contained in
these portions of the body of the insect.

I have here to refer to the pair of erectile spiracles mentioned
in my former paper as situated in the epimeron of the mezo-thorax.
It may be remembered that I described these as round dome or
nipple-shaped prominences, capable of protrusion and retraction,
and which, in fact, in the living animal are in a state of continual
movement. Tracheal vessels may be distinctly traced as being in
connection with and supplied by these erectile spiracles, and since
the reading of my previous paper I have satisfied myself that the
protrusion of these organs is not, as I believe was suggested, due
to the compression of the insect while under examination, but
that they normally present the characteristics I have described. I
may add that though I have not been able to make them out, I
confidently anticipate that similar pairs of spiracles exist in each
segment of the thorax, and I would invite the assistance of some
of our working members in searching for them. My reasons for
this conjecture will be stated presently.

I also desire to refer to the remarkable sacs which I described
as existing in the upper tarsal joints of the third pair of legs, and
which I at that time considered to be contractile sacs. It may be
remembered that Mr. Lowne demurred to this view of their struc-
ture, and gave it as his opinion that these so-called sacs are really
expansions of the tracheal vessels supplying the limbs. I think it
right to say that I have since ascertained that Mr. Lowne's view
is correct, and I now exhibit one of these tracheal enlargements
carefully laid down by the aid of the neutral tint reflector. (Fig.
4.) I was led into the error of considering these vessels muscular
sacs, from the fact of their rhythmical contractions, wdiich I sup-
posed to be accomplished by muscular bands, for the striations of
which I mistook the spiral fibrous structure of the tracheal vessel
itself. Eut while I admit the error into wdiich I was betrayed, as
to the structure of these so-called organs, I must adhere to the
views I expressed as to their use and office, viz., that by the rhyth-
mical compression of these tracheal enlargements — however that

W. H. FURLONGE ON THE TULEX IRRITANS. 21

is accomplished — the air is forced throiigli the infinitely less than
capillary ultimate fibrils of the trache£e, and in this opinion Mr.
Lowne coincides.

I am now brought to a few suggestive remarks which I desire to
offer upon the functions of the wonderful respiratory apparatus
just described, as a whole.

The problem to be solved is, in what way does this apparatus act
in maintaining a constant and regular circulation of air through
every tube and fibril of the air system ? It has been suggested that
inspiration is accomplished by the dilation of the abdomen by
voluntary muscular action, and conversely, that expiration is
effected by corresponding muscular compression. But I would
ask, is it by any means an ascertained fact that the air in-
spired through the abdominal spiracles is expired through the
same orifices ? I cannot venture to assert positively that it is
otherwise, but I strongly incline to susjDect the probability that the
air inspired through the abdominal spiracles may be expired through
the spiracles of the thorax. The appearance and apparent action
of the so-called erectile spiracles of the thorax seems, to my mind,
to lend support to the idea, and it is from these considerations I
have been led to suppose that similar spiracles will probably be
found to exist in the other segments of the thorax.

I put these views forward as jourely suggestive, and with the
hope of promoting enquiry and work, in a most important and in-
teresting department of insect structure, upon which, I believe, our
knowledge at the present time is very limited ; and I cannot help
thinking that a collation of the knowledge possessed and a com-
parison of the opinions entertained by individual members of our
Club could not fail to throw much light upon the subject. I shall
be very glad if the expression of these hypothetical views has the
effect of inducing such a discussion, even should the result be (as
is, indeed, very likely) to demolish the conjectures I have formed.
May I be permitted to say that discussions of this character, con-
ducted in the spirit of simple investigation and search for truth
amongst our members, would infallibly result most beneficially to
the progress of knowledge in those branches of science which we
are incorporated for the express purpose of promoting.

The Beproductive System. — The structure of the reproductive
organs of the female flea is comparatively simple ; that of the
male is exceedingly complex and remarkable.

22 W. H. FURLONGE ON THE PULEX IRRITANS.

I shall first describe —

The Female Reproductive Organs. — The posterior lower abdominal
plate of the female flea is elongated or produced on either side so
as to form a V shaped recess projecting for some little distance be-
yond the body of the insect (Fig. 5). These lateral projections, as
we shall afterwards find, serve an important purpose during the
congress of the sexes. From the margins of these plates a fringe
of thick bristly hair projects inwards. The lower terminal portion
of the fleshy part of the abdomen projects between these lateral
plates, and upon its under side is situated a circular orifice fringed
with two rows of short hairs projecting inwards and outwards.
This orifice opens into a somewhat elongated vaginal canal, the
direction of which is upwards and forward. In the unimpregnated
insect, grape-like clusters of ovaries may be seen dependant from
the walls of the enlarged extremity of the vaginal canal, through
which, as will be afterwards seen, the male organ passes for its
entire length, thereby bringing the seminal fluid into direct contact
with the ovaries. After impregnation the walls of the ovarian cavity
distend enormously, so as to contain from six to ten exceedingly large
eggs, relatively speaking, which, when fully matured, appear to occupy
more than one half of the capacity of the entire abdomen. The
eggs of the flea are matured with great rapidity, and are produced
at the rate of five or six per diem, when the insect is in a state of
captivity ; but I have reason to believe that under natural condi-
tions they are produced even more abundantly. I have not had
opportunities of observing the development of the eggs in the
ovaries from the time of impregnation to maturity, this being one
of the points I have been obliged to leave unworked.

The Male Reproductive Organs, so far as I have been able to
make them out, may be considered as consisting of three principal
parts —

a. The prehensile organs and their sheath plates.
i3. The sheath of the penis.
7. The penis.

Referring to Fig. 6, it will be seen that the inferior terminal
plate of the male flea is elongated so as to form a deep cavity. On
either side of this cavity are situated two rounded concavo-convex
plates of chitin, somewhat thicker in substance than those envelop-
ing the abdomen, but striated in a similar manner, the margins of

W. H. FURLONGE ON THE PULEX IRRITANS. 23

which are thickened and fringed with curved bristles projecting
backwards. In their normal position these plates incline inwards
towards each other, the convex sides being outwards, so that their
fringed margins unite and form a ridge or crest, rising very little
above the edges of the cavity, and completely closing the opening
in which they are placed. These sheath plates gradually taper
downwards like leaves, and terminate in stout short stalks, which
are attached to curved chitinous bands similar to those after-
wards to be described as moving the sheath of the penis. When
these organs are in action they are pushed backwards and upwards,
and assume an erect or nearly parallel position, as shown in the
figure. This movement is accomplished by means of appropriate
muscles attached to the chitinous processes just described.

The Prehensile Organs (Fig. 7) consist of a pair of strong claws,
or nippers, situated within the concave sheath plates, to the stalks
of which they appear to be attached, so that when the sheath
plates are extruded the forceps come up with them. These organs
strikingly resemble the terminal joints of the large claws of the
lobster, excepting that one of the extremities of each is broad and
square, while the other is bluntly pointed. They are composed of
chitin of a deep reddish-brown colour, and appear to be solid or
homogeneous in structure, and although attached to the stalks of
their sheath plates, they are capable of independent movement in a
manner precisely similar to that of the analogous terminal joint of
the lobster's claw. I may observe that one of the plates, with its
accompanying forceps, is sometimes extruded or retracted sooner
than the other, though they generally move in unison.

The Sheath of the Penis. — When the plates and forceps have
been protruded the sheath of the penis begins to emerge between
them, and finally assumes a position nearly erect, or slightly curv-
ing backwards, which, it may be remembered, was shown in the
large drawing of the male pulex accompanying my previous paper.
The sheath possesses a very remarkable structure. It consists of a
fleshy organ, relatively of very considerable size, which is surrounded
for about two-thirds of its circumference by a very thin, polished,
curved plate of chitin, which serves to sustain the fleshy organ
within, the posterior portion of which projects beyond the edges of
the investing plate.

At the extremity of the organ, which is triangular in section,
the terminal edges of the chitinous plate are capable of being drawn

24 W. H. FURLONGE ON THE PULEX IRRITANS.

inwards by the retraction of the fleshy organ to which it is attached
forming flaps, of an inverted V shape, as shown in Fig. 10, or they
may be expanded or opened out in a most extraordinary manner,
presenting a notched or embattled outline or margin, in which posi-
tion it is seen to be furnished with three curved spines, as shown in
Fig. 9. The contraction and opening out of the extremity of the
organ are accomplished very suddenly, and with considerable
force.

The opposite or inferior extremity of the sheath is connected to
a pair of bands, or rather rods, of dark brown chitin, which curve
upwards and then backwards into a coil of several turns, like a
spring, as, in fact, there can be no doubt is precisely the purpose
which these curved and coiled rods really serve, extruding the
penis sheath by uncoiling, and retracting it by the opposite action,
the coiled state being the normal position of the rods.

The Penis. — Looking down upon the extremity of the extruded
sheath, when expanded, a minute orifice may be observed through
which the penis is projected. It is a dark -coloured, wire-like
organ — presumably chitinous — which is capable of protrusion for
about half the length of its sheath ; but of its structure I can give
no further descrijDtion ; in fact, I have only seen the extrusion of
the organ in some four or five instances out of the dozens of male
fleas I have had under observation, and on these occasions it was
protuded and retracted with such rapidity that the eyes could
hardly follow it. I have no doubt, however, that it constitutes one
of those coiled rods or chitinous fibres just described, and that it is
projected by the uncoiling, and withdrawn by the release of the
spring-like coil. I have been entirely unsuccessful in my attempts to
distinguish the spermatic vessels of the male pulex, unless they
may be certain glandular organs filled with transparent globules,
situated around the spiral coil; but it is difficult, if not impossible,
to distinguish any difference in structure between these and the or-
dinary fatty globules abundantly found aglomerated together in
many parts of the internal organs.

Having now described the organs of reproduction, it remains to
describe their office. The first action is the extrusion of the
sheath plates and forceps. These latter grasp the plates which, as
already described, project on either side of the extremity of the
abdomen of the female, and thereby the male is enabled to take
firm hold of the female insect during copula. The extrusion of

W. H. FURLONGE ON THE TULEX IRRITANS. 25

the sheath of the penis then takes place, wliich next passes into
the vaginal orifice.

I have repeatedly witnessed the copula of the insects, and though
I have before referred to the pulex as an animal in which the
typical structures and functions of the organs of insects can be
studied under singularly favourable circumstances, I may here re-
mark that in no description of investigation are these exceptional
advantages so great as in the study of the reproductive process.
When young and transparent specimens of the insect are selected
this important process can be seen with remarkable clearness, and
the animals being so closely locked together may be manipulated
with great facility. Even when placed between the glasses of the
compressor they will endure an amount of compression quite suffi-
cient to render the abdomen of each insect perfectly transparent
without the interruption of the copula. When thus examined the
extremity of the sheath of the penis may be seen to be continually
opening out and closing up, and by this action the spinous processes
attached to the extremity of the sheath appear, as it were, to grasp
the ovarian clusters I have described ; but I have not been able to
observe the protrusion of the penis itself during the copula, nor at
any time to distinguish spermatozoa in the female.

I would strongly urge that the members of the Club should re-
peat these observations, when pr.obably much more than I have been
able to make out would be discovered in this important department
of insect physiology. It is by no means a difficult matter to in-
duce copula in the pulex. Tn general it suffices to keep the male
and female in separate tubes for a day or two, then to feed them, and
afterwards to put them together. In most cases copula immediately
ensues. Easy as it is, however, to make the observation, I have
never yet met with any microscopist who has witnessed it, with the
exception of one fellow worker, Mr. Mclntire, whose obBervations
on the subject exactly confirmed my own. If he should happen
to be present at the reading of this paper he will, perhaps,
give the Club the benefit of his observations upon the subject.

I had intended to have closed my paper with a description of the
development of the Qgg through its transformations into the per-
fect insect, but I fear I have already trespassed upon the patience of
the Club too much ; I hope at a future period, however, to read a
short communication on this concluding portion of the life-history
of the Pulex Irritans.

26

PROCEEDINGS

• December 8th, 1871. — Conversational Meeting.

The objects exhibited were: —

Muscular Fibre ... ... ... ... ... ... Dr. Ramsbotbam.

Melicerta ring ens ... ... ... ... ... W. H. Golding.

Fructification of Ferns ,,

Nerves of Teeth T.C.White.

December 22nd, 1871. — Chairman, Henry Lee, Esq., F.L.S., &c.,
Vice-President.

The following donations to the Club were announced : —

*' The Monthly Microscopical Journal" from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip" the Publisher.

" Proceedings of the Royal Society" the Society.

** Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical) the Society.

Society of Manchester" J

*' The American Naturalist" in Exchange.

The thanks of the Club were unanimously voted to the donors.

The following gentlemen were balloted for and duly elected members of the
Club : — Mr. Henry Lea, Mr. Daniel Ward, Mr. John Webber.

Mr. James Smith read a paper " On Cell Mounting," for which the thanks of
the Club were returned.

The Chairman expressed his great satisfaction at the kind of paper read by
Mr. Smith, and hoped that similar communications would be made more
frequently than had lately been the case, for it should be borne iu mind
one of the chief objects of the Club was to encourage intercourse between
those who were seeking information on such subjects ; he felt he could not
too strongly impress this upon the members. He fully appreciated the value
of many of the papers which were read at the meetings, but notwithstanding
this he was very desirous of seeing the meetings assume more of a conversa-
tional character, and that the feeling should be encouraged that any member
needing information could come there without being afraid to ask a question,

Mr. Mclntire inquired how Mr. Smith got the lead so perfectly smooth as it
appeared in the specimens laid on the table ?

Mr. Smith replied that if the sheet lead was laid upon a plate of glass and
then rubbed over with an ivory paper knife, it would become as perfectly smooth

27.

as could be required. Wlien the cells were cut out, by placing them between
two ordinary glass slides, and applying a slight pressure, they could be
made as flat as possibly could be. He might also add, that although those
which he had described were square, yet rings might easily be cut out by using
two punches of different sizes.

Dr. Matthews suggested that another method of flattening would be by rolling
the lead out upon a sheet of stout plate glass with a piece of glass barometer
tube, and he thought that by cross rolling the lead would be flattened better
than by simply rubbing it with a ruler.

The Chairman observed that Dr. Bowerbank had used nothing else than
common tea lead for his smaller cells for many years past, and for larger cells
he used common plumbers' sheet lead. All his large collection of sponges were
mounted in this way. It did not, perhaps, have a very neat appearance, b*t
certainly answered the purpose very well. He believed that the doctor flattens
out the lead on a board.

Mr. Smith said the cells were very easily made, so that two or three dozens
of them could be made in the course of half an hour.

Mr. Richards said that some time ago he had to mount some wood sections,
and procured for the purpose some rather light tin foil, which he cut out into
cells with two punches, putting apiece of tube between them to keep them the
right distance apart. A solution of glue and treacle was used for fixing them j
this was laid on and allowed to dry first, and was found very useful in sticking
on the thin glass covers, as it only needed a slight moisture to render it
adhesive, whereas any liquid would have run under it and into so shallow a cell
as the one he had described.

The Chairman remarked that this was carried out in a more perfect manner
in the cells introduced by Mr. Sufi'olk.

Dr. Matthews said he found a difficulty in using these cells, because he could
not fix them on with marine glue, which required a temperature so high to melt
it that the tin cells were in danger of melting also.

The Chairman remarked that he used nothing else himself but marine glue to
fix the tin cells to the slides, and it answered admirably.

Mr. Smith said his method was to fix them by running a ring of gold size
upon the slide.

The Secretary said he was very much obliged to Mr. Smith for bringing this sub-
ject before the meeting. For many years he had been in the habit of using cells
made of a thin kind of lead known as "pattern lead, ' which was used by
dentists for taking patterns for their gold plates. It would be found to answer
the purpose very well, and had none of the objectionable qualities mentioned
by Dr. Matthews, since the slide might be made almost red-hot without melting
the cells, and the cells were very easily stuck on with marine glue. For shallow
cells a simple ring of gold size, and gum dammar put on thickly and allowed to
get hard, answered the purpose very well, and if Bastian's cement were used
instead, the cell could easily be built up higher by adding layers upon those
which had become dry. Another way was to use the zinc cells, which would
stand any amount of heat; acid, however, would aff'ect these, but vulcanite cells
would resist acids. In making cells for mounting in fluid, it would be found of
great advantage to set up some standard size, and keep to it, as this would
enable the worker in a short time to estimate correctly the exact amount of fluid
required for filling — a matter of very much importance.

Mr. Leifchild asked if Mr. White considered the vulcanite cells to be the best ?

28

Mr. White said he thought they would be, where acids were used.
Mr. Mclntire said that he had used the vulcanite cells, and found tliey had a
tendency to chip off the slides after a time.

Mr. White thought this would very likely be the case, because if the slide
were made too hot the vulcanite would melt ; but if not hot enough, the cement
would not become sufficiently melted to make them adhere.

The Chairman proposed a vote of thanks to Mr. Smith for his communication,
which was carried unanimously.

The Secretary, in announcing the meetings for the ensuing month, congratu-
lated the members upon the fact that the Club would enter upon the new year
18/2 with 560 members upon its list.

The Chairman said he should be very glad to see a greater number of objects
ealiibited at the close of the meetings; they added very much to the life of the
conversaziones into which the meetings were then resolved, and he hoped that
members would not forget this.

The proceedings then terminated with a conversazione, at which the following
objects were exhibited : —

Proboscis of Vanessa by Mr. Bevington.

Vaginecola (species) Mr. Bucknall.

Poison Fang of Viper Mr. Tafe.

Circn\a,tion in Anacharis Alsinastmvi ... ... Mr. Geo. Williams.

Attendance— Members, 62 ; visitors, 3.

January 12th, 1872. — Conversational Meeting.

The objects exhibited were: —

Istlimia eneo'vis W. H. Golding,

Ear of Frog injected (polai-ised) M. de Guimaraens

Calcareous plates round mouth of Echinus ... J.G.Waller.

Skin, &c., of Star Fish „

Skin of Eay , all palarized , ,

Cate?nceZZa (Australian Zoophyte) S. J. Mclntire.

Section of Crystalline Lens from eye of Haddock,

i-in. obj ,

Vorticella microstoma ... ... ... ... ... Geo. Williams.

Rotifer vidgaris ,,

Section of Tooth of Cape Ant-Eater Mr Gibson.

Parasite of Water Eat Dr. Ramsbotham.

CeWs of C-^ddis worm (Phryganea) ,,

Yonng of Asterina gibhosa T.C.White.

Attendance— 37 members, 2 visitors.

A. Smith.

January 2Gtli, 1872. — Chairman, Dr. Lionel S. Beale,
F.R.S., &c., President.

The following donations to the Club were announced : —

Land and Water" (weekly) from the Edi or.

'The Monthly IMicroscopical Journal" the Publisher.

Science Gossip " the Publisher.

The Popular Science Review" the Publisher.

29

*' Proceedings of the Manchester Literary andPhilo-) ,-, o ■ i

sophical Society " ... ) ' ■

*' The American Naturalist" in exchange,

" Journal of the London Institution " ... the Librarian.

A 2in. Objective Mr. Kowlett.

The thanks of the Club were unanimously voted to the donors.

The following gentlemen were balloted for and duly elected members of the
Club :— Mr. Edwin Denyer, Vr. Eobert Hudson, F.E.S., Dr. J. Hamilton
MeKechnie, Mr. Edwin Tulley Newton, and Mr. Frederick George Hilton Price.

The President regretted to have to announce that there was no paper to be
read that evening, but several gentlemen had communications to make to the
Club.

Mr. James Smith made some observations explanatory of improvements to^a
new substage for the microscope, which he recently introduced to the notice of
the members. The stage, as now constructed, was exhibited and described, and
a vote of thanks was passed to Mr. Smith for his communication.

Dr. Matthews said that most of the members of the Club would, no doubt,
recollect that he had produced a self- centring turn-table, about a year ago (May
27th, 1870), and exhibited it at one of the meetings. It was then pronounced to
be excellent, and it remained excellent for new slides, but in most cabinets there
occurred a necessity for revarnishiug old slides, and cells on these were not
always found to be central. In such cases this turn-table would only correctly
centre them, and thereby show their eccentricity, and its accuracy thus became
a defect, although it was a defect consequent upon its perfection. He had, how-
ever, now devised a remedy for this by dividing the top of the table into two
portions, so arranged, that by sliding the upper part upon the surface of the
lower, any required degree of eccentricity could be attained. This was accom-
plished very easily and simply, and he thought that the arrangement rendered
the turn-table as perfect as could be desired; certainly he did not himself see
what more could be done to it. One of the improved turn-tables was then ex-
hibited to the meeting, and its utility shown by centring a slide which had been
eccentrically mounted for the purpose.

The President said that Dr. Matthews had exhibited a very practical arrange-
ment, and one which certainly rendered his ingenious turn-table as perfect as
could possibly be.

Mr. T. Curties said that Mr. Aylward, of Manchester, had sent two things to
the meeting that evening for exhibition. One was a triple nose-piece of his own
construction, and which appeared to be more successfully made than many of
those in common use ; it centred the objectives very easily, and worked smoothly
and well. The other was a contrivance devised for the purpose of getting objects
out of reach. It consisted of a pair of forceps and a cutter, arranged so as to be
fixed at the end of a stick, and having two strings attached, one of which, on
being pulled, closed the forceps, and thus held the object last, whilst the other
worked the cutter and severed it.

The President proposed votes of thanks to those gentlemen who had favoured
the meeting with their communications, and also called attention to the 2in.
objective which had that evening been presented to the Club by Mr Rowlett, for
use with the tank microscope which belonged to them. This power was of ex-
cellent quality, and was one of Mr. liowlett's own manufacture.

The Secretary anr.ounced that it had been decided to hold the annual soiree
of the club on the 15th of March, and it was further intimated that the Com-
mittee had decided that members who had not paid their subscriptions ought

30

not in fairness to Lave soiree tickets sent to them, a decision whicli was greeted
with applause and unmistakable signs of satisfaction by the members present.

Seven gentlemen having been proposed for membership, the proceedings ter-
minated with a conversazione, at which the following objects were exhibited : —

Triple nose-piece and cutting forceps, for collecting "i by Mr. Aylward, of

sticks ...

Parasite of Elephant

Legs of Curculio

Surface markings on Triceratium and Isthmia enervis

Anystis Cursoria

Melkerta ringens {alive)

Memhranipora pilosa

JFibro-cellular tissue of Catasetum tridentatum ...
Ei'ecting arrangement adapted for dissection, &c.,

with Binocular Microscope

Pleurosigma formosum

Cyclosis in Anacharis

^cidium EuphorhicB

Wing of Moth

Injected toe of Mouse

Injected ear of White Mouse

Manchester.
Mr. T. Curties.
Mr. Duck.
Mr. Green.
Mr. de Guimaraens.

Mr. Hainworth.
Mr. Jackson.

Mr. Oxley.

Mr. Eichards.
Mr. J. Eussell.
Mr. Sigsworth.
Mr. Jas. Smith.
Mr. A. Topping.
Mr. A.Waller.

Attendance — Members, 96 ; visitors, 10.

February 9th, 1872. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —

Sponge, Geodia Bo.rettii H. F. Hailes.

Tingis foliacea Mr. Allbon.

Markings of Diatoms with high powers — opaque Mr, Green.

Fly's Tongue Mr. Eichards.

Transverse section of small intestine of Cat ... Mr. Topping.

Cinnabar Crystals in Chalcedony Mr. Gibson.

Hydra, Volvox, Stentors, &c. Mr. Martinelli.

Astromma Aristotelis A.Waller.

Cigroryiyzaflaveola Geo. Williams.

February 2ord, 1872. — Chairman, Dr. R. Braithwaite, F.L.S.,
&c., Vice-President.

The following donations to the Club were announced : —

*' Land and Water" (weekly) from the Editor.

"The Monthly Microscopical Journal" the Publisher.

*' Science Gossip" the Publisher.

' ' The A merican Naturalist" in Exchange .

*'The Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical")

Society of Manchester" J the Society.

" The Invisible World," by Dr. Mantell Mr. C S. Bentley.

The thanks of the Club were voted to the donors.

The following gentlemen were balloted for and duly elected members of the
Club :— Mr. A. Atkins, M.E.CS., Mr. A. Atkins, junr., L.E.C.P., the Eev.
Thos. Henry Brown, Mr. Alexander Colvin, Mr. Theodore Charles Izod, Dr. W.
E. Grindley Pearce, Mr. C E. Stevens.

31

The Secretary read to the meeting the second portion of a paper by Mr. Fur-
longue, " On the minute Anatomy of the Flea" (Pulex Irritans), illustrated by
diagrams.

The Chairman proposed a very cordial vote of thanks to Mr. Furlonge for his
very interesting paper. To have all the details of such a subject laid before them,
so as to be read at any time, would be of great service. He hoped that other
members of the Club would be induced to follow Mr. Furlonge's example, and
carefully follow up some one subject in the same manner. There were many
other insects about which it would be very desirable to know more. The bug, for
example, would furnish a subject, and there were also many other fleas beside
the one which formed the subject of the paper which had been read, such as the
flea of the dog, cat, mole, fowl, and others, each of which had some peculiarities
to distinguish it.

A vote of thanks to Mr. Furlonge was then put to the meeting and carried
unanimously.

Mr. S. J. Mclntire said that, being unprepared for it, he was rather surprised
that his remarks had been quoted by Mr. Furlonge in his paper, and that he
should now be called upon to repeat them. Mr. Furlonge merely asked him
some time ago if he had ever witnessed the copula of fleas, and he replied that
he had. At the time he was studying these insects he happened to have caught
one — a female — and put it into a test tube. Soon afterwards he caught another,
and put it into the tube also ; it proved to be a male flea, and they at once began
copulating. The curious part of it was that the female got on the top of the
male, and the male organ was turned round quite over his back to reach the
female. With regard to other kinds of fleas, those of the mouse were very in-
teresting ; they were very pretty little things, and were apparently blind. The
largest flea in the world was that obtained from the Australian ant-eater. It
was as large as a small-sized pea.

The Chairman said that the observation made by Mr. J. Mclntire accounted
for the enormous development of the penis in the male flea.

The Secretary said that he happened the other day to get out the gizzard of
the flea, but he could not make out the corrugated bands referred to in Mr.
Furlonge's paper. He saw, however, a number of bristles, which appeared to him
to take the place of the teeth found in the gizzard of the cockroach and cricliet.

Mr. Topping confirmed the observation of Mr. White, and said that if the
gizzard were opened and laid out the bristles would be readily seen j if the
gizzard of the dog-flea were examined it would be found Jifi'erent.

Mr. Oxley said that he had also observed the bristles alluded to by Mr. White.

Mr. Matthews introduced to the meeting a portable case and stand for a
microscope lamp. He thought that persons were generally disirous of diminish-
ing the weight of their accessory apparatus, as well as that of their instruments,
and endeavoured to dispense with as many pieces as possible. He had in this
instance attempted to meet this desire by dispensing with the ring, stand, and
upright supporting rod, and making the case itself into a support and stand.
This was accomplished by making grooves in the sides of the interior of the case,
into which a wood shelf supporting the lamp was made to slide. This simple
contrivance he had found to answer perfectly; the grooves were ^in. apart, and
the lamp was quite steady even when the top groove was used. When the shelf
and lamp were placed at the bottom of the case, the door could be shut, and the
case conveniently carried about by means of a brass bail handle. The lamp was
one of Mr. How's, with an earthen chimney, and the only inconvenience he had
found arose from the great heat radiated from the chimney. He had, there-

32

fore, sought to obviate this by clothing the chimney with felt, and found it to
answer the purpose very well. The box itself absorbed some of the heat, and
the felt so far absorbed the rest that no inconvenience could now be said to arise
from that source. The felt was sewn on round the top of the chimney, and
fixed at the bottom by a piece of coiled watch-spring, the chimney being too
hard to pierce through. The case and lamp could be supplied complete at a
cost of 17s. 6d. or I83.

The Chairman thought these contrivances very ingenious, and expressed the
obligation of the Club to Dr. Matthews for bringing them before their notice.

Mr. Green intimated that he had taken the opportunity of bringing the lime
light to the last gossip meeting, and the unanimous opinion of those members
who saw the diatoms illuminated by it was in accordance with the description
given in his paper. The hemispherical dots were particularly high in Hippo-
campus ; in Formosum there was evidently a flattened surface, and this was still
more so in Angulatuni. It should be remembered that there was no covering
glass over the specimens, neither were they seen through any other medium, and
when shown thus in their natural condition by transmitted light as opaque objects,
the "file marks" were seen to be unquestionable depressions. In this contro-
versy, as in some others, it might be said that the opinions of both sides seemed
to be true. In order that those members who were not present on the occasion
when he exhibited the diatoms before might have an opportunity of seeing and
judging for themselves, he had again brought the lime light with him, and
should be happy to exhibit the objects at the close of the meeting.

The proceedings then terminated with a conversazione, at which the following
objects were exhibited : —

Wiug of Jloqyho Menelaics by Mr. Golding.

Unmounted Diatoms, illuminated as opaque objects,by ^
the lime light

Injected Skin of Frog Mj. de Guimaraens.

Fungus Leaf of Coleus Mr. Jackson.

Confervse Mr. Martinelli.

Tongue of Blow-Fly .. Mr Eichards.

Antennae of Lace Wing Fly Mr. Sigsworth.

Transverse Section of Ox-tongue Mr. J. A. Smith.

Heliopelta metii Mr. Geo. Williams.

Attendance — Members, 89 j visitors, 11.

R. T. Lewis.

f Mr. Green .

March 8th, 1872. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited x—

Red Earth Mite Mr. Fitch.

V(\\\g of Pterofliorus -pcntadactylus... Mr, Ward.

Chdex annulata, Large Winged Gnat Geo. Williams.

Various Lichens W. H. Golding.

Parasite of Ox H. E. Freeman.

Australian Polyzoa, &c E. P. Pett.

Echinus Spines ,,

Thyamis femoralis, Gyqss Flea F. W, Andrew.

Various Echinus Spines in Section Mr. Gibson.

Anthers of Mallow Mr. Sigsworth.

Attendance— 63 members, 6 visitors.

33

On Cutting Cells.

Bj James Smith.

(Bead 22nd December, 1871.;

In the above diagram 1 have endeavoured to indicate a very
simple, but I think, at the same time, very accurate way of cutting
out cells for mounting Microscopic objects. The material I have
employed is the lead used for lining tea chests ; the advantages of
this were pointed out to me some time ago by Dr. Bowerbank, who
has, I believe, used it for some time as a material for making
cells. It is very readily obtainable from any grocer ; can be had of
several degrees of thickness, and, from its extreme pliability, can
be very readily flattened out or moulded into any required shape,
and I think that, without disparaging any other substances
employed in cell making, that this sheet lead will be found useful
for many kinds of mounting, and the readiness with which it can
be obtained makes it all the more desirable, A piece of lead
having been obtained, and properly smoothed out; slips of — say
1 inch in breadth, and any convenient length may be cut off, and
being marked with small lines (or dots) as above, as a guide for
placing the punches in cutting, two or more cells may be cut out of
each other with great accuracy and very little trouble. In the
above diagram four punches are supposed to be used, namely — a
1 inch, I inch, ^ inch, and ^ inch punch ; and, as will be seen from
the diagram, twelve cells of three different sizes are thus cut from
the small strip of lead represented. It is scarcely necessary to say
that this method of cutting will do equally well for other materials
used in cell making.

JouRN. Q M. C. No. 19. D

34

On the Measurement of the Working Focal Length of Object-
Glasses, and their Magnifying Power.

By G. West Roybton-Pigott, M.A., M.D., Cantab , M.R.C.P.,
M.R.I., Fellow of the Cambridge Philosopbical, tlie Royal
Astronomical and Microscopical Societies, late Fellow of St.
Peter's College, Cambridge.

Though strange, it is nevertheless true, that two observers, with
the same eyepiece and objective, do not always see an object magni-
fied to the same amplitude. A change of focus may be necessary.
A short-sighted person sees the virtual image of the magnified
object at a distance of perhaps six inches ; the long-sighted adjusts
it perhaps at twelve or even eighteen inches ; the distinct plane of
vision, called the field of view, is variably placed according to the
focal length of the eye of the observer, and therefore at distances
of considerable variety. Under these circumstances, if two ob-
servers, the one very short, and the other very long-sighted, both
agree to observe together, their powers of vision proportionably
vary. It is necessary, then, to fix a standard for estimation.
Most persons can see distinctly at ten inches distance. In this case
the power of any lens at this distance is found by dividing ten by
the focal length / or

Magnifying power =^10 -f- focal length/

or=^orlO -T-/.

To persons unread in optical principles, there appears some little
difficulty in understanding the variable foci of a lens, and I may,
perhaps, be excused for introducing the following illustration, known
I believe to very few working opticians : — If we take a lens (say
3 inches focus), and form the image of a candle (or much better, the
image of a small perforation in a brass plate placed before it) upon
a sheet of white paper, it is well known that as you move the candle
from the lens you must move up the paper towards it, in order to
obtain a clear image. Now, the special point which I wish to
bring before the notice of the members of the Quekett Club is

G. WEST ROYSTON-PIGOTT ON OBJECT GLASSES.

35

this, that exactly at the position where the image is formed clearly
at the same distance from the paper as the candle is, the distance
between the candle and image is the least possible or a minimum.
A most useful result is now obtained ; in every case this minimum
distance is exactly four times the focal length of the lens. In the
case of a three-inch lens this mijiimum image distance will be found
to be exactly 12 inches.

We will now suppose that instead of the three-inch lens a two-
inch objective is used in precisely the same way. The minimum
image distance between a candle and its image will be found much
less than 8 inches, so that the real focal length* is 1-J^f or rather
less than one inch and a half.

There are two or three preliminary points which may not be
uninteresting. To find the focal length of a plano-convex lens,
turn the/«^ side to the sun, and measure the exact distance from
the sharpest image on a card to the convex surface.

If the lens be equiconvex, half the thickness must be added.

If the lens be used as a convexo-plane, and the plane side is
towards the image, when the aberration is reduced, two-thirds of
the thickness must be added.

The minimum image-distance avoids these inconveniences of
measurement altogether.

In every case the true focal length will be more accurately
determined by using only a small central aperture applied to the
lens in question.

I have designed an instrument of considerable accuracy for
measuring the focal length of ordinary lenses, consisting of a per-
forated metal plate, and a white screen or piece of ground glass,
with a carrier for the object-glass or lens. By means of a long
screw tapped with similar right-handed and left-handed dies, the
perforated plate and lamp and the screen are simultaneously made
to approach or recede from the lens, which is thus kept always
exactly equidistant from the plate and from the screen. The lens
to be measured being fixed, the screw is turned, until an exact
image is formed upon the screen, of the perforations ; one- fourth
of the distance between them is exactly the focal length required.
I term this instrament a Focimeter.

But in the case of very minute lenses, considerable difficulty is

* Focal point of a lens is generally known to be the focus of parallel rays.

d2

36 G. WEST ROYSTON-PIGOTT ON OBJECT GLASSES.

exj^erienced in finding their exact focal length by measurement of
their curves. In this case, the focal length can be obtained most
readily by the following artifice. If the magnifying power be
great, a stage micrometer is to be placed exactly at ten inches dis-
tance from the ground glass screen. If a microscope be used, by
taking out the field and eye-glasses of the eye -pieces, an ordinary
circular 1-lOOth micrometer may be inserted ; then replacing the
eye-lens only, the image of the stage micrometer must be accurately
observed, and the magnitude of a 1-lOOth nicely determined in the
divisions of the eye-piece micrometer. Suppose this to be (??2),
the actual focal length of the lens in question will be found for
small lenses as follows : —

Divide ten by this number (m), increased by two.* Larger
lenses will require a correction to be hereafter explained.

Exarnple. — A small lens is found to magnify a hundredth of an
inch upon the stage to measure 35 hundredths at 10 inches distance
from the stage, within the field of an eye-piece, deprived of its field
lens. Find the focal length ; also for a piano convex find the curva-
ture of the tool to grind the lens.

N = 2>b. /=10 -i-(ii + 2) = 10^37
== 0"-27027 nearly.

In a piano convex lens radius of curvature for flint —
= i focal length = 0''- 135 13 inches.-f

Example 2. — A compound lens forming an object glass of great
power enlarges the thousandth of an inch to 158 divisions in
lOOOths, as before at 10 inches. Find the approximate focal
length. Here

/= 10 -r- (158 -h 2)= 10 -^ 160 = At

* In a paper contributed to the " Philosophical Transactions," March, 1870, I
showed that this number (m), or the number of times the image is magnified by
the lens, is equal to i? — 2, for small lenses, or ?/i = ^ — 2 ; whence f = —^

f If perfect accuracy is required the number m (35) should be increased by the
reciprocal of m, namely, gU ; and the distance to be then divided not by 35 -I- 2, but
by 35 -i- 2 + -3I5, or 37-028571, which gives

0"-270062, instead of 0"-27027 inches.
X Most pei'sons will find a difficulty in reading 158 thousandths, or 15"8
hundredths, on the eye micrometer ; indeed, they would more nearly read 160.

The decimal change for the omission of the reciprocal i.^g in the divisor, which
ought accurately to be 158 •\-2-\- -jl^, is very slight. Performing the operation,
158 + 2-1- il^, for a new divisor = 1600063291.

/= 10 H- (160-0063291) = 0062497 nearly
Now ,'e =0-062500

DifPerence = "000003
Wliich is less than the 10,000th of an each. So that when Powell and Lealands
fg magnifies 1600 times with a C eye-piece of one inch focal length, it is accurately
Veth focal length within an almost inappreciable quantity.

G. WEST ROYSTON-PIGOTT ON OBJECT GLASSES.

37

From this it appears that an exact sixteenth should produce an
image precisely 158 times as large when the object is exactly
ten inches from the field of the eye-lens at the stop of the eye-
piece.

For practical purposes, therefore, an eye-lens magnifying ten
times would enlarge the object in this case 1,580 times. Now a C
eye-piece of Powell and Lealand is just equivalent to an one-inch
lens ; therefore, when these makers announce their sixteenth to
magnify 1,600 times with a C eye-piece, this objective is nearly the
yi-g- of an inch focal length within a small decimal.

The magnifying power employed at any moment is often so great
a desideratum, and yet so unattainable (when one is closely engaged
in some delicate investigation, and using a variety of objectives),
without great loss of time, that the following observations upon a
simple method exhibited at the meeting of the Fellows of the Royal
Microscopical Society last month, may, it is hoped, prove acceptable.
Having met with many persons and some opticians who experienced
a difficulty in understanding the reason of the thing, I trust that
the preceding remarks will clear the difficulty away.

If we settle it as an axiom for very high powers, such as the -J-th
and yV^h, that at ten inches distance of the stop of an eye-piece,
without the field -glass, the enlargement of thousandths on the stage
will give the focal length simply by dividing ten by the amplifica-
tion increased by two, then it is evident that by using a single lens of
one-inch focal length magnifying ten times, if we count how many
hundredths of an inch in the stop correspond to a hundredth on
the stage micrometer, ten times that amount with an inch or C eye-
piece is the magnifying power. Now replace the field-lens (usually
of 3-ihch focus) for an eye-piece of 2-inch focal length, having an
eye-lens of one inch, the magnifying power will be reduced con-
siderably in the proportion shewn by the new reading. Whatever
object glass is now used, and whatev-er length of tube happens to
be in use, so long as the eye-lens is 1-inch focal length, teji times
the apparent amplification of the stage micrometer will give the
power under employment.

I keep an eye-piece (two-inch) with one-inch, eye lens, armed
with a glass micrometer, ready for use. Every microscopist
should demand that the optician mark the focal length of each of
his eye-pieces. Powell and Lealand's C eye-piece is exactly one-
inch focal length ; and at the usual distance of ten inches the power
of any object glass with it is at once found by multiplying the re-

38 G. WEST ROYSTONPIGOTT ON OBJECT GLASSES.

cii^rocal of the focal length (eight is the reciprocal of ^) by one

hundred.

The standard rule by which nominal " inches," " quarters,"

*' eighths," '' sixteenths," and " twentieths " are constructed is

therefore most properly taken, so that with a C eye-piece of one

inch focal length and the stop of the eye-piece being exactly ten

Jjiches from the stage, their respective magnifying powers shall be : —

(Objectives) ... Incli Quarter Eighth Sixteenth Twentieth
(Powers) 100 400 800 1,600 2,000

I have fomid Nobert's lines to form very beautiful stage micro-
meters ; but as they are fractions of the Paris line, observations
with them require laborious reduction to the English standard.
But I wish to acknowledge here the kindness of Mr. Baker, the
optician, in placing at my disposal Jackson's own beautifully ruled
micrometer lines, 2,000 to the inch. With the aid of this, and a
micrometer in the stop of the eye-piece, I found the powe?' of
Powell and Lealand's new l, with a one inch Kellner of Browning's
make and searcher (with a fine definition), to be 5,250 diameters.

Without searcher and one-inch eye- piece : —

nearly

Andrew Ross . . . 1851 . "quarter" . power, 540 = ^th.

Wray 1870 . one-fifth . power, 540*

Jiesume.

I. — The focal length of a lens is one-fourth the least distance
between image and object at which it can be distinctly formed.

II. — If a distance of ten inches between object and image be
taken (to simplify the calculation), and the amplification measured
for a division, then in the case of small lenses the focal length is
found by dividing ten by the divisor increased by two.

III. — The magnifying power of an object glass for any length
of tube can be ascertained by using an eye-lens of one-inch focal
length, with or without a field lens, by measuring the amplification
of a stage micrometer upon another placed in the stop of the eye-
piece, and then multiplying it by ten.

IV. — Different eye-pieces being compared by the Camera Lucida,
or marked in focal length by the maker, all other powers are im-
mediately ascertained by the simple rule of proportion. |

* The actual focal length = 10 -i- (54 + 2 + J:,) = 10 ^ (56' 0185) ; or a
power of 540 represents a focal length about 2-lOOths of an inch less than a
true ^.

t A half -inch eye-piece will of course be twice the power of the inch, and so
forth.

39

Upon a Phenomenon of Monocular Vision in Connection with
THE Delineation of Microscopic Objects.

By W. H. FURLONGE.

(Read April 26th, 1872.;

There are few departments of manipulation of greater importance
to the working microscopist than the means of delineating, with
accuracy and rapidity, the objects which, from time to time, are
brought under his notice. Facility in drawing from the object as
seen in the microscope, by the unaided eye, is a comparatively rare
accomplishment, and even where there exists a natural artistic
aptitude, it is only by long practice, and after many painful failures,
that such facility can be attained. Hence the value of what may
be termed mechanical aids in the delineation of objects, such as the
Camera Lucida, and other forms of reflecting prisms, the steel disc,
and the neutral tint reflector.

It is not my purpose to enter into the respective merits of these
and other methods of microscopic drawing, but to bring under the
notice of the Club a phenomenon of vision connected with the
employment of the last-named instrument — the neutral tint re-
flector— which appears to me very remarkable, and deserving of
further investigation, not solely because of its interest in connection
with mental, nervous, or brain impressions, but also on account of
its bearing upon practical working facility in microscopic drawing.

We are all familiar with the neutral tint reflector, and with the
optical principles involved in its construction. As usually made,
this instrument is furnished with several reflecting glasses of
different depths of colour, to adapt it for use with an illumination
of greater or less intensity. Even with such appliances, however,
we are most of us aware that it is a matter of some difficulty to
obtain the best balance between the illumination of the object in
the microscope, and that of the paper upon which the drawing is to

40 W. H. FURLONGE ON MONOCULAR VISION.

be made, and that to produce the best effect it is necessary to screen
the jDaper from too bright a light.

8ome months since, in attempting to accomplish this adjustment,
I chanced to hit upon a singularly happy illumination of the paper,
by means of which I was enabled to trace the object under obser-
vation with more than ordinary facility. On removing my eye from
the instrument, however, I was greatly surprised to find that in
shading my drawing paper to produce the best effect, I had actually
interposed the margin of the screen between the observing eye and
the drawing-paper. I had thus completely cut off all possibility of
vision of the reflected image through the neutral tint glass with
the observing eye ; yet the apparent projection of the image upon
the paper was seen with increased distinctness. Repeated experi-
ments only served to confirm the reality of this singular pheno-
menon of vision, and to prove that the best mode of using the
reflector as a drawing instrument was to employ a piece of glass
which had been made perfectly opaque by the application to its
under surface of a thick coating of black varnish, such as asphaltum,
instead of the transparent neutral tinted glass.

Now let us consider the rationale of this curious fact. It will
be at once perceived that we must entirely modify the views hitherto
held as to the principles upon which we are enabled to perceive the
image reflected by the neutral tint — and, in fact, by every other
form of reflector — upon the paper on which we draw. These
principles I take to be, that the pencils of light forming the image
in the microscope are reflected into the observing eye, which, look-
ing through the transparent reflecting glass, sees the image appa-
rently projected upon the drawing-paper beneath — the office of the
non-observing eye being to direct the point of the pencil while the
object is being traced. But the experiment I have described
proves that the observing eye does not see through the reflecting
glass at all, and that in reality it is the non-observing eye — that is
the eye which is not looking into the instrument — that perceives
the image, and is called upon simultaneously to direct the pencil.
This at once explains the difficulty we all feel, more or less, in
keeping the point of the pencil constantly in view, and why it is
that in tracing an object we are so continually and provokingly
losing sight either of the pencil or of the object.

I do not propose here to enter upon the somewhat abstruse
enquiry, how the mental impression conveyed to the brain by one

W. H. FURLONGE ON MONOCULAR VISION. 41

eye is seen by the other apparently projected upon the drawing-
pajDer on which it is looking. In fact, the question appears to me to
belong more to psychology, or at all events to the most recondite
physiological considerations of reflex nervous impressions, than to
practical microscopy. It is very probable, however, that some of
our members, and notably our President, are capable of throwing
light upon the cause of this remarkable phenomenon, which it
would be very desirable to obtain. My present object is simply to
bring the fact itself before the Club, to point out its practical bear-
ing upon our every-day work, and to suggest to some of our in-
genious mechanical members, who may have the time to devote to
the investigation, that it may be very possible to improve the
brilliancy of the image projected on the paper, and consequently
to increase the facility in tracing it, by the substitution of a very
truly and highly-polished plane metallic speculum, for the opaque
glass reflector I have described.

The late Mons. A. de Brebisson.

One of the Foreign corresponding members of the Club, Mons.
Alphonse de Brebisson, of Falaise, Normandy, died on the 26th
April last, at the advanced age of 74 years. His large and
valuable collection of some thousands of slides of Diatomaceas is
to be disposed of by his son, M. Bene de Brebisson.

42

Observations on the Fresh-water Sponges.

By J. G. Waller.

(Read April 26th, 1872.;

On the Fresli -water Sponges more has been written, than on any
other genus of this order of the Protozoa. This may be accounted
for in the ease with which they are found, and in consequence their
examination involves but little difficulty. It is not, therefore, my
intention to aim at anything like completeness, but strictly to con-
fine myself to that which the title of my paper suggests, viz.,
" Observations." This relieves me from the dangerous temptation
to theorise, and thus I believe I shall do my duty best to myself
and to you. I shall divide my task into two parts. In the first I
shall give a general glance at the organisms under consideration,
then a series of observations carried on with the growing sponge
during three months, in which time I made drawings and memor-
anda daily, illustrating every change which took place.

The two Fresh-water Sponges, known in England, are dis-
tinguished as " Spongilla lacustris," and " Spongilla fluviatilis,"
literally the Lake and the River Sponge. These terms were given
by Dr. Johnston, and are now generally accepted. Though they
are thus distinguished, they may often be found growing in the
same locality, under the same conditions, and within a few feet of
each other.

The two are strikingly dissimilar, and yet their characteristics
have been often confounded. S. lacustris grows in long, lobular,
branching forms ; S. jluviatilis in large masses, without symmetry.
Yet it has been asserted, that the latter is also found with
lobular projections, and Dr. Bowerbank suggests that this may be
due to it having originally been parasitic on some Alga. I have
myself seen several examples of this form, but arrive at quite another
conclusion. At least, in those instances which have come under
my observation, this was certainly not the cause, but a confervoid

J. G. WALLER ON FRESH-WATER SPONGES. 43

growth, overlaying and ojDpressing the sponge, constrained its de-
velopment in the usual way, and the lobular growth was in such
places as were free from this parasitic obstruction. As soon, how-
ever, as the sponge escapes this its tendency to spread laterally is
manifested, and the terminations of the lobes widen. I believe
this is a weakly condition of the sponge, only seen in young
examples, and not under healthier circumstances.

The external character, then, of the two is entirely dissimilar
when mature and fully developed. Colour is a very variable cha-
racter, dependant so much upon light, but, in general, S. lacustris
is of a dark green, whilst that of S. Jluviatilis varies from a dull
yellow to an emerald tint. More intimate examination makes the
distinction between them still wider. The membranes of S. lacustris
are covered with minute spiniferous spicula, whilst those of the other
have none. The structure of the skeletons are similar, but coarser
in the former than in the latter. Their spicula have but slight
differences ; and whilst on this part of my subject, I must call at-
tention to what is somewhat remarkable — that in both these sponges
a form of spiculum has entirely been overlooked by those eminent
observers who have done so much to instruct us on this interest-
ing group of organisms.

Dr. Bowerbank, in his work on the British Spongiadse, which
must now be regarded as the text-book on Sponges, gives only one
form of spicula as belonging to the skeleton of either of the
British Spongilla. That of S. fluviatilis he calls " Acerate," that
of S. lacustris " Subfusiform Acerate." As regards the first, if
you take a mature example of the sponge and make a vertical
section, mount it in balsam and examine it under the microscope,
you will find that nearly the whole of the spicula are spiniferous ,
the plain '' Acerate " form being very few in number. But now
make a horizontal section, and examine it in a similar manner, and
then the spiniferous form is found to be few in number, the greater
part being that which Dr. Bowerbank has described. This at once
shows us the true position each occupies in the skeleton, and that
there are two forms is without doubt. The question now arises how
this form could possibly be overlooked if it be constant. I am not
sure if I have always seen it myself — and I have seen a slide sold as
" Spicules of S. Jluviatilis,^^ in which it certainly did not apjoear ;
nevertheless, I am inclined to think it a constant characteristic in
mature examples. In *S'. lacustris the spiniferous spicule does not

44 J. G. WALLER ON FRESH-WATER SPONGES.

constitute more than 6 or 7 per cent, of its skeleton, and it is
somewhat shorter than the others. The next point of dissimi-
larity between them is in the structure of the ovaria, so far as re-
gards the sjDicula of the integument.

The bi-rotulate form of S. Jluviatilis must be known to every
microscopist, as it is so frequently figured in works on the Micro-
scope. Those of S. lacustris are totally different, being similar in
character, though smaller, to those of its membranes, but varying
in their curvatures to such an extent that I have occasionally seen
them taking that of a complete circle. The preparation of the
ovaria showing the spicula is extremely easy. There is no
necessity for any boiling in nitric acid, as recommended by Dr.
Bowerbank, but a section of the sponge containing them needs only
to be steeped in strong spirits of turpentine for a few days, and
then mounted in balsam to show their structure completely, and it
is the more interesting as they are seen in situ.

There is another characteristic of the latter sponge which ob-
servers have not failed to note, i. e., the numerous abnormal forms
of spiculum which are found in it. But, indeed, they are quite as
numerous in S. Jluviatilis, and they are so far worth our notice
when they seem to play into shapes, which in other sponges are
constant. But I will now pass from these somewhat dry details to
matters of more interest.

In the early part of November, 1870, accompanied by a friend,
I went into Hampton Lock, in search of the Fresh-water Sponges,
and returned home laden with a rich gathering of, as I thought,
both species. But it entirely consisted of S. Jluviatilis, the lobular
form of which deceived me, as I took it to be S. lacustris. On
reaching home and submitting a portion to examination, I found it
was pouring out a yelky substance of a dirty white colour, which
proved to consist of myriads of ova. These had a tendency to
aggregate together in masses upon the slide, perhaps by the law of
attraction, but in some cases these masses immediately threw out a
membranous projection like the pseudopodia of the Amoeba, which
they closely resembled ; and I regret that I was not able just
then, for want of leisure, to follow up any subsequent development.
After setting aside some pieces of the sponge as specimens, a few
fragments were left in the gathering bottle. This soon became
exceedingly offensive and perfectly black with decomj)Osition. In
a few days, however, purification ensued in the usual manner ; I

J. G. WALLER ON FRESH-WATER SPONGES. 45

filled up the bottle with fresh water and set it aside out of the direct
light, where it remained all the winter. About the middle of March^
1871, I examined it, and observed a green spot on a fragment of the
old sponge left in the autumn. On applying a lens to the side, I
was delighted to find it was a young sponge developing its mem-
branes upon it. Considering the decomposition to which I have
referred, I did not expect such a result.

But instead of giving an account of this, which was some-
what advanced in development, I will select another example, which
I found as a minute white speck upon the side of the bottle, thereby
rendering it easy of examination. It consisted entirely of a pel-
lucid membrane, supported or strengthened by spicula which
projected slightly from its surface, enclosing denser granular
matter, in which the pores could easily be detected by an inch
objective. The osculum was remarkably developed, but being
situated on the other side of the sponge was not always visible ;
yet I had frequent opportunities of examining this curious organ.
It was a transparent tube, generally somewhat larger at its distal
extremity, often very long in proportion to the mass of sponge when
fully extended, corrugated in structure and frequently having upon
its surface a spiculum here and there without any order. One end
of the sponge was attached to an ovarian capsule, divested of its
outer integument and spicula. This served throughout my obser-
vations as a pointer, for, being a fixed object, it indicated the nature
of the changes, both of position and of form, which took place
from day to day. These are difficult to describe, but will be un-
derstood by aid of the accompanying figures, selected from the
numerous drawings made.

Plate iii. Fig. 1 represents the sponge when first discovered, May
18. The following show the successive changes according to dates
annexed : — Fig. 2, May 25 ; Fig. 3, May 31 ; Fig. 4, June 7 ; Fig.
5, June 10 ; Fig. 6, June 12 ; Fig. 7, June 15 ; Fig. 8, June
17. The last shows the condition just before it separated.

The nature of the development was a contraction, so that the
flat membranous expansion was drawn by degrees into another
shape, denser in character, and gradually taking a globular form.
During this process some of the external spicula of its network
were left upon the sides of the glass ; and on the 7th day after my
observations began a faint tinge of green was visible in the central
portion. This colour increased daily with the progress of con-

46 J. G. WALLER ON FRESH-WATER SPONGES.

traction, and the density of the organism ; the projecting osculum
was withdrawn, and in three weeks disappeared, leaving in its place
a large opening or depression, which was very variable in size and
appearance even on the same day. The sponge now assumed an
ovate character, having a smooth surface, and no projecting spicula
except at one end. From this it passed step by step into a globular
form of a deep emerald green colour ; its attachment to the capsule
became smaller and smaller, until at length it broke away, and
disappeared (Fig. 8).

Now this was exactly the course which every other specimen fol-
lowed. All from an expanded membrane, covering granular matter,
contracted into a globular shape, then separated from its attachment,
and disappeared. The only difference being that colour was acquired
in other instances, whilst it was still expanding and growing upon
the old sponge, and some were larger than others. Every indivi-
dual, if such an expression can be correctly applied, had one
osculum projected from it, and on this interesting organ I will add
a few more remarks. Dr. Bowerbank states that this pellucid tube
" exists only during the course of the energetic excurrent action."
As far as I have observed this was not exactly the case. By re-
ference to Plate iii. you will perceive two conditions in the same
example. In Fig. 1 the sponge is active, the dermal membrane is
fully extended, supported, as it were, at the apices of the spicula,
and reminding one of a tarpauline over a hay-rick. Here the
osculum is firm and erect. In the passive state the membrane is
contracted, the osculum hangs down in a flaccid state, and the
sponge is evidently at rest (Fig. 2). I found if the sponge was
disturbed it went directly into this condition, and I fancied, upon
one or two occasions, a dull and heavy day produced the same
effect. The corrugated structure of this organ shows that the
power of contraction and expansion must exist to a great extent ;
but I never saw any absolute withdrawal of it, except under the
conditions mentioned.

The phenomena, I have endeavoured to describe, seem to point
to an act of gemmation with which we are familiarised in many of
the lower orders of animal life, and which are well known to take
place in, probably, every sponge ; and yet these are great differences
from our usual experience. Here it is clearly a young sponge
which gradually assumes this ajDpearance. It is well, therefore,
to follow up the ensuing stage if possible, and happily this I am

J. a. WALLER ON FRESH-WATER SPONGES. 47

enabled to do. Previous to the observation thus recorded, I had
one with a gemmule (?) already perfected, which I discovered em-
bedded within the network of a piece of old sponge. It had evi-
dently passed through the stages I have mentioned, and had now
found a resting place for further development. I placed it in a
zoophyte trough, supplying it constantly with fresh water, and ob-
served it to be enveloped in a transparent membrane, defended or
strengthened by a few spicula. It was sub-globular in shape, and
of a bright emerald green colour (Fig. 3). I watched it daily.
New membrane was forming about it on the network of the old
sponge, and upon this new spicula (Fig. 4). This latter process was
interesting. First one was projected, another extended from its
apex, then one transversely. Additions were then made to the
first parallel to it (See Fig. 5), and so forth.

Meanwhile the gemmule (?) was gradually increasing in size,
swelling out and becoming more ovate, and its granular character
more distinctly visible through the expanding membrane ; and
having been nearly a fortnight under observation, began now to
break up. The envelope burst, and its contents, consisting of
minute masses of sarcode, which, when aggregated together, had an
am^biform appearance, issued slowly from it (Fig. 6). Some of
them settled upon portions of the membrane of the sponge, or
upon the spicular network, and began to develope upon it. But
by far the greater quantity became effete, as, perhaps, the condi-
tions of life were little favourable for any further progress.

During my observations I saw upon several occasions minute
bodies, ovate in shape, and having filiform appendages, moving
about on the edges of the protruding granular masses, with a singular
twitching motion ; but I could not bring a power of more than 60
diameters to bear upon them, and hesitate to express my belief in
their being spermatazoids, which are asserted to have been seen by
more than one observer, but which fact nevertheless remains in
obscurity.

I have spoken of the phenomena described as of *' gemmation "
and the product as a gemmule, yielding in this to appearances
rather than believing the terms to be correct. A gemmule has
been described as " a vital mass separated from the parent, and
capable of being ultimately developed into a single individual, pos-
sessing the same specific characters and capabilities as the present
mass." But this clearly must be understood of those acts which

48 J. G. WALLER ON FRESH-WATER SPONGES.

are familiar to us in many organisms in an adult and matured con-
dition. Here it is evidently not of that character, but is a stage of
growth belonging to the young sponge, which may fairly be pre-
sumed to have commenced from one or more ova. In the in-
stance here given, we have the sponge actually developed upon the
ovarian capsule, and in immediate proximity to the foramen,
through which the ova pass out, and was clearly in the earliest
stage of development. It appears to me that the phenomena
rather show an analogy to the encysted state observed in so many
of the lower organisms, and had a resemblance in its result to what
I witnessed in Actinophrys Sol.* This question I leave for others
to decide, and hope there may be amongst our friends those whose
experience may help us to a conclusion.

Of the food of the Fresh-water Sponges we know but little, yet,
if we may judge from the abundance of diatomacese frequently seen
upon their tissues, they at least must fonn a part of it. The fol-
lowing is a list of those varieties I have found upon the membranes
and other portions of S. lacustris.

Pleurosigma attenuata Cymbella gastroides
Navicula cuspidata „ cuspidata

Meloseira nummuloides „ boekii

Pinnul tria major Surirella biseriata

Cocconeis transversalis Amphora ovalis
Campylodiscus spiralis „ membranacea

Cymatopleura solea Encyonema prostratum, &c., &c.
,, elliptica

I must, however, mention that the sides of Hampton Lock,
whence my specimen was taken, are so rich in Diatomacese as to
look as if covered with treacle ; and it would, therefore, be rather
a marvel if we did not find some upon the membranes and other
parts of a sponge growing in that locality.

* See Article on the Conjugation of Actinopliys Sol.

49

ANNUAL SOIREE.

March 15th, 1872.

The Annual Soiree was held, by permission of the Council, at University
College, Go wer Street. Two hundred and sixteen microscopes were exhibited
by Members of the Club, of the Croydon Microscopical Club, the South London
Microscopical Club, the Forest Hill Microscopical Club, and the Metropolitan
Opticians.

ACKLAND, T. G.y

ackland, w.,

Allbon, W.j

Andrew, A. E.
Andrew, F. W.,

3 J

Atkinson, J.,

Bentley, C. S.,
Bevington, Thos.,
Bevington, W. a..
Bishop, W.,
Bonella, John,
Braithwaite, R., M

Burr, T.W.,F.E.A

Burt, C. W.,
Cocks, W. G.,

Crisp, J. S.,

Crisp, —
Crook, T.,

CURTIES, T.,

EXHIBITIONS BY MEMBERS.

File of Cricket, Acheta domestica.

Cinchonidine under polarized light, by a new form of
selenite stage.

Tongue of Lamb.

Intestine of Ourang Outang.

Anguirtaria spatulata.

Leaves of Alyssum montanum.

Hypersthene, a mineral from North America.

Foot of Blow Fly.

Section of Shell (Haliotls).

Tongue of the Bee.

Tongue of Butterfly, Vanessa urticce.

A water wood-louse, Oniscm aquatilis.

Sori of several Exotic Ferns.
D., Coralline with animals expanded.

Structure of Flowers, Asariim EuropcBuin and Thuja
orient alls.
S., Table polariscope with selenite designs, and unannealed

Photograms of the Moon in the Mici'oscope.
Young Spider.
Co7iochiltos.
Volvox glohator.
Melicerta ringens.
Achromatic Stereoscope, with views tinted by coloured

reflectors.
Malca sylcestris (4-inch),
Lavatero. riihra (ditto).
Spine of Echinus.
Melicerta ringeris.
Angninaria spatulata on Sea Weed, with Diatoms in situ.

JouRN. Q. M. C. No. 19.

£

50

Gushing, Thos..
Daintrey, G.,

Deane, —
DoBsoN, H. H.,
Duck, W. A.,
Fitch, F.,

Fryer, G. H,

55

furneaux, j. r.j
Gardiner, G.,

55

Garnham, J.,
Gay, F. W.,

George, E.,

Gibson, J. F.,
GOLDING, W. H.,

55

Gray, H. J.,
Gregory, John,
Guimaraens, a. de

55

Hailes, H. F.,
Hainworth, W.

55

Hind, F. H. P.,
hopkinson, j.,
Hovenden, C. W.,
Hovenden, Fred.,
How, Jas.,

Ingpen, Jno. E.,
Jackson B. D.,

55

Johnson, J. A.,
Kiddle, E.,

Collection of Natural Flowers.

Selected Diatomaceae.

Section of Skin of Cat.

Polycystina.

Vibrio fritici, the cockles or purples of corn.

Section of Pearl.

Tongue and Lancets of a Fly (TahanusJ.

Volvox glohator.

Stephanoceros Eichhornii.

Ciliary action in Tadpole.

Spiders and Eggs hatching.

Hydra viridis.

Scales of Fern.

Coiieatus Taniarici.

Section of Whalebone, polarized.

Human Muscle injected.

Nudibranchiate Mollusc.

Emhletonia Orayi.

Lophopus crystallvius.

Fructification of Mosses.

,, Polytrichmn aloides.

,, Atrichum tmdulatum.

„ Hypnum.

Male flower of Polytrichum.
Coneeptacles of Marchantia polymorpha.
Section of Aberdeen Granite polarized.
Arborescent Crystals of Silver and Gold.
Elytron of Diamond Beetle.
Leaf of Correa, stellate hairs.
Petal of Correa stricta.
, Acari of Eabbit, Listrophorus gibhis. $ . $ .
Sea Horse, Hippocampus brevirostris.
Chelifer.
Volvox glohator.
Water Fleas, Baplinia.
Gold Dust from Australia.
Young Oysters, Ostrea edidis.
Marine Algse, Polysiphonia fastigiafa.
Foraminifera from the Atlantic Ocean, 2,000 fathoms.
Palate of Loligo vulgaris.
Spicules of Gorgonia.
Palate of Haliotis tuberculata.
Nummulites Icevigatus.
Absorption spectrum of Chlorophyll.
Winged seed of Cybibtax.
Volvox glohator.
Blossom of Yew Tree.
Eggs of Parasite of Eeeves' Pheasant.
Seed of Nemesia versicolor.
Drawings of Ancient Egyptian Jewellery.
Photographs in Abyssinia, Magdala, &c.

51

Lee, Henry, F.L.S.
LooF, S. A.,
LoY, W. T.,
McIntire, S. J.,

Marttnelllt, a.,
Meacher, J. W.,

Nelson, Jas.,
Newton, E. T.,

northey, m. d.,
Perry, F. J.,
Quick, G. E.,

Eeeves, W. W.,

Robins, Edmund,
Rogers, J.,
Rogers, J. R.,

Rogers, T.,

Russell, T. D.,

SiGSWORTH, J. C.

Slade, J.,
Smith, A.,

Smith, Jas.,

Marine Algse, Pohjsiphonia urceolata, witli capsules.

Elytron of Diamond Beetle.

Section of Blow Fly.

Wing of Saagala gloriosa, a moth from Central America.

Flea, Pulexirritans (alive), and Red Spider, Trombidium.

Electric Spark discharged between Graphite terminals.

Heart of Water Snail, Planorhis X 56.

Tank Life (Sfentor, &c.)

Reseda odorata.

Fioiaria hygrometrica.

Bellis perennis.

Melicerta rmc/ens.

Eye of Frog, nerves of the cornea, stained with chloride

of gold.
Scale of Perch polarized.
Weevil, Coiieatus Tamarasi.
Head of Gnat.
Gizzard of Cockroach.
Tongue of Butterfly.
Section of Human Kidney.
Transverse section of Rush.
Photograph of Shrewsbury Cathedral.
Batracliospermum monoliformef var. pulclierrimuon, a

Confervoid Alga from Devon.
A selection of Spicules of Gorgonacese, illuminated by

the new Pocket Lamp and portable microscope body.
Gemmules of Sponge.
Wings of the Gnat
Crystals by Polarized Light.
Citric Acid, Cane Sugar, Sugar of Milk, Maple Sugar,

&c.
Polycystina, Astromma Aristotelis.
Anguinaria spatulata,
Epistylus.

Hydra viridis and H. vulgaris.
Circulation in Anacharis.
Collections of British Stalk-eyed Crustacea and Echino-

dermata.
Sepiostaire (Cuttle Fish), horizontal and vertical sec-
tions.
Flower of Common Mallow deprived of the Corolla,

showing the Monadelphous Stamens with Anthers

and Pollen.
Freshwater Polyzoa, LopJiopus crystallinvs.
Capsule of Ceratodon purpureus.
Porphyrine, section.
Fossil Foraminifera from cavity in flint.
Spider, alive.
Cheese Mites.
Head of Hornet.
Cockchafer.

52

Smith, J. A., Lai'va of Ephemera, or Day Fly, polarized.

Circulation in leg of Water Louse, polarized.
Red Water Spider.
Lily of the Valley.
Fibres of Flax, Limim usitatissimum, by Polarized

Light.
Rotifera and Entomostraca, alive.
Bird's Eye Tobacco.
African and other Limpets, and Oysters.
Flea, Pidex irritans.
Leaf of Pomaderris a^jetala.
Polyxemis lagurus.
Degeeria Nicoletii,
Degeeria cincta.
Pond Life, Hydra viridis.
Pencil Tail, Polyxenus lagurus.
Sphagnum or Bog Moss.
Pond Life {Vorticellce).
Artificial Crystals of Hippuric Acid under Polarized

Light.
The Pulsation of the Heart and Circulation of the Blood

in young Salmon.
Illustration of Pond Life (Entomostraca).
Section of Nose of Mouse (injected).
Section of Spine of Echinus, polarized.
Elytron of Diamond Beetle.
Cuticle of Equisetum sylvaticum.
V Lepidodendron > Transverse Section of Specimens figured

in the " Monthly Microscopical Journal," for Feby.,
1872).
jj Pitchstone from Arran.

Mr. Holmes, of 477, Oxford Street, exhibited his patent stereoscopic binocular
m'croscope, which appeared to interest and elicit approval from the members
present.

The following opticians also exhibited microscopes, &c.:— Messrs. Bailey,
Baker, R. and J. Beck, Mogiuie, Murray and Heath, Powell and Lealand, Ross,
J. H. Steward, and Swift.

Mr. T. D. Russell exhibited a Natural History Collection ; Mr. Ernest Swain,
Fossils ; Mr. E. Kiddle, some facsimile Drawings of Ancient Jewellery of a date
1800 years B.C. ; Mr. Rockfort Connor, some Microscopical Drawings of various
Yegetable and Animal Tissues.

The London Stereoscopic Company exhibited on the screen some views of
various places of interest, illustrating South Africa and the Livingstone Expedi-
tion, in the Mathematica,l Theatre. Mr. Apps exhibited Electrical Experiments
in Vacuo, such as Gassiott's Cascades, &c., &c. Mr. How exhibited Micro-pho-
tographs and Photographic Views by the Lime Light, varied by the new form of
Kaleidoscope as applied to the Lantern.

Smith, W.,
Stickstone, C. W.
Suffolk, W. T.,

Swain, Ernest,

Tafe, J. F.,
Terry, J.,
Ward, F. H.,

Warrington, H, R.,
Westbrooke, Edwd.,
White, F. W.,

White, T. C ,

Williams, Geo.,

Wright, E ,
Young, John T

53

PROCEEDINGS.

March 22nd, 1872. — Chairman — Dr. John Matthews.

The following donations to tlie Club were announced : — •

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal " from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip " ,,

"The Lena" \ the State Microscopical

' Society of Illinois.

*' The American Naturalist " in exchange.

" The Journal of the Loudon Institution " ...from the Librarian.
" The Annual Eeport and Proceedings of the ) ...

^ Geologists' Association" J the Association.

* ' The Proceedings of the Literary and Philo- \ -u a ■

sophical Society of Manchester " ... * the Society.

" The 22ud Annual Eeport of the Bank of) ,, ^ ^ „

England Library" 1 Mr. Suffolk.

" Conspectus of Diatomacese," extracted from ) Professor Hamilton Smith.

" The Lens," 4 Nos j

The thanks of the Club were unanimously voted to the donors.

The following gentlemen were balloted for and duly elected members of the
Club:— Mr. George Daintrey, Mr. Joseph Guyton, Mr. Ernest D. Marquand,
Mr. R. H. Pinker, Mr. C. S. Rolfe, Mr. Harry Smurt.

A Paper by Dr. G. W.Royston Pigott, ''On a New Method of Ascertaining the
Magnifying Power of Objectives," was communicated to the meeting by the
Secretary.

The Chairman said there could hardly be a more fertile subject for discussion
than that which was the subject of this papc'-, neither was it possible to over-
rate its importance, seeing that accuracy of measurement lay at the very foun-
dation of microscopical investigation. He had himself found very little difficulty
in ascertaining the magnifying power of any objective by means of a little con-
trivance of his own— the calliper eye-piece — which was introduced to the notice
of the Club soon after he had first brought it out, and the use of which he ex-
plained at the time. He felt sure that all the members would join most cordially
in presenting a vote of thanks to Dr. Pigott for his paper, especially as they
would have the privilege of reading it in extetuo when printed in the Journal.

The Secretary, in seconding a vote of thanks to Dr. Pigott, drew the atten-
tion of the members to the simple method of ascertaining the magnifying power
of objectives mentioned by Dr. Beale in his book on the microscope.

A vote of thanks to Dr. Pigott for his paper was then put to the meeting and
carried unanimously.

54

Mr. Green intimated that he had again brought with him his lime light for
the purpose of exhibiting his Podura Scale as an opaque object, and he desired
to thank several gentlemen who had assisted him in his investigations. Mr.
Arthur Cole, of Liverpool, had in a most kind manner sent him some slides
very beautifully mounted, and Mr. Topping had also very kindly supplied him
with the Podura scales.

The proceedings then terminated with a conversazione, at which the following
objects were exhibited : —

Sarirel la gemma by Mr. Curteis.

Podura Scales, shewn as opaque objects by the lime light Mr. Green.

Injected Muscle of Cat Mr. de Gaimaraens.

Eectal Papillae and Gizzard of Flea Mr. Mclntire.

Euglena viridis Mr. Martinelli.

Selection of Gorgonia Spicules Mr Eichards.

Injected Lung of Frog Mr. Topping.

Attendance — Members, 55 ; visitors, 8.

EicHARD T. Lewis.

April 12th, 1872. — Conversational Meeting.

Objects exhibited: —

Trachea from Larva of Dytiscus by Mr. Geo. Williams.

Larva of the Gnat Mr. J. A. Smith.

Gizzard of Mole Cricket "^ ivr n i

Wing of Earwig 3 * ^'

Phillipine Foraminifera Mr. Hailes.

Spines and Plates, Synapta similis ... ) ^^ ^ r^

Gizzard and Stomach of Cricket ... j ^^^- ^^ G^^^araens,

Amphioxus paradoxus Mr. Slade.

Section of Sarsaparilla Mr. Sigsworth.

Meridion circulare Mr. J. G. Waller.

Injected ova of Toad, transparent Mr. Topping.

Decomposed Glass Mr. Eichards.

Hippuric Acid '. Mr. T. C. White.

Selected Diatoms Mr. CoUam.

Convallaria Arcellum, &c,, &c. Dr. Ramsbottom.

Heliopelta, &c Mr. Jaques.

Cup Moss ... Dr. Matthews.

Section of diseased Canine Tooth ,,

Scales of Culex maculipeunis Mr. F. H. Ward.

Specimens of crushed quartz and crushed flint, to show the facility with
which polarized light discriminates between sand consisting of comminuted
quartz and sand consisting of comminuted flint. As examples : —

Sand from River Parrett, Somerset. Principally quartz j about 1 per cent, of
flint.

Sand from site of the New Law Courts. Principally quartz ; about 1 per
cent, of flint.

Lower Bagshot sand from Hampstead Heath. Contains no flint ; principally
quartz and oxide of iron.

55

Chert from Portlandian beds, showing the same structure as flint.

Sand collected from a road repaired with flint. Consists principally of flint.

Sand, Blackfoot loam, from Charlton, Kent. Principally quartz, with about
1 per cent, of flint.

Thanet sand from Reculvers. Principally quartz ; about 1 per c(mt. of flint.

Chalcedony from Iceland, showing it to be crystalline silica, bearing the same
relation to quartz crystal and massive quartz that fibrous gypsum does to selenite
and common gypsum.

Chalcedony from Iceland.

Chalcedonic pseudomorph, showing rotary polarization, by W. Hawkins
Johnson.

Present 59 members.

April 26th, 1872.— Chairman, Dr. R. Braithwaite, F.L.S.,
Vice-President.

The following donations to the Club were announced : —

" Science Gossip " from the Publisher.

*' The Monthly MicroscopicalJournal " ... ,,

** The Popular Science Review" j?

" The Proceedings of the British Naturalists' ") ^.^^ Society

Society" ... ... ^

"The first Report of the South London Mi-) , ^, ,

croscopical and Natural History Club " ^
" The Journal of the London Institution " ... the Librarian.

One Slide Mr. T. Rogers.

The thanks of the Club were voted to the donors.

The following gentlemen were balloted for and duly elected members of the
Club:— Mr. Herbert Curwen, Dr. R. E. Dudgeon, Mr. J. W. Goodinge, Rev.
William Law, Mr. S. H. Roberts, and Mr. Edward Tozer.

Mr. J. G. Waller read a paper, entitled ' ' Observations on Fresh Water
Sponges," illustrating the subject by diagrams.

The Chairman proposed a vote of thanks to Mr, Waller for his interesting
paper, and invited observations from gentlemen present.
The vote of thanks Was carried unanimously.

Mr. Charles Stewart said that he feared he had lost a great deal of Mr.
Waller's paper owing to the acoustic properties of the room, but he understood
him to lay considerable stress upon the external forms of these sponges as a
means of identification. He was himself more acquainted with the salt water
sponges, and what he knew of these would lead him to judge that mere external
form would be itself only a very rough and uncertain method upon which to form
a decision. He should also rather fancy that the process which Mr. Waller had
described, together with the flaccid condition, was perhaps due to to the condi-
tion of the water in which the sponge was, so to speak, endeavouring to grow,
although it could hardly succeed in managing it.

Mr. Holmes inquired whether Mr. Waller had observed any cilia on those little
bodies which he had mentioned ?

5G

Mr. Waller, in reply, said that lie liad not observed any cilia, and that the
raotion itself was very slow. He thought Mr. Stewart had misunderstood him
in thinking that be relied upon external form as a means of identification. The
flaccid condition of the osculum to which Mr. Stewart had also referred was not
due to any cause such as had been suggested, for whenever he tested it by
touching the sponge he found that it immediately assumed the other condition ;
and he had taken great care to keep the water perfectly pure at all times during
the course of his observations.

The Secretary read a paper by Mr. Furlonge ' * Ou a Phenomenon of Binocular
Vision in the Delineation of Microscopical Objects."

The Chairman, in moving a vote of thanks to Mr. Furlonge for his communi-
cation, expressed his regret at the absence of the President, who would, doubt-
less, have been able to give some opinion upon the subject.

Mr. B. T. Lowne said that having previously paid some attention to the
subject he thought he could do something to explain this very strange delusion,
for it certainly was a delusion. In drawing an object with the neutral tint re-
flector, the image was really seen on the reflector, but it appeared to be just as
far behind it as the object itself actually was in front of it ; and it would, of
course, be seen whether the light was cut off behind the reflector or not, and it
would matter not at all whether with the observing eye they saw tlu ough the
reflector or not, the apparent position of the image would be just the same.
That a picture could be drawn in the manner described he would admit, be-
cause it would be seen, apparently, on the paper with one eye, whilst the other
eye would see the paper and the pencil, — the paper and the image thus seeming
to occupy the same place. But in that case great care must be taken not to
move the axis of either eye, otherwise the pencil and the object would seem to
be continually running away from each other. As the reflector was very close to
the eye the image would be moved a very little, although quite enough to cause
a confusion of outlines. It was, however, most preposterous to suppose that
the image went in at one eye and came out at the other ! When an object was
drawn through the reflector the observer looked straight through and did not
alter the axis of the eye at all, and there was then no difiiculty in keepin/ the
pencil upon the image throughout. The ease with which a person could draw
with both eyes in the manner described merely depended upon the ease with
which he could squint. He should not, certainly, advise anyone to draw objects
in this way, because to do so he must squint, and this would be almost sure in
the end to damage the eyesight.

Mr. Unwin said that he had repeatedly drawn an object with the wrong eye
when he had been too indolent to arrange the illumination properly. He thought
that in doing so he must move the eyes about, but this did not matter so long
as the axis of the eyes were kept parallel, or rather, in drawing with both eyes
they must always make the image and draAving coincide. He did not know that
in doing this he squinted. His experience was that when he used both eyes he
did not draw so correctly as he did the other way, and that if he drew the object
first with one eye and then, without moving, afterwards drew it with the other,
he got two drawings.

Mr. Charles Stewart said that ou one point he must disagree, and that was as
to the eyes being parallel ; their axes must, of course, converge. In drawing,
as in observing, it was of advantage to keep the left eye open as well as the
right, not necessarily for the purpose of seeing with it, but to relieve it fi'om the
strain experienced when keeping it shut.

57

Mr. Lowne quite concurred with Mr. Stewart ; as to the eflFects in both eases,
it, of course, amounted to the same thing, whether the eye was closed or whether
it was not used, and there could be no doubt but that it greatly relieved the eyes
to have both open when working with a microscope having a single tube. There
were two things which might happen when drawing with botli eyes — it might
happen that both eyes would be converged upon the same object at the same
angle, but it would more usually be done by a squint. There was another
thing which also occurred to him, namely, that the foci of the two eyes would
have to be different, and this would be sure to cause very great fatigue to the
eyes. Their axes must, of course, convei'ge, they could not possibly be parallel,
and the question was at what angles did they converge ?

Mr. Tafe remarked that there was a convergence of the eyes both in looking
through a microscope and in reading a book, and asked whether there was any
difference between the two cases ?

Dr. Sansom said there could be no doubt but that there was a difference
between the convergence of the eyes in drawing as described, and in reading —
in the former case the axis of the eye would be a right line, or, rather, the
perpendicular line of a right angled triangle, whilst that of the other eye would
be its hypotheneuse ; and this would not be the case in reading a book.

Mr. Mainworth inquired whether there would be some 'variation according to
the power used ?

The Chairman thought there might be a little.

Mr. Tafe asked whether the angle at which objects were seen would not render
the binocular microscope injurious to the eyes ?

Dr. Sansom said that the angle would be so slight when using the binocular
that it amounted to practically nothing.

Mr. E. P. Williams said that if he looked at the image through the neutral
tint reflector, and then took it away and substituted an opaque reflector, then
when he examined the image on the paper he could not see that there was any
difference in the angle ; and he could not see that he squinted at all. He might
also mention that once he introduced a piece of paper on the stage of tbe
microscope where he could see it with the non-observing eye, and he drew the
object in this way.

Mr. Mclntire said that this was the method which he generally adopted in
drawing objects, but he was quite conscious that in doing so he squinted.

Mr. Lowne said that as some gentlemen did not seem to understand what
squinting was he would just explain it, for be was sorry there should be any
misapprehension. It was squinting when two objects were seen under such an
angle of convergence as to make them overlap, as described by one speaker, —
squinting was when one eye looked straightforward and the other looked at an
angle either inward or outward. With regard to drawing upon the stage of the
microscope, he had often done it, but should certainly do it no more, because it
could not be done without a squint, and he could not squint without injuring the
eyes. In looking through the binocular microscope the angle was really very
little indeed, because the image was not seen by looking ^A,o?(^A the object-
glass, but only at a picture in the eye-piece of the microscope. It must not be
thought that a person looked down the tubes through the object glass, for if
this was the case the binocular microscope would be a very painful institution,
and would very speedily have to be put out of use.

Mr. R. P. Williams said that he did not regard it as a squint at all.

Mr. Lowue was sorry anyone should go away with a wrong impression, but

58

assured them that there was really a very great diflference between the two

Mr. Mclntire said that with regard to the binocular he believed the image
seen was formed upon the field lens of the eye-piece.

Mr. Unwin exhibited and described an adaptation of the Nachet revolving
stage to the mechanical stage of his own microscope, which, he believed, would
be found of great utility. Having found the position of the stage in which it
was concentric with the objective, and fixed it there, he removed the brass stage
plate and substituted a Nachet stage . The advantages gained by being able to
do this were pointed out^ and it was suggested that it would be very useful to
microscopists if makers would determine the concentric position of the stage,
and mark it by drilling a hole through the plates when in that position, so that
it might be retained there, if required, by passing a pin through the hole.

Mr. T. C. White brought for distribution some sticks of cement, made of
bees' wax and resin in equal parts, and melted together, and which he recom-
mended as being very useful in securing glass covers, &c., temporarily when
collecting ; it was readily melted by heat, and could be applied without further
preparation on the spot.

The proceedings terminated with a conversazione, at which the following
objects were exhibited : —

Spicules of Hyalonema mirabilis
Arrenurus viridis (?)

Cellularia avieularia

Bone of Hippocampus ">
Quartz Crystals ^

Hydra vulgaris (alive) ")

Larva of Ephemera (alive) •>

Snail Spawn on Water Cress

Scales on leaf of Heretiera littoralis

Arcyria

Tracheal System of Flea

Section of Spongilla fluviatilis and S. lacustris
Ctenoid Scales of Sole

by Mr. Curties.
Mr. Fitch.
Mr. Golding.

Mr. Guimaraens.

Mr. Hainworth.

Mr. Martinelli.

Mr. Pett.

Mr. Slade.

Mr, Unwin.

Mr. Waller.

Mr. Geo. Williams.

Attendance — Members, 80 ; Visitors, 12.

May 10th, 1872. — Conversational Meeting.

Dlatomacese, Fragilaria Capucina

Section of leaf stalk Water Lily

Head of a Vanessa Butterfly ...
Marine Life

Spiders Hatching of themselves
Living Micro-lepidoptera

Section of a Blue Pearl found in a Mussel

Larvae of Gnat and

Lagena sulcata ...

Pond Life. Arcellum, Tabellaria, &c.

Sections of Echinus Spines. Acrocladia trigouaria, &c.

Section of Spinal Cord of Sheep, stained

Mr,

. Geo. Williams

Mr. Oxley.

Mr

. Golding.

Mr.

T. C. White.

Mr.

Fitch.

Mr.

, J. Smith.

Mr.

, Topping.

Mr.

Ward.

Dr.

Ramsbottom.

Mr.

J. Matthews.

Mr.

E. T. Newton.

59

May 24th, 1872.^ — Chairman, Dr. R. Braithwate, F.L.S., &c.,
Vice-President.

The following donations to the Club were announced : —

*' The Monthly MicroscopicalJournal " from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip " the Publisher.

" Proceedings of the Eoyal Society," Nos. 132-3 ... the Society.

'* The American Naturalist," for March and April in Exchange.

" Proceedings of the Geologists' Association" ... the Association.

" Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical") the Society

Society of Manchester," for March and April J

"The Lens" in Exchange.

" The Journal of the London Institution " the Librarian.

" The President's Address and the Reports, &c., of a

the West Kent Natural History, Microscopical, > the Society,

and Photographic Society " )

12 slides Mr. John Eogers.

The thanks of the Club were unanimously voted to the donors.

The following gentlemen were balloted for and unanimously elected members
of the Club :— Mr. W. H. Bennett, Mr. George J. Burch, Mr. Ernest Hinton,
Mr, W. H. P. Sheehy, Mr. Ernest Schloesser, Mr. Henry E. Symons, F.R.M.S.,
Mr. Henry L. Sequeira, M.R.CS.

Dr. John Matthews called the attention of the members to a contrivance of
his own, of which he had given some hint at the ordinary meeting of the club
in March last. On that occasion, it would be remembered that a paper was
read on behalf of Dr. Pigott, descriptive of a new instrument of his, which he
called the " cratometer," and which was designed to measure the linear magnify-
ing power of objectives ; and it would also be remembered that he (Dr. Matthews)
said at the same time that he had produced an instrument, the "calliper eye-
piece," by which he had been enabled to do this very simply and easily without any
reference to mathematical formulae. Accurate measurement was at the root of
all useful scientific research, and was especially important in observations with
the microscope, and it was most desirable that every observer should append to
drawings of objects the exact magnifying power employed. Their President,
Dr. Beale, had set them an excellent example in this respect, never giving a
figure of any object without specifying the number of diameters by which it was
magnified. It was, however, no easy matter to do this. The usual method was
to put the objective and object in their places, and compare the magnified
image, seen by one eye, with the scale marked on a foot-rule placed at the same
distance as the object, and seen at the same time with the other eye, so as to
arrive at an approximation to the actual proportionate enlargement. He had
himself thought it better to estimate both these measurements with one eye only,
and at the same time, and he had been enabled to do this very successfully by
the instrument now brought before their notice, and which was a modification
of his " calliper eye-piece." He had used first of all two of Quekett's indicators
together in the eye-piece, and then placed a stage micrometer instead of the
object, but he found that this was not made so as to enable one of the points to
be moved with sufiicient precision. He had, therefore, substituted for this
arrangement one of Jackson's eye-piece micrometers, removing the glass scale,
and had inserted the two points into the body of it. The points were each pro-
pelled by a screw of known value, and repelled by a spring. In this instance the

60

valae of the right hand screw was exactly 50 threads to the inch, and its head
was divided into 10 parts ; the left hand screw was only used for adaptation. In
using this apparatus it must first be adjusted so that the points were seen in
exact apposition; they must next be separated a known distance, say -['g iiiclij
then place a micrometer on the stage and ascertain exactly how many of ita
divisions are embraced by the points. Suppose, for instance, that the points
were separated t'u inch, and that they were found to embrace 3^ inch of the
micrometer scale, the proportion which these bore to each other would be
obviously 3^5 in. to -,\}, le., i§^ in., or about 5| to 1, and this, multiplied by 10
— the length of the tube in inches — gave him, in the case of the objective to
which he alluded, a number which agreed within one of the power assigned to
it by the maker, and which he conceived to be exact. In tlie case of a f-inch
objective, the points set as before mentioned, included 3^0 in., and the propor-
tion of this to the 305 in., multiplied by 10, gives 100 as the power of the objec-
tive. The |-in. objective gave 350 between the points at the same distance,
and the proportionate number in this case was (nearly) IGJ X 10 = 165, and so
in the same manner the power of any other objectives might be ascertained.
The ease and facility with which this was done was remarkable, and it was so
simple that it was scarcely possible to make a mistake. The value of this method
also was such that the power of the eye-pieces could also be very easily ascer-
tained, conversely, and another advantage was that the arrangement did not in
any way detract from the value of. the apparatus as a calliper eye-piece for
measuring objects in the ordinary way. There was no necessity to be confined
to any special distance of the points, so that if the distance at any time were
found to form a fraction, it was easy to draw out the tube sufiiciently to make
it an even proportionate part, and add that quantity in the estimation.

The Chairman said that all present would be glad to receive this very in-
teresting communication fi'om Dr. Matthews, and to examine the ingenious
little piece of apparatus which had been brought for their inspection ; the
calliper eye-piece would no doubt be remembered, and this adaptation of it
would add very much indeed to its usefulness. He noticed, on looking through
it, that there was a little difference between the two points

Dr. Matthews explained that he had at first met with some little difficulty as
to the pointing, and the method now adopted was suggested by Mr. Hislop. A
small piece of balance watch spring was broken by a blow with a hammer upon
a convex surface ; the broken ends gave very sharp points, although perhaps
they might only appear as such when seen in profile in one particular direction.

Mr. Ackland thought that the instrument exhibited by Dr. Matthews was
certainly very ingenious, but was of opinion that all it accomplished could be
done equally well without any apparatus at all. The first thing he would do
would be to ascertain the apparent size of the field of view by drawing it upon
paper by means of a " Beale's reflector" at a distance of 10 inches, and when
this was once done accurately it would enable anyone at any Lime to ascertain
the exact magnifyi g power of any objective. Suppose, for example, that the
diameter of the field so ascertained measured exactly five inches by a rule. Then
place a micrometer upon the stage, and read off the number of hundredths of
an inch filling the field, then let this number = m
diameter of field of view =^ v
and magnifying power = m

then m := -— -r

m X V

61

and the magnifying power could be immediately found by a table of reciprocals,
and a simple multiplication. Another plan, requiring no calculation, is to
obtain an eye-piece micrometer so ruled that when placed in the eye-piece the
same number of divisions fill the field of view as there are tenths of an inch in
that field when drawn at 10 inches, as above described. In using this arrange-
ment, multiply by 10 the number of eye-piece divisions that cover one hundredth
of an inch of the stage micrometer, and the result obtained is the magnifying
power. Thus, if 41 eye-piece divisions exactly cover one hundredth of the stage '
micrometer, the magnifying power would be shown to be 410. This method
requires a separate scale for each eye-piece employed.

The Chairman thought that the scale was a very simple contrivance.

Mr. B. D, Jackson inquired whether Dr. Matthews used an absolute tenth of
an inch, or whether he took steps to counteract the magnifying power of the
eye-piece.

Dr. Matthews said that the advantage of his plan over that just proposed was
that it could be applied to any eye-piece, and was not adapted merely to the
one for which it, was made. The ^q in. was increased by the eye-piece, and
varied with the power of the eye-piece, but he was not bound to adopt this par-
ticular distance ; any other known distance would do equally well, and as the
value of the right hand screw was 50 threads to the inch, and the head was
divided oflfinto 10, he could adjust the points with great accuracy.

Mr. Ackland observed that inasmuch as the space employed by Dr. Matthews
was a portion only of the field of view, any error which might occur would be
increased in proportion to the ratio of the space between the points to that of
the diameter of the field.

Mr. S. J. Mclntire said that he had for a long time adopted a plan similar to
that suggested by Mr. Ackland, but had done so in what he thought was a
more simple way, without the use of any tables or complex formulae. His
method of procedure was as follows :— First ascertain accurately the apparent
diameter of the field of the eye-piece, and reduce it to thousandths of an inch.
Next place the micrometer 6n the stage and read olF the number of divisions
which measure the diameter of the field, reducing them also to thousandths •
then divide the number of thousandths in the apparent diameter, by the number
seen on the stage micrometer, and the quotient will be the amplification re-
quired.

JS.g., if the field apparently measures 5 in., and -[gg^j in, are seen on the

stage micrometer, the sum will be

5000
^=200

or should the field be 7^ in. and ^5^0 in. be seen on the micrometer, it would be

Z^OO ^ 300

the amplification in these two cases being thus 200 and 300 diameters re-
spectively.

The Chairman thought that Mr. Mclntire's plan was a very simple one, and
one which could be followed by anyone.

The Secretary announced that Mr. Eichards had brought for exhibition a tube
with a glass end, which was placed over the objective of his microscope for
observing objects under water.

Mr. Richards said that this arrangement had been found very useful in con-
nection with his erector for dissecting objects under water.

62

Dr. Dudgeon mentioned that in the " Quarterly Journal of Microscopical
Science" for last July he had described a tube similar to that now exhibited ;
also in " The British Medical Journal" it was referred to, and described by the
Editor last month, and was highly recommended for use in examining urine or
morbid secretions with high powers.

Mr. Richards explained that the tube he had with him was more especially
adapted for use with low powers in connection with the erector.

The proceedings then terminated with a conversazione, at which the following
objects were exhibited: —

Eye-piece Micrometer

Series of Coal Slides

Pond Life

Method of Viewing Obj ects under Water

Arachnoidiscus Ehrenbergii

Transparent Section of Injected Kidney

Gizzard of Goerius Oleus ,

Cuxhaven Deposit

Present — ^members, 63 j visitors,

...by Mr. Ackland.

Mr. Daintrey.
... Mr. Golding.

Mr. Richards.
... Mr. Tafe.

Mr. A. Topping.
... Mr. T. C. White.

Mr. Geo. Williams.

R. T. Lewis.

PLATE I. AND II.,

Illustrating W. H. Fublonge's Paper " On the Internal Structure

OF PULEX IrRITANS."

Plate I.
Fig. 1. — Heticulated structure of first stomach.
Fig. 2. — The gizzard.
Fig. 3. — The rectal papillse.
Fig. 4. — Tracheal enlargement in upper tarsal joints of the third pair

of legs.
Fig. 5. — Female organs of reproduction — end view.
Fig. 6. — Male ditto — A., end view ; B., lateral view.
Fig. 7. — Prehensile organs and sheath plate.
Fig. 8. — Lateral view of male reproductive organs, showing extrusion of

penis sheath and penis.
Fig. 9. — Extremity of penis sheath — open.
Fig. 10. — „ „ — closed.

Plate II.
Abdominal tracheal system of the Pulex irritans.

65

On the " Illuminator Hand Microscope."

By Dr. Guy, F.R.S.

Communicated hy Mr. James How.

In submitting to the Quekett Club, at the request of Mr. James
How, some account of the instrument to which I have given the
name of the ^^Illuminator Hand Microscope,''' I begin by pointing
out what I deem new in the parts of the instrument, and in the
instrument as a whole.

There is something of novelty in the substitutioji of what may
be fitly termed a Glass Lieberkuhn for a metallic one ; but it is, I
believe, a quite new expedient to make the Lieberkiihn a fixed part
of the microscope, and in such sort that it may be a matter of
perfect indifference whether the object under examination is trans-
parent or opaque.

Again, it is no new thing in my own practice to mount micros-
copic objects on flat disks of crown glass, and so place them in a
hand microscope that they may be viewed by any number of per-
sons in succession, without possibility of disturbance. But objects
so mounted on disks are new as articles offered for sale to the
public.

Then, as to the instrument considered as a whole : — A hand
microscope is not new in this year 1872, though I believe it to have
been a novelty when I first used it for class purposes in the year
1859, now 13 years ago. And you all know that my esteemed
colleague. Dr. Beale, has more recently made good use of the form
of the hand, or class, microscope adapted to evening use by a
lamp mounted on the same stand as the microscope itself.

A hand microscope, then, is no novelty. But a microscope that
can be used in the same way, and with the same facility as an
opera-glass or field-telescope, which does not require to be pulled
to pieces and set up afresh each time it is used (as is the case with
so many cheap microscopes), which deals exactly in the same way

JouRN. Q. M. C. No. 20. F

66 DR. GUY ON THE ILLUMINATOR HAND MICROSCOPE.

"with the 02')aqve as with the travsparent object, dispensing with the
mirror and condenser, and throwing upon the opaque object so
clear and brilliant a light that it c&n be seen in its true colour,
form, and texture, by the common light of day, and by the light of
a common candle at night ; which admits of a prompt change of
a very large class of objects, and a consequent quick passage of
the instrument from hand to hand in the class-room, the village
school, or the social gathering — this is a novelty to which it is
allowable to attach some importance.

Perhaps I shall show the use and value of the instrument best,
and so give an additional interest to what would otherwise be a dry
description, if I briefly narrate the circumstances that led me to
adopt this new combination.

I was making a short visit to a country house of considerable
pretensions, when I saw lying on the table in the drawing-room two
boxes, each containing the well-known cheap microscope, with all
its disjointed ,parts and teasing complications. The instruments
were rarely looked at, and still more rarely put together for use ;
for the functions of the several parts were not understood, the put-
ting them together was a puzzle and a trouble ; and when the stem
of the instrument was at length screwed into the hole in the lid,
the mirror and condenser in their places, and the stage fixed, the
object, if transparent, was not easily arranged, illuminated, or got
into focus, and, if opaque, was still harder to deal with. On ex-
amining these instruments, some small element or other of the
combination was, in each case, found missing. Even when the
instruments were fairly in their places, the observer was teased and
tortured by the smallness of their parts, the eyes wearied by the
attempt to discern objects through apertures so minute, and on a
field so small, and the neck strained and fatigued by the stooping
posture. The consequence of all this complication, trouble, and
fatigue was, that either instrument remained for months in its box
untouched ;• and, as was said by the poet Cowperof a very different
matter —

" And like an infant troublesome awake,
Was left to sleep for peace and quiet sake."

And yet all the while the owners of the instrument were by no
means indifferent to the pleasure and instruction which a work-
able microscope is so well fitted to afford ; and I became very

DR. GUY ON THE ILLUMINATOR HAND MICROSCOPE.

G7

desirous to supply them with some more useful, practical, and
ornamental instrument. With this intent, I took with me, at my
next- visit, the hand-microscope which Messrs. Powell and Leland
had made for me some years since, leaving behind sundry fittings
which I need not now describe. I had had good experience of this
instrument in my class at King's College, and I now found that,
even when restricted to transparent objects, it was equally useful
in small social gatherings. Having some experience of the sort
of pleasure afforded by the good binocular microscope brought to
bear on popular objects, I found the enjoyment far greater when I
substituted this hand, or class, microscope for it. The ease with
which the objects mounted on the circular disks were changed, and
passed from hand to hand, and the unconstrained posture, gave an
altogether new character to the entertainment ; and the pleasure
afforded was so great that it acted upon me as a strong inducement
to find some easy means of dealing with opaque objects. I began
my search with a false step. I saw, at first, no better means of
throwing light upon the object than the old condenser working in
a hole at the end of the instrument. The attempt was a failure,
and I became more .desirous than ever of finding some expedient
by which my instrument might be restored to that simplicity and
readiness of use which I had always looked upon as one of its
greatest recommendations when applied to transparent objects.

I accordingly put myself into communication with Mr. George
Smith, foreman to Mr. How, explained the object I wished to
accomplish, and the way in which I thought it might be brought
about. The result of our consultations and trials was the Illumi-
nator^ or Glass Lieherkiilin of which I have been speaking. It is a
plano-convex lens, bored with a central aperture, and converted
into a concave mirror, by silvering its convex surface. On trial,
we found that an opaque object placed in the focus of the rays
reflected from this mirror was brilliantly lighted, and clearly seen,
in good relief, even in dull dayhght, or the flame of a common
candle.

By this simple expedient, of which the effect much exceeded my
expectations, my hand or class microscope was restored to that
simplicity, which, as 1 have already stated, was with me one of its
chief recommendations. I will not now speak of the improve-
ments which may possibly be made in the shape of the Illuminator,
nor of certain developments of which the instrument is obviously

F 2

Q8 DR. GUY ON THE ILLUMINATOR HAND MICROSCOPE.

susceptible. Nor will I take up the time of the Society by des-
cribing the successive steps by which my employment of a disk of
glass for receiving metallic sublimates (the most important advance,
as it has proved to be, in the modern science of micro-chemistry), led
me first to the use of a Codrington lens, then of the compound
microscope, as a class-instrument, admitting of being passed from
hand to hand, without displacement or disturbance of the object
exhibited.

Suffice it to say that I am now in a position to state, as the
result of some experience among groups of persons in society, and
in school-rooms, no less than in the hands of individuals working
in the closet or in the field, that we have in the Illuminator Hand
Microscope a most simple, facile and effective instrument of enter-
tainment, instruction and research.

Recent Observations on Diatomace^.

In the ** Lens," a quarterly Journal of Microscopy published at
Chicago, U.S.A., are three consecutive papers entitled " Conspectus
of the Families and Genera of the Diatomaceae," by Professor H.
L. Smith, which are worthy of attention. A short critical notice of
this conspectus, by Mr. F. Kitton, appears in " Grevillea" No. 4.
In the first number of the " Lens," Mr. S. A. Briggs communi-
cates a list of the Diatomaceae of Lake Michigan.

It has been regretted by many workers in Diatomaceae, with
limited means, that the valuable memoirs published from time to
time by Herr Grunow, in the transactions of foreign societies, are
beyond their reach. To meet this difficulty, the Editor of " Grevillea "
has commenced the publication of fac simile figures, with transla-
tions of the descriptions in that Journal. The first plate of the
Novara Diatoms has appeared, and the remaining two are printed
ready to follow. It is proposed hereafter to publish figures and
descriptions of the species in the Vienna Transactions. Additional
critical observations will be made, as occasion may requii-e, by Mr.
F. Kitton, the translator of the descriptions.

69

Old Nettle Stems and their Micro-Fungi.
By M. C. Cooke, M.A.

As children once burnt have a wholesome dread of the fire, so
children once stung have, for a time at least, a wholesome dread of
the nettle. It would be some consolation to the school-boy, just
smarting from the consequences of an unlucky fall into a bed of
nettles, to know that alive or dead the nettle has a complete host
of enemies, blighting it whilst living, and preying upon it in decay.
To children of more mature age it may not be without interest to
be informed of some of the foes of the nettle, which thrive at the
expense of its dead and decaying stems. "We are not aware that
anything of the kind has been attempted, and despite the objec-
tions of those who advocate a more strictly scientific method, we will
collect together a few observations on certain microscopic fungi
having a common habitat, so that for this occasion the bond of
union will not be one of structural relationship, but that of one
common home.

It has often been objected by novices that however beautiful and
instructive the minute fungi may be, they don't know where to seek
them, or when found to determine their names without some con-
siderable previous knowledge. There is much of truth in this, or
we had not made this little experiment on the popular side of a
rather dry and difficult study.

Assuming the desire on the part of the student to gain some
knowledge of fungoid life, and that he has provided himself with
a copy of the " Handbook " for reference as to the position, re-
lationship, and technical characters of the species to be here des-
cribed, little more is required save the microscope, the pocket lens,
and a bed of old nettle stems in a damp situation. With these
provisions a few weeks of good work is sure to follow, especially if
pursued in the early spring, and with a resolute determination. It
is not our intention to include any of the species which are para-
sitic on the green plants, but those only that develope themselves

70

M. C. COOKE ON NETTLE STEMS AND THEIR MICRO- FUNGI.

on the dead stems, thus limiting the period of observation to one
habitat, and one time of the year. This hmitation promises far
better resnlts than a more desultory method, and the experience so
gained will lead thereafter to a wider field, and more extended
researches.

Fig. 1.

To commence with one of the most
singular of the fungi found on old net-
tles, we will name Acrospermum compres-
sum, because it is also one of the largest,
and most prominent to the naked eye,
and the most distinct that we shall
have occasion to name (fig. 1). It has
the appearance of little black flattened
clubs, from one-and-a-half to two lines
high, opening at the apex, and dis-

charging therefrom long thread-like spores. A number of these
clubs are usually found together, and their size renders them rather
conspicuous. The character of the spores, as well as the form of
the perithecia, is so distinct, that there can be no fear of confound-
ing this with any other fungus found in a similar locality. The
spores are not contained in asci, or the clubs might be supposed to
belong to the Sphceriacei, but hitherto no more perfect or complete
condition has been observed. It is just possible that a better
acquaintance may hereafter lead to the discovery of some condi-
tion in which asci are produced.

Hitherto in one locality only we have found on very old and
decaying nettle stems a species of Dinemasporium^ which seems to
be specifically distinct from any previously described, although
included in the '' Handbook" as a variety of No. 1365. This is
not the place to enter upon the discussion of the limits of species
in general, nor the distinctions in this particular instance, but our
own opinion is strongly in favour of separating the form on nettle
stems from that found on grasses. It may be observed that this
fungus appears at first as rigid black bristles, bursting through the
cuticle in a short linear series ; soon afterwards, especially in moist
places, or during damp weather, in early spring, intense black, velvety
elevations, from one to two lines in length, burst through and ap-
pear on the surface. These assume an elongated cup-shape when
dilated, closed when dry, surrounded by stiff, erect black bristles.
The hymenium is the interior of the cup, in which is produced a

M. C. COOKE OX NETTLE STEMS AND THEIR MICRO-FUNGI. 71

great number of hyaline, sausage-shaped spores, sometimes straight,
but often curved, containing one or two nuclei, and furnished at
the extremity with a delicate, hair-like aj^pendage. This appen-
dage to the spores is the chief feature wliich distinguishes the
genus Dinemasporiiim from Excipida, and both are very mucli like
hispid Pezizce with naked spores, or spores not contained in asci.
Whether this is sufficient in itself to justify the maintenance of
two genera is very doubtful ; in fact, so are all generic distinctions
founded solely on slight differences in the character of the spores.
It might be urged with equal justice that Valsa taleola should be
constituted a member of a new genus distinct from that which
includes Valsa leiphemia, because of the similar hyaline appen-
dages to the spores of the former which are absent in the latter.
Hereafter it may possibly be demonstrated that the majority of
species now included under Dinemasjoorium and Excipula, as well
as Solenia and Cyphella^ are conditions of Pezizoid fungi,

a The sooty black patches on old nettle stems which

^ are so common in spring are Torula herharum. This
i^ is a very good example of a large genus (fig. 2), having
much external resemblance to the black moulds, but
structurally belonging to the Coniomycetes. The whole
fructifying surface is exposed, and m this particular
instance looks exceedingly like a patch of soot sjjrinkled on the
rotting stems, it may be a quarter of an inch, or it may be two or
three inches in length. A little of this sooty fungus examined
carefully with a power equal to three hundred diameters, will reveal
innumerable threads of dark sub-globose spores attached to each
other in a moniliform manner, like strings of beads, but if a drop
of water touches them all these spores separate from each other,
without a trace of their mode of growth, and in that condition it
would be exceedingly difficult to determine the genus or order to
which the fungus belongs.

Another fungus belonging to the same order, and with a similar
structure, has also been found on nettle stems in the month of
October. This is Septonema elongatispora. The threads in this
instance also consist of spores attached end to end as in Torula^
but, instead of being simple, the spores are cylindrical, with one or
two septa, and quite colourless. The tufts are effused over the stems,
giving them a whitish mouldy appearance, very different to the sooty
patches of Torula, and more like those of Dendryphium griseum.

72 M. C. COOKE ON NETTLE STEMS AND THEIR MICRO-FUNGI.

Altliongli this and some other species here enumerated have only-
been detected on nettle stems, it does not follow by any means that
they are confined to such a habitat, or that some other allied species
found on other herbaceous plants may not also occur on nettle stems.
At present our knowledge of the distribution of these minute forms
is too limited for generalizations of this kind.

Externally, and to the naked eye, resembling a very thin patch
of the Torvla, another, and widely different fungus, may be found
in a similar location. In this instance the coating is so thin that
it only gives a greyish appearance to the stems, the black threads
being sprinkled about in patches two or three inches in length.
When held up between the eye and the light, and examined by
a pocket lens, the twig appears velvety with erect black hairs, an
appearance never presented by the dense growth of the pulverulent
Torula. This is the general appearance of two species of Den-
dryphium^ a genus of black moulds distinguished by the jointed
threads being branched in the upper portion, bearing at their apices
septate spores, which are often attached end to end in a series. In
one species^ the fertile branches are radiating, or form a dense head,
and the septate spores are variable, with the joints quadrate. This
is called Dendryi^hium comosvm. In the other species, Dendryphkim
cuitiim, the branches are shorter, and forked ; the spores are curved,
with from three to seven septa, constricted at the joints. The
shorter forked ramuli, and the much constricted articulations of the
spores, are characteristic of this species. Both of them are found
on old nettle stems, as also a third species — Dendryphium griseum
— which is very different in its appearance to the naked eye. In
this latter the stems are covered in patches of some extent, with a
bluish-grey bloom, something like the bloom of a ripe plum. The
threads are but slightly branched, and the spores are cylindrical,
with a little point at each end, and arranged in chains ; they are at
length uniseptate, and colourless. There is something so very dif-
ferent in the appearance of this species and its colour, that at first
it would scarcely be recognized as belonging to the same genus as
the two preceding. It is often very common amongst the debris
of an old bed of nettles.

Another black mould may be named in this association, which,
though perhaps much less common, is even more beautiful (fig. 3).
It is Arthrohotryinn atrum. In this instance the common stem
is composed of jointed threads, which are attached together

M. C. COOKE ON NETTLE STEMS AND THEIR MICRO-FUNGI.

73

■!)

Fisr. 3.

side by side, and expand at the apex
into a head or tuft of large, somewhat
elliptic spores. These spores are divided
unequally by transverse septa, the central
portion being coloured brown, and the ex-
tremities colourless. By a little careful
manipulation this mould may be examined
in situ, although when such a high power
as a third or a quarter-inch objective is
required for an opaque object patience and
perseverance are requisite. We have found
that a third with a small nozzle, bevelled at the edge, on the conti-
nental rather than the English method of mounting the lenses, is the
most effective. Such an objective admits of more light being thrown
down upon the mould by means of a bull's eye and side reflectors
than can be accomplished with the usual English objectives. With-
out intending any invidious allusion to one maker rather than
another, we may be permitted to state that such an objective was
made for us on the abcve plan by Mr. Swift, at a moderate price,
and has succeeded better than any other plan we have adopted to
secure the examination of such opaque objects as moulds, and other
microscopic fungi, in their natural condition, by means of high
powers. Doubtless the lime light recommended by Mr. Green for
the examination of diatoms would be a valuable adjunct, although
we cannot as yet speak from experience. It cannot be urged too
often or too strongly that, in order to see objects as they really are,
they should be viewed by the opaque method, and not by having
the light thrown through them. To confide in such a mode as
the latter may save trouble, but it is only a delusion and a snare.
Another black mould found by Mr. Broome,
on the old stems of tlie nettle, is Acrothecium
simplex. In this genus the jointed threads are
either simple or branched, with the spores clus-
tered at the apex (fig. 4). In the present species
the threads are simple and flexuous, bearing a few
almost clavate spores at the apex. The threads
are brown, and the spores slightly coloured,
divided transversely by four or five septa. Mr.
Broome found this species in the month of De-
cember, and as there is no other record of it, pro-

74 M. C. COOKE ON NETTLE STEMS AND THEIR MICRO-FUNGI.

bablj it is rather uncommon. The tufts of spores at the ai:)ex of the
simple dark brown threads are sufficient to distinguish it readily
when met with. Like its congeners it appears in thin velvety
patches on the stems, and is scarcely visible to the naked eye, ex-
cept in the darker tint of the patches.

There is a very pretty and interesting group of fungi which are
well represented on old nettle stems, possessing a high organization,
and, when fresh, often beautiful. These belong to the genus Peziza.
It may be premised that the substance of these fungi is between
fleshy and waxy, that they are more or less cup-shaped, either
smooth or hairy externally, sometimes sessile and sometimes
stalked, and that the sporidia are contained in asci embedded in the
substance of the cup. The method employed for their examination
and preservation, with some particulars of their structure, will be
found in a previous communication on '' Nucleated Sporidia "
(vol. ii., p. 251).

It is one of the " commonest objects " to see old stems of nettle
sprinkled from the base upwards with orange points about the size
of pin's heads. When the weather is damp these little points are
very prominent, swollen, and gelatinous, crushing readily under the
finger like jelly, and of a bright orange colour, giving a distinct
colour to the stem, so that even at a distance the orange tint may
be recognized. This tremelloid orange fungus is the precursor of
a species of Peziza of the same colour, consistence, size, and general
appearance, of which it isjiow regarded as the conidiiferous condi-
tion. If one of the orange pustules, whilst moist and tremelloid,
be subjected to examination, it will be found to consist ot delicate
branched threads, immersed in the gelatin, and bearing on their
tips, at the surface of the masses, a great number of minute colour-
less spermatia or conidia. This was formerly named Fusarium
tremelloides, and was for a long time included amongst the tremel-
loid fungi as a Dacrymyces. In this condition there are no traces of
asci. At a later period, and what would at first seem to be the
same fungus, so identical in habit, size, and colour, makes it appear-
ance. The only distinction between them which even a pocket lens
will reveal, is that of a depression in the centre of the pustules,
which have now assumed a cup-shape. Crushed in a drop of water
under the microscope, the branched threads are no longer to be
seen, but instead thereof transparent elongated sacs, or asci, each
containing eight small sporidia. This is Peziza fusai ioides. On

M. C. COOKE ON NETTLE STEMS AND THEIR MICRO-FUNGI. i 0

referring to the " Handbook," it will be observed that this Peziza
belongs to the section Mollisia, in which the cups are sessile, ex-
ternally naked, and of a soft texture. We recently received a
closely allied species on Aster stems from the United States, which
was figured and described in " Grevillea " (No. 1, p. 6, fig. 6) as
Peziza assimilis. In both these, and in some few others which
continental authors have associated together under the generic name
Calloria^ the substance is much more gelatinous than in the majority
of the species of Peziza.

Two or three species of Peziza. found on these stems are charac-
terized by being hairy externally, and hence they belong to the
section Dasyscypha. The most common of these is a very pretty
little white fungus, covered outside with rather long white hairs.
The cups are sessile and minute, seldom open, except in quite wet
weather, and even then only partially so. But the most unsatis-
factory point in their history is that they always appear to be
barren. No author gives any account of the fruit of Peziza villosa^
and yet all agree in retaining it as a species of Peziza, whereas the
strong presumption is in favour of its being a Cypliella, and unless
a perfect hymenium with asci and sporidia can be found it has no
title to be regarded any longer as a Peziza. Here is one point
which may be investigated and settled by any student who takes
advantage of this communication to commence the study of micro-
scopic fungi.

Allied to this, but apparently much less common, is a woolly,
white Peziza, first discovered in Scotland by the late Dr. Greville,
and called by him Peziza piano 'Umhilicata. It is gregarious in its
habit, small and sessile, wholly white, becoming expanded, and quite
flat, with a little dimple in the centre. The hairs around the margin
of the cup are very regular, forming a delicate fringe. As it grows
old, it assumes a yellowish tint. Although in many points this
closely resembles the preceding, it will not be a difficult matter to
distinguish the one from the other, since this soon becomes ex-
panded, and has asci and sporidia, so that it is a true Peziza. A
common white- stalked Peziza, with a woolly exterior, may sometimes
be found on nettle stems, but must not be confounded with this.
It is Peziza virginea, and grows freely on all twigs that are covered
over with dead leaves, in damp spots.

Another species belonging to the same section is Peziza sul-
phurea: This is also sessile, but much larger than the jjreceding ;

76 M. C. COOKE ON NETTLE STEMS AND- THEIR MICRO-FUNGI.

sulpliur-coloiired, and woolly externally, approaching to brown,
especially when dry, with the disc or inner surface of the cup of a
pallid hue. This is a very pretty object, but the colour varies con-
siderably in its depth and brightness. The asci contain eight fusi-
form sporidia, which seem to be sometimes divided transversely by
three septa, but probably this may only be a division of the endo-
chrome. It is very difficult at times to make out distinctly the
form of the sporidia when still contained in the asci, or the septa
when free, if the membrane is very delicate. To assist in this a
drop of tincture of iodine should be run in under the covering glass
whilst the asci are being examined. The membrane is tinged of a
brownish colour by this means, and is often rendered quite distinct.

The remaining species of Peziza found on old nettles belong to
the section Hymenoscypha, in which the cups are stipitate, and
somewhat membranaceous, and though smooth internally the
margin is often toothed or fringed. The Peziza infiexa of Bolton
is a pretty species, of a dirty yellowish white, with the margin of
the cup beset with regu^_ar triangular teeth. It is figured by
Bolton in his " Funguses of Halifax " (plate 106, fig. 2). The
marginal teeth are not erect, but bent inwards towards the centre
of the cup.

Closely allied to the preceding is Peziza coronata^ of a nearly
equal size, similar in colour and in length of stem, but differing in
the margin being beset with a fringe of bristly hairs, instead of the
distinct, inflexed, triangular teeth of the previous species. The
alliance of these is so intimate that some authors have not hesi-
tated to regard them as forms of the same species, whilst others
maintain that their differences, though minute, are permanent.

A yellow, or brownish yellow Peziza^ is found on stems of the
nettle in Northern Europe, which, from the campanulate form of
the cups, has been called Peziza campanula (Nees.), but it has not
been recorded in Britain. The sporidia in this species are slender,
and with from three to five transverse septa. It is found in August
and September.

A much more distinct, but by no means common, species is
Peziza striata, with the cup turbinate, or top-shaped, of a brownish
colour, striate externally, and with a short pallid stem. The mar-
gin is always disposed to close inwards, but is not fringed or toothed.
The inner surface of the cup is pallid. The sporidia are fusiform,
and without any indication of septa. It is so much addicted to

M. C. COOKE ON NETTLE STEMS AND THEIR MICRO-FUNGI. 77

making its appearance on stems of nettles that Persoon described
it under the name of Peziza urticce. When fresh there is a pruinose,
or frosted character about the margin of the cup.

It is quite probable that other species besides those now enu-
merated may be found growing on such a good-natured host as old
nettles -seem to be. Of later years a number of species of the old
genus Peziza have been removed and constituted a new genus,
under the name of Helotimn, chiefly on account of the disc being
always open, and often convex, as well as some minor distinctions.
One species of Helotium occurs on nettle stems, as well as some
other herbaceous plants ; it is Helotium herharum. The smooth
waxy cups are whitish with a tinge of ochre, and flattened, or a
little convex ; the stem is very short, so as not to raise the margin
of the cup above the surface of the stems. The sporidia are long
and narrow, blunt at the ends, sometimes straight, and sometimes
curved, with occasional indications of three transverse septa, which
may possibly be spurious.

There are to be found on the same old nettle stems a group of
fungi, partaking of such general features in common that we may
call them the Xettle Spha?rias. The distinguishing mark of this
group is that the sporidia are contained in asci, which are enclosed
in a more or less carbonaceous peritheciiim. Reducing this de-
scription to more common-place language, it may be said that the
whole fungus consists of a blackish receptacle, somewhat like a
"water-bottle in shape, with a nearly globose body and rather short
neck. This bottle is sometimes imbedded and sometimes exposed ;
sometimes single and sometimes in groups or clusters, or even in
confluent masses. The interior of these little bodies contains
something very like a minute drop of gelatine composed of long
naiTow bags of transparent membrane called asci, each of which
encloses, when mature, about eight smaller bodies of the nature of
seeds, termed sporidia. Mixed with the asci are long, slender,
hair-like, colourless filaments, considered by some as abortive asci,
but which are termed paraphyses. Such are the Spha?rias. There
are several species of them found on old nettle stems, and the most
important of them will be briefly noticed. First, and commonest,
is the gregarious species found near the bottom of almost e\rery
old nettle stem that is plucked up. Shining black conical flasks,
with a flattened base, collected together by scores, throw off the
cuticle and become exposed as they approach maturity. Examined

78 M. C. COOKE ON NETTLE STEMS AND THETR MICRO-FUNGI.

closely by means of a two-iiicli objective, these bottle-shaped bodies
will be detected having two forms, one conoidal with a short neck,
and one flattened with* a longer acute neck. These are two forms
of the same fungus. The former contains the asci and sporidia,
the latter free bodies, much more numerous and minute, which are
spermatia. There is still some confusion in the names which are
applied to these two forms. It is generally admitted that the acute
form, containing spermatia, is the Sphceria acuta of Hoffman, but
not a complete or perfect Sphjeria, and hence called by Berkeley
Aposphceria acuta. The other form, which contains the asci, is re-
garded as the perfect condition of the same fungus, and some
authors apply to it the name of Sphceria acwto, whilst others regard
it as the Sphceria coniformis of Fries, and apply to it that name.
Whichever name is adopted, all seem at least to be agreed that the
two forms represent the spermogones and ascophores of one and
the same fungus. If the flattened form with the acute neck be
examined, by crushing one of the perithecia in a drop of water, its
interior will be found filled with a mass of very minute, linear, curved
bodies, at first attached to delicate pedicels, and these, produced
from the inner wall of the perithecia, are the spermatia. It is pro-
bable that they have some function to perform in relation to the
fecundation of the sporidia in the other form. The more conoidal,
and rather larger perithecia, contain asci, each enclosing eight
transparent fusiform sporidia, which, when mature, are divided
transversely by numerous septa, and acquire a yellowish tint.

Some two or three years since Dr. Capron, of Shere, first called
our attention to a Sphceria found by him on old nettle stems,
in which the perithecia were far less numerous, more imbedded,
and usually covered, except the broad gaping mouth, by the
cuticle of the stem. In this instance the sporidia are as long as
the ascus in which they are contained, and lie side by side in a
bundle, without crossing or interlacing each other. These sporidia
are threadlike, and divided by transverse septa into a great
number of cells, about equal in length to their breadth, and of a
yellowish tint. From examination and comparison we became
satisfied at the time that this was the species named by Dr.
Eabenhorst Sphceria urtica?, but hitherto have only seen it from
Shere. This has many points of resemblance to Spharia rnhella,
which is also very occasionally found on nettle stems, but there are
no red spots, and there is none of the pubescence on the perithecia.

M. C. COOKE ON NETTLE STEMS AND THEIR MICRO-FUNGI. 79

Another, and still more singular Sphceria was also found by Dr.
Capron on nettle stems at Shere, in wliich the sporidia are different
from any other that we have ever seen. The perithecia are de-
pressed and covered by the cuticle, so that only the mouth is visible.

Fig. 5.
In wet weather the perithecia can be readily seen through the cuticle,
but when the stems are dry it is almost hopeless to search for
this species. The sporidia are also as long as the ascus in which
they are contained, crossing each other near the apex, but when
free are found to be twice or thrice septate, bent at the constric-
tions, and again spuriously septate two, or three, or more times in
every joint (fig. 5). From the peculiarly angular manner in which the
sporidia are bent when free, this species was named Sphceria ulnas-
j)ora. By comparison with the fruit of Sphceria acuminata, com-
mon on thistle stems-, and the Sphceria urticce and Sphceria rubella
named above, this will be found markedly distinct from all. It may
be noted that whilst in most instances Sphwria acuta will be found
at the base of the stems, Sphcerice urticce and Sphceria ulnaspora
occur higher up, usually about midway of the stem.

SphcBria doliolum is by no means an uncommon species on the
stems of umbelliferous plants, and sometimes on old nettles. The
perithecia are of a shining black, and concentrically channelled, so
that a ridge seems to run round the perithecium, giving it a very
distinct character. Sometimes the perithecia are very conical, as in
a variety described by Mr. F. Currey as Spha^ria Helence. The
sporidia are arranged in two rows in the asci, and are yellowish,
almost fusiform in shape, and divided by from three to five septa,
with constrictions at each joint. Spermogones are often found
mixed with the perfect perithecia, and these contain a great number
of minute colourless spermatia. The second joint of the sporidia
is sometimes swollen so as to be broader than the rest.

The stems of nettles are often sprinkled so densely with the small
black perithecia which nestle beneath the cuticle, as to have a grey,
nebulous appearance, which are probably the Sphceria nehulosa of
old authors, or partly so. These very minute perithecia do not con-

80 M. C. COOKE ON NETTLE STEMS AND THEIR MICRO-FUNGI.

tain asci, but innumerable minute bodies of the nature of spermatia,
and the perithecia are therefore the spermogones of some Sphceiia,
and in some instances of Sphceria svjoerjlua, which is occasionally
mixed with, or in close proximity to the spermogones. In this
species the perithecia are small and delicate, although twice as large
as the spermogonia with which they are as.^ociated, and always
covered with the cuticle. The sporidia are oblong and colourless,
in two rows, and divided across the centre by a septum into two
equal cells. The spermogones seem to be, in part at least, the
Phoma nebulosum of authors.

A group of the old genus Sphceria is characterized by the broad
orifice of the perithecium, which is flattened laterally, so as to bear
some resemblance to a mouth with two lips. These perithecia are
usually imbedded in the matrix, so that the mouth only is exposed.
Recently this group.has been regarded as a distinct genus, from the
form of the mouth principally, under the name of Lophio stoma,
although some authors still hesitate to accept it as a good generic
distinction. Two of the members of this group are found on nettle
stems ; one having been first detected by Dr. Capron, of Shere, a
few years since, and described under the name of Lophiostoma sex-
nucleata. It appears to succeed SphcBria acuta, and is often over-
looked, from its casual resemblance to the remains of the dispersing
perithecia of that species. The old stems on which this species is
found are so far advanced in decay that they are usually tender
and friable. The sporidia are fusiform, slightlv curved, and
five-septate, with a constriction in the centre, each articulation
contains a single nucleus, from which the name of the species is
derived.

The other species is Lophiostoma canlium, which is very similar
in external appearance, but differing in fruit. The sporidia are also
fusiform, and attenuated towards each extremity, often curved, with
a greenish tint, and divided transversely by seven septa, exceeding
by about one-sixth or one- eighth the length of the sporidia in
Lophiostoma sex-nucleata. The same species is also found on the
stems of Epilohium hirsutum, and other herbaceous plants.

There is a very interesting group of Sphc^riacei, in which the
perithecia are of a softer and more waxy substance, usually brightly
coloured, of which a new species has recently been described by
Nylander, under the name of Nectria dacrymycella, which is found
in Northern Eaiope on old nettle stems. The perithecia are orange-

M. C. COOKE ON NETTLE STEMS AND THEIR MICRO-FUNGI. 81

yellow and minute ; the sporidia fusiform, and delicately unisep-
tate. It has not hitherto been met with in Britain.

This enumeration inchides the majority of the species of micro-
fungi which have as yet been detected on the stems of old nettles
in Britain. Formidable as the list may appear, there are two or
three others which have been found on the Continent, and which,
by dint of perseverance, may still be found in this country. At
any rate, we have made good the assertion with which we com-
menced, that the nettle has a complete host of enemies, blighting
it whilst living, and preying npon it in decay. In illustration
of the enemies which are parasitic upon it whilst living, we have
been unable to devote space equal to that already occupied, leaving
out of the calculation all the insect enemies for the entomologist
to discuss ; but the moulds, cluster-cups, Septoria^ and other para-
sites of living nettles, are scarcely less numerous than those which
flourish on its decay.

The following is a list of the species of micro-fungi alluded to
in this communication : —

Acrospermum compressum. Tode.
Dinemasporium var. herbarum.
Toriila herbarum. Link.
Septonema elc«igatispora. Preuss.
Dendryphium comosum. Wo2l.
Dendryphium curtum. B. S; Br.
Dendryphium griseum. B. ^ Br.
Arthrobotryum atrum. B. <^ Br.
Acrothecium simplex. BerJc.
Peziza fusarioides. BerTc.
Peziza viliosa. Pers.
Peziza plano-umbilicata. Grev.
Peziza sulphurea. Pers.
Peziza inflexa. Bolt.
Peziza coronata. Bull.
Peziza campanula. Nees.
Peziza striata. Fr.
Helotium herbarum. Fr.
Sphasria acuta. Hoffm.
Sphaeria urticae. Rahh.
Sph^eria ulnaspora. Cooke. '
Sphjeria rubella. Pers.
Sphaeria doliolum. Pers.
Sphseria superflua. Awd.
Lophiostoma sex-nucleata. Cooke.
Lophiostoma caulium. Fr.
Nectria dacrymycella. Ngl.

JoURN. Q. M. 0. No. 20. G

82

Notes on the " Black Knot."
By C. H. Peck, Esq., of Albany, New York.

What is black knot ? To tliis question Dr. Fitch, Entomologist
of the New York State Agricultural Society, answers : " It is a
large irregular black wart-like excrescence which grows upon the
limbs of plum and cherry trees, causing the death of all the branch
above it and extending down the limb farther and farther every
year till the whole branch is destroyed, other limbs at the same
time becoming affected in the same manner, and also the limbs of
other trees in the vicinity. If it is neglected, it in a few years
kills the tree."

The late lamented B. D. Walsh, Entomologist of the State of
Illinois, thus defines it : " It is a black, puffy, irregular swelling
on the twigs and smaller limbs of plum and cherry trees, and in
one instance that came under my observation, of peach trees, mak-
ing its first appearance in the latitude of New York early in June,
and attaining its full growth by the end of July. Usually a tree
that is attached in this manner is affected worse and worse every
year until it is finally killed, and where one tree of a group is af-
fected, the malady usually spreads to them all in process of time."

According to our own observations the death of the branch
above the excrescence is not always produced by the first attack.
In such cases the malady extends ujDwards as well as downwards.
The time of the first appearance of the excrescence is in late
autumn, although the external development of the fungus is not
manifest until the following May. We have never found it on
peach trees.

Let us now see what is written concerning the origin of black
knot. Schweinitz, the botanist who wrote the original description
of Sphceria morbosa, the fungus that develops itself on the ex-
crescence, seems to have been in some doubt concerning the origin
of the tumour. In his description he uses these words : " Hcec
massa num sit effectus ictuum Cynipis nescimiis, videmus tamen hic

C. H. PECK ON THE " BLACK KXOT." 83

iUic exesvm foramen, forte e frofvndo progressa^y At a later
day, in writing n})on this same subject in Lis SynojDsis of North
American Fungi, he says : " Pavcis cinnis post, fere omnes clesfrvQti
sunt, comhinato furore hvjvs fmigi et Ct/nifisy And again he says :
" JEt in Jus omnibus Cynipis fungnsqve incepiunt scevire^ Thus he
constantly associates the insect which he calls Cynips with the
fungus, without definitely assigning the honour or dishonour of the
mischief to either. We find the following in Harris''s Treatise on
Injurious Insects : " The plum, still more than the cherry tree, is
subject to a disease of the small limbs, that shows itself in the
form of large, irregular warts of a black colour. Professor Peck
referred tbis disease, as well as that of the cherry tree, to the
agency of insects. Dr. Burnet rejected the idea of the insect
origin of this disease, which he considered as a kind of fungus.
* * * But whether caused by vitiated sap, as Dr. Burnet sup-
posed, or by the irritating punctures of insects, which is the pre-
yailing opinion, they form an appropriate bed for the growth of
numerous little parasitical plants or fungi."

Dr. Fitch claims to have made a careful investigation of this
subject, and as his observations are quite accurate we again quote
from his address : " There has been much speculation as to the
cause and true nature of these excrescences. * * Most persons
suppose them to be of insect origin. The larvee of the curculio
are almost always found in them, and these larvae consume nearly
all the spongy matter of the warts, but do not touch the little
fungus growing on their surface, which remains, forming a kind of
shell, after the whole inside is devoured. But as these excrescences
are sometimes found wholly free from curculio larvae and all other
worms, it is obvious they are not the cause of their growth. * *
Suffice it to say that now, having carefully examined these excre-
scences from their commencement onward through their subsequent
growth, I am prepared to say, with the fullest confidence, that the
microscope shows nothing whatever about them, externally or in-
ternally, indicating that an insect has anything to do with causing
them." Then, after giving his views as to what constitutes a fun-
gus, he says : " We arrive at the conclusion that these excrescences
are not of insect origin, and are not a vegetable fungus, but are
properly a disease of these trees, in many respects analagous to the
cancer in the human body."

Mr. Walsh, whose definition of black knot we have already

G 2

84 C. H. PECK ON THE

quoted, agrees with Dr. Fitcli in concluding that the excrescences
are not of insect origin. He also claims to have carefully watched
the black knot through all its stages from its earliest commence-
ment to its complete maturity. He affirms that he bred from the
galls five distinct species of insects beside the curculio, but that not
one of these could be considered a true gall maker. He, there-
lore, very justly concludes that the excrescences are not of insect
origin, but of fungoid origin ; and this conclusion, we may add, is
entirely in accordance with our own view of this subject. Our
reasons for adopting this view are briefly these : —

1st. The excrescence itself is similar in structure to other ex-
crescences which are known to be of fungoid origin, and at the
same time it is quite dissimilar to most insect galls produced in
twigs and young branches.

2nd. The time of its development is opposed to the probability
of its insect origin. We are well aware that our knowledge of in-
sect galls is extremely limited, and that here we are treading on
dangerous ground and may hereafter be obliged in our turn to
apologise to the entomologists, but so far as our observations ex-
tend, insect galls are developed in the warmer seasons of the year,
i. <?., in spring, summer, and possibly early autumn. Those that
continue to be the domicile of the young insect during the winter
are, so far as we have observed, fully grown in autumn, and do not
increase in size the following spring, a character which does not
hold good in the case of black knot.

3rd. The furgus is always present with the excrescence, and its
mycelium may be detected even in the earliest manifestation of the
tumour, and this fungus is never found apart from the black knot.
To our minds this alone is a sufficient argument for our belief in
the fungoid origin of the excrescence. Who ever heard of any
undoubted insect gall being always accompanied and inhabited by
a fungus? On the other hand, the larvae of insects are not always
present in the excrescence, and of those insects that have been bred
from it, none, we are told, have been true gall makers.

Like others from whose writings we have quoted, we also claim
to have examined the black knot carefully in its various stages of
development, not entomologically it is true, but botanically, from
which it is not unreasonable to suppose that we may have observed
some details in its development which escaped their notice. We
desire, therefore, to express the results of our own observations,

C. H. PECK OX THE *' BLACK KNOT. bO

because in one or two points vre cannot quite agree with the in-
ferences and conchisions of former investigators.

If the smaller branches of a cherry tree that is suffering from
an attack of black knot be carefully examined in Xovember, some
of them will be found to be slightly swollen for a little distance
immediately below the excrescences. The cuticle of the bark will be
cracked open here and there, revealing the soft tissues of the inner
bark. If a minute portion of this inner bark be examined by the aid
of the microscope, slender jointed filaments or threads may be seen,
that have insinuated themselves among the bark cells. These
threads are the primary vegetating condition of the fungus, and
are known to botanists as wycelium. During the winter the en-
largement of the branch remains nearly or quite stationary, but
with the advent of spring and the renewal of vegetable activity,
the tumours increase in size, the chinks in the bark become wider
and more numerous, and by the end of May small, dark, green
stains are visible in the crevices of the bark. These greenish
patches gradually increase in size until in some instances they com-
pletely cover the whole surface of the excrescence with a soft,
velvet-like coat. Such specimens were once sent to me from the
west, where they had been pronounced by a scientific journal to be
a new species of black knot. A microscopic examination of this
greenish coating reveals the fact that it is composed of innumerable
upright, jointed, flexuous threads or flocci, which bear upon their
summit oval or oblong spore- like bodies, at first simple, but soon
becoming one or more septate. This is the first external develop-
ment of the fungus, and in the systematic classification adopted by
botanists it belongs to the genus Cladosporium. This genus,
however, we apprehend is destined to be overthrown, its species
being only an early form of development of species of Sphceria.
Indeed those celebrated European mycologists, Tulasne and Cooke,
already deem the very common Cladosporium herharum to be only
a condition of Sphceria herbarum. And here we have another
quite clear case of a similar dimorphism, for I never yet have seen
a young black knot excrescence of the cherry tree in spring on
which I could not detect the Cladosporium. In a few weeks this
Cladosporium growth is succeeded by numerous minute, black,
globular bodies, scarcely as large as the head of a small pin. These
usually cover the whole surface of the excrescence, and are often
BO closely crowded together that they partially lose their globose

86 C. H. PECK ON THE " BLACK KNOT."

form. This stage of the fungns development has evidently been
mistaken by some for its complete deveL'pment. In the work of
Harris, on Injurious Insects, we find the following statement in re-
ference to this fungus; "they come to their growth, discharge
their volatile seed, and die in the course of a single summer."
And in the Practical Entomologist for March, 1866, we find this
statement : *' Towards the middle of August, the new black knot,
having perfected its seed, gradually dries up, and becomes intern-
ally of a reddish-brown colour. In other words, like so many other
annual plants, it dies shortly after it has perfected its seed."
Again, in the March number for 1867, Mr. Walsh says : " I
showed that black knot is nothing but an assemblage of minute
funguses, which perfect their seed, or ' spores,' as botanists term
it, the latter end of July ; and that consequently, as this fungus
is an annual plant, by cutting off and destroying the black knot
early in July, its further propagation may be effectually stopped."

Now, according to all of our observations the seed of the fungus
is not perfected in July and August, nor indeed until some months
later.^ Externally, it is true, the fungus appears to have attained
its full develo])ment, but if one of these little black globes —j^^rz-
thecia they are called by botanists — be taken from the tree at this
time and crushed on the slide of the microscope, and its contents
examined, little oblong, pale membranous sacs will be seen. They
are not all equally developed, and are evidently rudimentary. If
we again examine the contents of some of the perithecia, collected
at a later period, say in November, we shall find that our rudimen-
tary sacs have increased considerably in size. They are now cylin-
drical, and contain a greenish, grumous endochrome, from which
the spores are destined to be formed. The earliest period in which
we have found the spores developed isthe middle of January. In
specimens collected January 13th, spores were found in a few of the
sacs, but most of them were yet filled with their greenish contents.
We have found spores in specimens collected as late as June, there-
fore the time in which the fungus perfects its seed may be said to
be from January to June. Thus it will be seen that the plant is
not an annual, as some have affirmed, but one that requires from
fourteen to twenty months from the time of its first manifestation
as an incipient excrescence to the time of the maturity of its seed ;
and from eight to fourteen months from the time of its first ex-
ternal appearance as a plant to the perfection of its seed.

C. H. PECK ON THE " BLACK KNOT." 87

Having thus dwelt at some length on this subject, we will briefly
notice one or two inferences, which we find in the articles of the
Practical Entomologist, from which we have quoted. We would
not even notice these did we not believe them erroneous and fraught
with mischief. It is stated that " about the last of July or the
first week in August, there grows from each fungus on the surface
of the black knot a little cylindrical filament about one-eighth of
an inch long, which no doubt bears the seed or spores, as they are
technically termed, of the fungus, and that these filaments very
shortly afterwards fall off and disappear, leaving behind them the
hemispherical plates, which alone had been hitherto noticed by
botanists. * * I discovered that the filaments not only cover
the entire surface of the black knot itself, except where a few of
them had fallen off, but that they were thinly studded over
the twisT for an inch or two above and below the swollen black
part."

We do not pretend to say what these little cylindrical filaments
were, not having seen them, but it is very evident, from the fact
that they extended on the twig an inch or two above and below the
swollen black part, that they had nothing whatever to do with the
bearing of the spores of this fungus, for its spores, we have seen,
are produced in little sacs within the so-called hemispherical plates,
which do not extend beyond the swollen part, and besides, the
spores are not mature until long after the assigned time of these
filaments. Once only have we observed anything that seems to
correspond somewhat with the description of them. In the latter
part of August we collected specimens of black knot on the wild
bird cherry, Primus i^ennsijlvanica, some of the perithecia of which
had a little cylindrical rostrum or beak growing from the apex.
But all these perithecia, when cut open, were found to be black
inside and entirely barren, while those without the filament or
beak even on the same excrescence were white inside, as in the
normal condition, and contained rudimentary sacs. We have also
frequently seen perithecia without the beak that were black inside.
These were, in every instance, sterile.

We quote once more, this time in reference to the second inference.
" But from the evidence which will be adduced below it appears
to follow as a necessary consequence, that the black knot on the
cherry is caused by a distinct species of fungus fi'om that of the
plum." Then the evidence is adduced, which consists iu plum trees

88 C. H. PECK ON THE *^ BLACK KNOT."

sometimes being attacked while cherry trees in their vicinity escape,
or til e reverse. Then these words follow: ''The practical infer-
ence to be drawn from the above theory is, that plum growers
need not be alarmed when their neighbours' cherry trees are
swarming with black knot, and cherry growers need not be
alarmed when their neighbours' plum trees are infested in the
same manner; for the disease can only spread from plum tree
to plum tree, and from cherry tree to cherry tree. * * * It
would further seem to follow that black knot, growing upon the
wild choke cherry cannot spread upon our cultivated cherry, and
still less ujDon our cultivated plum trees ; but black knot un-
doubtedly can and does spread from the wild plum tree on to the
tame plum tree, and probably from the wild red cherry on to our
tame cherry trees."

We are not disposed to dispute the correctness of the observa-
tions from which this inference was drawn, but we do believe the
inference to be incorrect, and calculated to lull fruit growers into a
feeling of false security. We have carefully examined good fruit-
ing specimens of the black knot fungus, taken from the choke
cherry tree, Prunus Virgitiimia ; the cultivated cherry tree, Prunus
Cerasus ; and the cultivated plum tree, Prunus domestica; and we
are prepared to state that there is no essential difference between
the black knots of these trees. The spores in all are essentially
alike, and mature at the same time. There is a slight difference
in the general external appearance of the black knots of the dif-
ferent trees ; but this is all, and no good botanist would venture to
consider such a difference to be alone of any specific value. We
have time and again observed plum trees and cherry trees along
the same fence and in the same enclosure alike infested by black
knot. We have seen plum trees badly infested in localities where
the wild plum tree does not occur at all. We, therefore, conclude
that the black knots of both plum and cherry trees are produced
by the same species of fungus, viz., Sphceria morhosa, Schw., and
that it can and does spread from cherry to plum trees, and from
plum to cherry trees, and therefore that there is no safety for some
cherry trees in the vicinity of affected plum trees, nor for some
plum trees in the vicinity of affected cherry trees. We admit that
there are certain species, both of cherry and of plum trees, that
do not seem to be liable to the attacks of this fungus, which per-
haps is the origin of the theory of distinct species of black knot.

89

PEOCEEDINGS.

June 14tli, 1872.^ — Conversational Meeting.

The objects exhibited were—
Wenham's new Keflex Illuminator— Podura scale,

ground

Muscular Fibre of Shrimp

Living Embryo of Planorbis

Heart of Living Tadpole Newt

Transparent Injection, Tongue of Hedgehog

Spider's Nest ...

Pond Life, &c. ..

Various Marine Animals in Cells

Richards' neu- Protecting Cap

Sawfly, Tenthredo cincta

Transparent Injection, Nose of White Mouse

^-k} Mr.

Mclntire.

Mr,

, Slade.

... Mr.

J. Goodinge.

... Mr,

. Fitch.

... Mr.

Topping.

... Mr.

, A. Waller.

... Dr.

Ramsbottom.

... Mr,

, Matthews.

... Mr.

Richards.

... Mr.

Freeman.

... Mr.

Topping.

June 28th, 1872. — Chairman, Br. R, Braithwaite, F.L.S.,&c.,

Vice-President.

The following donations to the Club were announced : —

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal " from the Publisher.

*' Science Gossip" ,,

*' Proceedings of the Royal Society," No. 134 ... the Society.

''Conspectus of the Diatomacese " Prof. H. L.Smith.

"The American Naturalist" for May and June in exchange.
"Fourteenth Report of the East Kent Natural)

History Society" } from the Society.

" Report on the Minute Anatomy of Cancer," ") Lieut. Col. Wood-

accompanied by Micro- Photographs... J ward, U.S. army.

"Proceedings of the Geologists' Association"... the Association.

Slack's " Pond Life " Mr. J. W. Goodinge.

Cobbold's " Entozoa " Mr. J. W. Groves.

The thanks of the Club were unanimously voted to the donors.
The Chairman announced that the first business of the meeting would be
the nomination of gentlemen to fill the office of Vice-Presidents for the ensuing
year. There were four Vice-P;:esidents to be elected, and any member of the
Club was competent to propose a name in accordance with the bye-law No. 3,
which, was then read by the Secretary.

The following nominations were then made : —
Dr. Lionel S. Beale Proposed by Dr. Gray Seconded by Dr. Matthews.

Mr. Arthur E. Durham ,, Mr. Hopkinson ,, Mr. Allbon.

Mr. Henry Lee ,, Mr. Curties ,, Mr. Burr.

Dr. Matthews ,, Mr. Oxley „ Dr. Foulerton.

90

The Chairman next invited nominations of gentlemen to fill four vacancies on
the Committee, in place of Mr. Crook, Dr. Matthews, Mr. Mclntire, and Mr.
Lowne, the four senior members by election, who retired this year in accordance
with the rules.

The following gentlemen were then nominated :—
Mr Ingpen Proposed by Mr. Curties Seconded by Mr. Pett.

Mr. B. D. Jackson ,, Mr. Golding ,, Mr. Mclntire.

Dr. Ramsbottom ,, Mr. Mclntire ,, Mr. Gay.

Mr. Oxley ,, Mr. Marks ,, Mr.AUbon.

Mr. Slade ,, Mr. Burr „ Dr. Matthews.

Mr. Jas. Smith ,, Mr. Hailes ,, Mr. Jackson.

Mr. J. G. Waller ,, Dr. Matthews ,, Mr. Marks.

Seven gentlemen having thus been nominated for the four vacancies, the
number was reduced to six, in accordance with the rule, and on taking a show
of hands in favour of each, the Chairman declared Mr. Jas. Smith to be in the
minority, and his name was accordingly struck out.

Mr. W. T. Suffolk having been appointed auditor on behalf of the Committee,
Mr. Dobson was proposed by Mr. Gay, seconded by Mr. Oxley, and unanimously
elected by the meeting as auditor on behalf of the members.

The Secretary announced that the committee had nominated for the offices of
Treasurer, Hon. Secretary, and Hon. Secretary for Foreign Correspondence, the
gentlemen who had respectively filled those offices during the past year.

Mr. Jas. Smith was then called upon to make a promised communication
to the meeting, but not being prepared (owing to roceut indisposition) to
do so.

The Secretary introduced to the notice of the members an ingenious portable
cabinet, sent for exhibition by Mr. W. K. Bridgman, constructed to hold the
slides so as to prevent them from rattling whilst being carried in the pocket.
The specimen exhibited was neatly made of wood, and held twelve slides — six on
each half, the two halves folding upon each other by a hinge joint when closed,
and being secured in that position by an india rubber band. A sliding plate of
wood inserted in the outer edge of the frame securely held the slides in their
places, and efi"ectually prevented them from shaking, but enabled them to be
readily taken out when it was withdrawn.

Dr. Foulerton read a paper descriptive of some new cells for infusoria, in
which they might be kept alive for lengthened periods. Dipping tubes, recom-
mended for use in filling the cells and isolating the minute creatures they were
intended to contain, were also exhibited to the meeting, and drawings were
made upon the black board in further illustration of the subject.

The Chairman, in proposing a vote of thanks to Dr. Foulerton for his interest-
ing communication, expressed a hope that these very ingenious little cells would
lead to more attention being paid to the infusoria.

The Secretary said that since Dr. Foulerton had introduced these cells to his
notice he had used them, and found them most useful ; he thought, too, that in
them he had found a key to the question " How to utilize the Excursions ?"
When large quantities of infusoria were bi'ought home there was always great
trouble in ascertaining what species were found, and, if a strange form appeared,
it could never be found again after it had been returned to the water ; but these
cells would enable anyone to get over this difficulty, aj specimens couH easily be
isolated, and repeatedly examined, and could be brought to the meetings of the
Club to be shown to those who did not go to the excursions. He had a short time

91

ago put a small quantity of green scum from a pond into one of these cells, and
it was now filled with a beautiful growth of living diatoms and desmids.

Mr. Golding thought that the matter which had been brought be'orethem was
of great interest, since it would enable a person to preserve gatherings as long
as possible, and to examine the same objects during an extended period of time,
and by this means to make impoi-tant observations upon the changes which took
place during growth and development. It might be of interest to the members
of the Club to know that it had been recently observed at Liverpool that some
rotifers, found in a tank used for cooling the water from a steam engine, had
attained an extraordinary degree of development, and were at least twice the
size of similar species found in cold water elsewhere.

Mr. Eeeves said that if Dr. Foulerton would undertake to do the naming and
explaining, the Excursion Committee would be most happy to keep him em-
ployed by supplying material.

Dr. Foulerton expressed his willingness to do all in his power, and suggested
that members should employ their time during the fortnight between the meet-
ings in ascertaining what they had got, and in separating the objects, and should
then bring them to the meetings for further examination.

Mr. Beeves thought the first difficulty always was to know what they had
collected.

Dr. Foulerton imagined that it would be very easy to ascertain this by a
simple lens, and having done it, the next thing was to separate the objects— it
woald at all events be interesting to do this, and if there was a large supply ob-
tained it might be distributed to others.

Mr. Reeves said that this of course would rest with the individuals who went
out ; some brought home a carpet bag full, and they always had plenty to dis-
tribute ; but the trouble was to know really what was collected. If Dr. Fouler-
ton could name someone in each branch of study to whom specimens could be
submitted for identification, and who would give instructions in their special
departments, then, he thought, some good might be done.

The Secretary suggested that the idea held by Dr. Foulerton was that at an
excursion probably some members might find Limnias, others might find Meli-
certa, and so forth, and that these should be separated from each other and then
brought to the meetings for comparison and identification.

Mr. Eeeves said there was hardly an excursion at which Limnias and Meli-
certa were not found — he did not see any difficulty with such well-known forms —
but when large quantities of other species were taken, it was a matter of very
great difficulty to discriminate between them.

Mr. Curties inclined to a belief that the question was to a great extent one of
distribution. He had often wondered how it was that the excursions produced
so little fruit ; and it Avould seem that gentlemen who were able to go out on
Saturday afternoons gathered large quantities of materials, but because Mr.
Reeves failed to discriminate, the Club failed to hear and know what was done.
If those who went would obUge others who could not go with bottles containing
a portion of their gatherings, he had no doubt but that the results of the ex-
cursions would be found more satisfactory.

Mr. Reeves expressed his opinion that very few persons would be found to go
out if others would collect for them.

Mr. Curties said this of course was only the natural order of things.

The Chairman thought that what they really wanted was some worker in each
department competent to distinguish what had been collected during the excur-

92

sions. All would probably know Melicerta when found, but there were a great
many minute infusoria wliicli they might never have seen before and have no op-
portunity of becomino; acquainted with, from want of time or other causes ; so
that not being able to name them, and not knowing who to apply to to get them
named, a large quantity of what was collected was thrown away and wasted.
If those gentlemen who possessed the requisite knowledge in the different de-
partments would give in their names as being willing to assist in the matter,
very much more use might be made of the material collected. He would just
mention that the Birmingham Society was divided into sections, each having its
own President and Committee, and each section met once a week. In this way
much moi-e was accomplished, and a great many more results were attained than
it had been yet possible for the Club to achieve.

Mr. Reeves said that he would undertake to supply materials to any one who
engaged in any special study.

Mr, Hind inquired whether it bad ever occurred to anyone that the excursions
being fixed for 2 o'clock might prevent many persons from joining in them ?

Mr Johnson said that as a matter of fact some members generally did start
after the time named, and could be certain to find the others by a few local in-
quiries.

Mr. Bird brought for exhibition to the meeting a curious monstrosity of a
cabbage.

Dr. Foulerton said that he omitted to mention that the wood of which his cells
were composed ought to be varnished, and cork should be treated in the same
way to prevent the escape of small infusoria through crevices and pores.

The proceedings then terminated with a conversazione, at which the follow-
ing objects were exhibited : —

Various Diatoms, &c. .. by Mr. Cole.

Stellate Hairs arranged in various forms (polarised) Mr. Curties.
Eose Chafer {Ceto)iia aurata) Mr. Golding.

Under Surface of Leaf of Rhododendron Callo-l ,^ ^ ,

, „ C Mr. Jackson.

phj/lla -^

Parasite of Damson Tree Mr. Pett.

Scale of Podura, shown by g'^in. Object Glass .. Mr. T. Powell.

Two-Winged Day Fly and Larva of Dermestes ... Mr. Geo. Williams.

A Cabbage (monstrosity) Mr. Bird.

*. Attendance — Members, G6 j Visitors, 5.

July 12tli, 1872. — Conversational Meeting.

Objects exhibited —

Coccuss of Pine Apple Mr. Oxley.

Scale of Carp (polarised) Mr. Gibson.

Cristatella mucedo Mr. Golding.

(Ecidium Euphorhice and two others Mr. Freeman,

Daphnia jndex, &c Dr. Foulerton.

Bichromate Potash (polarised) )

Growing Desmids [ Mr. T. C. White.

Hippuiic Acid -'

Utemonitis ovata Mr. Oxley.

93

Series of Campylodisci

Ancyllus orovatus (?) •»

Ova of Snail j

Transverse Section of Bamboo

Compound Spot Lens for dark ground^ witli^tli object...

Crystals of Uric Acid, crystalized on a nucleus of blood- >

colouring matter 3

Mr. Hailes.

Dr. Eamsbottom.

Mr. Sigsworth.
Mr. Burcli.

Dr. Mattliews.

ANNUAL MEETING,

JuLY26tli, 1^12.— Chairman, Dr. Lionel S. Beale, F.E.S.

President.

&c.

The Secretary read the Aunual Report of the Committee, also the Treasurer's
Eeport, and Balance Sheet, duly audited.

The President moved a resolution, *' That the Eeports now read be received
and adopted."

Dr. R. Braithwaite seconded the motion, which was then put to the meeting
und carried unanimously.

Dr. Matthews, after reference to the fact that no item appeared in the
Balance Sheet as having been paid for rent, paid a high tribute to the gene-
rosity of the authorities of University College in permitting the Club to meet
in that building free of all expense, and moved a resolution, "That a cordial
vote of thanks be presented to the Council of University College for the many
acts of favour accorded to the Club, and especially for the privilege of meeting
free of charge in the Library of that Institution."

Dr. Braithwaite seconded this motion, which was unanimously carried.

The Ballot then took place for the election of gentlemen to fill the vacant
offices during the ensuing year, nominations for which were made at the
previous ordinary meeting. Mr.W. W. Reeves and Mr. Ward were appointed to
act as scrutineers.

The President then read his annual address, which was listened to with the
greatest attention and warmly applauded.

The scrutineers having handed in the result of the ballot —

The President announced that the following gentlemen had been duly
elected : —

As President ... Dr. R. Braithwaite.

fDr. Lionel S. Beale.

As Vice Presidents... \ ^^ Arthur E.Durham.
Mr. Henry Lee.
i^Dr. John Matthews.
fMr. John Ingpen.
Mr. B. D. Jackson.
Mr. F. Oxley.
LDr. Ramsbotham.
As Treasurer ... Mr. R. Hardwicke.
As Hon. Secretary ... Mr. T. C. White.
As Hon. Secretary for Foreign Cor- ^ ,^ ^^ ^ ^ ,
respondence ... ... .. ..J Mr. M. C. Cooke.

As Members of Committee ...

94

The President then left the cliair and formally installed Dr. Braithwaite as
Lis successor.

Dr. Braitliwaite cordially thanked the members of the Club for the honour
tliey had conferred upon him in electing him as their President, and for the
honour done not only to himself but to the profession to which he belonged, and
wliich had furnished each president since the Club had been in existence. So
far as he was able he should be happy to render his services to the Club, but it
would be to the working members of it that he must look for that tflficient
support which they only could render, and upon which alone success must
depend.

Mr, B. D. Jackson had much pleasure in moving " That a vote of thanks be
presented to the President and Officers of the Club for their valuable services
during the past year."

Mr. Sigsworth seconded the proposal, which was put to the meeting and
carried by acclamation.

Mr. T. Curties said that in addition to tlie resolution which had just been put
to the meeting, he should like to propose '' That a special vote of thanks be
presented to Dr Lionel S. Beale for his valued aid and great kindness to the
Club during the period of his presidency, and also for his very valuable address
just read, which ij; was hoped they would be allowed to publish in extenso in
their Transactions."

Mr. Pett had great pleasure in seconding this motion, which was put to the
meeting and carried unanimously, amidst great applause.

Dr. Beale expressed his thanks to the meeting for the vote of thanks to himself
which they had so enthusiastically passed, and only wished that he had deserved
it more ; for he felt conscious that of late he had not been amongst them so
often as he could have desired. He should look back upon the past two years
with great pleasure, and he could certainly say that some of the pleasantest
evenings he had ever spent had been spent with them in that room. The
meetings had brought back to his mind much of the work which he used to
engage in, and which he only regretted that his present engagements did not
now permit him to follow more closely.

Mr. J. G. Waller proposed a vote of thanks to Mr. Peeves and Mr. Ward for
their services as scrutineers that evening.

Mr. Burch seconded the proposition, which was unanimously cari'ied.

The Secretary announced the following Donations to the Club : —

*' The Monthly Microscopical Journal " from, the Publisher.

" Science Gossip" ^^

*' The Popular Science Review" ,,

" Proceedings of the Royal Society," ISTo. 135,... the Society.

*' The American Naturalist " in exchange.

The first No. of " Grevillea," from the Editor.

*' Proceedings of the Geologists' Association " )

for July ...j the Association.

Perira's " Lectures on Polarised Light," ... Mr. T. C. White.

Taylor's " Half Hours at the Sea Side," ... Mr. Pett.

12 Slides of Injected Preparations Mr. Amos Topping.

The thanks of the Club were voted to the donors.

The following gentlemen were balloted for and duly elected members of the
Club:-Mr. John Alstone, Mr. Thos. Wra. Cowan, Mr. Ernest Doggett, Mr.
Thos, Harper Francis, Mr. John Harrod, Mr. Charles N. Levien, Mr. George

95

Nicoll, jun., Mr. J. Sargent, jun., Mr. J. Sari, and Mr. J. S. Townsend,
F.R.M.S. J and Doctor S. 0. Lindberg, of Helsingfors, Professor Hamilton, L.
Smith, of Hobart College, Geneva, U. S. A. ; and Dr. J. J. Woodward, Assistant
Surgeon General United States Army, were balloted for and elected Honorary
Foreign Members of the Club.

The Secretary read a paper descriptive of anew elementary hand microscope,
sent by Dr. Guy for exhibition to the members.

The President moved a vote of thanks to Dr. Guy for his communication, and
expressed his admiration of the microscope which had been lent for their in-
spection, and which he thought was the most beautiful instrument of its class
which had yet been brought out.

The Secretary called the attention of the members to the communication
received from Mr. T. W. Wonfor, inviting the co-operation of members of the
Club at a soiree, to be held at Brighton during the meeting of the British
Association, and intimating that the L. B. and S. C. Railway had offered to
extend the privileges granted to the members of the Association to auy members
of the Club who might desire to be present on that occasion.

Mr. Mclntire inquired what was to be exhibited, as he believed there was
some plan laid down with respect to the objects.

The Secretary said the objects exhibited were to be illustrative of marine
life.

Mr. Curties informed the members that the Society at Brighton had promised
to supply objects for exhibition to any of the members who would attend and
take their microscopes.

The proceedings then terminated with a conversazione, at which the following
objects were exhibited : —

Microscopic Fungi by Mr. Bureh.

Eolis (a nudibranchiate Mollusc) alive Mr. Oxley.

Trohoscis of Sijrphus ribesi Mr. Sigsworth.

(Eclstes crystallinus (group) Mr. Geo. Williams.

Two Object Glasses of American manufacture by"^ Mr- Ward, of the

Wales, I and -^5 in., brought for exhibition and com- > Bailey Microsco-

parison J pical Society.

Spicules of Gorgonia, various 1 By Mr. James How, in

Do. do. white

"'"^^^ J> Dr. Guy s lUumina

Crystalised Silver | Hand Microscope.

Elytron of Diamond Beetle J

Attendance — members, 62 j visitors, 8.

96

August 9tli, 1872.— Conversational Meeting.

Objects exhibited : —

Aiilacodiscus formosus

Section of India Rubber (

Crystals (?) of Guttapercha (P^^^''

Living Larva (unknown) shewing internal organs

Teeth of Medicinal Leech

Sections of Teeth showing secondary dentine and 7

exostosis (polarised) ^

Badhamia utricidaris

Brazilian and Oriental Opals

Diatomacese

Tracheal System of Ephemera Larva

Tongue and Lancets of Gad-fly

Mr.
Mr.

Mr.
Mr.

Mr.

Mr.
Mr.
Mr.
Mr.
Mr.

Sigs worth.
Burch.

Fitch.
Topping.

T. C. White.

Oxley.
Hailes.
Williams.
J. A. Smith.
Daintrey.

Attendance — Members, 33 ; Visitors, 4.

August 23rd, 1872.-

■Chairman — Charles F. White, Esq.,
F.R.M.S.

The following donations to the Club were announced : —

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal" ... from the Publisher.

•' Science Gossip" ,,

"The Lens" in exchange.

And the thanks of the Club were voted to the donors.

The following gentlemen were balloted for, and duly elected members of the
Club : - Mr. Arthur Goode, Mr. B. Hembry, Mr. William Stuart Smith, and Mr.
Thomas Terry.

There being no Paper, or topic, for discussion, the Chairman invited observa-
tions from gentlemen descriptive of objects exhibited in the room. Ko response,
however, was made, and the proceedings were brought to a close by the usual
announcement of meetings for the ensuing month, and a conversazione, at
which

The following objects were exhibited :—

Lacinularia socialis ... ... ...

Injections of Human Anatomy

Flower of Mignonette

Eyes of Epeira Diadema
Arachiioidiscus Ehroibergii
Arenaceous Foraminifera

Trichina spiralis

Plumatella repens

Attendan ce — Members ,

... by Mr. Birch.

Mr. Arthur E. Durham.
Mr Goodinge.
Mr. Martinelli.
Mr. Nelson.
Mr. Slade.
Mr. Topping.
Mr. Geo. Williams.
Visitors, 8.

R. T. Lewis.

97

Description of an Instrument proposed as a Standard

Dynamometer, for determining the Magnifying Powers of

Microscope Objectives.

By John E. Ingpen, F.R.M.S.

{ReadSept.21th,ld>12,)

This instrument has been contrived in accordance with the views
expressed by Dr. Ward, in a paper " On Uniformity of Nomen-
clature in regard to Microscopical Objectives and Oculars," in "The
American Natural," and reprinted in " The Monthly Microscopical
Journal" of July 1, 1872, p. 15, to which reference should be made.
It consists essentially of two scales, ruled on glass, one of which is
magnified by the objective, the other not. The ratio of equal
spaces on the two scales gives tbe magnifying power of the objec-
tive, at the distance between the scales.

Description. — A tube (plate v. fig. i.) A carries at one end a glass
scale micrometer seen edgeways at B, and also a positive eyepiece, C ;
and at the other end a tube D, carrying the glass scale micrometer E,
which is capable of being focussed on the objective by the milled
head F. Inside the tube A, slides another tube G, into which H,
the objective to be tested, is screwed. By means of the milled
head K, the front surface of the objective H can be set at exactly
ten inches from the scale B. To measure this distance, D is tem-
porarily removed, and a cap L, substituted, which cap is of such a
length as to place the front surface of the objective at the required
distance when flush with the aperture M, or touching a rule laid
across it. The cap L is then removed, and D slid on to A, when
the scale E can be adjusted to the focus of the objective, and the
comparison between the two scales made. The distance of ten
inches from the front of the objective to the scale B has been
selected instead of a fixed distance between the two micrometers,
for the reason that the objectives are thereby put more nearly under
their usual working conditions ; if the distance between the scales

JouRN. Q. M. C. No. 21. H

98 J. E. INGPEN ON A PROPOSED STANDARD DYNAMOMETER.

be fixed, low powers are registered as magnifying less than tliey do
in practice. The number of divisions on the scale B corresponding
to one or more on the scale E, gives at once the power of the
objective. Thus, if ten divisions on B cover one on E, the power
of the objective is ten diameters, and should be registered x 10.

With objectives having adjustment for thickness of covering
glass, and those with wet and dry fronts, two or more measures
may be taken. One of the micrometers supplied is uncovered, and
can have glass covers of known thickness laid on it : thus, the
power of an objective can be found at " uncovered," at " covered"
for a known thickness of glass, or at " covered " with a known
position of the divisions on the screw collar, or with a wet front
under any of these conditions, thus affording a complete registra-
tion of the power of the objective.

The instrument is constructed so as to be complete in itself; the
rack at F being sufficiently delicate for focussing the scale E, with
due care, even on the highest power objectives, but it would be
better for the tube A to be attached to a firm microscope stand,
with a good slow motion. The tube D can then be dispensed with,
and the scale E taken out and viewed, as an ordinary object, on the
stage of the microscope.

There is no difficulty in reproducing such an instrument as this,
bearing in mind the one point essential to it as a standard, viz.,
that the front of the objective must be exactly ten inches from the
upper or eyepiece micrometer. The value of the scales, whether
French or English, &c., is of no consequence, provided they are
equal or one a known aliquot of the other. The scales should be
carefully tested, by reversing their positions or other means, as, of
course, much depends upon their accuracy.

The distance of ten inches has been selected, as about that most
usual in England. It seems that in America longer, and in Fi:ance
and Germany, shorter, bodies are preferred. The distance of 250
millimetres (9f inches) has been suggested, which would not make
much difference, but it would probably be best to leave the Quekett
standard at ten inches, and not to alter it without good cause.

It is hoped that this standard will render unnecessary many of
the calculations which are so troublesome and unsatisfactory, such
as attempting to find focal centres of compound systems, com-
parison with a one-inch lens (which would be probably only correct
for parallel rays), &c., &c., while the mode of operation is, it is

T. J. ENGLISH ON A PNEUMATIC INJECTING APPARATUS. 99

hoped, comparable in accuracy with that of throwing the image of
the scale upon a screen, and is far easier of performance.

Our best thanks are due to Mr. Curties, who has taken much
trouble, and made some valuable suggestions, in constructing the
instrument. If it prove useful to the members of the Quekett
Club, it will amply fulfil its purpose.

Pneumatic Injecting Apparatus for Microscopical Purposes.

By T. Johnston English, St. George's Hospital.

{Bead October 26th, 1872.)

The process of injecting for microscopical purposes is an opera-
tion which requires much skill and practice, and in order to obtain
really good results, much time and patience must be expended on
it. It is with a view to lessening its difficulties that I wish to bring
under your notice, to-night, this simple apparatus, the description
of which I will at once enter upon.

The instrument consists of a Woulfe's bottle, having three necks
(pi. v. fig. ii, Nos. 1, 2, 3). No. 1 neck is fitted with a cork, through
which passes a piece of bent glass tube, of the diameter of a goose-
quill, one end of which reaches to the bottom of the bottle, and to
the other is tied about 12 inches of india-rubber piping of the same
diameter ; the glass tube is made perfectly air tight in the neck of
the bottle by sealing wax varnish, and the india-rubber one is
closed by apinch-cock.

In No. 2 neck is a contrivance which answers the purpose of a
condensing syringe ; it is made of a piece of glass tubing 5in. or
6in. in length (fig. ii. A), passing through a cork, and also ren-
dered air tight by varnish ; to the uj)perendis tied an india-rubber
ball (B), having a small hole on one side (C) ; the lower qnd is
closed by a valve (D), opening downwards. This valve is made in
the following way : — A piece of gutta-percha is placed in boiling
water, and when perfectly soft and pliable, it is forced into the end
of the glass tube (see fig. iii.), so as to form a plug (E), extending
upwards for about ^in. It is then allowed to cool, and when hard,
it is trimmed with a pen knife. A small hole is then bored through

h 2

100 T. J. ENGLISH ON A PNEUMATIC INJECTING APPARATUS.

its centre, and over it is fastened, by means of heat, a small, tliin,
flat piece of ivory, made from a vaccine point, a little longer than
broad (G in figs. iii. and iv.), also having a hole in its centre ; this
piece of ivory forms the basis or rest for the oil silk valve (H in
figs. iii. and iv.) which is of the same shape, but a little smaller,
and is retained in its place by sealing-wax varnish at one margin
only. A coating of varnish is then carried over the gutta-percha
and lower part of the glass tube, to stop all escape of air at the
junction of the two, care being taken to keep the ivory plate free
from it.

The 3rd neck is closed by a cork, packed with wash leather, and
serves for the introduction of the injecting fluid into the bottle.

To use the instrument the requisite sized nozzle is fixed on the
gutta-percha tube, which is closed by the pinch -cock ; about 4oz.
of injection are then poured into the bottle through the third neck,
and the cork firmly inserted, the leather surrounding it having been
previously, wetted ; pressure is now made on the ball B, taking care
to place one finger over the hole C, by this means the air is forced
down the tube through the valve into the bottle ; on removing the
pressure from the ball the valve closes, and the ball is refilled by
air entering the small hole C ; after this operation has been done
twice the pinch-cock of No. 1 tube is cautiously opened, and the in-
jecting fluid, acted on by the condensed air in the bottle, rushes
up that tube ; when it completely fills the tube and nozzle, the cock
is again closed, and further exit of the fluid restrained. The in-
strument is now ready, and the nozzle is introduced and tied into
an artery in the same way as the ordinary syringe.

I have used glass for the nozzles, preferring that material to
metal, not only because they are lighter, but because they can be
made very easily, and can be drawn out to the finest size. When the
injection requires replenishing, the cock is closed and more fluid
poured in at the third neck.

Such is the instrument in its simplest form, but, if wished, it may
have a small manometer attached to it, to indicate the exact
pressure employed, although I have generally found that the
amount of force required to drive the air out of the ball into the
bottle is a sufficient guide. The bottle may be of any capacity, and
in choosing one, regard should be had to its strength and freedom
from cracks and flaws of any kind ; and when completed, it should be
tried with a little water, high pressure being used, to test its capa-

T. J. ENGLISH ON A PNEUMATIC INJECTING APPARATUS. 101

bilities of holding condensed air, so that should it be faulty and
break, it will do so then in all probability ; but I do not think that
such a result would occur with ordinary care, as the vessels of the
animal which is being injected burst if much force be used.

It is not my intention to enter into the respective merits of the
bottle and the syringe, but there are two advantages which the
former possesses over the latter. The first is that it leaves both
hands entirely free during its action, and the second is its cheap-
ness, the whole instrument costing when finished about 4s.

An Omission Corrected.

We regret an omission in our last issue, which occurred inad-
vertently, no report having been furnished to us. It was to notice
the new pattern ^Lth immersion lens, by Schieck, of Berlin, which
attracted so much attention at our meeting held on the 28th of
June last. We may here mention that it was greatly admired for
its remarkable abundance of light, perfect flatness of field, and
brilliancy of definition.

The objects used with it were (1) Surirella Gemma^ the longi-
tudinal and transverse lines of which it shewed with the utmost
distinctness ; (2) Navicula Cuspidata, the lines on which were
beautifully resolved into " dots." Some, on the other hand, objected
to the presence of colour — a faint ruby tint — which seemed to be
associated with its best performances. This, however, is character-
istic of almost all German lenses, and is owing to the preponder-
ance generally given by the German opticians in their immersion
combinations to the crown glass over the flint glass. Mr. Schieck,
we believe, was, till within the last two years, a pupil of the cele-
brated Dr. E. Hartnack.

102

HiSTO-CHEMICAL KeSEARCHES ON THE FaLL OF LeAVES IN

Autumn.

By Dr. K. Ledeganck.

Translated, and abridged, by B. D. Jackson, F.L.S., F.E.M.S., from tbe
" Bulletin de la Societe Eoyale de Botanique de Belgique," torn x.
No. 3. 3rd June, 1872.

{Read November 22nd, 1872.J

1,— Historical.

A fact wortli remarking in the history of the sciences dependent
upon observation, is the reluctance with which the experimental
method is introduced, and the cautious use the first workers have
made of it, to resolve the problems relative to the vital functions of
plants and animals.

This statement receives a full and entire confirmation in the
history of the subject before us. The fall of the leaf in autumn, a
phenomenon which strikes even the unobservant by its regular
occurrence, and by the remarkable change produced by it each year
in the face of nature, is still one of those questions hardly glanced
at by a large number of writers, who usually pass it over in silence,
or to explain which, they have been satisfied, for a long period, to
offer hypotheses as diverse, as they are unsafe.

It is true that we are no longer in the same plight as when
Ingenhousz (1779) explained the phenomenon in question by a
final cause, having for an object the preservation of the human race,
thus : — " When the cold of winter stops the universal tendency to
decay, we have no need of the assistance of leaves to purify the
atmosphere, which is no longer infected. The leaves falling, and the
tree continuing to live without them, tells us that they have more
to do with our conservation than that of the tree."

Mustel believed it was purely mechanical, and in the domain of
hydro-dynamics. The transpiration by leaves being suspended in
autumn, the ascending sap accumulates in the leaf, petiole, and axis.
From this results a strong interior pressure, which has the effect

DR. K. LEDEGANCK ON THE FALL OF LEAVES IN AUTUMN. 103

of detaching the leaf from the bough which ^bears it. Murray also
attributed the cause to a mechanical one, but although entirely-
opposed to Mustel, his interpretation is not less problematical. The
latter maintained that the sap, far from distending the leaf, is on the
contrary stopped in its upward course by the axillary bud : this
bud, compressing the tissue at the base of the petiole, at first
hinders the sap from getting to the leaf, and afterwards continuing
to deyelope, presses down the leaf, already suffering from loss of
nourishment, and causes first a rupture in the tissues, and lastly
the fall of the organ.

Senebier thoroughly adopted these ideas of Murray (1798), and
defended them with ability. He set himself to combat the many
objections which arose against the theory, but the reasons which
seemed so strong to him, are not borne out by careful observation
of facts.

It is in the writings of Duhamel and Vrolik bearing on the sub-
ject, that we have found the first accurate observations, based upon
an attentive study of the tissues, and the modification they undergo
in autumn ; the explanation only, is erroneous. Thus, Duhamel
described between the stem and the base of the leaf, a layer of
cellular tissue, which is disorganized by the influence of
cold ; in addition, he thought that the leaf stopping in deve-
lopment whilst the stalk continued to grow, a tension resulted
which ended in the separation of the two. This cellular tissue of
Duhamel really exists, but, as we shall see, it forms part of the
pulvinvs, somewhat elastic, always fixed to the stem, serving to
unite leaf and stem, and the elasticity of which, to some extent,
protects the leaf from being prematurely torn away from the stem.

The effect of cold in separating the two is also undoubted, but
its mode of action is quite different from what Duhamel sup-
posed.

Vrolik (1796) saw in the separation of the leaf an effect of re-
sorption. The resorbed tissue leaves a gap, which is the starting
point of the solution of continuity. This resorption is, nevertheless,
a fact, although exceptional, but our author has generalised too
much from it. Farther on we shall see in what cases it may be
observed ; anyhow, it appears certain that in many cases Vrolik
has mistaken a solution of continuity, which was no more than the
beginning of a mechanical separation between the leaf and its
support, for an effect of resorption.

104 DR. K. LEDEGANCK ON THE FALL OF LEAVES IN AUTUMN.

Link, begins the series of phytotomical observers of the modem
school, which attaches itself above all, to close observation of facts.
According to this clever observer, the cause of the fall is inherent
in the leaf-structure, and pre-existsin every chemical and mechanical
alteration of the tissue. At the point of union of the petiole with
the pulvinus, a layer of cells, placed in a different direction to those
of neighbouring layers, determines the weak point, where, later on,
separation must take place. As to the proximate cause of the
separation, our author states nothing positively.

Mettenius, in the course of his researches on the ferns, is led to
admit of the formation of a new tissue, a thing difficult to imagine oc-
curring in an organ in the decline of its vitality, such as a leaf ready
to fall. This tissue, " delicate parenchyma," is produced between
the base of the petiole and the pulvinus, but dying soon after, it
occasions the disarticulation of the parts it formerly united. The
imposing authority of Hugo v. Mohl is brought in to support these
observations, which, nevertheless, seem to us insufficiently estab-
lished, and which, for our part, setting aside the ferns, we have
never been able to confirm by microscopical research. Still, if the
existence of this special " separating layer," the cells of which
have the faculty of speedy self disorganization, were proved for all
articulate leaves, what would happen to the vascular bundles ? If these
latter remain intact, as Hugo v. Mohl admits, to be afterwards broken
mechanically, how could the separation of the leaf happen so com-
pletely and suddenly, leaving so clean a scar for all leaves alike ?
Besides, the production of this young tissue in the midst of other
tissue in process of drying up, appears to us difficult, if not im-
possible to admit, and that it is not established by direct ob-
servation.

To Schacht (1852) is due the merit of having, by his observa-
tions upon Draccena reflexa, placed the first indicator in the
path so vaguely traced out before his time. It was whilst reading
his remarkable work, Die PJianzenzelle^ that we were induced to
commence our work ; and it is to reply to the appeal which he there
makes to botanical micrographers, which induced us to undertake
a long series of investigations on this interesting and debated sub-
ject. We may, perhaps, be permitted to cite here the words of
the passage : —

" This fact, certain as to Draccena reflexa, may probably throw
light upon the full of the leaf generally. The leaf, as we know,

DR. K. LEDEGANCK ON THE FALL OF LEAVES IN AUTUMN. 105

grows by its base ; there, is formed the growing tissue, but this
tissue can also gi^e place to a corky production, for upon the leaves
of most of our trees we notice a demarcation, easily seen by the
naked eye, * the articulation,' which points out the part where the
leaf will separate from the stem at its fall.

'* As far as I have been able to observe, myself, we find on the stem
all the cicatrices covered with a layer of cork, which leaves nothing
free save the woody cells of the vascular bundles. Schleiden had
already pointed out the fall of the leaf as the result of the stop-
page of the passage of li(iuids. I thought I had found in the sub-
erification of the base of the leaf of DraccEna the cause of that
interruption of osmose ; and I wish to draw the attention of
observers to an act so important in the life of the plant." (Der
Tod der Pfianzenzelley c. xii., p. 245.)

These ideas formed the point of departure in our researches ;
the results which we shall unfold farther on will tend to show how
far Schacht's opinion may be admitted, and what are the
physical and chemical influences which must intervene, before we
can arrive at a solution applicable to the whole of the facts ob-
served.

77. — Means of Observation.

Since the early part of the autumn of 1868, our micrographical
studies have been entirely directed to the solution of this question,
resumed the following year, and suspended for certain kinds of
difficult observations during the autumn of last year (1871) ; our
observations bearing upon the majority of the trees and shrubs of
our climate.

It was upon the bushes in our thickets and the taller trees of
our woods and public walks that we began our work ; in these
we have been able to follow the phenomenon step by step, by
making different sections of the leaves of the same species, and sub-
mitting them to those re- agents which can throw light on the
nature and successive modifications of the component tissues.

In the histological examination of the petiole, a transverse
section is enough to give a clear idea of the relative disposition of
the tissues. As for the pulvinus, recourse is almost always had to
a longitudinal section, perpendicular to the cicatrix, in order to
recoGfnize the tissue which covers the latter. A cross-section of

106 DR. K. LEDEGANCK ON THE FALL OF LEAVES IN AUTUMN.

the bougli will give information as to tlie modification of tlie peri-
dermal tissue.

The re-agents most generally used are : —

1. — Tincture of iodine and sulphuric acid for the detection of
cellulose, by the fine blue colour which they give it.

2. — Schulz' test for the same purpose.

3. — Solution of copper in ammonia, which dissolves cellulose,
and separates corky, cuticular, and woody tissues.

4. — Aqueous solution of iodine, which discloses the presence of
starch in the cells, and gives a brown colour to suberous, peridermic
and cuticular tissues.

5. — Alcohol and ether, to dissolve fats and resinous substances.

The following is a short account of our mode of procedure with
each species : —

We examine in succession the leaves from a green bough, those
from a withering one (from which they have begun to fall) ; and
lastly, the scar left upon the stem after the fall of the leaf. Both
the green and yellow leaf are examined in the state of articulation,
with the pulvinus, by longitudinal sections, either radial or
tangential across the pulvinus and the base of the petiole. We
notice accurately the state of these parts in a fresh state, before
proceeding to make use of any test. Transverse sections of the
petiole and stem, when thought necessary, give a true idea of
the disposition of parts about the articulation. Finally, the use of
reagents discovers the existence of such and such tissues, according
to the time at which examination is made. The brittleness of the
articulation in autumn, of leaves about to fall especially, sometimes
offers insuperable difficulties. In such case, the contiguous
surfaces must be examined separately, as soon after separation as
possible.

///. — General Considerations.

In its normal state, the insertion of the leaf upon its stem is either
by articulation or by continuity. In the first case, a special organ,
the pulvinus, acts as an intermediate organ between the stem and the
leaf; in the second, a simple, annular constriction at the base of
the petiole points out the anatomical point where the leaf begins.
The pulvinus, a little lateral swelling of the stem, presents the
same anatomical elements as the cortical part, only disposed in a
slightly different manner ; the medullary tissue of the stalk, in-

DR. K. LEDEGANCK ON THE FALL OP LEAVES IN AUTUMN. 107

stead of forming the axis of the pulvinus, passes inside, and
directs itself towards the apex of the axillary ; bud. Thus the
pulvinus presents: — 1st. The epiderm, either in a continuous
layer or in strips, in the form of epidermal scales. 2nd. One or
more coats of suberous or corky tissue, which form the periderm,
the growth of which causes the destruction of the epiderm.
3rd. The cellular layer, the cells of which are filled with liquids,
and generally provided with chlorophyll (herbaceous tissue of
Duhamel). Two or three rows of cells on the outside are often
filled with a red colouring matter. 4th. The central parenchyma
equally full of juices, and which gives place to, 5th. Liber cells and
vascular bundles, which run into the leaf.

The base of the petiole, which adapts itself to the surface of the
pulvinus, presents much simpler organization. On proceeding
from without to within we find — 1st, Epiderm, like that on the
surface of the leaf, with lengthened cells, like the ribs ; it remains
intact during the existence of the leaf, and corresponds to the
epidermis of the pulvinus. 2nd, Parenchyma, or prolongation of
the mesophyll of the leaf. This is much more abundant, looser,
and more porous (lacuneux) on the outside of the petiole (inferior
surface of the leaf J than on the interior (superior surfaces). It cor-
responds to these tissues. Periderm red and green cellular, and
central parenchyma of the pulvinus. As a whole the
parenchyma of the leaf stalk shows much larger cells, and
oftener filled with air, than the corresponding portion of the stem.
3rd, Vascular bundles passing the parenchyma, and crowded the
more, the closer we examine the base of the petiole.

In this comparative study of the structure of the petiole and
pulvinus, three essential facts are brought out. 1st. — That the
suberous layers (periderm)of the pulvinus are not continued into the
leaf stalk, and stop when level with the imaginary line of articula-
tion. 2nd. — The cellular tissue, with chlorophyll, stops also at the
same level, and altogether the tissues of the pulvinus, which
correspond to the mesophyll of the petiole, are distinguishable from
the last, both by their texture and by the character of their contents.
3rd. — The vascular bundles are the only anatomical characters
common to the two organs, and which pass from one to the other
with perfect continuity.

We may add that the continuity of these two epidermides is
quickly destroyed by course of development of the peridermal

108 DR. K. LEDEGANCK ON THE FALL OF LEAVES IN AUTUMN.

layers, which cause the peeling off of the epidermis of the
stem.

The detailed examination from direct observation, the micro-
chemical studies which we have been enabled to make, and the
consequent deeper insight into the nature of these different tissues,
their changes in autumn, are what we have to offer for your
consideration.

IV. — Histo-Chemical Researches*

Dr. Ledeganck then gives, at considerable length, his researches
on the following subjects, which, although of great interest, are too
long for insertion here : —

Obs, 1. Betula.alba, and Fagus sylvatica.
Ulmus campestris.
do.

2.
3.
4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

do.
Eibes grossularia
Syringa vulgaris

do.
Tilia europ^ea
Populus alba.
Betula alba
Fraxinus Ornus
Juglans regia
Quercus Eobur
Carpinus Betulus

14

Oct.

26

Oct.

13

Oct.

25

Oct.

28

Oct.

14

Oct.

20 Oct.

23

Oct.

24

Oct.

20

Oct.

V. — Special Observations.

There is one thing which above all needs explanation, that is
the mode by which the rupture of the central vascular bundle is
produced ; whether the periderm is in form of layers or scattered
cells, we have never seen the process of suberification break through
the tissues constituting the vascular bundle of the axis. Some-
times it may be seen above the level of the scar, at other times
below, but in most cases it will be found broken at the surface.
Besides, in most cases, where the leaf separates spontaneously,
we see the periderm form an uninterrupted layer upon the cicatrix,

*Autlior's Note. — Not being able to relate in extenso the whole of our observa-
tions which bear upon a great number of species, we limit ourselves to extracts
of which the results appear to us the clearest and most conclusive.

DR. K. LEDEGANCK ON THE FALL OF LEAVES IN AUTUMN. 109

in which it is impossible to distinguish the ducts. Future
observations may teach us how this is achieved.

In all the species which possess compound leaves, we have seen
the leaflets undergo, at their points of articulation, the same course
of modifications as the main stem, or rachis itself. With some,
suberification begins with the leaflets, in others, with the common
petiole. The leaflets of Fraxinus Ornus present the same appear-
ance as their rachis, by depositing similar cork layers.

A very general occurrence, but of which we do not know the
full significance, is the abundance of crystalline aggregations, in the
tissues of the leaf, at the time of its fall, and however abundant this
may be in the neighbourhood of the articulation, we have not
hitherto been able to ascertain what part this phenomenon bears in
the work of separation of the leaf from its support.

VT.— Theory of the Fall of the Leaf

As the foregoing observations show,* it is the growth of the
peridermal layers which constitute the predisposing cause of the
fall of the leaves. This corky substance, however it may be de-
posited, causes the death of the tissues which it shuts off, by de-
priving them of the flow of nutrient matter. In fact, " suberous
tissue has only a short existence like living tissue. Its cells, when
once they are completely formed fsuberife'es), only contain air ; and
in this manner stop the passage of liquids" (SchachtJ. Its part
(role), is therefore to be at once destroyer and preserver; for
being that tissue above all others fitted to cover the scar, it hinders
evaporation in the denuded parts, and the spread of lesion in the
parenchyma. On this basis it is easy to comprehend how the
epiderm of the branches is destroyed when the peridermal layers
are formed : also, that, that these layers, enlarging their extent,
and extending from the outside of the pulvinus towards the centre
of the articulation (interligne articulaire\ the passage of the
plant juices, from the stem towards the leaf, will become more and
more obstructed, the more this layer increases in thickness and
extent ; and it will be seen that the final result of this new for-
mation, is the isolation of the parenchyma of the leaf from that of
the pulvinus. Because, take what plant you like, woody, herba-

* This refers chiefly to the remarks on individual species, which have been
omitted on account bf their length.— Tr.

110 DR. K. LEDEGANCK ON THE FALL OF LEAVES IN AUTUMN.

ceous, or subfrutescent (our observations extending to about 100
species), if the cicatrix be carefully examined, you will find it con-
stantly made up of one or more rows of peridermal cells, in com-
plete continuity with those of the stem. If, sometimes, it is difficult
to show the existence of such tissue in course of formation, on the
scar at least, its demonstration offers no difficulty, and the accord-
ance of all our observations on this point give it an indisputable
value ; there may be doubt as to the mode of transformation, there
can be none as to the result.

According to our notes, the peridermal tissue appears in the
line of demarcation ; either by the gradual transformation of
the exterior layers, following a centripetal course, and leaving the
vascular bundles only intact, this being what we term layer suheri-
fication ; or else, by the transformation of the cell wall of certain
pre-existing cells, or by deposit of suberous matter in their in-
terior, an alteration which we term diffuse suberification (or suberi-
fication by infiltration).

The first case prevails in leaves distinctly articulated, such
as the Elm, Lime, and Hazel. The second may be seen in plants
having non-articulate or incompletely articulate leaves — for instance
the Oak and Hornbeam, which may frequently be seen with leaves
attached during the whole winter, till in the following spring
they are thrown off; it is rather by a rupture of the tissues than
by true disarticulation. Those leaves having incomplete articula-
tion are distinguished from those possessing the complete process, by
the very gradual manner in which the transition takes place
between the pulvinus and petiole. In these the green cellulose is
not abruptly interrupted at the level of the exterior constriction ;
there cannot be seen any central parenchyma, thick and juicy, in
close contact (adosse directeinent) with a loose and air-containing
tissue. The transition is gradual, and rises to a certain height
in the petiole. In autumn no distinct layer betrays the position
of the constriction, but the use of tests, points out a deposit of
corky matter in many places in the central parenchyma and
mesophyllum. These are, at first, scattered groups of from two
to four contiguous cells, and may be clearly distinguished from
the neighbouring ones. Later on these groups increase in size,
and number, and appear most numerous in the proximity of
the constriction, especially in that part answering to the pulvinus.
From the time when these altered cells attain a certain limit

DR. K. LEDEGANCK ON THE FALL OP LEAVES IN AUTUMN. Ill

all flow of sap is stopped, and the leaf, without dropping off, dies
from dessication. Such is the mode of formation of this new tissue,
the presence of which should be considered as the predisposing
cause of the fall of the leaf, viz., to intercept the passage of liquids,
and to destroy the cohesion between the leaf and its support whilst
awaiting a more energetic cause to achieve the definitive separation.
Such, in our opinion, is the part performed by the peridermal
tissues.

As for the more active cause, we find it principally in the action
of cold. Suppose a sudden fall of temperature, and notice the
behaviour of the two kinds of tissues in its presence ; it may be
predicted that either one or the other will contract under the
influence of cold, but the tissue at the base of the petiole, spongy,
full of air, and elastic, will contract to a greater degree than that of
the pulvinus, which presents different physical characteristics, and
of which the change in bulk will be hardly appreciable.

These unequal shrinkages will result in the rupture of a certain
number of cells at the junction of the two organs, and let but a
slight shock come, and the separation will be complete But let
the fall of temperature pass + 4 C* the shrinkage will not con-
fine itself to an unequal retraction of the tissues ; it will produce a
true movement in opposite directions, in consequence of the dilatation
of the dense and succulent parenchyma of the pulvinus opposed to
the ever growing contraction of the spongy tissues of the leaf-
stalk.

Thus the fall of temperature gives rise to congelation, and the
expansion accompanying the solidification of the juices in the pul-
vinus becomes so great that all cohesion is destroyed, the rupture
takes place at once, and the leaf drops.

These physics of the question explain the large increase in the
number of fallen leaves after a sharp night in autumn, the least breath
of air then bringing down the disorganized leaf; they likewise ex-
plain the sudden and complete stripping of trees by the early frosts,
when the leaves falling by their own weight sometimes form, even
round the foot of the tree itself, a layer of considerable thickness.

VII. — Physiological Conclusions.

The peridermal tissue, which is only found on the exterior parts
of plants, naturally a bad conductor of heat, and impermeable by

* 39 2F Fahr., maximum density of water.

112 DR. K. LEDEGANCK ON THE FALL OF LEAVES IN AUTUMN.

both liquids and gases, seems specially intended to protect the plant
against the hurtful influence of the atmosphere. It is produced
upon the stripped surfaces of the cortical parts, we have seen it
isolate the leaf of which the life is ended, from the bough which
remains full of sap and Hfe ; it even shuts off sickly or dying parts
of the stem, and its appendages (for instance, unhealthy tubers), so
that we may assign to it the term of scarforming, or cicatrising,
tissues (tissu vegetal cicatrix).

When we think of the large number of leaves which adorn the
branches of a tree, each of which, falling, leaves a small surface
made bare ; when we think of the enormous wound which these
little surfaces would make when added together, if they were not
already sloughed over when exposed to the air : we may understand
how important a part the peridermal tissue has to play for the
conservation of the individual plant. It not only prevents an ex-
cessive loss of liquids by hindering evaporation at the surface of
the wound, but it also preserves it from the hurtful influence of
damp and decay.

Therefore, we can only regard it as an admirable provision of
nature that the development of this new tissue, after having
served to separate tbe leaf from its support, acts as a pro-
tection to the latter during the approaching winter, by preserving
it alike from cold, wet, or drought.

Translator'' s Note. — I have brought these observations of Dr.
Ledeganck under the notice of the Quekett Microscopical Club, in
the hope that it may prove an incentive to work on this most in-
teresting subject. For myself, I hope next autumn to attempt the
task, my chief regret being that this memoir came under my
notice too recently to permit of observations being made this season
which would be trustworthy or useful.

113

The. Best, the most Simple, and Unerring Tests for
Objectives.

By William Webb.

{Read December 27, 1872.)

In submitting this paper for your consideration, I pray that so
much of the verbiage as prima facie may appear to be egotistical
or presumptive may be treated with kindness, and not allowed to
prejudice your minds until the whole paper has been read, discussed,
and calmly considered. A double apprenticeship to the study and
practice of the subject enables me to speak in terms so confident
and positive that I fear to give offence, even in the initiatory title,
viz. : — " The best, the most simple, and unerring tests for ob-
jectives."

Apologizing, in this company, for saying what is required of a
.Test is of Definition, Flatness of Field, and Distortion.

In speaking of definition in most instances I have adopted
square measure, but where practicable I have expressed my words
in lineal measure.

To view distinctly the five thousand millionth of an inch is
good definition. To view the same space with equal distinctness
all over the field is flatness of field. To view an object, and to
find it presenting an abnormal state, is distortion.

I now propose to treat the Definition and Flatness of field
together, and to submit that there is no test so certain as a series
of engravings on glass. For my purpose I engrave a series of
plates with letters measuring from one two hundred thousandths of
an inch to one two hundred millionths of an inch. Each engraving
is of the Lord's Prayer, varying only in size, commencing about the
thousandth of an inch, which is at the rate of over a quarter of a
million letters to the inch, and progressively decreasing the size,
the next of the series being at the rate of a million letters to the
inch, the next two millions, the next three, and the next four mil-
lion letters to the inch. Having reached this point, and finding

JouRN. Q. M. C. No. 21. I

114 WILLIAM WEBB ON THE BEST TESTS FOR OBJECTIVES.

the Old and New Testament together consist of three million 5G6
thousand 480 letters (for the convenience of a stand-point), I say
the lastly enumerated test is at the rate of one Bible to the inch
and then engrave the next at the rate of another Bible to the inch,
and go on decreasing at the rate of a Bible to the inch down to fif-
teen Bibles, or, at the rate of fifty-three million four hundred and
ninety-seven thousand two hundred letters to the inch ; bnt when
it is remembered that the letters are written within two
parallel lines, with spaces above and below for long letters, and to
enable one line to be distinguishable from another, I most respect-
fully submit that, such letters as *' a," '< e," " o," and " u," al-
though averaged, with all other letters, with the capitals, and in-
cluding spaces, at the 53, 497, 200th of an inch, being actually
written within the lines, after allowing for the extra space occu-
pied by capitals, the spaces between words, and the space between
one line of writing and the next line, it may be taken that the "e"
actually occupies only one-fourth of the average, or, the two hun-
dred and thirteen million nine hundred and eighty-eight thousand
eight hundredth of an inch.

The measurement does not stop at this point, as there are other
steps to be traversed — one, as to the dot to an " i," I say nothing
now. As to the " e," it is self-evident that it is not a spot of
black of the previously estimated less than 200 millionth of an
inch, but composed of a bent and twisted line across, and about the
200 millionth of an inch ; therefore, the thickness of the line has
to be considered, and, taking that at a lineal fifth of the space, the
200 and odd millionth would have to be multiplied by 25 as the
square of 5, which would bring the square of the line down to the
five thousand three hundred and forty-nine million seven hundred
and twenty thousandth of an inch — and do not stop there, for that
five thousand millionth is itself loaded in, and consists of abraded
black atoms, grated in by the cutting edge of the glass letter,
which atoms can be seen in diff'erent aggregations where the line
has not been perfectly filled in, and if at the rate of two atoms of
black in the square of the line, the five thousand millionth becomes
the ten thousand millionth ; if at the rate of twenty atoms of
black, the size of the atom is the one hundred thousand millionth
of an inch.

I now come to the most important and, to my mind, the most

WILLIAM WEBB ON THE BEST TESTS FOR OBJECTIVES. 115

interesting part of the subject which deals with the tests un-
blackened. For this purpose I must go back to the square of the
line forming the letter as the 5,349,720,000th of an inch that, re-
duced to its square root, gives 73,000 + of an inch linear as the
breadth of the line.

I mount the same series of slides in the way that Monsieur
Nobert mounts his justly celebrated tests — without black — and
thus open u^ a wonderful means of study of the whole subject,
helping to afford the power of determining at what breadth un-
blackened lines become invisible, even when aided by the micros-
copes of the present day. In this instance the 73,000th is an
absolute line, unbroken by a next line.

When viewing the black lines ordinary direct illumination is
sufficient, but when examining the unblackened lines it becomes
necessary to adopt in its turn every available means of illumina-
tion, because the cut, being wedge-shaped, each side of the cut,
from every part to its very apex, both refracts and reflects again
and again the light from the other. Again, the original upper
and lower surfaces of the glass refract and reflect the light back-
wards and forwards ; again, the top light flows into the cut, help-
ing to produce the climax which blazes away the cut as the light
of the sun overpowers or destroys the light of a candle.

By testing by blackened and by plain unblackened letters, it will
be found at what point the power of certain objectives ceases to be
effective with transparent objects. I can define the smallest Lord's
Prayer when blackened, that is, I can define a line of the 73,000th
of an inch, but have never been able to define the same test un-
blackened. More than that, although I know the exact spot that
it occupies, and mark the spot with an Indian ink ring before it
leaves the machine in which it is engraved, I have never (perhaps
because of irritable temperament) been able to discover not merely
the line, but the aggregation of lines forming the 227 letters of
the very small tests, although they become perfectly distinct when
black.

If I shall be honoured by a full and exhaustive discussion of this
paper I may be delighted to submit to the Club another paper upon
the clever productions of M. Nobert, in the hope that I may be
able in some way to assist others who may not so fully have studied
his wonderful works, in arriving at a just appreciation of M.
Nobert's extraordinary, patient, and persevering skill.

I 2

116 THE AGUE PLANT.

It is not necessary to possess more than a short selection of
my tests to include general purposes, and in some particular cases
a single test will be sufficient.

I now pass to the remaining part of the subject, viz., Distortion,
which I believe is not so well understood, simple as it is. For
this test I rule a slip of glass with fine black lines, and place it
upon the stage, I then rule a disc with black lines and drop it
upon the diaphragm of the eye-piece. If the disc be not in focus
I turn back the screw of the eye-piece glass, or if this be not suf-
ficient I shift the diaphragm until I get my focus. I then bring
the lines on the stage into focus, and parallel with the eye-piece
lines. If the objective shall be found to have the usual distortion,
it will instantly be seen that although the central stage line is
straight and perfectly parallel with, and covered from the top to
the bottom of the field by the central eye-piece line, yet the other
stage lines bend their ends in a curvi-linear direction from the
centre of the field. Upon moving the stage the line that appeared
straight assumes the circular form, and one of the bent lines gets
into the centre and assumes its straight appearance, and so on, at
every motion of the stage.

Upon one occasion, working with a fifth, I was puzzled by a
distortion of a kind I could not understand, and a distortion I had
never before noticed. Upon resorting to my tests I found the
lines bent not from their centre, but straight and parallel through
half the lower part of the field, and through the upper three-
quarters of the field they spread out like the feathers in the crest
of the Prince of Wales. I then knew that the lens (perhaps by
a blow or fall), had become displaced, so as to destroy its
parallelism.

I shall be glad if discussion may evolve any better Tests.

The Ague Plant.*

Some years since I became interested in the statements of Dr. J.
H. Salisbury, of Cleveland, Ohio, in reference to the germs of
ague. Dr. Salisburyj* believes to have discovered the malarial
essence in the cells of certain Palmelloid plants. Desiring to in-
vestigate the subject, I sought for the plants described by him, in

* From "Grevillea" No. 6, 1872.

t See American Journal of Medical Sciences, 1866.

THE AGUE PLANT.

117

the ague bottom of the Mississippi river, opposite Keokuk, Iowa,
lat. 10"^ 25'. Not being provided with a suitable microscope, I
was unable to discover the microscopic algae described by the doctor.
I was pleased, however, to find the fungi, samples of which I send
you. Generally it answers Salisbury's description.

It does not correspond in these important particulars : Salis-
bury's plants are so minute that it requires a ^^owerful lens to
render them visible. A single specimen of plant may be discovered
as you stand. Salisbury's jDlants were not less. These have roots
^ or y^^ of an inch in length. They grow on the flat moist allu-
vium of the slough and river margins and their drying beds ; in
the vicinity of such localities they may be found on ordinary soil
in damp places, even at some elevation. The specimens sent you
are green ; I have observed them slate-coloured, pink, and black.
They vary in size from a mere point to -^^ of an inch in diameter.
When in natural state they are globular in shape and of a fresh
colour, when covered with water they swell and present a gelati-
nous appearance. They discharge their spores when ripe by slit-
ting open at the top and a falling in, collapsing of the upper cir-
cumference ; so that a discharged plant appears cup- shaped, and to
the naked eye it seems to have lost the upper half of its circum-
ference. So far as I have been able to determine with the imper-
fect means of observation at my command, the cells are composed
of two walls, the outer green or (otherwise coloured), composed of
laminated cells, the inner white and structureless. Upon punctur-
ing the plants a liquid is forcibly ejected. I have never been able
to discover the contained cells for want of a good microscope.
By placing the cake of earth sent you in a plate, and adding water
enough to make it of about the consistence of potter's clay, and
keeping it at a temperature above 60'^, you will find a fresh crop of
the plant to develop, and you will thus have an opportunity of
studying them. Should you allow them to flourish, and remain
uncovered in your room, you might have the satisfaction of demon-
strating the '* cause of ague." This fungus was first found, so far
as I know, by Dr. J. P. Safford, of Keokuk, who was kind enough
to search for me while I visited an ague patient. In the locality of
their growth they are to be seen in myriads, and near them, even on
elevations of over 100 feet, everybody had the ague. The course
of this disease seemed pari passu with that of the plant.

Dk. John Bartlett, Chicago.

118

PROCEEDINGS.

September IStli, 1872.— Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exliibited : —
Scales of Polyommatus Alexis •••
Section of Haman Skin shewing Sweat Glands ...
Surirella gemma nndev a 25111., shewing longitu- 7
dinal markings between the costse ... ^

Lampyris noctiluca (alive and alight) ... 7

Nerves of Teeth ... ... ... ^

Polynema (Hymenoptera), alive

Striped Muscular Fibre ... ... 7

Selected Diatoms incident light ... ->

Spicula 8pongilla fluviatilis

Iron Pyrites in Flint ... ... ... 7

Elytron of Lordops Gyllenlialii ... J

Diatomacese and Ichaboe Guano

Mr. Burch.
Mr. Topping.

Mr. Hickie.

Mr. T. C. White.
Mr. Fitch.
Dr. Matthews.
Dr. Eamsbottom.
Mr. Ward.
Mr. Goodinge.

Attendance — Members, 44; Visitors, 4.

September 27th, 1872.^ — Chairman — Dr. E,. Braithwaite,
F.L.S., &c., President.

The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed.

Dr. Braithwaite, in occupying the chair for the first time since the annual
meeting as the President of the Club, hoped that the progress of the Club would
still be continuous, and promised a short series of papers on Elementary Botany.
He said — I may take the opportunity of my first occupation of this chair to say
a few words on the present and future of the Quekett Microscopical Club. My
position is somewhat like that of a captain on taking charge of a new ship — his
first duty will be to inspect the vessel, and see if the timbers be sound, and the
sails and rigging in good order ; and on this score I feel there need be no mis-
giving. The next point is, as to the cargo our ship is laden with on each
monthly voyage into this excellent port ; is it valuable grain, with now and
then some precious stones, or is it only unprofitable ballast ? I fear we have
drifted a little into the " rest and be thankful " condition, and in considering
what more might be done to render the Club useful to the members at large, it
has struck me that there are many groups in Natural History which, if treated
somewhat exhaustively, would yield valuable instruction to all. For instance, in
a few months you will have in your library Sir J. Lubbock's great work on " The
British Thysanura." With such a guide, what could be more delightful than to

119

have the structure and habits of these interesting little animals brought before
us by one of our members who is known to be well acquainted with the subject,
and the whole illustrated by the microscope ; and so with other groups ? Then
there is the great and imjiortant department of Histology — Animal and Veget-
able. What subject could do more honour to the name of Quekett than this ?
That precept, however, may not be without example, I purpose to bring before
you a few papers " On the Elementary Tissues of Plants," but not to the ex-
clusion of those shorter communications which often prove such an interesting
feature in our proceedings.
The following Donations were announced : —

"The Monthly Microscopical Journal " from the Publisher,

*' Science Gossip " ... ,,

"Proceedings of the Royal Society," No. 136 ... the Society.

'' The Journal of the London Institution " ... the Institution.

"The American Naturalist" ... ... ... in exchange.

*' The Archives of Science of Orleans County 7
Society '' ... ... ... 3

" The Smithsonian Report for 1870 "... ... „

Nine Slides for the Cabinet ... ... ... Mr. Arthur Cottam.

Four Slides... ... ... ... ... Mr. Martin Burgess

The following members were elected :— Edward Bartlett, jun., Rt. Hon.
Lord Borthwick, William Bugby, William Bush, Chas. T. Conolly, L.S.A., His
Grace the Archbishop of Westminster.

Paper by Mr. John E. Ingpen, F.R.M.S., "On a New Standard Dynamo-
meter for ascertaining at once the magnifying powers of Microscopical
Objectives."
Paper by Mr. D. E. Goddard, " On the Value of Comparative Study.''
Mr. Jas. W. Ward, of the New York Bailey Club, one of the visitors of the
evening, being called upon by the President, said he would take the opportunity,
so courteously offered, to express the great gratification he had experienced in
being able to attend several meetings of the Quekett, with whose pro?eeding3
those of his own little club at home, which was formed especially for work and
study, were so much in harmony, though moving in a much smaller field. In
regard to the subject which had mainly occupied the attention of the meeting
this evening, he would say he was glad to find it was one the importance of
wliich was recognised by the gentlemen he had the pleasure of addressing. It
had received considerable attention in America ; the initiative of the discussion
having really been taken by the club he had the honour to represent, and it was
now very generally felt that a reform in the rating and estimation of objectives
was widely called for. It was of the utmost importance in any serious micros-
copic examination, to be assured of the exact power of the objective under em-
ployment ; not only for the purpose of comparing the relative capabilities of
different objectives, but more particularly of knowing accurately and at all
times the exact amplification of any object or material submitted to examination.
The present method of rating objectives was quite inaccurate, and could not be
relied on for the information desired. He thought that makers ought to be re-
quired—perhaps compelled would not be too strong an expression —to stamp
upon each of their objectives its magnifying power, irrespective of eye-piece.
Every objective has a fixed magnifying power per se, of which its actual ampli-
fication, in any case of use with the complete instrument, is only that power
multiplied by the power of the eye-piece ; and that particular power of each

120

objective should be ascertained and engraved upon it— if not by its maker,
then by some standard authority, such as has been proposed here this evening.
Mr. Ward also said he would call attention to the carious material exhibited
by Mr. Topping on one of the stands. The substance entered into the com-
position of a shelly rock of the Tertiary series, forming extensive elevated beds
in Western Iowa. He had brought some fragments with him from the United
States, from which Mr. Topping had prepared a few slides. The substmce
would be found interesting in many respects. It was found embedded in the
coarse cement, or matrix, which held together the constituent shells of the
rock, the general character of which was cretaceous; but this material would
be seen to be composed of minute globular grains of silex, without cement or
admixture of any kind. Each grain was a microscopic globe of silex, perfectly
transparent and free. In water they would be seen to roll about like marbles.
They were less than the -j^qq of an inch in diameter, and when laid out in
quantity, flat upon a slide, they would each show the transmitted image of any
suitable object held below the stage, as was the case with the facets of the eye
of a beetle. On breaking up the hard, granular matrix of the rock it would
be found to contain, mostly in a fragmentary state, the frustules of half-a-
dozen species of fresh-water diatoms, interesting to any who may still be
sceptical on that question, as proving, incontestably, the existence of very
ancient fossil diatoms.

The following objects were exhibited : —
Diatoms and Podura Scale, with dark ground illumi- 7 M • P n W'll"

nation ... ... ... ... ^ " *

Injected Voluntary Muscle of Frog... ... ... Mr. A. Topping.

AcariofBat ... ... ... ... ... Mr. J. A. Smith.

Alcyonella stagnorum ... ... ... ... Mr. Geo. Burch.

Acarus of Phalangium (alive), and various Insect") -^^^ Pr d F't h

Mountings (dry) ... ... ... S

Arrangement for Protecting High Powers when in ■) M E P,' 1 d

use ... ... ... ... ... 5 * *

Triceratium armatum\ , ,„

. ^„ i ... ... ... ... Mr. J. W. Goodinge.

Acan of Sparrow ■'

r J. W. Ward, of the

Globular Silica, from America ... ... -5 Bailey Microscopical

Members present, 73 ; Visitors, 12.

Society, U.S.A.

October 11th, 1872. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —

Insects (various) from Ceylon Mr. Hailes.

Injected Tendon of Horse Mr. A. Topping.

Turbot scale ... Dr. Matthews.

Seed oi SpJioenogyne speciosa Mr, Golding.

Section of Spinal Cord (human) Mr. Curties.

Daphnia pulex (alive)... Mr. Martinelli.

Male Gnat, with parasites )
Exuvium of Froghopper '

Nostoc comm.une Mr. Ingpen.

Galinsoga parvijlora (fruit) Mr. Jackson.

121

October 25tli, 1872. — Chairman — Dr. R. Braithwaite, F.L.S.,
&c., President.

The following Donations to tlie Club were announced :—

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal " from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip" . ,,

*' The Popular Science Review" ,,

" Proceedings of the Royal Society," No. 137,... the Society.

Annual Report and Proceedings of the Bristol")

Natural History Society... J

A Paper on Callograptus radicans, by Mr. ) , i . , ,

John Hopkinson _... 3

"Proceedings of the Geologists' Association"... the Association.

*' The American Naturalist " in exchange.

Six Slides from Mr. Thos. Rogers.

The thanks of the Club were unanimously voted to the donors.

The following gentlemen were balloted for and duly elected members of the
Club : — Mr Frederick William Andrew, junr,, Mr. Charles G. Dunning, Mr. E.
W. Jones, Mr. W. H. Price, Mr. Phillip Vallance, and Mr. James Watkins,
L.C.P.

The President then called upon Dr. Lionel S, Beale to read a paper.

Dr. Beale delivered a highly interesting communication upon "Bioplasm,"
illustrating the subject by means of colored diagrams.

The President felt sure that all the members present would join very cordially
in a vote of thanks to Dr. Beale for his very valuable and interesting remarks.
Not having been able to follow up the subject practically, he was not himself
qualified to speak upon it, but he must confess that his convictions went greatly
with Dr. Beale in the matter. One thing just occurred to him in connection
with the subject, and this was that they found that after the greatest care had
been taken to exclude living particles from liquids, yet life had been developed
even after the liquids had been exposed to great heat. There must, he thought,
be some fallacy in supposing that such particles had been destroyed; and per-
haps Dr. Beale could tell them where this fallacy laid ?

Mr. B. T. Lowne said that there was, of course, a great deal in Dr. Beale's
remarks with which he most cordially agreed, but he must also say that there
was a great deal with which he most cordially disagreed. He would not, how-
ever, enter into the subject then, but would like just to ask why the word vital
should be so much more easy to understand than the word molecular ? Molecular
means what we know so little about, and vital is a term about which we think
we know something, but about which really we know very little.

Dr. Beale said he feared that it would not be possible then to go into the
question raised by the President, seeing that it would lead them into the tre-
mendous subject of spontaneous generation, and perhaps, after all nothing
which he could say would influence those who were believers in it. For his own
ptart, he could only say that after a most careful study of the arguments in favor
of the doctrine of spontaneous generation, heterogenesis, or abiogenesis, and a
careful examination of the experiments which were adduced in its support, he
could not see good reason for accepting them as at all conclusive, although there
were undoubtedly a great many persons of high standing — Pouchet, Owen, and
many more — who thought otherwise. One thing seemed to him very re-
markable, namely;, that every living form which had been "produced" in the

122

course of heterogenetic experiments was exactly like the living forms which
were known and admitted to have been produced from parental organisms. He
disliked to discuss this subject because he felt he could not do so freely without
offering severe criticisms and wounding the tender feelings of the faithful
believers in the heterogenetic idea. He would have to remark that drawings
were not correctly made, and did not truly represent what it was assumed had
sprung from non-living matter. He would have to comment severely upon the
kind of evidence that had been accepted as conclusive, and had been stated to be
thoroughly trustworthy. He would be obliged to bring forward evidence to
show that bodies figured were not what they were described ; and it was obvious
this could not be done without offending those who put their trust in spontaneous
generation and subscribed to articles of belief concerning which he (Dr. Beale)
was a miserable sceptic, unconverted and unbelieving, not only destitute of
faith, but wanting in the ability to acquire the least spark of faith. He even
went so far as to think that the whole question might be upset merely on the
ground of extreme improbability, for to him the development of the living
direct from the non-living appeared one of the most improbable things that
could be conceived. They all knew that millions of known forms all came from
previously existing forms, but they were called upon to believe that a very few
living things originated in a totally different manner, and in obedience to laws
totally distinct in their nature from those which governed the rest of creation.
And this, notwithstanding the fact that the gulf between the living and the
non-living became wider and deeper the further minute investigation was
pushed. Of course, people would say that he (Dr. Beale) was a prejudiced
" vitalist," but he would wish it to be borne in mind that he had worked at the
subject for many years before he ventured to use the term vital at all, and he
was quite prepared now to give it up as soon as anyone gave him a better one
to distinguish the actions peculiar to matter that was alive. He did not contend
for any particular word ; they might call the matter A, B, or C matter, if they
pleased ; and the properties a, jS, or y properties or anything else. If the move-
ments of an Amoeba could be shown to be of the same kind and due to the same
causes as the movements of molecules or lifeless particles suspended in a fluid,
he would admit them to be molecular movements, and admit that they might be
due to the operation of inorganic forces. But, as far as he was able to observe,
he felt quite certain that if such movements were molecular movements, they
were certainly molecular movements of a wry different kind from the "mole-
cular" movements of lifeless particles suspended in a drop of water. The
molecular motion of particles in fluid could easily be stopped by the addition of
a little syrup, and they would recur when the fluid was diluted, but when the
movements of living matter were once stopped they were never found to recur
in the same particular particles of matter.

Mr. Lowne hoped that Dr. Beale did not give him credit for confusing these
two kinds of movements, or that he supposed he would compare the movements
of molecules of hydrogen gas to the movements of a little soot in water. He
supposed it would be admitted that hydrogen consisted of molecules ?

Dr. Beale said it was quite possible to stop the movements of the molecules
of hydrogen and of soot, to change their character altogether, and afterwards to
make them proceed as before, but they could not stop the movements of the
living matter of an Amoeba and afterwards make them go on again.

Mr. Lowne thought that the molecular motion in hydrogen stops when that
gas undergoes combination, and ceases to exist as hydrogen, only the same as

123

Amoeba when its chemical condition is changed. There were, he thought, in-
stances where the motion of living particles was stopped and afterwards res-
tored, as when living matter is kept frozen for many years without being des-
troyed. Salmon ova were frozen and afterwards developed; it was customary to
send out salmon ova to Australia frozen and packed up in ice, and it was restored
to its former condition again on arrival. If, however, ova are boiled, they
undergo a chemical change, and no recovery takes place after, just because it is
impossible to restore their original chemical condition. It must, perhaps, be
admitted that they had no clear evidence to show that spontaneous geueration
takes place, although he (Mr. Lowne) looked forward to the day when he be-
lieved that evidence would be forthcoming ; at present the evidence was un-
doubtedly contradictory. He (Mr, Lowne) maintained that molecular changes
in inorganic matter and those of the Amoeba were not different in kind, but
only in degree.

Dr. Beale asked if Mr. Lowne could give him a single instance in which any
kind of matter except living matter ever moved in different parts in many
different directions at the same moment of time ?

Mr. Lowne, though not quite clear as to what was meant by moving in differ-
ent directions at the same time, knew that a particle of colloid burnt sugar
placed in a saucer of water would make movements quite compatible with those
of Amoeba. With regard to death as a property of living matter, Mr. Lowne
regarded it entirely as the effect of chemical change and altered conditions.

Dr. Henry Lawson thought that it was almost useless to carry on the discus*
siou, seeing that it involved so many questions which could not at present be
decided. Dr. Beale had in his paper brought forward opinions which he had
already largely written upon, and which must be regarded as very valuable, but
still he thought that with regard to the question of development, it must be
considered for the present to be unsettled. Dr. Beale had, he thought, rendered
great service, and had done more than anyone to get rid of the idea of cells, or
certain circular or oval bodies containing a nucleus, being the starting points
of all tissues ; but admitting this, there remained the question whether it was
the nucleus in the surrounding protoplasm which usually had to do with the
development of the tissues. On this point he thought that they had as yet no
evidence which would conclusively decide, and whilst he did not think that Dr.
Beale had completely proved his case, and he himself leaned towards Wolff's
ideas, he admitted that these were not so clearly proved in some cases as to
entirely exclude the view taken by Dr. Beale ; and the only present conclusion
to be arrived at was that there was a great deal to be said on both sides. He
thought, however, that in the case of the development of bone, there was
tolerably good proof that the so-called cell wall was concerned in the growth
rather than in the nucleus itself. He thought that on examination of the struc-
ture of bone, evidence could be seen in its immature condition that the so-
called cell wall was, in point of fact, the structural centre, and became the
lacuna which frequently contained within it tlie dried-up nucleus. In making
these few observations he was not attempting to enter into the subject generally,
but rather to draw attention to the more valuable points in the paper. Per-
sonally he might say he was more inclined to Mr. Lowne's views than to those
of Dr. Beale, but he was quite ready to admit that the question was as yet very
far from being settled.

Mr. W. H. Golding suggested that it seemed doubtful whether they yet had
any means of ascertaining what amount of heat or cold living matter was

124

capable of enduring. To him it seemed only common sense to suppose that
there was a difference between living matter and non-living matter ; and when
it was said that certain solutions had been subjected to heat which had des
troyed all living matter in them, and when afterwards living matter was found
to exist there, did it not prove only that they had found something which that
amount of heat was insufficient to destroy ?

Dr. Beale said that with reference to the remarks of his friend, Professor
Lawson, as to the development of bone, he could only say tbat bone, of all
tissues, was the one which he should have brought forward as being of all things
most likely toprope his point ; he had elsewhere, he thought, fully shown this,
and had given drawings from actual specimens for the purpose of illustrating
the whole process of the development of bone from the simple bioplasts. Of
course his views were true for all or none, and if any one could give him but one
single clear instance against his conclusions, he would at once give up. Of
course it must be a distinct proof, and one which would in every respect stand
the test of thorough examination, and could be readily verified and repeated by
others. He was quite sure that Mr. Lowne had never seen a piece of protoplasm
frozen in his life. He (Dr, Beale) did not think that living matter that had
ever been actually frozen had continued to live. That a living animal, or a part
of a living animal, might bo frozen without being " killed," was, of course,
perfectly true, but who had proved that its living matter, its bioplasm, had been
converted into solid ice ?

Mr, Lowne observed that, at all events, when it was thawed, it became proto-
plasm again.

Dr. Beale — continuing his reply — pointed out that he did not contend that
new living matter, produced by existing living matter, was identically the same
in all respects as that which produced it ; there was not identity ; there was
variety in many particulars, and this variety, in property and power, was a most
remarkable thing, especially when considered in connection with transmitted
characteristics. It was well known that there were strong resemblances between
offspring and parents, but never anything approaching indistinguishable resem
blance. There might be likenesses not only in the shape of the nails and in
the skin, but even in the way the mind worked, likeness in weaknesses of the
body, and the defects of the workings of the mind ; even rheumatism and sick-
headaches, as well as good and bad tempers, were inherited. So that while it
was clear that there were many endowments as well as arrangements of the
material fabric that were inherited, it was also true that certain properties, and
powers, and endowments, as well as peculiarities in the structure of the body
existed, which could not be accounted for by inheritance- But every kind of
living matter in the world, whatever might have been its origin, possessed
properties like those manifested by every other kind of living matter, but differ-
ing essentially from any properties or powers known to exist in connection with
any form of non-living matter. With regard to Mr. Lowne's instance of the
burnt sugar, if he could show that the particles of burnt sugar were capable of
taking up material from the mc'lium in which they were placed, and turning
that material into burnt sugar, then, but then only, would he have succeeded in
showing that the burnt sugar behaves as particles of living matter.

Mr. Lowne said that great stress should always be laid upon the word suitable,
it was always suitable material which was taken up and made into similar
matter. Now, if they took a galvanic battery, and conducted the wires to a
Bolution containing salts of copper and salts of zinc, it was quite possible for a

125

compound of these two metals to be produced from the solution by the action of
the current, and he could see no essential difference between the decomposition
of salts of zinc and copper and re- combination of the products and decompo-
sition of carbonic dioxide and ammonia with similar recombinations.

Dr. Beale, however, interposed, that to be comparable with living matter Mr.
Lowne's galvanic batteries should be capable of producing little galvanic
batteries.

The President thought that, as time was short, the discussion had better be
brought to a close. It was quite clear that the question was not yet decided,
though he thought that Dr. Beale had shown very good grounds for his
opinions, and that the term vital was one which could not be objected to.

Mr. English exhibited to the meeting, and described by means of diagrams,
a new kind of apparatus for injecting, and explained the method which he had
successfully adopted. It being then (from the lateness of the hour) impossible
to show its action practically, he undertook to give a demonstration of the pro-
cess of injecting a small animal at the next conversational meeting.
A vote of thanks to Mr. English was unanimously carried.
The proceedings then terminated with a Conversazione, at which the following
objects were exbibited : —

Lamp Micrometer By Mr. Burch.

Palate of Haliotis tuber cidata...

Section of Human Skin, shewing the growth -^

of a wart ... ... ... )

Scales of Foreign Butterflies, arranged as a ">

bouquet ... '

Head of Fanessa, ...

Tooth of Medicinal Leech

Transverse section of Gunnera scahra
Desmids and AmoebaB (alive)

Argidus foliaceus

Parasite on Wireworm (alive) ...

Section of Glandular Stomach of Fowl
Cyclosis in Nitella

Attendance— Members, 91

Mr. Catchpole.
Mr. Curties.
Mr. Fitch.

Mr
Mr.
Mr.
Mr
Mr

Golding.

Goode.

B. D. Jackson.

Mclntire.

Martinelli.
Mr. J. A. Smith.
Mr. A. Topping.
Mr. T. C. White.

Visitors, 18.

R. T. Lewis..

November 8th, 1872. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —

Cuticle of Qasteria ensifolia (polarised) •*'
Desmids, Rotifers, &c., from Oban (gathered )

19th July, 1872) ... j

Section (transverse) Medicinal Leech

Salticus scenicus (alive) ^

Orantia compressa

Longitudinal and transverse chippings of

Cuttle Fish Bone

Diamond Gravel from the Klip- drift Diggings,

S.Africa J

Dr. Matthews.
Mr. F. Fitch.
Mr. Topping.

Mr. T. C. White.

126

Eggs, Larva, Larva Case, Pupa, Pupa Case,

and Imago of Laverna sarcitella
Impression in wax of the Chambers and Passages

excavated by Parasites in the substance of

an Oyster Shell

Series of Whole Insects

Cyclosis in Anacharis alsinastrum

Qemmnles of S'po7ig ilia fluviatilis

Under Surface of Leaf of Laurustinus

Scales of Papilio Paris

Stephanoceros Eicliornii

Demonstration of Injection by New Injecting \

Bottle J

Ruling on Glass by means of a Vibrating Rod ...

Mr. Jas. Russell.

Mr. Hawkins Johnso

Mr. Geo. Daintrey.
Mr. Martinelli.
Mr. Moginie.
Mr. Curties.
Mr. J. A. Smith.
Mr. Geo. Williams.

Mr. English.

Mr. Burch.

Present— Members, 53 j Visitors, 8. Total, 61.

November 22nd, 1872. — Cliairman—J)^. R. Braithwaite, F.L.S.
&c., President.

The following Donations to the Club ^vere announced : —

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal" from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip " ,,

*' The ^ixth, Eighth, and Ninth Annual Re--\
ports of the Belfast Naturalists' Field >■

Club'" J

" The Journal of the London Institution"
Nine Photographs of Nobert's Test PlateBands>^
Two ,, Amphipleura Pellucida /

One ,, Frustulia Saxonica C

with reports thereon -^

A paper on the Glacial Drift of North London,'

by Mr. Henry Walker

A paper on a New Form of Pocket Microscope,')

by Professor G. T. Brown \

Ten Slides for the Cabinet

The thanks of the Club were unanimously voted to the donors.
The following gentlemen were balloted for, and duly elected members of the
Club:— Mr. A. C. Goodchild and Mr. Thomas Spencer, F.R.M.S., F.C.S.

Mr. B. D. Jackson read the translation of a Belgian paper " On some
Histo-Chemical Researches upon the Fall of the Leaf in Autumn," which he
illustrated by sketches upon the black board and by coloured drawings.

The President felt sure that all the members present would join in a cordial
vote of thanks to Mr. Jackson for the spirit which he had shown in making this
translation, and bringing it before their notice. It should, however, be men-
tioned that the views expressed by the Author were not new, for the same ex-
planations of the phenomena had been made by Dr. Inman, of Liverpool, as far
back, he believed, as 1848. He named this because he thought they ought not
to allow tlicse Germans to annex everything in that manner. Dr. Inman, at
the time to which he referred, showed clearly that the fall of the leaf was pro-

the Society.

the Librarian.

Dr. J. J. Woodward,
U.S.A. Army Me-
dical Department.

the Author.

the Author.
Mr. Hain worth.

127

vided for from the earliest stages of the growth of the plant ; he did not, how-
ever, make use of the term " corky," nor did he speak of " cork cells," because
at that time it was not so generally known that the material was so nearly allied
to that of cork. The fall of the leaf was before their eyes constantly, and was
on that account likely to be little noticed ; it was, however, an occurrence of
great interest, and became increasingly so when it was found to be provided for
in the manner described, in the early growth of the plant, and when the arrest
of growth and the deposit of the cork cells was understood. He thought, how-
ever, that there were some other circumstances which had at least some slight
influence in contributing to the fall of the leaf. It was found that the ashes of
dead leaves contained more of the salts of lime and potash than the ashes of
living leaves j and if there was an increase in the deposit of solid constituents,
this would undoubtedly add to their brittleuess. He thought, also, that the
changeful nature of the climate in autumn must have considerable influence on
the mechanical relations of tissue, which had ceased from active growth. In
the tropics most of the trees were evergreens, but they cast their leaves at
intervals, and it was noticed that after a very dry season they threw them off
more frequently than was the case after wetter seasons, showing thus that
climate had much to do with the process. The corky substance was found also
in many other portions of plants — the cuticular layers, for instance, had it, and
it gave hardness to many other parts. He thought that Mr. Jackson had done
what was very meritorious in reading them this Paper, and he hoped the
example would be followed, and that other members would be induced to bring
forward translations of similar papers on common subjects -for although this
was a common subject, it was treated, as they had heard, in a very scientific
way. It did not show all that could be brought forward to explain the subject,
but it was a paper of much interest, and showed them an example of the
wisdom of God in making provision even in the early growth of the plant for
that which was to take place during its later existence.

Mr. Thos. Spencer said that he happened to be present on the occasion when
his friend Dr. Inman read the paper which had been mentioned. It had ahrays
struck him since then, on thinking the matter over, that trees which secreted
resin did not show a general fall of the leaf. All that was stated in the paper
hardly explained this fact, which was noticed in the holly, fir, and laurel. He
thought that in those cases the varnish which was secreted prevented evapora-
tion from taking place.

The President said that the evergreens shed their leaves as well as other kinds
of trees, though they did not do it quite by the same process. He did not think
that the resin had much to do with it.

The Secretary thought that analogous cases were to be found in the animal
kingdom, and instanced the shedding of the horns of the stag, in which circula-
tion, after going on for a long time, at length ceased in consequence of the
deposit of calcareous matter at the base of the antlers, and nutrition having
been thus arrested the antlers fell off as effete bodies.

The President said that Mr. White was quite right in referring to this cir-
cumstance ; in fact, similar processes might be found going on throughout
creation. The fall of the leaf had, however, always been a topic of interest
and was a favourite simile with the poets in all ages, — the leaf being taken as a
type of human existence, — its early unfolding from the bud was aptly compared
to the opening character of childhood,— its beauty and its greenness to the
period of juvenescence, and so on to its fading and its fall as types of sere old

128

age and dissolution, and its corruption and renovating effects upon the soil as
continuing the cycle of fresh existences.
A vote of thanks to Mr. Jackson was unanimously carried.
Mr. Ackland called the attention of the members to the circumstance he had
mentioned at the last gossip night — of his having found an extraordinary mass
of diatoms some time ago vp-hilst travelling in Switzerland. The position was
easily found, and he hoped if any members were going to the place they would
notice whether the same mass was to be found there still. He had travelled
over the Furea pass in the month of July— and they would be able to judge of
the season, when he mentioned that the snow laid upon the pass about three
feet deep — from the Furea he descended by the road to the Rhone Glacier, and
having rested at the Hotel du Glacier du Rhone proceeded to visit the glacier
from which the river flowed. At the glacier there was a hut in which the guides
stayed, and where refreshments could be had, and having passed this he noticed
a large mass of a chocolate-brown substance, which could not have been less
than forty feet long, and about ten feet wide and eighteen inches thick. His
attention was attracted by this mass, and he at first thought it must be oxide of
iron, but on taking some into his hand and squeezing it moderately dry he
found that such was not the case. He, therefore, collected some, and when he
reached home found it to be a mass composed entirely of diatoms— chiefly
Odontidium. Last year he went to the Upijer Valley of Lauterbrunnen, and
visited the Glaciers and the Schilthorn, but could not there find anything of the
kind. He had brought with him to the meeting an abundant supply of these
diatoms for distribution amongst the members.

Mr. Ingpen exhibited and described an instrument which had been constructed
for him by Mr. Curties for the purpose of ascertaining the power of micro-
scopical objectives,
A vote of thanks was passed to Mr. Ingpen for his communication.
The proceedings then terminated with a conversazione, at which the following
objects were exhibited: —

Drawings of Microscopic Objects by Mr. Rochfort Connor.

Dolichopus trivialis (Feintsiil Fly) Mr. Curties.

Presumed Mode of Attachment of Web of~j
Epeira Diadema J

Ichaboe Guano Mr. Goodinge.

Chalcedony (polarised) Mr. Hainworth.

Section of Brain of Rabbit Mr. Oxley.

Foraminifera from Egyptian Limestone ... Mr. J. A. Smith.

Section of Potato, shewing Starch Grains,) _^ ^ „
., > Mr. Tafe.

tn Sim ... ^

Injected Bone of Bird Mr. Topping.

Batracliosxiermu'in moniliforme Mr. J. G. Waller.

Young Actiniae (Gemmacea) Mr. T. C. White.

Freshwater Shrimp (alive) ... Mr. G. Williams.

Attendance — Members, 82 ; Visitors, 7-

R. T. Lewis.

Mr. Fitch.

129

On the Histology of Plants.

By E. Braithwaite, M.D., F.L.S.

1. Structure and Contents of the Plant Cell.

{Read Januarij 24, 1873.)

In tlie subject I now bring to your notice, I bave no original
investigations to offer; my aim bas simply been to pLace before you
tbe more important facts so ably treated on by Von Mobl, Prings-
li€im, Sachs, and Dippel, trusting that, in a field so rich, some of
our members may become workers, or at least recij^ients of some-
thing novel or instructive.

Linnaeus despised the microscope, and all information it supplied,
and hence was far behind his predecessor Malpighi in a true know-
ledge of vegetable structure, but Mirbel, Amici, Schleiden, Von
Mohl, Hoffmeister and others, have in our own limes taken up the
thread dropped at the end of the seventeenth century, and laid
before us in all its minuteness and perfection the wonderful fabric
of plant organization.

If we set before us a part of one of the higher plants, a branch
or a leaf of this Magnolia, for instance, we require but little mag-
nifying power to observe that it is built up of very different ele-
ments— of pith, and wood, and bark, in the former, and of a central
fibro-vascular skeleton and pulpy pareuchyma, protected by a hard
cuticle or skin in the latter. Yet, if we trace back the growth of
such a tree to its parent seed, and examine the embryo of that seed
from which the wLole has been developed, we find no such distinc-
tions, but only uniform cells ; and if we turn to the animal king-
dom, the case is the same, for from the cellular germinal vesicle of
the ovum is developed by its inherent life forces, the bone and
muscle, tbe blood and brain, that constitute the living entity of each
one of us now present. Again, as we descend the scale equally of
animal and vegetable existences, we find less differentiation ofpaits,
until we arrive at those lowest members of each, wbere, within the

JouRN. Q. M. C. No. 22. k

130 R. BRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS.

limit of a single cell, is comprised tlie whole life history of the
individual — birth, nutrition, growth, reproduction, death.

Neither can any distinction be found between the primitive animal
and vegetable cell, and since all organized creation thus originates,
the study of a cell becomes invested with an importance that can
scarcely be over estimated, and with that study we must commence
our investigations, if wo would rightly understand the wonderful
changes brought about by the vital processes in the multiplication
and metamorphosis of colls consequent on growth.

Structure of the Plant Cell.

Each individual cell is an independent microscopic organism,
which, according to the latest theory, is in its primitive state, like
the animal cell, deficient of any enclosing membrane, and consists
essentially of a little lump of protoplasm, enclosing the cell
nucleus.

The constituents, however, of the primordial cell are usually
regarded as being —

1. The cell membrane, composed of an albumenoid substance.

2. The cell contents, separable into protoplasm and cell sap.

3. The cell nucleus, a small body suspended in the protoplasm,
and composed of smaller nucleoli.

At a later stage of its life, the primordial cell becomes sur-
rounded by a second membrane, a case or capsule, the cellulose case,
composed of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen, the presence of which
distinguishes histologically the plant cell from the higher animal
cell.

We meet with the vegetable cell in its first stage of develop-
ment, in the zoospores of algse, the spermatozoids of mosses and
ferns, as the germ cell of all plants, as the first endosperm cells in
the unimpregnated embryo sac of many families, as Liliacese,
Umbelliferse, Papilionacese, &c., and as young pollen cells in the
cells beginning to form pollen by cross-division, which are best
observed by section of young buds.

The next step in the investigation of the free cell, is the obser-
vation of the stage when it has formed the first envelope of cellu-
lose, the primary cellulose case. This condition, hitherto the basis
of definition of the living vegetable cell, is truly only a certain
stage of perfection of the same, and is at once evident by the double
contour of the circumference, and the firmness of the whole ; the

R. BRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS. 131

impregnated germ cell, and tlie loose cells of the fleshy fruit of
cherries or strawberries supply material for its observation.

1. The Cell Membrane. — Primary cell membrane — Primor-
dial utricle of Mohl — is recognised by its single strong contour,
the outline being smooth, or granular from pressure of contents on
the delicate membrane ; in the germ cell it is extremely thin, so
that water dissolves it, but in endosperm cells it is stronger, and
by bursting the utricle in water, the contents escape, and a clear,
slightly folded bladder is left. By chemical reagents we obtain
distinctive coloration of the primordial utricle, watery solution of
Iodine' tinges it deep yellow, indicating its albuminous nature ; dilute
nitric acid and liq. ammonia a similar colour ; sugar and sulphu-
ric acid rose red ; sulphate of cojDper and liq. potassa violet. The
action of these reagents, as well as of syrup, alcohol, &c., which
remove water, cause the cell membrane and its contents to shrivel.
In cells where the cellulose case is also formed, the two membranes
are so blended as to be optically indistinguishable ; they may, how-
ever be isolated by endosmotic media, as sol. of sugar, salt, or
iodine, and we see the primordial cell, like a little sac, closed on all
sides, lying sharply defined within the cellulose case. The cell
membrane alone takes an active part in the life phenomena of the
cell, the cellulose case does not do so in any way.

2. The Cellulose Case. — Cell case, cell wall, or cell mem-
brane of botanists — is, next to the enlargement of the primordial
cell, the earliest product of the organic vegetable fomiative prin-
ciple, and adapted to serve as a protective covering to the cell. It
is also the most enduring part of it, for after all active life has
ceased in the nucleus and cell membrane, the cellulose case may
remain entire for an indefinite period.

For the study of the cellulose case the best adapted is the free
cell, as when combined into tissues their super-position and con-
tents greatly interfere with distinct observation ; the first envelope,
however, which separates after the cell-membranes does not become
the cellulose case, but undergoes further transformation; for certain
purposes, however, as the determination of structure, surface-
markings, &c., the separated tissue elements supply the best
material. As soon as the cellulose case has separated from the
primordial membrane and become firm, it becomes evident under a
])ower of 350 diameters, by its double bounding line, and appears
quite hymogeneous. Chemically, it agrees in constitution with the

K 2

132 R. BRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS.

carbo-hydrates, and in a more advanced stage it consists of pure
cellulose, but in the youngest state of develoj)raent it appears to be
intermediate between this substance and starch, which in a few
cases, as in fungi and the cambial walls of tissue cells is not further
altered, and is believed by Wigand to consist of Bassorin. Neither
the solution of chloro-iodide of zinc, nor aqueous sol. of iodine with
sulphuric acid, give any colour to the entire cambial cell-case of
completed tissues ; but in AlgJE, where the cellulose case is distinct
and firm, or where, as in the young tissues, the primary cellulose
case is deposited within the cambial wall, Schultz's test produces
a more or less blue coloration.

3. The Cell Nucleus — Cytoblast of Schleiden — occurs in the
living cells of all plants, though in fungi and lichens it cannot
always be detected. The nucleus is best observed in loose, soft
tissues, as cucumbers, beans, stems of liliaceous plants, and the
young hairs on leaves and sepals. In form it is lenticular or sub-
globose, and its position is usually close to the internal wall,
or more rarely near the centre of the cell. In many cases a true
membrane invests the nucleus, but in others it cannot be demon-
strated, though most probably it is always present, and in the
fluid, granular, or waxy contents, lies another important element
— the nucleolus, either single, in pairs, or many to each nucleus.
In its chemical reaction the nucleus entirely agrees with the pri-
mordial membrane. Solution of carmine is readily taken up by it,
the nucleolus being most strongly coloured ; an immersion for 24
hours is necessary, and then washing in water with a few drops of
acetic acid.

4. The Cell Contents, — These may be distinguished into
Protoplasm, a viscid, granular fluid, forming a layer next the wall,
and Cell sap, more watery and occupying the inner space of the
cell. Certain firmer organic and inorganic contents are also found
suspended in the fluid contents. Protoplasm almost completely
fills the young cell, and from it, in course of development, the
cell-sap separates into the interior. At this time also in the denser
protoplasm, vacuoles or small cavities arise, which are separated
from one another by bars of protoj^lasm, broadest at first, and are
filled with the fluid sap. Where the nucleus is in the centre of
the cell part of the protoplasm collects round it, while another
portion is retracted to the inner surface of the membrane, the two
being connected by the bars or finer threads of protoplasm, which

R. BRAITHWAITE ON TFIE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS. 133

pass tlirough tlie cell sap. When the cell nucleus is embedded in
the wall-plasma, then the separate vacuoles unite into a single
central vacuole, which becomes the whole inner cavity of the cell
occupied bj the cell sap, and only in rare cases a few fine proto-
plasm threads stretch across from wall to wall. In the very young
first-formed cell the protoplasm aj^pears quite uniform, and as a
finely granulose semi fluid. The next stage is a separation into
two layers, one, almost quite homogeneous and viscid, lies close to
the primordial membrane ; the other, more fluid and granulose,
stands between the outer layer and the central fluid. This inner is
named by Pringsheim the granular layer, and is usually more
abundant than the outer layer ; in it also lie the nucleus, chloro-
phyl, &c.

One of the most interesting phenomena of cell life is the move-
ment of the granular protoplasm, observable in all young living
cells, and this, moreover, takes place in two directions. We may
detect — 1st, a ^jcirietal current where the stream follows the outline
of the cell wall, either simply ascending and descending, or cross-
ing spirally, or branching in a net-like form ; 2nd, an internal cur-
rent, which extends along the protoplasm threads, crossing the
lumen, or clear central space of the cell.

The simi3le parietal current is exemplified by the well-known
cyclosis or circulation in Nitella and Vallisneria, and is also well
seen in the hair-like radicles of the Hydrocharis morsus rancB, or
Frogbit, and less readily in Naias, Closterium, &c.

A single spiral parietal current may be observed in the hairs
from the ovary of various species of CEnothera, and in elongated
cells from the young flower- stalk of Tradescantia Virginica, and
also in young cells of jointed hairs from stamens of the latter
plant. More complicated spirals are well seen in the young elaters
of liver -mosses. A reticulate, branching current can only be ob-
served at the commencement of similar formed thickening layers of
vessels and cells.

The internal current passes to and from the cell nucleus ; a
variable number of simple or anastomosing streamlets of granular
stratified protoplasm run across on the inner side of the cell wall,
or through the lumen of the cell, returning immediately to the
nucleus, and after repeated gyrations, uniting with the protoplasm
enclosing it. This phenomenon may be observed in every young,
recently-impregnated germ-cell, in the commencing cells of paren-

134: R. CRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS.

chymatous tissue, and in general in all young cells in a state of
active growth, in which the parietal current is not observable.
The internal circulation commences at the time when the proto-
plasm and cell-sap separate, and vacuolation commences in the
former, and although probably existing in the youngest condition
of the cell, it is only when the granules become developed that we
can distinguish it. The jointed staminal hairs of Tradescantia are
well adapted to observe the gradual formation of the internal cur-
rent ; by selecting young flower bads of various ages we may find
hair-cells in every stage of progress, and a con*esponding develop-
ment of protojjlasm, but a warm sunny day is requisite to exhibit
the movements to advantage. The cause of these movements
appears to depend on vital chemical action, and is without doubt
intimately connected with the process of nutrition. The chemical
reactions of protoplasm are the same as those of the primary cell
membrane, showing that it belongs to the albuminous class of bodies ;
the outer homogeneous layer, is, however, less deeply coloured.

The Cell Sap is a watery fluid, containing various organic and
inorganic compounds in solution, such as sugar, gum, dextrine,
tannin, colouring matters, &c.

Formed Organic Contents of Cells.

Having thus glanced at the anatomy of the plant cell in its
active living state, we may refer briefly to a few other matters
found in cells, resulting from vegetative action, and there stored
up for future use in the economy of the plant or as effete material.
The chief of these are Starch, Inulin, Chloroj^hyl, Aleuron, Crystals
and certain colouring matter.

Starch is most widely diffused through the whole vegetable
kingdom, and is of vast importance from the part it plays in the
food supply of the whole world.

Starch occurs almost entirely in parenchymatous cells, and in
many tissues at all times of the year, while in others it is found
only during the period of rest, being dissolved and consumed in
the process of renewed growth, e.g., in the potato, which we plant
in spring a heavy solid tuber, and turn up again in autumn a light,
empty skin.

In size the starch granules vary considerably, both in different
plants and according to their age in the same plant, the limits
being about '001 and -2 mm. in diameter. Their form is also

R. BRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS. 135

yariable ; and this, with the position of the nucleus and degree of
lamination, afford distinctions for recognising particular kinds of
starch. We may distinguish simple and compound starch granules,
the former being most frequent, and divisible into rounded, as in
the starch of Potatoe, Canna, Graminese, Leguminosae, &c. ; jiatly
orbicular in Turmeric and other Zingiberaceag ; rod-shaped in the
milky sap of Euphorbias. The compound starch granule usually
forms the segment of a sphere, and is met with in Allium and
Colchicum, in the root-bark of Sarsaparilla, and in Bryony root.
Each starch granule consists of starch substance, water, and a
minute quantity of mineral matter ; the former is a carbo-hydrate,
agreeing closely with cellulose, and appears in the granule under
two modifications, one more soluble, which with aqueous Sol. of
Iodine, assumes a fine blue colour (Granulose) ; the other but
little soloble, and in reaction coming nearer to cellulose (Starch-
cellulose). If the granulose be removed the cellulose is left be-
hind as a skeleton of the granule, but its weight is only 2 — 6
per cent, of the whole.

The true structure of the starch granule has been a subject of
much dispute. The view long held was, that growth arose by ap-
position of homogeneous laminae, deposited over each other from
within outward, the dark stride being due to interspaces containing
air, and the refraction of light by the edges of the laminae. We
observe within the starch granule a centric or excentric nucleus,
erroneously called a hilum, and around this the laminae are deposited.
Now, Nageli, in an elaborate paper on the subject, states that
growth occurs only by intus-susception, and that the appearance
depends on adjacent laminae, which are alternately rich in water and
anhydrous. The layers increase in thickness and size by internal
deposit, then a differentiation is set up, and if it be a dense layer a
matter rich in water is deposited in its median plane, and it now
becomes spht into two lamellae. Often two nuclei are found in a
young granule, round each of which lamellation takes place, and
growth being strongest in the line connecting them, the nuclei
constantly move further apart, until an internal splitting at right
angles to the connecting line leads to the formation of two granules.
If this dividing be oft repeated, highly compound granules result,
as in the endosperm of Oat and Si3inach, also in the parenchyma
of quick- growing plants, as melon-stems and sprouting plants of
kidney-beans, in which they are mulberry-shaped.

136 R BRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS.

Inulin. — This is only found in the compositge, and most fre-
quently in the roots, as in Inulce Helenium, or Elecampane,
Helianthus tuherosus, or Girasole Artichoke, Dahlia, Dandelion, &c.
In living cells, it only occurs in solution ; but in dead cells, or after
drying, it appears in small granules. It is best observed by soak-
ing a lump of the root a week or two in alcohol or glycerine, and
then, examining a section, the globules are seen to be single or
grouped into spherical or hemispherical bodies, often adhering to
the cell wall, and traversed by radially divergent cracks ; and after
stay in acid, also showing concentric ones. Iodine colours Inulin
yellow, and, like starch, it exhibits a black cross by polarized
light.

Aleuron was discovered by Hartig, in 1855, and occurs in the
oily seeds of Leguminosie free from starch, in castor oil seeds, the
Hazel-nut and Brazil-nut, as well as associated with starch in the
albuminous seeds of Conifers as Finns Cemhra, It is in round or
elliptic granules, like those of starch, without laminee, and is readily
soluble, its reactions shewing that it belongs to the albuminous
group.

Crystalloids. — These resemble crystals in form, but they are
of the nature of protein. Hartig and Masche detected them as a
nucleus in Aleuron- granules, the latter regarding them as casein.
They are found in the Potatoe as small cubes imbedded in pro-
toplasm near the nucleus, and Radlkofer detected them in the
nucleus of the cells of Lathra3a squamaria ; in the pulp of the fruit
of Solanum Americanum, they occur in clusters of violet-coloured
rhombic plates. Sol-Iodine colours them fine yellow, Millon's test
(nitrate of mercury) deep red.

Chlorophyl. — The green colouring matter of leaves is widely
diffused throughout the vegetable kingdom, and is not contained
in Vesicles, but separates from the protoplasm in amorphous
granules, or it is deposited around some of the cell-contents, for by
the application of alcohol or ether, the chlorophyl is dissolved out,
and the substratum is left. Drapaimaldia, Closterium, and other
Algae, and also cells of AntJioceros, contain amorphous chlorophyl,
invested by the general protoplasm of the cell ; but it is almost
always found covering grain-like formations, and the condition is
familiarly known as chlorophyl granules. The substratum of these
is of two kinds ; 1st, it is formed of a nitrogenous substance, pro-
bably hardened protoplasm, which, after removal of the chlorophyl.

R. BRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS. 137

is left behind in lenticularly flattened granules, -0075 — '009 mm.
in diameter ; sucli are fomid in the full- formed leaves of Tulip,
Holly, Sedum acre, &c. 2nd, the substratum on which chlorophyl
is deposited, consists of one or more starch granules of various
forms, and this kind alone is found in the leaves of mosses and
Hepatica?, and the leaves of Mistletoe and IIo?/a carnosa.

To return to tlie origin of chlorophyl, it is clear this must be
observed in the earliest development of germinating plants. We
find that the first kind of chlorophyl granules proceeds from colour-
less protoplasm, either homogeneous, or with very fine molecules,
and while it is acquiring a yellow-green colour it is formed into
small spherical masses, which later become overlaid by the entirely
green colouring matter. In the second kind the starch granules
appear after the chlorophyl granule is formed.

The origin of starch in chlorophyl is as follows : — In the perfect
chlorophyl grain, there appear within the homogeneous mass one
or more granules, which gradually enlarge and distend the grain,
so that the enveloping green layer thins away, and at last dis-
appears, and the free starch granule becomes visible. When the
chlorophyl grain contains several starch granules, as these increase
in size, they become flattened on the sides touching each other, and
thus acquire polyhedral facets, while the free outer surface remains
spherical. It is needless to add that extremely fine sections, and
high magnifying power are requisite for these observations.

Colouring Matters. — These occur as evident cell contents,
either dissolved in the cell sap, or, like chlorophyl, collected in a
granular protoplasmic form ; the pure blues and red as a rule occur
in the former state, the yellows in the latter. Wigand believes
that the blue and red matters (Anthocyan) owe their origin to
Tannin, the yellow (Anthoxanthin) to Chlorophyl.

Crystals. — The crystals appearing as cell-contents are usually
oxalate of lime ; but tartrates and citrates are also met with.
Crystals only occur in parenchymatous tissues, and are found in
almost all flowering plants, in Fungi and crustaceous Lichens, but
not in Algae, Mosses, or Ferns.

The crystals may be single, or in pairs, as in Begonia, and in
gemiinating plants of Fhaseolus ; more frequently they occur in
groups of numerous crystals (Sphceraphides of Gulliver), which are
usually deposited round a nucleus of organic matter, as in Rhubarb,
Hoya, the leaf of Begonia, and stem of the India-rubber plant.

138 R. BRAlTflWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS.

In Monocotyledons, especially Liliticcje, Araccae, and also in
Cactaceaj, the crystals are in form of long needles, termed Raphides,
which lie parallel in bundles, and often fill the elongated cells,
especially in autumn, though during active growth they may be
entirely absent. In the Fungi and Lichens, the crystals are usually
very small, and not enclosed in cells, but collected outside the cell-
wall. In the walls of thick fusiform cells (Spicular cells) of the
curious plant Welwitchia mirahilis, Dr. Hooker detected numerous
scattered rhombic crystals, and Millardet found similar crystals in
the bast-cells of the bark of Acer pseudoplatanus.

In active protoplasm currents sometimes occur small crystals, as
in hairs of the cucumber plant, where they are octohasdral. These
usually occupy the cell lumen, and are enclosed in a very thin
envelope, which is probably the true condition in all cases. Car-
bonate of lime has been found by De Bary, as distinct crystals in
Physareae, and as little nodules or cystoliths in certain cells of
species of Urtica, Ficus, and Acanthaceee. In still finer division
and entering into the structure of the commissures of the cell-walls,
carbonate of lime is found in many Algae, as the species of CoralUna^
Jania, and Melohesia, which on this account are highly fragile, and
of stony consistence.

ILLUSTRATIVE FIGURES AFTER SACHS.
Plate 6.

Fig. 1.— Young Pollen cell X 670. A, invested by the membrane only. B, after
the cellulose case has formed. C, ditto, after treatment with Sol.
Iodine, — n. nucleus, c. cellulose case, $. primordial utricle, i^. proto-
plasm.

Fig. 2.— Parenchymatous cell of flower stalk of Tradescantia Virginica, with a
siuipl ■ spiral parietal cuirent of protoplasm ; )i. nucleus, p. protoplasm,
cl chlorophyl. X 420.

Fig. 3. — Cell of staminal hair of same, showing internal currents. X 6C0.

Fig. 4.— Cells from stem of germinating onion ; a. the yellow protoplasm invests
the central nucleus, and sends filaments toward the wall ; b. an older
stage, the nucleus applied to the wall, fine threads of colourless pro-
toplasm, chlorophyl fully formed, and lining the wall.

Fig. 5. — Starch granules X 66' >. A. from Turmeric. B. from stem of Sarsa-
parilla. C. from milky sap of Euphorbia splendens.

Fig. 6.— Very thin section of cotyledon of Pea, showing starch granules in sec-
tion. X 800.
Fig. 7. — Two cells of Dahlia root treated with alcohol, and showing Inulin ;

a. in water, h. after application of nitric acid. X 420.

Fig. 8. — Crystals X 320. a. single octohedron from leaf of Begonia heracleifolia ;

b. crystal cluster from the same j c. cell with raphides from stem of
Aloe retusa.

139

The Potato Disease.
Translated from Professor de Bary's Monograph op Pero-

NOSPORA IN " AnNALES DES SCIENCES NatURELLES."

It is known that the epidemic disease of the potato which has
appeared in Europe since 1842, and particularly in 1845, is traced
to the presence of Peronospora vifesta?is, a sj^ecies that was dis-
covered by Mdme. Libert, and by Montagne. Many authors have
treated this malady from different points of view, and it is particu-
larly the relations of the parasite with the disease that have been
the object of numerous discussions and controversies. In a work
treating of Peroiiospora this important subject cannot be passed in
silence. The various opinions that have been held upon this sub-
ject are so generally known, that it would be useless to give a
detailed exposition here. I shall limit myself, then, to a resume,
and a criticism that supports itself directly upon observation.

The opinions classify themselves in two opposite groups. One
sees the cause of the epidemic in the diseased state of the potato
itself, produced either accidentally by unfavourable conditions of
soil and atmosphere, or by a depravation that the plant has ex-
perienced in its culture. According to these opinions, the vegeta-
tion of the parasite would be purely accidental, the disease would
be independent of it, the parasite would be able frequently even to
spare the diseased organs.

The others see in the vegetation of the Peronospora the imme-
diate or indirect cause of the various symptoms of the disease ;
either that the parasite invades th-e stalks of the potato, and in
destroying them, or, so to speak, in poisoning them, determines a
diseased state of the tubers; or that it introduces itself into all
the organs of the plant, and that its vegetation is the immediate
cause of all the symptoms of the disease that one meets with in
any organ whatever.

The observations rigorously prove that the opinions of the second
group, expressed especially by M. Payen, Montagne, Tulasne,
Berkeley, &c., are the only well founded. I can only confirm the
theory that one owes to the happy experiments of Dr. Speer-

140 THE rOTATO DISEASE.

sclmeiJer, a theory tliat has been proved by a series of observations
recently published in a German brochure (De Bary, Kartoffel,
&c.), according to this theory the symptoms of the disease would
be always produced immediately by the invasion of the parasite.

It is necessary to recollect that the epidemic of which we speak
is characterised by symptoms clearly noted ; that it is not a ques-
tion of any malady whatever, but of a single disease quite special.
This malady ordinarily appears in the middle or towards the end of
the summer by spots of a blackish-brown, that appear upon the
haulms and fruits of the potato. The organs fade, take entirely
the signalised colour, and at last they dry up and rot. The plants
thus destroyed can bear healthy tubers, but it is too frequent that
these are altered in a particular manner. Their surface offers
wrinkled depressions of a variable disposition and extent. In cut-
ting the tubers, one sees the parenchyma that touches the skin of
the depressed parts coloured of a dark brown to a depth of some
miillemetres. The brown tissue appears to be more dry and more
compact than the normal parenchyma. When the malady has
made some progress the brown discolouration extends itself upon
the entire peripheric parenchyma, and here and there to a more
considerable depth, the entire surface of the tuber becomes wrinkled,
and of a dirty-brown colour. The parenchyma of the interior of
the tuber remains at first healthy and normal, but it finishes by
undergoing either the dry or wet rottenness, and the tuber is
covered with mouldiness, many times described. When one sows
the spores of Peronospora infestans upon the heathy leaves of the
potato, in taking the precautions already indicated, the germs enter
through the epidermis, the mycelium expands itself in the tissue of
the sown spot, and, at the end of a few days, there produces fruit.
The tissue invaded by the parasite preserves at first its greyish green,
later it becomes a little yellowish ; when the conidia have attained
their maturity, the tissue becomes of a dirty-green, softens, then
takes a blackish colour, and either dries up or rots. The blackish
spot is thus formed. The tubes of the mycelium, that are con-
tained there, die with the indicated alteration of the parenchyma ;
but those that, in the periphery of the spot, touch the healthy
parenchyma, extend themselves in it, to make it undergo the same
alterations as those just described. It is thus that the mycelium
takes a centrifugal development, and that this development deter-
mines a similar extension of the black spots. When one examines
the haulms taken from any field whatever, one always finds the

L

THE POTATO DISEASE. 141

same deTelopment of the parasite, and the same extension of the
spots. Tlie mycelium always occupies at first the green and
healthy tissue, that, the fructification of the parasite being finished,
becomes softened and browned. One cannot, then, doubt that the
s]3ots of the leaves may not be produced by the parasite that has
entered them. And as to the rapid propagation of the disease, it
explains itself by the great quantity of sporangia that the parasite
produces, and by the rapichty of its development. We must re-
member that the reproductive organs of Peronospora are already
abundantly developed when we observe in a field the first traces of
the disease. It is true that, according to the facts already ex-
plained, the sporangia and the spores of the parasite require water
to take their normal development, but the results of the experi-
ments accord very well with what is observed in the cultivation on
a large scale, where the progress of the disease is always more
rapid when the weather and the aspect of the field are more
favourably situated for the aqueous precipitations of the atmos-
phere, whilst drought arrests the development of the parasite, and
the progress of the disease. The appearance of the fungus on the
fruit of the potato and allied plants, especially the tomato, has been
known for a long time, and it is known that similar alterations are
there produced to what occurs upon the leaves.

As to the brown spots that are found upon the stalks and the
petioles of the diseased haulms, it has often been denied that the
parasite is found there, because one finds but rarely the fruit at
the surface. Nevertheless, it is always enclosed. The mycelium
that crawls among the cellules of the compact tissue is always diffi-
cult to meet with. The intercellulary passages appear to be filled
with granular matter, that nevertheless, in good preparations, show
the proper membrane of the tubes of the mycelium. Their nature
can be placed beyond doubt when the spots are strongly moistened.
The doubtful tubes can then be seen shooting out their branches •
these perforate the cellules, elevate themselves to the surface, and
there engender the normal fruit of Peronospora. Besides, one can
easily obtain the same results that are observed in the spontaneous
state, in sowing the parasite u[)on the stalks of the potatoe ; it is
by this sowing that the alterations of the tissue are directly deter-
mined by the vegetation of the endophyte. In the altered tissues
of the leaves it is principally the contents of the cellules of the
parenchyma that undergo the discoloration ; the membranes take

142 THE POTATO DISEASE.

the brown colour less deeply, often they remain colourless ; the
walls of the epidermis alone present a deep colour. ' These, then,
are the parts that the parasite does not immediately touch that
offer the most perceptible alterations. The cortical and epidermic
cellules of the stalk are in great part filled with a watery liquor
containing but few granules, and upon the brown spots it is par-
ticularly the membrane that present the deep colour. But, in
observing the penetration of the germs, and the progress of the
mycelium in these parts, one often sees that the coloration of the
membrane commences at the point that is first touched by the tube
of the parasite. Parting from this point, the brown colour extends
itself little by little around the rest of the touched wall, and spreads
itself successively upon the most distant cellules, which have no
contact with the Peronospora. One thus sees that the parasite
alters the point that it first immediately touches, and that the
alteration propagates itself upon the perfect elements of the tissue.
It is thus that the brown coloration often extends itself to a dis-
tance of some centimetres, either in the superficial parenchyma or
in the vascular bundles.

In the tubers the wrinkled and brown parts that characterize the
disease are always occupied by the Peronospora. I will not repeat
here the numerous descriptions that we possess of the structure,
and of the alterations of these parts. I will only add the fact that
the mycelium always creeps along the brown cells. It has been
already seen, without doubt, by Martins,* who, in describing the
diseased tissue, makes mention of intercellulary passages filled with
granular matter. In examining attentively the tissue in question,
one can easily find these pretended passages, but at the same time
one can convince oneself that these are the ordinary tubes of the
mycelium, furnished by a proper membrane, often thickened, mak-
ing themselves passages amongst the cellules of the parenchyma.
It is not always easy to find or follow these tubes, because the
brown tissue is too opaque for one to well observe them in the
microscope in thin slices, and because in these very thin slices the
tubes are frequently cut, and are in consequence little visible.
There is, nevertheless, a means of convincing oneself of the pre-
sence of the mycelium, and of proving rigorously, at the same
time, that the intercellulary tubes belong in reality to the Perono-
spora. When a diseased tuber is cut and shielded from dessica-
* " Die Kartoffel-epidemie," by Dr. Fr. P. V. Martins, Munich, 1847.

THE POTATO DISEASE. 143

tion tlie surface of tlie slice covers itself with tbe mycelium and
conidiiferous branclies of Peronospora infestans, and it can easily be
proved that these organs derive their origin from the intercelliilary
tubes of the brown tissue. The mycelium that is developed upon
these slices is ordinarily very vigorous ; it often constitutes a
cottony mass of a thickness of many millemetres, and it gives out
conidiiferous branches, often septate, and larger and more branched
than those observed on the leaves of the potato. The appear-
ance of these fertile branches ordinarily takes place at the end of
from twenty-four to forty-eight hours; sometimes, nevertheless,
one must wait for many days. These phenomena are observed in
all the diseased tubers, without exception, so long as they have
not succumbed to putrefaction, which arrests the development of
the parasite and kills it.

One can easily imagine, after what has been said, that the
Peronospora immediately determines the disease of the tubers, as
well as that of the leaves, and this supposition is perfectly proved
by experiment. When one sows Peronospora upon a healthy tuber
one sees the germs of the parasite penetrate into the superficial
cellules, spread itself in the peripheric parenchyma, and produce
the same alterations which are observed upon the tubers taken
from the field. It is indifferent whether the tuber experimented
upon be cut or entire, exposed to the air, or placed in a humid
soil ; the parasite ordinarily only fructifies upon the cut surfaces.
In the parts of the tuber that are protected by the skin the
mycelium remains sterile, or at least, only fructifies when a potato
furnished with a thin, fine skin, is exposed to excessive humidity ;
a condition which increases the A^egetati^n of the parasite.

How can the mycelium of the parasite reach the tubers in the
ordinary culture of the potato ? There is no doubt that that takes
place by the aid of sporangia. When healthy tubers are placed in
the earth, at a depth of from one to two centimetres, and when one
sows the conidiaof Peronospora on the surface of the earth, watered
from time to time, one sees at the end of from eight to ten days
the tubers attacked by the disease. This commences in the tuber
on the side turned towards the soil. It offers all the symptoms
that have just been explained. It is not necessary in these experi-
ments to wet the earth excessively ; a moderate watering suffices.
When the earth that serves for the experiment is examined, or the
soil of a field of which the leaves are invaded by the Peronospora,

144 THE POTATO DISEASE,

the coiiiJia are easily found at a considerable depth. These facts
prove, then, that the conidia are carried to the tubers bj the water
^Thich penetrates the soil, that this liquid determines the dovclop-
nient of the spores, and the germs in the soil even, and that these
invade the tubers, there to produce the known alterations.

One can thus suppose that the mycelium enclosed in the leaves
can arrive in the tubers in descending through the tissues of the
stalk. This is a supposition which appears to me possible enough,
but which I have not been able exactly to verify. If it be thus,
there will be a second way by which the jDarasite can reach the
tubers. However it may be, the first way, of which the existence
is directly proved, appears to me perfectly to explain the phe-
nomena in question.

One will easily understand, by what has been stated, why fre-
quently the leaves of a field are entirely destroyed by the parasite?
while the greater part of the tubers remain unhealthy. However
great the number of the conidia fallen upon the soil may be, they
cannot penetrate when there is no water to carry them down ; they
can encounter on their way numerous difficulties, at last they can
reach the tubers without the quantity of water contained in the
soil being sufficient to determine the development, and introduc-
tion of the germs. The want of water can equally arrest the
growth of the mycelium if this were capable of descending through
the stalks into the tubers. The observation mentioned is not then
in contradiction to the theory advanced, but quite the contrary, I
believe that it receives its explanation by it. It is the same, it
appears to me, for all the observations that have been made in
the culture on a large scale, and I dare say that these obser-
vations will necessarily agree with a theory that is founded upon
conclusive experiments.

I remind the reader here that the first appearance of the
parasite in the season of cultivation has been explained in one of
the preceeding paragraphs by the faculty that the mycelium con-
tained in the diseased tubers possesses of conserving its life dur-
ing the winter. Indeed, potatoes are frequently found of which
one part of the parenchyma is infested by the Peronosjwra, while
the rest remains healthy so long as the tubers are preserved in
a dry place. It is by such tubers that the parasite is preserved,
and probably by this means was introduced into this country.

As regards the Mucedines that infest the diseased potatoes,

THE POTATO DISEASE. 145

such as the Fusisporium Solani ( Spicarla solani), so often de-
scribed, these are moulds which are nourished by diseased tissue,
and do not affect the healthy tubers ; it can be easily verified
that their vegetation is of no force, or very tardy, upon the normal
tissue, and that it never determines a symptom of the disease
which now occupies us.

The vegetation of the Peronospora, then, alone determines the
redoubtable epidemic to which the potato is exposed. Is the inva-
sion of the parasite favoured by any predisposition whatever of the
affected plant ? It is said that the different varieties of the potato
are not equally exposed to the malady. I will not deny that
assertion, without however being able to confirm it. There are
certainly some doubts on the subject, because frequently assertions
advanced on the same variety contradict each other. Nevertheless,
in admitting different predispositions in different varieties, one
ought to arrange them among the specific predispositions of which
we have already spoken, the existence of which cannot be contested.
As to the individual and unhealthy predisposition that we have in-
dicated so frequently, it must be first remarked that nearly all the
authors that admit it have positively ignored or denied the determ-
ining influence of the parasite, and it is upon this last point that
their opinions are supported. After what is known, and has been
proved, these opinions are of little value. And I deny that the
introduction of the parasite is favoured by any predisposition of
the affected plant, either of the potato or any other kind whatever.
Experiments at least show nothing in support.

The parasite being sown with the necessary precautions upon a
morsel of healthy tuber, this becomes diseased, while the rest of
the tuber preserves its normal condition. In making similar ex-
perihients upon the leaves analogous results are obtained. Com-
parative experiments upon a quantity of plants of the same variety
have always given me the same results ; nothing determines the
invasion of the parasite except the careful sowing of the conidia.
The plants experimented upon always became diseased when
treated with conditions indispensable to the vegetation and propa-
gation of the parasite ; while those protected from the influence of
the conidia remained healthy. In very numerous experiments I
have never found that one individual was more favourable to receive
the parasite than another, provided that the cultivation was carried
on under equal external conditions.

JouRN. Q. M. C. No. 22. l

146

PROCEEDINGS.

13th December, 1872. — Conversational Meeting.

EJ

New forms of Hippuric Acid crystallised over ■

Sulphurous Acid

Section of Blow-fly

Clielifer (alive)

Spiracle of a larva (unknown) ...

Marine Diatomacese

Larva of Epliemeris, alive and polarised

Spicules of Gorgonia and Astromma (pen- -^

tagonal form) ... ... ... ... ... )

Spiracles of various larvse
Micro-fungi ...
Asparagine ...
Aulacodiscus (various sp.)
Pleurosigma formosum (Hh obj ., dark ground)
Sections of Coal, containing a new and unnamed 'x

epecies of Calamite, &c. Seeds of Calamite [■

with axis of Lepidostrobus ^

Mr. T. C. White.

Mr. Fitch.

Mr. J. G. Waller.
Mr. Burch.

Dr. Matthews.

Dr. Ramsbotham.
Mr. Golding.
Mr. Ward.
Mr. Hailes.
Mr. G. Williams.

Mr. Daintrey.

December 27th, 1872. — Chairman, Dr. R. Braithwaite, F.L.S.,

&c., President.

The following donations to the Club were announced :—

**The Monthly Microscopical Journal" ... from the Publisher.

*' Science Gossip" ,

" Proceedings of the Eoyal Society," Nos. ">

138 and 139 )

*' The American Naturalist "

" Proceedings of the Liverpool Natural"^

History and Philosophical Society
Paper "On New British Graptolites "

J

Three Weather Maps

Six Slides.

the Publisher,
the Society.
in exchange,
the Society.

Mr. JohnHopldnson.
Brigadier Genl. Myer,

Chief Signal Officer

U.S. Army.
Mr. Jas. Watkins.

147

The thanks of the Club were unanimously voted to the donors.

The following gentlemen were ballotted for, and unanimously elected membera
of the Club :— Mr. Herbert Barnard, Mr. William K. Bridgeman, and Mr.
Charles E. White.

Mr. Wm. Webb read a paper ** On the Best, the most Simple, and Unerring
Tests for Objectives." (The paper was published in the " Journal " of the
Q.M.C. for January, 18/3.)

The President having expressed the pleasure with which he had listened to
the reading of the paper, and his sense of the indebtedness of the Club to Mr.
Webb for bringing the subject before them, invited discussion upon the points
which had been touched upon.

Mr. Ingpen said he was sure that the members of the Club would welcome a
new test, though their criticism was at present disarmed, as they had not yet
had an opportunity of examining the objects which had been described, so as to
enable them to judge of their value as tests. Until they could do this, he
thought, they would have to fall back upon old tests, such as the Podura scale
and the P. angulatum ; for although we did not perhaps quite understand their
structure, we did know what errors they would test, and how a good objec-
tive should shew them. There was much difference of opinion as to the value
of Nobert's lines as tests, and he should be glad to have Mr. Webb's opinion,
and to learn his method of using them for that purpose. The value of the test
objects in common use consisted chiefly in the extreme regularity of their mark-
ings, in form and arrangement, and it seemed to him that such irregular objects
as letters or words, or isolated dots of carbon, however small they might be,
could not possess an equal value. He referred to Mr. Slack's experiments with
colloid silica,* as shewing the illusive appearances presented by irregular
fissures in a transparent substance. Mr. Webb had certainly introduced a new
unit of measurement— so many Bibles to the square inch — which might be
useful, though he (Mr. Ingpen) did not like the use of square measure. The
smallest spepimen was on the scale of 15 Bibles to the square inch, and he only
remembered this minuteness to have been surpassed in the case of the Lord's
Prayer written with the Peter's machine on the scale of 22 Bibles to the square
inch, as mentioned in the President's address to the Microscopical Society in
1862. Lines ruled on glass have for many years been used as a test for flatness
of field. We were apt to forget old methods of testing, and it was well that we
should be reminded of them. Part of the distortion referred to by Mr. Webb
was due to the construction of the Huyghenian eyepiece, and exists when the
spherical aberration of the object-glass has been well corrected and com-
pensated. If this were not done, the lines of a stage micrometer would not be
in focus at the edges of the field ; but when corrected, and the lines all fairly in
focus over the whole field, the line forming a diameter of the field would appear
straight, but the others, though really straight and parallel to it, would ai^pear
to curve outwards, the curve increasing as the lines approached the edges of
the field, the spaces between them also increasing in equal proportion. This was
the case with all Huyghenian eyepieces, however well constructed, and this was
the reason why they could not be used for astronomical measurements, as they
did not give equal areas throughout the field, and a Ramsden positive eyepiece
was used for that purpose, the objection to which was that it gave a highly
coloured image. Mr. Browning had, he believed, made a positive achromatic
eyepiece which met both difficulties. To test an objective for flatness of field a
* " MontMy Microscopical Journal," January 1, 1871, p. 14.

148

positive eyepiece would be best. He thought that these miniatures of the
Lord's Prayer would be welcomed as additions to what might be called " toy
slides."

Mr. T. C. White said he thought that it was to be regretted that they had not
the opportunity of seeing some of these wonderful specimens of microscopical
writing. He had brought with him a specimen of Mr. Webb's writing, but he
feared, however, that it was very imperfect as a test. It seemed to him that if
they had a number of lines, and these were not blackened in any way, that
would they become so distorted by reflection and interference of light, that
it would seriously interfere with their definition.

Mr. Webb having intimated here that he had specimens with him, Mr. White
oflfered to place his microscope at that gentleman's disposal for the purpose of
exhibiting them.

The President said he was under a disadvantage, not having had the opportu-
nity of studying the subject, and he therefora felt utterly incapable of forming
an opinion on it ; he could not, however, help expressing his admiration at the
manner in which Mr. Webb had thus woi'ked on with such untiring ingenuity.
Although Mr. Ingpen thought that these slides were not of much value as tests,
yet from their extraordinary minuteness he could not think they were altogether
to be disregarded. He regretted that Mr. Webb had not told them anything as
to the means by which he had accomplished such surprisingly small specimens
of writing.

Mr. Webb said he thought the process would have been too well known to re-
quire any reference — the machine was exhibited in the Exhibition, and members
used to go and write their names with it there. He was glad to find that Mr.
Ingpen had been kind enough to criticise his paper, because it was only by
some sort of objection that information upon many points could be obtained.
Mr. Ingpen alleged that the distortion was not due to the objective but to the
eyepiece ; he would ask that gentleman if he had ever tried to use the Huyghe-
nian eyepiece without the field lens? If so he would have found that the dis-
tortion was doubled, and it would be clear from this that the distortion was not
due to the eyepiece but to the object-glass itself. The fact was, really, that the
distortion of the object-glass was reduced and corrected by the eyepiece if it
was made by a good maker. As to the specimen mentioned as having beeil
written by Mr. Farrants in 1862, it was announced in his presence, and it was
then stated that if the tail of the y was left out, the breadth of the line mea-
sured the 365000 inch, or at the rate of 22 Bibles to the inch. He did not doubt
Mr. Farrants' word in the matter, but he could only say he never saw the
specimen ; and although both he and others had asked Mr. Farrants to show it
to them, they never could get a sight of it. He remembered that Mr. Farranta
stated on one occasion that it was only by a piece of luck that he happened to
have a diamond that would do it. At the Exhibition of 18G2 the only specimen
which was exhibited by Mr. Farrants was the 4,5000 inch, and this was shown
under one of Messrs. Smith and Becks' i inch objectives with a B eyepiece. As
to the value of these slides as tests, that remained a question for the members
themselves — it was only for him to suggest their usefulness in that way ; it was
whilst talking upon the subject to a gentleman ("present that evening) that it
had occurred to him that it might be useful if he gave them some of the re-
sults of his experience. It was only by rubbing two dry sticks together that
they got a spark, and so it was only by such discussions that they obtained much
useful information. Mr. Ingpen had mentioned Nobert's tests, and said there

149

•was some uncertainty about tlieiQ. He hoped on another occasion to give them
a paper upon this subject.

Some further discussion then took place between Mr. Ingpen and Mr. Webb
as to the cause of the distortion alluded to, eaoh gentleman maintaining his
own view, and illustrating the same by illustrations on the black board, and
Mr. Webb finally suggesting that if the eyepiece were removed altogether and
a film of collodion substituted, the distortion of the object-glass would then be
seen increased tenfold.

Mr. Hainworth supposed that a great deal would depend upon the flatness of
the glass upon which the tests were engraved.

Mr. Webb said he used glass '003, and the spot upon which he engraved was
itself so small that he could not conceive of its being otherwise than flat ; at
any rate the diamond would penetrate to the same depth only throughout, so
that the letters themselv^es would be uniformly flat.

Mr. Curteis expressed a hope that Mr. Webb would give them his opinions
upon Nobert's tests upon some futui'e occasion.

The President having also expressed a hope that Mr. Webb would do so, pro-
posed a vote of thanks for the paper, which was carried unanimously.

The proceedings then terminated with a conversazione,,at which the following
objects were exhibited : —

Sections of Orange Peel

,, Cabbage Leaf Stalk

^Siirs o? Tiresiiis serra ...
Micrometer upon Dr. Piggot's principle

Coccus Aiirantii ...

Parasitic Moss

Specimens of Microscopic Writing ...

Skin of Negro

Circulation in Water Louse (polarised)

Attendance— Members, 46 ;

by Mr. Burch.

Mr. Curteis.
Mr. Ingpen.
Mr. Jas. Smith.
Mr. J. G. Waller.
Mr. Wm. Webb.
Mr. T.C. White.
Mr. Geo. Williams,
visitors, 8.

January 10th, 1873. — Conversational Meeting.

Sections of Blow-fly

Eye of Lobster (section)

Section of Horse's hoof

Sections of retina of Frog's eye...

Peptic glands of proventriculus of Pigeon

Desmidiaceae (Closterium)

Spiral vessels of Ehubarb and other objects,

mounted in a new medium ...

Rectal papillte of PttZeo; imians

iepisma sacc/iamia (alive)

Mosses, &c., polarised

Sections of foot of Foetus (6 months), and 7

other Foetal sections

Chelifer

Members, 50 : Visitors, 9.

Mr. Fitch.

Mr. E. T. Newton.

Mr. Sigsworth.

Mr. Slade.

G. Williams.

Mr. Oxley.

Mr. T. C. White.
Mr. Golding.
Mr. Burch.

Mr. Daintrey.

Mr. J. W. Go6dinge.

150

January 24th, 1873. — Chairman, Dr. E. Braithwaite, F.L.S.,

President.

The following Donations to the Club were announced : —

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal " ... from the Publisher.

"Science Gossip" ,, ,,

"The Popular Science Eeview" ,, ,,

"Proceedings of the Royal Society,'' No.)

, jQ > 5, the Society.

"The Lens" in exchange.

" The American Naturalist " ... ... ,,

3 Copies of -The tri-daily Bulletin," issued -^ ^^ Brigadier Gen. A. J.

}"

Myer.

from the Chief Signal Office," Wash-
ington

19th Annual Report of the Brighton and^

Sussex Natural History Society, and a [■ ,, the Society,
catalogue of the books in its Library... ^

A paper "On certain Wingless Insects,"") the Author

by Mr. T. W. Wonfor ) "

2 Slides — Crystals obtained from the | -^ a i r.-i a i|p„

vapour of coke ... ... ... ... 3 "

24 Slides „ Mr. James Watkins.

The thanks of the Club were unanimously voted to the donors.

The following gentlemen were ballotted for and unanimously elected members
of the Club :— Mr. Francis Joseph McBride, Mr. James T. Powell.

Dr. Braithwaite having requested Dr. Matthews to occupy the chair, read a
highly interesting paper upon " The Histology of the Plant Cell," being the first
of a series of papers upon Plant Organisation.

Dr. Matthews proposed a vote of thanks to the President for his very admir-
able paper, which he felt sure all present must have highly appreciated. The
vote was carried by acclamation.

Mr. T. C. White, in thanking Dr. Braithwaite personally for his elaborate
paper, said it was, as its author had observed, but a skeleton of the entire sub-
ject, each part of which would be most interesting if worked out, the varieties
of cell, Raphides, or Chlorophyl Granules would each form interesting studies.
With regard to the latter, he hoped Dr. Braithwaite would be able to give them
some information as to how they multiplied by self-division. He remembered
to have seen this going on in all stages one evening, uuder one of Messrs. Powell
and Lealand's beautiful ^'g-i^ich immersion objectives; he should like to ask if
this was the usual way of multiplying.

Dr. Braithwaite said that it was certainly unusual, although bethought it was
very possible, that such a process might take place. He should be very pleased
to see the Starch theory, to which he had alluded, further illustrated on some
future occasion,

Mr. Charles Stewart inquired upon what grounds it was supposed that the
starch granules really divided ; he thought that the appearances would equally
indicate the union of two cells.

Mr. White said that he had noticed them on the occasion named, in every
condition ; some were so nearly divided as to be quite of a dumb-bell shape.

151

The proceedings terminated with a conversazione, at which the following ob-
jects were exhibited : —

Wood Sections by Mr. Burch.

Polarizing Crystals...

Eggs of Parasite of Hornbill

Section of Wasp's eye

Section of retina of Sheep

Carbonate of Copper, &c

Crystals distilled from vapour of Coke

Also in illustration of the subject of Dr. Braithwaite's paper:
Cells of Moss leaf (Atrichum undulatum), -^

showing chlorophyl ) ^

Cells of Allium, after re -action of Chloro- -^

iodide of Zinc ) "

Leaf of Allium, showing cells dyed bycaroaine „
Starch cells from Potatoe, showing re-action of 7

)"

Present— Members, 93 ; Visitors, 18.

Iodine

Mr. T. Curties.
Mr. Goodinge.
Mr. S. J. Mclntire.
Mr. E. T. Newton.
Mr. Amos Topping.
Mr. Watkins.

Mr. W. Hainworth.

Mr. Goode,
Mr. B. D. Jackson.
Mr. J. A. Smith.
Total, 111.

February 14th, 1873. — Conversational Meeting.

Section of Echinus spine, polarised Mr. Geo. Williams.

Crystals in Water-glass (silicate of Potash) ... Mr. F. Osley.

Ophiocoma neglecta Mr. Goodinge.

Licmopliorafiabellata, in situ ... ... ... Mr. Curteis.

Various injections ... ... ... ... ... Mr. T. C. White.

Section of Ivy-stem ... ... ... ... Mr. Burch .

Cuticle of Holly leaf
Parasite of Bullfinch

Cyclops, showing egar sacs

Demonstration of injection
A short lectiire " On the Principal Arteries Concerned in Microscopical Injec-
tion," with directions for finding them. Mr. T. C. White.
Members, 59 ; Visitors, 7.

Mr. Hawkins Johnson.

Mr. Martinelli.
Mr. E. Bartlett.

k

February 28th, 1873. — Chairman, Dr. R. Braithwaite, F.L.S.,
&c., President.

The following Donations to the Club were announced : —
" The Monthly Microscopical Journal" ... from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip " ,, ,,

'* Proceedings of the Geologists' Association''
'* Journal of the London Institution"
''Proceedings of the Royal Society," No. )

141 5

"Paper on a Hoematozoon inhabiting^

human blood, and a report of Micros- (

copical Researches into the nature of C

the agents producing Cholera ...J

" The American Naturalist "

"The Proceedings of the Literary and 7

Philosophical Society of Manchester )

the Association,
the Librarian.

the Society.

Dr. T. R. Lewis,
Calcutta.

in Exchange,
from the Society.

of

152

The thanks of the Club were voted to the donors.

The following gentlemen were ballotted for and duly elected members of the
Club :— Mr. George Hy. Baker, Mr. Fredk. C. Barnett, Mr. A. W. Chapman, Mr.
Alfred E. Haddou, Mr. J. W. Jenkins, Mr. George James Jones, Mr. Francis J.
Kittsett, Mr. A. F. Mayhew, Mr. Charles Mills, Mr. William L. Smith, Mr.
William A. B. Williams.

Mr. Ingpen said that he feared he had no improvements to bring forward, nor
could he even promise anything new, but he thought that a gossip about eye-
pieces might not be quite uninteresting or useless. The early histoi-y of the eye-
piece was connected with that of the tt-lescope, the invention of which was due to
the discovery that the inverted diminished image formed in the focus of one lens
could be magnified by another lens, and this principle was not applied to the mi-
croscope till long aftei'wards. The telescope and the microscope were, however,
but modifications of the same instrument, and if an object-glass and eye-piece of
equal foci were employed, a telescope or mici'oscope of no magnifying power
would result. This form was used in Martin's " Graphical Perspective :" a net-
work of lines ruled in squares on talc was placed in the common focus of the
lenses, and the objects shewn in each square copied on similar squai'es ruled on
paper. There was also a "simple" telescope, where the eye, placed within the
focus of the object-glass, became itself the eye-piece as in the simple microscope.
This had been described by Dr. Dick. The early eyepieces were either single
convex or concave lenses, the former being placed outside the focus of the object
glass, the latter within the focus. In the first case a real image of the object
was formed, which could be received upon a screen, and the eyepiece was called
" positive," in the latter there was no real image, but the rays of light from the
object glass were rendered parallel, and so received on the eye as an enlarged
object. This was called a " negative" eyepiece. This term was afterwards ap-
plied to the Huyghenian form, where the real image was formed between the
lenses. The Huyghenian eyepiece was perhaps the most valuable accessory to
optical science ever invented. Huyghens used it merely to distribute the
spherical distortion between two lenses, and so flatten the field of view, but it
was also found to correct the residual chromatic aberrations of the achromatic
object glass, by delicate adjustment of the distance between the lenses. The
field of view is nearly flat, but generally somewhat concave, so that parallel lines
on a micrometer appear to diverge slightly from each other at the margin of the
field, while lines forming a diameter appear straight. This efi'ect varies accord-
ing to the objective, the length of body, and the focal length of the observer's
eye. and the field of view can be made concave, convex, or sensibly flat by care-
ful adjustment of the distance between the lenses of the eyepiece. Various modi-
fications of the Huyghenian eyepiece had from time to time been suggested and
constructed. One of the earliest was the use of crossed lenses (i.e. double convex
lenses of very unequal curvatures, generally 16) instead of plano-convex lenses.
This arose partly from the difliculty of producing lenses with flat surfaces, par-
ticularly at the edges, and rendered the centreing easier. Then there was the
form suggested by Professor Airy (Camb. Phil. Trans. III. i. 61), the field glass
being meniscus (11.4), the eyeglass a crossedlens (1.6). Of other eyepieces used
for the microscope the "Kellner" forni with the focal lengths of the lenses in the
proportion of 1.2. instead of 1.3. as in the Huyghenian, was often met with in
Continental microscopes. In some of these the field lens was placed in the focus
of the eye lens. These seemed to act pretty well with short bodies, but to be on

153

the whole inferior to tbe Iluyghenian. There was another well-known " Kellner "
eyepiece, with a meniscus achromatic eye lens and a double convex single field
lens. The field was very large and flat and the definition fine, particularly for
surface markings, but Mr Ingpen thought the great size of the field distressing
to the eye. By using a diaphragm making a square or oblong field of view, this
eyepiece became very useful in searching over crowded slides, as objects were
often missed in the overlapping of circular fields. There was an excellent modi-
fication of this eyepiece by Home and Thorntbwaite, called by them the ap-
lanatic eyepiece. There was another form constructed by Dr. Steinheil, in which
the eye lens was double, consisting of two piano convex lenses with their convex
surfaces towards each other. Various positive eyepieces were then described —
the earliest, Eamsden's, still used for micrometers, the Eev. J. B. Eeade's ach-
romatic solid eyepiece, Browning's achromatic for reflecting telescopes, and
others. Most of the eyepieces described were exhibited and their construction
shewn by diagrams on the black board. Mr. Ingpen concluded by referring to
the recent suggestion of Dr. Steinheil to use long bodies and low powered eye-
pieces (shewing an eyepiece suitable for that purpose), and by calling the atten-
tion of the members to the desirability of testing their eyej)ieces as well as their
objectives.

The President proposed a cordial vote of thanks to Mr. Ingpen for his valuable
communication. Carried unanimously,

Mr. Burr said that he believed he was the originator as well as the first pos-
sessor of the aplanatic eyepiece made by Home and Thornthwaite. Having used
a Kellner eyepiece for the microscope, he thought it would be very desirable to
get one of similar construction made for his telescope, and having talked it over
with Mr. Hislop and Mr. Ackland, the aplanatic eyepiece was the result, and he
found its performance to be very satisfactory, as it took in a much larger field
than usual without kss of light. The eyepiece was mentioned very favourably
in the monthly notices of the Royal Astronomical Society, and it gave great satis-
faction, not only to himself, but also to the present possessor of the instrnmeut.
With respect to the Eamsden eyepiece, he had the opportunity of knowing that
the late Mr. Thos. Eoss thought highly of it and fully intended to have done
something towards making it achromatic.

Mr. Ingpen said that Mr. Browning made a positive eyepiece which he believed
worked well. He had omitted to mention the Barlow lens in the course of his
former observations ; it was, he thought, practically the same as Tolles' Am-
plifyer. Dr. Pigott said he had used and discarded it, but whether he gave it a
fair trial before he took to his aplanatic searcher, he could not say. The ap-
lanatic searcher no doubt arose from what was stated in the paper of Mr. Lister.

Mr. Burr observed that he had a Barlow lens made to his telescope, because
he complained that he did not get the mici'ometer sufiiciently magnified.

Mr. Ingpen said that the great Newall Telescope was found to be not achro-
matic, and that the defect of the object glass had been corrected by the use of a
Barlow lens.

The Secretary read a letter from the Hackney Scientific Society to those mem-
bers of the Club who recently rendered valuable aid as exhibitors of objects at
the soiree of that society.

The proceedings then terminated with a conversazione at which the following
objects were exhibited : —

Tibia of Ovis Aries (transverse and Ion- ") i ti r n n • ,

gitudinal sections 5 ^^ ^^^- ^- Daintrey.

Isthmia enervis *' Mr. R. T. Lewis.

154

Palate of Whelk by Mr. Martinelli.

Sections of Coal (transverse, radial, and Ion-") << -^r j t? ggeii

Mr. A. Topping.
Fungoid growth upon moist water colours... ** Mr. Watkins.

gitudinal

Transparent injected section of Comb from "> k
Fowl's head )

Attendance — Members, 6/ ; visitors, 13.

March 14th, 1873. — Conversational Meeting.

Injected Jaw, and the Teeth of Cat

Section of Coal, by reflected light, showing

dotted tissue

Ovisacs of Flea, stained with Carmine...

Tracheal System of Flea

Section of Eush

Fibro-cells of Orchid. Oncidium Ilarrisonii

(polarised)

Crystals from distilled vapour of Coke...

Compound Ascidians

Collection of cut and j)olished Agates ...
Pygidium of Flea with Hh objective ...

Foot of Cyplms gloriandiis

Heads and Wings of Moths

Tartrate of Potash

Proboscis of Bogota (polarised)

Fantail Fly (DoZic7(opMs)

Mr. T. C. White gave a ten minutes' lecture on
Members, 58; visitors, 5.

Mr. A. Topping.

> Mr. Burch.

Mr. T. C. White.

Mr. Fitch.

!RJr. Richardson.

> Mr. Freeman.
Mr. Curties.

I Mr. Swain.

Mr. G Williams.

Mr. J. A. Smith.

Mr. Goldiug.

Mr. Goodinge.

Mr. Sigsworth.

Mr. Canning,
the use of Staining Fluidf
Total 63.

March 21st, 1873. — Annual Soiree.

The Annual Soiree was held, by permission of the Council, at University
College, Gower Street, and was fully equal to any of its predecessors in the
attractions it offered, and in the number of visitors present. We hope to give
in our next number a detailed list of the principal objects exhibited.

155

Ojt " Nobert's Tests."

By Wm Webb.

(Read 28th March, 1873.;

Practical knowledge, acquired bj many years' study of the sub-
ject of this paper, and of analogous work, has induced the hope
that I shall not be wholly frittering away your time. I have pre-
pared engravings for printing my illustrations, so that as to that
part of my paper there shall be no misunderstanding. Every state-
ment of opinion shall be accompanied with a numbered specimen
exhibiting that which I shall endeavour to pourtray in words. The
specimens, if thought worthy of a place in your cabinet, you will
honour me by accepting.

I may be forgiven if I state that astonishment and admiration
upon my first examination, under the guidance of the late Mr. Ross,
the agent of M. Nobert, and the kind assistance of Mr. Hewitt, of
M. Nobert's Tests, betrayed me into an impulsive expression of in-
credibility and the cry, '' Can such things be ?" Perhaps my mind
was as much impressed as that of any one, and, as a consequence,
I worked at the subject with all the ardour of my nature as ex-
haustively as I was able. At the International Exhibition, 1862,
despite the vibration of the gallery in which philosophical instru-
ments were placed, and despite all the surrounding circumstances,
I produced about half a dozen coarse specimens after Mons. Nobert.
I have related the above bit of egotism simply that you may have
a just appreciation of my labour of love. A very short study of
the subject produced opinions totally at variance with those of
every gentleman who (as far as I know) had expressed himself
upon the matter, and that variation of opinion has never been
altered, nor have I ever since been in accord with any one gentle-
man upon the subject. My first proceeding was to ask " What is a
line ?" My answer was " A line has length and breadth." If a
white line be drawn upon a black board [thus] it will be seen that
the line is bounded by black sides. To draw another line, the hand
must be moved over or past an intervening space of black [thus],
so that there shall be a black boundary to each side of the two lines.

JouRN. Q. M. C. No. 22. l

156 WM. WEBB ON ''NOBERTS TESTS.

The moment that intervening black space is annihilated by draw-
ing a third white line, it becomes self-evident that the three lines
have coalesced, and only present one line to the eye. About that
I think there can be no controversy.

Having arrived at the conclusion that a line must have a space
on each side of it before another line can be drawn, then arose the
question, '' What is the space between Nobert's lines ?" I think
it will not be very strong presumption to assume that every micro-
scopist present is familiar with Dr. Jackson's Stage Micrometers,
having lines including spaces of the one-thousandth of an inch, or
with foreign stage micrometers with hundredths of millimetres in
which the spaces are greatly in excess of the width of the lines,
and the lines, comparatively coarse, because they are wanted to be
used with low powers, with which, if the lines were very fine, they
would be invisible. Ten of the lines the thousandth of an inch
apart would approximately embrace the field of an eighth of an
inch objective with an f^ eye-piece, as in my specimen numbered 1,
to which I shall have again to refer presently. Divide one of those
spaces of the one-thousandth of an inch by ten and spaces each of
one ten-thousandth of an inch are obtained, as in specimen num-
bered 2, and this No. 2 is an analogue of Nobert's first band. To
divide one of the one-thousandths of an inch by twenty would give
spaces the one twenty-thousandth of an inch, as in specimen No. 3.
To divide one of the one twenty-thousandths of an inch by ten
would give lines each of one 200-thousandths of an inch, of which I
have no specimen ; and, at this point of the study, I diverge from
the beaten path and come to the conclusion that if it be possible to
rule lines with clearly defined spaces they can be crossed with
similar lines, as in specimen No. 4, where the one four-thousandths
are crossed by one four-thousandths, producing squares each one
sixteen-millionths of an inch, which would, I believe, enclose the
largest human blood corpuscle. In this way lines with spaces the
one 200-thousandth of an inch crossing each other would produce
squares each the one 40,000-millionths of an inch, or, as the news-
papers usually misstate, such a number as the forty- billionth of an
inch. I claim to have some knowledge of large figures, as applied
to this subject, but the last one, as a ruled square, is beyond my
credibility. With all due deference to every gentleman who has
studied the subject, I respectfully suggest that beyond the first few
bands of Nobert's Tests there is not one containing a line properly
so called. The difference of opinion between gentlemen and myself

WM. WEBB ON "nOBEUT's TESTS." 157

is SO great that I am tempted to state as fully as I am able the
reasons of my obstinate tenacity.

If it were possible by fluoric acid, or by other means, to procure
a division from side to side — that is to say, across the middle of the
bands of one of Nobert's Tests, the vertical section of the first band
would present this appearance —

No. 5.

And this is all clear enough — the vertical section would test the
Test. Applying this vertical test to the fine bands, quite another
state of things will be found to exist. In this last specimen No. 5
has the surface untouched, except by each separate incision. I now
advisedly adopt the word incision, for the word line applies no
more to these diamond cuttings than it does to the Suez Canal.
If the incisions were to be filled with black lead or other opaque
substance, the surfaces would become palpable lines.

The first few bands would present the same state of things, main-
taining the same clearly defined incisions, with intervening surface
spaces, the optical effects of which T pass by for the present moment.
Upon proceeding beyond the first few bands, and arriving at the fine
bands, the vertical section would present the appearance of engraving

No. 6.

which is caused by the tool making contact thus, and moving

No. fi.

laterally a less distance than the extreme width of the incision,
almost entirely annihilating the one side of each of the extreme or
end incisions of the bands. Each end incision having unequal sides
is most easily proved by focussing for heigh th and depth with a
moderately high power ; but, when I come to the intervening in-
cisions, the matter is complicated by other phenomena. To illustrate
this clearly I have prepared the grossly exaggerated specimen No.
8. At this point of the investigation I cannot lay too much stress

L 2

158 WM. WEDB ON " NORERT's TESTS."

upon, or too forcibly call attention to, the different appearances
of specimens Nos. 1 and 2, as compared with No, 8, upon
shifting the focus. With high powers the plane of observation
does not include the whole of the depth of the incisions at the
same moment — in other words it does not include at the same
moment the surface of the glass and the lowest part of the
incisions at any one stage of the focussing. The higher the power
the less the depth of the plane of observation, or, as is well under-
stood by the expression, the less the penetration. This likewise is
easily proved by focussing downwards, and finding the first appear-
ance is that of the upper surface of the glass, with clearly defined
holes, which would seem to be continued through the substance ;
but, upon focussing a little lower, the upper surface is entirely lost
to view, and the apparent holes through the glass become greyish
black lines. Whence come these coloured lines ? The glass is
comparatively white ! Why do not all the incisions present this
dark appearance at the same moment?

At some phases of the focussing of the fine bands one incision
will present two black lines. Whence come they ? It is necessary
lo understand something of this jDhenomena before proceeding
further with the subject. Microscopists are well aware of the
polariscopic effects of colour, and of the fact of ihose^olours being
produced by refraction, or the bending of the rays of light at
particular angles so as to produce only a portion of Frauhenhoffer's
lines — the colour depending upon the particular angle of refraction
and the particular portion of the solar spectrum brought under
observation. To this polarization of the light by the bending of
the rays transmitted through one bevelled side of the incision, in-
tersecting, commingling with, and crossing the opposite rays, bent
in an opposite direction through the other bevelled side of the
incision is, very clearly, to my mind, to be attributed these em-
barrassing black lines. Upon examining specimen No. 9 with
the unaided eye, and by powerfully reflected light at a particular
angle, the whole of the solar spectrum is brilliantly exhibited, but
that is due to the combination of reflection and refraction, while if
it be possible to absolutely cut off the top light, and to absolutely
destroy the reflection of the top light from Nobert's Test, the
polarised refraction of the transmitted light would still be present
in the black lines. The phenomena of these black lines become
more involved by the fact of the different lengths of the sides of

WM. WEBB ON " NOBERt's TESTS." 159

the incisions in the fine bands, scarcely any one incision having its
two sides of equal length in a direction from its lowest part to the
apices of the ridge on each side of the incision. I say apex be-
cause there is no other space dividing the incisions. And these
apices are of necessity irregular, because however rigid, however
perfect, however true may be the instrument, however capable to a
dead certainty may be the projection to the one 200-thousandths
of an inch, the very nature of the material worked upon, with the
two facts that the diamond has bevelled sides and the incision has
bevelled sides also, create a tendency to elasticity in the machinery
and materials, and as an evitable result the inequality of the ridges,
which can only be revealed by this or some analogous test.

A little familiarity with the phenomena of the black lines pre-
pares one to consider what must be the effect of the refracted ray
from the long unbroken side of the outside cut crossing not only
the refracted ray from the short side of the cut, but over the first
apex and across the two rays from the two sides of the next inci-
sion. This complication of the phenomena has produced such a
confusion of aerial polarised black lines of light as to embarrass the
minds of some gentlemen, and driven them to resort to a declaration
of " spectral lines " without giving the slightest hint of their
source, and, apparently, wholly unconscious of the remarkable fact
that the so-called spectral lines can never interfere with the exami-
nation of the incisions, if they were all equal in depth, inasmuch as
the depth of the equal incisions and the spectral lines can never
with high powers be in focus at the same time as in the equal in-
cisions of the coarse bands where no one of the separate appearances,
whether of apparent hole throu-h the substance, or of black line,
or of depth, are visible under high powers at the same moment as
any one of the other appearances. I am not aware that the expres-
sion " spectral lines " has ever been applied to the coarser bands,
which may possibly arise from the fact of the operator failing to
recognise the dark beauties when arrayed exactly alike and with
naught else than their own aerial presence visible at the same time.
The production of the irregular polarised black lines I respectfully
suggest is an incontrovertible proof that the diagram numbered 6,
with its incisions having unequal sides, and its ridges of unequal
heighth, is a correct representation of a vertical section of the fine
bands, and the fact of Mr. Slack, after patient skilled labour, de-
spairing of being able to obtain a definition of colloid silica beceiuse

IGO WM. WEBB ON " NOBERT's TESTS."

of tliis refraction of liglit is strongly coDfirmatory of the accuracy
of my views.

After much thought, I have come to the following conclusions,
which I now submit, not as absolutely correct, but for the purpose
of assisting other students in arriving at their own conclusions.
For what they may be worth, I respectfully submit the following —
That a micrometer with lines the one 200-thousandth of an
inch apart ruled on glass is an absolute impossibility.

That if it be possible to rule lines themselves of the width of the
one 200-thousandths of an inch, to make them definable, there must
be a clearly defined line between them.
And,
A clearly defined line in the same plane of observation.
That beyond the first few coarse bands of M. Nobert's Tests,
there is not, properly so called, a single line.

That in the finest bands, except at their extreme sides, there is
not half a line.

That in the finest bands the only thing certain, except the edges,
is the uncertain polarised aerial lines.

That the microscopical world has been pursuing a phantom, and
adopting a fallacy.

That polarisation of light in the examination of these and
analogous tests is a deceitful servant of the microscopist.
That oblique illumination is another deceiver.
That if M. Nobert were to attempt to fill his incisions with black,
his finest bands would be merged each into one black line of the
breadth of each particular band.

That a test must be a known thing which some powers will
either disperse or fail to define, as in the case of a spectacle vendor,
who places before an intending purchaser's eyes, words printed in
types of different sorts as a known test of visual powers.
That there are no tests so reliable as plain opaque lines.
That of plain opaque lines, there are none so reliable as a known
measured congeries of contorted lines, as in microscopic writings,
where the transmitted rays are partially shut off by the black, and
in which the rays transmitted being transmitted by direct illumina-
tion their definition is not interfered with, such rays becoming
parallel rays, passing out at right angles with the surface of the
glass, the unalterable law of natural optics being that the angle of
incidence and the angle of reflection are equal.

161

*' Description of Turpentine Bath."

By the Rev. H. G. W. Aubrey, Hale, Salisbury.

Communicated 28tli March, 1873.

The Turpentine Bath which has been jDrepared for me by Mr.
Curteis in accordance with my directions has proved so useful and
convenient that some account of it may be acceptable to the working
members of the Quekett Club. An exact description is unnecessary,
as a model of the bath* is sent for inspection.

It was designed with a view to cleanliness and facility in handling
objects during maceration, and to economy of space and of turpen-
tine. In all these points it seems to me superior to the common
method of tying and plunging the slides into turpentine. Assuming
that all the necessary pressure for flattening the object has been
applied during the drying process, the slide has only to be re-
moved from the drying holder and slipped carefully into one of the
brass cradles or holders and suspended in the bath. No pressure
is exerted by the holder upon the covering glass, nor is it necessary.
In most cases the drying process has caused sufficient adhesion of
the thin glass to keep it in its place during the maceration, and if
it does slip away, which with small objects is not uncommon, no
injury is done, but rather an advantage gained, for it allows a final
touch to be given to them, and also the complete and easy removal
of the superfluous turpentine before the application of the dilute
balsam. I have never found either cover or object slip into the
bath from the slide. The breadth of the brass holders gives sufficient
support to prevent this. Clips of steel might be substituted for the
brass ones if it was thought desirable to secure the cover glass by
pressure during the maceration, but would considerably increase
the expense, without much additional advantage. The form of the
brass holders is important, but if the pattern be carefully followed there
will be no fear about their working successfully. It will be ob-
served that when suspended from the lateral ledges the holder does

162 REV. H. G. W. AUBREY ON THE TURPENTINE BATH.

not reach tlie bottom of the dish. This allows a space for any
grains of dirt which may gravitate downward from the vertical
position of the slide and object to float free of both, and when the
holder is lifted out it is at once clear of the sediment. Occasionally
it is desirable to empty the dish and run the turpentine through a
filter of blotting paper and return it. It is not necessary to use more
turpentine than will reach about half way up the slide when lying
in the holder. In the matter of space I do not see how the same
number of slides could be more conveniently packed. In my first
bath, measuring six inches by three and a half, I have now sixteen
objects suspended, with room for two or three more if I had more
holders. Any one of these I can at once withdraw from the bath
without disturbing the others, can place under the microscope, and
according as it seems ready for balsam or not, can shift for a
fresh slide to be put in soak, or replace in the turpentine. I shall
be glad if this bit of apparatus should prove of use to any member
of the society, I have reason, from extended experience, to think
it a really serviceable appliance.

163

On the Histology of Plants.

By R. Braithwaite, M.D., F.L.S.

II. Origin of the Plant Cell.

{Read June 27, 1873.)

Haying become acquainted witli the structure of the cell as an
individual, we have next to consider how cells originate, for on the
constant formation of new cells all growth depends.

A plant cell always arises within another, which is thus ap-
propriately termed the mother-cell, and it is either the contents
or the primordial membrane of the mother-cell, which is the active
agent in the process ; in the former case we have Free cell forma-
tion^ in the latter Cell formation by division. Dippel has so ably
elucidated this difficult subject that I cannot do better than lay
before you the result of his observations throughout.

1. Free Cell Formation. — This was first noticed by Wolf a
century ago, but for a clear definition of the process we are in-
debted to the researches of Prof. Schleiden. It is of universal oc-
currence when once the first cell of a commencing organism has
been formed, and may be observed in the spermatozoids and spore-
cells of the higher cryptogams, in all germ cells, in pollen cells,
and in the embryo sac of Liliaceae, Iridace^e, Compositte, Onagracese,
&c.

Two modifications may be distinguished — (1) when one or more
free cells arise without the original contents being consumed ; (2)
when one or more daughter-cells use up the contents of the mother
cell, which thus perishes, its cellulose case continuing for some
time, protecting the new cells. The first form is seen in the em-
bryo sac of flowering plants, and may be readily observed in the
Liliacese, where this organ is very large, even just after impregna-
tion. A thin central slice is placed in very weak solution of gum,
and in the parietal protoplasm of the embyro sac we may find all
stages of the growing cell containing free nuclei of various sizes.

1G4: R. BRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS.

in which we may distinguish a nucleokis and distinct envelope.
As development progresses the nuclei collect round them more
and more protoplasm, and in the cell cavity one or more vacuoles
appear, filled with cell-sap. The second form is seen with one
daughter-cell, in the central cell of the archegonium of mosses and
ferns, in the resting spores of some Alg£e, as Spirogyra, CEdo-
goniuin, &c., in the spore-forming cells of higher cryptogams, and
in Pollen cells of Phsenogams. In the archegonium of mosses and
Hepaticse the central cell may be readily observed; granular proto-
plasm collects about its nucleus, and is well defined from the other
cell-contents ; the mother-cell, constantly enlarging, distends the
ventral part of the archegonium, and the young germ cell, invested
only by the primordial membrane, grows quickly, and at last quite
fills the mother-cell, the contents of which have been completely
consumed in the process. If impregnation does not take place
the contents of the germ-cell gradually become coloured brown,
and the membrane disappears ; but if the archegonium is impreg-
nated we find that resorption takes place in the wall of the mother-
cell turned toward the neck of the archegonium, the germ-cell
becomes invested by a double-contoured cellulose case, while in the
contents large vacuoles form, and fine internal currents may be
geen running between the nucleus and the parietal protoplasm of
the cell.

Origin of Tetraspores and Pollen-grains. — In these the
primordial membrane appears to be formed round the whole con-
tents of the mother-cell, in which free cells form, and the cellulose
case is not the youngest layer of the so-called special mother- cell,
as SchacLt and others teach, for at a certain age the primordial
utricle of the mother-cell disappears, and afterwards its contents
are invested by one which is not in immediate contact with the
cellulose envelope.

From this stage of development the young pollen cells advance
from the broken-up mother-cell, and appear surrounded by a sharply
defined nitrogenous membrane, which contracts by application of
iodine or syrup. To this membrane of the daughter-cell, then
applies itself the young primary cellulose case of the pollen grain,
regarded by Schacht as a thickening layer of the pollen mother-
cell.

In the sporangia of some Fungi {Tuher^ Peziza, Sphceria, &c.),
and in Lichens, the resting spores arise as free daughter-cells,

R. BRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS. 1G5

wliich consume the whole contents of the mother-cell during their
development ; and the same is seen in zoospores of many filamentous
A]gdd and Fungi {Feronospoixi, Saprolegnia, &c.).

After the destruction of the nucleus of the mother-cell, we
observe as many nuclei as there are daughter-cells developed.
Eound. each of these is collected a denser mass of protoplasm,
which becomes invested by the primordial membrane, and then by
the cellulose case, and thus the new cells are complete. In the
resting spores of Fungi, according to recent observation, a previous
impregnation is necessary to originate the cellulose case, just as in
the embryo- cell of higher plants.

The rapidity with which cells often multiply is truly marvellous ;
thus in that great Puff-ball Bovista giganteum, which we frequently
find bigger than a hat, it has been calculated that 20,000 new cells
are formed every minute, and Kieser estimates the tissue of some
fungi to increase at the rate of 60,000 per minute. The sudden
appearance of large tracts of water discoloured by minute Algse is
also thus readily explicable.

2. Cell Formation by Division. — Here the contents of the
mother-cell, by a contraction or lacing-in of the cell-membrane, are
divided into as many parts as there are new daughter-cells, and this
process also offers two types. In one we have complete division of
the living cell, i.e., the membrane and contents, along with simul-
taneous division of the cellulose case ; in the other, during the ad-
vancing contraction of the primordial membrane of the mother-
cell, the division of the cellulose case occurs subsequently. In the
first group a bipartite division only has been observed, but in the
second both 2 and 4 parting occur. Bipartition, with subsequent
formation of the case round two daughter- cells, is best seen in the
filamentous Alg^, and the multicellular hairs of Pheenogamous
plants ; whilst the origin of 4 daughter- cells may be observed in
the formation of the mother-cells of spores and of pollen.

Cell Division, with Simultaneous Division of the Cell-case may be
observed in higher plants, in the parenchyma of the growing point,
in formative tissue, and in the advancing development of the
albumen of the seeds of phgenogamous plants ; the observation is
however, difficult on account of the obscurity of the cell contents
but is most readily seen in the wide celled root-wood of Conifers.
The new cambial growth takes place later in the root than in the
stem and branches, so that if early in summer we take thin

IGG R. BRAITIiWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS.

transverse sections of the roots of the common pine, and apply
any of the endosmotic reagents, we may observe the various
stages.

The division commences by a folding-in of the primordial mem-
brane ; the partition of the cambial wall (not consisting of cellulose)
proceeds at the same time over the whole membrane ; after which
the mother-cell is quickly resorbed and converted into intercellular
substance.

In deciduous trees multiplication of cells proceeds in the same
way, but those forming vessels extend rapidly, and attain their
normal size before other tissues.

Cell Division, with Subsequent Partition of the Cell case. — Bi-
partition of the second type may be studied most completely in the
filiform Algfe, as we may keep the specimens in shallow troughs
constantly under observation, and of these Cladophora glomerata
is a suitable example.

If we place a small portion under the microscope, and carefully
examine the terminal cell of a branch, we often find that division
has already commenced, for such cells are twice the length of the
others. The first thing we notice is, that two clear spots near the
middle of the cell stand away from the margin, and this is caused
by a collection of colourless protoplasm ; then the primordial mem-
brane of the mother-cell, more active at this point, folds inward
like a ring, which, gradually advancing, laces in the contents in
two halves belonging to both daughter- cells ; this infolding is most
distinct in slow growing plants, cultivated indoors. Immediately
after the infolding of the primordial membrane begins, the division
of the cellulose case commences, and advances continuously with
the infolding, so that soon after complete division the daughter-
cells have also acquired a delicate but distinct cellular case.

A cementing intercellular substance appears where the part of
the mother-cell case, cut oft* between the cross -walls, has become
nearly dissolved. The application of endosmotic reagents gives us
a clearer view of these details. A triangular intercellular space is
seen at the junction of the daughter-cells, which is most distinct
in the slow-grown specimens, for in luxuriant tufts the primordial
membrane'and young cellulose case become pressed together and
to the mother case, and this space almost entirely disappears.

This accounts for the error of Pringsheim and Von Mohl, that
in the commencing infolding of the primordial membrane a cellulose

R. BRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS. 1G7

bar is projected inward ; the infolding of the primordial membrane
is instantly followed by division of the cellulose case.

To study the division of the cell nucleus, which in Cladophora
is concealed by the other contents of the cell, we have better
material in Spirogyra, Zygnema, and Ulothrix, in which division
begins with that of the nucleus of the mother-cell, and as soon as
this is comj)leted, infolding of the primordial membrane com-
mences.

In Q^dogonium, if we examine a mother-cell before it attains
division, we find the upper of two adjacent cells appears enclosed
by two cellulose membranes ; the inner, more strongly developed,
forms the cellulose case of the cell under observation ; the outer,
extremely thin, belongs, on the contrary, to the preceding genera-
tion, i.e., the mother-cell, in which the two cells before us have
been formed. In the lower of the two cells, yet a third coat is ap-
parent, which, close under the upper end joining the first cell, is cut
off by a distinct transverse line, indicating the place of previous
division. The commencement of the process is seen in an infold-
ing of the inner cellulose case just under the youngest cap, so that
the cell contents appear drawn in by a ring, the space between the
fold and the outer case being empty. During the formation of this
ring-fold, the nucleus lying in the upper half of the mother-cell
enlarges to double its original size, and then divides into two
nuclei — one for each daughter-cell — and at the same time on a
level with the line of division of the nucleus appears a ring-like
collection of colourless protoplasm, immediately followed by an in-
folding of the primordial membrane, which divides the mother-cell
into two daughter-cells, the upper of which is the shortest. But
before the lacing-in of the membrane is completed, the outer case
splits gradually, just above the infolding of the cellulose case,
Avhich then becomes stretched out, so that the fold disap-
pears.

With the division of the young cellulose case, the lower
daughter-cell elongates and pushes the upper one before it, while
the cellulose case of the mother-cell becomes more and more elon-
gated. As soon as the lower daughter-cell has grown up to the
transverse stria of the sheath, produced by the splitting of the
outer case, the division appears, i.e., the unlacing is completed, and
the young cellulose case has developed over the primordial mem-
brane, so that now two complete daughter-cells are present. Now

]n8 R. BRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS.

also commences by continued separation of cellulose, the extension
of the upper daugliter-cell, TvLicli thus gradually attains the length
of the lower one. The cellulose case of the mother-cell, following
the extension of the daughter-cell, has now become the thin outer
case, and the development of the two daughter-cells has reached
the point at which we first started. The difference between the
cell-division of (Edogonium and the other filiform Algae consists in
this, that the mother-cell does not, as in them, before the formation
of daughter-cells, extend to double its length ; but in consequence
of growth taking place only at its point, the old membrane no
longer extensible becomes infolded in the same way as in the for-
mation of pores, and the extension of the mother-cell first com-
mences when the firm outer case has been ruptured by force of
growth, the caps being thus thimble-shaped portions of the cell-
case.

Division in Four. — This proceeds in two ways, the mother-cell
either divides into two daughter-cells, each of which repeats the
process, or four daughter-cells are at once formed ; the former
occurs only in the origin of the mother-cells of pollen in Mono-
cotyledons, the latter in that of Dicotyledons, and the spore
mother-cell of the higher Cryptogams. The first-named is best
seen in the Liliaceee by a section of a very young flower-bud ; at
a point of the nucleus, two daughter-cell nuclei appear by division,
and this is followed by the lacing in of the primordial membrane,
and the division of the cellulose case, so that this is present as a
thin membrane soon after the two daughter-cells have become
defined, and in them the same process is again repeated. We use
solution of sugar or iodine to demonstrate this drawing in of the
Primordial utricle in young dividing cells, as the contents become
thereby contracted, together with the primordial membrane em-
bracing them, while the whole interior of the cellulose case is quite
smooth, and without any trace of the formation of transverse walls.
When the infolding of the Primordial membrane is farther ad-
vanced, we first observe on the inside of the mother cellulose case,
the newly separated cellulose case of the daughter-cells.

The pollen mother-cell of Dicotyledons is best observed in plants
with large anthers, as species of Cucurbita, Mallow, or Convol-
vulus. In the Gourd or Hollyhock, the primary cellulose wall of
the young mother- cell is provided with peculiar hair-like elevations,
which gradually disappear as thickening of the coat advances. The

R. BRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS. 1G9

nucleus of the motlier-cell divides into two daughter nuclei, which
separate and each again divides in two, so that four free nuclei are
seen in each mother-cell, lying in a plane or tetraedrally, and the
infolding of the primordial membrane then takes place, lacing in
the contents into four portions, and thus forming four daughter-
cells.

The spore mother-cells in the higher Cryptogamia are easily
seen by section of young capsules, especially those which have
large spores, as the Phascoid mosses, Fegatella conica, &c.

In Pellia einphylla the wall of the mother-cell bulges out over
the four nuclei, and constantly extending in the same direction,
w^hile it contracts at the centre, which becomes translucent, the
four daughter-cells appear fixed together by pedicels. Division
into four in form of rows has only been observed by Schacht in the
quadrifid fructification of Corallina and Melohesia.

Having thus briefly considered the various modes of reproduc-
tion in cells, in which, by-the-bye, yon will find no grounds for the
statements of some authors that cells may be developed from
vacuoles — a process, indeed, which I consider to be impossible —
you will at once perceive the value of the microscope in our re-
searches, for without it any clear conception of these mysterious
processes could never have been attained. Although the subject
may appear a dry one to some of you, its importance in the study
of the subsequent transformation of cells must be my excuse for
devoting so much time to its explanation.

Illustrative Figures.
Plate 7.

Fig. 1. — Free cell-formation in the embryo sac of Phaseolus multi-
jioms. n. nuclei, a. a. young cells, h. more advanced, c.
still older, enclosed in the cellulose case. X 670.

Fig. 2. — Spore formation in Peziza leucoloma. a. spore sac with a
central nucleus 72., and several vacuoles r. — b. The same
after division of the nucleus into young spores, c. ditto,
with the cellulose case fully formed. X 620.

Fig. 3. — Cell division in Ciadophora glomerata. a. commencing
infolding of the primordial utricle, b. the same, more ad-
vanced, the line of division marked out ; c. the partition
completed, x 400.

170 R. BRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS.

Fig. 4. — Cell division in CEdogonium apophysatum. X 670.

a. — Cell preparing to divide, c^ its cellulose case, c^ ditto of the
mother cell, o. a third case or sheath over the lower cell,
truncate at top, n. nucleus, s. annular fold of the cellulose
case.

h. — Division of the mother-cell commencing, m. partition
between the two new daughter-cells.

c. — Division completed, o. sheath, d. c. daughter cell, m. c,
mother cell.
Fig. 5. — Division of the mother-cell of the spores in Pellia epi-
phylla, a. mother-cell, h. the same, with commencing pro-
trusions and nuclei, c. spores enclosed in their cellulose
case. X 420.

171

PEOCEEDINGS.

THE SOIREE OF THE CLUB.
The Annual Conversazione of the Club was held, by the kind permission of
the Council of University College, in the Library and Museum of that Institu-
i^ion, on Friday evening, March 21st, and was as interesting in the character of
the objects exhibited as on any previous occasion. It was attended by about
1,000 visitors, amongst whom might be recognised many of eminence in Art,
Literature, and Science.

By the kind assistance of a member of the Club, Mr. James Martin, of the
London Stereoscopic Company, the Soiree Committee were enabled to exhibit a
series of views by means of the Oxy-hydrogen Light, illustrating the African
Gold and Diamond Diggings, the Victoria Falls, and some of the places inti-
mately connected with the travels of Dr. Livingstone.

Mr. Apps exhibited a series of beautiful electrical experiments, by means of
his Inductorium and some apparatus kindly lent for the occasion by Lord
Lindsay.

Mr. How exhibited vsdth the Oxy-hydrogen Lamp some Micro-photographs of
Rotiferge, taken from life by Dr. Gayer, one, the image of a Volvox globator, being
magnified four feet in diameter. Two Marine Aquaria, filled with Actinige,
Sabellse, Serpulae, Madrepores, and Hippocampi, were kindly lent for the even-
ing by Mr. G. H. King.

The leading opticians came forward on this occasion with their usual kindly
help, and contributed microscopes, graphoscopes and revolving stereoscopes,
while the walls were ornamented by a series of microscopical drawings, executed
by Mr. Rochfort Connor, and admired, as they always are, for their delicacy
and accurate fidelity. The members of the Club were reinforced by their friends
of the Croydon, South London, and Forest Hill Societies, in the exhibition of
the following objects of interest : —

Lung of Boa Constrictor
Infant's Brain

Jawbone and Tooth of Mouse

Human Scalp, showing Follicles

.(^cidium berberidis

Fossil Bone of Dinornis

Irish Elk

Potato Starch (polarised)

Proboscis of Death's Head Moth (India)

Young Oysters

Santonine

Larvae of Dragon Fly

Head of Nubian Mosquito

Pond Life

Diatoras in, situ ...

Larvse, &c

JouRN. Q. M. C. No. 20.

exhib

ted by Mr. F. W. Andrew.

, Mr, F. W. Andrew, jun.

' > >

Mr. E. C. Baber.
, Mr. Bailey.

Mr. C. W. Balls.
Mr. Thos. Bevington.
Mr. W. A. Bevington.
Mr. W. Bishop.
Mr, W. J. Brown.
Mr. G. J, Burch.

172

MoUer's Tjpen Platte

Micro-photographs of the Moon

,, 1, Age 6 days

,, 2. Age 9 days

Microscopic Writing — The Lord's

Prayer in 2T00 of an inch
Section of Ehinoceros Horn (polarised)

Stephanoceros

Volvox Globator

Conochilus ...

Ova of Toad (injected)

Vinegar Eels (Anguillula)

Larva (unknown) from Bark of Pear Tree

Young Salmon (just hatched)

Volvox

Crystals (polarised)

Section of Coal

Transverse Section of Hare's Tooth ...

Microscopic Camera

Young Salmon

Palate of Mollusc

Wing of Butterfly (Azure Blue)

Injected Skin of Frog

Section of Proven triculus of Fowl
Injected Lung of Toad ...
Head of Humming Fly ...

Drum of Frog's Ear (injected)

Tongue of Honey Bee

Skin of Frog (injected)

Ciliary Action in Mussel...

Arrenurus (a Green Water Mite)

Design in Selenite (clockwork polariscope)

Volvox Globator

Melicerta Eingens...

Acarus glyciphagus prunorum ...

Skin of Sturgeon (polarised)

Leg and Foot of Dytiscus

A Beetle

Gold Quartz

Eyes of Moth

Scales of Butterflies in form of a
Bouquet in a Vase of Diatoms ...

Daphnia Pulex

Angillula glutinis

Earth Mite

Section of Wild Rue Seed (polarised)...

A Collection of Foraminifera

Tingis sp. (?)

Conochilus ...

Volvox Globator

Head of Coneatus tamarisi

Mr. Burgess.

VMr. T. W. Burr.

Mr. R. Catchpole.
Mr. W. G. Cocks.

Mr. Rochofort Connor.
Mr. E. A. 0. Creer.
Mr. J. S. Crisp.
Mr. Thos. Crook.

Mr. Alfred Cowley.
Mr. P. Cowley.
Mr. Thos. Curties.

Mr. H. Curwen.
Mr. W. A. Duck.

Mr. C. G. Dunning.

Mr. F. Fitch.

Mr. C. J. Fox.
Mr. C. J. Fricker.
Mr. G. H. Fryer.
Mr. F. W. Gay.

Mr. Garnham.
Mr. W. H. Golding.

I Mr. A. Goode.
Mr. J. W. Goodinge.

Mr. H. J. Gray.
Mr. Thos. Greenish.
Mr. H. F. Hailes.

> >
Mr. Hainworth.

Mr. Hembry.

173

Deep Sea Soundings

Skin of Sole

Paulownia imperialis

Hydra

Pollen of Malva Sylvestris

Tongue of Trochus

Salicine (polarised)

"Xoung Hippocampus

Cholesterine (polarised)

Scales of Sole (polarised)

Volvox Globator ...

"Vessels in Ehizome of Pnilodeudroa ...
Hairs in Leaf of Deutzia Crenata
Distillation from Yapour of Coke

Shells from Hastings Sand

Platino-cyanide of Magnesium

Eggs of Moth (triangulum)

Crystalization of Silver

Polycistinse...

Section of Hoof of Horse

Wing of Ornithoptera Croesus

Wing of Ornithoptera Richmondii

Euglen83 virides

Fern Scales (polarised)

Butterfly Scales arranged as Bouquet ..
Microscopic Writing
Footpads of Diamond Beetle
Revolving Stereoscope

Human Scalp (vertical section)

Human Scalp (horizontal ditto)

Negro Skin

Hylodactylus

Salicine (polarised)

Circulation in Young Trout

Daphnia Pulex (polarised)

Human Scalp (horizontal section)

Spicules of Synapta

Section of Intestine of Fovt'l (polarised)

Section of Blow Fly

Aecidium urticse

Aecidium quadrifidum

Aecidium ranunculacearum

Foraminifera ... "

Calcedony ...

Caddis Worm (polarised)

Yolvox

Hydra Yiridis

Yolvox, covered with Yorticellse

Star Fish

Circulation in Yallisneria spiralis
Section of Coal

Mr. F. Hind.

>»

Mr C. W. Hovenden.
Mr. F. Hovenden.

Mr. Howe.

Mr. Howell.
Mr. J. E. Ingpen.
Mr. B. D. Jackson.

>»

Mr. J. A. Johnson.
Mr. E. F. Jones.
Mr. E Kiddle.

Mr. R. T. Lewis.

))

Mr. W. T. Loy.
Mr. L. Manners.

>>

Mr. A. Martinelli.
Mr. Moginie.

Mr. Needham.

Mr. Nelson.

Mr. M. D. Northey.

Mr. F. Oxley.

Mr. Parks.

Mr. Pett.

Mr. W. T. Rabbits.

Dr. Ramsbotham.

Mr. W. W. Reeves.

Mr. E. Richards.
Mr. E. Robins.
Mr. Thos. Rogers.
Mr. Jas. Russell.

Mr. Jos. Russell.

Mr. J. E. S'mmonds.
Mr. J. Slade.

174

Polycystina

Larva of Gnat

Tiger Beetle

Pond Life

Culex pipicns

Palate of Limpet ...

Rotation in Yallisneria

DiatomaceK

Section of Granite (polarised) ...

Circulation in Frog's Foot

Sheep Tick

Jaws of Male Spider
Compound Eye of Fly, Tabanus
Section of Lucifer Match (polarised) . . .

Anther of Mallow

Green Weevil

Crystals of Chlorate of Potash (polarised)

Thallic platino- cyanide (pol.)

Salts Distilled from Coke (pol.)

Circulation in Frog's Foot

Atlantic Soundings (polarised)

Human hair (polarised) ...

Hippuric Acid (polarised)

Small Marine Aquarium

Human Scalp (horizontal section)
Ballia Callitricha, with Anguinaria Spa-

tulata attached

Oniscus (polarised)

Sugar of Milk Crystals (polarised)
Micro-photograph (Elephant's, from life)

Oniscus aquatilis...

Eggs of Vapour Moth

Mr. A. Smith,
Mr. J. A. Smith.
Mr. Jas. Smith.

Mr. E. A. Smith.
Mr. C. W. Stidstone.
Mr. D. J. Stuart.
Mr. W. T. Suffolk.
Mr. T. Terry.
Mr. Topping.

Mr. S. Warburton.

Mr. F. H. Ward.
Mr. J. Watkins.

Mr. West.

Mr. F. W. White.

Mr. T. C. White.

I Mr. Jas. F. Wight.
, Mr. Geo. Williams.

» >>

, Mr. Worster.

March 28th, 187 S.— Chairman, Dr. E. Beaithwaite., F.L.S., President.

The following donations to the Club were announced : —

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal "

" Science Gossip "

" The American Naturalist "

' ' Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophi- 7
cal Society of Manchester )

" Proceedings of the Royal Society," No. 142 ...

List of Fellows, Members, &c., of the Eoyal ")
College of Physicians, 1873 ' )

*' Archives of Science of the Orleans county 7
Society )

"Journal of the London Institution"

"Annual Eeport of the Geologists' Association "

"The Lens"

Eight Slides

The thanks of the Club were voted to the donors.

from the Publisher,
in exchange.

from the Society.
I*

the College.

in exchange,
from the Librarian.
,, the Association.
in exchange,
from Mr. Jas. Watkins.

175

Mr, Frank Bridgman and Mr. Brooke U. Lacy were ballotted for, and elected
members of the Club.

The Secretary read a communication from the Eev. H, G. W. Aubrey, des-
cribing a new form of turpentine bath for microscopic slides which he had
lately designed, and which was sent to the meeting for examination.

Mr. Greenish thought that one objection to the use of this bath would be the
large surface of turpentine exposed to the air, as this would be likely to cause a
deposition of resin. Turpentine exposed in this way would be sure to oxidise.

Mr. Golding noticed that provision appeared to have been made against this
by a piece of india-rubber running all round the top, so that the bath would be
quite air tight when the cover was fixed on.

The President said that some years ago he had occasion to soak objects in
turpentine for the purpose of decolorizing them, and he used to place them
between pieces of glass, which he tied together, and then lowered into the
turpentine with a piece of string. After remaining there as long as was re-
quisite, he drew them out, and then mounted them in balsam in the usual
manner. The Eev. Mr. Aubrey's invention appeared to be for doing the same
thing in a more convenient and elaborate manner.

The thanks of the meeting were voted to Mr. Aubrey for his communication .

Mr. Locke thought that he need not say that the matter of mounting objects
dry, and so as not to spoil afterwards, was one of very great importance. Most
persons present had probably experienced the great annoyance of finding that
things which they thought were nicely mounted presently became damped and
"were utterly ruined. He thought, however, that he had, after many endeavours,
at last contrived a plan whiah, so far as preventing this evil was concerned, he
believed was perfect. His process was a simple one — lie took an ordinary elastic
india-rubber band of the same size as the glass cover it was intended to use and
put it upon an iron plate ; he then held it for a sliort time over the flame of a
spirit lamp until the under side of the ring was frizzled. This being done, he
turned it over on the iron plate and fried the other side, after which he allowed
it to cool, and then dropped it into a glass of water; it was then ready for use.
He next took a slide, and having dried it thoroughly, took the india-rubber circle
out of the water and put it into its place on the slide, then dried it carefully over
the lamp to extract all the moisture from it, and taking the scales or diatoms it
was desired to mount, he put them upon the covering glass, and laying this upon
the softened ring, pressed it down with the finger, which caused it at once
firmly to adhere, and as there was no cement used andthe ring did not evaporate,
the result was a perfectly dry mount. Some time ago he had two slides from
Mr. Swift to experiment upon ; they were utterly ruined by damp, but he took
them to pieces, and having contrived an oven in which to dry tliem, he allowed
tnem to remain there for five or six hours, and then mounted them again in the
manner described, and no signs of damp have since appeared, so that he believed
it had been perfectly successful. Bands could be easily procured of all sizes, and
if treated in this way, they would adhere firmly both to the slide and the cover
by themselves. The slides which he had brought with him to the meeting as
specimens had been finished about three months. He also wished to direct
the attention of the members to a simple method of altering the illumination
from direct to oblique which lie had designed and adapted to a flaicroscope then
in that room.

The President proposed a vote of thanks to Mr. Locke for his communication. —
Carried unanimously.

176

Mr. Golding asked if there was not some danger of Podura Scales falling about
in so great a space as that contained by the india-rubber ring ?

Mr. Locke said that he had found in practice that scales once placed upon
the glass cover would adhere to it and remain there. Of course if there were any
contact between the cover and the slide the scales would be damaged, and he
thought it impracticable to get a cell of exactly the depth required.

Mr. Greenish inquired what was the object in heating the cell ; why was it
better then than otherwise ?

Mr. Locke said that his object in heating it was to make it adhesive ; in its
ordinary condition it would not adhere by itself, and, if fixed on with varnish,
that would evaporate inside as well as outside the cell.

Mr. Greenish thought it was quite possible that by decomposing the india-
rubber in that way an element was introduced which might prove very
inconvenient.

Mr. Burr suggested that the vulcanized india-rubber contained sulphur.

Mr. Golding thought it probable that the sulphur was got rid of by heating the
rings in the manner described.

Mr. Greenish said that at a former discussion upon a similar subject a member
had stated that he had found the sulphur to be very injurious.

Mr. Locke said that on one occasion being too anxious to get the cell perfectly
dry he had heated and softened the ring too much, and found that on cooling
it collapsed from the pressure of the atmosphere. He thought this conclusively
showed how perfectly air tight it must have been.

The President said it showed that sufficient heat was applied to drive out all
the air from the cell.

Mr. B. D. Jackson thought there was one important question which had not
been touched upon, and that was the permanent nature of the ring. He also
thought that the large space between the object and the condenser, owing to the
thickness of the ring, would act prejudicially against proper illumination of
diatoms or scales.

Mr. Locke said that it might possibly be so, but it should be remembered that
in mounting objects of extreme tenuity they were always placed on the cover and
not on the slide.

Mr. Jackson remarked that Ross's io condenser certainly would not work up
near enough to the cover of the slide which had been handed round for
inspection.

Mr. Locke thought that in this case they must, as in all others, do the best
they could.

Mr. T. C. White suggested the employment of thin sheet gutta-percha instead
of india-rubber.

Dr. Gray believed that a piece of sheet gutta-percha would be found to answer
the purpose very well ; it could be obtained of any thickness. Dr. Tulk re-
commended it to him, and he found that it made a perfectly air tight cell. For
Buch things as scales nothing could be better than a cell made of thin sheet
gutta-percha fixed to the slide with a little electrical cement run round the edge ;
it would run under by capillary attraction, and formed a capital cement for the
purpose.

Mr. Greenish said it should be borne in mind, with regard to gutta-percha and
india-rubber, that both underwent decomposition spontaneously from exposure
to the air.

Mr. Locke thought that if the cell was air tight, and a coat of varnish was ap-

177

plied which would not dissolve, the ring would entirely obviate the danger of
decomposition from contact with the air.

Mr, William Webb read a paper upon Nobert's Tests, illustrating the subject
by drawings upon the black board.

The President said he was quHe sure that all the members of the Club would
feel very much obliged to Mr. Webb for his paper ; it opened up a great many
thoughts upon the subject, and the explanation given of the cause of the
shadows seen in the closer bands seemed so simple that it must carry conviction
with it.

Mr. Webb regretted that great pressure of engagements had prevented him
from going near Lis workshop for the last fortnight, so that he was unable to
bring with him any specimens in illustration of his remarks. He hoped, how-
ever, to be able to do this at their next gossip night, and would then endeavour
more fally to explain his meaning,

Mr. Ingpon thought that many of Mr, Webb's observations would be endorsed
by those persons who had used Nobert's lines as a test for the defining power of
their objectives. He had himself tried them for that purpose, and had given
them up, and his conclusions coincided very nearly with those of Mr. H. J.
Slack as given by that gentleman in a paper on *' Optical appearances of cut
lines in glass," which was read before the Royal Microscopical Society, and
printed in the " Monthly Microscopical Journal" for May, 18/1. Of course in
looking at the coarser bands of Nobert the furrow of each line, the angle, and
the two edges were perfectly plain, as was also any little dirt which might have
been upon the edges, but this clearness soon vanished when they came to examine
the higher bands, and he thought that Mr. Webb's suggestion as to the reason
for this was very likely to be near the truth. Even when the higher bands had
been resolved it was not in the same satisfactory manner as in the case of the
lower ones. With whatever clearness they might be shown, there was always a
row of lines on each side blacker and clearer than any of the others — an
appearance which he thought was seen in some of Dr. Woodward's photographs,
and which possibly were defraction lines, and which the last edge shown on Mr.
Webb's diagram was quite capable of producing. As to the spectral lines, he
fancied that Mr. Webb was slightly in error in referring them to polarization,
because there was, he thought, nothing either in the substance or the angle to
polarize the light. The effect was, however, very possibly due to diffraction ; it
was, in fact, similar to that produced by the ruled gratings such as were ex-
hibited at the soiree. The light was, he thought, decomposed and separated
into its component colors by interference caused by diffraction. The spectral
lines seemed due to the formation of an image either above or below the focus,
but they did not appear to be in any degree the result of polarization. Of course
the question as to tests, and as to what was the best, and whether these would
be so when blackened in, was one still open for settlement ; if the whole surface
of the glass (supposing it to be cut away as shown in Mr. Webb's diagram), were
to be blackened in, that at least would hardly constitute a test. For his own
part he could not imagine that a test could be obtained either for chromatic
or spherical aberration either by straight lines ruled on glass or by irregular lines,
such as letters, and he must say that his strong impression was that none of the
tests at present used, whether the globules of mercury, or scales, or even
the vexed Podura, were entirely satisfactory. He thought that they were all
very much indebted to Mr. Webb for his paper, and for the many valuable sug-
gestions contained in it.

178

The President moved a vote of thanks to those gentlemen who exhibited ob-
jects at the soiree, and to the Soiree Committee by whom the various arrange-
ments were made.

The Secretary seconded the vote of thanks, and mentioned that although no
notices were sent beforehand so many members came forward as exhibitors that
it was almost a matter of difficulty to find space for all without inconveniently
crowding.— Carried unanimously.

The Secretary, in reply to Mr. Curties, stated that the Cabinet would very
shortly be again opened to the members ; it had been thoroughly overhauled and
its contents re-arranged, and a complete catalogue of the slides had been pre-
pared and printed. As soon as it was possible to go through them all and check
them off by the catalogue the Cabinet would be placed upon the table and be
accessible to the members on the gossip nights.

The Secretary also announced that the excursion season would commence in
April, the first being arranged for the 5th of that month — to Barnes.

The proceedings then terminated with a conversazione, at which the following
objects were exhibited : —

Platino-cyanide of Magnesium by Mr. Curties.

Ciliary action on surface of Tadpole's body ... Mr. Fitch.

Hairs of Lion, Mole, &c. ") t.t„ n^^T^:

Pyro-gallic acid j ^^^- folding.

Platino-cyanide of Strontian Mr. Goodinge.

Halodactylus with diatoms in its stomach ... Mr. Ingpen.

Eggs of Vapourer Moth Mr. B. T. Lewis.

New mode of illumination Mr. Locke.

Hairs of Hippophae rhamnoides Mr. Marks.

Section of Human Placenta injected Mr. Topping.

Attendance— Members, 67 ; Visitors, 9; total, 76.

April 2oth, 1875. —Chairman, Dr. R. Braithwaite, F.L.S., President.

The following donations to the Club were announced : —

*' The Monthly Microscopical Journal" from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip " ,,

"The Popular Science Review" ,,

" The Proceedings of the Royal Society," No. 143 the Society.

" The American Naturalist " in exchange.

*' Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophi- ")

cal Society of Manchester" ) from the Society.

* * Transactions and Proceedings of the Botanical 7

Society of Edinburgh," 12 Nos. ... ) the Society.

*' The Journal of the London Institution" ... the Librarian.

" The 2nd Annual Report of the South London")

Microscopical and Natural History Society " ) the Society.

Six Slides of Spiculse Mr. J. G. Waller.

The thanks of the Club were unanimously voted to the donors.
Mr. Golding said that ever since he had been connected with the Club he had
noticed that communications of a simple kind were always well received by the
members, indeed one of his earliest reminiscences was in connection with a
short paper by Mr. Mclntire, descriptive of some little contrivances of his
which he found useful. It was the readiness with which such simple communi-
catious had always been received which induced him to bring before the notice

179

of the Club a few little matters of a similar kind. It was well known that all
objects which required to be examined by transmitted light needed that light to
be thrown upon them in particular directions, and the proper direction for each
object or part of an object could not be well ascertained unless a rotating motion
were given to it. This kind of motion could not so readily be given to an object
with the fingers as other motions could, and although the rotating stage had
been designed for the purpose, there were many microscopes which did not
possess such a stage, and the cost of adding one would be in many cases an
objection to its use. Not having one to his own instrument, and having felt
the want of one, he had devised a simple substitute, which he had found to
answer the purpose in every respect. It consisted of a flat disc of wood, having
a tube fastened to its lower side which fitted smoothly within the substage tube ;
when placed in position the wood disc rested evenly upon the stage of the
microscope, and could be easily rotated by the fingers. The apparatus was ex-
hibited to the meeting, and its application practically explained. Mr. Golding
also exhibited and described a simple methodof making a condenser by inserting
a lense in a pasteboard tube ; a similar method of mounting crystals of Hera-
pathite to form a polariscope ; an improvement in the stand for a portable
microscope brought out by Mr. Richards ; a new form of Zoophyte trough ; a
new pattern " finder;" and a new cement for cells, &c. He also said that he had
endeavoured to trace what had become of two living diamond beetles recently
exhibited at the Liverpool Microscopical Society, in the hope that they might
have been exhibited also to the members of the Club. He had not, however,
been successful hitherto in the matter.

The thanks of the meeting were accorded to Mr. Golding for his com-
munication.

Mr. T. C. White said that if the cement described by Mr. Golding was the same
as a transparent cement he had recently tried it would be found to contain so
large a quantity of gelatine that its contraction in drying was so great as to
actually pull the covering glass of a cell into four or five pieces.

Mr. Golding believed that the cement in question would not be found to do the
same as that mentioned by Mr. White; he was not aware of its actual con-
stituents, but had noticed that it had rather a tendency to gelatinize, and that,
it was strongly alkaline.

The Secretary said that Mr. Richards had brought to the meeting a new form
of stand for his portable microscope. It differed from the ordinary kind in
having the upright rod placed near to the extremity of one of the arms of the
base, in.-tead of being in tlie centre ; the alteration bad the effect of giving much
greater stability to the instrument when in use.

Dr. Matthews exhibited to the meeting a new supplementary stage for ob-
taining oblique illumination, designed by himself and constructed by Mr. Swift.
It consisted of two oblong brass plates, separated from each other by brass
pillars at the corners, the upper plate formed the stage upon which objects were
viewed, and the lower one had a grove cut lengthways across it in which a
mount carrying a smnll mirror was made to traverse. The mirror was silvered
upon its surfaces by the glass- silvering process, the result being greatly increased
reflective power and tha absence of double images. Not only could the angular
aperture of an objective be measured by this apparatus, but the most perfect
definition with oblique illumination had been obtained, small specimens of
" Angulatum " being well shown with a ^in. objective.

The President, in thanking Dv. Matthews fur his communication, expi'esscd

180

his own admiration of the little instrument which had been brought under
their notice. The silvered surface as applied to microscope mirrors he thought
was a valuable introduction.

Mr. Ingpen said he could vouch for the great amount of light reflected by
mirrors silvered in this manner, and to the advantage of having only one re-
flecting surface, but he should be glad to know if the silver did not soon become
tarnished, as this had been found to be the case with specula for telescopes
which had been silvered in this way. There was a great difi'erence in the films
deposited ; sometimes they were tolerably hard, but often they were very soft,
and the silver was then very easily rubbed ofi". Cos and Johnson's films were
generally soft ones. He had himself deposited many films by the sugar of milk
process, but found that in most cases they were easily tarnished and rubbed off".
His object in asking the question was the hope that some method of hardening
the films might have been discovered.

Dr. Matthews said that he could not at present say much upon the point. He
had not yet attempted to clean the silver surface, although he found that there
was a finger mark upon it.

Mr. Locke, having had some experience as to silvered glass reflectors which
had been done for him by Mr. Swift, could say that he had found them tarnish
very rapidly, and the films were so soft that any attempt at re-polishing rubbed
them away. He found this such an objection to their use that if he required
any more he should have them made of silver plate.

Mr, Ingpen thought that silver plate would be found to answer the purpose
very well. He was quite aware of the objections to glass silvering, and had
asked the question now hoping to hear that some means might have been found
of preserving the surface.

Mr. T. C. White could bear testimony as the value of this mode of silvering for
refiecting purposes. Some time ago he used a plane mirror silvered in this way
for drawing objects by inclining it at an angle of 45° with the horizontal body
of the microscope, and projecting the magnified image on to the drawing paper,
the reflecting surface was perfect, but he felt very much grieved to flnd that it so
soon got tarnished. He quite agreed with Mr. Ingpen that if only some method
of preserving the silver could be devised it would be invaluable for such
appliances.

Mr. Ingpen said that the question was engaging the attention of several
persons at the present time, and was one of some importance now that so
many telescopes were being made with specula silvered in that way. When
the film was first deposited it of course had to be polished, and this was done
with a very fine leather and the finest rouge. Perhaps Dr. Matthews might be
able to remove the finger mark from his mirror by this means j some films being
much harder than others would bear more rubbing. Of course any mirror could
be re-silvered at any time at a small expense.

Mr. Matthews said he had omitted to mention that he thought at first the
mirror had been made too small for the purpose, but he found it in reality to be
quite twice too large; it would be much better if it were made smaller. Prac-
tically one not wider that |in. in diameter would do quite well.

Mr. Ingpen thought there could be no doubt as to the superionty of silver
surface over any other for reflecting purposes ; he had some small specula
belonging to Gregorian telescopes which were well polished and clean, but they
bore no comparison with the silver for the amount of light which they reflected.

Mr. Ackland suggested that if Dr. Matthews would use as a reflector a double

181

convex lens silvered upon the back surface he would find it very effective, and
very little trouble would arise from reflections from the upper surface. Such a
plan was in common use on the Continent for opthalmoscopes, and was found to
answer very well.

Dr. Matthews explained that his observations had only referred to the use of
a plane mirror ; the presence of a lens would be rather foreign to the purpose.
Mr. Ackland said of course his suggestion was for a concave mirror only ;
he was under the impression that Dr. Matthews had used the concave surface.

Mr. B. T. Lowne related some very interesting facts in connection with the
development of certain Hymenopterous insects, illustrating his remarks by
numerous diagrams and by drawings upon the black board.

The President, in proposing a vote of thanks to Mr. Lowne for his extremely
interesting communication, characterised the subject as one of the greatest
importance, and expressed a hope that many other persons might be induced to
take up the study. Mr. Lowne had made this field so entirely his own that his
remarks were sure to be received with great pleasure and interest by the mem-
bers of the Club, on whose behalf he ventured to express a hope that this had
only been the first of a series of similar communications. — The vote of thanks
was then put to the meeting and carried unanimously.

The proceedings then terminated with a conversazione, at which the following
objects were exhibited : —

Professor Brown's Pocket Microscope on ")

Special Stand )

Balanus balanoides

Wing of Morpho Menelaus

Conochilus Volvox (collected at Snaresbrook ">
excursion, April 19th, 1873) .. ... )

Skin of Dog Fish

New Super-stage for oblique illumination ...

Ptilota elegans

Wing case of diamond beetle and Platino")

Cyanide of Magnesium ) Mr. Topping.

by Mr. Crisp.
Mr. Fitch.
Mr, Golding.

Mr Hainworth.
Mr. Kitsell.
Dr. Matthews.
Mr. J. C.Sigsworth.

Attendance — Members, 78 ; Visitors, 3.

9th May, 1873. — Conveesational

Section of Blow Fly's Eye

Leg of Cyphus nigro-punctatus

Corethra Plumicornis in different stages, ")
larva to imago ... ... ... ... )

Section of Ficus elastica... ...

Head of Cicendela Chin ensis

Members, 46; Visitors, 7.

Meeting.

Mr.
Mr.

Mr.

S. J. Mclntire.

Oxley.

Goodinge.

Mr.
Mr.
Mr,

, Fitch.

, Sigs worth.

. Golding.

182

May 23rd, 1873.-— Dr. R. Braithwaite, F.L.S., President, in the

Chair.

The following donations to the Club were announced : —

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal" ... from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip " ,,

*' Proceedings of the Geologists' Association ... the Association.

" President's Address, &c., of the West Kent ) ,, Society

Natural History Society " ^

"Withering's Botany," 2 vols Mr. Jas. Watkins.

The thanks of the Club were unanimously voted to the Donors.
The following gentlemen were ballotted for, and duly elected members of the
Club :— Mr. Alfred Coles, Mr. Robert R. F. Davey, Mr. William Gregory, Mr.
George C. Karop, Captain Loftus F. Jones, R.N., Mr. W. H. Kennell,
Lieut.-Colouel J. C. Salkeld, Mr. James H. C. Stewart, and Dr. John Whit-
more.

There being no formal paper to be read before the meeting,
Mr. T. C. White thought it might be interesting to members to know the
particulars of the last mode of producing crystals of hippuric acid by means of
sulphur fumes. He was induced to bring the subject before them because of a
letter which he had lately received from Mr. Furlonge, in which that gentleman
seemed very much struck with the method of crystallization by breathing upon
a film, and in which he had also asked how the effects were produced by the
sulphur fumes. The ordinary method was to make a saturated solution of the
salt in absolute alcohol, which should be heated in order to cause it to take up
as much as possible. Then a small quantity of the warm solution was taken up
in a warm dipping tube, ami placed upon a warm slide, over which it would flow
evenly, and would, as it cooled, form a thin transparent film. In a short time —
according to the amount of moisture in the atmosphere — crystallization would
begin to start from a number of centres, and would, if not interfered with, form a
number of circular crystals. But if, when the circular crystals were beginning to
form they were breathed upon, a number of fringed crystals would at once begin
to start from all round their edges. If, instead of breathing on them, they were put
under a bell-glass with a little vapour of ammonia, fern-leaved crystals would
be formed, and by varying the vapours the results would be varied accordingly.
Seeing how much the foi-m of crystal was aff'ected by the amount of moisture
brought into contact with it, he thought that if he could cover the film with
something whicb would rapidly absorb moisture, some curious eff'ects might
result. Knowing, therefore, the power which sulphuric acid possessed of ab-
sorbing moisture, he placed the films in contact with sulphurous acid from the
fumes of burning sulphur. Having covered the film with it he laid it by to cool,
and found that the whole crystallized in a beautiful fern-like arrangement, but
with this peculiarity — that the fronds were all of that peculiar wavy variety
which had been so much admired in the specimen slides he had brought to the
Club to exhibit, and which, when produced in the same way, were found to be
generally constant, thougli there was no end to the variety produced by breath-
ing upon them. Another curious form might be obtained by placing a glass
cover over a film, and then running a little benzole round it; the crystals in this
case took the form of those of uric acid, and appeared as modifications of the
ordinary dumb bell crystals.

183

The President expressed his thanks to Mr. White for coming to the rescue on
that barren evening mth so interesting a communication, and invited discussion
or remarks upon the subject.

Mr. Golding said he had no experience in the matter, and therefore wished to
ask whether the crystals of Hippuric acid were of a permanent character, or
whether they required to be mounted ?

Mr. White, in reply, stated that he found the crystals were easily preserved
by a very little fluid balsam run under the cover of the slile ; this was all that
was required. He had mounted them sometimes in castor oil, but found some
difficulty in keeping the oil in. He had also tried benzole, but that was found
to alter the character of the crystals altogether.

The President observed that castor oil had been long used, with success, as a
preservation of crystals, but the difficulty mentioned by Mr. White of keeping
it in the cell often caused inconvenience.

Mr. Alpheus Smith inquired how the square form of the crystals was pro-
duced ?

Mr, White said this certainly was a very pretty form, and was much admired as a
toy slide. It was produced by obtaining a film on the glass slide, and then
combing it crossways with a fine comb, when the crystals started at once from
all the scratches, and met in the middle of the squares. Pricking the film in
different places would vary the form of the crystals ; they would start from every
point touched with the needle, so that a pattern of any kind could be produced.
He had even caused them to form his initials by pricking the letters rapidly on
the film.

Dr Matthews said that there was a method of mounting crystals in castor oil.
which he had tried with success, and he thought it might be worth mentioning,
After having obtained the crystals upon a glass slide, in the usual way, he
placed it upon a turn-table, and taking a piece of soft wood — the end of which
had been bruised a little so as to make it brushy — he cleared away all but a
circular patch on the middle of the slide. He then made a cement ring or cell
round the circular spot, taking care that there was a small margin left between the
crystals and the cement. When this cell was properly dry, he took a glass cover
and placed it nearly all over the cell, and then by means of a pipette filled the
cell carefully with the oil, and slid the cover over it into its proper place. A
spring clip of low power was next applied to the cover, and after all the super-
fluous oil had been cleared away, a ring of strong cement or goldlsize was run
round the cover.
In reply to a question from Mr. Marks,

Dr, Matthews said that this method was of course only applicable to such
kinds of crystals as castor oil would preserve. He also said that it was desirable
that both the oil and the slide should be slightly warmed in order to increase the
fluidity of the former.

The President reminded members that the annual meeting of the Club was
approaching, and that the names of those gentlemen who were to be elected to
fill vacancies on the Committee must be proposed at their next ordinary meeting;
members should therefore come prepared to nominate those whom they were
desirous of seeing elected. He also wished to say that several important matters
had lately been engaging the attention of the Committee, which he thought it
desirable to lay before the meeting. The first of these was the Journal, and
with reference to this, it had been strongly felt by the Committee that in its
present form it was not worth the large sum of money which it cost the Club

184

annually. The Committee had therefore decided to discontinue it as a quarterly
publication, and to publish it either annually or otherwise, as might be found
convenient, and that all papers previous to publication should be submitted to
the Publishing Committee for approval. It was hoped that by this arrangement
a large saving to the Club would be eflPected, and at the same time the real value
of the papei's published would not be impaired ; and that the Committee, by
having the papers submitted to them, would not feel obliged to publish such as
might not be considered worth the expense. He also very much regretted to have to
announce that they were about to lose the services of their valuable Secretary.
He had that evening tendered his resignation, on account of the overwork which
his duties imposed upon him in addition to his professional engagements. This
announcement it was felt would be received with universal regret. In connec-
tion with it, a notice of motion had been handed in to him with reference to the
appointment of a paid assistant secretary, and this would be brought forward at
their next meeting in a formal manner as an addition to the bye-laws relating
to the constitution of the Club. A great deal of work had now to be done of a
routine character, and under present circumstances, with so large a number of
members on the list, the appointment of such an officer seemed to be a necessity.
These were points which he thought should be laid before them, and which be
trusted would meet with general approval amongst the members.

Mr. Eichards suggested that perhaps Mr. White might be induced to retain
his position as secretary if he had the assistance of a paid secretary to take the
heavier portion of the duties.

Mr. "White said he felt much obliged to Mr. Eichards for his proposal, but ha
felt obliged to decline it. He could assure the members that it was with no
slight pang that he gave up his position amongst them, for he loved the club,
and had done so ever since he joined its ranks, and he looked upon its progress
with no little pride. They had now upon the list 570 bona jkle members, and
although this number was perhaps not a very large increase upon that which
appeared in the reports some time ago, yet it did in reality represent a very
much stronger body of members. On going over the list he had found that a
great many names had been placed upon the roll irregularly ; the parties dis-
owned their connection with the club, and said they had been elected'without
their consent ; others had not kept up their subscriptions, and so forth. All
such names had now been weeded out, and the number now on the books con-
sisted of good, ho7ia fide paying members. And when they had such a large
club as that they would easily see that there was a great deal to be done, many
letters to be answered, and other matters to see to. This work, added to the
heavy work of an increasing practice in his profession, he found too much for
him, and he felt that he was not able, under the circumstances, to do his duty
to the club as he should wish it to be done, and therefore he felt he ought to
give it up. He would, of course, do all in his power to assist his successor in
the work, and he hoped that the members would bear in mind that although he
should cease to be their secretary he was not going to leave the club, and that
he hoped with an increased amount of time at his disposal to be able to do more
than he had done in the way of papers or communications.

The Secretary announced that the whole of the slides in the cabinet (upwards
of 2,000j had been thoroughly overhauled and re-arranged, and that they would
DOW be again available to the members, under the usual regulations.

Announcements of meetings for the ensuing month having been made, and
special attention having been called to the Annual Dinner of the club, which

185

was arranged to take place at Leatherhead on June 19tli, the proceedings ter-
minated witli a conversazione, at which the following objects? were exhibited : —

A cheap form of Hand Spectroscope

Eyes of Tahamis — opaque, in balsam

Parasite of Spider ... ... ...

Stephanoceros Eichornii, a.nd 3feliceria (alive) ...

Sections of Rush .. ... ...

Ambulacral disc of Echinus Lividus

Lung of Boa Constrictor — injected

Tracheei of Ilydrophilics Caraboides

Attendance— Members, 75 ; Visitors, 9.

by Mr. Burch.
Mr. Curties.
Mr. Freeman.
Mr. Hainworth.
Mr. B. D. Jackson.
Mr. Pett.
Mr. Topping.
Mr G. Williams.
Total, 84.

13th June, 1873. — Conversational

Meeting.

Objects Exhibited.

Vertical section of Oncidium luridum (stained

with Logwood) ... ... ...

Mr. B. D. Jackson.

Section of Eye — Hoverer Fly

Mr. S. J. Mclntire.

Exuvia of Spider ... ...

Mr. Fredk. Fitch.

Tongue of Young Epeira

j»

Marine Alga3

Mr. Thos Curties.

Small Intestine injection— mounted by the

late J, Quekett

Mr. E. Bartlett.

Hunting Spider

Mr. G. Williams.

Parasite of Bat

Mr. E. P. Pett.

Section of Ear of Rabbit (stained with

carmine)

Mr. F. Oxley.

Section of Nose of Dog— transparent injection

Mr. A. Topping.

Blue-bottle Fly

Mr. W. H. Golding.

Members, 53; Visitors, 2. Total,

55.

27tli June, 1873. — Conversational Meeting.

Series of Sections of Echinus Spines

Section of Medulla Oblongata of Mouse (injected)

Lasiopetalum Solanaceum

Sponge (?) on Shell from Mauritius

Section of Blow-Fly (opaque)

Plumatella hatched from Statoblasts obtained at ")

Victoria Docks, 1872 )

Currant Hawk-Moth (Trochilium tipuliforme), ")

alive )

Attendance— Members, 58 ; Visitors.

Mr. Pett.
Mr. Topping.
Mr. Watkins.
Mr. Ingpen.
Mr. J. A. Smith.

Mr. Hainworth.
Mr. G. Williams.
6.

18-

On" the Characteristics of Certain of the Hymenoptera.

Bj B. T. Lowne, F.R.C.S., F.L.S., &c.*

Delivered April 2oth, 1873.J

The subject whicli I am about to bring before you this evening
is not one of original research ; nevertheless, it is one of such very
great interest, and also of such extreme importance, and is one so
little known in this country, that I feel myself fully justified in
bringing it before 'you. It appeared in the first instance about
five years ago, in a German periodical, " Kolliker's Zeitschrift fur
Wissenschaft eiche Zoologie." It will, perhaps, be said that this
being the case, it is very late now to bring it before you ; but so
great is the interest and importance which attaches to it, that I
feel sure I shall be justified in doing so, and the more so because
it opens up a very wide field of research to those who choose to
enter upon the subject. The creatures to which I am about to
refer are some of them very well known to all of us ; specimens
have from time to time been brought here for exhibition by Mr.
Fitch, consisting of minute Hymenopterous insects which he had
found in spider's webs. They belong to the same class as the bees,
the wasps, and the Ichneumons — a class which comprehends the
whole of the 4-winged flies, is exceedingly numerous, and for the
most part exceedingly minute, so that probably nine-tenths of the
whole number are scarcely visible to the naked eye. Amongst
the most remarkable characteristics of this group of insects is the
fact that nearly the whole of them are parasitic. The Ichneumons,
for instance, lay their eggs in the bodies of caterpillars, and when
the caterpillar in which an egg has been laid has been transformed
into a chrysalis the egg hatches the larva of the ichneumon, eats
up the chrysalis, goes through its own transformations, and by-and-
bye there emerges, not a buttterfly but an ichneumon.

• The facts recorded in this paper are from M. Ganin Beitrage zur Erkeuntniss
der Entwickelungsgeschichtebeiden insecten, " Koll. Zeit. fur Wissensch. ZooL,"
Band xix., p. 381.

JoURN. Q M. C. No. 24. K

188 B. T. LOWNE ON THE HYMENOl'TEKA.

All this is very remarkable, but the forms which I am going to
describe are more remarkable still, for they are not only parasitic,
but they prey upon one another. In size they are scarcely visible
to the naked eye, they would in fact only look like grains of small
dust. I am going to bring under your notice some facts and
observations of extreme interest in relation to the development of
three genera, all the species of which are parasitic, and all of which
have fringed wings, characteristics, however, I believe, common to
a vast number of genera in this class of Hymenoptera.

The first genus which I shall describe is known as Platygaster,
and in tracing up its development I shall begin with the egg. The
eggs of most of these curious little Hymenoptera are enclosed in an
envelope which has a small pedicle attached to it ; they are of
com'se exceedingly minute, are transparent, and contain no food
yolk. In the bird's egg, it will be remembered, there is a large
yolk, and there is also a portion known as the tread or cicatricula.
This is the true germinal spot of the egg ; it is living matter, and
the food yolk feeds this little piece of protoplasm during the pro-
cess of development. Moreover, in the case of a large number of
worms the egg is formed of a union of two kinds of yolks secreted
by different glands and only united in the egg ; but the eggs of
these flies contain no food yolk, only a protoplasmic yolk, and the
reason for this is explained by their curious mode of development.

In the course of development, we first find that the single cell
is broken up into three cells, and a very curious thing is that the
central cell begins to form young cells inside it, and that the other
cells form an envelope round the central cell. We may look upon
this as the formation of the first shed skin of the creature. Whilst
this is taking place, large cells are being formed in the interior of
the central cell ; from these the larva of platygaster is developed.

The eggs of Platygaster are laid in the body of the larva of one
of the diptera, Cecidomyia, in which it undergoes the process of
development. It is at first a solid mass of protoplasm, as there is
no central fluid food yolk, but after the above-described changes,
the central mass of cells becomes inflected precisely in the same
manner as the embryo becomes folded in the course of the develop-
ment of the egg of the lobster or crawfish, and, as in the case of
the crawfish, one side of the depression forms the head and the
other the tail. This change goes on until at last an embryo is
formed, bearing a strong resemblance to a rudimentary crustacean,

B. T. LOWNE ON THE HYMENOPTERA. 189

then the portion which represents the tail becomes split into two,
and at length three pairs of lateral appendages are formed as buds,
whilst a pair of hnigitudinal bristles spring from the tail. In the
meantime a hollow has been formed in the interior, which will be-
come the alimentary canal.

The egg now hatches, the larva comes out, and swims about in
the interior of the host. On referring to Mr. Ganin's figures,
which have been reproduced in " Nature" since this paper was
read, you will, I think, at once see the resemblnnce which this
larva bears to an ordinary cyclops, and it certainly bears a very
curious resemblance to several forms of Crustacea. Three or four
of the eggs are generally laid in the body of one cecidomyian larva,
and when the host has been destroyed by them and no more re-
mains to be eaten, they fall to upon one another ; the weakest goes
to the wall, until at last there is only one left. There is still only
a very rudimentary alimentary canal ; the whole creature, in fact,
remains very rudimentary up to this stage of development.

The cellular walls of the embryo-platygaster now begin to
undergo differentiation, and the changes which take place are very
like those which take place in the blastoderm of an ordinary
insect's egg. In fact, this cyclops-like larva may be looked upon
as a kind of living egg shell, in the interior of which a new
creature is being developed. This may at first appear so strange
as to be incredible, but similar instances of such development are
well known ; an excellent example of this phenemonon is seen in the
case of the common star-fish. In its early stage it is called a
Pluteus, and it is in the interior of this larva or embryo that the
star-fish undergoes development, by the growth and development of
new formed embryonic cells. To recur to onr Platygaster,the next
change consists in the shedding of the cyclops-like integument,
and the new embryo becomes remarkable for its entire want of
segmentation, so that it looks more like one of the lower forms of
worms. After this a further change takes place, a new skin is
again formed, which this time is entirely hymenopterous ; the
creature has now become a thoroughly hymenopterous larva, and
having passed through the usual transformations emerges at
length as a perfectly formed Platygaster. This is certainly an
extremely curious and remarkable life history, and one which I
believe will one day throw much light upon the question of the
evolution of insects. The curious resemblance in the course of

N 2

190 B. T. LOWNE ON THE HYMENOPTERA.

development to certain forms of Crustacea is a point of the greatest
interest, and I look forward to some future researches yet to be
made to throw much light upon the origin of insects.

Curious as the life history of Platygaster is, a yet more
marvellous one has to be told. Some years ago Sir John Lubbock
found a remarkable little hymenopterous insect, which used its
wings for the purpose of swimming under water, belonging to the
genus Polynema. The eggs of Polynema are very much like
those of Platygaster; but they are laidn(»t in the larva of another
insect, but in the egg. The adult Polynema seeks for suitable
eggs and deposits her own with them. The eggs thus chosen are
those of the beautiful green dragon fly, Agrion Virgo, which lays
its eggs in the buds of the water-lily. A group of cells united
together into a solid mass escapes from the egg of Polynema,
which hatches, in fact, as a protoplasmic yolk, which appropriates
the food yolk of the egg of another creature. At an early period
the egg of the dragon fly ceases in its development, but that of
the Polynema goes on until a larva is produced, which resembles
in appearance one of j the lower Annelids ; this too undergoes
changes similar to- those observed in the case of Platygaster,
and ultimately forms a larva just like an ordinary hymenopterous
larva, except that it never forms any tracheae, and remains entirely
without any such organs during the whole of its life. The Dragon-
fly's egg shell becomes now only a kind of case in which the de-
velopment of Polynema goes on. After a few days the egg shell
is broken, but instead of a larval Dragon fly, there emerges an
adult Polynema, which dives at once into the water. The wings
may be fairly believed to subserve the respiratory function in
- these insects, as they remain open sacs, the interior of which is
continuous with the body cavity of the insects. It is interesting
to remember that Oken believed the wings of insects to be modifi-
cations of respiratory organs, and homologous with the main tracheal
trunks. I do not know if, at this late period of the evening, I
should be justified in entering into the details of the history of the
other form of genus Ophioneurus, which I alluded to at the outset
of this paper. There are some differences between its develop-
ment and that of Platygaster and Polynema. I will only mention
the more important of these. Ophioneurus is aerial irstead of
aquatic; it is parasitic in the eggs of the common cabbage butter-
fly, and is, therefore, probably an easy form to obtain. Instead of

B. T. LOWNE ON THE HYMEXOPTERA. 191

a single larva only being developed in each butterfly's egg, several
are sometimes perfected in it. The young embryo escapes in an
unformed condition, like polynema, but remains attached to its
ruptured egg-shell ; this embryo becomes converted directly into
an unsegmented larva without any skin shedding, thus differing
from the types I have already described. The whole developmental
process is simpler than in Polynema or Platygaster, but as in those
genera the embryo becomes converted into a larva by the gradual
development of structures similar to those which are usually de-
veloped in the egg, a primitive fold and head lappets appear, as in
crustacean and insect embryos, although the larva soon assumes a
simple sac-like form. Soon, however, the hypodermis, or lower
layer of the skin of this sac-like larva becomes converted into
imaginal discs, and these, strange to say, form the outer integu-
ment of the perfect form, and are never shed. All these changes
take place very rapidly, and in two or three days the infected eggs
produce from one to three perfect Ophioneuri, instead of a single
lepidopteroiis larva.

I do not know whether it will ever be possible for me to find
time to trace out the wonderful changes described by Herr Ganin,
but I feel sure that great additional light will be one day thrown
upon the affinities of insects by the study of these wonderful life
histories, and I doubt not that thousands of infected lepidopterous
and other eggs might be found by anyone who has the skill and
leisure to prosecute this research, and that the labour would be
repaid by the richest results.

19^2

Collecting and Preserving Fresh Water Alg^.
Bj Dr. Horatio Wood, Jun.*

There are three or four distinct classes of localities, in each of
which a different set of forms may be looked for. These are
stagnant ditches and pools, springs, rivulets, large rivers, and other
bodies of pure water, dripping rocks in ravines, &c. ; trunks of
old trees, boards, branches and twigs of living trees, and other
localities.

In regard to the first — stagnant ivaters — in these the most con-
spicuous forms are Oscillatori^ and Zygnemacc^. The Oscilla-
toriae may almost always be recognised at once by their forming
dense slimy strata, floating or attached, generally with very fine
rays extending from the mass, like a long, delicate fringe. The
stratum is rarely of a bright green colour, but is mostly dark, dull
greenish, blackish, purplish, blue, &c. The Oscillatorias are equally
valuable as specimens at all times and seasons, as their fruit is not
known, and the characters defining the species do not depend upon
sexual organs. The Zygnemas are the bright green, evidently
filamentous, slimy masses, which float on ditches, or lie in them,
entangled amongst the water plants, sticks, twigs, &c. They are .
only of scientific value when in fruit, as it is only at such times
that they can be determined. Excepting in the case of one or two
very large forms, it is impossible to tell with the nalced eye with
certainty whether a Zyghema is in fruit or not ; but there are one
or two practical points, the remembrance of which will very greatly
enhance the probable yield of an afternoon's search. In the first
place the fruiting season is in the spring and early summer, the
latter part of March, May, and June being the months when
the collector will be best repaid for looking for this family. Again,
when these plants are fruiting they lose their bright green colour
and become dingy, often yellowish, and very dirty looking — just
such specimens as the tyro would pass by. The fine, bright green,

* Extracted from " A Contribution to the Natural History of the Fresh Water
Algas of America." Washington, 1873.

DR. HORATIO WOOD ON FRESH WATER ALG^. 193

handsome masses of these alg^e are rarely worth carrying home.
After all, however, much must be left to chance ; the best way is to
gather small quantities from numerous localities, keeping them
separate until they can be examined.

Adhering to the various larger plants, to floating matters, twigs,
stones, &c., in ditches, will often be found filamentous Algae, which
make fine filmy fringes around the stems, or on the edges of the
leaves, or perchance one may meet with Rivalarise or Nostocs, &c.,
forming little green or brownish balls, or indefinite protuberances
attached to small stems or leaves. These latter forms are to be
looked for, especially late in the season, and whenever seen should
be secured.

In the latter part of summer there is often a brownish, gelatinous
scum to be seen floating on ditches. Portions of this should be
preserved, as it frequently contains interesting Nostocs and other
plants.

In regard to large rivers^ the time of year in which I have been
most successful in such localities is the latter summer months.
Springs and small bodies of clear water may be searched with a
hope of reward at any time of the year when they are not actually
frozen up. I have found some exceedingly beautiful and rare
Alg£e in such places as early as March, and in open seasons they
may be collected even earlier than this. The Desmids are most
abundant in the spring, and possibly most beautiful then. They,
however, rarely conjugate at that time, and the most valuable
specimens are therefore to be obtained later — during the summer
and autumn months, at least, so it is said ; and the experience I
have had with this family seems to confirm it. Rivulets should be
watched especially in early spring, and during the summer months.

From the time when the weather first grows cool in the autumn,
on until the cold weather has fairly set in, and the reign of ice and
snow commences, is the period during which the Algae hunter
should search carefully all wet, dripjnng rocks, for specimens.
Amongst the stems of wet mosses — in dark, damp crevices, and
little grottos beneath shelving rocks — is the Algje harvest to be
reaped at this season. Nostocs, Palmellas, conjugating Desmids,
Siiosiphons, various unicellular Algae, then flourish in such
localities. My experience has been that late in the autumn ravines,
railroad cuttings, rocky river-banks, &c., reward time and labour
better than any other localities.

.194 DR. HORATIO WOOD ON Fl;E8II WATER ALG.E.

The Vaiichcrias, which grow frequently on wet ground, as well
as submerged, fruit in the early spring and summer in this lati-
tude, and are therefore to be collected at such times, since they
are only worth preserving when in fruit.

In regard to Alga3 which grow on trees, I have found but a
single species, and do not think they are at all abundant in this
latitude. Further south, they seem to be the most abundant
forms.

As to the preservation of Alg£e, most of the submerged species
are spoiled by drying. Studies of them should always, when
practicable, be made whilst fresh. Circumstances, however, will
often prevent this, and I have found that they may be preserved
for a certain period, say three or four months, without very much
change, in a strong solutimi of acetate of alumina.

An even better preservative, however, and one much more easily
obtained, is carbolic acid, for 1 have studied Desmids with great
satisfaction which had been preserved for live or six years in a
watery solu^on of this substance. In regard to the strength of
the solution, I have no fixed rule, always simply shaking up a
few drops of the acid with the water, until the latter is very de-
cidedly impregnated with it, as indicated by the senses of smell
and taste.

Almost all species of Alg£e which are firm and semi-cartilaginous,
or almost woody in consistency, are best preserved by simply dry-
ing them, and keeping them in the ordinary manner for small
plants. The fresh-water Algse which bear this treatment well
belong to the Phycochromophycece^ such as the Nostocs, Scytonejua,
&c., the true confervas not enduring such treatment at all. When
dried plants are to be studied, fragments of them should be soaked
for a few minutes in warm, or for a longer time in cold water.

The only satisfactory way that Algte can be finally prepared for
the cabinet is by mounting them whole or in portions, according to
size, for the microscope. Of the best methods of doing this the
present is hardly the time to speak ; but a word as to the way of
cleaning them will not be out of place. Many of them, especially
the large filamentous ones, may be washed by holding them fast
upon an ordinary microscope slide, with a bent needle, or a pair of
forceps, and allowing water to flow or slop over them freely, whilst
they are rubbed with a stiffish camel's-hair pencil or brush. In
other cases, the best plan is to put a mass of the specimens in a

DR. HOllATlO WOOD ON FRESH WATER ALGM. 195

bottle half-full of water, and sluike the whole violently, drawing off
the water from the plants in some way, and repeating the process
with fresh additions of water, until the plants are well scoured.
At first sight, this process would seem exceedingly rough, and
liable to spoil the specimens, but I have never seen bad results
from it, at least when practised with judgment. The water seems
so to envelope and protect the little plants, that they are not
injured.

After all, in many instances it appears impossible to clean these
Algae without utterly ruining and destroying them, so that he who
despises and rejects mounted specimens simply because they are
dirty and unsightly, will often reject that which, scientifically speak-
ing, is most valuable and attractive.

In finally mounting these plants, the only proper way is to place
them in some preservative solution within a cell on a slide. After
trial of solution of acetate of alumina and various other preser-
vative fluids, I have settled upon a very weak solution of carbolic
acid, as the best possible liquid to mount these plants in. Acetate
of alumina would be very satisfactory were it not for the very great
tendency of the solution to deposit minute granules, and thus spoil
the specimens. As every one knows, the great difficulty in pre-
serving microscopic objects in the moist way is the perverse ten-
dency of the cells to leak, and consequently slowly to allow entrance
to the air and spoil the specimens.

As I have frequently found to my great chagrin, the fact that
a slide has remained unchanged for six months, or even a year, is
no guarantee that i^ will remain so indefinitely. It becomes,
therefore, exceedingly important to find some way of putting up
microscopic objects that can be relied on for their preservation.
Where carbolated glycerine jelly or Canada balsam can be used,
the solid coating which they form around tlie specimens constitutes
the best known protection. Except in case of the Diatoms, how-
ever, these substances so shrivel and distort the fresh water algas
immersed in them as to utterly ruin them. I lost so many
specimens by the old ways of mounting, that, becoming dis-
heartened, I gave up all idea of making a permanent cabinet,
until a new cement, invented by Dr. J. G. Hunt, of this city, was
brought to my notice. This is prepared as follows : —

Take damar gum, any quantity, and dissolve it in benzole ; the
solution ma^ be hastened by heat. After obtaining a solution just

106 DR. HORATIO WOOD ON FRESH WATER ALG^.

thick enough to drop readily from the brush, add enough of the
finest dry oxide of zhic, previously triturated in a mortar with a
small quantity of benzole, until the solution becomes white when
thoroughly stirred. If not too much zinc has been added, the
solution will drop quickly from the brush, flow readily, and dry
quickly enough for convenient work. It will adhere, if worked
properly, when the cell- cover is pressed down, even when glycerine
is used for the preservative medium. Keep in an alcohol lamp
bottle with a tight lid, and secure the brush for applying the cement
in the lid of the bottle.

Its advantages lie in the circumstance that the glass cover can
be iDlaced upon the ring of it whilst still fresh and soft, and that
in drying it adheres to both cover and slide, so as to form a joint
between them of the width of the ring of cement, and not, as with
asphaltum, gold size, &c., simply at the edge and upon the outside
of the cover. It is readily to be seen how much less liability to
leakage must result from this. The method of mounting with it
is as follows : — A ring of any desired size is made by means of an
ordinary Bhadbolt's turn-table, upon a slide, which is then placed
to one side to dry. When required for use, the specimen, cover,
&c., being all prepared and ready, the slide is again placed upon
the turn-table, and a new ring of cement put directly upon the old
one. The specimen is immediately placed within the cell thus
formed, and the requisite quantity of the carbolated water placed
upon it. The cover, which must be large enough to entirely or
nearly cover the cement ring, is now picked up with the forceps,
the under side being moistened by the breath to pievent adhesion
of air-bubbles, and placed carefully in position. It is now to be
carefully and equably pressed down with some force. By this any
superfluous water is squeezed out, and the cover is forced down into
the cement which rises as a little ring around its edge. The pres-
sure is best made with a stiff needle, at first on the centre, and
then upon the edges of the cover, which may finally be made slowly
to revolve underneath the needle point. The slide may then be put
aside to dry ; or better, an outside ring of the cement thrown over
its edge in the usual manner. Where a deep cell is required,
several coats of the cement should be placed one over the other,
each being allowed to dry in turn. If time be an object, and only
a shallow cell be necessary, the first ring of cement may be dispensed
with, and the whole mounting of the specimen be done in a few

DR. HORATIO WOOD OX FRESH WATER ALG.E 197

minutes. Even with this cement, and the utmost care in mounting,
the cabinet should be occasionally inspected, for there will always
be some slides into which air will penetrate. When such are found
efforts may be made to stop tbe leak by new rings of cement over-
laid upon the old ; but very often entire remounting of the speci-
men is the only satisfactory cure.

SPILOC^EA POMI. Fries.

This cosmopolitan fungus has made its appearance this
autumn in what would seem to be stronger force than hereto-
fore, threatening some crops with destruction. It appears at first
beneath the cuticle of the fruit, then breaks through in circular,
often confluent, patches, of a dark brown colour, bordered by the
lacerated margin of the cuticle. The microscope reveals a mass of
short septate threads, which are simple, and closely packed together,
each one terminating in an ovate, caducous joint, wLich has all the
characters of a spore, and ultimately becomes at least uniseptate.
The threads and spores are slightly coloured of a smoky-grey tint.
From these particulars it will be seen how near Spiloccea i^omi
approaches to such species of Cladosporium as C. dendriticum, of
which it is probably only a condition. In the "■ Gardener's Chro-
nicle" for Sept. 20th, it is supposed to be a state of Helmiii-
thosporium pyrorum. At any rate, mycologists seem to be agreed
that it is not an autonom^ous plant, and is closely related either to
Cladosporium or Helmintliosporium, From our own examination,
we are at present more disposed to refer it to the former than to
the latter. Further investigation, at a later period, might, perhaps,
modify this opinion, but at present its characters seem to approxi-
mate so closely to Cladosporium dendriticmn, especially the variety
orbiculatum, that we consider the probabilities strongly in favour of
that species. — M. C. Cooke.

198

NOBERT'S TESTS AND MR. WEBB.

The following letter has been received from Dr. Woodward : —

Army Medical Museum,

Washington, D.C., August 18th, 1873.

To the Members of the Quekeit Microscopical Club.

Gentlemen, — As I always read the Journal of your Club with
interest, my attention was at once arrested by the communication
of Mr. William Webb '' on Nobert's T«.sts," in the July number,
in which he arrives at the conclusion " That beyond the first few
bands of Nobert's Tests there is not one containing a line properly
so called." The mechanical considerations urged by Mr. Webb I
will not discuss further than to say that he appears to have over-
looked completely one of the most striking facts with regard to
Nobert's plates, viz. : That the lines of the first band are not only
further apart, but are more deeply ruled than those of the second ;
that those of the third are still shallower, and so on progressively.
This circumstance, it appears to me, destroys his whole argument.
I do not, however, write to discuss Mr. Webb's argument, but to
remind the members of the club that there is a physical reason
which compels us to believe that the first fifteen bands, at least, of
the nineteen band plate are composed of real and distinct lines, and
that the distance of these lines apart must approximate very closely
to what was intended by Nobert.

When the bands of the Nobert's plate are illuminated by oblique
light, and are looked at from above with a low power (too low to
show any of the lines), each band appears as a smooth^coloured
stripe. From the known wave length of the colour^seen, and the
angle of the incident pencil, the distance which the lines of any
band must actually be apart can be computed by the well-known
formula for the spectrum of gratings enunciated by Fraunhofer,
and the distance thus obtained agrees with_^ that ^at which Nobert
ruled the lines. On the other hand the angle of the incident pencil
being known, and Nobert's given distance being assumed to be

nobekt's tests. 199

true, a table of wave lengths for tlie different colours may be cal-
culated, and tlie wave lengths thus deduced agree substantially
with those computed by other means. Nobert has discussed the
whole subject in two elaborate papers in the 58th volume of Pog-
gendorff's Annalen (1852), 1o which I would refer any of your
members who are interested in the mathematical asptects of the
question. His discussion leaves, as I think, no room for the pos-
sibility of a doubt of the objective reality of the lines up to the
fifteenth band.

Now I call attention to the fact that this reason is altogether
independent of our ability to resolve the lines with the microscope.
In fact, it enabled Nobert to know that his plates were correctly
ruled long before the resolution of any but the coarsest bands had
been effected by anyone; so that all that Mr. Webb's paper proves
is that he does not know how Nobert produces the results, and
notwithstanding his great skill in writing on glass, cannot do the
same thing himself.

As no spectral colour is obtained in the bands finer than the
fifteenth, the formula of Fraunhofer cannot be applied to them. In
fact, the formula demonstrates that if these bands are actually
ruled, as claimed, they can give no spectral colour. For my own
part, however, I have no hesitation in expressing the opinion that
the four higher bands (16th, 17th, 18th, and 19th) have also an
objective reality, I base this opinion upon the comparison of their
optical appearances as seen with the best glasses with the appearances
of the lower bands (especially those from the 9th to the loth).
These appearances are quite the same in both cases, and as similar
results follow similar causes, I infer the existence of real lines in
the four higher bands, since I know beyond the possil>ility of a
doubt that they exist in the others. I have discussed the appearances
referred to, and the whole matter of the spurious lines which are
observed under certain circumstances in connection with the true
lines, or instead of them, in the " Monthly Microscopical Journal"
for May, 1871. Mr. Webb imagines the real lines also to be
spurious, speaks of them as *' aerial polarized black lines of light "
(whatever they may mean), and talks generally of the part he
supposes polarized lightto play in the production of the phenomena,
in a way which shows his optical notions to be original rather than
sound. It is hardly worth while to discuss this part of his paper.

I may mention here, as a matter of interest to the club, that I

200 nobeht's tests.

have recently examined two new test plates by Nobert — the first
ruled for Professor Barnard, of Columbia College ; the second for
the Army Medical Museum — in which the maker has attempted to
rule lines twice as fine as those of the nineteenth band. Tliese
plates have twenty bands. The first ten correspond respectively
to the 1st, 3rd, 5th, 7th, 9th, 11th, 13th, 17th, and 19th of the
old plate. The lines in the second group of ten bands purport to
be ruled at the following distances apart: — The lltli band
TTD^oTT ^^ ^ Paris line, the 12th band i^^o, and so on up to the
20th band, lines of which are said to be 2 o~d^o~o ^^ ^ Paris line
apart. As I have not yet been able to resolve any of these new
bands I will not at present express an opinion as to whether Nobert
has actually succeeded in ruling them as attempted.

Finally, I would say that my attention having been directed to
the accounts of Mr. Webb's fine writing on glass, which appears
to be almost as marvellous in its way as Nobert's work in its, I
have written to Mr. Webb requesting him to prepare a specimen
for the museum. I anticipate both pleasure and instruction from
its examination, and have no doubt that I shall find as much to
admire in his work as I do to condemn in his arguments.
With bigh consideration,

J. J. WOODWARD, U.S. Army,

Honorary Foreign Member.

201

PROCEEDINGS.

June 27th, ISJS.—Chainnan, Dr. R. Braithwaite, F.L.S.,

President.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.

The following donations to the Club were announced —

*' The Monthly Microscopical Journal " from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip " ,, ,,

"Proceedings of the Eoyal Society," No. 141 the Society.

'* The American Naturalist " in exchange.

"The Lens" „

"Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical") r. ,, ^ . ,

Society of Manchester " )

Nineteen slides Mr. Jas. Watkins.

Twenty-four slides Mr. T. C. White.

r Mr. Henry Horn-

£3 for the purchase of Books for the Library ... < castle, of Whit-

^ more, Notts.

The thanks of the Meeting were unanimously^ voted to the donors.

The following gentlemen were ballotted for and duly elected members of tho
Club :— Mr. Alfred S. Corbitt, Mr. H. G. Glasspool, Mr. Thomas Mason, Mr.
B. W. Priest, Mr. G. R. B. Ray, Mr. Frederick Reeve, Mr. Joseph E. Symons,
Mr. G. J. Smith, and Mr. Edward Souter.

Dr. G. W. Royston-Pigott read a paper entitled, " A Description of the New
Interference Markings in Lepismaand Podura." The subject was illustrated by
diagrams.

A vote of thanks was unanimously passed to Dr. Pigott for his paper.

Mr. S. J. Mclntire said that he had only seen Dr. Pigott's exhibition once,
and that was at his own house. It certainly struck him on that occasion that
Dr. Pigott was a most skilful manipulator with high powers. He had himself
worked a great deal at Podura scales, and in endeavouring to understand their
structure he had thought it well to obtain as much knowledge as possible of the
structure of insects' scales generally In examining a large number of them for
this purpose, his conviction was strengthened that with high powers there was
the greates difficulty in deciding what was really seen. With regard to the
beads which had been described, he had frequently seen them, but at the same
time he doubted their actual existence. There was in the structure of some
scales a deposit of a fatty substance, and it was quite possible that this might
exist in those of the Podura, and might give rise to some such appearances,
although he thought it was more probably a result of interference. Dr. Pigott
was the first to discover and draw attention to these appearances, and he was
understood to believe in their entity, and that the club-shaped markings were
illusions. He (Mr. Mclntire), on the contrary, believed that the club-shaped

202

markings were realities. Dr. Pigott could do much with high powers, but in
his own mind the doubt still remained as to what could really be done with
them.

Dr. Pigott thought that, of course, everyone had a right to hold hia own
opinion ; but the question before them was not a matter for argument, but of
seeing. He had within the last two or three days hit upon a way of viewing
these objects, and if ever he saw a string of red currants, why he could see those
beads. It was very easy to test whether a body seen was spherical or not, for if
it was so a symmetrical shadow would be found on every side when it was
manipulated. He had shown these bodies to a number of persons— to a young
lady, and to a deaf and dumb man, who had never heard what they were, and
they both described them as beads. He had shown them to Mr. Bowman (who
was present in that room), and he could describe them. Of course, every gentle-
man, who has his own ideas, like a true John Bull, would be very slow to believe
in any new notions ; but if Mr. Mclntire would call upon him with any half-
dozen other gentlemen, he would put the matter to the test before tliem.

Mr. Mclntire said he did not at all doubt that these appearances could be
shown, because he had seen them himself.

The chair having been taken pro tern, by Dr. Matthews,

The President read the second of his series of papers on " Plant Organiza-
tion," in which he treated of the origin and growth'of the plant cell, illustrating
the subject by a number of lithographed drawings, which were handed round for
the inspection of the members.

A vote of thanks to Dr. Braithwaite for his paper was then unanimously

Dr. Pigott wished to ask Dr. Braithwaite if he would not take up the subject
of spontaneous generation in connection with this subject ; he thought it would
be very interesting.

Dr. Braithwaite said he had neither the time nor opportunity for following
out this subject ; he might, however, say that he was not a believer in spon-
taneous generation, and he thought that all the most recent researches in that
direction agreed in proving that it had no existence in facts.

Mr. Ingpen thought that the greatest value of such a paper as Dr. Braith-
waite's would be in its educational character, inasmuch as it brought before
the club certain points which, from an educational point of view, it was
highly necessary should be well understood by all. He was very glad that
the subject had been brought before them in this form, and that the members
would be able to read it for themselves in their own journal, as a part only of
a series of similar papers. Dr. Braithwaite said this was really his object in
bringing forward the subject.

Mr. James Smith exhibited to the meeting a neat form of paper sunhght
reflector which he had found very useful in obtaining a good and white reflected
light when working with the microscope in the day time. It was intended to
be hung in any convenient position in direct sunshine, and the mirror of the
instrument directed to\vards it.

A vote of thanks was passed to Mr. Smith for his communication.

The Secretary read a letter which had been received by Mr. Golding from Mr.
Chantrell, of Liverpool, describing a series of observations recently carried on
in connection with the development of certain Infusoria in glass troughs con-
structed for the purpose.

Mr. B. D. Jackson gave notice that at the next meeting he would propose a

203

new bye-law to be substituted for the 2Qd bye-law now in force, relating to
the officers of the club. The proposed new bye-law having been read to the
meeting, the President intimated that it would be submitted for approval or
otherwise at the Annual Meeting in July.

The President then reminded the members that the next time they met
would be the occasion of the Anniversary of the Club, and invited nominations
of gentlemen to fill vacancies upon the Committee.

The following gentlemen were then nominated as Vice-Presidents for the
ensuing year : —

Mr. T. W. Burr Proposed by Mr. Hind Seconded by Mr. G. Williams.

Mr. B. T. Lowne ,, Mr. B. D. Jackson ,, Mr. Hainworth.

Dr. Matthews ,, Mr. Hainworth ,, Mr. Pett.

Mr. Chas. P. White ,, Mr. Ramsbotham ,, Mr. Marks.

The following gentlemen were nominated as members of Committee : —
Mr. E. Bartlett Proposed by Mr. Jas. Smith Seconded by Mr. E. Richards.
Mr. W. M. Bywater ,, Mr. J. A. Smith ,, Mr. Pett.

Mr. Frank Crisp ,, Mr. Jas. Watkins ,, Mr. Kitrill.

Mr. H. F. Hailes ,, Mr. Curteis ,, Mr. E. George.

Mr. F. H. P. Hiud ,, Mr. Alpheus Smith ,, Mr. T. Terry.

Mr. Jas. Nelson ,, Mr. J. G. Waller ,, Mr. A. Waller.

Mr. E. T. Newton ,, Mr. E.P. Pett ,, Mr. J. A. Smith.

Mr. J. G. Waller ,, Mr. Hailes ,, Dr. Matthews.

Mr. T. C. White ,, Mr. E. Richards ,, Mr. Jas. Smith,

To fill the office of Auditor on behalf of the Club —

Mr. Pett was proposed by Mr. Curteis, seconded by Mr. J. A. Smith, and
unanimously elected.

The proceedings then terminated with a conversazione, at which the follow-
ing objects were exhibited : —

Plumatella by Mr. Hainworth.

Sponge on a Shell from Mauritius ... ... Mr. Ingpen.

Sections of Echinus Spines Mr. Pett.

Polished Slab of Oolite Mr. Sigsworth.

Section of Blow Fly Mr. J. A. Smith.

Injected Section of Medulla Oblongata of Mouse Mr. Topping.

Lasiopetalum Solanaceiir.i ... ... Mr. Watkins.

Currant Clearwing Moth (Sesia Tipioliformis) Air. G. Williams.
Attendance— Members, 59 j Visitors, 5.

ANNUAL MEETING.
July 25tli, 1873. — Chairman, Dr. R. Braithwaite, F.L.S., &c.

The minutes of the preceding meeting having been read and confirmed,
Mr. B. D. Jackson, in accordance with notice given at the last ordinary
meeting, moved — " That the 2nd bye-law of the Club be abrogated, and that
the following be substituted for it, viz., ' That the business of the Club be con-
ducted by the President, four Vice-Presidents, Treasurer, Honorary Secretary,
Honorary Secretary for Foreign Correspondence, and a committee of twelve
other members. Six to form a quorum. That the President, Vice-Presidents,
Treasurer, and two Secretaries, with four senior members of the committee (by
election), retire annually, but be eligible for re-election. That the committee
may appoint a stipendiary assistant secretary, who shall be subject to its
direction.' " Mr. Jackson explained that the rule now proposed was the same
JouRN. Q. M. C. No. 24. n

204

in effect as the one for which it was to be substituted, but it gave in addition
power to the committee to appoint a paid assistant secretary, and it also
omitted the clause by which the Editor of the Journal was appointed an ex-officio
member of the committee. It had been decided to discontinue the Journal in
its present form, and the editor's wort would in future be carried on by a sub-
committee appointed for the purpose.

Mr. Oxley seconded the resolution, and on being put to the meeting it was
declared to be carried unanimously.

The Secretary read the Eighth Annual Report of the Committee of the Club,
also the Treasurer's statement of accounts.

The President moved — " That the reports now read be received and adopted,
and that they be printed and circulated amongst the members."

The proposal having been seconded was put to the meeting and carried
unanimously.

The President also moved—" That the cordial thanks of the Club be pre-
sented to the Council of University College for their continued liberality and
kindness in permitting the meetings of tl-e Club to be held in that building."

Mr. Ingpen seconded the motion, which was then put to the meeting and
carried by acclamation.

A Ballot was then taken for the election of officers and six members of the
committee, Mr. Crook and Mr. Reeves having been appointed scrutineers.

The Scrutineers having handed in their report, the following gentlemen were
declared to have been duly elected : —

As President ... Dr. R. Braithwaite.
r Mr. T. W. Burr.

As Vice-Presidents ... \ Mr. B T Lowne.
Dr. Matthews.
L Mr. Chas. F. White.
r Mr. W. M. By water.
I Mr. Frank Crisp.

, ,, , „ ^ ... I Mr. H. F. Bailee.

As Members of Committee ... ^^^_ ^^ ^ ^ ^.^^^

I Mr. J. G. Waller.
iMr. T.C.White.
As Treasurer ... Mr. R. Hardwicke.
As Hon. Secretary ... Mr. J. E. Ingpen.
As Eon. Secretary for Foreign Corres- 1 jj^^ -^ ^^ Cooke.

pondence •>

As Assistant Secretary ... Mr. E. Marks.
The President then read his Annual Address, in which, after congratulating
the members upon the continued prosperity of the Club, he gave a resume of
the work of the year. The address was listened to with great attention, and
concluded amidst great applause.

A vote of thanks to the President for his valuable address was then moved by
Mr. J. G. Waller, seconded by Mr. Ingpen, and carried unanimously.

The President, in acknowledging the vote of thanks, expressed his regret that
he had been prevented by want of time from giving more attention to the
preparation of his address ; he had only returned from Scotland a few days
since, which was the reason why it had been somewhat shorter than usual.

Mr. Golding moved that the address of the President be printed and circu-
lated in the usual way amongst the members of the Club.

205

Mr. Wliite seconded the motion, which was put and carried nem. dis.

Mr. T. dirties proposed a vote of thanks to the Committee and Officers of the
Club for their management of its affairs during the past year, and the proposal
having been seconded and put to the meeting, was unanimously carried.

Mr. J. E, Ingpen said it might be supposed that the last vote of thanks had
included the one which he was about to propose ; he thought, however, that he
should be quite expressing the general feeling of the members in proposing a
special vote of thanks to their retiring honorary secretary. As they had done
him the honour to elect him as Mr. White's successor, he was perhaps in a better
position than most of them to make this proposal. He was sure from what he
could already see that Mr. White had held no sinecure (and for his own part he
felt very glad to find that some assistance was in future to be given). Tlie work
to be done was very considerable, and it did not all lie upon the surface; in
addition to other duties a great deal was often required in matters of tact and
conciliation, which generally contributed towards making the machinery of the
Club run smoother, as well as preventing collisious which might now and then
occur with detrimental effect. They had also seen a great deal of Mr. White
in other ways ; they had ever the benefit of his scientific experience, ever his
ready help, and ever his geniality and kindness. He (Mr. Ingpen) was very
glad to find that Mr. White had been elected as a member of their Committee,
so that they should still have the benefit of his counsel, and in one respect he
thought that the Club would be a gainer, because they now had the promise t>f
some papers from him upon Animal Histology, which would be very interesting
as supplementing those which were now in course of being read by Dr. Braith-
waite. He had great pleasure in proposing that a cordial vote of thanks be
presented to Mr. T. C. White for his great exertions for the welfare of the Club
during the four years he had acted as their Honorary Secretary.

Mr. W. H. Golding having seconded the motion, it was put to the meeting by
the President, and carried unanimously amidst great applause.

The President, addressing Mr. T. C. White, said he had a further and still
more pleasant duty to perform, that of presenting him with a testimonial from
a number of the members of the Club upon the occasion of his retirement from
the office of hon. secretary. The testimonial was in the form of a diamond ring
(which he believed had been the form chosen by Mr. White himself), and he had
great pleasure in presenting it on behalf of the members as a token of their
sense of the value of his services as their hon. secretary.

Mr. T. C. White (who rose amidst great cheering) said that he felt most
gratified by the kindness and cordiality of the way in which the members present
had accorded their thanks to him on that occasion ; indeed, he could hardly say
that it had taken him by surprise, because he had received from them at all
times so very much kindness and so many undoubted expressions of their good-
will. He regretted very much that it had become a necessity for him to give up
his position as their secretary, but the great increase of his professional engage-
ments, which frequently occupied him fi'om nine o'clock in the morning until
six o'clock in the evening without any intermission, added to his other work,
had begun to tell seriously upon his health, and for months past had resulted in
almost constant headache, so that he felt compelled to give up his position in
order to obtain some really needful rest. The regret with which he left that
chair was, however, softened by a knowledge of the ability of the gentleman
who was to be his successor, and by the assurance that he was in every way as
fond of the club. He thanked them very much indeed for their handsome

206

present ; lie should never look at it without thinking of their kindness, and how
many times he had shaken hands with those who at their meetings had always
given him such a cordial welcome and support during the period he had the
honour to be their Secretary.

Mr. White then vacated the Secretary's chair, which was at once occupied by
the newly-elected Hon. Secretary — Mr. John E. Ingpen.

A vote of thanks to the Scrutineers was moved by Mr. B. D. Jackson, and
having been seconded and put to the meeting was carried unanimously.

The Secretary announced the following donations to the Club since the last
meeting : —

** The Monthly Microscopical Journal" from the Publisher.

*' The Popular Science Eeview" ,, ,,

*' Science Gossip" ... ... ... ,, ,,

*' Proceedings of the Eoyal Society, No. 145." ... the Society.

* ' The 4th Annual Report of the Liverpool Natural )

History Society" j the Society.

"The Proceedings of the British Natural History) th S i t

Society" J

"The American Naturalist" in exchange.

*' The Journal of the London Institution " from the Librarian.

1 Slide Mr. Alfd. Allen.

6 Slides Mr. Jas. Watkina.

The thanks of the Club were voted to the Donors.

The following gentlemen were ballotted for, and duly elected members of the
Club:— Mr. John Baguley, Rev. H. J, Fase, Mr. John Thos. Hurst, Mr. 0. I>e
Pelley, Mr. John S. Walker, and Mr. Walter White.

Mr. Thos. Crook hoped he should not be out of place in saying a few words
then, but he thought that there was one gentleman to whom a vote of thanks
should be certainly given, and that was to Mr. Lewis, their shorthand writer ;
he, therefore, wished to propose that the thanks of the Club be given to Mr.
Lewis for his services.

The motion having been seconded,

Mr. T. C. White said that if it were necessary to "third it"' he would do so,
because he felt so strongly the value of Mr. Lewis's work; indeed he did not
know what they would do without it. He had intended to move this proposal
himself, but Mr. Crook had quite taken the wind out of his sails.

The President thought after the manner in which the proposal for this vote of
thanks had been received, it was scarcely necessary to put it to the meeting. It
was then put, and carried unanimously,

Mr. T, C. White then proposed votes of thanks to the Librarian and the
Curator, also to their Treasurer, Mr. Hardwicke, which, having been seconded,
were put to the meeting, and carried unanimously.

The proceedings then terminated with a conversazione, at which the following
objects were exhibited : —

Loplwpus crystalUnus by Mr. Cocks.

Starch Grains in leaf cells of Moss Mnium cuspidatum ... ,, Mr. Sigsworth.
Scales of Lepisma (new species) ,, Mr. Ward.

Attendance : members, 70 ; visitors, 2.

207

22iid August, 1873. — Dr. Braithwaite in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.

The following donations to the Club were announced, viz. : —
" Science Gossip" -^

" Monthly Microscopical Journal" j ^°^ ^"^^st fromtlie Publisher,
" Proceedings of the Geological Association " ,, Association.

The ballot for new members then took place, and the following gentlemen
were duly elected members of the Club: — Mr. William Bartlett, Cambridge
Villa, Southall; Mr. S. Israel, No. 1, The Crescent, America Square.

The President announced that there was no paper for this evening, but that
Mr. Lowne had kindly volunteered to make a few observations on " The Mouth
Organs of Insects."

Mr. Lowne said that previous to his coming into the room he had no idea that
he would be asked to fill up the gap caused by the want of a regular paper, and
that it was only fair he should make that statement, as entitling him to the
consideration of the meeting for the unprepared condition in which he addressed
them. He proposed to offer a few observations respecting the Mouths of Insects,
which, as we all knew, were favourite objects, considerable portions of our
cabinets being filled with them, and although the subject was not a very novel
one, yet he hoped that he might be able to put it more fully before the members
than was commonly done in works of an elementary nature, and more clearly
than in those of a more portentous character.

If we take the mouth of any large beetle, we find all the parts easy to recog-
nise, with the additional advantage that all the structures are the same rela-
tively as in the most modified mouths, even of those modified for special pur-
poses. The use, in other words, may be different, but the parts are the same
though not always easy to recognise as such. There is nothing, for instance, in
a fly's mouth, which does not exist, in a plainer condition, in tlie mouth of a
beetle. If we take a Stag-beetle, we observe first the large horns, which are the
mandibles or jaws of the insect. We observe next that these work laterally,
not vertically, as in the case of mammalia, &c., and this is the case with all
insects. Above the mouth we find a plate, forming the roof of the mouth, and
imderneath another plate forming the floor of the mouth ; both of these lie
parallel with each other. The mandibles, like those of all other insects, are
hollow, and are moved by very powerful muscles. Whether they are in this case
used for procuring food, or are simply ornaments, the speaker could not under-
take to say. In the instance of the Stag-beetle, the mandibles are comparatively
feeble in proportion to the size of the insect, but in others they were frequently
of great strength. In a little space, under these mandibles, there are two jaws,
which also move parallel to the roof and floor of the mouth ; these are the
maxillcB, which are sometimes cutting organs, and occasionally more developed
than the mandibles. We now see that, as far as we have gone, the main parts
of the mouth are —

The upper lip, or lahrum.

The lower lip, or labium.

The mandibles.

The maxillae.

If wo now take a magnifying glass, we find another organ called the ligula or

tongue, sprin(;ing from the floor of the mouth, the same as in the higher

animals. This organ is much modified in different insects, as for instance in

bees, which have about 300 joints. The general use of the tongue of a bee is

208

to lap up the uectar from flowers, mucli in tbe same way as a kitten lana up
milk. This is the highest development of the ligida, or tongue, which is known
in the insect world.

In many flies the tongue is without muscles ; it is very pointed, and is
used as a lancet. You will call to mind, as a different modification of this
organ, the tongue of the cricket. The tongue of the blow-fly, so called, is not
simply a tongue, but a modification of the whole of the mouth organs j that
of the cricket, on the other hand, is really a tongue.

On either side of the ligida there are two small organs — ^jaws, which in the
beetle serve no object at all ; they are simply jaws on their last legs. All the
jaws of insects are legs. Take them in an embryonic condition, and you will
find that the jaw and the leg pouches are identical in form, and it is only when
developed that the difference is apparent. These little jaws are the paraglossce .

In the grasshopper, cricket, and dragon-fly, the two pairs of maxillae lie one
below the other. They attain their greatest development in the di-agon-fly,
and even hide the mouth of the insect, and in the larva of the dragon-fly they
are of such dimensions as to cover the ugly head, and enable it to approach near
its prey.

Attached to the two pairs of maxiUoe of crickets, and to the paraglossce of
beetles, we find small jointed organs called palpi. These contain a very
curious structure, of an extremely delicate nature, in which the ne.rve is
probably brought almost in contact with the insects' food. Those attached to
the paraglossce ^re called labial palpi, and those which are joined on to the
maxillce are called maxillary palpi.

We now come to the modification of these organs.

In the bee the parts are all the same as in the beetle, except that the para-
glossce, tongue, and 2^'^h^'^ a^© ^^^J i^auch modified. The tongue is much
lengthened, like an elephant's tongue in miniature, owing to its highly com-
plicated muscular structure. On either side are the labial palj)i, which contain
no more joints than in the beetles, but these are enormously drawn out.
Whether these are tasting organs, we cannot say, but it is highly probable that
this is their use. Between them the tongue works up and down into the
nectary of the flower with a very, a marvellously rapid motion, and being
covered with fine hairs, it thus brings up the nectar. To aid in this, the tongue
terminates in a leaf-like appendage. Not only are the labial palpi developed
into a sheath for the tongue, but the maxillce form a covering to the back of
the tongue. The maxillary palpi are developed into a knife-like organ, which
is used to plaster the wax, or cut leaves, according to the habits of the par-
ticular bee. They are very sensitive, exceedingly complicated, and are the
building organs of the insect, modified to the use of the different species. For
instance, in the upholsterer bee they are curved and scythe-like, and in the
rose -cutter bee, they form saws, the teeth of which are set at an angle of 45°
to each other.

In the mouth of the blow-fly we notice the great development of the lower
lip or mentum. The tongue is very small, but the mentum is much developed.
The lobes are the ^ara^Zossce in a highly developed condition. If the mention
is opened out as in Mr. Topping's well known slide, we find the same parts as
in the beetle, but in a much more developed state. On the upper side is a groove
which forms the floor of the mouth. In this mouth the organs are,' fortunately
for us (considering how common an insect the blow fly is), only very rudi-
mentary. There are plenty of flies like the blow-fly, which unlike him, can
open their mouths and can push in a bundle of six lancets to the skin ; they

209

then cut their way out by diverging, then retract, and finally suck in the same
way as the blow- fly does.

The so-called false tracheae are the channels through which the blow-fly feeds,
and act as filters to his food. They can be closed up at pleasure of the insect
by some 40 or 50 teeth, so that no solid food pan pass. In the gullet is a
suction and force pump, a wonderful organ of great power, and thus we see the
need of a filtering organ, without which the fly would choke ; not in the sense
that one of the higher animals would cboke, inasmuch as insects do not
breathe by the mouth but by the apparatus provided by the spiracles and tracheae,
but by reason of its being unable to feed.

In butterflies and moths the structure is again much modified. The tube
of the mouth is formed by the lateral organs, probably by the maxillce, and
is a hollow, jointed, and muscular organ, like that of the bee. So far as we
know no butterfly or moth has a true tongue. In them the tube opens below,
and goes right up to the mouth. They have only 2 palpi— no other mouth organs,
and their use is to clean the proboscis, to which they form fleshy cushions. The
tongue, when not in use, is rolled up into a spiral, but when in action, all the
muscles straighten out, and form a tube for suction. The locality of the
suctorial power has not yet been determined, but probably the mouth cell acts
as a kiud of pump.

Time will not allow of more being said as to their uses to other creatures.
These are in many cases no doubt purely accidental, or it may be that plants
have been modified, many of which are incapable of producing seed, unless
visited by moths. There are a remarkable number of plants which are fertilised
by nocturnal moths. The tongue of the bee is no doubt adapted and essential
to the fertilisation of many, still we can well see that the lapping action of the
bee is not so well adapted to this end as the delicate poising of the tongue of the
moth. Time, however, forbids our going further into the consideration of this
matter, and in conclusion the speaker thanked the members for the attention
with which they had favoured him.*

Dr. Braithwaite proposed a hearty vote of thanks to Mr. Lowne, and said that
so interesting a communication would, he was sure, prevent the members pre-
sent from feeling any ragret at there being no paper for the evening.
The vote of thanks was then put, and carried unanimously.
A spirited discussion then followed, in the course of which
Mr. Mclntire asked the use of the various appendages to the antlia, which in
some moths were entirely wanting.

Mr. Lowne replied that it was quite possible that they were tasting organs,
as it is clear that from the nature of its food the moth cannot taste with its
palpi.

In reply to personal thanks, and to questions put by Mr. James Smith,
Mr. Lowne stated that he had omitted to say that with regard to the organs at
the extremity of the proboscis, there was in Nature, six weeks ago by H. Miiller,
an article on fertilisation of plants by insects, illustrated by drawings of the
various organs. He would not say tbat the organs referred to were organs of
taste, but as regarded their structure simply, they were undoubtedly modified
scales.

After some further remarks by Mr. Mclntire and Mr. Ingpen, with reference
to modification in particular cases,

Mr. Loy asked whether Mr. Lowne did not agree that the mandibles of the
Stag-beetle were used to obtain juice from the plants upon which they feed.
* Mr. Lowne illustrated his remarks by bold, yet aecnrate, sketclies on the black board.

210

He (Mr. Loy) had often seen them feeding on the sap so obtained. With regard
to the statement that the jaws of the Stag-beetle had not much power, Mr. Loy
considered that they were on the contrary very strong, as he had experienced
when bitten by them ; tht'y would also hold a stick very tightly. As far as he
had observed their feeding time was about eleven to twelve o'clock at night,

Mr. Lowne was glad to hear that the Stag-beetle could bite, and equally glad
that he had not experienced the fact in his own person.

Mr. Loy remarked on the muscular irritability in these insects ; a pair of the
mandibles removed from the head retained the power of motion for some hours.

Mr. Lowne could well believe this. It was well known that the legs of some
Phalangidie would move as long as twelve hours after separation from the
body.

Mr. J. E. Ingpen then made a communication relative to a portable microscope
which he had brought down for the inspection of members, and which he
thought superior to the small instruments generally employed on holiday excur-
sions, inasmuch as an instrument is often useful on such occasions capable of
examining, in contradistinction to merely recognising objects. The microscope,
which was originally a Smith and Beck's instrument, had been very ingeniously
modified to suit these requirements, whilst great attention had evidently been
given to lightness and economy of space. In a small case were contained three
powers, viz., 2-in., |-in., and 4-in., three eye pieces, and a Kelner eye piece, the
latter being employed also as an achromatic condenser, a small bullscye con-
denser, live box, compressorium, polariscope, camera lucida, spot lens, micro-
?! eter, spare slides, forceps, &c. Nothing new was claimed except in the
adaptation of the instrument to seaside work, and the arrangement by which a
complete apparatus was comprised in a very small space.

Thanks were voted to Mr. Ingpen, and carried unanimously.

Notices of the next excursion and the gossip meeting for September were then
given, and the meeting closed with the usual conversazione.

Tiie following objects were exhibited : —

Section of Eye of Drone-fly Mr. A. Topping.

Spiracles of DyiiscMs wiar^maZiS polarised Mr. Sigs worth.

Wir\g oi Vanessa lo Mr. G. Williams.

Collection of Diatomacece, made by Mr. F. Kitton, > -^t tt ^ Hailes
of Norwich )

12tli September, 1873. — Conversational Meeting.
The following objects were exhibited : —

Crystals of Silicate of Potash in Cobalt glass — )

dark ground j Mr. Sigsworth.

Palate of Helix lapicida Mr. J. Slade.

Endothelium on diaphragm of Eabbit ... ... ... Mr. Ward.

Tongue of a West Indian Spider Mr. Mclntire.

Echinus Spines ... ... ... ... -^

Spicule of 8y7iapta , ... j Mr. Golding.

Pollen of Pass//?om Mr. Martinelli.

Fungus on Tea Leaf ... ... ... -^

Marine Organism (unknown) ) Pett.

Terpsinoe musica Mr, J, E. Ingpen.

Swift's New ^th Objective Mr. Geo. Williams.

211

On the Histology of Plants.

By R. Braithwaite, M.D., F.L.S.

III. Transformation of Cells.

(Read Nov. 28th, 1873.;

We pass now from individual cells, and proceed to study the
changes produced in tliem by growth, and by combination into
tissues. In the young state, nutrition is active, and the elements of
the plasma contained in the cells are capable of rapid assimilation,
consequently we have an increase in the whole volume of the cell,
both the primordial membrane and cellulose case participating, and
then commences an internal deposit of cellulose, by which the cellu-
lose case becomes thickened to a greater or less extent. This
increase in volume we may assume takes place in three directions
— vertically, antero-posteriorly, and laterally — so that a change in
form is soon set up in the growing cell, and this in two ways ; firstly,
nutrition may not proceed uniformly in all parts of the cell, and thus
extension takes place in certain directions, and not at all in others ;
secondly, the rapidly enlarging cells soon begin to press against
each other, and thus become moulded into various shapes. So long-
as the cells remain free, and nutrition progresses equally on all
sides, they retain their sj^herical form, as we may observe in the
spores of Alg^e and mosses, in pollen, and in the soft pulp of fruits ;
but if they combine into a tissue, their spheroidal shape is changed
by mutual pressure, and they acquire a more or less polyhedral
form, as we may observe in the albumen of seeds, and in pith cells,
or in the potato.

If nutrition proceeds in all three directions, but not equally over
the whole surface, we have radiate forms, as in stellate hairs, or if
it be still more irregular we get branched cells, such as we see in
the hairs in the air passages of NympTicea or in the bast-tissue of
Conifers ; if nutrition proceeds only in two directions, and is arrested
JouRN. Q. M. C. No. 25. o

212 R. BRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS.

in the third, we get the tabular cells, roundish, polygonal, or
stellate, so well seen in the cuticle of leaves, and in the partitions
of the air passages in rushes or in Alisma Plantago ; in cork -tissue
they are nearly rectangular, hexagonal in the leaves of Hepaticae,
and beautifully radiate in many Desmids, such as Euastrum
MicrasteriaSy &c. If growth goes on in only one of the cell
diameters, we get long cylinders, as in the whole group of filiform
Algas, in the pallisade parenchyma of leaves, and vessels of higher
plants ; or prisms in vessels and wood and bast parenchyma ; or
filiform in many hairs, of which cotton is a familiar example.
Irregular extension produces branching of the elongate cells, as
seen in the bast cells of Asclepiads and in the Cinenchyma or
laticiferous vessels carrying the milky sap of composite and
papaveraceous plants, which ramify and anastomose repeatedly.

Following immediately on extension of the cell is a thickening
of the cellulose case, which may take place equally on all sides,
as in pith and wood cells, or may be more or less confined to
one side of the cell. The amount of deposit may be so slight as
to be scarcely noticeable, or in the case of wood and bast cells, it
may fill up and almost obliterate the entire lumen or central cavity
of the cell. The thickening of the cellulose case on one side is
best seen in cells of the epidermis, where it may occupy the whole
of the wall on one side, or also parts of the two adjacent walls, as
is seen in the. cuticle of Mistletoe, or of Allium, Hyacinth, &c.
A partial thickening in the angles is seen in Hepaticee, and in the
collenchyma of young cabbage stems.

Lamination of the Cellulose. — As a rule, the different parts of
the cellulose case, originating at different periods, and increased
by deposit of cellulose particles separated from the protoplasm, and
placed uniformly over the primordial membrane, differ also in their
optical character, and for this reason we may distinguish three
coats. 1. The primary, which is thickest; 2. The secondary
deposit in laminae, or systems of laminae ; and 3. The tertiary,
youngest and most internal. Sulphuric acid or caustic soda will
bring out the laminte of the secondary deposit when not evident,
and an interesting question arises, How is this lamellation caused ?
Nageli says in the same way as in starch granules ; by the
differentiation of an originally homogeneous deposit into layers
containing different amounts of water, but the older view is, that
in the process of deposit certain periodical stops take place, each

R. BRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS. 213

of these arrests causing an empty interspace, which is indicated by
a dark line, and that this is very likely to be correct is proved by
placing extremely thin sections of the pith of Clematis, or of bast
cells of Begonia in Canada balsam, which has the same refraction as
cellulose, and will, on filling the interspaces, cause the black lines
to disappear, while in anise oil, which is more highly refracting, the
phenomena are reversed, the dark striae being now the brightest.
To study the origin of the layers in unilateral secondary deposit,
the epidermis cells in young leaf buds of mistletoe, and the outer
wood cells in shoots and radicles of Conifers are adapted ; for con-
centric lamination we select bast and pith cells, or the stem of
Clematis Vitalha.

Forms of Secondary Deposit. — The layers of concentric deposi-
tion are never complete, but portions of the primary cellulose case,
of greater or less extent, are free from the thickening. The forms
in which thickening occurs are many, but the principal may be
classed as annular, sinral, net-like, 2')orose and crihrose.

1. Annular thickening of the cellulose membrane is seen oc-
casionally in parenchymatous and filiform cells, and in none more
beautifully than in the hyaline cells of a Sphagnum leaf; we have
also good examples in the parenchyma of Cactaceae, where the
thick rings extend inward like a plate. The rings vary in their
distance from each other, and also in their inclination to the axis
of the cell, and we may notice in Tradescantia, Balsamina, &c., a
gradual transition into the next form.

2. Spiral thickening is often in form of homogeneous thickening
on one side of the cell ; it is well seen in the elaters of Hepatic^,
in Sphagnum leaves, and in the epidermis of anthers in Cucurbi-
taceee and Liliaceae, in the seed coat of Salvia, Taraxacum, Pole-
monium, &c., and in the vessels of Hyacinth, Arum, &c. Their
direction is usually to the left, but sometimes we find them turn to
the right and left in the same cell, as in the wall of the anthers of
pumpkin. The spiral band is constructed precisely as the thicken-
ing layer of the whole cell, having a primary layer next the lining
of the cell, an internal tertiary and middle secondary layer, and
these may be best seen in the large bands of the Balsam. In the
bast cells of Apocynacese and Urticeee, of the larch, and in the
outer part of the annual ring of Conifers, the spiral thickening
layers are deposited in bands, with numerous unthickened striae
between, and these were mistaken by Agardh and Meyen for a

o 2

214 R. BRAITHWAITE ON TFIE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS.

striation of the cell wall. In Vinca and some other Apocynese both
left and right-handed complex sph-als occur,

3. Beticular thickening layers are common in parenchymatous
cells of the leaves in Liliaceae, in capsules of Hepatic£e, in the
collenchyma of elder, and in the bark tissue of Balsam.

4. Porose thickening layers are seen in most cells of the higher
plants, the pores appearing as small flat rings where the secondary
deposit is very thin, but as a cylindric canal when this layer is
thick. We have closed and open pores, though originally all are
closed ; but where pores of adjoining cells correspond, absorption
of the^intervening cellulose case converts them into a canal, by
which air passes into the interior. Closed pores are especially seen
in the parenchyma, or in all cells destined to prepare and store up
reserve material. The pore canal is usually cylindric, but some-
times it is narrowed externally, and in very strongly thickened
parenchymatous cells the pore canals are often branched, as we see
in the thickened woody parenchymatous cells forming the hard con-
cretions in winter pears, in the shells of stone-fruits, in the albumen
of the ivory-nut. and in the bark of Ash, Fir, Hoya, &c. Closed
pores may be also somewhat widened at base, so that the real
aperture appears bordered by a second circle. Similar bordered
open pores are found in all cells, which having finished their
thickening layers only carry air; these are seen in most wood cells,
in all bast cells, and also in all vascular cells of woody tissues. In
bast cells we often find that the aperture of the canal becomes so
small that the border is indistinct.

In the vascular cells the bordered open pores appear externally
on the lateral walls, and also on the transverse ones, and thus free
communication is established throughout, as we see in Ash,
Maple, &c.

If the border as well as the pore canal be extended considerably
in width, we have the form known as Scalariform, or ladder-like,
so very common in the vascular cells of Ferns, Lycopods and
Monocotyledons, and also in the partition walls of the pith in
Conifers. Combined porose and spiral thickening occurs in some
wood cells as in those of Yew, Viburnum Lantana, &c., and in
vascular cells of Maple, Lime, and Honeysuckle, the spiral band
being a tertiary layer. Other peculiar forms are seen by transverse
section, in the parenchyma of the leaf of Cycas reuoluta as semi-
cylindric bands, and of Finus sylvestris, where they project like

R. BRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS. 215

little pill's heads into the cell lumen ; these are produced like the
[lores of wood cells by a fold of the young cellulose case. In
petals, and especially well seen in the papilliforni epidermal cells
on those of the Pelargonium, we have both folding of the primary
cellulose case, and also secondary deposit. In the epidermis cells
of the leaves of many Urticacea?, the thickening is limited to one
point, but this grows remarkably, forming spheroidal cellulose
bodies, termed cystoliths, which are encrusted with calcareous
crystals ; good examples of these will be found in a leaf of Ficus
elastica, or Indiarubber plant, where they are seen on section to
occupy a large crypt, from the roof of which they hang by a
slender pedicel, and a distinct nucleus is visible in their interior ;
the leaves of Broussonetia and Morus also afford specimens.

Origin of the various Forms of Thickening. — You will remember
when speaking of the young cell, that I alluded to the currents of
protoplasm traversing the cell walls in various directions, as
streams of granules ; in these we have the foundation of the
patterns assumed by secondary deposit, and the source from which
it is derived. The elat^r cells in the young fruit of Marchantia
have been watched to trace the process, and the first thing seen is
a parietal border of protoplasm, enclosing starch granules, next
vacuoles appear, and then the granular protoplasm commences a
distinctly spiral movement, the starch disappears, and a homo-
geneous layer of cellulose is seen clinging spirally to the cellulose
case.

Bordered open pores are best seen in young shoots of Conifers,
and commence by an infolding of the primordial utricle, then the
bordering cavity enlarges, and the pore canal becomes narrowed by
internal deposit. In most parenchym cells, Iodine shows ns that
the cellulose remains unaltered, but in other cases a change takes
place ; thus wood, bast, and vascular cells, and many unilaterally
thickened epidermis cells, lose their original soft condition, and
become hard ; Iodine tests now colour them yellow, and they are
dissolved in warm caustic potass, and also by nitric acid, the
cellulose has been converted into Lignin ; again, cells of the
Peridei-m and of cork tissue present the same reaction, but are not
dissolved by nitric acid, and moreover, they contain nitrogen.
Here the cellulose is changed into Suberin.

Lignification commences at the exterior, but never entirely

216 R. BRAITIIWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS.

changes the whole cellulose ; the primary is most changed, but the
tertiary is often not altered.

Suberification appears only in the layers of the plant-tissue
exposed to atmospheric influence. In the epidermis it occurs
mostly in the outermost cuticular layers, lying under the true
cuticle ; but here also the whole cellulose is not transformed. The
young cork cells also, after treatment with caustic potass, give an
indication of cellulose, but in the older layers it entirely disappears.

Intercellular Substance and Cuticle. — These may be mentioned
here, as they seem to be identical in constitution, and both altered
conditions of cellulose. They may be regarded as the first coat
separated from the primordial membrane, within which the true
cellulose layers are deposited.

Illustrative Figures.

Plate 8.

1. — Stellate cell from wall of air passages in Butomus umhellatus.
X 360.

2. — Milk vessel from Carica microcarpa. X 400.

8. — Unilaterally thickened cells from cuticle of a branch of
Mistletoe. X 660. c. cuticle ; p. primary ; s. secondary ;
t. tertiary layers.

4. — Cell thickened in the angles from leaf of a Jungermania.
X 660.

5. — Section of a concentrically thickened bast cell from Larch,
showing three pore canals. X 780.

6.— Section of a wood cell of Beech, the secondary deposit not
laminated. X 780.

7. — Ringed cell from capsule wall of Pellia epiphylla. X 400.

8. — Cell with double spiral band from anther-wall of Pumpkin,
X 400.

9. — Striation of the cellulose case. Fragment of an abnormally
thickened wood-cell from inner part of the annual ring of a
branch oi Pinus silvestris, with spiral bands of inner, secon-
dary, and tertiary layers. At x only the lower wall of the
cut cell is seen. X 900.
10. — Parenchym cell from partition of Walnut. X 660.

E, BRAITHWAITE ON THJE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS. 217

11. — Albumen cells of Ivory nut, with pore canals. P. X 370.

12. — Bordered open pores of wood of Pinus silvestris. A. in sec-
tion ; B. seen on the surface ; P. pore canal ; B. border ;
i. intercellular substance. X 660.

13. — Cell from a transverse section of a leaf of Pinus silvestris^
with knob-like thickening of the cellulose case, x 370.

14. — Thickened epidermis cells from petal of Pelargonium. A,
seen from above ; P. in vertical section. X 370,

218

PEOCEEDINGS.

September 26th, 1873. — Chairman, Dr. E. Braithwaite, F.L.S.,
President.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.
The following donations to the Club were announced : —

" The Monthly Microsopical Journal" from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip" ,,

"The Proceedings of the Royal Society," ")

No. 146 ) " the Society.

"The American Naturalist" for July, •)

August, and September j in exchange.

Four Slides of Lines Euled on Glass Mr. Wm. Webb.

£5 for the purchase of Books for the Library ... Mr. F. Crisp.

Votes of thanks were unanimously passed to the donors.

Mr. William Parker was balloted for, and duly elected a Member of the Club.

Mr. M. C. Cooke read a paper upon collecting and preserving fresh-water

algse, which, at the request of the Committee, he had extracted from a work by

Dr. Horatio Wood, jun., " On the Fresh Water Algse of the United States,"

recently published by the Smithsonian Institution.*

The President, in proposing a vote of thanks to Mr. Cooke for the communi-
cation, reminded the Members of the Club that there was no greater field for
microscopical research than that aff'orded by the fresh water algee, and that few
would prove more interesting to a worker. He recommended Eabenhorst's as
being the best book on the subject. Amongst the many workers who were to
be found in and around London, he thought much might be done, for no richer
field existed in which to collect algse, than the London district. The best way,
he thought, would be for those who took up the subject to work in partnership
— say a worker and a mounter, to carry on the study together. The mounting
was a matter of much importance, and it was very desirable to find some means
by which specimens could be permanently preserved. He believed that Jenner's
collection was spoiled, or nearly so.

Mr. T. C. White said he had but little experience in mounting this class of
objects, but he had found some keep very well, which he had put up simply in
the water in which be had found them. Great attention must always be paid
to the density of the medium employed, so that it might as nearly as possible
resemble that of the water in which the objects were found, because if the
density were increased the endochrome would become displaced and the objects
destroyed. He had never tried carbolized water, but thought it might be use-
ful, provided the specific gravity was the same as that of the original fluid. If,

* Printed at page 192, ante.

219

instead of breathing upon the under side of the glass cover before putting it
over the cell, a drop of fluid were placed upon the naiddle of the cover, it would
be found much more effectual in preventing air bubbles from being inclosed.
Breathing was not always effectual, the moisture obtained in that way being
very evanescent; but if a drop of the preservative fluid were placed on the
under side of the cover so as to hang down from it, when the cover was placed
on the cell the drop would join with the fluid inside, and spreading over the
cover from the centre to the edge, would be found effectually to drive out the
air. He should like to know how Dr. Wood could keep the cement from
running in.

Dr. Matthews was quite sure that in mounting objects of this kind attention
to the specific gravity of the fluid used was all important. The advantage of
carbolic acid over creosote was found to be great, for although creosote when
once thoroughly dissolved apparently afforded a very clear solution, yet after a
while it deposited a crust within the cell, which in many cases destroyed the
value of the slide ; no such thing, however, occurred when carbolic acid was
used. There were several modifications of different preserving fluids which could
be specially adapted to the substances to be preserved, and those which had
carbolic acid for a base were the best for algss. A saturated solution of arsenic
in water formed the basis of another preservative fluid, for dilution with
glycerine or spirit ; and a third kind of basis was camphor water, which, if
filtered and re-filtered through the same filtering medium would be obtained of
much greater strength than usual. The greatest difficulty, however, in preserv-
ing alg89, was in accommodating the specific gravity of the fluid to that of the
specimen. Another point requiring attention was the great difficulty of
preventing the cement from running in. Quekett found this to be a matter
requiring much consideration, and proposed to cut a groove or ring round the
object, and to put the ring of cement beyond it. His own impression was that
time alone would be found effectual to enable the cement thoroughly to dry,
and how long a time could only be taught by experience. A mixture of gum
dammar and gold size could be strongly recommended. If a little cement were
put down the side of the cell, it would cause the cement to run dowu there if
anywhere, rather than on the glass,

Mr. James Smith thought that it might be worth while to try the effect of
immersing the objects in carbolised water before mounting them, so as to ascer-
tain if they would keep, and if so they could tlien be mounted.

The President assured Mr. Smith that there was no doubt upon that point -
they would keep for years- but it should be remembered that when these objects
were obtained they were very dirty, and required cleaning.

Mr. Hainworth asked why the objects often became of a brownish tint when
mounted in carbolic acid and water ?

Dr. Matthews said this was because too much acid was used.
Dr. Foulerton exhibited to the meeting a bottle containing water and a speci-
men of Cyclops alive, which he had found in the neighbourhood of the Rocky
Mountains. The water was obtained by him on May 11th, at a place called
Green Eivers, situated at an elevation of about GOOO feet above the level of the
sea, and not very far from Salt Lake City. The whole country about there was
very flat — although called part of the Rocky Mountains — and it formed part of
the district known as the Alkali Plains. Every here and there along these plains
there were pools of water, and it occurred to him that it might be interesting to
know if any living thing existed in these waters, because it was most probable

220

that they were strongly impregnated with alkali. During a short stoppage at
Green Rivers, he obtained from one of these pools some water containing a large
quantity of some sort of crustacean, some specimens of which were nearly half
an inch long. The next morning he found the upper part of the water was clear,
and the lower part thick, and also that it contained enormous quantities of
Cyclops, all very lively, and closely resembling the common species. He made
sure that no air was admitted to the bottle, and therefore that no evaporation
or decrease in the water took place, and he examined it constantly up to July
loth, when the Cyclops seemed as numerous as ever. After July 15th he was
separated from his baggage for about a month, and during this interval the
bottle was kept in darkness instead of being in the light as before. When he
examined it again he could only find two specimens, and by the middle of Sep-
tember there was only one. This one he had brought with him to the meeting.
The thanks of the meeting were voted to Dr. Foulerton for his communication.
The Secretary read a letter* from Dr. J. J. Woodward, of the Army Medical
Department, Washington, upon Nobert's Tests, with reference to the paper
upon the subject read by Mr. Webb, at the March meeting of the Club, and
printed at p. 155 of the July number of the Journal.

Mr. Webb made some remarks upon Dr. Woodward's letter, and promised to
write a reply to it.

The President brought to the meeting a number of specimens of woods, all
named, and with one exception, the Wellingtonia — all recent cuttings — to be
placed at the disposal of those members who were engaged in making wood
sections, and he hoped that whilst preparing specimens for themselves, they
would also prepare a set for the cabinet of the Club.

The various engagements for the ensuing month having been announced, and
the list of gentlemen proposed for membership read, the proceedings terminated
with a conversazione, at which the following objects were exhibited : —
Various Marine objects ... ... ... by Mr. Fitch.

Section of Tooth of Fossil Fish ... ... Mr. W. Hainworth, jun.

Marchantia Polymorpha, and its fructification Mr. Martinelli.
Transverse section of Tooth of Ox (shown ") m m • *

under one of his Travelling Microscopes) •> ^' ^Sii^^e-

Lepidozia Reptans ... ... ... Mr. J. C. Sigsworth.

Section of Spur Hoof of Ram ... ... Mr. Topping.

Pleurosigma Angulatum (shown under one of 7
Mr. Swift's new '-in. objectives) ... ) Mr. Geo. Williams.

Attendance— Members, 73 ; Visitors, 9.

October 10th, 1873. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited :—

Voluntary Muscle (Human) ... ... ... Mr. Bartlett.

Pollen of Everlasting Flower ... ... ... ^^

Fang of Spider, showing Poison Hole ... ... Mr. Fitch.

Larva from abdomen of El rwig ... ... ... ,,

Lips of Fly ... ... ... ... ... Mr.Goodinge.

Cyclosis in ^nac/iaris ... ... ... ... Mr. Martinelli.

* Printed at p. 198 ante.

221

Operculum of Trochus... ... ... ... Dr. Matthews.

Hippuric Acid (Polar)... ... ... ... ,,

Section of Spindle Tree (Polar) ... ... Mr. Pett.

Bloom of Plumbago Europcea ... ... Mr. Eeeve.

Crystalline lens of Cat ... ... ... Mr. Topping.

Gizaard of Flea ... ... ... ... Mr. T. C.White.

Sphseraphides from Echino-cactus ... ... ,,

Muscular Fibre of Kitten ... ... ... ,,

Micrasterias mounted in its native water ... ,,

Attendance— Members, 63 ; Visitors, 3.

October 25th, 1873. — Chairman^ Dr. K. Braithwaite, F.L.S.,

President.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.
The following donations to the Club were announced : —

'* The Popular Science Review " ... ... from the Publisher.

** The Monthly Microscopical Journal" ... ,,

'* Science Gossip " ... ... ... ... ,,

" Proceedings of the Literary and Philoso- ") . v gogje+y

phical Society of Manchester "... >

"Proceedings of the Bristol Naturalists' 7

Society" )

" The Tenth Report of the Belfast Naturalists' ) ,i Club

Field Club" J

*' The Lens " ... ... ... ... in exchange.

The thanks of the Club were awarded to the donors.

The Secretary called attention to a paper in the *' Proceedings of the
Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester," recommending napthaline
as a support for soft tissues when cutting sections. Its melting point was low,
and it did not shrink in cooling ; but he thought its scent very disagreeable.

Mr. T. W. Burr believed that when it was properly refined its scent was
much better, and it was something like camphor in appearance.

The following gentlemen were balloted for, and duly elected members of the
Club:— Mr. Thomas J. Baker, M.R.C.S., Major Frank Bolton, Mr. Horace
Dashwood, Mr. John R. Davies, Mr. John M. Knight, and Mr. John R.
Williams.

The Secretary read a paper by Mr. William Webb, in reply to the letter from
Dr. J. J. Woodward, on Nobert's Tests, which was read at the preceding meet-
ing of the Club. In this paper Mr. Webb adhered to his opinion as to the
character of the higher bands, and the absence of true lines upon them. With
regard to his expression *' aerial polarised black lines of light,'" he endeavoured
thereby to convey his belief that they were lines of light in air, not on the
glass, and produced by a complication of refracted rays, the first refraction
being in the body of the glass, and the other refractions being of the emergent
rays from the parallel surface, and the opposite and unequal surfaces of the
bevelled sides of the incisions. His former paper was directed to the impossi-
bility of ruling bands to the aoWoo ^^ ^^ inch, and he should be agreeably sur-
prised if Dr. Woodward succeeded in resolving them. One of the objects of hia
paper was to bring out a discussion on the subject.

222

A few remarks were made by Mr. Burr and Mr. Ingpen upon Mr. Webb's
paper, but they were merely of a technical chavacler.

Mr. T. C. White presented a beautifully mounted slide of Spliceraplddes of
Echino-cactus, and stated that they were easily obtained by rubbing two pieces
of the dry stem together, when the raphides fell out in great numljers, mixed
with woody fibre. When cleaned and mounted in balsam the}' polarized
beautifully, but he thought they looked best as opaque objects.

The thanks of the Club were voted to Mr. White for his donation.

Mr, Ingpen made some observations upon the construction and use of the
Achromatic Prism. Quoting Quekett's treatise on the Microscope, he stated
that the concave mirror was first used by Culpepper in 1750, and seemed to
have sufficed for all purposes till in 1840 Dujardin employed the right-angled
prism with flat sides in conjunction with his " eclairage" or achromatic
condenser. Sir David Brewster had recommended a hemispherical lens, using
the flat side as a reflector, but this did not appear to have been much
employed. Amici's prism consisted, in efi"ect, of two plano-convex lenses with a
prism between them to change the direction of the pencil of rays. This was not
achromatic, but Mr. Abrahams constructed a right-angled prism of flint glass,
having one of its small faces hollowed out to receive a double convex lens of
crown glass, which was cemented to it with Canada balsam, and thus rendered
it achromatic. This was the form employed by Messrs. Powell and Lealand for
their small prisms for oblique light. In another form, which was shewn to the
meeting, a plano-concave lens of flint glass was cemented to one of the convex
sides of an Amici prism, and this was probably somewhat superior to the other.
This prism was mounted and used exactly like the mirror — the focus for parallel
rays was 3^ inches from the side nearest the object, and the light was very
pure ;more so, he thought, than that of the mirror, and Mr. Quekett seemed to
have held the same opinion. By altering the position of the prism it could be
used for very oblique light, or to transmit parallel rays for the spot lens or
paraboloid. He considered that the achromatic prism was hardly as well known,
or as much used as it deserved to be.

The thanks of the Club were voted to Mr. Ingpen.

The President announced that the South London Microscopical and Natural
History Club intended to hold a Soiree on or about November 20, at the
Crystal Palace, and invited the co-operation of members of the Quekett Club
on that occasion .

Mr. T. C. White asked for information respecting two slides of Ci/iiips which
he exhibited. Some time ago he gathered some oak galls, and having put them
into a bottle, waited for the insects to hatch out. Owing perhaps to the mild-
ness of the temperature some of them had done so. He dissected one of them
with the idea of obtaining the rectal papillae, but instead of doing so he got out
another very extraordinary afi"air instead. He took after this a gall which, he
thought, was rotten, but which, on opening, he found to contain an insect, and
on dissecting it he found what he thought were ovisacs, but Mr. Lowne, who had
seen them, was of opinion they were not. Mr. White then drew upon the board
some sketches of the objects to which he had alluded, and gave some further
particulars respecting them, concluding with a wish that Mr. Lowne would
state his opinion as to what they were to the meeting.

Mr. Lowne said that he did not know whether he should be justified in say-
ing much about these bodies, having only had a cursory glance at them ; he
thought, however, that he might be able to throw a little light upon the

223

matter, altliougli the whole subject was very complex, and there was much
about it concerning which they were still entirely in the dark. Mr. White's
specimen had greatly surprised him, although the condition of things which
he saw there was one common in worms. In all eggs there were two distinct
parts- there was a germ forming the embryo, and the food on which the
embryo was nourished. In the hen's egg, for instance, the large yellow yolk
was the food yolk, and the little white speck was the germ ; in the process of
development all the rest was absorbed into, or eaten by the germ, the
embryo grew at the expense of the food yolk, and was, in fact, nourished by
it. In a large number of insects and in the worms two glands were found,
one of which formed the germs and the other the yolks, and the germs and
yolks were discharged simultaneously, both tubes opening into a common
oviduct. Mr, Lowne then proceeded to explain by means of drawings on the
black board, how, after the germ granule had been passed, the yolk granules
were passed down upon it, and how segmentation subsequently took place.
After examining Mr. White's specimen he had little doubt but that the
granules there shown were true vitaline spheres, and he was much surprised to
be shown an ovarian tube in which alternate germ yolks and food yolks
occurred, for he had very little doubt that such was the nature of the two sets
of granules. He thought that if Mr, White would follow up the subject, and
examine these flies in every stage of development, a very interesting paper for
the Club must result.

The thanks of the Club were unanimously voted to Mr. White and Mr. Lowne
for their very interesting communications,

Mr. T. Curties gave notice of his intention to move "That a Special
General Meeting of the Club be held on November 28th, 1873, to confer
with the Committee as to the future publication of the Journal," but, after
some discussion, it was ruled that the motion would be out of order, and it was
therefore withdrawn.

The announcements of meetings for the ensuing month, and other matters
having been made, the proceedings terminated with a conversazione, at which
the following objects were exhibited : —

Planaria Mr, Cocks,

Gizzard of Cricket, on opal ground Mr, Curties.

Plumularia pennatula ... Mr, Golding.

Planaria Mr. Hainworth.

Section of eye of Tiger beetle Mr. Mclntire.

Spirorhis NoAdiloides (alive) Mr, Martinelli.

Section of Eush Dr. Matthews.

Tail of Carp (Polar) „

Foraminifera from the Atlantic, 1680 fathoms ... Mr, Moginie,

Foot of Frog (injected) Mr. Topping,

Ovisacs of Cynips Mr, T. C. White.

Attendance -Members, 63; Visitors, 4,

224

November 14th, 1873. — Conveesational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —

Geometrical pattern of scales, diatoms, and foraminifera Mr. Curties.

Fungoid growth on leaf-miner Mr. Fitch.

Tongue of earwig ,,

Jjeaf of Hip poplide rJiamnoides Mr. Glasspoole.

Oemmellaria loriculata ... ... ... Mr. Golding.

Foraminifera from corals and sponges Mr. Hailes.

Photographed Diffraction-grating- 3,000 lines to the) -nr Ine-nen

inch — showing interference lines ) • SV •

Hippuric Acid Mr. Priest.

Leg of Brazilian Beetle Mr. F. Reeve.

Eye of Blow-fly (opaque^ with ^ inch objective) Mr. Jas. Smith.

Hairs from flower of Durio, from Borneo Mr. J. A. Smith.

Section of leaf of i^icws eiasfica ... Mr. T. C. White.

*' Science Gossip " Section cutter Mr. Walter White.

Cyclosis in Anacharis, with ^ inch objective Mr. Geo. Williams.

Attendance Members, 67; Visitors, 4.

Nov. 28th, 1873. — Chairman, Dr. E. Braithwaite, F.L.S.,
President.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.
Mr. Charles Cradock Underwood was balloted for, and duly elected a
member of the Club.

The following donations to the Club were announced : —

"The Monthly Microscopical Journal "... .. from the Publisher.

•'Science Gossip" ... ,,

*' The American Naturalist" (Oct. and Nov.)... in exchange.

*' Proceedings of the Geologists" Association"... from the Association.

*' Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophi- ">

cal Society of Manchester" >

" The 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th Eeports of the^
Colonial Museum and Laboratory of Now f
Zealand, and a Catalogue of the Birds of l"

New Zealand " J

"The Geological Survey of Canada "

6 Slides ,

4 Slides of Sections

The thanks of the Club were voted to the donors.
The chair having been taken pro tern, by Mr. Chas. F. White,
Dr. Braithwaite read a paper " On the changes in the cell during the process
of growth."* The paper was in continuance of the series " On the Histology of
Plants," and was illustrated by black board drawings.

the Association.

Mr. Thos.J. Barratt.

Mr. Kettle.

Mr. S. Israel.

Mr. Walter Wliite.

• Printed at page 211.

225

The thanks of the meeting were unanimously voted to the President for hia
paper.

Mr. T. C, White said that of the many methods of investigation which had
proved of value to the practical Histologist, none was more important than
section cutting ; without it, in fact, the structure of many organs could never be
ascertained. Many kinds of apparatus bad been devised for the purpose of
cutting thin sections, but though very excellent in their way, they were for the
most part too expensive to come within the reach of the amateur cr student.
He therefore introduced to their notice a simple contrivance which he had used
with great success for some time, and v^hich consisted of a brass tube inserted at
right angles into a brass plate, upon which a plate of glass, with a correspond-
ing aperture, was cemented, so as to give a smooth and true surface, upon
which to pass the cutting instrument. The substance to be cut was imbedded
in an inner tube, and was pressed up with the finger asrequ^.ed. He was aware
that several gentlemen in the room had paid attention to the subject, and had
met with great success, and he hoped that his reference to the matter would
induce them to communicate the results of their own experience to the meeting.

In pursuance of the subject, the Secretary read a paper by Mr. Walter White
on " The Science Gossip Section Cutting Machine," so called from its having
been first described in a communication to that periodical, which appeared in
August, 1873. One of the instruments was exhibited in the room, and its cost
was stated to be not more than 7s. 6d. In this instrument the plug holding the
section is propelled by slight blows upon a wedge, instead of the usual screw
movement, and it was stated that the substance to be cut being raised by
perciissiov , did not suff"er from the efi"ects of unequal pressure as was sometimes
the case when a screw was employed.

The thanks of the Club were unanimously voted to Mr. Walter White for
his communication.

The President said he was himself one of those persons who did not possess
a machine for this purpose, but he was accustomed to make sections of sphagnum
leaves by inserting them in a slip of soft cork and cutting them by. hand.
Sections of the India Rubber Plant (Ficiis Elastica) and others could be cut in
this way.

Mr. T. C. White said that as the President had mentioned Ficus Elastica he
might say that he had cut some good specimens of it, one of which he had
brought for exhibition.

The President said that he had himself unfortunately no time to devote to
section cutting, but he hoped that those who had would not fail to mount a few
sections for the cabinet

Mr. T. C. White expressed his willingness to contribute a specimen of Ficus
Elastica.

The President having announced the conversational meetii:g for the ensuing
month, and that there would be no meeting on December 26th, the names of
gentlemen proposed for membership were read and ordered to be suspended, and
the proceedings terminated with a conversazicne, at which the following objects
were exhibited . —

Young of Lobster by Mr. Curties.

Section of Calcedony Mr. Dunning.

Scales of Dog Fish Mr. Glasspoole.

Spicules of 8yiiapta ... Mr. Hainworth.

Pentagonal plates of jEc/iimis Mr. Martinelli.

226

Tongue of Blow Fly Mr. Eichards.

Pollen of Hibiscus Africanus Mr. Watkins.

i)aj97mmPMZea?, alive, witli young already hatched I -p^j^ q^^ Williams,
in the body j

Attendance — Members, 79; Visitors, 7-

Decembee 12th, 1873.— Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —

Wings of Foreign Lcpidoptera Mr. Ward,

Scale of Fodura (dark ground ^ objective) Mr. Dunning.

Human Foetus, one month old Dr. Matthews.

^ CaUgus. Sp. (?) Mr. T. C. White.

Sclerogenous tissue of Pear ,, ,,

Attendance— Members, 43 ; "Visitors, 3.

227

On a New Form of Deep Cell, made by the Tilghman
Patent Sand Blast Process.

By Henry F. Hailes.

(Read January 23rd, 1874.)

I wish to call the attention of the Club to what I may term
another solution of the great cell difficulty ; it remains to be seen
whether experience will justify me in calling it an improvement.

Those who have tried mounting in balsam with any of the ordi-
nary cells must have found that it is by no means an easy task to
perform satisfactorily.

The fact of there being two joints — one where the cell is attached
to the slide, and the other where the cover is joined to the cell — is a
great source of trouble, air bubbles being very apt to find their way
in either at one or the other of the joints.

Perhaps the best forms of cell that have as yet been devised
are those ground out of the slide itself ; but these, as hitherto made,
are open to several objections — they are either very shallow, or very
large, or both — the object is very apt, either in the process of
mounting or afterwards, to shift to one side or the other, and to get
wedged in between the cover and the bottom of the cell.

It occurred to me that possibly the Patent Sand Blast process
might be turned to account for this purpose, and having the advan-
tage of knowing the inventor. General Tilghman, I got him to have
a few slides sunk for me as an experiment, and these slides proving
satisfactory, as far as I could judge, I made an arrangement with
him to supply me with a quantity of them, with cells of various
sizes and depths. The cells may by this process bo sunk into the
slide any required depth or shape, irrespective of the sizes, which
may^also be varied. I find]^a small, deep cell, about one-fifth of an
inch in diameter, very useful for mounting Foraminifera. An object
can be put under the centre of the slide, covered, and hardened off
without any risk of shifting; and even if the balsam does not get
quite hard in the cell, the object can never get out of its place.
Of course the Sand Blast process leaves the cell in a rough, or
JouRN. Q. M. C, No. 26. p

228 HENRY F. HAILES ON A FORM OF DEEP CELL.

unpolished state, but this is only an apparent disadvantage.
The refractive index of the balsam is so nearly that of glass, that
it causes the granulation entirely to disappear. For mounting in
fluids of less density than balsam, it is necessary to run a little
balsam into the cell, and dry it off before putting in the fluid.
For dry or opaque objects, no preparation is necessary, the ground-
glass bottom of the cell making a soft and agreeable background
for the object.

For mounting insects, or parts of insects, either as opaque or
transparent objects, I venture to think that the use of these cells
Avill be found far preferable to the flattening process usually adopted,
and which is less necessary now that we have such good binocular
microscopes than it was formerly. I suppose there are no ento-
mologists who would entertain the idea of putting a large insect,
such as a stag beetle, through a rolling mill, in order to preserve it,
and I can see no reason why a flea or an acarus should be subjected
to a similar process. It is clear that that which would render the
larger insect unrecognizable must equally distort and smash out of
recognition the smaller one.

Mr. C. Baker, of High Holborn, has undertaken to supply the
slides at a reasonable price.

On Some Photographs of Microscopic Writing.
The following letter has been received from Dr. Woodward : —

War Department, Surgeon General's Office,

Washington, D.C., December 29th, 1873.

Mr. John E. Ingpen, F.R.M.S.
Dear Sir,

Two samples of Mr. Webb's fine writing on glass
have been received at the Museum since my communication of
August 18th. Each consists of the Lord's Prayer, written with a
diamond, according to the label, in a space ^^ x 44T ^^ ^^ "^^^*
In one of the slides the writing is blackened and mounted in
Canada balsam ; in the other it is not blackened, and is mounted
dry. I send photographs of both herewith — the one magnified
650 diameters, the other 825. I find Mr. Webb's statement of the
dimensions in which this writing is executed to be substantially
correct, and he has certainly produced a most curious and in-
teresting object for microscopical study. To compare his work

J. J. WOODWARD ON PHOTOGRAPHS OF MICROSCOPIC WRITING. 229

with the coarser bands of Nobert's plate, I took a photograph of
the first seven bands of the 19 band plate with 650 diameters,
which I also forward herewith.

This photograph, and that of the blackened writing, were taken
on the same day with the same objective, Powell and Lealand's
immersion ith, at the same distance, and under identical con-
ditions. The photograph of the writing was made first, and is the
best of a number of trials. I then inserted the Nobert's plate, not
even changing the cover correction, as I should have done to secure
the best definition, because this would have changed the power.
The picture sent was the result.

A comparison of the two pictures will render any remarks on the
relative delicacy of Mr. Webb's work and that of Nobert un-
necessary. It is evident that the point used by the former is very
much coarser than that used by the latter.

The picture of the Prayer, mounted dry, was taken on a sub-
sequent occasion, and is iilso the best of a number of trials. It is
taken with the same objective as the other pictures, but with a
different cover correction, and somewhat greater distance.

Both the samples sent me by Mr Webb are inscribed on such
thick covers that they are seen under a disadvantage, and my
highest powers cannot be used on them. The writing is, however,
comparatively so coarse that it can hardly be considered as a
serious test for high powers. Either plate is easily read with a
good half-inch objective and central light.

I am curious to learn how this writing of Mr. Webb's compares
with that of Mr. Peters, described by the late Mr. Farrants in his
address as President of the Royal Microscopical Society. He
stated that it was executed at the rate of twenty-two Bibles to the
inch. I would greatly like to see such a specimen, and give it a
photographic trial.

Will you kindly read this note to the Club, and present the
photographs ? I send also a full set of my last photographic
analysis of Nobert's plate for the Club, and a package for Mr.
Webb, which I beg you to hand him.
Very respectfully,

Your obedient Servant,

J. J. WOODWARD,

Assistant Surgeon, U.S.A.

(Read Jan. 2orcZ, 1874.)

p 2

230

On Insect Mounting in Hot Climates.

By Thos. Curties and John E. Ingpen.

{Bead January 23, 1874.)

Abstract.

The object of this paper was to bring under the notice of the
Chib a collection of 146 slides of insects and parts of insects,
mounted by Mr. Staniforth Green, of Colombo, Ceylon, and pre-
sented to the Club by Mr. Curties ; with especial reference to the
methods employed in mounting them, by which the objects were
preserved in a natural and very beautiful manner. Reference was
made to the usual methods of mounting insects, in which much
was often sacrificed to the production of showy and attractive
preparations, while there was sometimes great distortion of parts
and alteration of structure. The well-known object, the proboscis
of the blow-fly, was taken as an example, and Mr. Suffolk's
remarks upon it, in a paper read before the Royal Microscopical
Society in April, 1869, were quoted. Mr. Suffolk had at that time
given up the flattening process, and prepared his specimens by
soaking recently-killed flies in glycerine, and leaving them until
required for examination, when they were mounted in the same
fluid in various positions, without pressure. Such specimens showed
the muscles and chitinous endo and exo-skeleton with considerable
clearness.

The methods employed by Mr. Green were then described, and
many extracts from his letters read. It appeared that he had for
the most part given up soaking the preparations in potash, and
those which had been so treated were among the least successful
in the collection. Most of the specimens were admirably suited
for examination under the binocular, and showed to great advantage
with paraboloid illumination. The smaller insects were killed in
ether, immediately immersed in Canada balsam, without pressure,
and exposed for a considerable time to the rays of the sun, by

T. CURTIES AND J. E. INGPEN ON INSECT MOUNTING. 231

which treatment thej were preserved in the most perfect manner,
with total absence of the usual milkiness, and with the various
parts in their natural positions. Good examples of this method
were in the collection; among them such objects as aphides in
various stages of development, on a leaf; a scale-bearing Psocus
(an insect of great interest) ; small spiders ; the eggs, larva, j^upa,
and imago of gnats, together on one slide; &c. Larger insects,
after being killed in ether, were placed for four or five days to dry
between the leaves of a book, with a light piressure, after which
they were immersed in spirit of turpentine until all the watery
matter was extracted, and then mounted in a very thick film of
Canada balsam, which was exposed to the sun until hardened. By
this method, the natural forms of the insects were but little if at
all altered, and some of the specimens showed eyes, antenna?,
trachea?, and ovipositors most satisfactorily. Generally, care had
been taken (contrary to the usual custom) to attain as little trans-
parency as possible, under the idea that the less natural appearances
were altered the better. Many of the preparations polarized well,
owing to the fact that the muscles were left entire, and not injured
by soaking in potash. In some of the letters from Mr. Green which
were read, special reference was made to the fact that the natural
appearance and characteristics of the insects were really preserved
by the methods used. Possibly, part of the success was due to
the peculiar action of a tropical sun, which might, perhaps, exer-
cise a greater effect in preserving the parts in a natural state than
could be obtained by artificial heat alone. The balsam also seemed
somewhat dissimilar from that now used in England, and from its
yellowness and toughness, more nearly resembled that employed in
the early days of microscopy. The objects were presented to the
Club rather as specimens of the successful mounting and preser-
vation of insect structure than as an entomological collection, but,
as some of them had been named by Professor Westwood and
others, they became of additional value to the cabinet of the Club.
With regard to the transmission and preservation of rare and
minute tropical insects, Mr. Green's plan seemed to possess great
advantages over dry mounting on cards or immersion in alcohol —
in fact, specimens could not be kept in the tropics dry for any
length of time on account of the white ants, and when sent in
alcohol were almost always injured. The objects presented to the
Club were in exactly the same state as that in which they were

232 T. CURTIES AND J. E. INGPEN ON INSECT MOUNTING,

received, and in some instances the covers were tilted from the
uneven thickness of the objects and the avoidance of pressure.
This could be remedied in future by the use of cells, and in one
case support for the cover was obtained by two slips of thick glass,
allowing the free action of the air upon the thick film of balsam,
which kept within the limits till hardened. The absence both of
air-bubbles and milkiness — even under the searching illumination
of the paraboloid, showed how successful were the methods em-
ployed, and the preservation of soft parts, as in spiders and
aphides, was remarkable. Although the processes described
might not be practicable to the full extent in colder climates,
they were highly suggestive, and might be the means of preserving
many valuable specimens of exotic entomology. The chief points
discussed in the paper were — the avoidance of pressure, by which
the preservation not only of natural forms but even of characteristic
positions and attitudes was insured; the disuse of potash and
other solvents, thereby avoiding the deterioration of tissues ; the
exposure to a tropical sun, instead of artifical heat for hardening
the balsam ; and the careful abstaining from undue manipulation ;
all tending to ensure the preservation of the specimens in a
natural manner and with a life-like aspect.

On an Improved Method op Mounting Opaque Objects.

By T. Charters White, M.R.C.S., F.R.M.S., &c.

(Read February 27, 1874.;

We have all, doubtless, at one time or another, been annoyed by
the dewy deposit that settles on the under side of the thin glass
covering specimens intended to be viewed as opaque objects, and
having myself experienced this annoyance, I was induced to adopt a
plan which will, perhaps, be acceptable to those who may be troubled
with this disfigurement. I have for some time been in the habit of
covering such objects in a manner which, while it excludes dust and
securely fixes the cover, allows me when necessary to remove the
glass and wipe off any exhalation that may have settled on it, and
replace it as at first. I have given this method a fair trial, and
can therefore confidently recommend its adoption by others. I have

T. CHARTERS WHITE ON MOUNTING OPAQUE OBJECTS. 233

been accustomed in mounting any specimen as an opaque object to
proceed in the ordinary manner till the time arrives when the
covering glass is fixed, when, instead of attaching it to the cell
permanently, I merely lay it in its place and fix it by a minute drop
or two of the composition I have brought for distribution this
evening ; the cover is now held in close connexion with the cell,
and can be carried about and used with as great safety as if per-
manently adherent ; but with this advantage, it can be removed
and replaced as often as may be necessary without any difficulty,
and without detriment to the specimen contained in the cell. The
nature of the composition is exceedingly simple, being nothing
more than four or five parts of the ordinary yellow bees wax
melted with one part of Canada Balsam.

Among the other useful purposes to which this composition may
be turned, I would mention one or two that may be worthy of con-
sideration. I find it very useful in dry mounting sucb objects as
the scales of Butterflies, Lepisma, or Podura, &c. We all know the
troubles of cement running-in in these cases, but this may be entirely
obviated by filling in the angle between the edge of the covering glass
and the glass slide with this composition, when a permanent cement
may be run round without any fear of a particle running in. To do
this neatly it is sufficient to melt a little in a spoon and paint round
with a warm smooth wire ; it then sets directly it touches the cold
glass without being drawn under by capillary attraction ; without
any further addition the slide is sufficiently secure to carry about —
it may also be used to fix the covering glass on objects recently
mounted in Canada balsam, but which it may be desirable to
remove for exhibition at a meeting. Another use to which it may
be put is that of fixing on the covering glass, if we are desirous of
watching the growth or development of an Infusorian or other
form of aquatic life ; by drying round the edges of the covering glass
and dropping a small portion of the composition here and there
round it, it is securely retained in its place, and may be returned to
the water from which the specimen was taken, and thus converting
the slide into a "growing" slide. It may also be employed to
stick glass together to make a temporary zoophyte trough ; but I
need not occupy the time of the meeting by any further sugges-
tions, for doubtless it may be put to many uses by the practical
minds of those present.

234

On the MicRosconc Structure of Flints avd Allied
Bodies.

By M. Hawkins Johnson, F.G.S., &c.

{Read February 27th, 1874 )

The great advance made by geology as a science during the
last fifty years is due, not to the acuteness o^ modern ob-
servers as compared with their predecessors, but to the arssistance
they have derived from the advance of other sciences, upon which,
indeed, geology is almost dependent. Many are the aids to in-
vestigation which it has thus received, and to none of these is it
more indebted than to the microscope, which is almost daily re-
vealing new wonders to those who will avail themselves of the
assistance it offers.

I have lately been giving my attention to the curious group of
bodies commonly known to geologists as nodules. There are
nodules of one sort or another in almost all the sedimentary
deposits, from the oldest to the most recent ; and of whatever
material they may be composed, they have been almost invariably
described as concretions, a term which, as applied to these bodies,
can scarcely be considered explanatory.

To give a list of all that are known would entail my dragging
you through a complete course of stratigraphical geology. There
are some, however, which are comparatively familiar to us all, such
as the Flints and Iron Pyrites of the Chalk, the Septaria of the
London and Kimmeridge Clays, the Phosphatic Nodules or
Coprolites of the Gault, and the Nodules of Clay Ironstone.
These well-known examples are those that I have more particu-
larly examined, and of which I wish to speak.

In my investigation I began by making thin sections, mounting
them in and on Canada balsam in a variety of ways, and using
both transmitted and reflected light. Of course, I saw what
everybody else has seen who has adopted this system, numbers of
curious things imbedded in numbers of curious substances ; very

ON THE MICROSCOnC STRUCTURE OF FLINTS, &C. 235

interesting, indeed, when first discovered, but all appearing to be
foreign bodies intruded into the situations they occupy rather than
cognate with the substances that enclose them.

I was very soon dissatisfied with this, as I felt that the bodies
imbedded in them threw no light, or scarcely any, on the nature of
the nodules themselves. So I reflected upon the matter, and soon
saw that, in their own proper substance, either they were homo-
geneous or they were not. If they were homogeneous a solvent
would act equally upon them in every part ; if they were not, the
solvent would probably act unequally, and possibly throw some
light on their constitution. In arranging the experiment, it was
obviously advisable to let the action of the solvent be as gentle as
possible, but at the same time efficient.

The first examined was a Nodule of black Flint from the chalk,
the study of this substance having indeed first drawn my atten-
tion to the general group. I cut a conveniently thin slice of it,
say gLth inch in thickness, and placed it for about an hour in
hydrofluoric acid ; then removed it, washed it gently by aspersion
with distilled water, and dried it. Originally black and translu-
cent, it was now white and opaque ; it could not have undergone
any chemical change, the acid merely acting as a solvent, so that
the alteration must be due to a change in the physical character of
the surface. On examining it by the microscope as an opaque
object the appearance j) resented is what I have shown in this draw-
ing (PI. IX., Fig. 1), a structure apparently consisting of fibres
ramifying in all directions, the organic character of which can
scarcely be doubted. This was very striking and suggestive, par-
ticularly as I found the same structure to pervade the whole mass
almost uniformly.

Having made this discovery, it occurred to me to try similar
experiments with other nodules. Accordingly I set to work upon
Coprolites, Septaria, and several others. I had no difficulty in
finding solvents, dilute hydrochloric acid acting upon them readily.
I submitted them to the prolonged and gentle action of this acid,
washed, and dried them, and on examination by the microscope was
not a little disappointed to find them converted into a sort of mud,
cracked in all directions. I repeated the experiments several
times, with weaker acid, stopping its action at an earlier stage, but
with no better result, and I had almost relinquished the idea, when
somehow or other I thought I might as well examine them in the

236 M. HAWKINS JOHNSON, F.G.S.,

fluid. I did so, and immediately saw that I had got a beautiful
and delicate structure of a most definite character, in the case of
the Septaria from the London Clay having the appearance repre-
sented in this drawing (Fig. 3).

Being satisfied of the existence of this structure, my next
difficulty was to preserve it so as to be able to show it to others at
any time, and what with air bubbles, disengagement of gas,
shrinkages and leakages, &c., I had so much trouble that I
should be ashamed to lay the details of my failures before the Club,
although they might possibly be edifying. I found at last the
best plan to be to wash carefully, by a gentle stream of water,
until all trace of acid was removed, then very gradually to heat
the water to boiling, so as to get rid of all air, and to mount in a
cell with freshly boiled distilled water. It is necessary to stop the
action of the acid while there is still a portion of the solid stone
left, as this latter makes a firm foundation for the delicate tissue
exposed, which, while it maintains its connection with the part
still imbedded, retains its original form unaltered.

The structure thus exhibited has the appearance of a soft mass
permeated in every part by anastomosing canals. It is evidently
of an organic nature, and suggests very forcibly that great division
of the Protozoa, the sponges. The Septaria, from the Kimmeridge
Clay, have a very similar structure ; the Clay Ironstone nodules
also, which are probably of the same nature as the Septaria, except
that the calcium has been partly replaced by iron, present the
same appearance ; so also do the Phosphatic Nodules of the Cam-
bridge deposit, and those from the Gault in other places. The
structures of these several bodies do not appear to be absolutely
identical, but may be said to have a generic resemblance. Of
course there are considerable differences of colour.

Having established to my satisfaction the organic character of
all these bodies, I was tolerably prepared to see, without surprise,
anything whatever ; I was, nevertheless, almost startled when I
found that the well-known nodules of Iron Pyrites, so common in
the Chalk, and often known as thunderbolts, are not only of
organic origin, but that the organic structure is still present in
these masses, merely waiting to be uncovered — such is un-
doubtedly the case. Slices of these nodules ground smooth, and
then subjected to the action of strong nitric acid, show this struc-
ture in relief on the surface, the bi sulphide of iron by which it

ON THE MICROSCOPIC STRUCTURE OF FLINTS, &C. 237

was surrounded having been removed by the acid. The structure
thus revealed is shown in this drawing. (Fig. 4.)

I must not be understood to say that because in the instances I
have described the nodules are undoubtedly organic, that therefore
all nodules are organic. I wish particularly to guard against this
inference. I have shown an organic structure in certain cases, but
it would be rash in the extreme to draw from these a hasty
generalization as to the nature of the whole group. Nevertheless,
the evidence adduced certainly points in that direction.

How these structures have been preserved is a subject upon
which I have treated in a paper lately read before the Geologists'
Association, but, as it can scarcely be considered microscopical,
and I have already taken up a good deal of your time, I will only
venture to say that they were silicified by the substitution of
silicon for carbon, and the subsequent elimination of the other
constituents; and that afterwards the interstices were filled in,
either with the same or with different materials, until they were
converted into solid compact masses.

I have one other drawing (Fig. 2) to which I wish to call your
attention. It represents the microscopic appearance of a piece of
flint that has been subjected to a sort of natural injection. The
organic structure has been infiltrated with some ferruginous
solution, which has subsequently been converted into hydrated
sesquioxide of iron. This is by no means uncommon, but, ac-
cording to my experience, the specimens best adapted for exhibit-
ing the structure are the green-coated flints from the Bull Head
bed, between the Thanet Sand and the Chalk. When a very thin
poKshed slice of such a flint is viewed as an opaque object the
oxide of iron appears of a light brown or buff tint, in striking
contrast to the transparent silica not infiltrated, which of course
appears black. The structure thus displayed is the complement of
that developed by hydrofluoric acid, the latter being only a mould
or impression, while the former may be said to be a natural in-
jection of the organic structure itself.

238

On the Histology of Plants.

By R, Braithwaite, M.D., F.L.S., &c.'

IV. The Different Kinds of Cells.

{Read March 27th, 1874.)

Having followed the vegetable cells from the homogeneous
spherical condition through various stages of differentiation, we
have next to consider them in their finished or perfect form.
Many names have been introduced — especially by Nageli — for the
various kinds of cells, but often unnecessarily, as for instance
Sclerenchpna, when they have become thickened and indurated;
but as all cells may undergo this physiological change it is clear
it possesses no distinctive character, for it applies to wood, to the
stony concretions of the pear, to the dark bundle in the rhizome
of the brake, and many other tissues.

We may more simply classify them by the structure of the
cellulose case, and their mode of connection with each other, and
thus they readily fall into three groups — Parenchym cells, Fibre
cells, and Tubular cells, which we may not inaptly compare to the
flesh, bones, and vessels of animal bodies.

I. — Parenchym Cells.

These include all spherical, polyhedral, or prismatic cells, which
are applied to each other by their cellulose case, and having their
walls homogeneous or variously thickened, and only rarely pro-
vided with bordered or sieve-like pores. The term Tarenchyma
has often been restricted to those cells which have flat ends, while
those with pointed extremities have been named Prosenchyma.

Parenchymatous cells constitute the entire substance of Fungi,
Lichens, Algae, and the greater part of mosses ; in the higher
plants all homogeneous tissues, as pith, bark, and cuticle, and in
the heterogeneous tissues they are combined with the other two
forms in all vascular plants. Thin walled Parenchym cells are of
most frequent occurrence, and assume many different forms. The

R. BRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OP PLANTS. 239

cellulose case is homogeneous in the spores of Fungi and Alg^e,
leaves of mosses and Hepaticse, &c., or with secondary thickening
layers which take an annular, spiral, or netted arrangement, and
may also be perforated by closed pores. These cells are coloured
blue by chloro-iodide of zinc, or by iodine and sulphuric acid, but
occasionally they become lignified, as in the pith and petiole of
palms, and medullary rays of oak, fir, &c. ; the iodine then stains
them yellow, except the cellulose membrane closing the pores,
which is coloured blue, thus showing that it is not lignified, and
no doubt on this account retains its original capacity for the
.diffusion of fluids throughout the tissues.

Thickened Parenchym cells are much rarer, but occur in the
collenchyma and seed albumen of many plants, and more or less
lignified in pith and bark, and in some fruits.

Collenchyma cells lie under the epidermis, are thin walled and
polyhedral, have usually a thickening deposit in the angles, and
appear waxy on section, but evidently laminated ; they may be
seen in the stems of sorrel, and many umbelliferie. Strongly
thickened, unlignified Parenchym cells occur in the albumen of
the seeds of lilies and palms, in the coffee berry, ivory nut, date
stone, and the seed of Ceratonia siliqua, or Carob bean.

Lignified Parenchyma is well seen in the pith of Clematis
vitalba, and in the pith and bark of Hoya carnosa ; the cells are
usually cubical, and often pierced by branched pore-canals.
Similar cells are also found in the bark of laburnum, ash, Ficus
elastica, &c., and of a more irregular form in the bast of beech
and birch, in the shell of the almond, walnut, and Brazil nut, and
also in the stony concretions of winter pears ; the thickening often
completely obliterating the lumen of the cell. After heating with
liquor potassaj the iodine tests colour all the layers yellow.

II. — Fibre Cells.

These are almost entirely confined to the vascular bundles, and
hence are found in wood and bast tissue, but very rarely in pith or
bark. They are distinguished by their great length, and touch
each other on all sides, with niore or less oblique faces, so that in
outline they are fusiform, pyramidal or conical, and have very
rarely any transverse partitions, but we find such in the branched
bast cells of Euphorbia. Fibre cells are usually simple, and
always more or less thickened, with the secondary and tertiary

240 R. BRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS.

lamin£e distinct. The thickening is greatest in bast tissue, and in
it also the secondary layers are most distinct, those of wood cells
being more homogeneous, and pores are also usually present. A
small wide-turning spiral band is seen near the bordered pores in
wood cells of yew, vine, mezereon, Vihurnum Lantana, &c., and
with narrower turns in the wood of Pinus picea. Broader spiral
bands are observable in the outer wood cells of the annual ring of
conifers, and the striation is more sharply defined by application
of nitric acid. When unlignified, as in Apocynacece and Ascle-
piadacecE, the iodine tests produce on the laminge the usual blue
reaction.

III. — Tubular Cells.

These also occur only in the vascular bundles, and belong partly
to the wood, partly to the bast portion. In form they are usually
elongated cylinders, and are distinguished from long parenchym
cells and from fibre cells by their oblique transverse partitions,
which endure only so long as they carry sap, but as soon as the
liquid contents become replaced by air, these partitions are re-
sorbed, or if they should remain, their structure is different from
that of the longitudinal wall.

The perforation of the transverse partition takes place in various
ways ; in those vascular cells of the woody bundles in which the
partitions are horizontal or but slightly oblique, the opening is
usually a large bordered pore, as we see in the oak, ash, or beech,
and not unfrequently reticular as in Pteris aquilina. If the par-
titions are still more inclined to the longitudinal wall, we find many
round or longish pores, producing netted or scalariform perforation
as in Ephedra, Lonicera, Vihurnum, &c.

Thickening of tubular cells occurs under various forms, but it
never attains to the extent met with in fibre cells. We have ring-
like thickening in the annular vessels of the medullary sheath of
Gymnosperms and Dicotyledons, and they may be seen adjacent to
the spiral vessels in the vascular bundles of monocotyledons and
ferns ; in the stems of maize, reeds, and Balsamina they are well
developed.

Spirally thickened tubular cells, spiral vessels or Traclienchyma
are equally common in the medullary sheath of Dicotyledons, the
most internal cells having very wide turns of the spiral band, in
consequence of this part of the vascular bundle being in most
active growth, the spirals become more quickly drawn apart. The

R. BRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS. 241

direction of the spirals is most frequently to the left, and their
number in each cell is variable, while the transition from annular to
spiral thickening is not unfrequent even in the same vessel.

Tubular cells with net-like thickening are best seen in succulent
herbaceous plants, such as Balsam, Cucumber, and Celandine, and
they lie more external than the spiral cells,

Porose tubular cells (Pitted tissue or Bothrenchyma) are widely
distributed, the pores being bordered, and circular or slit-like.
Round-bordered porose tubular cells form the greater part of the
vessels in Dicotyledons. When the border is extended consider-
ably in a transverse direction, we have the so-called scalariform
vessels, familiar to you all in the vascular bundles of ferns, and also
seen in the stems of the Vine, Balsam, Viburnum, Daphne, &c.
The thin transverse partitions are perforated by a single pore, or by
net-like or scalariform apertures ; mixed spiral and porose tubular
cells are seen in the Lime and Honeysuckle.

Porose tubular cells with cribriform thickening (Lattice cells)
pertain only to the bast poi'tion of the vascular bundle, and tc this
group also belong the milk vessels, which carry the coloured sap or
latex in many plants. The transverse partitions open by a single
large pore, the covering membrane of which is not resorbed, but
becomes perforated by roundish or angular apertures, so as to re-
semble a sieve or grating, as we see in the Hop, Bryony, Dahlia,
Eqiiisetum, &c. ; or when the partition is much inclined, the per-
forations are lattice-like, as in Pteris. Tilia, CEsculus, &c.

Complete resorption of the transverse partitions has taken place
in the branched anastomozing tubular cells which constitute the
milk vessels, so general in composite plants, Euphorhiacece and
Asclepiadacece. The cellulose case of their longitudinal walls is
usually weak, but strong thickening layers are seen in those of the
tropical Euphorbias. The thin places consist of large pores, the
partition wall of which is, by resorption of the closing membrane,
variously perforated by smaller pores. The cribrose cells are en-
closed by the fibre cells, and equal them in length, attaining their
greatest dimensions in the milk vessels of Apocynece and EupJwr-
biacecB, on account of the union of several cells into one tube.
Lignification takes place but to a slight degree, so that Iodine
always gives the reaction of cellulose, and, to observe the milk
vessels, long maceration is necessary until they become isolated by
decay of the softer tissues around them.

242 R. BRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS.

Thus we find each kind of cell is constructed so as best to
carry on its appointed function ; where freedom and quickness of
circulation are required, as in the milk-vessels of such plants as
the sow-thistle, lettuce, and celandine, the walls are thin, and all
obstructing partitions are removed ; on the other hand, where
strength is needed, as in so many fibres used in our manufactures,
deposit goes on in the interior until hardly any central space is
left, and if firmness and resistance are required, this deposit
becomes so indurated as to give those qualities we value in such
woods as oak, mahogany, box, and ebony; while even in them
provision is made for interchange of air and fluids by the beautiful
pores and canals already referred to.

Illustrative Figures.
Plate X.

Fig. 1. — Albumen cell from Date-stone, seen under water. X 400.
Fig. 2. — Lignified Parenchym-cell from shell of Walnut, with

branched pore-canals. X 660.
Fig. 3. — Fibre cell from wood of Finns Picea. 125.

Fig. 4. — Ditto from bast of Larch. X 125.
Fig. 5. — Fibre cell from wood of Yew with bordered pores and

spiral band, x 400.
Fig. 6. — Net-like perforation of partition wall of vessel in

Lonicera caprifolhim. X 400.
Fig. 7. — Spirally thickened tubular cell from Dahlia. X 370.
Fig. 8. — Part of a so-called Scalariform vessel from Pteris

aqmlina, p. p. the net-like perforation of the transverse

wall. X 370.
Fig. 9. — Transverse partition in Cucurhita pepo. A. in longitudinal

section, c. the cellulose case ; m. the cell membrane ; t.

peculiar thickening ; e. contents contracted. B. in

transverse section ; at the upper part the deposit projects

like papillae.
Fig. 10. — The same from Fagus sylvatica.

243

PROCEEDINGS.

January 9th, 1874. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —
Shell on Zoophyte ...
Insects mounted whole

Larva of Ephemera

Water- weed mounted in Spirit for 20 years
Section of Human Scalp ...

Diatoms selected by Mr. Kitton

Glass Cells ground by the Sand-blast Process ...

Sulphate of Copper and Magnesia

Specimens illustrative of the Microscopical 7

Structure of Flint )

Iris of Dragon-fly ...

Daplmia Pulex

Human Foetus, one month old

Sertularia with. Spirorbis

Immersion Tube for the Aquarium

Whisker of Lion (Polar)

Section of Eye of Drone-fly

Gemmules and Spicules of Sponge in Flint

Hydractmia and Vaginicola valvata

Leaf of Scale-fern

By Mr.
Mr.
Mr.
Mr.
Mr.
Mr.

Mr.
Mr.

Mr.
Mr.
Dr.

a

Mr.
Mr.
Mr.
Mr.
Mr.
Mr.

E. Bartlett.

G. K. Coles.

Dunning.

Glasspoole.

Goodinge.

Hailes.

Hind.

M. Hawkins

Johnson.
Mclntire.
Mar tine Hi.
Matthews.

Richards.
Underwood.
A. Waller.
J. G. Waller.
T. C. White.
Geo. Williams.

Attendance — Members, 54; visitors, 14.

January 23rd, 1874. — Dr. R. Braithwaite, F.L.S., President,
in tlie Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.
The following donations to the Club were announced : —

*' The Monthly Microscopical Journal " From the Publisher.

*' Science Gossip" ,, j,

" The Popular Science Review"

" Proceedings of the Royal Society "

"Proceedings of the Geologists' Association"...
*' Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophi- ")

cal Society of Manchester " )

" Annual Report of the Brighton and Sussex )

Natural History Society " ->

*' Suffolk on Spectrum Analysis, as applied to ")
Microscopical Observations " •>

JouRN. Q. M. C, No. 26. q

the Society,
the Association.

the Society.
the Society,
the Author.

244

"Davies on Mounting" Mr. Tafe.

" Lancaster's Half-hours with the Microscope " „

A number of Photo-Micrographs, including"!
two of Mr. Webb's specimens of Micro- j

scopic Writing and a companion photo- ^ Dr. J. J. Woodward,

graph of the jfirst seven bands of Nobert's |
Test Plate, taken with the same objective J

One Slide :^!r. Walter White.

146 Slides of Insects, mounted by Mr. Green, > -^^ Curties

of Ceylon ... ... ^

"The Quarterly Journal of Microscopical") gy purchase.

Science"... ... ... ^

Dr. Beales' " How to work with the Micro- 7

scope ^

The thanks of the Club were voted to the donors.

The following gentlemen were balloted for and duly elected members of the
Club:— Mr. E. M. Doble, Mr. E. H. Flux, Mr. J. H. Hadland, Mr. J. D. Hardy,
Mr. R. Moreland, jun., Mr. H.E.Newton, Mr. G.Pearce, Mr. J. E. Taylor, and
Mr. C. H. Wright.

The Secretary read a letter received from Dr. J. J. Woodward, of the Army
Medical Department, Washington, relative to the photographs which he had
kindly presented to the Club.

The thanks of the meeting were voted to Dr. Woodward for his communication
and contribution.

Mr. H. F. Hailes read a paper " On a new form of Deep Cell, made by the
Tilghman Patent Sand-blast Process." (See page 227.)

A vote of thanks to Mr. Hailes for his communication was duly carried, the
President observing that this appeared to be the first practical application of
the Sand-blast Process to microscopical purposes.

Dr. Matthews wished to say a few words, which, though almost personal, were
simply a matter of justice to Mr. T. C. White. He (Dr. Matthews) had been
honoured with a commission to edit a new edition of " Davies on Mounting."
It appeared that, after leaving his hands, the publisher had let Mr White see
the sheets, and then lie had afterwards passed them on to Mr. Davies. It also
appeared that Mr. White had made some additions to the work, unknown to
him, and as these additions by Mr. White had added much to the value of the
work, he took the present opportunity of publicly acknowledging his indebted-
ness to Mr. White in the matter.

The Secretai'y read a description, by Mr. Eichards, of his " Improved Im-
mersion Tube," for viewing objects under water. This consisted of a tube of
brass with a plain glass cemented to one end, and capable of sliding over an
inner tube, having the universal screw at each end ; the latter was screwed into
the microscope body, and an objective screwed to the other end. The immei'sion
tube was then slid over it for the distance required by the objective used and
the depth of the aquarium.

The thanks of the meeting were voted to Mr. Eichards, and the President
remarked that the tube was likely to be useful in observing objects underwater,
and, as it could be used at a considerable depth, it would be suitable for the
examination of Sertularia, &c.

Mr. Ingpen read a paper, by Mr. Curties and himself, " On Insect Mounting
in Hot Climates," with especial reference to the valuable collection of objects

245

mounted by Mr. S. Green, of Colombo, Ceylon, and presented to the Club by
Mr. Curties.

The President, in proposing a vote of thanks to Mr. Carties and Mr. lugpen,
expressed his sense of the value of the collection, and thought that if anything
the smaller were more beautiful than the larger ones. Many were of minute
diptera, which had long antennse, and he thought that if they were disturbed
they would almost certainly be displaced or destroyed.

Votes of thanks to Mr. Curties and Mr. Ingpen were carried unanimously.

Mr. Curties said that the object which he and his friend Mr. Green had in
view was to present the collection to some public body by whom the question as
to the best means of preserving and transporting such objects could be worked
out. As to the specimens which had been sent over in spirit it had been found
that the results were not entirely satisfactory, and they had, therefore, endea-
voured to ascertain some better method of sending tliem. On receiving these
parcels he thought that objects sent in this manner might be utilised by reason
of their perfect preservation in a natural form. Many friends went abroad,
and came back bringing nothing with them from inability to preserve specimens,
and any improved methods of doing so must be of value in scientific research.

Mr. Loy stated that having looked over the collection he could speak favour-
ably of the results attained. He had paid more attention to the smaller insects
than to the larger ones, and many of them appeared to have been simply
dropped into the balsam without preparation. Instead of finding them at all
cloudy, they were quite clear, and there were very few air-bubbles. The muscles
of the thorax and legs were shown beautifully, and in some of them the small
intestines and hepatic vessels could be clearly traced. He thought that if they
could succeed in doing in England what had been done in the tropics, it would
be worth much trouble, A few of the parasites had been soaked in potash, but
the results were tiot so satisfactory. He was surprised to find that insects
merely pressed between the leaves of a book should be so free from air-bubbles.
The question was whether it was possible to do the same here as in the tropics ;
or whether the sun there did not have the power of driving out the moisture
much more completely than was possible with artificial heat in our own climate.
He had himself a slide mounted — a section — from which it seemed impossible
to drive the moisture, although it had been placed for several months on the
top of a cistern filled with hot water. As regarded the various methods of
sending insects from foreign parts, a friend of his in Belgium received some
which came perfectly safe in castor oil ; he expected to be able to get it all out,
and to mount the insects perfectly,

Mr. B. T, Lowne thought they could hardly expect many persons to take so
much trouble in this matter as Mr. Green had done. There was, however, a very
easy way of transmitting small insects, and that was by merely placing them
upon a piece of gummed paper, and laying it out to dry. If they were not sub-
jected to pressure they would come quite safely, and could be got ofi" for use by
re-dissolving the gum. The great difficulty, he thought, had been that of get-
ting insects sufficiently unchanged for examination of their internal organs,
which usually became impregnated with fatty matter to such an extent as to
make them worthless for this purpose. Whether they were put up in oil or in
glycerine this fatty matter was found to change the whole so entirely that after
a few years they became totally useless, and it was possible only now and then
to get a glimpse of the internal organs in consequence.

Mr, Ingpen remarked that Mr. Green stated in one of his letters that he could

246

not keep insects dry because of the white ants, and this led him to put them
into balsam.

Mr. Curties said he was under the impression that Mr. Lowne's plan had been
adopted, but that this one was attempted as an improvement upon it, and in
order that the objects might be utilised for future observation both of form
and structure.

The President thought that there were two objects in view, and that Mr.
Lowne's was the one likely to be taken by a systematic entomologist rather than
by a microscopist.

Mr. Mclntire said that some time ago Mr. Curties showed him a number of
these slides, and he was very much struck by many of them. They seemed to
throw much light upon some subjects of interest to him. The gnats were the
only diptera found here with scales on their wings, but in this collection there
were other diptera with scales. There were also several slides of Podiirce, but
they seemed the same as Degeeria Domestica. As to mounting insects in balsam
at once, it was a plan which he was very much in favour of ; they should be killed
inspirit and then transferred at once to soft balsam. A little dirt would some-
times get in, but this was less detrimental than some of the effects of mounting
in the usual way.

Dr. Matthews recommended the use of benzole in cases where the object was
subject to adiposere. Balsam could be dropped into it, and so it might be used
as a medium.

The Secretary read a letter from Mr. Joseph Bell, of Hetton Colliery, near
Durham, asking for information and assistance in establishing a Microscopical
Club amongst the mining population of that district, and stated that the infor-
mation asked for had been sent by him in the name of the Club.

Announcements of Meetings, &c., were then made, and the meeting ter-
minated with a conversazione, at which the following objects were exhibited : —

Various Foraminifera ... ... By Mr. Bartlett.

Parasite of Horseshoe Bat (Ceylon) Mr. Curties.

Spiniferous Tubercles of Lingthorn Mr. Dunning.

Gizzards of two Fleas Mr. Glasspoole.

Polycistinge Mr. Hind.

Tank Microscope Mr. Kichards.

Ova of Toad in different stages of development Mr. Topping.

Attendance— Members, 90; Visitors, 17; total, 107.

February 13th, 1874. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —

Tick of Aa.rd-vsiTk {Orycteropus Capensis) ... Mr. Curties.

Sand-blast cell and examples of mounting ... Mr. Hailes.

Achromatic Bull's-eye Condenser Mr^ Ingpen.

Palate of Wb elk Mr. Martinelli.

Zoophytes in Fluid Dr. Matthews.

Section of Cat's lip (polar) Mr. Moginie.

Ovary of Rabbit — stained section Mr. E. T. ISTewton.

Frog's bladder ,, ,,

Various Brazilian Beetles Mr. J. A. Smith.

Lung of Salamander Mr. Topping.

247

S eed- capsule— -Limana bi'emm ... Mr. Underwood.

Section of leaf of Ficus elastica Mr. Ward.

Eucliondroraa Mr. T. C. White.

Diaptomus Castor (alive) Mr. Geo. Williams.

Wright's Electro-magnetic Turn-table Mr. E. Wright.

Attendance — Members, 60 ; Visitor, 1.

February 27th, 1874. — Dr. R. Braithwaite, F.L.S., President,
in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.
The followiag donations to the Club were announced : —

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal" ... from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip" ,, ,,

" Proceedings of the Royal Society" ... ..-, the Society.

* * Proceedings of the Literary and Philo- ( tl p So ' t

sophical Society of Manchester." '

"The American Naturalist," Dec. and Jan. in Exchange.
" Microscopical Examinations of Air," by^

Dr. Douglas Cunningham, Indian > from the Author.
Medical Service. ^

" Proceedings of Geologists' Association" ... the Association.

Ten Slides Mr. Watkins.

The thanks of the Club were voted to the Donors.

The President said that it would no doubt be remembered that some time
ago two gentlemen, Mr. Horncastle and Mr. Crisp, had presented the Club with
sums of money amounting together to £8. The committee thought that the
best use they could make of this would be to procure such books for the library
as should be of real value to the members. The opportunity occurred of
purchasing some valuable works from Mr. Cooke, and it was intended to
inscribe them as having been presented to the library by the two gentlemen who
had given the money.

The following is a list of the works thus added to the library of the Club : —
Bailey, Microscopical Examination of Soundings of Atlantic Coast. 1851
Brady's Recent British Astracoda (Lm?i. Trans.) ... ... ... 1868

Brady, Parker, and Jones, Genus PolymorpMna (Linn. Trans.)

Brown, J., Foraminifera from the Colne Tidal River ... ... 1856

Busk's Polyzoa of the Crag ... ... ... ... ... 1859

Carter, H. J., Sqiiamulma and Difflugia, New Species of ... ... 1870

D'Orbigny, Foraminiferes du Bassin Tertiare de Vienne ... ... 1846

Egger, Foraminifera, from the Miocene of Ortenburg ... ... 1857

Ehrenberg, Sud-ocean forms, &c. ... ... ... „ ... 1857-8

Jeffrey's Fourth Report on Shetland Dredgings
Jones, T., Rupert, Entomostraca of the Cretaceous

,, ,, Tertiary Entomostraca ...

Karrer, Foramiuiftren Wiener Sandsteins ...

,, ,, ,, Beckens

„ ,, Kosteg in Banat

Mantell's Foraminifera of Chalk and Flint ...
Mechelin's Iconographie Zoophytologique ...

1867

Formation ... 1849

1856

1865

1864

1868

1846

1840-7

248

Pai fitt, Protozoa of Devonshire, &c. ... ... ... ... 1809

Parker and Jones, Foraminifera, Coast of Norway ... ... ... 1857

Eeuss, Foraminiferen Crag d'Anyers

,, ,, der Septarientlironeg von Berlin ... ... 1851

,, ,, Kauara See ... ... ... ... 1865

,, ,, Deutschen Oberoligocans ... ... ... 1804

,, ,, Westphalischen ... ... ... ... 1800

,,. ,, Lagenidpen ... ... ... ... 1802

,, ,, Oberburg in Steiermark ... ... ... 18G4

,, ,, des Deutschen Septarienthrones ... ... 1806

Seguenza, Foraminifera of Messina ... ... ... ... 1862

Terquem, Foraminiferes du Lias .. ... ... ... ... 1862-6

Weaver, Composition of Chalk Eocks, &c. ...

A letter was read from the Secretary of University College, granting per-
mission to the Club to hold its meetings in that building during the present
year, and also to hold the Annual Soiree on the 17th April.

The warm thanks of the Club were unanimously voted to the authorities of
the College for the continuation of their generous liberality in allowing the free
use of the building for the meetings.

The following gentlemen were balloted for, and duly elected members of the
Club:- Mr. Thos. W. Burton, Mr. Jas. Cornish, Mr. L. May, Mr. Wm. Payne,
Mr. Jas, Russell, Mr. J. C. Walker, and Mr. William Wilson.

Mr. T. C. White read a paper on " An Improved Method of Mounting Opaque
Objects" (printed p. 232 ante).

The thanks of the meeting were voted to Mr. White for his communication.

Mr. T. C. White read a letter from Mr. Furlonge, describing " Certain re-
markable organisms observed in the rat flea." The specimen to which reference
was made was exhibited in the room under the microscope.

The President, in moving a vote of thanks to Mr. Furlonge, made some
remarks differing from the view taken by him ; and Mr. Lowne also considered
that Mr. Furlonge vpas in error. The matter stood over for further in-
vestigation.

Mr. M. Hawkins Johnson read a paper "On the Microscopic Structure of
Flint and Allied Substances" (see p. 234 ante). The subject was illustrated by
coloured diagrams.

The thanks of the meeting were unanimously voted to Mr. Johnson for his
paper.

The President observed that the appearance presented by the objects shown
on the diagrams very strongly resembled the remains of sponge.

Mr. T. C. White said he had taken great interest in this subject, and had
certainly seen many evidences which led him to suppose that the remains found
in flints are those of sponges. He had one section which abounded with spicules
and gemmules of sponge. He inclined strongly to the view that flints were
silicified sponges.

Mr. J. G. Waller said that the flint question was a difficult one, and had been
often discussed. He noticed that although Mr. Johnson's ideas appeared to
diff'er from those of Dr. Bowerbank, yet they pointed to the same conclusions.
He had examined Mr. Johnsons specimens, and thought that if their origin
were organic, it must have been the sarcode of the sponge. He believed that he
had seen something of the kind in the sarcode of a living sponge, but could not
pronounce any positive opinion.

249

Mr, B. T. Lovvne had not the least hesitation in referring these bodies to
organic structures and sponges. When they knew that the bed of the Atlantic
was at the present time depositing chalk, and that there were sponges being en-
closed in these formations, he was not at all surprised at finding within flints of
earlier formations the remains of sponges also.

The President inquired of Mr, Johnson if he had found any diatoms in any
of his flint sections ?

Mr. .Johnson stated that he had not yet met with any specimen containing
diatoms, but only Foraminifera and Xanthidia; these were found in nearly all
specimens.

Mr. Waller said there was much in favour of the sponge theory. He had
himself never found any flints which did not contain the remains of sponge.
The gemmules of sponge were often remarkably well seen in the flints which
were picked up on Blackheath ; one of these was so clearly marked that he had
sent the specimen to Mr Quekett.

Mr. Johnson thought the actual origin was to be sought in the process of the
substitution of silicon (silicate of soda) for the carbon of the organic matter.
Any organic matter, under favourable conditions, would, if it contained carbon,
undergo the change ; its decomposition would take place by a slower process.
Some time ago he had made an experiment to test this. He put a number of
soft-bodied animals into a solution of silicate of soda, and left them there for
four or five days. At the end of that time he took them out, washed off' all the
superfluous silicate, and put them into a quantity of strong nitric acid. He
found that the acid had no eff'ect whatever upon them, whereas those which had
not been put into the silicate were disintegrated and dissolved by the acid in
the course of half an hour. This showed that a great change had taken place,
and that silicon had been substituted for carbon. Traces of nitrogen and
carbon were occasionally met with in flints.

Mr. Lowne thought that Mr. Johnson's last remarks were of very great im-
portance, and he hoped they would be followed up so as to make certain as to
this substitution. Why not put something containing carbon into the solution,
and afterwards incinerate it, and thus ascertain how much silica had been ab-
sorbed ? If this substitution took place, it must of course be from a medium
which contained silica in solution, and they would have also to believe that
dead protoplasm could collect it from great distaucos. The objection which he
saw to foraminifera was that they naturally collected lime and not flint ; but
there was another class of creatures very likely to be mistaken for foraminifera
■ — the Radiolarians — which were very common, and which did collect flint in large
quantities. Again, as regarded foraminifera, they lived on the sponges, and
were found everywhere else ; so that it was easily understood how they might
frequently get enclosed in the mass. Another fact worth naming was that the
mass of flint having been originally deposited as a secretion, lime and other
substances would become agglomerated with it. He remembered being much
struck the summer before last at the number of half-changed flints which he had
found on the downs to the north of Worthing.

Mr. T. C. White said he had been much struck by the appearance presented
by apiece of chalcedony which he had rubbed down, and afterwards mounted in
balsam. The remarkable resemblance of the ramifications to those seen in a
sponge was most striking ; only in the case of the chalcedony they were all
hollow, or tubular.

Mr. Johnson thought it more probable that the foraminifera were the food of

250

the sponge than that they fed upon it ; this would, no doubt, account for their
presence there. He then drew upon the black board a diagram illustrating the
chemical changes which he supposed to occur during the process of substitution
to which he had previously referred.

The meetings for the ensuing month, and the names of the gentlemen pro-
posed for election at the next meeting, were then announced, and the pro-
ceedings terminated with a conversazione, at which the following objects were
exhibited : —

Anguinaria Spatulata by Mr. Bartlett.

Marine Polyzoa (Bot/;er&anA;m) Mr. G. Cocks.

Rat Floa, with curious filamentous extrusions... Mr. Furlonge.

Pollen of Hazel, showing pollen tubes ...

Oantliocampus Minutus (alivej

Freshwater larva (sp. ?)

Foot of Dytiscus (opaque)

Santonine ...

Alimentary Vessel of Blow Fly

Section of Flint, showing triradiate spicules
and gemniules of Sponge

CantJwcampus Minutus (alive) ...

Mr. Glasspoole.
Mr. Martin elli.
Mr. J. A. Smith.
Mr. Topping.
Mr. C. Underwood.
Mr. Watkins.

Mr. T. C. White.

Mr. G.Williams.

Attendance— Members, 87 ; Visitors, 7. Total, 94.

March 13th, 1874.— Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —
BoiverhanHa Ophiocoma and other forms of 7

marine life ... 5

Section of eye of Drone- fly

Septaria from the London Clay ]

Iron Pyrites from the Chalk

Clay Ironstone from the Coal Measures

(All treated with dilate acid to show the
silicified organic structure.)

Euglena virklis (alive)

Serpida contortuplicata

Sections of Spinal Cord, cut to t,5oo of an inch ...
*' Tasting Cups" from tongue of Eabbit

Spores and Threads of Tricliia

Section of Leaf of Oncidium

Medulla spinalis

Plenrosigma angulatum

By Mr. Curties.

Mr.
Mr.

Mr.
Dr.

Mr.

Mr.
Mr.
Mr.
Mr.

Dunning.
M. Hawkins
Johnson.

Martinelli.
Matthews.
E. T. Newton.

Oxley.

Topping.

Ward.

G. Williams.

Attendance— Members, 65: Visitors, 5.

251

March 27th, 1874.— Dr. R. Braithwaite, F.L.S., President,
in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.
The following donations to the Club were announced : —

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal"... ... From the Publisher.

" Science Gossip " ,, ,,

Paper, " On the Nature and Formation of Flint -\

and Allied Bodies," by M. Hawkins John- >■ the Author.

son ^

"Proceedings of the Literary and Philo- > the Society.

sophical Society of Manchester '" ... ^
*' Annual Eeport of the Geologists' Association" the Association.

" Report of the Smithsonian Institution" for ") ^^ Society

1871 >

"The Lens"... ... ... ... ... ... In exchange.

The thanks of the meeting were voted to the donors.

The following gentlemen were balloted for and duly elected members of the
Club :— Mr. Richard J. Beach, Mr. Frederick E. Leefe.

The President announced that the Excursion Committee had completed their
arrangements, and that the list of places to be visited during the ensuing season
was ready. The first excursion (for April 11th), to Snaresbrook, would afibrd an.
opportunity of obtaining many interesting objects for exhibition at the forth-
coming Soiree.

Dr. IMatthews having taken the chair pro tem., a paper was read by Dr.
Braithwaite, " On the Forms taken by Cells in their Finished State." This
paper was in continuation of the series on " Cell Growth," and it was intimated
by the author that he expected to complete the subject in two more papers.

Dr. Matthews, in proposing a vote of thanks to the President for his paper,
observed that the subject, although appearing to be of the most abstruse kind,
yet laid at the root of plant histology, and Dr. Braithwaite had treated it in a
most exhaustive manner.

The thanks of the meeting were unanimously voted to Dr. Braithwaite for his
paper.

Mr. E. T. Newton read a paper " On Section Cutting Machines," and illus-
trated it by the exhibition of a large collection of them.*
A vote of thanks to Mr. Newton was carried unanimously.
Mr. R. B. Miller stated that he had been using Dr. Rutherford's machine,
both in its old and new forms, and he thought that the objection raised to the
new machine on account of its size was one which would hardly hold water,
because very often the machine was wanted large in the bore— indeed, for
anatomical purposes this was frequently essential. He did not like a glass plate,
because of the edge ; if the edge of the hole were bevelled the wax would be
liable to break away in consequence of the gap, whilst if there were no space, the
razor might cut on to the edge, and so spoil its own. He ventured to say that a
steel plate would be liable to rust, and that the rust could not be cleaned ofi"
without much, trouble ; but he found that a cast-iron plate was better, because
it could, when rusted, be easily cleaned with a little emery. Freezing was a
plan of Dr. Rutherford's, and was exceedingly useful where a tissue was soft and
too large to be cut by hand. A tumour, for instance, was a very difficult thing

* The publication of this Paper is unavoidably postponed.

252

to cut sections from properly ; but when frozen it could be cut without any
trouble. He had found a saturated solution of gum with a few drops of camphor
added bo it to be a good medium, as the gum did not splinter up when cut.
Pounded ice and salt were used as a freezing mixture. The box containing the
freezing mixture need not, he thought, be on both sides of the machine. He
did not use the indicator himself, nor did he place a high value upon it, but
rather preferred to trust to the touch. He thought that the gooo iii' which had
been mentioned, would certainly spoil most anatomical tissues, for the size of
the blood disc, which might be taken as the anatomical unit, was the 3000 of an
inch, and a section thinner than that was not often of use. As to the razor, he
liked it best with a straight edge and a blade narrow at the point and broad at
the heel. He did not think it possible to cut a good section merely by a push ;
the cut must be made obliquely, and no machine could give the obliquity with
such precision as the hand. The so-called American machine was really the
invention of Van Hausen, of Kiel. In the matter of hardening, he did not think
that absolute alcohol was necessary ; indeed, methyl alcohol was preferable, if
it was intended to mount in balsam. There was a little water in it, but this did
not matter, as evaporation took it off. For staining. Dr. Beale's carmine was
now almost always used. Success in staining depended upon taking the tissue
out of the hardening solution at exactly the right time. He had seen it done in
three quarters of an hour. It was advisable to remove as much of the chromic
acid as possible first.

Dr. Matthews said that the first requisite in section cutting was to have a
firm support. All wax in cooling shrunk away, and in some cases to such an
extent as not to imprison the object with sufficient firmness for the purpose.
Specimens of spinal cord would sometimes even turn round in it. This might
partly be obviated by using parafiin wax in preference to bee's wax. Then as to
the material for the plate, it was a well-known axiom in mechanics that dis-
similar metals should ahvays be used for friction upon each other; so that
according to this, brass or gun metal should be used, although they had been
said to fail, because, if the curved edge of the cutting instrument were in the
slightest degree depressed too much, it caused the plate to be cut iato. Another
cause of this was that the blade of the razor was often slightly flexible ; this
would give it a tendency to dip and cut into the plate, and would cause its edge
to impinge upon the edges of the aperture. The exact thickness of the section,
after soaking in alcohol, could never be relied on. He believed that many false
appearances had been produced by alcohol and chromic acid; in preparations
illustrating sclerosis it was found that some alterations which took place were
not the result of a pathological process, but the effect of the hardening by
alcohol. In staining, the great principle to be remembered was that the fluid
must be alkaline.

Dr. George Hoggan said that as he came almost direct from the College of
France, it might be of interest to the meeting to hear what methods were
adopted there at the present time. Judging from the opinions expressed that
evening, wax had appareiitly been settled upon as the best substance for imbed-
ding the tissue ; he considered, however, that carrot was for this purpose far
superior to wax. The pith of the elder was better still ; and, indeed, he believed
this to be the best of all. For hardening tissues, they placed most reliance in
France upon a saturated so'ution of picric acid. They would place such a sub-
stance as a tumour in methyl alcohol for 48 hours, then in the picric acid
Bolution for 48 hours, then in a solution of gum, of the consistency of syrup,
for 48 hours, and then in the original alcohol for 48 hours, and for any time

263

afterwards it would be found to cut like a piece of cheese. The sections should
be placed in water for at least 48 hours to* clear them from the acid. Chromic
acid was certainly the best medium to use for nerve fibres, for though alcohol
and other things did pretty well, they did not show the axis sheath so well as
chromic acid. For staining, they used picro-carminate of ammonia (four grains
of carmine to 100 parts of saturated solution of picric acid). Special care
must be taken that this is not used alkaline. Glycerine was almost universally
used for mounting in France; a little melted paraffin was run round the edge
of the covering-glass, and a solution of sealing-wax painted over it. As to
section catting machines, he did not know who was really the inventor of the
one before them, for they had it under many names ; the wedge machine was
also to be found in Paris. He was himself the inventor of one which he believed
to be superior to all others ; and it was valuable alike for hard or for soft sub-
stances. It would cut a section of a tooth in three minutes, and then on the
soft side any sort of material could be cut, even although it might not be
homogeneous. His machine was in use in Edinburgh, and it was exclusively
used at the College of France. Section cutting in future would have to be done
in the opposite way to the plan now adopted, and a number of small cuts must
take the place of a single sweep. He had omitted to mention another sub-
stance which was used in France for staining, namely, picro-carminate of
indigo; it gave a green colour, and was found to answer well for cells and fibrous
tissues. These were some of the latest ideas on the subject from the Continent,
and he hoped they might be of interest.

Mr. C. S. Eolfe said he had brought to the meeting a machine almost like the
" Science Gossip" machine, but with the wedge propelled by a screw, instead
of by a blow ; this brought it more under control. He had first used it witha
brass plate, but had since added a glass plate, and found it to be an improvement.
The President expressed his thanks to Dr. Hoggan for the information which
he had communicated, and hoped that he would be able, at some future time, to
show his machine to the members of the Club at one of their meetings. Carrot
and pith had been used for some time in cutting sections of vegetable tissues.

Dr. Hoggan said he should be most happy to bring his machine for the in-
spection of the meaibers at the next meeting.

Announcements of meetings, &c,, for the ensuing mouth having been made,
the proceedings terminated by a conversazio)ie, at which the following objects
were exhibited : —

A Section Cutting Machine ... , By Mr. Bailey.

Ultimate Fibres of Crystalline Lens Mr. T. J. Baker.

New Diatoms from South Seas Mr. Curties.

T'leurosigma formosum ... ... Mr. Goodinge.

Hydra Vulgaris (alive) Mr. Hainworth.

Larva of Gnat ... ... ... ... ... ,, ,,

Section of Hazel Nut Mr. F. Eeeve.

Section of Human Brain (cut through cere- j
bellum) ... ... ... ... ... r

Ruby Copper Mr. Topping.

Transverse Section of Hair of Elephant ... Mr. Underwood.

Agalasphceria Pluma ,, „

Parasite of Opossum ... Mr. Watkins.

Inj(}cted Section of Kidney of Guinea Pig ... Mr. T. C. White.

Eye of Dytiscus Mr. G. Williams.

Attendance— Members, 102 ; Visitors, 23.— Total, 125.

Mr. Slade.

254

April lOtli, 1874. — Conversational Meeting,

The following objects were exhibited : —

Ixodes of Boa Constrictor Mr. Curties.

Jaws and teeth of Echinus (polar) Mr. Freeman.

Platino-cyanide of Magnesium Mr. Gelding.

" False-light excluder" for Objectives Mr. Ingpen.

Elaters and Spores of Jungermannia (in glycerine) Mr. Oxley.

Spicules of Gorgonia Mr. B. W. Priest.

Mtea anguinaria ... Mr. Terry.

Section of foot of Salamander Mr. Topping.

Section of Lamprey (injected) (Fetromyzon ") -^^ Ward

jiuviatile) ... )

Marine life in small tank Mr T.C.White.

Drop from Composite Candle (polar) Mr. G. Williams.

Attendance — Members, 57 ; visitors, 6.

255

On the Preparation op Microscopic Sections of Soft Tissues.

By E. TuLLEY Newton, F.G.S. ^

(Read March 27th, 1874.)

Abstract.

The methods of cutting microscopic sections of soft tissues, and
the different kinds of machines used for this purpose, have been
for some time past subjects of interesting conversation among the
members of the Club ; and it was thought that an evening might
be profitably devoted to the consideration of these matters. At
the request of several members; Mr. Newton read the paper of
which the following is an abstract : —

The author took occasion at the outset to observe that the object
of the paper was not to bring forward anything new, but simply to
open the discussion by calling attention to some- of the methods
generally used for the purpose of hardening, staining, and cutting
sections of various tissues, and by describing a few of the different
kinds of section-cutting machines.

The process of hardening tissues was first considered, and some
of the advantages which were to be derived from the use of methy-
lated spirit, solutions of chromic acid, and of bichromate of potash
of various strengths were alluded to. Considerable stress was laid
upon the importance of having tissues properly hardened, more
especially when thin sections were to be cut.

The process of hardening nerve tissues requiring somewhat more
care than most other substances, the method described by Dr.
Rutherford was referred to (" Quart. Micro. Journal," Jan., 1872),
and also that used by Prof. W. Betz (" Schultze's Archiv.," 1872,
p. 36 ; translation in " Quart. Micro. Journ.," 1873, p. 343).

One or two methods of preparing sections of Retinas were
noticed. (See Dr. Rutherford, '' Quart. Micro. Journ.," Jan.,
1872, and Dr. Klein, " Handbook for the Physiological Labora-
tory," 1873, p. 140).

Journ. Q. M. C, No. 27. r

256 E. T. NEWTON ON THE PREPARATION OF SOFT TISSUES.

Attention was called to the method of imbedding objects so that
they may be more firmly held when sections are to be cut, and the
various mixtures of white wax and oil, paraffin-wax, and lard, &c.,
were mentioned. The degree of hardness of the imbedding sub-
stance was stated to be of some importance, particularly when a
machine is used, for if the wax be too hard the edge of the razor
(which must always be very thin for delicate work) will have a ten-
dency to glide over the top instead of cutting into the wax.

It is sometimes found convenient to imbed objects in gum, and to
do this the tissue should be soaked in a thick solution of gum
arable, and then placed in a paper tray with some of the gum
solution ; the tray is then allowed to stand in a vessel containing
spirits of wine until the gum becomes hard enough to be cut with a
razor.

Some objects may be placed between pieces of fresh carrot and
then cut ; and in those cases where it is is applicable, this is an
admirable material for the purpose, as it cuts very easily, and is at
the same time firm and tough.

When speaking of the " cutting instruments" used for prepar-
ing sections, the author gave it as his opinion, that although ordi-
nary razors answered very well when sections were being cut by
hand, yet when one of those machines was used in which the knife
has to move upon a flat plate, the ordinary form of razor did not
answer, for it was found that the curved edge had a tendency to cut
the edges of the aperture in which the object was held, and in this
way the cutting edge was spoiled. The form of knife advocated
was one which had the cutting edge quite straight and parallel with
the back, the latter being thick ; both sides of the knife should be
hollowed. The length and width of the blade should be in some
measure proportionate to the size of the section to be cut. What-
ever the form of the knife, it is absolutely necessary for the pre-
paration of thin sections of soft tissues that its cutting edge be
very sharp and thin

With regard to the staining of preparations, Beale's Carmine
Solution was mentioned as being most generally useful for ordinary
tissues. Nerve tissues require longer immersion in the staining
fluid, and very good results were said to have been obtained by
using a strong ammoniacal solution of carmine. (See " Quart.
Micro. Journal," 1872, p. 10). It sometimes happens, more espe-
cially with sections of nerve tissues, that in the process of washing

E. T. NEWTON ON THE PREPARATION OF SOFT TISSUES. 257

after the removal of the sections from the staining fluid, too much
of the colour is lost ; when this is the case, a proportion of spirit
should be added to the water used for washing.

The method usually adopted for mounting histological prepara-
tions in Canada balsam was described.

When describing the various " section -cutting machines " which
had been kindly lent for the evening by several gentlemen of the
Club, Mr. Newton observed that although some competent histo-
logists had gone so far as to say that section-cutting machines were
only used to make up for want of skill in the operator, he was of
opinion that a properly-constructed machine would be found to be
a very great advantage by most persons engaged in histological
work ; and, while admitting that very much might be done by
hand with an ordinary razor, he felt sure that in many cases much
more satisfactory work could be accomplished with the help of a
machine.

Most persons who have tried the cutting of microscopic sections
of a piece of tissue imbedded in wax, will have found that it is no
easy matter to obtain a section of uniform thickness, and at the
same time sufficiently thin for examination with the higher powers
of the microscope.

The object of a section machine is to hold firmly the substance
which is to be cut, and likewise to assist in guiding the knife so
that greater precision may be obtained. Cutting machines are of
two distinct kinds. 1st, those in which the knife has to move upon
a flat plate, and 2nd, those in which the knife is so fixed that its
cutting edge does not come in contact with anything but the sub-
stance which is to be cut.

1st. — Machines in which the Cutting Instrument moves
UPON A Flat Plate.

The first machine mentioned consisted of a brass tube fixed into
a hole in the centre of a flat brass plate, a solid plug being fitted
into the tube from below. The object from which sections are to
be cut is imbedded in wax, or tightly fitted into the tube in some
other suitable manner ; by giving the plug a twisting motion, it is
thrust into the tube, and the object made to project above the flat
plate ; a razor with a straight edge is laid upon the flat plate, and
the portion of the wax with the imbedded object which projects
above the plate is cut off. This simple apparatus was described so

R 2

258 E. T. NEWTON ON THE PREPARATION OF SOFT TISSUES.

as to illustrate the principle upon wLicli most of tlie section-cutting
machines used in this country are constructed.

In the machine described in '' Science Gossip,"* the plug is raised
by means of a graduated wedge which passes beneath it, the whole
apparatus being fixed to a wooden stand, so tliat it may rest upon
the table. This machine being largely composed of wood, would
be liable to get out of order when wet with the isj^irit or water used
in cutting sections.

The machine which is generally known as " Topping's," was next
described ; in this the plug is raised by means of a screw with a
graduated head, so that the thickness of the object made to project
above the plate may be easily regulated. There is another addition
which this machine possesses which should be noticed, as it has been
neglected in some of the forms which have been more recently in
use for histological work, viz., a screw at one side of the tube, by
means of which the object to be cut may be firmly held or com-
pressed.

Machines of this construction are sometimes attached to a strong
clamp, so that they may be fixed upon the edge of a table, thus
leaving both the hands of the operator at liberty for manipulation.

" Stirling's Section Machine" was noticed as being one made
specially for histological work. In this form the aperture for hold-
ing the object is larger than in those previously mentioned. The
top plate with the tube and clamp are cast in one piece, thus giving
considerable firmness to the apparatus. The author remarked, that
in the machines of this construction, which he had had an oppor-
tunity of seeing, the screw for raising the plug was not sufficiently
fine, or adjusted with the requisite care, to make the apparatus
satisfactory for fine work. These machines do not possess a side
screw for compressing the object.

Dr. Rutherford's addition to Stirling's machine consists of a
trough placed around the tube ; by filling this with pounded ice
and salt, the object placed in the tube may be frozen, and in this
manner made sufficiently hard for cutting into sections. This
process of freezing is described in the " Journal of Anatomy and
Physiology," 1871, p. 324.

Quite recently a form of section machine has been manufactured
which is really a combination of Topping's and Stirling's, with
certain modifications and improvements. The author described

* Vide Science Gossip, Aug. 1S72, and June, 1873.

I

E. T. NEWTON ON THE PREPARATION OF SOFT TISSUES. 259

somewhat minutely the construction of this machine, an account of
which will be found in the " Quarterly Journal of Science " for
January, 1874, p. 128. This machine may be obtained with the
top plate made either of brass, iron, glass, or plated ivith nickel^
each of these substances having been proposed by different persons
as the most suitable for the knife to work upon.

The machine which the author has been in the habit of using is
constructed upon the same general plan as Stirling's ; but it has a
side screw for compressing the object, and the screw for raising
the plug is firmly and carefully adjusted, and the head gra-
duated so as to indicate a rise of the plug of ywoo ^^ ^^ inch.

A machine made by F. H. Ward, Esq., M.R.C.S., and exhibited
at the meeting, was of very similar construction to the author's ;
but was provided with a freezing trough and a glass top plate ; in
addition to this there was an arrangement by which the central
aperture could be reduced in size to accommodate smaller objects
and the graduation of the head of the screw was arranged on an
improved principle.

2nd. — Machines in which the Edge of the Cuttinu Instrument

DOES NOT come IN CONTACT WITH ANYTHING BUT THE OBJECT TO
BE CUT.

Two machines of this description were noticed ; the first of these
was of German construction, and consisted of a plate of metal
about 8 inclies long, 2-^ inches wide at one end, and 3 inches wide
at the other, and about ^ of an inch thick; this was fixed by one of
its longest edges to the middle of another plate of metal which
formed the base for the whole apparatus. Upon each side of the
upright plate there was a kind of ledge or shelf ; one of these was
parallel with the base, while that upon the opposite side was
parallel with the top edge of the upright plate, and consequently
formed an angle with the base. Upon the horizontal ledge a block
of metal was fitted so as to be able to be moved backwards and
forwards ; to the top of this block a razor-like knife was attached.
The oblique ledge was fitted with a similar movable block, and upon
this was a contrivance for holding a piece of wax containing the
object to be cut. By this arrangement the razor remained at
the same level when the block to which it was attached, was
moved from one end of the horizontal shelf to the other, while
the object was gradually raised when the block to which it was

260 E. T. NEWTON ON THE PUEPAKATION OF SOFT TISSUES.

fixed was pushed up the inclined shelf. Supposing the razor to
have taken a slice off the wax and object when the holder was at
the lower end of the inclined shelf, then as the holder was pushed
up the incline, successive slices could be cut off. The top edge of
the upright plate was graduated so as to regulate the thickness of
the sections.

The last machine referred to was the one which is described in
the January number of the '' American Naturalist" for the present
year, and is the invention of Prof. T. D. Biscoe. In this appa-
ratus the object to be cut is fixed by appropriate means to the
centre of a flat piece of glass. The razor is firmly screwed to the
under side of an open triangular frame, through each corner of
which a fine screw passes. The lower ends of the three screws rest
upon the glass plate, and consequently by turning the screws the
triangle and the razor may be gradually brought nearer to the brass
plate, and the operator is thus enabled to remove successive sections
of the object. The great advantage in this machine is that the
razor and its support can be moved in any direction, and if desired,
sections can be cut under the microscope.

In concluding, Mr. Newton observed that a section-cutting
machine, in order to be trustworthy, should possess the following
qualifications, viz. : —

1st. — It should be firm in all its parts, made of good solid material,
so that there may be no bending or shaking when in use.

2nd. — It should possess a clamp, or some other arrangement, by
which it may be firmly fixed, so as to leave both the hands of the
operator free for manipulation.

3rd. — The top plate upon which the knife rests should be perfectly
flat, otherwise the knife will " rock," and prevent that steadiness
which is necessary when thin sections are required.

4th. — The regulating screw should work very truly and firmly,
for if this is not the case the sections will vary in thickness.

5th. — The cutting instrument, whatever its form, must have a
thin and very keen edge.

After the long discussion which followed the reading of this
paper, the author demonstrated the use of the section machine by
cutting a number of sections of spinal cord for distribution among
the members of the Club.

261

How ro Make Thin Cover Glass.

By G. J. Burgh, Esq.

(Read April 2Uh, 1874.;

Take a piece of glass tube of about :^in. bore, seal up the end
with the blow-pipe, and continue the heat until the glass is so soft
that it will fall out of shape, unless you keep turning it round ;
remove it from the flame, and blow into it with all your strength.
It will be seen to swell, at first slowly, and then suddenly to a
large bubble of very thin glass. Supposing the tube to have been
sealed up with as little glass as possible, it may be blown out to
about 4 inches diameter. When cold, break it up, and cut the
pieces to shape with a " writing diamond." The glass in this state
is of course convexo-concave ; practically this is of little conse-
quence unless the objects are to be mounted dry, when it is liable
to be broken. In order to flatten it, place a piece of the thin glass
on a perfectly flat piece of platinum foil, and depress it for a
moment into the Bunsen flame ; as soon as it is red hot, it will
sink down to the flat foil. This also has the effect of annealing it.

On measuring a piece of this glass with the micrometer, I found
it to be= ^J^Q^inch = '0004 inch.

In the " Monthly Microscopical Journal," vol. viii., page 270,
Dr. Royston Pigott says : — " The thinnest glass in my possession
measures 2i- thousandths." Now t\ thousandths = "0022, and
'.%%\\ = 5-5. So that his thinnest glass is 5 J times the thickness
of mine.

I enclose a small piece, the thickness of which is about -0004 in.,
perhaps less. I do not advise anyone to make all his covers this
way, but only the very thinnest.

262

On a " False-Light Excluder " for Objectives.

By John E. Ingpen.

(Read April 2Uh, 1874.;

I wish to bring before your notice this evening a simple method
of getting rid of the glare frequently present even in the best
objectives. When I tell you that it is nothing but a cap having a
small aperture, and capable of being slipped over the objective, you
will probably consider it a very insignificant affair ; but the principle
involved is an important one, and well worthy of a few minutes'
attention.

In the *' Monthly Microscopical Journal " for March last, p. 112,
there is a letter by Mr. Wenham, in which he explains his method
of measuring the angle of a Tolles' i-objective belonging to Mr.
Crisp. The principle of this method is that the rays which con-
stitute the true working aperture must be " image-forming rays
" only." Mr. Wenham contrives to admit only those rays which
can enter an aperture the size of the field of view, and in the plane
of the object ; and he shows how false light may enter an objective
outside the field of view, and at a much greater angle than any
rays which could possibly form an image of the object ; and he
proves that the true working angle of the Tolles' 1 cannot be
greater than 118*^, while stray light can enter the front lens almost
up to 180^

Upon reading the above letter, it struck me that the method by
which false light was excluded in measuring the angle would
equally well serve to keep out false light in using the objective,
and thereby improve the definition. I had not to go far to apply
it. A fine Eoss \ of 100^, with which I constantly worked, always
shewed a blaze in the centre of the field when direct light was used,
while with oblique light its resolving power was excellent. I soon
had a cap made with an aperture a little larger than the field of
view with the lowest eye-piece ; when this cap was slipped on to
the objective, and brought down so as to touch the covering-glass,
all the false light vanished, the milky appearance of diatoms so
often seen when viewed with large angled glasses was replaced by
a clear black definition, while the angle was scarcely diminished,

J, E. INGPEN ON A '' FALSE-LIGHT EXCLUDER." 263

and the resolving power in no way injured. When the cap was
slipped up close to the olijective the angle was reduced from 100^
to 70°, witli far finer definition than when limited to the same angle
by a stop at the back. 80 completely is the stray light stopped
out that in many cases the diaphragm may be dispensed with.

The nearest approach to the kind of definition above mentioned
was obtained by the Continental method of using a very small
aperture as close under the object as possible, instead of a larger
one lower down, as is usual in this coimtry ; and this method might
often be used with advantage where Br cap could not be placed over
the objective. This method, in its best form, was first proposed
by Mr. Yarley many years ago, and called by him a " dark
" chamber." Though long since forgotten and disused, it might be
well worthy of re-introduction now that quality of illumination is
considered to be a matter of primary importance.

On the Development of Hydra Vnlgaris.

By James Fullagae, Esq., Assistant Secretary, East Kent
Natural History Society, Canterbury.

Communicated by Mr. Curties.

Read April 2Uh, 1874.

It appears from the statements of various writers on Natural
History, that the development of Hydra from ova has never, or
very rarely been witnessed, though, at the same time, no doubt is
entertained of the fact that one of the means of its reproduction is
from ova. I have had H. vulgaris and H. viridis^ under my
observation for more than three years past, and, after various
failures and disappointments, I have at length succeeded in wit-
nessing the hatching out of several specimens of Hydra vulgaris,
an account of which will, I hope, be interesting to the Quekett
Microscopical Club.

Hydra vulgaris differs in many respects from Hydra viridis.
The Qgg is larger, and studded with what appear to be short spines
(pi. xii., fig. 1, h). The shell is not smooth, nor is it covered witli
an irregular network, as in H. viridis, but it is surrounded witli a
transparent gelatinous envelope, which it retains to the time of

* A paper on the Development of Hydra Viridis from Ova will be found in
" Science Gossip " for 1873, pp. 12 and 175.

264 J. FULLAGER ON DEVELOPMENT OF Hydra Vulgaris.

hatcliing. The egg of H. viridis has at first also an envelope,
which disappears some time before hatching. In fig. 1, c, I have
particularly marked the triangular-shaped darker spots in the
envelope ; they appeared as regular as in the sketch, a little denser
than the rest of the envelope, and surrounding the whole of the
egg. This, however, can only be seen at the margin, but on
moving the egg in the water, it may be seen on every part, and
always presenting the same appearance. The diameter of the egg
of H. vulgaris is -^^ of an inch, that of H. viridis -^^ of an inch.

On October 27th, 1873, I placed in a glass cell a specimen of
H. vulgaris^ on which an ovum had begun to form. It was put
into pure clean water by itself, so that nothing obstructed the view,
and the changes which took place from time to time were very
clearly observed. Besides the ovum, it had three fully-developed
sperm cells (pi. xiii., fig. 7, K.), in which spermatozoa were seen
in active motion, and from each of which, at intervals, a quantity
was discharged into the surrounding water (fig. 7, Z).*

On October 30, the egg (fig. 7 M) became detached from the
Hydra, and sunk to the bottom of the cell ; it then presented the
appearance of fig. 1. It was at first of a cream colour, which soon
changed to orange. It should be noticed that the gelatinous enve-
lope frequently becomes covered with extraneous matter, through
which the egg cannot easily be seen ; this may account for the
difiiculty of obtaining the ova from ponds and ditches, as they are
so well concealed from observation. The collection of substances
around the eggs, acts, I believe, as a protection from pressure, for
on leaving the Hydra, they are very soft, and easily crushed. I
have seen small Cypris burst them at an early period; but they
soon become hardened so as to resist pressure, and can then be re-
moved with a dipping- tube for observation.

The ovum is at first globular, but if it falls in its soft state on a
flat hard substance, the underside becomes flattened, making it
hemispherical or helmet-shaped ; this does not hinder its proper
develoj)ment.

As the time for hatching approaches, the envelope surrounding
the egg becomes irregular (fig. 2 D), and the egg is slightly pushed
out on one side (fig. 2 E). In the specimen above mentioned this

* The spermatozoa were originally made out by Mr. Gulliver, F.R.S., who
obtained specimens of the Hydra from me, and executed drawings of the
spermatozoa, which are engraved in " Science Gossip," vol. for 1873, pages 13 and
41, and are the first representation published of these objects in this couutry, if
not in the world. My own objectives were not of sufficient power for such delicate
investigations, but Mr. Gulliver, with Powtll undLealands' ^, was well prepared.

J. FULLAGER ON DEVELorMENT OF Hydrii Vulgaris. 265

change was observed on January 24th, fifty-five days after extru-
sion ; in a few minutes a slight crack was seen in the shell, and a
portion of the young Hydra slowly emerged from it, in a rounded
form, as shown in fig. 3 F, sketched two hours after the first per-
ceptible crack in the 2gg. It continued slowly emerging, and in
two hours afterwards rudiments of tentacles appeared, as rounded
lumps (fig. 4 G). Seven hours after the first rupture of the ^ggy
the tentacles had progressed to the condition shown in fig. 5 H, and
in twelve hours the ^z/r^ra was fully developed, with seven tentacles,
and in all particulars like the adult, size only excepted. Its
appearance was most interesting — delicately pure, and beautifully
transparent, as if made of crystal, and still attached to the inside
of the shell by the suctorial disc at the posterior end of the
body (fig. 6 /). Some specimens finally leave the shell about
twelve hours after being fully developed, others twenty-four, or even
sixty hours afterwards, when they fix themselves to the bottom or
sides of the cell. Their growth is very slow, and I could not dis-
cover what they took as food. After a month had elapsed, I intro-
duced some small entomostraca, but though they seized them with
their tentacles, they could not absorb them. The entomostraca
died, however, from the effect of the stinging power of the ten-
tacles. The young have not all the same number of tentacles ; one
observed had five, most had six, and some few had seven.

After the extrusion of the ovum, the parent Hydra gradually
diminished, the tentacles shortened and slowly disappeared, and in
about twenty-one days the whole body dissolved. The sperm cells,
three in number, continued on the body for some days after the
ovum had been separated from it, and continued to discharge sper-
matozoa into the water.

Both ovisac and sperm-cells are usually found on the same Hydra;
but sometimes sperm-cells only are found, when the whole length
of the body is studded with them. I have counted in some cases
eleven, in others seventeen, and in one as many as twenty -three
but where an ovum is formed the sperm-cells rarely exceed four in
number.

The reproduction of Hydra vulgaris from ova takes place in the
autumn, and that of Hydra viridis in the spring.

Description of Plates XII.— XIII.
PI. xu.

Fig. 1. Ovum of Hydra vulgaris, a, transparent envelope, h, short spines
c, triangular shape markings on envelope.

26G J. FULLAGEii ON DEVELOPMENT OF HTjdrct Vulgaris.

D, appearance of envelope before the rupture of the egg indicated at E.

F, part of the Htjdra protruding from the egg.

G, indication of tentacles.
H, further development of tentacles.

Full development of young Hydra, fixed to the inside of shell at I.
Hydra, K, sperm cells, of which there are three ; L, discharge of
spermatozoa; M, ovum about to leave the body.

Fig

.2.

j»

3.

4.

j>

5.

PI.

xiii.

Fig,

.6.

<i

7.

On a new form of Section-cutting Machine for the
Microscope.

By George Hoggan, Esq., M.B. and CM.
{Eead May 22ncl, 1874.)

Having been requested by your President to exhibit the Section-
cutter invented by me, and to show tlie manner of making sections
of bard and soft material by it to your Society, I willingly comply,
not with the idea of showing you anything very ingenious, but
simply as a means of facilitating histological research ; and at
the present day I know none of its departments in which more
valuable aid can be rendered than in the contriving of some plan
whereby large sections of different materials may be cut easily,
quickly, and correctly. These three words embody the design
aimed at in this machine, and they ought to form the three heads
of any discourse on section-cutting.

At the same time I shall not confine myself to a mere descrip-
tion of my machine, but give also such hints as may prove useful in
section-cutting generally, hints which I m\ self have discovered and
proved by long experience ; but although the inventor of a section-
cutter of an entirely new design, I must warn you against the
supposition that section-cutting is the only thing needful in
histology ; on the contrary, most of the histology of isolated
structures may be investigated by teazing with needles or by
cutting small pieces by hand, but when the general relation of
histological elements in any organ, or the origin of morbid
elements (as in a tumour), is to be investigated, then it is only by
a complete section of the whole mass that a correct idea can be
arrived at.

To effect the section of such lar<T[e masses I insist on the

G. HOGGAN ON A NEW FORM OF SECTION-CUTTING MACHINE. 207

necessity (of what may be called the heretical doctrine) of cutting
by means of a series of short cuts, in contradistinction to the
method of cutting a section by one sweep of the knife so con-
tinually insisted upon ; apparently because none of the section-
cutters now in use are capable of effecting the method of short
cuts ; for that method requires that the mass to be cut be firmly
grasped or compressed in the machine, so that it (the mass) may
be prevented from rising out of the machine against the knife, or
yielding in any way whatever at each separate cut or change of
direction, thus preventing lines or marks of each separate cut on
the j&nished section ; and it is for cutting sections of large masses
of unequal consistence that my machine is particularly adapted.

Those among you who pursue Medicine on scientific principles
will at once perceive the value of such a machine in pathological
histology, more especially when I quote the opinion of one known
by most of you as one of the first and best workers in histology,
my friend Dr. Eanvier of the College de France, who says that
the histology of tumours can now only be advanced by the
examination of sections of the whole tumour, a thing hitherto
practically impossible, but now put within reach of everyone by
the introduction of this machine.

The desirability of directing attention to section-cutting must
be apparent to everyone who gives his consideration to works on
original research, where the formation or ventilation of theories is
carried on ; for it will have been observed that, when any author
seeks to uphold a theory of his own, or destroy that of another,
he never questions the powers of the microscope, but rather the
respective value of the preparations themselves ; and so much
skill is required to make good preparations, that very few ever
arrive at it ; yet strangely enough, although men are willing lo
expend large sums in purchasing and perfecting expensive micros-
copes, few are extravagant enough to go beyond buying an old
razor, or at best a double-bladed Valentine's knife, for the purpose
of preparing the sections they wish to examine, thus giving more
importance to the means of observation than to the preparation
of the thing to be observed. Yet were they to take into con-
sideration the great saving of time, the obviating of any necessity
for skill, with the beauty and correctness of sections, that can be
effected by the use of a good section cutter, they would, I have no
doubt, be inclined to direct more attention to the latter.

268 GEORGE HOGGAN ON A

Unfortunately, the histological mind appears to have got into a
groove with regard to the section-cutters, from which it seems
helpless to extricate itself ; for proof of this one has only to look
at the tube section-cutter and the hundred and one modifications
and names which it bears. Thus we have Topping's, Beale's, Stir-
ling's, Ranvier's, Rutherford's, all very good in their own way, and
a host of others too numerous to name here. The name of the
original inventor of this good and simple little machine seems to
have been long lost,* though Ranvier tells me (he himself laying no
claim to the invention) that above thirty years ago it was in use in
some German laboratories ; now-a-days, however, anyone desirous
of obtaining a name in histology has only to add a screw here, or
a plate there, or take away the same, and henceforth the machine
is called by his name, and the histological laity who examine the
parts of the completed machine, gape in wonder at the ingenuity of
the individual whose name it bears.

Luckily for me I had never seen one of them when I commenced
the construction of my machine, and it is probably to that fact that
I owe the conception of a machine differing in all its parts, move-
ments, and action, from any other. At the same time do not sup-
pose that the finished machine now exhibited is similar in its parts
to the one I at first constructed — the design is certainly the same,
but I have added many improvements, and failed in ten times more
supposed improvements, which have therefore been discarded, but
which will probably be again brought forward by a future host of
plagiarists who will add a screw here, and a pin there, to the
general detriment of the machine, and will thenceforth call my
child by their name. Yet with that future clearly before me, I give
forth my invention freely to the world, without patent or any hin-
drance whatever, either to earnest worker or imitator.

As the machine now exists, it may appear to most of you as being
too complex, at least when compared with most of the section-
cutters now in use ; and those people who believe in the common-
place idea that the more complex a machine is, the less useful it

* " The first instniment of this kind was invented by Adams, about the year
1770, and was subsequently improved by Mr. Gumming ; it is described and figured
in the microscopical essays of the younger Ad j^ms # * * #

A very excellent machine for this purpose, which the author has been in the habit
of using for many years * *= is shown in fig. 254. * *

Mr. Topping has contrived a very convenient and useful form." * # *

—QueTcett on the Microscope, 3rd Ed., 1855, p. 359.— Ed. Q. M. J.

NEW FORM OF SECTION-CUTTING MACHINE. 269

will be, may even consider s'acli complexity a great objection to it ;
but this idea can only be entertained by those who are ignorant of
the advantages which machinery has over the more primitive modes
of working. Thns, for example, a hammer and chisel are more
simple and less complex than a planing machine, both being used
for the same purpose, yet with what different results ! Yet fifty
years ago the chisel did what the machine now does, and with results
that throw all comparison in the shade, and I could institute a
similar comparison between the present accepted methods of mak-
ing sections (especially hard ones) and that performed by the
aid of tlie machine. In the meantime I wish you to understand
that the various apparently complex parts were added to an origi-
nally simple contrivance as the necessity for them made itself
manifest, in order to enable sections to be cut more easily, more
quickly, and correctly. In short, wherever I found that any exer-
cise of skill on the part of the operator could be dispensed with by
adding some contrivance to the machine for that purpose, I never
scrupled to make the addition ; consequently, the more complex
the machine became, the less necessary was the possession of skill
to the operator; and, indeed, I know of no better way of explain-
ing the dijBferent pieces and method of working the machine, as
well as to prove the complete originality of the whole design, than
by giving a history in detail of the construction of the first machine,
which I have brought here to-night for that purpose. The various
desiderata will probably occur to you as they presented themselves
to me, and you will be able to form your own opinion of the manner
in which I have satisfied them.

Originally I intended to construct an apparatus for cutting sec-
tions of hard material only, such as bone, teeth, etc., and I com-
menced the task in my bedroom, with a few scraps of brass-plate
and nails that I found lying about the house, without any intention
of going beyond the very simplest possible arrangement of at most
two or three pieces ; the rest of the parts were added as the necessity
for doing so showed itself, and I ask you to keep this in mind as
you examine the grotesque construction of those parts — they were
contrived to suit the bits of brass I possessed ; in short, this my
coat, was cut according to my cloth.

At first I only intended to make a brass frame, against which I
might press the saw or knife, so as to enable me to cut steadily.
Finding, however, that it was very difficult to hold the frame

270 GEORGE HOGGAN OS A

steady, as well as the article to be cut, with the fingers of my felt
hand, while I used the saw with my right, I considered it advisable
to screw the frame upon a portable table or block of wood, so that
I now only required to hold the article to be cut with the fingers
of my left hand, while I cut with my right. My next step was to
contrive an arrangement which would fix the article to be cut on
the table ; this completely relieved the fingers of my left hand, but
it had stil] the inconvenience of requiring to be unfixed and care-
fully refixed in the plane of the preceding cut at every section, in
order that it might be of equal thickness throughout. I there-
fore contrived to fix it on a metal table, moving at right angles to
the track of the saw, and in order to obviate any awkward jerking
or unequal movement, I gave it motion by a screw, which enabled
me to move it correctly to the g-J^o^h part of an inch, and to tell the
thickness of the section at the same time.

I next experienced inconvenience from the saw cutting into the
brass frame, so that it was necessary to form a facing of hardened
steel, and as I found that unless great care was used the saw was
apt to cut awry, I placed a similar steel facing as a guide on the
outer side of the saw, which now moved in a thin slit of hardened
steel, from which it could not deviate. To make the path of the
saw quite correct, I filed out from the u|)per part of the machine
as much metal as was equal to half the thickness of the saw frame,
so that the centre lines of both saw and saw frame moved in the
same perpendicular plane ; and to complete matters, I added guides
for the outer side of the saw frame itself, so that sections of hard
materials could now be made without the exercise of any skill
whatever.

From this history of its construction you will be able to under-
stand the general design of the machine, and I may, therefore, sum
up its description in a few words.

In plate xiii., fig. 1, is a side view of my section machine as
arranged for cutting sections of hard substances, fig. 2 being an
end view of the same, and shewing the saw in position. Figs. 3,
4, and 5 shew the machine as arranged for cutting sections of soft
substances, fig. 3 being a longitudinal vertical section, fig. 4 a view
of the opposite end of the machine to that shewn in fig. 2, and
fig. 5 a sectional plan.

It will be seen that the machine consists essentially of a metal
table (a) moved steadily backwards aud forwards by a graduated

NEW FORM OF SECTION-CUTTING BIACHINE. 271

screw (b). Upon this table the hard material is firmly fixed by a
screw clamp (c) ; a fine saw (d), firmly guided hy the supports [e,\ and
springs (f) makes the first cut. The table (a) is then moved forward
the requisite distance by means of the screw (b), the saw again put in
action, and a section is made equally thin throughout, and ready for
examination by the microscope.

You will now also understand wliy my machine differs from all
others, I having started originally from a very simple idea, and
only made additions as the apparent necessity arose, and the result
was, that the more complex it became, the less necessity was there
for skill, and the greater the saving of time and labour to the
operator. There are still several points to which I must call your
arttention, connected as they are with the careful working of the
machine under different circumstances and on different materials.
Of these I shall take muscle and brain matter as representing soft
material, and bone and teeth as representing hard material. For
these two different consistencies the two opposite sides of the
machine have been separately adapted, and I shall commence with
the latter, i.e., the hard substance — anything, in fact, which steel
will cut. Take for example a tooth (not the enamel part).

Now, if we consult the latest works on histology, say those of
Beale and Kolliker, we are informed that to prepare a section of
a tooth, we first break off a piece as small as is convenient, and fix
it by means of some hard cement, which will hold it firmly em-
bedded while one side is being ground down perfectly level and
polished on a lapidary's wheel. This finished side is next to be
placed, in its turn, upon a piece of plate-glass, by means of cement,
and the other side is then ground down until the remainder is so
thin as to be transparent and polished ; it is then to be taken off,
cleaned, and mounted, and I leave you to consider the time, the
skill, and the labour required to make one section according to that
formula.

Now, with my machine, you sitiiply lay the tooth on the brass
table under the saw, tighten it down, place the saw in position, and
work it backwards and forwards till the first cut is made ; all this
may occupy five minutes. After this you may make a dozen
sections, occupying two or three minutes with each section ; these
come off polished and clean, and ready for mounting. Moreover,
no practice or skill is required ; any tyro can make a good section
on at most his second attempt, for neither saw nor article sawn cim

JouEN. Q. M. C, No. 27. s

272 GEORGE HOGGAN ON A

move from the correct position, and the saw cnt which cuts off one
section forms the parallel plane for the next.

Ijet us now take the case of bone sections. The same authors
advise us to take a bone and saw a bit off it in the ordinary way ;
this may average i of an inch thick. We are then to file it down
as thin as possible without breaking it (this will probably stiffen
our fingers) ; it is next to be rubbed down on an oilstone, and
should the pulp of our fingers give way under this operation we
must use two oilstones, between which the bone is placed, while the
two stones are rubbed against each other. (In the College de
France two pieces of pumice stone are used for the same purpose.)
You may thus, perhaps, succeed without any breakage in making a
section after two or three hours' labour, which is ready for mount-
ing, and it will look very well indeed, as far as the sharp definition
of light and shade is concerned, for every lacuna and Haversian
canal is filled up with the black dirt or debris of the oilstone, giving
a sharp enough outHne certainly, but not on that account a true
idea of the bone substance which you wish to examine.

With my machine a piece of bone, say 1 inch square and of any
length, is placed on the table in the same way as in the case of the
tobth, and you may then proceed to make sections, which may each
occupy five minutes at most in cutting, and they are then ready for
mounting. The sections I now show you, about -J inch square
were made from the head of the Tibia, while a friend stood by
and noted with his watch the time taken to cut each, while I made
a dozen sections, and we found that each occupied from 2^ to 3
minutes, the dozen being completed within 40 minutes. The saw-
dust was then washed off, and they were mounted without further
preparation, and I leave you to institute a comparison between
these and the old processes.

In sawing, however, I wish to draw your attention to a most
important point — namely, to have the teeth of the saw directed
towards yourself, and to saw when drawing back, not when pushing
forward. I cannot well conceive a more vicious and unmechanical
mode of using a saw than that generally practised by Europeans,
in having the saw-teeth directed from the workman and sawing as
it is pushed from him, working thus in the worst possible position
for the application of both power and precision.

In my younger days I was sent to learn carpentry, and 1 still
remember, with a shudder, the aching arms, the deviating saw

NEW FORM OF SECTION - CUTTING MACHINE. 273

track, and the fruitless jerking, bending, and quivering of the saw-
blade, as the teeth bit too deep, and rendered it necessary to dis-
lodge them before any further progress could be made.

Tlien, again, think of the clumsy contrivances rendered necessary
in consequence of this vicious custom, the strong backs necessary
for tendon and surgical saws, some of these jBtted with joints so
that the operation of sawing may not be stopped when the back
reaches the edge of the sawslit. Think also of the torture of
sawing in the dissecting-room (both to the person who saws and to
the person who looks on), of the dangerous wounds caused, the
sweating, the jerking, and locking of the sawblade ; of the bent
blade and broken saw-teeth that inevitably result from this bad
principle ; and you may then be able to conceive how much trouble
may be avoided by simply reversing the position and action of the
saw-teeth. In this matter the Arabs are far ahead of us. When
in Arabia I noticed a native workman using a saw like an old
barrel-hoop in a most efficient manner on some rather ticklish
timber. On looking at it minutely I observed the reversed
direction of the teeth, and at once perceived the value of the
arrangement.

It must be evident to you all that power can be better applied in
drawing back than pushing from one ; hence it is that beginners
generally get over any difficulty by sawing as they withdraw, thus
breaking off or blunting the saw-teeth. Again, with the teeth
reversed, no back is needed to the saw, for should the teeth bite
too deep the greater the strain applied the more tensely straight
the blade is held.

Moreover, an unskilled arm can use more precision in drawing
back than in pushing forward, and thus this method of using a
saw will be found to be superior in every way, to the present
method ; and I hope soon to see it supersede it, more especially in
Surgery and Anatomy. In my dissecting-rooms in Edinburgh all
my pupils used, with the greatest facility and precision, an unbacked
saw thus prepared, without a single wound having been received,
and the saw itself was in as good a condition at the end as it was
at the beginning of the session.

I think it unnecessary to apologise to you for this apparent
digression, the point being of the greatest importance in the
working of the saw in my machine ; for without this explanation
the utility and advantage of thus using the saw might have

s 2

274 GEORGE HOGGAX ON A

failed in convincing you, or at all events in impressing upon you
tlie necessity of so using it.

As connected with the sawing side of the machine I may note
that the saw called the " Pearl saw" is the best adapted for the
machine. This I have found, as the result of experience, after
having tried about a score of different sorts and sizes, some of
them much larger and coarser, while others were only about one
quarter the size of this one. The larger saws, however, left too
coarse a surface on the section, and were very apt to break down
thin sections ; while the very fine saws were apt to bend, and thus
go out of the parallel plane. As a rule, choose those with the
finest teeth, the thinest blade, and as broad as possible — say about
one-eighth of an inch broad. These blades only cost 6d. a bundle
of one dozen, so that one need not be tempted to use a saw too
long on account of its costliness. Put also a thin piece of cork or
wood under the material to be cut ; this prevents the saw from
cutting the brass table, and it also keeps the article to be cut
steadier while being sawn. A little bit of brown paper between
the screw point and the article has a good effect in the same way.

Put also a little oil on the frame of the saw, so that it may work
easily in the upper guides, but do not oil the saw-blade, or the
section will be dirtied thereby. It will be seen that the bases of
both upper and lower saw guides have a slit cut in them, and are
tightened with a thumbscrew. This enables us to regulate the
distance according to the thickness of the saw ; and we are also
enabled to remove them, when necessary, without altogether re-
moving the thumbscrew. In addition, the upper ones have the
upper edges of the base levelled, so as to fit into a corresponding
levelled groove on the top of the frame, so that by keeping it firm
in position all shaking when sawing may be avoided. The bases
of the lower ones are similarly guided by the inside edge lying
against the edge of the moving table, which projects above the
level of the plate for this purpose.

The contrivance for fixing the article to be cut on the table con-
sists of an arched piece of metal (c), through the centre of which
the compressing screw passes, and having its extremities formed
like the f* headed bolts used in machine shops for bolting articles
on to a moving table. These two extremities move in two parallel
grooves along the table, and thus enable us to fix the article to be
cut at any part of the table, and also to use two compressors at

NEW FORM OF SECTION-CUTTING MACHINE. 275

tlie same time, should that be considered necessary. The action
of fixing the article has also the effect of fixing the compressor
itself firmly to the table. Should the table begin to wear or move
loosely, it is easy to tighten it by a few taps of the hammer on the
lower cross bar of the framework. Bear well in mind that there
must be no shaking whatever permitted in any part of the machine
while it is being used for cutting hard material with the saw.
Observe also, that the screw (b) at its rear end is guarded on one
side by a collar, and on the other side by a nut and washer or
double jamb nut, so that any wearing may be easily rectified. I
mention those points because at different times workmen have
thought themselves justified in altering the plans on those very
points, thinking that they substitute a better. But in every case
the machine was injured, and the original plan had to be re-
verted to.

Let us now turn to the side of the machine for cutting sections
of soft material, which has been added to the frame originally
designed for cutting hard material only ; and in the first place I
may remark, that while hard sections are cut perpendicularly with
the saw, soft sections are cut horizontally with a knife or razor, so
that while being cut the section may float off on some liquid with
which the blade of the knife has been lubricated. The machine
consequently stands on its edge, but is fixed with a clamp by means
of the slit cast in the iron sole plate or base, upon the table or
bench where it is proposed to use it. This side then may be
described as forming a cubical box, of which one side is wanting —
that one on which tlie sections are cut. The moveable table, and
the base or bottom of the box which is screwed upon it, form other
two sides which are movable, and by means of these the material
to be cut is fed or pushed upwards to the level of the free side,
where the knife works in cutting ; the right and left are other two
sides formed by the framework of the machine, and are firmly fixed
and parallel throughout. The sixth and last side is that one by
which the mass is compressed, or the cavity of the box altered
from 11 to ^ an inch in depth.

This side (which has received from the workmen the name of the
" tray") moves only in one direction at right angles to the course of
the material to be cut, and has flanges cast on three sides to prevent
it moving awry or obliquely, either from side to side or from above
downwards. Moreover, the flange at the back or bottom, moving

276

GEORGE IIOGGAN ON A

as it does between the saw guides (which have been utilised as
guides for it also) keeps the free edge always close up to the edge
of the razor and immoveable in that position ; the tray itself is
easily moved backwards and forwards by the fingers, but the re-
quisite heavy pressure is brought to bear upon it by a screw (g),
fixed in a cross beam (h), which slides on to the top of the frame-
work when required.

In cutting hard sections the bottom and moveable side, as well
as the cross beam, may be removed and replaced in less than a
minute, so as to impede in no way the working of the machine.

Now suppose we wish to cut a section of some soft material, it
seldom happens that it fits exactly the cavity or box of the machine,
and consequently some matrix is necessary to hold it firm, and for
that purpose I have found nothing better than a piece of fresh hard
carrot.

A cube of this vegetable is roughly shaped to the size of the
box of the machine, then cut into two halves ; a cavity roughly
adapted to the size of the article to be cut is formed between the
halves, and these, with the article between them, having been
placed in the machine, are firmly compressed by screwing down the
movable side upon them when it is ready, and firmly fixed for
making sections ; only one caution being necessary, namely, never
to cut as far as the brass table, or the razor will be blunted at once.
Therefore, under all circumstances, some carrot must intervene be-
tween the material to be cut and the brass table.

Now for a word as to the kind of knife best adapted for cutting
sections. I myself always use a razor for that purpose, either
with the edge quite straight or the lower surface quite flat, so that
the section may be of equal thickness throughout ; these precau-
tions are highly necessary. In all cases the upper surface of the
razor or knife is ground as hollow as possible (as it usually is), and
it also ought to be as broad as possible, so that it may serve
as a sort of reservoir to contain the liquid used in lubricating the
razor. Upon the surface of this liquid all delicate sections are
floated off while they are being cut, to prevent them from breaking
up, collapsing, or being otherwise destroyed. I use various liquids
for this purpose, such as glycerine, methylated spirit, turpentine, or
oil of cloves, water, &c. ; but the two best, that I have not hitherto
made public, are : water, to which a little caustic soda or potash has
been added, till it feels like oil, for some substances ; and the

NEW FORM OF SECTION-CUTTING MACHINE. 277

refuse alcohol, in wbicli a gum preparation has been hardened, after
which it acquires an oily consistency.

When the material to be cut is so very delicate that any undue
pressure would destroy it, I make the cavity in the carrot much
larger than the material to be cut, and fill up the superfluous space
with bits of dry elder pith ; these are carefully packed in between
the carrot and the material, the movable side is then gently pressed,
not screwed down ; the pith is wetted with alcohol, which causes it
to swell evenly in every direction, adapting itself to all the parts
without unduly compressing them, and holding the material firmly,
while it gives a steadying influence to the edge of the knife, and
prevents it from slipping when an extremely thin section is being
cut, a mishap that often occurs with carrot.

I use no other matrix than the two I have mentioned ; the latter
I found in use at the College de France, and it is extremely ser-
viceable. Of course anyone having a predilection for wax or
paraffin can use them .in a hole made in the -block of carrot, just
as they would use the tube apparatus for that purpose ; indeed, all
the advantages of that apparatus are to be found in my machine,
with all its own advantages superadded, none of which are pos-
sessed by the tube machine in any of its innumerable modifica-
tions.

The method of determining the thickness of sections to be cut
is very simple. The feeding screw (b) has 25 threads to the inch,
consequently each turn of the screw moves the table forward
l-25th of an inch. A 12-toothed wheel, on side I, is fixed on the
end of the screw, and if this be turned round the distance of one
tooth or space, that is 1-1 2th of a turn, then the table moves for-
ward the l-12th part of the l-25th of an inch; or, in other words,
the l-300th of an inch, the thickness of such section if one was
cut. One half of a space would give 24 times 25, equal to 600, and
so on.

I may remark also that the cavity of the machine now before you,
which is 1-|^ inch cube, is made of the most convenient size for
ordinary work ; it will possibly occur to some of you that it might
be made to cut much larger sections. This is quite true, though I do
not advise it ; but it is easy to enlarge it by the addition of three
extra pieces adapted to the present machine, which shall cut any re-
quisite size of section ; indeed, within the last three "weeks I have,
with the assistance of my wife (who is no mean microscopist),

27S G. HoaaAN on a new foum of section-cutting machine.

adapted those three pieces to the machine now before you, upon
which she intends to cut sections 6-in. by 4-in. But as I cannot
at present enter into a description of them without trespassing upon
her privileges, the Society, for the present, must do without them.
I now conclude my paper on section cutting, and hope at some
future time to describe the best methods and precautions used in
hardening tissues to be afterwards cut. The question of hardening,
like that of staining and mounting tissues, requires a separate
paper for its consideration.

On the Histology of Plants.

By R. Braithwaite, M.D., F.L S., &c.,

V. Simple or Homogeneous Tissues.

{Bead May 22nd, 1874.)

We may now pass to the consideration of the various tissues which
enter into the structure of plants, by which we understand every
combination of cells constituting the various organs which con-
tribute to the common growth. By examination of the individual
parts of which these are built up, we find they may be readily ar-
ranged in two groups : — 1. Homogeneous tissues, composed of cells
which are uniform or all of one kind, and including Primary
parenchyma, Pith, Cortical tissue, Cork tissue, and Cuticle; 2. Hete-
rogeneous tissues, in which there is a mixture of different kinds of
cells, and embracing the Vascular bundles with their wood and
bast parts, the Cambium layer, and the Medullary rays.

Homogeneous Tissues.
1. — Primary or Fundamental Parenchyma is the basis of all
new growth, and therefore is found in the young'est parts before
the cells have undergone differentiation. As it is constantly
increasing by division, it has been named by Continental botanists
meristem, and may always be seen in a thin section of the growing
point of buds, and in the earliest stage of leaves. Young un-
expanded buds of the fig-tree or horse-chestnut afford good
examples, and taking sections at various distances from the point,
the gradual stages of differentiation may be readily observed.
The constituent cells are thin-walled and spheroidal, thus leaving
intercellular spaces, and by application of suljDhate of coi^per and
liq. potassa^, the cell contents become well defined.

R. BRAITHVVAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS. 279

2. — Pith Tissue may be considered as the first advance from
the primary parenchyma, from which the cells differ but little in
form, but become somewhat elongated, and acquire a secondary
thickening of the cellulose case. The pith occupies the centre of
the axial organs in the higher plants, and in monocotyledons and
vascular cryptogams forms the intermediate tissue which separates
the inner vascular bundles from each other.

Pitli cells vary greatly in form, and thus various names have
been given to the various kinds of pith tissue, as incomplete paren-
chyma, when the cells touch each otber only at separate points,
and according to the form of cell we have rounded parenchyma,
as in the pith of peony, spongy in that of canna, and the middle
of leaves, and stellate in the rush. In complete parenchyma the
cells are closely in contact, so that intercellular spaces are absent,
or if present narrow and triangular ; one variety is the regular
parenchyma, where the three diameters are nearly equal, and this
by the shortening of one of them becomes the muriform tissue,
while elongated parenchyma is more particularly found in the pith
of such quick growing plants as the kidney bean, as well as in
that of conifers.

Slight thickening is seen on the cellulose wall of many pith cells,
as in the elder, and less frequently it is more developed, as in
Fraxinus, Cyccis, &c., while in a few cases, as in Clematis and
Hoya there is great thickening.

The air passages arise by resorption of rows of cells often
abnormally formed, and are well seen in water-lilies and other
aquatic plants, and occasionally a few scattered bast bundles and
milk vessels may be found in pith.

The pith continues active during the whole life of the plant, and
constitutes a store of reserve material during the resting period
for the changes set up at the time of renewed growth.

3. — Cortical Tissue. — This includes that portion of the stem
lying between the fibro-vascular bundles and the epidermis or cork,
and in leaves between the cuticle and vascular bundles of the
nerves ; it is therefore most distinct in parts exposed to the air
and light The primary bark proceeds directly from the primordial
tissue of the growing point, and rapidly increases by cell division.
In annual plants it is completed simply by extension of these cells,
as it is also in perennial plants which cast off their bark by cork
tissue arising under it; but in those like the holly and the mistletoe.

280 R. BRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS.

which do not do so, certain portions of the cortical tissue, by
mother-cells, continue to reproduce new tissue of the same kind.

Cortical tissue consists entirely of parenchym cells, which in
leaves usually remain with thin walls, but in the stem are variously
modified and may be divided into an inner and outer rind.

The inner rind is formed of layers of thin- walled spheroidal cells,
with their surfaces only slightly in contact, and thus interrupted by
apertures of various sizes. Lignification of the cellulose case very rarely
occurs, but in a few instances groups of strongly thickened cells
are seen, distinguishable by their size and colourless contents ; the
ash, beech, laburnum, and hoya afford examples. The contents of
the cells of this layer are starch, with the addition of chlorophyl
in the more external, and in some instances crystals are also present.
Again in milky-juiced plants bast vessels occur, which are con-
nected with similar vessels of the bast bundle, and single and
grouped bast cells are seen in the inner cortical layer of the leaf
stalk of cycads and the bark of many palms. Within this layer
also occur the resin, oil, and gum canals peculiar to many plants.

The outer rind, Collenchyma. — The outer layer consists of rounded
parenchyma cells with little or no thickening, but often more or
less elongated, or the cells have all irregular strong thickening of
their walls or angles, and then constitute collenchyma. When the
outer layer of this sub- epidermal tissue consists of thin-walled
parenchyma and collenchym cells, the latter are in groups overlying
the bast part of the vascular bundle, while the thin-walled cells
reach the epidermis, and are opposite the medullary rays ; in these
cases the collenchyma is often greatly elongated. The collenchyma
has no intercellular spaces, and may take the form of longitudinal
strings of cells lying under the epidermis, as in the stem oi Eqnisetum
and leaves of Finns; or it may be seen as a connected layer, only
perforated by the stomata, in the stems and petioles of many plants,
and also in many leaves as a well developed layer, e.g., in the vine,
elder, and begonia. The cellulose case is usually soft, but in a
few instances lignified, as in Angelica sylvestris, and in others shows
porose, netted and spiral thickening, e.g., Sambucus, HeUehorus.
The contents are clear or red sap, and also starch and chlorophyl.

4. — Cork Tissue. — Cork is of much more frequent occurrence
in plants than may be generally supposed, and moreover it
is Dame Nature's plaister with which she heals up the wounds
left by fallen leaves, or if any soft organ be injured, a firm skin of

R. BRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTBOLOGY OF PLANTS. 281

new cork cells rapidly protects the sound tissues from the outer
damaged structures. The walls of this tissue are highly resistent
to the various reagents, behaving in this respect like the cuticle,
being also elastic and with difficulty permeated by air or water ;
the cells are rectangular without intercellular spaces, are arranged
in rows at right angles to the surface, and mostly lose their con-
tents and become filled with air; the cell membrane is but moder-
ately thickened, and is soon altered into cork. Primary cork tissue
arises later than the other elements, and the altered parenchym
cells, which become the mother cells of cork, may be either cells of
the cuticle, of the collenchyma, of the inner rind, or of the
parenchyma of the bast part of the vascular bundle ; these mother
cells repeatedly divide, and of thesenewly arising cells in each radial
series, the inner one remains thin-walled, filled with protoplasm,
and constantly forming new cells by division, and this is termed
the cork — camhium or phellogen layer^ while the outer becomes
suberified and permanent. Generally the cork first commences at
single points, but these gradually coalesce, and the phellogen forms
a continuous layer, from which constantly new cork layers are
being pushed outward and constitute i]it periderm. Sometimes the
cork cells become altered in form, and the periderm consists of
alternate laminae of different shaped cells ; this is seen in the cork
of the cork-oak, and of birch. As examples of cuticular develop-
ment of cork we may mention the apple tree, oleander, mountain-
ash and Viburnum Lantana, here the epidermal cells divide into two
daughter cells, the upper of which with the cuticular layers and
tertiary cellulose case become suberified, and the lower becomes
the mother cell of the next cork formation. In the greater part
of our trees, as in the maple, beech, oak, elm, plum, horse-chestnut,
elder, &c., the collenchym cells lying next under the cuticle
become the mother cells of cork ; and among the number of plants
in which the cork tissue arises deeper below the cuticle, but yet
within the outer rind, Ficus elastica and Rohinia 2)seudacacia
are well suited for observation ; here the cells of the second or
third row of collenchyma become the mother cells of the cork.
In the bramble and currant bushes the cork tissue arises in the
inner rind, and indeed it is the cells next to the vascular bundle
which become the mother cells, so that all the young cortical
tissue becomes pushed off by the cork tissue.

In many cases it is not solely cork cells proceeding from the

282 R. BRAITIIWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS.

phellogen which give the thickness to the periderm, but parenchym
cells containing chlorophyl are also formed ; these, however, are
always the daughter cells of the phellogen lying on the inner side
which l5.ecome thus metamorphosed, and constitute what Sanio terms
the Phellodermrij very well seen in the currant tree.

Bark. — x\fter production of more or less numerous cork lamelL^,
the phellogen dies or loses its vital activity, but a development
of secondary cork tissue takes place within the bast part of the
vascular bundle, in the form of tangential rows of tabular cork
cells, which loosen from the growing outer part of the vascular
bundle. The cork lamellae, as it were, cut out and force off from
the rind, flat pieces in form of scales or rings ; all this outer part
is dead, and the process oft repeated from the circumference of
the stem, causes the new cork lamellse to become gradually em-
bedded more deeply in the growing cortical tissue, and we get a
constantly thickening peripheral layer of dry tissue separating
from the living part of the rind ; this is the bark. The condition
is very evident in the large scales of bark in Platanus orientalis
or sycamore, and in old stems of the Pinus silvestris or
Scotch pine, and in the ring-like bands of the cherry tree. In
the oak, lime, poplar, elder and horse-chestnut similar plates of
thin-walled cells arise in the interior of the bast bundles, but the
old dried scales do not fall off, but tear only at the margins in a
longitudinal direction, so that the stem becomes clothed with bark
consisting of several dead scales lying under each other, presenting
internally all the elements of bast, and externally primary cork
tissue. In the pine and larch we have a fissured periderm, like
that of the horse-chestnut, and in the pine consisting partly of
thin-walled and thickened cells in alternate layers, but the conifers
are specially remarkable for the pi'esence of a spurious large celled
parenchym tissue, which appears between the periderm layers and
separates the elements of the bast bundle into smaller or larger
groups.

Lenticels. — These are due to a peculiar local cork formation, and
appear as little roundish spots on the annual shoots of treeS; while
the epidermis continues uninjured, and before tlie periderm is formed.
In the second summer the epidermis splits longitudinally over the
lenticels, and they form more or less prominent warts, which by a
median furrow frequently become bilabiate ; their surface is mostly
brown,, and their substance to a certain depth dry and corky. By

R. ERAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS.

283

growth in thickness of the shoot, the lenticels lecome expanded
into transverse stria?, then cork or bark forms and splits the rind
beneath them, the bark scales off, and so they disappear.

5. — Cuticle. — This covers all the external parts of plants,
originates immediately from the primary parenchyma, and consists
only of a single layer of cells, and as these continue for a long
period capable of reproduction, the cuticle is thus enabled to keep
}3ace with the increase in thickness of the stem ; by the full de-
velopment of cork it is, however, eventually cast off. It has
received the names of epithelium, when thin and first formed ;
epihlema, when slightly thickened and covering the subterraneous
parts, and both these forms are deficient of stomata; epidermis
when fully developed, as we see it on leaves, and the green rind
of stems. The cuticle is always composed of flattened or tabular
parenchym cells, w^hich in that of seeds acquire a more or less
prismatic form, and in quick growing plants become considerably
elongated. In most cases the cells of the cuticle are thickened by
secondary deposit, which is usually confined to the outer side, and
their contents, so long as they are capable of division, consist of
protoplasm with the nucleus and cell sap ; in a few cases starch
and crystals are also met with.

Stomata, — These are openings in the cuticle which afford direct
communication between the atmospheric air and that contained in
the interior of the plant, hence in the higher plants they are found
on leaves and green stems growing in air, but not on those sub-
merged in water, and their number is very variable in different
families, and on different sides of the same leaf ; thus in the
mistletoe a square inch of the cuticle is computed to contain 200,
but the same extent of surface on the underside of a leaf of
Hydrangea qvercifolia contains 160,000, while the upper surface
has none. The stomata are quadrate or oval in outline, and originate
in an epidermis cell which divides into two sister cells of a semi-
lunar form, and these become the guard cells which protect the
orifice. In some of the lower plants, as Marchantia, the guard cells
are absent, and the stoma is an open channel built up of several
series of cells.

The stomata are situated on both sides of a leaf, but usually their
most frequent seat is on the underside of aerial and upper side of
floating leaves, and their arrangement may be in rows, as iii Fi?ius,

284 R. BRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS.

and PJiormium tenax ; in groups, as in oleander, Saxifraga sarmen-
tosa, &c., or scattered, as in Euonymus japonicus\ and in relation
to the epidermis, they may be above it, or on the same level, or
below it. In some plants the stomata are hollows supplied with
projecting hairs or prickles, as in Nerium and Dasylirion.

Appendages of the Cuticle. — Very frequently the epidermal cells
become prolonged outward into papillae, or by further growth pro-
duce hairs, scales, stings or prickles ; in all these, when very young,
an active circulation of protoplasm is visible.

PapiUce are simply elevations of the epidermis, and are well seen
on the petals of the Pelargonium, Scarlet Verbena, and other lustrous
flowers. Hairs are more elongated, and are seen in their simplest
form on the roots of Pteris and Equisetum. Next come the woolly
hairs on the leaves and young internodes of many plants, as in the
horse-chestnut, where they are cast off in a felted mass when the
leaves unfold, or they may remain as a woolly coat, as in Stachys
Germanica. Again, hairs are termed simple when arising from a
single epidermal cell, and compound when consisting of one or
more cell rows, and both these kinds may assume a branched or
stellate form, the hairs of the Mullein and the beautiful violet hairs
on the stamens of Tradescantia Virginica are examples. Both
these kinds also may bear at the point a globular cell, which
usually contains an odoriferous, sticky, coloured fluid, and such are
named glandular hairs ; the GeraniacecB., CaryophyllacecB, and other
families, afford numerous examples of these, and a beautiful speci-
men may be mentioned in the Chenopodium Bonus Henricus, where
they cluster on the backs of the young leaves and stems, like
groups of seed-pearls. To the class of hairs also belong the
ramenta, or chaffy scales, common on ferns ; they are flattened
hairs. Frequently the end cell divides and grows out in a radial
direction, forming a shield-like scale, as in Elceagnus angustifolia,
Pinguicula vulgaris, Hippophde, Shepherdia, &c.

Bristles differ from simple hairs only in having a stronger cellu-
lose case, often remarkably thickened like warts, and lignified,
while the epidermis at their base is somewhat elevated, and sur-
rounds them like a wall ; the Borage family affords many
examples.

A similar condition is seen in the stinging hairs of the nettle
family, Loasacea^, &c. An indurated conic hair-cell is by its broad

R. BRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS. 285

base sunk in the top of a projecting many-celled papilla, in which
is secreted the irritant material (supposed to be formic acid) which
flows into the puncture produced by pressure on the hardened point,
the little terminal knob having first been broken off.

Prickles consist of a somewhat elongated complex of epidermal
cells, frequently lignified, which, at the point, runs out into a single,
strongly-thickened, usually curved, sharp-pointed cell.

Illustrative Figures.— Plate XIV.

1. — Part of a transverse section through the growing point of a Fig-tree. X 1200.

2.— Part of a transv. section of a branch of Black Currant, showing cork forma-
tion. X 500. e, epidermis. &, bast cells, p c, bark parenchyma. P, entire
product of the phellogen p 'g. c, radially arranged cork cells, arising centri-
fugally from the phellogen. y d, phelloderma, arising centripetally from the
phellogen.

3,— Transverse section through the leathery cork of the Birch. X 660.

4. — Vertical section through a stoma of Hellehorus viridis. s t, stoma, e, epi-
dermis, r, rind of leaf, a, air cavity.

5. — Section through the under cuticle of Oleander, with the stomata, s t, lying in
a hairy pit. e, epidermis cells, p, parenchyma of leaf.

6.— Vertical section through the marginal part of the thallus of MarcJiantia
polymorplia. p, colourless reticular-thickened parenchym cells, e, epi-
dermis of upper side, c, chlorophyllose cells, s t, stoma, w, partition wall
of an intercellular cavity, u, epidermis of under side, with dark- coloured
walls.

7.— Sting of Nettle. X 75.

286

On the Histology op Plants.

By R. Braitpiwaite, M,D., F.L.S., &c.

VI. — CoMrouND OR Heterogeneous Tissues.

(Read June 2Gth, 1874.)

The Cambium layer forms a cylinder between the wood and bark,
and consists entirely of elongated cells, which, like all other tissues,
originate in the parenchyma of the growing point. From it the
vascular bundles are developed, and all new wood and bark, by
which grow^th in thickness is attained, and this continues active
during the whole life of the plant. In Monocotyledons the cambial
cells are central, and surrounded by vessels, and after a certain
period their vital activity ceases, so that these plants no longer
increase in thickness, but they extend in length by means of un-
changed cambial cells in connexion with the end of the vascular
bundles. The heterogeneous tissue is therefore confined to the
vascular bundles, and when in its most complete form, all three
kinds of cells enter into its composition. In the Fungi, Algge
and Lichens, no traces of them are to be found, and we first meet
with them, though in a very rudimentary condition, in Mosses and
Hepatica^, where they form a ring or bundle of elongated cells,
the simplest representatives of bast. From these, as we ascend the
scale, we find they become more and more elaborated, until in the
highest plants they acquire their greatest distinctness. This vari-
able condition in the different groups of plants necessitates our
dealing with each of them separately.

Vascular Bundles of Hepatic.e and Mosses.

Vascular bundles are not found in all the genera, but when present
appear only as a collection of elongated cells, best seen in 3Iar-
chantia and other frondose Hepatic*, where they form a kind of
central string to the middle. In the Sphagna we find no vascular
bundle, but the subcuticular parcnchym cells become indurated, and
form the so-called woody layer.

In true mosses a higher development takes j^lace, but yet only
observable in certain genera ; thus in Dicramnn scopaiiwn, Clinia-

R. BRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS. 287

civm, and some Hypna, tlie centre of the stem is occupied by a
bundle of elongated parenchym cells, by wliicli the sap is conveyed
upward. In Mnm?n the central bundle is more distinct, and con-
sists of thin-walled polygonal cells, enclosed by a ring of thickish-
walled yellow cells. In Polytrichum a transverse section of the
stem shows us that the centre is occupied by a cylinder of thickened
reddish cells, around which is another of thin-walled cells, having
intercellular spaces ; external to this is one of regular thin-walled
yellowish cells, and lastly another, one or two rows wide, with thin
dark-brown walls, which forms the sheath of the vascular bundle.
By longitudinal section we see that the central cylinder is a bundle
of greatly elongated cells, with horizontal or oblique transverse
partitions, and some fibre -like cells, surrounded by another of thin-
walled parenchyma ; next comes the woody. cylinder, consisting of
still more elongated cells, with albuminous contents, and by this
part of the vascular bundle it appears that the sap is conducted,
while the inner must be regarded as corresponding to pith. Looked
at from a structural point of view, we must place the species of
Polytrichum at the head of all the mosses, since in them the tissue
elements attain the greatest amount of differentiation.

Vascular Bundles of the Higher Cryptogams.

These consist of tubular and elongated parenchym cells, with but
a small amount of fibre cells, and in all the full development of
the xjonstituent parts is rapidly attained. This may be best followed
out in Lycopods and Ferns ; in the Lycopodiace(^, the elements
separate from the cambium cylinder at different points, and we
observe internally certain narrow, quickly lignified, vascular cells,
with annular or spiral thickening, and externally narrow non-ligni-
fied elements of the bast part, and from these new wood and bast
elements develope.

In ferns the first formation commences at one or two points ; in
.the cambium string there first separate one or two fine spiral vessels
near the periphery, and opposite them some elementary bast fibres.
These quickly increase and become thickened, while around and
between them the thin-walled tissue equally enlarges by active cell-
division. When still more advanced, we see a bundle of lignified
spiral vascular cells of 3-7 elements, which appear to be pushed
somewhat toward the margin of the vascular bundle ; while oppo-
site to these, near the margin, is a bundle of bast fibres, the ele-

JouRN. Q. M. C, No. 27. t .

288 R. BRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS.

ments of \Yliicli increase by cell division. The completed vascular
bundles in the various groups may be summarised as follows : —

In JEquisetacece, the vascular bundles form a circle around the
large central air passage, produced by partial resorption of the pith,
and are separated from each other by layers of wide parenchym
cells, .which have thick walls, often coloured yellow or brown.

On the side next to the pith, the wood part of the vascular
bundle is chiefly occupied by a large air passage, which arises by
resorption of a string of elongated thin-walled parenchym cells,
and into its cavity project, on each side, one or more annular,
spiral, or netted vascular cells, the circuit being completed by thin-
walled narrower parenchyma, which is enclosed by the above-men-
tioned thick-walled cells ; two other groups of smaller vascular
cells occur at the sides nearer the rind.

The bast- part, composed of different elements, appears enclosed
by these four vascular groups, and the parenchyma surrounding the
air-passage on one side, the thick -walled parenchyma forming the
sheath of the vascular bundle on the other side.

The wood-part consists of only two forms of cells, the annular,
spiral or netted tubular cells, and elongated starch-bearing paren-
chyma, which forms partly the circumference of the air-passage,
partly the connection between the two outer and inner groups of
vessels. In the bast-part we find three different forms of cells ;
the chief part consists of narrow, thin-walled, starch-bearing cells,
between which are 1-3 wider, more irregular cells, containing fine
granules or air ; externally we see an uninterrujDted series, or
several small groups of cells with narrow lumen and stronger
thickening of the walls, which are the true bast fibre-cells. In
longitudinal section we find the arrangement to be as follows : next
the air-passage are the spiral vessels, then starch-bearing bast
parenchyma, thirdly bast vessels or cribrose tubes, and externally
bast fibres.

In Lycopodiacece. — Here the middle of the stem is occupied by
one or more vascular bundles, lying among intermediate tissue, and
these are separated from the rind by several layers of thick-walled
fibre-cells in Lycoj)odivm, or by spongiform tissue in Selaginella.

The wood-part consists of vascular cells, the inner of which are
wider and have scalariform porose thickening, while the outer are
narrower, and show partly scalariform-porose, partly annular and
spiral thickening. The bast-part occupies all the periphery of the

R. BKAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS. 289

vascular bundle, and in Lycopudium runs between the separate lobes
of the wood-part ; its component cells are of three kinds, the fun-
damental mass being a strong-walled, elongated, starch-bearing
parenchyma, in the middle of which are bast vessels, singly or in
small groups, and lastly, true fibre-cells.

In Ferns. — Here the single vascular bundle, nearly circular or
band-like, forms in the true stem, a circle surrounding the pith ; it
is usually separated from the parenchyma of the pith and rind, by
a sheath of parenchym cells, elongated, frequently fibre-like,
thickened on one or all sides. As in Lycopods, the middle of the
vascular bundle is occupied by the wood part, the circumference by
the bast part.

The wood part consists of two, or often of three kinds of cells;
in the former we have elongated, pointed, tubular cells, and elon-
gated parenchyma ; in the latter are added true vessels with their
lateral walls differing in structure from their oblique transverse
partitions. The tubular cells forming the oldest part of the vascular
bundle have a narrow lumen, and annular or spiral thickening, the
transverse partitions having scalariform perforation. Ttie wood
parenchyma surrounds the tubular cells and divides the wood and
bast parts ; its cells are elongated, and contain starch like that of
higher plants ; where they touch each other they are smooth, but
have pores when connected with vessels.

In the bast part we find all three forms of cells, the bulk of
them being thin-walled, polyhedral parenchym-cells, like those of
the wood part; within these are wider cells in rows, or small
groups, with granulose contents, or empty, and cibrose thickening
of the walls. These are bast vessels, and external to these, near
the sheath of the vascular bundle, is a group of narrow cells, with
yellow secondary thickening. In the rachis of many ferns, e.g.,
Osmunda, we may observe on the inner side of the vascular bundle
one or more strings of peculiar parenchymatous cells, probably
adapted to receive secretion, and representing the resin or milk
vessels of higher plants.

In Rhizocarpece. — This small group comprises only the genera
Marsilea, Pilularia., Scdvinia, and Azolla, and has not been much
investigated. In the stem of Marsilea the vascular bundle appears
as a ring which surrounds a central cylinder of very thick-walled
brown fibre cells, and is separated externally from the cortical
tissue by a hollow cylinder of similar cells, in series, which become

T 2

290 R. BRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS.

more thickened as they approach the surface, until hardly any
lumen is seen in the most external. The wood part is also in form
of a ring, which is only interrupted on one side by a small strip of
bast, uniting the bast tissue on the inner and outer side of the
wood.

Vascular Bundles of Monocotyledons.

These, in the most perfect condition, comprise all three forms of
cells, which are arranged in two groups, constituting a wood and
bast part in each vascular bundle. These arise from the cambium,
and it is that portion next the pith which becomes transformed
into wood, and that on the cortical side which becomes bast. The
cambium quite disappears with the full development, being trans-
formed into permanent parenchymatous tissue. Many variations
occur in the development of the individual elements, and their
position to each other. The wood fibres are more or less thickened,
and always lignified and scattered ; faintly bordered pores occur in
them. The bast fibres resemble the wood fibres, but have more
pointed extremities, and are thickened in various degrees. The
tubular or vascular cells of the wood part consist of annular, spiral,
netted, or porose vessels, which communicate with each other by a
large pore or scalariform perforation. The bast vessels were called
by Von Mohl Vasa propria, and lie between the parenchyma sur-
rounding the vessels of the wood and the bast fibres ; besides these
bast vessels of the vascular bundle, there occur in certain genera,
especially in Liliacece, Musacece, and Aracece, wider bast vessels
close under the rind, with latticed partitions, which carry a peculiar
coloured sap, and have been regarded as milk vessels. They
belong to the bast part of the vascular bundle.

The parenchym cells occur in both parts, and are usually much
elongated, and known from fibre cells by theii- horizontal transverse
partitions.

We follow out the origin of the vascular bundles and gradual
onward formation of the individual elements from the cells of the
cambium layer, either from the germinating seed or in the buds
from the permanent shoots of the plant ; the young date palm,
Buscus, and Liliacece are well fitted for the purpose. The first
elements of the Vascular bundle are some bast fibres, then in the
wood part we observe one or two annular vessels, following
the formation of young wood cells. While by little and little the
bundle of bast fibres becomes enlarged, and the thickening pro-

I

R. BRAITHWxVITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS. 291

gresses, there is developed in the wood part the oldest spiral
vessels, and at the same time the thin-walled cells of the bast
part ; then the central cambium loses its capacity for continued
formation, and the growth in thickness of the vascular bundle
before us is completed.

The general arrangement of the vascular bundle in monocotyle-
dons is as follows : — The two ends of the radial diameter are
occupied by bundles of fibre cells, those of the bast being on the
cortical side, those of the wood next the pith, the other elements
becoming intermixed ; inward from the bast fibre bundle the bast
vessels are intermixed with bast parenchym cells, and within the
wood fibre bundle the tubular cells or vessels are partly surrounded
by, partly intermixed with, wood parenchym cells. The most dis-
tinct type is seen in that belonging to leaves, or going off to them,
as in Iris^ Phormium, Alpinia, &c.

In the vascular bundles of grasses, the youngest wide porose
vessels stand at each side, so that they enclose the parenchym cells
of the wood part along with some narrower vessels ; internally are
placed two or more spiral or annular vessels in a single series. • In
palms we see in the centre of the vascular bundle 1-3 larger
vessels often with some narrower spiral vessels behind them, the
wood fibres being few and faintly thickened, while the bast fibres
are numerous and strongly thickened. In Liliacew, Tradescantia,
Asparagus, &c., the bast and wood- fibres are but faintly thickened.
In Alisma Plantago a great deviation takes place from the ordinary
type of arrangement. Here we find on the inner side of the
vascular bundle a wide air passage, which is surrounded by thin-
walled, elongated, unlignified parenchym cells, and then by a
crescent of strongly thickened wood fibres from the parenchyma of
the intermediate tissue.

A peculiar condition of the two constituent parts of the vascular
bundle appears in roots. Here the usually elliptic bast bundle,
composed of internal bast vessels and external bast parenchyma,
stands between the radially placed rows of wood vessels in a thin
or thick-walled wood-like hitermediate tissue of fibre cells, which
gradually pass over into the tissue of the pith.

Vascular Bundles of Dicotyledons.
These in their earliest stage of formation agree completely with
those of Monocotyledons, but in their perfect state they attain to
various degrees of complexity.

292

R. BllAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS.

Disunited Vascular Bandies. — These lie isolated in the tissue of
the stem, and become separated from each other by layers of thin-
walled bast, with strongly-thickened parenchymatous intermediate
tissue. Such separated vascular bundles come nearest to those
of monocotyledons, and may be seen in the stem of Ranunculus,
Cucurhita, Bryonia, Taraxacum, &c. The wood part consists of a
few elongated porose wood cells, thin-walled parenchyma, and dis-
tinct tubular cells ; the innermost, narrow, and oldest vessels are
annular, then come wider and narrower spiral vessels, then netted,
and lastly wide vessels with bordered pores. The bast part con-
tains at its margin, next the bark, a bundle or crescent of bast
fibres, as in the Papaveracece, which sometimes approach to elon-
gated parenchyma, as in the stem of Cucurhita. Internal to these
come the bast vessels with net-like perforations, and having nar-
rower elongated parenchym cells intermixed.

Not unfrequently a second bast bundle of thin-walled cells is
seen bordering on the wood part toward the centre of the stem, as
in Bryonia, Cucurhita, &c.

The Cambium layer undergoes a complete transformation in its
later period of development, and loses its capacity for continued
formation, just as in Monocotyledons.

Annular Vascular B undies of Herbaceous Plants. — The transition
from the last group to that seen in ligneous plants may be observed
in certain Umhelliferce, as Conium, Daucus, &c., and also in Lactuca,
where the bast bundles are separated yet farther apart by a layer
of formative parenchyma, the thickening ring; at first a closed
cambium cylinder, connected with the cambium of the vascular
bundle, and from this passing into a continuous ring, only inter-
rupted by narrower medullary rays, and in which isolated smaller
groups of cambial cells develope into vessels.

In many plants of this group a large part of the bast vessels are
transformed into milk vessels, which anastomose with each other,
and with corresponding vessels in the bark.

Vascular Bundles of Woody Dicotyledons. — These form in the
older internodes a completely closed ring, originating from isolated
strings of cambium, from which the separate elements are formed,
and which, as in herbaceous plants, unite into a closed ring by
further continued growth. At the end of the first year's growth
the vascular bundles resemble those described above, bast vessels
appear in the wood-mass lying between the primary bundles, nor

R. BRAITHVVAITE ONT THE HISTOLOPxY OF PLANTS. 293

does the cambium lose its formative capacity at the close of this
period. In the resting period of temperate climates these cells
remain in the cambial condition, so that on the renewal of growth
in the whole extent, they may develope from new matter the
different elements of the vascular bundle.

The wood and bast parts in this group attain their highest
development, and the three elements of each are far better defined
than in the vascular bundles of herbaceous plants, and also by
transverse section we plainly distinguish the primary medullary
rays, or Pith-hark rays, and the secondary medullary rays, or
Bundle rays, the former passing completely through, the latter,
only reaching a greater or less depth, according to the amount of
growth.

A. The Wood imrt of the Vascular Bundle. — The Wood fibres, ox
fibre cells of the wood, originate from the elongated parenchym-
like cells of the cambium, and by subsequent extension acquire
the fibre-like form. In the perfect state they exhibit many
differences in the amount of thickening of their walls, and also
in the form of the secondary thickening layers. In the annual
ring we find this secondary thickening far more strongly developed
in the outer wood cells or autumn growth, than in the inner or
spring growth, and this is especially noticeable in Conifers. The
thickening layers are porose, with spiral thickening also in the
youngest, and the pores are always bordered, the border being
circular, and variable in width, and the pore canal usually slit-like
and oblique. The pores are open when they communicate with
each other or with vessels, but closed by a partition in those true
wood cells which later are used for storing up starch and other re-
serve material ((7/6/««^25, Hedera), In some cases a new formation
of cells takes place in them by tranverse partitions {Vitis, Hedera^
Ruhus, &c.) and these constitute a transition to the next form.

Wood Parenchyma. — The parenchymatous cells of the wood
are seen in nearly all woody dicotyledons, but are not found in
Berheris. Their walls are less strongly thickened, the unbordered
pores are always closed, and spiral thickening does not occur.
Their position varies ; sometimes they surround the vessels in
single layers or in groups, sometimes they form connected con-
centric bands, or sometimes they occur singly or scattered in
irregular groups.

Wood Vessels. — The tube cells of the wood are formed by
solution of the transverse walls, thus constituting vessels as

294: R. BIIAITIIWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS.

already described. All three forms, annular, spiral and reticular,
are found near the pith in the youngest part of the Vascular
bundle, while in the older parts, only bordered porous vessels
occur. They are most numerous, either single or grouped, in the
inner and middle portions of the annual ring, while in the outer
part or autumn wood they are often absent, or scattered singly
{Fraxinus), or forming mixed groups with the other two kinds
{Quercus) ; the vessels of the spring wood have a much wider
lumen than those formed in autumn.

In Viburnmn, Carpinus, Betula, &c., only scalariform vessels are
found, while in Lonicera caprifolium, Fagus sylvatica, and Platanus^
both scalariform and porose occur together. In old vessels a
peculiar cell formation takes place in the interior, so that the whole
becomes filled with roundish thin-walled cells, and these appear to
proceed from the surrounding parenchyma, which grows inward
through the pores ; we see this in Nerium, Cucurhita, Vitis,
Eobinia, &c.

B. The hast-part of the Vascular bundle. — Bast fibres. — These
also proceed from the cambium at the same time as the wood, but
from that part next the bark ; their form is spindle-shaped, and
only in rare cases truncated at point as in some Cactece and
Euphorbia. Branched bast cells occur especially in Asdepiads
and Apocynece, as in the leaves of Hoy a and Vinca, those of the
stem being mostly unbranched and with narrow lumen ; partitioned
bast cells occur in the vine, some Cactece and Sambucus racemosa.

Except in a few plants ( Urtica dioica, Vitis, Ficus elastica and the
Solanacece), the thickening of the wall is very marked, and shows
distinct lamination ; but this secondary thickening is frequently
perforated by simple or branched pore canals, as in Clematis and
Brtigmansia, the pores being unbordered, and spiral thickening
also occurs ; in most cases the whole of the thickening layers are
completely lignified.

The arrangement of bast cells in the Vascular bundle is very
variable; in many plants, as in the Beech and Birch, they form
connected groups of greater or less extent, which stand at the
edge of the bast part next the bark and laterally are only separated
by the medullary rays ; in others, as Clematis^ Vitis, &c., they
form radially arranged rows of one or more cells, or as in Tilia
and Begonia similar groups of larger size ; in Hoya, Asclepias, &c.,
they are scattered in the bast part. In the young state the con-
tents are protoplasmic granular sap, but afterwards air.

R. BRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS. 295

Bast Parenchyma. — This sometimes alternates with the bast
vessels, forming broader or narrower tangential bands, but some-
times it is scattered more irregularly between them, and agrees
with wood parenchyma in structure ; its walls, however, are less
strongly thickened, and these thickening layers usually remain
unlignified. The contents during the resting period are starch,
which becomes dissolved at the commencement of renewed growth,
and in the old bast parenchyma of ligneous plants, crystals of
oxalate of lime are also seen.

Bast Vessels. — Lattice-cells or cribrose tubes are found sometimes
scattered irregularly through the bast parenchyma, singly or in
groups {Clematis, Acer, Fagus), sometimes arranged in tangential
bands of one or more rows, often including single parenchym cells
{Bi'gnonia, Tilia, Vitis,&c.). The laticiferous bast vessels may be
scattered within the bast-fibre groups, or occur at their outer
border, or pass even into the cortical tissue (Ficus, Neriiwi, &c.),
and in Carica they stand between the vessels of the wood part, as
well as in the bast part and the bark.

Intermediate Tissue or Medullary Rays. — This appears either
between- the primitive Vascular bundles, in few or many rowed
series of cells, running in a radial direction, or within them, in
one or few rows. In the former case it proceeds immediately from
the tissue of the thickening ring which separates the cambial
bundles from each other, and reaches from the pith to the rind,
and thus keeps divided the primitive Vascular bundle. These
are named Pith rays or Pith-hark rays. In the latter it
takes its origin immediately from the cambium of the Vas-
cular bundle by division of the cambial mother cell, and we
may distinguish it into Primary bundle rays, which arise in the
primitive bundle, and Secondary bundle rays, which first appear in
the later formed wood and bast. By the bundle rays the wood and
bast parts become cleft into smaller wedge-shaped bundles pro-
jecting more or less deeply into the substance, but always most
distinctly seen in the wood.

The Pith-rays and Bundle-rays of woody Dicotyledons consist
of parenchym cells greatly elongated in a radial direction, but
with the other diameters much shortened, so that in longitudinal
section they form a muriform tissue ; at the ends, however, next
the pith and the bark, the cells are more equal in diameter, because
they proceed from the primitive dividing tissue of the cambial
bundle. The thickening of the cellulose case is faint in the bast

29G R. BRAITHWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS.

part of the Vascular bundle, and only moderate in tlie wood ; in
the bast part the cellulose case of the intermediate tissue remains
unlignified, but is generally lignified in the wood part, and only in
rare instances we find portions of the Primary rays changed into
hard, strongly thickened woody tissue {Fagus, Betula) ; closed
pores alone are found in the thickening layers.

The contents during the resting period are always starch
granules, but at the growing period these are few and floating
in other formative material. The size of the cells and number
of rows in each Bundle-ray vary in different species of trees, and
are of importance in studying the structure of their wood.

Vascular Bundles of Cycads and Conifers.

These agree in their mode of origin with those of Dicotyledons,
but differ in tlie occurrence of single forms oi cells, and their
more composite arrangement, so that the wood and bast parts may
be at once distinguished from those of other trees.

The Wood part. — Wood fibres. The fibre cells form the
principal mass of the wood, and always show distinct large
bordered pores ; the border being circular or sometimes elliptic,
but very rarely angular as in the root of Ai aucaria and wood of
Cycas ; the pore canal is also circular, but in Cycas slit-like.
Besides the porose, spiral thickening also occurs ; the secondary
thickening does not show lamination, but in the wood of our
Conifers we find that in the outer or autumn part of the annual
ring the cells are so strongly thickened that scarce any cavity is
left, but in the inner or spring part there is only slight thickening.

Wood Parenchyma. — This is the same as in other trees, but is
less generally distributed ; in Cycads it is present as single cells
or in small groups, but in Araucaria altogether wanting ; mAhies it
forms scattered cells in the wood substance, which at an older stage
become turpentine canals ; in Pinus and Larix it is not scattered,
bat fornjs the circumference of the turpentine canals.

Wood Vessels. — The tube cells are never wanting in the primitive
wood bundle of Cycadece and Pines, and appear with spiral or
netted thickening. They are absent from the older wood of Cycads,
and also from" Abietinew, CvpressinecB, Araucaria, Taxinece, and
Fodocarpece. In Gnetacece only true vessels with porose thicken-
ing occur through the whole wood substance.

The Bast part. — Bast fibres. The fibre cells have a similar
structure to that of other woods, and appear in Cycadece in the

R. BRAITHWAIPE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS. 297

bast part of the stem, in groups separated from each other by the
other elements ; in Finns they are wanting, or scattered in the
other elements.

Bast Parenchyma. — The parenchyma cells in Cycadece alternate
with the bast vessels without any regular order in the groups,
bounded internally and externally by bast fibres and laterally by
pith rays. In the Vascular bundles of Conifers they are more
regular, so that in Abietinece and Araiicarice, a certain serial
arrangement in a tangential direction is evident, while in Cvpres-
sinece and Taxinea?, they stand between the rows of bast vessels.
In all the contents are starch, and in Cycas, and more rarely in
Pinus, crystals are also present.

Bast vessels. — The tube cells in Cycads are placed irregularly
among the parenchym cells, but in Abietinece they are in radial
two or more celled rows, interrupted by a row of parenchym cells ;
in Cupressinece and Taxinece they stand between the bast fibres and
bast parenchyma, the latter forming a central row.

The Inteimediate Tissue. — This also agrees with that of other
trees, and in CycadecB the primary rays as well as the bundle rays
are only faintly thickened, and not lignified, while in Conifers the
thickening is moderate, and lignification takes place in the whole
cellulose case, except in the membrane closing the pore canals.
The medullo-cortical rays of Cycads consist of several rows, and
become wedge-shaped toward the outer part of the wood, to widen
again in the bark ; Conifers have only one or at most two- rowed
rays, and possess in the wood and bast parts an ecjual number of
cell rows. The bundle rays both of Cycads and Conifers are only
small and of single rows, though here and there in the Larch,
Pinus Canariensis, &c., rays of two or three cell rows occur.

Air, or Peculiar Sap-canals in the Vascular Bundles.

In the tissue of the Vascular bundles of Vascular Cryptogams,
Mono and Dicotyledons, we find in certain genera peculiar re-
ceptacles like those occurring in pith and bark, which carry air
or excreted matters, and known as air passages or sap recep-
tacles. We find air passages only in the Vascular bundles of
EquisetacecB, and certain Monocotyledons, and in the former they
originate in the stem by resorption of a string of vessels and
parenchyma, in the root partly by resorption of a large central
spiral vessel ; in the latter they owe their origin to a similar

298 R. BRAITIIWAITE ON THE HISTOLOGY OF PLANTS.

process and to empty milk vessels. The receptacles of peculiar
secretion are most frequent in the bast part ; the resin canals in
the wood of Finns, Abies, or Larix always consist at first of a
string of thin-walled unlignified wood parenchyma, enclosing a
small intercellular passage, formed by the retiring apart of a few
central cells, whose contents in the resting period are starch, which
later becomes changed into volatile oil and balsam. In Pinus
the thin-wa1led parenchyma surrounding the central intercellular
passage, which increases by division, often very early and before
its cellulose case becomes lignified, is partly or wholly resorbed in
consequence of resin formation.

The wide milk passages occurring in the bast part of the Vas-
cular bundle of Bhus, &c., arise also from strings of thin-walled
elongated parenchyma, grouped round an intercellular passage, and
represent partly the bast vessels.

The milk passages in the rind of Alisma, and also the oleo-
resinous passages in the middle or in the circumference of the bast
part of many Umbellifera3, as Angelica sylvestris, proceed on the
contrary from the drawing apart of a string of thin-walled
elongated parenchym cells, by which intercellular passages result.
The wide air or milk passages of Aroidece, undoubtedly arise from
the resorption of one or two wide spiral vessels. In all these in-
vestigations it is hardly necessary to observe that very thin trans-
verse and longitudinal sections are required, and that we frequently
must examine them after treatment by various re-agents ; the
amplication also for correct determination of minute structural
details will often require powers of 300 to 500 diameters.

Illustrative Figures —Plate XV.

1. — Transverse and longitudinal sections from the middle of the stem of a moss,
Polytrichum commune. X 360. P, the pith with irregularly thickened
cells a, and thin-walled cells, 6. Y, elongated thin-walled cells of the Vas-
cular bundles. Fc, parenchyma of stem.

2. — Transverse section of the Vascular bundle of Alisma Plantago. a, air
passage, p, thin pareuchym cells, v, vessels. Bf, bast fibres. Bv, bast
vessels. Bp, bast parenchyma. Wf, woody fibres.

3. — Developement of Turpentine canals. A, transverse section at the apex of a
shoot of Pinios Picea, in the rind of which the small group of dividing starch-
bearing cells, TFp,has separated from the other chlorophy Hose cells j>, to form
the future Turpentine canal, Tc. X 1000. B and C, transverse and longitu-
dinal sections of a perfect canal. The internal cavity, as well as the thin-
walled cells wp, are filled with semi-fluid resin, while the thin-walled com-
pressed cortical cells j? still contain a small quantity of starch. X 800.

299

ANNTTAL SOIEEE.

April 17th, 1874.

The anuual Soiree was held in the Library and Museum of University Colleg-e,
which were, as heretofore, placed at the disposal of the Club by the permission
of the Council. The number of visitors exceeded 1,000, but the rooms were
less crowded than usual, owing to the increased space allotted for the purpose of
exhibition in the Museum.

One hundred microscopes were exhibited by members of the Club, and nearly
fifty by members of the Croydon, the South London, the Sydenham aud Forest
Hill, and the Tower Hill Microscopical Clubs.

The leading London opticians contributed greatly to the success of the
evening by a brilliant display of microscopes, spectroscopes, graphoscopes,
stereoscopes, &c., and also showed the latest improvements in objectives and
apparatus, filling the bays in the Library in a very effective manner.

The following list of objects exhibited by members of our own and the other
Microscopical Clubs is necessarily imperfect, as many of the exhibitors' cards
were not filled up : —

Circulation in leg of Spider ... Mr. W. Adkins.

Drum of Ear of Frog (injected) Mr W. Allbon.

Sea Anemone (Bunxles crassicornis) ... Mr. Alstone.

Eaphides of Echinocactus -v

,, Prickly pear V Mr. F. W. Andrew.

Water Lily )

Ova in ripe segment of Tape-worm {TcB/iia-^ jy/j^. jj ^giij^jy,
serrata) 5

Sole Skin

Stamens and Pollen of Mallow

Eggs of Common House Fly

Cimex (Tinr/is crassicornis) ...

Circulation in Tadpole

Hydra viridis

Ringworm

Proboscis of Vanessa Urticce

Stellate hairs of Arahis alpiim

Capsule and bulbils of Lunularia vulgaris ...

Feathers of Humming Bird

Circular crystals of Brucia

Platino-cyanide of Magnesium

Larva of Crab ...

Bones from Mouth of Star Fish

Chemical Spectroscope, showing the bright -s
lines of the Metallic Spectra of Sodium, S-
Lithium, Strontium, and Barium ... ^

Microscope, with Lunar Photographs

Mr. Atkinson.
Mr. T. J. Baker.

Mr. E. Bartlett, juu.

Mr. W. A. Bevingtou.

Mr. G. Bird.

Mr. W. Bishop.
Mr. W. J. Brown.

Mr. Geo. Browne.
Mr. T. W, Burr.

300

Daphnia vetida

Seed of Grass (Agrostis canina)

Stephanoceros Eichornii ...

Volvox gldbator

Section of Foot of Kitten (injected)

Bouquet of Butterfly Scales

Ophiocoma neglecta

Leaf of Rliododendron Madenii

Eye of Fly

Eggs and Larva of Moth

Acari of Water Rat, &c.

Valisneria spiralis

Section of Cat's Tooth polarized)

Part of frond of Hymenophyllum

Petal of Correa ...

Hyperstine, &c. (polarized)

Living Diatoms from Keston

Plaited Horsehair (polarized)

Under Jaw and Muscle of Frog

Pencil Tail (Polyxenus lagurus)

Foot of Newt (injected)

Serpida and Balanus halanoides (living)

Section of Fossil Wood

Tongue of Drone Fly

Water Spider (alive)

Draparnaldia and other Algae on Snail shell

Peristome of Moss

Hemiptera {Tingis cardii)

Platino-cyanide of Magnesium

Fossil Diatomacese

Stephanoceros

Eupleciella aspergillum, with spiculaLj in situ

Foot of Dytiscus .. ... .

Dytiscus (alive) showing suckers on fore-leg

Platino-cyanide of Strontian

Eyeball of Eat

Licmophora splendida

Section of Spine of Cidaris

Stephanoceros, Melicerta, Floscularia, &c. ...
Group of Feathers from Humming Bird

Gill of Eel (injected)

Tongue of Spider (mounted in sand-blast cell)
Conochilus wZuar and Volvox glohator

Mouth of Crane Fly

Flowers

Honey, shewing pollen-grains, indicating")
the sources from which it was obtained J

Daphnia pulex

Diatoms and Polycystina

Anther and Pollen of Mallow iMalva sylvestris)
Stellate hairs — petal of Correa speciosa

Mr. C. W. Burt.
Mr. E. Catchpole.
Mr. W, G. Cocks.

Mr. A.K.Coles.
Mr. F. Coles.
Mr. W. R. Cooper.

Mr. F. Crisp.
Mr. J. S. Crisp.
Mr. T. Crook.
Mr. P. Crowley.

Mr. Curties.
Mr. E. Dadswell.

j»
Mr W, A. Duck.
Mr. C. G. Dunning.

j>
Mr. Fitch.
Mr. C. J. Fricker.

Mr. J. E. Furneaux.
Mr. F. W. Gay.
Mr. B. George.
Mr. Gibson.
Mr. Golding.

Mr. Goodchild.
Mr. A, Goode.
Mr.W. Goode.
Mr. J.W. Goodinge
Mr, C. A. Gould.

Mr. A. C. Haddon.
Mr. J. H. Hadland.
Mr. H. F. Hailes.

Mr. W. Hainworth.
Mr. A. Hammond.
Mr. G. Hardess.

Dr. Helsham.

Mr. Hembry.

Mr. F. H. P. Hind.

Mr.C. VV. Hovendeu.

301

Vorticclla

Circulation of blood in foot of Frog

Section of Pear (polarized) showing gritty \

tissue (Sclerogen) -'

Polycystina — Barbados

Tongue of Drone Fly ...

Polycystina ...

Melicerta ringens

Egg of Parasite of Gol-en Pheasant

Urania Fe^nandince — a day-flying moth ")

from Madagascar ... J

Ascaris vermicularis, male (Human Intes- )

tinal Worm) = , J

The Electric Spark

Polycystina from Barbados

Marine Polyzoa

Diatoms, arranged

Pollen of Mallow

Gutter life (South London)

Polycystina ...

Brain of Rat (injected)

Natural Flowers

Platino-cyanide of Magnesium...

Philodina roseola and Callidina {?)

Salicine

Foraminifera in Water ...
Circulation in iVifeWa ...

Wing of Butterfly

Melicerta ringens, Stentor, &e.

Circulation in Valisneria

Palate of Eolis coronata (a Sea Slug)
Disc of Asterina gihbosa

Pond life...

Section of Fossil Teeth {Mastodon, Lamna,&c.)
Wing of Butterfly Parnassius Apollo

Daphnia vetula

Hydra vulgaris

Spicules of Sponge

Hydra viridis .. ... ...

Circulation in Antennee of Asselus

Hyperstine (Sun stone) ...

Section of Blow Fly (opaque)

Insect life from Ship's bread (Weevils)

Hydra virid is

Melicerta ringens

Head of Gnat {Culex pipiens) ■

Hydra viridis ..

Tiger or Hunting Spider

Eggs of Magpie Moth

Head of Tape-worm ...

Snake Coralline, with diatoms, i)i situ

Egg of Parasite of Pheasant

Mr. F. Hovenden.
Mr. S. Israel.

Mr. B. D. Jackson.

Mr. E. F. Jones.
Mr. J. M. Knight.

Mr Le Pelley.
Mr. G. F. Linney.

Mr. S. J. Mclntire.

Mr. K. McKean.

Mr. Martinelli.

Mr. J. B. Moseley.

Mr. Jas. Nelson.

Mr. H. Noakes.

Mr. Oxley.

Mr. W. J. Parks.

Mr. Geo. Pearce.

Mr. J. G. Price.

Quekett Club Microscope.

Mr. F. Reeve.

Mr. W. W. Reeves.

Mr. E. Richards.

Mr. E Robins.
Mr. J. Rowlett.
Mr. Jas. Russell.

5}

Mr. T. D. Russell.

Mr. Sedgwick.
Mr. J. Slade.
Mr. J. Simmonds.
Mr. E. Simpsm.
Mr. Simpson.

Mr. W. Smart.

Mr. Alpheus Smith.
Mr J. A. Smith.
Mr. R. A. Smith.
Mr. C. W. Stidstone.
Mr. D. J. Stuart.
Mr. W. T. Suffolk.
Mr. Tafe.
Mr. A. D. Taylor.
Mr. Geo. Taylor.

Mr. T. Terry.

802

Cyphus gemnari ...

Lower Jaw and Tongue of Salamander (in-'i

jected) J

• Skin of ditto (injected)

Stomach of Eel (injected), &c

Palate of Haliotis tuherculata

Section of Fan Palm

Hair o? laiva, o{ Orgyia pudihunda

Palate of Troclms striatus

,, Pliasianella pulla

Hair of Elephant (section)

Floscularia cornuta

Hydra viridis

Crystals of Gallic acid (polarized)

Foraminifera

Circulation in tail of Gold-fisli

Diaptomus castor...

Anther and Pollen of Dead Nettle

Foot oi Dytiscus marginalis ...

Girl's Hair (blonde), polarized

Gizzard of Cricket

Star-fish {Nympha gracilis), alive ...

¥10111' Elites {Atropos pulsatorius)

Seeds of JVemesis compacta alba

Social Ascidians on sea-weed

Marine Life (Corynactis, Hydractinia, &c.)
Eye of Beetle, showing multiplied image
Platino-cyanide of Magnesium

Coal Sections

Hydra and Snail Spawn ,

Parasites of Water Eat ...

Pollen of Mallow

Collection of British Crustacese

,, Minerals and rock specimens ..

Graphoscope and Photographs

The additional attractions of the evening were —

A lecture on "Natural Phenomena," by Mr. James Martin, illustrated by
drawings shown with the osy-hydrogen apparatus, in the Mathematical Theatre.
Microphotographs, views, &c., shown in a similar manner by Mr. James
Smith for Mrs. How, in Room 7.

The Sand-blast process, with a machine lent by General Tilghman, the
patentee, in Eoom 2.

Mr. Yernon Heath showed his celebrated Prize Photographs cf scenery and
foliage in the Museum.

Mr. Rochfort O'Connor lent hia beautiful drawings of microscopic objects.

Mr. Thompson.
Mr. A. Topping.

>»

Mr. C. C. Underwood.

Mr. John S. Walker.
Mr. Warburton.
Mr. F. H, Ward.

Mr. T. E. Way.
Mr. E. Westbrooke.

57

Mr. Warrington.
Mro J. Watkins.
Mr. F. West, jun.
Mr. W. West.
Mr. F. W. White.

Mr. T. Charters White-

Mr. George Williams.

» J

Mr. J. R. Williams.
Mr. R. P. Williams.
Mr. Worster.
Mr. E. Wright.
Mr. T. D. Russell.

>>

Mr. H. Lee Rutter.

305

PKOCEEDINGS.

Afril 10th, 1874. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —

Irodes of Boa Constrictor Mr. Curties.

Jaws and Teeth of Echinus, polar Mr. Freeman.

Platino-cyanide of Magnesium Mr. Golding.

False Light Excluder for Objectives ... Mr. Ingpen.

Elaters and Spores of Jungermannia on 7 ,^ ^ ,

n^ • > ^^« Oxley.

(jlycerine -' ■'

Spicules of Gorgonia Mr. B. W. Priest.

jEtea anguinaria Mr. Terry.

Section Foot of Salamander injected ... Mr. Topping.

Section of Lamprey, Petromi/zonfiuviatile... Mr. Ward.

Marine Life in Small Tank Mr. T. C. White.

Drop from Composite Candle, polarised ... Mr. G. Williams.

Attendance — Members, 57 ; Visitors, 6.

April 24th, 1874. — Dr. E. Braithwaite, F.L.S., President,
in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.
The following donations to the Club were announced :—

*' The Monthly Microscopical Journal " ... from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip " ... ... ... „

"The Popular Science Eeview" ,,

" Proceedings of the Eoyal Society" ... ... the Society.

"Proceedings of the Literary and Philo-)

sophical Society of Manchester" ... i

* ' Fifth Annual Eeport of the Microscopical ")

Society of Liverpool " ^

" Third Annual Eeport of the South London -\

Microscopical and Natural History > ,,

Society" ^

"The American Naturalist," February, ") j^^ ^^^j^^^^

March, and April ^

' ' The Quarterly Journal of Microscopical | ^ purchase.

Science" ^

The thanks of the Club were voted to the donors.

Mr. Enoch Walker was balloted for, and duly elected a member of the Club.
A paper by Mr. G J. Burch, " How to make thin covering-glass,"' was read,
and the thanks of the Club voted for his communication.

The Secretary stated that he had received a letter from Dr. Hoggan, in
which he desired to communicate to the meeting that his non-appearance before
JouRN. Q. M. C, No. 27. u

306

them with his section-cutting machine was no breach of promise on his part.
He willingly mentioned this, and regretted that Dr. Hoggan should not have
been with them in consequence of a slight misunderstandiug. He was expect-
ing to receive some communication from Dr. Hoggan as to the machine, but had
received none, and not knowing his address, was unable to write to him on the
subject, so as to make the necessary arrangements in time.

The President said that he had at the last meeting asked Dr. Hoggan to bring
his machine ; but he did not know that he would prepare a paper on the subject,
and whilst regretting the circumstance of his absence, he hoped that it would be
merely a pleasure deferred, and that they would be favoured with it at some
future time .

Mr. Ingpen read a paper *' On a False Light-excluder for Microscopic Objec-
tives" (see p. 262 ante), illustrating the subject by drawings on the blackboard,
and by the exhibition of the apparatus applied to a microscope.

The President, in moving a vote of thanks to Mr. Ingpen for his paper, said
he felt sure that it was only necessary to see this little piece of apparatus in
order to appreciate its value in cutting off extraneous rays.

A paper, by Mr. Jas. Fullagar, of Canterbury, " On the development of Hydra
vulgaris from Ova,' was read, and was illustrated by a number of beautifully
executed drawings. Specimens of Hydra vlridis in further illustration of the
paper were exhibited in the room by Mr. Curties.

The President thought it a very interesting circumstance that a creature so
low in the animal kingdom should show so perfect a manner of development.
At first sight the ovisacs had very much the appearance of the statoblastsof the
Polyzoa. The Hydra was so common, and was so often found at their field
excursions, that he hoped many of the members of the Club would be able to
add to the paper the results of their own observations.

The thanks of the meeting were unanimously voted to Mr. Fullagar for his
paper.

Mr. Ingpen exhibited and described an Achromatic Bull's Eye Condenser.
This instrument was constructed from the objectives of a binocular opera-glass,
one of which was reversed in its cell, and the two cells sci'ewedinto the opposite
ends of a short piece of tube, so that the flat side of one lens nearly touched the
convex side of the other. The lenses were achromatic doublets. A very perfect
image of the source of light was obtained, and the purity of the light was stated
greatly to excel that of the ordinary bull's eye. Anyone possessing a binocular
opera or field glass could construct this condenser at a very small expense, the
lenses being still available for their original purpose.

The thanks of the meeting were voted to Mr. Ingpen.

Mr. Golding said he had on a recent occasion used a single photographic lens
as an achromatic bull's eye, and found it to answer extremely well.

Mr. Ingpen said that on showing his condenser to Mr. White he had been
asked if it would serve as a low power for dissecting. It would not do for that
purpose as it was, but if one of the lenses was reversed it would answer capitally
for that purpose, giving a large flat field and fine definition.

On the motion of the President a vote of thanks was passed to those gentle-
men who had contributed to the success of the Soiree by exhibiting on that
occasion.

Twenty-three gentlemen having been proposed for membership, the proceed-
ings terminated with a Conversazione, at which the following objects were
exhibited :—

107

Hydra viridis

...by Mr. Curties.

Tenthredo arcuatus Mr. Enock.

Termite Mr. Fitch.

Ear of Mouse— injected Mr. Freeman.

Polycistina Mr. Golding.

Phantom Larva Mr. Hainworth.

Bi-chromate of Potash Mr. Hind.

Micro-photograph— Dr. Livingstone ... Mr. Moginie.

Transverse Section of Claw of Brown Bear Mr.T. D. Russell.

Grantia compressa Mr. T. C. White.

Attendance — Members, 72 ; Visitors, 8 ; total, 80.

May 8th, 1874. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited —

Corallina officinalis, decalcified

Holothuria (?)

Skin of Dog Fish, Scyllium canicula
Corethraplumicornis, changing from larval )
to pupal state ... ... ... ... •'

Arrenurus viridis, alive

Thorax of Diamond Beetle

Erio'pteryx lineata

Scales of Lepisma, various

Crystals in testa of seed of Elm

Dendritic spot on Magnesite

Stained section of Ascaris hcvibricoides
Section of head of embryo Eabbit . .

Attendance — Members, 56 : Visitors

Mr. M. Hawkins Johnson.
Mr. T. C. White.
Mr. Freeman.

Mr. Fitch.

Mr. Fitch.
Mr. Hailes.
Mr. Enock.
Mr. G. Williams.
Mr. B. D. Jackson.
Mr. Greenish.
Mr. Ward.
Mr. E. T. Newton.
, 3 ; total, 59.

May 22nd, 1874.
Dr. R. Braithwaite, F L.S., President, in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and
The following Donations to the Club were announced ;

"The Monthly Microscopical Journal"

" Science Gossip''

"The Eleventh Report of the East Kent Natural")

History Society" ... J

" Proceedings of the Geologists' Association"'

" Proceedings of the Bristol Naturalists' Society"

" The American Naturalist"

"Monograph of British Annelids " (Ray Society's )

Publication) -»

12 Slides of Sections ... ...

The thanks of the Club were voted to the donors.
The following gentlemen were ballotted for, and duly
Club-

confirmed,
from the Publisher.

the Society.

,, the Association,
the Society.
in exchange.

by subscription.

from Mr. E. T. Newton.

elected members of the

u 2

308

Dr. G. P. Bate, Mr. Edward G. Box, Mr, John J. Burgess, Mr. C. F. Burnham,
Mr. William E. Callaghan, Mr. Herbert Carrutliers, Mr. James Clayton, Mr.
William Cole, Mr. G. Green, Mr. Ernest Grey, Mr. George Hind, Mr. C. W.
Hovenden, Mr. W. W. Jones, Dr. Manly, Mr. Edgar A. Meates, Mr. G. A.
Messenger, Mr. Philip C. Nixon, Mr. Thomas Palmer, Mr. George A. C. Pearce,
Mr. William W. Eeid, Mr. Roland D. Smith, Mr. James Spencer, and Mr.
Ernest Wadmore.

The Secretary reminded the members present that at the next ordinary meet-
ing nominations woiild have to be made of gentlemen to fill vacancies upon the
Committee. Vice-Presidents for the ensuing year must also then be nominated,
and notice must be given of any alterations proposed either in the rules or
other matters affecting the government of the Club.

The President announced that he had just received an intimation of the
death of Mr. T. W. Burr, which had occurred suddenly that morning. Mr.
Burr was well known amongst them as one of their Vice-Presidents, and for
some years also as an active member of Committee, and the Club would no
doubt receive, with great regret, the announcement of his sudden removal.

Dr. George Hoggan read a paper upon his machine for section-cutting, to
which reference was made at the March meeting of the Club, describing it first
as originally made, and then giving in detail the various improvements and
additions which experience, had led him to adopt. The methods of using it for
hard and soft substances were minutely described, and the original and per-
fected forms of the machine, as well as a large number of sections cut by it,
were exhibited to the meeting.

The President, in proposing a very cordial vote of thanks to Dr. Hoggan for
his paper, expressed the pleasure with which he had listened to it, and thought
that the machine itself was one of the most perfect for the purpose that he had
ever seen.
A vote of thanks to Dr. Hoggan was carried by acclamation.
Mr. Miller said that, as on the last occasion when this subject was before
them, he had taken the liberty of saying a few words upon the subject, he
should like to make one or two further observations. He confessed that he could
not agree with Dr. Hoggan that complexity in a machine was not a disadvantage.
He rather agreed with Dr. Klein, that a steady hand and a sharp knife were the
best things to trust to in section cutting, and no one would deny that sections of
considerable size had been cut by Dr. Lockhart Clark and others, which were
perfect in themselves, and were yet cut entirely by hand. If anyone did want
a machine, he thought the simpler it was the better, and no one would deny
that the tube machine was simple and efficient ; it was also cheap, and cheap-
ness in such things was to students a matter of very great moment. For cutting
perfectly fresh tissues there was nothing better than freezing, and this could
not be adopted with the new machine. As to the shape of the knife, he
thought one with a slanting edge was much better than one with a perfectly
straight edge. As to the material for floating the sections off the knife, he
thought that caustic soda was not able to be used in many cases, and if sub-
stances were kept in spirit he thought the fewer re-agents they used the better.
He wished to add his protest against the use of section-cutting machines ; for
genei'al purposes sections could be cut quickly and easily with the hand quite
well enough for all possible requirements of study, and he was of opinion that
for private purposes a section-cutting machine was quite as much of an incon-
venience as an advantage.

309

Mr. Golding inquired if he riglitly understood from Dr. Hoggan's description
that the machine could in no way be simplified, and that nothing could be taken
away from it without impairing its efficiency ?

Dr. Hoggan said that it was for cutting hard sections that his machine was
of the greatest use. Supposing, for instance, that a person brought to him,
say the tooth of a fish, and wanted a section cut, it could be taken and several
made from it in four or five minutes ; but it would take four or five hours to
prepare one in the usual way, besides which, if they could be obtained so easily
it would not be necessary to take such pains in preserving them. The gentleman
who had first spoken appeared to have lost the point of his remarks throughout,
for he disputed points which he himself had never raised, and the suggestions
which he added were just wbat he (Dr. Hoggan) had already mentioned. For
small sections of some organic preparations, he had said in his paper that the
best way was to cut them by baud, and teaze out the tissue with needles. As
to the freezing, no doubt somebody would one day add a salt box to the machine,
and then call it after his own name. A knife for section cutting should be flat
either on one side or the other, and he never thought of denying the truth of
what had been said about knives. All that the gentleman had said against
caustic soda was exactly what was stated in his paper ; it did very well in some
cases, but certainly not in all. He did not know if the price of the machine
was more than that of the latest forms of the old kinds.

Mr. T. C. White said he had come in late, and therefore had not heard the
whole of Dr. Hoggan's paper ; but he had brought with him a few sections of
hard tissues, such as cocoa-nut palm, which had been cut by Mr. Williams with
a modification of the oi dinary lapidary's wheel. He could also cut quartz and
sections of coal. He could quite imagine that it was often of very great im-
portance to be able to cut hard sections so quickly. From what he could see, he
should chiefly object to the machine on account of its complication, for he
believed that the secret of success was not so much in the apparatus as in the
section- cutter himself. He should like to ask Dr. Hoggan if he found that in
cutting with a saw ridges were not left on the surface of the section, and also if
he hardened the substances specially before cutting them ?

Dr. Hoggan said that in the case of a number of tissues he found it best to
harden them, but for one half of those which he exhibited there was no harden-
ing whatever, except what took place in the alcohol, and some were cut with-
out any preparation whatever— the section of kidney was cut the day after it
was obtained, and without previous hardening.

Mr. White thought this a great advantage, because sections cut after
hardening were apt to be spoilt by the knife, and many substances were much
altered by any hardening process.

Mr. Hainworth reminded Dr. Hoggan that he had not answered the question
as to the tooth marks left by the saw.

Dr. Hoggan said that if the saw were rather coarse, or if its I'ough edges
were not taken ofi'by rubbing the sides on a bone, marks would sometimes be
left, but this would not be so if the edges were taken off.

Dr. Foulerton remarked that a good deal had been said as to the way in
which hardening could be efi'ected, but he had understood that this machine
was to do away with the necessity for it, and bethought that if the machinist
took this upon himself, the section cutter surely need not complain.

The President expressed the interest with which he had listened to Dr.
Hoggan's paper, and hoped the Club might one day be favoured with another

310

paper upon the subject of hardening. He thought the only objection to the
machine was its cost, for this must, in most cases, be a serious item with
students, to whom shillings were often of more consequence than pounds might
be a few years later. But as Dr. Hoggan had said at the commencement, a
very great deal might be done with the hand, and students should persevere in
this way. It was not necessary for them to make beautiful specimens for the
cabinet in order to pursue their investigations. He thought that the machine
which they had before them was capable of doing everything which a machine
was required to do.

The President said that a little difficulty had arisen with respect to the con-
cluding papers of his series in consequence of the limited time wnich now
remained before the close of the current year of the Club. The next meeting
would be occupied partly by the business relating to the annual meeting, and they
were promised a communication of great interest also. He thought, therefore,
that if instead of reading the paper it were taken as read, and he were to give a
demonstration at the next gossip night, the difficulty as to time might be got
over, and the objects which Mr. White had brought might, with others, form a
series in illustration of the subject to be considered.

Mr. T. C. White thought that nothing could be more profitable than a
demonstration on the gossip night as proposed by the President, and he was
quite sure that the examination of these .preparations could not fail to be of
great interest. He had great pleasure in moving the adoption of the sugges-
tion made by Dr. Braithwaite.

Mr. Greenish seconded the proposal, which, being put to the meeting, was
unanimously carried.

The President said that the paper would be taken as having been read that
evening. His next two papers would be upon the Tissues as a whole — the first
on the Homogeneous tissues — such as pith, bark, cork, the cuticle and its ap-
pendages; and the other upon the Heterogeneous tissues, such as wood. Gentle-
men who would undertake to bring their miscroscopes for the purpose of
exhibiting specimens would much oblige by communicating with Mr. Jackson,
who had undertaken the arrangements ; and if any members would bring
specimens bearing on the subject he should be glad.

Announcements of meetings, &c., were made, and the proceedings terminated
with a conversazione, at which the following objects were exhibited : —

Peristome of Moss by Mr. W. G. Cocks.

Diatomacese from the Fountains of St. ■)

Peter's at Eome j Mr. T. Cnrties.

Jjaxvsi of Tipula crystallina Mr. Dunning.

Aulacodiscus Margaritaceus Mr. Glasspoole.

Eupodiscus sculptus , Mr. Hainworth.

Section of Kidney of Eabbit Mr. F. Reeve.

Salicine (by polarized light and new %

arrangement of working Darker's >■ Mr. Richardson,
films) 3

Section of grass stem Mr. Slade.

Attendance - Members, 74 ; Visitors, 8 ; total. 82.

311

June 12th, 1874. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited —

Spicules of Qorgonia Mr. Corbett.

Thrips mmutissima (Smother-fly) Mr. Enock.

Aphis of the Maple Mr. Goodinge.

Circulation in the gills of Newt Mr. Israel.

Aulacodiscus Oreganus ... Mr. Moginie.

Culex pipieiis Mr. Geo. Williams.

Distillation from vapour of Coke (polar.) ... ,,

To illustrate Dr. Braithwaite's 5th Paper on the Histology of Plants.

Stomata of the White Lily

Glandular hairs of Chenopodium Bonus 7

Henricus ... )

Moniliform hairs on stamens of Trades- 1

cantia Virginica ^

Stellate hairs of Arcdia papyri f era

ScqXqb of Eleagnus

,, Correa cardinalis

Section of leaf of Yucca

Cuticle of Holly leaf

Section of Birch bark

,, Black currant tree

Stomata of Cactus

Sting of Nettle

Attendance — Members, 70 j visitors, 4 ;

Mr.

Andrew.

Dr. Braithwaite.

Mr.

Dunning.

Mr.

Golding.

Mr.

Hainworth.

Mr.

B. D. Jackson.

Mr.

H. Johnson.

Mr,

, W. W. Keeves.

Mr,

. Topping.

Mr. T. C. White.

Mr. T. C. White.

, 4;

total, 74.

June 26th, 1874. — Dr. R. Braithwaite, F.L.S., President,
in tlie Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.

The following donations to the Club were announced —

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal'' from the Publisher.

*' Science Gossip" ... ,,

•' Memoirs of the Literary and Philosophical Society ) ,, g . ,

of Manchester,' vol. 4. i

Proceedings of the same Society, vols. 8, 9, & 10 ... ,,

The thanks of the Club were voted to the donors.

The following gentlemen were balloted for and duly elected members of the
Club :-

Mr. John Badcock, Mr. Henry Brady, Mr. E. A. Fardon, Mr. John H. Gritton
Mr. Joseph Gritton, Mr. W. W. Hewitt, Dr. Thomas Magor, and Mr. John E
Kogers.

The Secretary announced that he had only that morning received a note from
Mr. Samuel Holmes, stating that he was unable to attend the meeting and read
his paper, though he had been announced to do so. On receipt of the letter he
had sent to Mr Crisp, asking him to see Mr. Holmes if possible, and get him to
let them have the paper to read at the meeting. Mr. Crisp had kindly sent
down at once about it, but unfortunately without results j he regretted this very

312

much, because the paper had been advertised, and as he had understood from
Mr. Holmes some time ago that the paper was then ready, he did not think it
necessary to provide anything else in case of failure; they were therefore with-
out a paper for the evening.

The President reminded the members that according to the rules of the Club,
nominations must be made that evening for oflBcers of the Society who were to
be ballotted for at the next meeting ; and Rule 3, which related to the matter,
was read to the meeting.

The President announced the following nominations : — As President for the
ensuing year. Dr. Matthews ; as Treasurer and Secretaries, the same gentlemen
who had filled those offices during the year now dra^vingto a close ; and as Vice-
Presidents, Dr. Braithwaite, Mr. Lowne, Mr C. F. White, and Mr. T. C.
White.

The following nominations were then made for six vacancies on the Com-
mittee : —

Mr. W. A. Bevington Proposed by Mr. Ward Seconded by Mr. Crisp.
Mr. F. W. Andrew ,, Mr. A. Smith ,, Mr. Curties.

Mr. Golding ,, Mr. Freeman „ Mr. Goodinge.

Mr. G. Williams ,, Mr. Slade ,, Dr. Matthews.

Mr. T. Eogers ,, Mr. Hembry ,, Mr. Cocks.

Mr. E. Bartlett ,, Mr. Curties „ Mr. Terry.

Mr. Sigsworth , , Mr. Smith , , Mr. T. C. White.

Mr. Newton ,, Mr. Jaques ,, Mr. Waller.

Dr. Foulerton „ Mr. Golding ,, Mr. Wright.

Mr. Nelson ,, Mr. Marks ,, Mr Ingpen.

In accordance with the rule, a show of hands was taken by the President in
order to reduce the number to nine, and Mr. Nelson being in the minority his
name was removed.

Mr. Terry objected to the taking of the show of hands, as he considered that
it was entirely opposed to the principles of the ballot.

The President explained that according to the rules the number of the
persons nominated must be reduced by show of hands, in order that not more
than one half more than the number to be elected should be printed on the
balloting papers. What had been done was strictly in accordance with the
rule, which he called upon the Secretary to read. -Eule III. read accordingly.

Mr. J E. Ingpen gave notice that at the following meeting he should move
that an alteration should be made in rule 1, by adding the words " except
August and September" after the words " every month." The object he had in
view in making the alteration was to omit the ordinary meetings on the fourth
Fridays in the two months named, and to make use of those evenings as conver-
sational meetings, t;he same as those usually held on the second Fridays. During
the summer months many members were away from home, and it was difficult
to get either papers or a large attendance, and he thought it would be of ad-
vantage that they should have some little vacation, as was the case in all other
societies. Of course those members who were in town would be able to attend
the conversational meetings held on the usual nights instead of the ordinary
meetings.

The President having ruled that this proposal must be seconded,

Dr. Foulerton seconded it.

Dr. Matthews proposed to make an alteration in rule 6, by omitting from it
the word ' ' Foreign." As the rule stood they were only able to elect foreign

J

313

honorary members, and he thought ib might be desirable to have the power of
placing others also upon this list. He proposed this alteration !i t the present
time with reference to Dr. Sharpey, whose fame was universal, and who was now
retiring from all active life, and it would be doing an honour to themselves to
elect him as their first English honorary member.

Mr T. C. White seconded the proposal, which was carried unanimously.

The President invited the nomination of a gentleman to act as auditor of the
accounts on behalf of the members.

Mr. Dobson was then proposed by Mr. James Smith, seconded by Mr. Gay,
and elected auditor by show of hands.

Mr. T. C. White said that he had brought with him to the meeting some
sections of the gritty tissue of the pear ; they were not prepared from the ripe
fruit, but from those pears which could at this season of the year be found in
great abundance underneath the trees, prematurely cast off by blight. He had
often thought that it might be possible to get the cells of a much larger size in
specimens cut from very young pears in which there had not teen time for the
woody deiDosit to fill up the cells, and in these pears his surmises had turned out
correct, the cells presenting the sclerogenous deposit in various stages of
thickening, from a thin layerliniug the cell to that wherein a mere " lacuna"
is left. In addition to the specimens exhibited he had also brought with him a
number of sections for distribution to any member who liked to have them. In
mounting them he found that logwood stained them better than carmine, but
he thought they were best when not stained at all. His specimens were
mounted in a weak solution of acetate of potash, but he rather thought that
gelatine would be a better medium.

Mr. F. H. Wenham thought that Mr. White would find the tissue very hard in
the maturer fruit ; so hard, indeed, as to require to be ground down. It was
very analagous to the stone in stone fruit, and the wilder the pear the harder
and more like a stone would this gritty tissue be found. Professor Quekctt had
described it, and had given figures.

Mr. T. C. White said he knew that Professor Quekett had referred to this
woody tissue or sclerogen, and that bethought it allied to the shell of the cocoa-
nut. He should be glad to hear the President's remarks about it, seeing that it
came within the scope of his papers on cell growth.

The President said that he objected to the term sclerogen altogether, and
looked upon it as a most objectionable and unnecessary term. It was, in fact,
a condition such as might go on in any part of the plant. As to any special
tissue called sclerogen, it was perfect nonsense. Lignification might takcaplace
in any of the tissues ; it was really not a special condition at all, but rather a
state of conversion of the tissue, and this would no doubt ia certain cases be con-
verted into stone. In the wild pear it was gritty, and the better the pear the
less hard did it become. When ground down it was one of the most beautiful
objects to be seen, and furnished to his mind the most beautiful evidence of
design as providing for the carrying on of growth and nutrition under these
conditions.

The President announced that the concluding paper of his course upon cell
development would be taken as read that evening.

iJr. Ingpen described a new form of achromatic prism which was being con-
structed for him by Mr. Browning. In this form, the prism had plane sides,
and the condensing lens was a plano-convex achromatic, the flat side of which
could be placed close to one side of the prism, or removed at pleasure. The

314

prism could therefore be used in place of either the plane or the concave
mirror.

Mr. Wenham, in reply to a question put to him, said that the principle of this
arrangement was simple and obvious, and it would no doubt perfectly answer,
there would be a little loss of light unless the two parts were cemented.

The list of meetings and excursions for the ensuing month was then read, and
the proceedings closed as usual with a conversazione, at which the following
objects were exhibited : —

Book Insect (undescribed) by Mr. F. W. Andrew.

Plumatella re.pens Mr. W. G. Cocks.

Flea of Hedgehog, with arnri ... .. Mr. Freeman.

Cardnns mcenas {Isi silage) ... Mr. J. W. Goodinge-

Microscopic Writing — (the Lord's Prayer) Mr. Moginie.
Marchantia polymorpka (section through ") jr gi^de

disc) J

Piiccinia Malvacearmm (the new holly- ") -kit j a Smith
hock disease) ... ... J

Gritty Tissue in Young Pear ") j^^^._ r^ q White.

CEciclinm Urticce 3

PIah/sfomaseminaHo7ies (maxhle nettle fly)... Mr. G. Williams.
Sections of Insects' eyes (showing the retina) Mr. R. P. Williams.
Attendance— Members, 67; Visitors, 8; total, 75.

July 10th, 1874. — Conyersational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —

New Infusorian Mr. Badcock.

Wing of Midge ... ... ... ... Mr. Freeman.

'Ruhj-ta,il Fly , Chrysis ignita ... Mr. Geo. Williams.

Attendance— Members, 37-

July 24th, 1874. — Anniversary Meeting.

Dr. R. Braithwaite, F.L.S., President, in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read, and confirmed.

The meeting was then made special for the purpose of correcting an in-
formality which occurred in the nomination of Vice-Presidents at the meeting
held June 26th, in consequence of which such nominations were rendered void.

The following gentlemen were then nominated to fill the offices of Vice-
Presidents during the ensuing year : —

Dr Braithwaite Proposed by Mr. Golding Seconded by Mr. Jackson.
Mr. B. T. Lowne ,, Mr. T. C. White ,, Mr. Hainworth.

Mr. C.F.White ,, Dr. Matthews „ Mr. Waller.

Mr. T. C. White ,, Mr. Jackson ,, Dr. Ramsbotham.

Dr. Matthew?, in accordance with notice given at the meeting in June, moved
the alteration of rule 6, by omitting the word " Foreign," in order to enable the

315

Club to elect as honorary members such distinguished persons from amongst
their own countrymen as they might from time to time desire to honour in this
manner.

The motion having been seconded by Mr. Greenish was put to the meeting,
and carried unanimously.

In the absence of Mr. Ingpen (who was unavoidably prevented from attending
by the results of a recent accident), a proposal to alter rule 1, of which he had
given notice at the previous meeting, could not be laid before the meeting.

The President having requested that two gentlemen might be nominated as
ScrutineerSj

Mr. Eeeves was proposed by Mr. Jackson, and seconded by Mr. Hain worth, and
Mr. Terry was proposed by Mr. Curties, and seconded by Mr. Moginie ; and
upon submitting their names to the meeting, they were duly elected, and pro-
ceeded at once to the ballot.

Mr. T. C. White (acting as Secretary pro. tern.) then read the Annual Report
of the Committee, and also the Treasurer's Annual Statement of Accounts.

The President moved that the Reports which had been read should be adopted
and printed.

Mr. S. J. Mclntire seconded the proposition, which was put to the meeting
and carried unanimously.

The President then read his Annual Address to the Club.

The Scrutineers having handed in their report, the following gentlemen were
declared to have been duly elected Officers of the Club for the ensuing year : —

As President ... ... Dr. Matthews.

As Vice-Presidents ... P^* ^raithwaite, Mr. Lowne. Mr. C. F.

(. White, and Mr. T. C. White.
As Treasurer ... ... Mr. Hardwicke.

As Hon. Secretary ... Mr. Ingpen.

As Hon. Secretary for ) ^^^ -^^_ ^^ ^^^j^^_
Foreign Correspondence '

The result of the ballot for six memb.'rs of Committee was stated to be as
under : —

I Dr. Foulerton,
Mr. Rogers,

As Members of Committee ..

Mr. Bevington,
Mr. G. Williams,
Mr. Newton,
I Mr. Sigs worth.

The retiring President then vacated the Chair in favour of his newly-elected
successor.

Dr. Matthews (who was very cordially received on taking the chair as Presi-
dent) said — Dr. Braithwaite and Gentlemen : In my earnest desire to express
my profound sense of the honour you have conferred upon me, I hope I may
venture to observe that there are certain occasions in this life — and this I take
to be one of them — when it may be permitted to a man to speak of himself — to
be egotistical in a sense, though not in the usual sense of self-laudation. It has
become a proverb, almost too trite for repetition, that self-knowledge is the
most difficult, the most costly, the most deferred of all kinds of knowledge.
This is well exemplified in my case, since 1 was not at all aware until about two

316

months ago that I possessed any sufficient qualifications for the office which
you have now called on me to fill. Even now, at this last moment, when a hint
of my unfitness— tliough from my own mouth — would seem to stultify your
decision, which I certainly shall not risk, I entreat you to bi'lieve in the reality
of my diffidence in my power to discharge the duties of this office with real
efficiency. And this diffidence arises very largely from my sense of the great
ability which has been displayed by my predecessors in this chair, together
with a consciousness that I am neither a profound histologist nor an accom-
plished anatomist, as most of them have been, but simply a microseopist,
though my profession has, of course, demanded of me some knowledge of both
those sciences. Many now present are aware that I have devoted myself largely,
or at least earnestly, to the improvement of the microscope and its manipula-
tions, for I am well aware, gentlemen, that, in the words of a humorous and
witty old friend whom I see before me, some very profound (and questionable)
discoveries have been made by the aid of " a bad microscope and a lively
imagination." It is from error arising in these cases that I have laboured to
free our art. Amidst my— as it now seems— self-inflicted discouragements, I
have taken courage from the following reflections : — First, that you have always
shown yourselves indulgent to, and sympathetic with, those who have exerted
themselves honestly to serve you ; next, in that, after much thought on the
duties of your chairman, I have come to the conclusion that he is not in that
place to display his own acquirements, or to air his own knowledge, but to dis-
charge the office of one of those bodies in nature, which, though of but minor
importance in themselves, are yet capable of eff'ecting great changes in other
bodies— I mean the ferments. This function it is, I think, the proper office of
your chairman to discharge, whether he does it by judicious timely observations
or by pertinent inquiries, or even, now ai?d then, by well considered papers;
and I may here say that if these last be needed they will not be wanting.
Gentlemen, I spoke but now of the ability of my predecessors, which I am
thankful, both for myself and you, thus publicly to acknowledge ; but whatever
their ability, however profound their acquirements, there is one point in which
I will never yield to them, and that is in my ardent desire and earnest intention
to do all in my power to promote the objects and further the interests of this
society. I have said enough — I fear even too much- of myself. I now am
silent, that I may in future speak -with the more efi'ect of the labours and the
merits of others.

Mr. S. J. Mclntire proposed a vote of thanks to their late President, Dr.
Braithwaite, for the zeal, learning, usefulness, and courtesy displayed to every
member of the Club during his period of office

The proposal was seconded by Mr. J. G, Waller, and carried unanimously.

It was proposed by Mr. T. C. White, and seconded by Dr. Matthews, that the
address which the late President had read should be printed and circulated.

Put and carried unanimously.

Mr. T. C. White proposed that a cordial vote of thanks be presented to the
officer.? and authorities of University College for their continued kindness and
generous courtesy in allowing the meetings of the Club to be held in that
building.

This motion having been seconded by Dr. Braithwaite, was carried by ac-
clamation.

A vote of thanks to the Scrutineers for the careful and efficient manner in
which they had presided over the ballot was proposed by Mr. Johnson, seconded
by Mr. Marks, and carried unanimously.

317

A vote of thants to tbe oflScers of tbe Club generally was proposed by Mr.
Curties, seconded by Mr Gardiner, and carried 7iem. dis.

Mr. Curties inquired whether Mr. Ingpen's motion to hold conversational
meetings on the fourth Fridays in August and September, in lieu of ordinary
meetings, would be brought forward.

The President did not see how they could deal with it, since in the absence of
both mover and seconder there was no one to lay it before them.
The following donations to the Club were announced : —

" The Popular Science Review" from the Publisher.

" The Monthy Mici'oscopical Journal" ... ,,

" Science Gossip" ... ... ... ... ,,

' ' The list of Members and Annual Report ") ^-^ Societv

of the British Naturalists' Society" J
" Frey's Work on the Microscope and 7 j^j^ rp n ^^l^[iQ

Microscopic Technology" ... J

" The American Naturalist" ... ... in exchange.

"Quarterly Journal of Microscopical ) Pn-ohaspd

Science" '

The thanks of the meeting were voted to the Donors.

The following gentlemen were balloted for, and duly elected members of the
Club: -Mr. Thos. H. Powell, Mr. William Rushton, Mr. Jas. Wallis, and Mr.
C. E. Webb.

The usual announcements oP meetings and excursions for the ensuing mouth
were then made, and the proceedings terminated.

It was remarked that, for the first time within the history of the Club, no
objects were exhibited.

Attendance— Members, 77 ; Visitors, 9 ; total, 86.

Erratum. — The plate illustrating Geo. Hoggaii, Esqr.'s paper is
iiimibered xiii., instead of xi. The latter number is therefore
deficient, whilst there are two plates numbered xiii.

318

PAST PRESIDENTS.

EDWIN LANKESTER, M.D., F.R.S.
ERNEST HART ....
ARTHUR E. DURHAM, F.L.S., &c.

)5 »> V • '

PETER LE NEVE FOSTER, M.A.
LIONEL S. BEALE, M.B., F.R.S., &c.

ROBERT BRAITHWAITE, M.D., F.L.S., &c

July,

1875

JJ

18G6

JJ

1867

V

1868

»>

1869

55

1870

55

1871

})

1872

9?

1873

INDEX

PAGE.

Ague Plant, on the 116

Algae, on collecting and preserving

freshwater 192

An omission corrected ... ... 101

Aubrey, Eev. H. G. W , on a tur-
pentine bath 161

Balance-sheet 1873-4 338

Bartlettj Dr. John, on the Ague

Plant 116

Bath, on a new form of turpentine 161
"Black-knot," notes on the ... 82
Braithwaite, Dr, E., on the his-
tology of plants-129, 163, 211,
238, 278, 286, 327
Burch, G. J., on making thin cover-
glass 261

Cells, a new form, made by the *

sand blast process 227

Cells, on cutting ... ... ... 33

Cooke, M. C, on old nettle stems

and their micro-fungi ... 69
,, on Spilocea Pomi ... ... 197

Curties, T., on insect mounting in

hot climates 230

De Bary on the potato disease ... 139
De Brebisson, death of Mens. Al-

phonse 41

Development of Hydra vulgaris ... 263
Diatomacea3, recent observations

on 68

Dynamometer, on a standard ... 97
English, T. J., on a pneumatic in-
jecting, apparatus 99

Errata 101, 817

False- light excluder for objectives 262
Flea, on the internal structure of

the 12

Flint, on the microscopic struc-
ture of ... 234

Freshwater Algse, on collecting
and preserving ... 192

PAGE.
Freshwater Sponges, observations
on the 42

Fullagar, Jas., on the development

of Hydra vulgaris 263

Furlonge, W. H., on Pulex ir-

ritans ... ... ... 12

,, on a phenomenon of mo-
nocular vision ... ... ... 39

Glass, how to make thin cover ... 261
Guy on the illuminator hand mi-
croscope ... ... .. ... 65

Hailes, H. F., on cells made by the
sand blast process ... ... 227

Histo Chemical Researches on the

fall of leaves in the autumn ... 102

Histology of Plants, on the— 129, 103

211, 238, 27^, 286, 327

Hoggan, Geo., on a new form of

section-cutting machine... ... 266

Hydra vulgaris, development of ... 263
Hymenoptera, on characteristics

of certain 187

Illuminator hand microscope, Dr.

Guy's 65

Ingpen, J. E., on a standard Dyna-
mometer 97

,, on insect mountiug

,, in hot climates ... 230

,, on a " false -light

excluder" ... 262

Injecting Apparatus, on a pneumatic 99
Insect mountiug in hot climates... 230
Jackson, B. D., translation of Dr.
Ledeganck's researches on the

fall of the leaf 102

Johnsou M. H., on the microscopic

structure of flint 234

Lattey, A. H. H., on Polyzoa ... 1
LeaveSjOn the fall of,in the autumn 102
Ledeganck, Dr. K., on the fall of
leaves in the autumn 102

63143

INDEX.

PAGE.

Lowne, B. T., on cliaracteristics

of certain of the Hymenoptera ... 187
Magnifying power, standard dyna-
mometer for determining ..." 97
Micro-fungi on nettle stems,

Cooke on 69

Microscope, Dr. Guy's illuminator
hand — ... ... ... ... 65

Microscopical injecting apparatus 99
Microscopic sections, preparation

of 255,266

Microscopic structure of flint ... 234
MicroscojDic writing, &c , 113, 155, 198,

228
Monocular vision, on a phenonenon

of 39

Mounting insects in hot climates... 230
,, opaque objects, an im-
proved method 232

Nerves, so-called, of teeth 5

Nettle stems, Cooke on micro-fungi

of 69

New form of section cutting
machine ... ... ... ... 266

Newton, E. T., on sections of soft

tissues ... ... 255

Nobert's tests, on 155, 198

Notes on the " Black Knot " ... 82

Notices... 4, 41

Objective, Schieck's new l-40th... 101
Objectives, false light excluder for 262
,, on the measurement of

the focal length and
power of ... ... 34

,, the best, simplest, and

most unerring tests for, 113, 155, 198
Observations on the the polyzoa... 1
Omission corrected, an ... ... 101

Opaque objects, on a new method

of mounting 232

Peck, C. H., on the "black-knot" 82
Phenomenon of monocular vision,

on a ... 39

Phot (graphs of microscopic writing,

on some 228

Physiology of plants 327

Plants, on the histology of— 129, 163,

211, 238, 278, 286,327

Pneumatic injecting apparatus ... 99

PAGE.
Polyzoa, observations on the ... 1

Potato disease, the 139

President's address, 1874 327

Presidents, list of Past 318

Proceedings— 26, 53,89, 118,146,171,
201, 218, 243, 305, 317
Pulex irritans, on the internal

structure of 12

Eecent observations onDiatomacese 68
Report of Committee, 1873-4. ... 319
Royston-Pigott, Dr., on measure-
ment of focal length and power

of objectives 34

Salisbury, Dr. J. H , on the Ague-
plant ... ... 116

Sand-blast process, on cells made

by the 227

Schieck's New l-40th objective ... 101
Section-cutting machines... 255, 266
Sections of soft tissues, prepara-
tion of 255

Smith, Ja™es, on cutting cells ... 33

Soir(^e (1872) 49

„ (1873) 171

„ (1874) 299

Spiloccea Po7ni ... 197

Sponges, observations on the fresh-
water 42

Standard Dynamometer, on a ... 97
Tests for objectives ... 113, 155, 198
Turpentine bath, on a new form of 161
Waller, J. G., on the fresh-water

sponges 42

Webb, W., on "Nobert's Tests," 155,

198
, , on the best and simplest

tests for objectives ... ... 113

White, T. C, on the so-called

"nerve' of the Tooth ... 5
,, on an improved method
of mounting opaque ob-
jects 232

Wood, Dr. H , on collecting and

preserving fresh-water Algae ... 192
Woodward, Dr. J. J., on Nobert's
tests and Webb's Microsocopic

writing 198, 223

Vision, on a phenomenon of mono-
cular 39

PLATES

CONTAINED IN THIS VOLUME.

Plate.
1 1 Internal structure of the Flea, illustrating paper by W. H. Furlonge, at
2j p. 12.

> Svongilla fluviaUls, illustrating paper by J. G. Waller, at p. 42.
4)

5 Pneumatic Injecting Apparatus, illustrating paper by T. J. English, at

p. 99.

/Histology of Plants, illustrating papers by Dr. Braithwaite, at pp. 129,

8 j 162, 211.

9 Microscopic Structure of Flint, illustrating paper by M. H. Johnson at

p. 234.
10 Histology of Plants, illustrating paper by Dr. Braithwaite at p. 23S.

^ >Hydra vulgaris, illustrating paper by James FuUagar, at p. 263.

13* Section-cutting Machine, illustrating paper by G. Hoggan, at p. 266.

1^7 Histology of Plants, illustrating papers by Dr. Braithwaite, at pp. 278.
15) 286.

YOLJa.

PLATE, i.

^.^^^mfWP^^^^

-^iUiui^^ma^

Ialea> Tmtcavs.

E CbokA.Ivtfy.

TOL.TI

PLATE. Z.

:::s:;::s:::i!SSnSSSSSS.

Fcde6o ir-nJ-jxns.

Oxh.- ii FuVkerUufTiMm/ lu/f^. Wtdmi/t^Uf

PL. 111.

yw

/illy/- "'^

V

'Y

(A''

-^'

r'

^^

i^ K^ del

\^^^-i^-4^^

8

Cooke- tS: Fat}icii.ng}uxr,v.}ith . We^stnxmster.

SP ON GILL A PLUVI ATILIS .

PL.IV

6 . GO cUarpy

4 . 700 diam.

.h-H::h^.

-V^^^^

-^

'"'"^feti^ip^ii^

j: (?. Ti^ /^

Caol(? & T Other mahoan. ~hU:h Wes^mxrisbcr-.

SPONGILLA FLUVIATILIS.

10 INCH£.S-

H

Tig-. 1

M

FLATE.5.

P

G H

B^. 111.

IT

Tig- 11.

Fig. IV.

n. VL

iL^vT,n^. del.

)tfe & Fotiiei iagl-bcOTL^litii

PZ . Vll

.,^^^->.,

'^%=^^

1/

%

ff £» fe^.

^

■0 „^ o <? 0

D^ BTaatta^^-Jlte, dpi.

Zoc.ke S-. Pctheria^ajiL, litii.

PL. vm.

E. . Braxtbw-aite , djel.

E C-ote.lLtl-.

JVf II •Johnsan 3^/

E Cooke. Ivthy.

Fl. X.

Tl braatlrwciite , del .

E . L.ooke, iitlv.

?LXll

' ■». '" 'T yn^ii

"r X,

■ 4^

.m^.

.

i,^m

-m. ff.

TLXJU

;# ;. -

%.> .'^

'M.

:IP

M XM.

Henry. F Hfl/LEs Del.

Wkit»miaitEas-s./*<»to=i^i/«' '^ '><« '/u^v« ^36.Ei4'

'J.. 7^17-

jy^ SrcuUkv^aiM., djeL

E. Cmlw, Ivth

PL. jy.

Xr 3roai7avca;te' . ol/'Z

is Oioko. ItjOv

CATALOGUE

OF

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

ANIMAL.

Sect. A .— VERTEBRA TA .

1. BiMANA.

A.

Donor.

1.

Human blood crystals B

.. B. W. Eichardson

2.

„ cerebellum B ...

.. C.B. Wiles.

3.

„ kidney (section) B

. B. W. Eichardson.

4.

„ lip ( „ )B

. T. Curties.

5.

„ lung B

. A. Topping.

6.

„ placenta B

. C.B. Wiles.

7.

„ scalp (section) B

.. T. Curties.

8.

scalp ( „ ) B

.. A. Topping.

9.

skinB

. C. B. Wiles.

10.

„ skin, sole of child's foot B

. C.B. Wiles.

11.

„ skin, section of Negro's B

. Mr. Taylor.

12.

Do. do. B

. M.C.Cooke.

13.

„ Do. do. Westminster Abbey B ..

. H. P. Hailes.

14.

„ tongue B

. C.B. Wiles.

15.

„ Dental exostosis B

2. QUADEUMANA.

. T. C. White.

16.

Hsjix oi Goliiber gueriza (black)...

. H.F. Hailes.

17.

„ Do. do. (white) ...

. H.F. Hailes.

18.

„ Gorilla

Mr. Simson.

19.

„ Marmosette B

. G. Potter.

20.

„ Semncypithecusohscurus...

. M.C.Cooke.

21.

„ Stenops javanicus B ...

>>

22.

„ Stenops tardigradus, Jjevawc B ...

5>

28.

• 5, Galeopithecus volans (Back) B

„

24.

„ (Belly) B

„

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

A.

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

31.

32.

33.

34.

35.

36.

37.

38.

39.

40.

41.

42.

43.

44.

45.

46.

47.

48.

49.

50.

51.

52.

53.

54.

55.

56.

57.

58.

59.

60.

61.

62.

63.

64.

65.

66.

67.

70.
71.
72.
73.

74.

3. Cheiroptera.

Hair of Australian Bat B

„ Long-eared Bat (Cuba) ...

„ Barhastellus communis " Barbastelle"

„ Barhastellus Dauhentoni (Britain) B

,, Cynopterus hrevicaudatus

„ Cynopterus Eorsfieldii (Java) B...

„ Cynopterus Eorsfieldii {3 a.YQ') ...

„ Cynopterus marginatus (N. India) B

Cynopterus marginatus (N. India)
„ Cynopterus titthcechilus (India) B
Cynopterus titthcechilus (India) ...
„ Hipposideros armiger (India) B ...
„ Hipposideros armiger (India)
„ Hipposideros galeritus ...
„ Hipposideros insignis (Java) B ...
„ Hipposideros insignis {3 &rii)
„ Hipposideros murinus (S. India) B
„ Hipposideros murinus (S. India)...
Hipposideros nohilis (Malacca) B
„ Hipposideros wobiJis (Malacca) ...
„ Hipposideros larvatus (Sylhet) B
„ Hipposideros larvatus (Sylhet) ...

Hipposideros tridens (Mesopotamia)
„ Hipposideros vulgaris (Java) B ...
„ Hipposideros vulgaris (3 a>y a)
„ Hipposideros Bouxii {India,) H ...
„ Hipposideros Bouxii (Indm)
„ Kerivoula Hardwichii (India) B . . .
Kerivoula HardwicMi (India) ...
Kerivoula papulosa (India) ^ ...
Kerivoula papulosa (India)
„ Kerivoula picta CN. India) B ...
„ Kerivoula picta CN . India)
„ Lasiurus cenereus (Chicago, U.S.)
„ Lasiur^(,s intermedius (Mexico) ...

Lasiurus Novehoracensis (Tennessee)
„ Lasiurus Pearsoni (N. India) B ...
„ Lasiurus Pearsoni (N. India)
„ Macroglossus minimus (Java) B
„ Macroglossus minimus (Java) ...
„ Macrotus Californicus (California)
„ Megaderma lyra (India) B
„ Megaderma lyra (India)
„ Megaderma spasma (Malaya) B...
„ Megaderma spasma (Malaya) ...
Mormops Blainvillei (Mexico) ...
„ Nycteris javanica (Java) B
„ Nycteris javanica (3 aya)
„ Nycticejus crepuscularis (Mexico)
, Nycticejus flaveolus (India) B ...

JDonor.
G. E. Quick.
M. C. Cooke.

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

Ilai

r of Nycticejus jiaveolus (India)

Nycticejus ornatus (Himalayas) B
Nycticejus ornatus (Himalayas) ...
Nycticejus Temminclcii (India) B
Nycticejus TemmincMi (India) ...
Nyctinomus nasutus (California)...
Nyctinomus teiiuis (India) B
Nyctinomus plicutus {J Sbva,)
Plecotus auritus (Britain)
Plecotus Darjelingensis (Sikkim) B
Plecotus Darjelingensis (Sikkim)
Plecotus homochrous (S. India) 3
Plecotus homochrous (S. India) ...
Pteropus eclidis (Bengal) B
Pteropus edulis (Bengal)
Pteropus Edwardsii (India) B ...
' Pteropus Edwardsii {India.)
Pteropus poliocephalus (New Holland)
Pteropus poliocephalus (New Holland)
Rhinolophus affinis (Malaya) B ...
Bhinolophus affinis (Malaya)
Rhinolophus Ivipposideros (Britain)
Bhinolophus luctns
Rhinolophus minor (JjoAxb) "&
Rhinolophus minor (Java)

Rhinolophus murinus "B

Rhinolophus Pearsonii (Sikkim) B
Rhinolophus Pearsonii (Sikkim) . . .
Rhinolophus perniger (India) B ...
Rhinolophus perniger {hxdvdi)
Rhinolophus tragatus (N. India) B
Rhinolophus tragatus (N. India)
Rhinopoma Hardwichii (India) B
Rhinopoma HardwicTcii (India) . . .
Rhinopoma microphylla (Egypt) B
Rhinopoma microjjhylla (Egypt)
Scotophilus Oarolinensis (Nebraska)
8cotophilus Coromandelinus (S. India)
Scotophilus Coromandelinus (S. India)
Scotophilus Georgianus (Pennsylvania)
Scotophilus fuscus (Nebraska) ...
Scotop>hilus lohatus (W. India) B
Scotophilus lohatus (W. India) ...
Scotophilus Maderaspatensis (S. India)
Scotophilus Maderaspatensis (S. India)
Scotophilus noctivagans (Nebraska)
Scotophilus Temminclcii (Penang)
Taphozous longimanus (India) B
Taphozous longimanus (India) ...
Taphozous melanopogon (India) B
Ta/phozous melanopogon (India) ...

Donor,
M. C. Cooke.

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

A.

Bonor.

126.

Hair of Ta/pliozous saccolaimus (Java) ...

.. M.C.Cooke.

127.

jj

Vespertilio adversus (Java) B ...

55

128.

55

Vespertilio adversus (Java)

..

,

129.

55

Vespertilio hlepotis (Timor)

..

>

130.

55

Vespertilio imhricatus (Java) B . . .

..

5

131.

55

Vespertilio imhricatus (Java)

,

132.

55

Vespertilio lucifiigus (California)

>

133.

55

Vespertilio mysticinus (Britain) ...

..

3J

134.

55

Vesjjertilio Natterii (Britain)

..

3

135.

55

Vespertilio nitens (California) ...

..

,

136.
137.

55

Vespertilio Novehoracensis (U. States) .
Vespertilio suhulatus (Michigan)

3

J
3

138.

„

Vespertilio tralititius (India) B ...

••

5

139.

55

Vespertilio tralititius (India)

.

3

140.

Membrane of "Ra.twing, Scotophilus lohatus, B

5

4. Insectivora.

141.

Hair of Erinaceus collouris (India) B

... M.C.Cooke.

142.

55

Erinaceus collaris (India)

5)

143.

Sorex casrulescens (India) B

,,

144.

3

Sorex coerulescens (India)

5

145.

,

Sorex murinus (India) B

35

146.

55

Sorex nntrinus {India,) ...

,,

147-8.

Talpa Europosa, Mole ...

.. G.E. Quick.

149.

,

Talpa Europosa, Mole ...

.. S. J. Mclntire.

150.

5

Talpa Europoea, Mole ...

.. W. H. Goddard.

151.

Talpa Europoea, Cream-coloured Mole

.. M. C. Cooke.

152.

,

Talpa micrur a (India.) ^

53

153.

5

Talpa onicntra (India) ...

3»

154.

,

Tupaia ferruginea (India) B ...

5»

155.

„

Tupaia ferruginea (India)

35

156.

Lip of

Erinaceus Europoeus, Hedgehog B
5. Carnivoba..

.. T. Curties.

157.

Hair of Aonyx indigitatus, " Mepal Otter" B

.. M. C. Cooke.

158.

35

Enliydra lutris, Sea Otter B ...

.. W.H. Goddard.

159.

55

Felis leo, Lion B

55

160.

55

„ Lion B

.. T. EusseU.

161.

,j

„ Lion B

.. C. Bennett, jun.

162,163. „

Felis leopai'dus. Leopard B

.. G. E. Quick.

164.

55

„ „ Leopard B

.. T. EusseU.

165.

„

Felis po/rdus, Panther B

.. G. E. Quick.

166.

53

Felis tigris, " Bengal Tiger" B

.. W. H. Goddard

167.

55

Gymnura Rafflesii (Malacca) B...

.. M. C. Cooke.

168.

55

Gymnura Rafflesii (Malacca)

35

169.

„

Lutra vulgaris, " Otter " B

55

170.

„

Mustela canigula (India.) B

55

171.

33

Mustelaerminea," Stoat" "B

J5

172.

55

„ Ermine (dry) ...

.. W. Hislop.

173.

55

55 „ (Spirits)

33

174.

55

» „ (Balsam)

33

175.

55

,, Ermine

.. C. J.

Breeze.

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

A.

176.
177.

178.
179.
180.
181.
182.
183.
184.
185.
186.
187.
188.
189.
190.
191.
192.
193.
194.
195.
196.
197.
198.
199.
200.
201.
202.
203.
204.

Hairof MusTET.A (leucopus?) Sable (Dry)

JJUIWI .

... W. Hislop.

„ „ Sable (Spirits)

,,

Sable (Balsam)

5?

Sable B ...

... H. F. Hailes.

„ B...

... G. E. Quick.

„ Mustela putorius " Polecat" B ...

... M.C.Cooke.

Fitcliet (Dry)

... W. Hislop.

„ „ (Spirits)

»

„ „ „ (Balsam)

55

„ Mustela vulgaris, Weasel B

... T. Eussell.

„ Mustela martes, Weasel 1&

... M.C.Cooke.

„ Stone marten ...

... W.W.Reeves.

„ Paradoxurus Derby anus (India) B

... M.C.Cooke.

„ Procyon lotor, Eacoon ...

... W.W.Reeves

„ Procyon lotor, 'Racoon. B

... H. F. Hailes.

„ TaaJMs meZes, Badger (Dry)

... W. Hislop.

„ (Spirits) ...

»5

„ „ „ (Balsam) ...

55

„ Thalarctos maritimus. Polar bear B

... T. RusseU.

„ Ursus orcios, Brown Bear B

55

„ Ursus Americanus, Bear

... W.W. Reeves

„ Vison lutreola, Mink ...

... C. J. Breeze.

„ Vison hitreola. Mink ...

... W.W.Reeves

„ Viverra Zihetha, Civet 'B

... M.C.Cooke.

„ Vulpes Bengalensis (Bengal) B . . .

55

„ Vulpes flavescens (Candahar) B...

55

„ Vulpes vulgaris. Fox S...

55

„ Vulpes vulgaris, Fox B

... G. E. Quick.

Tongue of Cat (injected) B

... A. Topping.

205.
206.
207.
208.
209.
210.
211.
212.
213.
214.
215.

Ha

6. Amphibia.
r of J.rciocepTiaZwsFai&ZarwZ'icus (Falkland Isles) BM. C. Cooke.
, Otaria Falklandica (New Zealand) B ... „

, Otaria FalTclandica (Falkland Isles) B ... „

, OtariaFalhlandica (Cape' of Good Hope) B „

Yellow Seal B ...

, Dark Brown Seal ... ... ... G. Potter.

, Seal ... ... ... ... ... C. J. Breeze.

Seal B H. F. Hailes.

, Seal ... ... ... ... ... „

, Seal B ... ... ... ... T. Russell.

Seal B G. E. Quick.

7. Marsupialia.

216. Hair of Pterogale xanthopus. Kangaroo B

217. „ Opossum B

8. RODENTIA.

218. Hair of Alactaga Indica (Affgbanistan) B

219. ,, Alactaga Indica (Affghanistan)

220. „ Castor fiber, Bearer B ...

T. Russell.
G. E. Quick.

M. C. Cooke.
H. F. Hailes.

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

A.

221.
222.
223.
224.
225.
226,
228.
229.
230.
231.
232.
233.
234.
235.

240.
241.
242.
243.
244.
245.
246.
247.
248,
250.
251.
252.
253.

254.

Hair of Castor fiber, Beaver B...

CMncMlla laniger, Chincliilla ...
Fiber zibethinus, Musquash B ...
Gerbillus erythrurus (N. W. India) B
Oerbillus erythrurus (N. W. India)

227. „ Lepus timidus, Hare ...

Mus decumanus, Norway Rat B
Mus decumanus, Norway Eat ...
Mus dubius (Nepal.) B ...
Mus dubius (Nepal.)
Mus setifer (Java) B
Mus setifer (Java)
AIus musculus, Mouso B
Myopotamus coypus, Coypu B ...
Pteromys magnifica (Nepal.)
Pteromys magnifica (Nepal.) B ...
Pteromys melanotis (Siam) B ...
Pteromys m^elanotis (Siam)
Sciurus chinensis (China) B
Sciurus Europoeiis, Squirrel
Sciurus Maclellandi (Assam) B...
Sciurus penicellatus (Madras) B
Sciurus LoTcriah (Nepal.) B
Sciurus vulgaris, Squirrel B
Black Eabbit B
Silver Eabbit B

249.

Silver Grey Eabbit B

White Eabbit

EatB
Section of Porcupine Quill. B ...

9. Edentata.
Hair of Ornithorhynchus pa^-adoxus. B

Donor.
M. C. Cooke.
W. W. Eeeves.
M. C. Cooke.

E. Marks.
M. C. Cooke.

W. W. Eeeves.
M. C. Cooke.

G. E. Quick.
G. E. Quick.
C. J. Breeze.

G. E. Quick.
T. Curties.

W. W. Eeeves.

10. Pachtdermata.

255. Bone of Ehinoceros. Fossil. B ...

256. Hair of Eleplias indicus, Elephant (section) B

257. „ „ (section) B

258. ,, „ Peccary (section) B

259. Hoof of Horse (section) B

260. „ Horse B

261. „ PigB

262,263. Horn of Ehinoceros (sections) B

11. Euminantia,

264. Blood Crystals of Sheep

265. llair of Aiichenia pachos, Alpaca B

266. „ Auchenia huanaco, Huanaco B ...

267. „ Camelus drom,edarius (Sindh.)

268. „ Catoblechas gorgon, Gnu 3

A. Topping.
W. H. Goddard.
G. Potter.
T. Eussell.
A. Topping.
M. C. Cooke.
A, Topping.
G. E. Quick.

B. W. Eichardson.
T. Eussell.

M. C. Cooke.
T. Eussell.

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

A.

269.

Hair of Goat B

270.

„

Kolmsky Hair B

271.

>5

Mantchurian Deer B

272,273. „

Mexican Deer B ...

274.

>>

Moschm Banchil B

275.

JJ

Musk (Dry)

276.

>J

„ (Spirits) ...

277.

)5

(Balsam)

278.

>>

Ovisammon Argali B

279.

Eeindeer B

280.

„

Reindeer B

281.

Liver

of Sheep B

282.

Stag's

horn (longitudinal) B

283.

Stag's

horn (transverse) B

12. Cetacea.
284 Dugong Bone. Fossil (transv. sect.)

13. AvES.

285. Blood crystals of Chicken B

286. Feathers of Anashoschas Duck Down. B

287. „ Cuculus cupreus (India)

288. ,, Lophophorus Impeyanus (India)

289. ,, Meleagris gallopavo Turkey Down. B

290. • „ Pawo cristatus, Peacock

291. „ Pavo cristatus, Peacock

292. „ PTias'ia'nws coZcMcits, Pheasant Down.

293. „ Polyplectus HardwicMi (India)

294. •„ Somateria mollissima, Eider Down.

295. 296 „ TrocMlus furcatus (Brazil) ...

14. Eeptilia.
297,298. Anatomy of Tadpole

15. Pisces.

299. Fossil Fish Tooth, Lower Coal Measures (Northum-
berland.) B
300.

301. „ Fish Bone B

302. GiU of sword fish, Xiphias gladius

303. „ epiderm B

304. Periosteum bone of skate

305. Scales of Acerina vulgaris, Pope

306. „ Ahramishrama, Bream...

307. „ Anguilla acutirostris, Eel

308. J, „ mediorostris, Snig eel

309. ,, Clupea sprattus,SpYa,t ...

310. „ Cyprinus awratus, Gold fish

311. „ Cyprinus carpio, Carp ...

312. „ „ cephalus, Chub

313. „ „ carassius, Crucian

314. ,, „ erythrophthal'imis,'Rudd

315. „ „ Gihelio, Prussian carp...

Donor.
W. H. Goddard.

C. Bennett, jun.
G. E. Quick.
M. C. Cooke.
W. Hislop.

M. C. Cooke.
T. Russell.
G. Potter.
T. Curties.
T. C. White.

A. Topping.

B. W. Richardson.
M. C. Cooke.

J. A. Archer.

T. Russell.

(Tjancashire.) B

5

'

M

c.

Cooke.

G.

M

5J

Baton.
C. Cooke.

, G.

I M.

J
E.
C.

Quick.
Cooke.

W

H

. Golding.

M.

>
C.

' Cooke.

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

A.

Donor.

316. Scales of JEJsoic lucms, Pike

... W. H. Golding.

317.

>>

Exocoetus volitans, Flying Fiah B

... G.E. Quick.

318.

5)

Gohio fluviatilis, Gudgeon

... M.C.Cooke.

319.

J'

Leuciscus alburnus, Bleak

35

320.

>>

„ rutihis, Eoach

... W.H. Golding.

321.

35

„ vulgaris, DacQ'B

... E. Marks.

322, 323.

JJ

Mullus ruber, Red Mullet B

... G. E. Quick.

324.

Perca fluviatilis, Percli B

... E. Marks.

325.

„

Rhombus maximus, Turbot B ...

... T. C. White.

326.

JJ

Salmo solar, Salmon

... M. C. Cooke.

327.

JJ

„

... W.H. Golding.

328.

3J

Salmo trutta, Trout

... M. C. Cooke.

329.

3>

Solea vulgaris, Sole Skin.

... E. Marks.

330.

?J

Tinea vulgaris, Tench. ...

... M. C. Cooke.

331,332.

Sea Horse, Hippocampus hrevirostris ...

... G. H. E-ing.

333,334.

55

Hippocampus ramulosus

55

335. Section of Saw fish B ...

... A. F. Pickard.

336.

"

Shark's tooth B

... T. C. White.

Sect. B.—INVERTEBRATA.

1. MOLLUSCA.

B

1. Cilia of Terehratula caput serpentis B

2. Mantle of Terebratula caput serpentis B

3. 4. Palate of Buccinum undatum, Whelk

5. „ Buccinum "B ...

6. „ Buccinum undatum, Whelk

7. „ Chiton's

8. 9. „ Ealiotis tuherculata, Ear shell

10. „ ffeZw, Snail B ...

11. „ Littorina littoralis. Periwinkle
12,13. „ Nassa reticulata

14,15. „ Patella vulgata,'Limi,et...
16,17. „ Trochus

18. „ Testacella haliotoides B...

19. „ Section of Pearl B

20. Shell from Melbourne B

21. Shell of Helix exigua (N. America)

22. „ Helix ferrea (N. America)

23. „ Terehratula Australis "B .. .

24. „ Terehratula (section) B...

25. 5, Terehratula caput serpentis B

2. POLYZOA.

26 Cha\k Poljzoa,, Pustulopora

27. Cvsig Poljzoa, Eschara pertusa ...

28. 5, Eschara porosa

Donor.

J. Slade.

G.

E. Quick.

„

G. Paton.

H

. F. Hailes.

Di

'. Dempsey.

T.

Curties.

G.

E. Quick.

Di

'. Dempsey.

55

35

H.

F. Hailes.

T.

Curties.

T.

C. White.

M,

, C. Cooke.

,,

J.

Slade.

G.

Paton.

J.

Slade.

M.

C. Cooke.

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

B.

Donor.

29.

Crag Polyzoa, Eschara monilifera

... M. C. Cooke.

30,31

jj

Flustra duhia ...

... „

32.

55

Melicerita Charlesworthii

55

33.

55

Betepora simplex

55

34.

55

Salicornaria sinuosa ...

... ,,

35.

Polypary of Anguinaria spathulata

... Mr. Waller.

36.

55

Anguinaria spathulata...

... M. C. Cooke.

37.

55

Bugula flahellata

33

38.

„

Bugula Murray ana

35

39.

„

Bugula plumosa

55

40.

55

Canda arachnoidea

55

41.

55

Cellularia avicularia ...

... W. Hainworth.

42.

55

Crisia ehurnea

... G. Paton.

43.

55

Cellularia reptans

... M. C. Cooke.

44.

55

Crisidia cornuta

55

45.

53

Eschara foliacea

55

46.

'5

Flustra cliai'tacea

55

47.

55

Flustra foliacea

48.

55

Flustra foliacea

... Mr. Golding.

49.

,,

Flustra memhranacea ...

... M. C. Cooke.

50.

,,

Flustra pilosa ...

... Mr. Golding.

51.

55

Flustra truncata

... M. C. Cooke.

52.

55

Gemellaria hursaria

... G. Paton.

53.

55

Gemellaria loricata

... Mr. Golding.

54.

55

Gemellaria loricata

... M. C. Cooke.

55.

Halodactylus {in ^nid) ...

... C.Collins.

56.

,,

Hippothoa cateyiularia...

... M. C. Cooke.

57.

55

Hippothoa divaricata ...

55

58.

,,

Lafoea dumosa

55

59.

55

Lepralia coccinea

... 5J

60.

55

Lepralia granifera, var.

61.

55

Lepralia hyalina, var. /3

35

62.

55

Memhranipora memhranacea ...

55

63.

35

Memhranipora pilosa ...

55

64.

55

Memhranipora pilosa, var.

55

65.

55

Menipea ternata

35

66.

55

Notamia hursaria

... G. Paton.

67.

55

Salicornaria sinuosa ...

... M. C. Cooke.

68.

55

Serialaria lendigera ...

... G. Paton.

69.

55

Tuhulipora hispida

... M. C. Cooke.

3. COLEOPTERA.

70. Alimentary canal of Melolontha B

71. Antenna of Cockchafer B

72. Brazilian Beetle

73. Green Weevil ...

74. Elytra of Chinese Diamond Beetle

75. ,, Dytiscus'S ...

76. „ Green Weevil...

77. „ Otiorhynchiis picipes ...

T. C. White.
A. Topping.
W. H. Golding.
T. C. White.
W. H. Golding.
W. Hainworth.
S. J. Mclntire.
M. C. Cooke.

10

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

B.

78.
79.
80,
82.
83.
84.
85,

Foot of Dytiscus
„ Dytiscus
81. Larval hairs of Tiresias serra B
Leg of Rose Beetle
Spiracle of Caraftws B...
„ Dytiscus B...

„ Dytiscus^...

87. „ Dytiscus

„ Stag Beetle B

,, Syrphus B...

Trachea of larva of Dytiscus B

91.
92.
93.
94.
95.
96.
97.

100.
101.
102.
103.
104.

4. Htmenoptera.

Antennse oi Encyrtus punctipes B

Foot of Wasp B

Proboscis of Bee, Apis mellifera B

Sting, poison bag, &c., of Wasp B

Tongue of Bee B

„ WsiSTp^Vespavulga/ris'B

Wing-books of Apis mellifica B...
Andrena alhicrus B
Bombus muscorum B
Chrysis ignita B...
Odynerus parietum B
Uroceros gigas "B...
Vespa germanica B
Vespa vulgaris B

5. Lepidoptera.

105. Aniennse oi AmpMdasis prodromaria B...

106. „ Himera pennaria ...

107. „ Orgyia antiqua B ...

108. Eggs of Ahraxas grossulariata, Magpie ...

109. „ Aplecta nehulosa, Grey Archea ...

110. „ Bistort hirtaria, Brindled Beauty

111. „ ^oarmia r7iom&o'i(^(xrm, Willow Beauty

112. „ Cerura vimda, V\x&a

113. „ Lycosna phlceas

114. „ Mamestra hrassicce, Cabbage

115. „ Orgyia antiqua, Vapourer
116,117 „ Do.

118. „ Pieris hrassicce, Large White

119. ,, Polyommatus Alexis

120. „ Tanagra choeropliyllata

121. „ Thecla hetuloe, Brown Hairstreak

122. „ Vanessa atalanta

123. „ Vanessa urticce, Tortoiseshell

124. Embryo wings of Tortoiseshell Butterfly ...

125. Hair of larva of Orgyia antiqua

126. Head of Silkworm moth...

Donor.
J. A. Archer.
J. F. Pickard.
S. J. Mclntire.
L. Bennett.
Mr. Oxley.

jj
A. Topping.
J. A. Archer.
Mr. Oxley.

jj
A. Topping.

M. C. Cooke.
G. Baton.
G. E. Quick.
T. C. White.
G. E. Quick.
T. C. White.
G. E. Quick.
M. C. Cooke.

M. C. Cooke.

W, Hainworth.
M. C. Cooke.

T. C. White.
M. C. Cooke.
T. Curties.

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

11

B.

Donor.

127.

Plumules of Hipparchia Janira

... M. C. Cooke.

128.

)>

Pieris Bapoe

55

129.

if

Polyommatus acts ...

...

5

130.

jj

Polyommatus Adonis

...

9

131.

jj

Polyommatus aegon

...

,

132.

)}

Polyommatus Alexis

...

9

133.

„

Polyommatus argiolus

3

9

134.

5J

Polyommatus arion

...

9

135.

J>

Polyommatus Bostica

9

136.

5J

Polyommatus Cory don

...

9

137.

„

Polyommatus Dory lus

9

138.

Scales

of Anther cea papTiia $ (India)

...

,

139.

95

Bia actorion ...

,,

140.

J'

Biston Mrtaria

95

141.

5J

Erycina pyretus (Brazil)

142.

5J

Hemerophila abruptaria

5

143.

J>

Hipparcliia Jania

... R T.Lewis.

144.

JJ

Ismene (Madagascar) ...

... M. C. Cooke.

145.

5J

Morplio Achilles

55

146.

JJ

Morpho Helena

... E. T. Lewis.

147.

»J

Pieris rapce ...

... S. J. Mclntire.

148.

Polyommatus Alexis ...

... M. C. Cooke.

149.

„

Polyommatus\Argiolus

... Mr.Oxley.

150.

55

Tiger moth

... S. J. Mclntire.

151.

„

Vanessa Urticce

... M. C. Cooke.

152.

Silk of Antheroea Paphia (India) Tusser ...

„

153.

j>

Anthercea Assama (India) Moonga...

„

154.

,,

Attacus ricini (India) Eria

95

155.

95

Bomhyxmori

55

156.

Skin of Caterpillar B

... A. Topping.

157, 158. Wing of Agraulis Juno (Brazil)

... M. C. Cooke.

159.

Bia actorion

95

160.

, Erycina pyretus (Brazil)

„

161.

, Eelecopis cupedo

99

162.

Hetaera aurora (Brazil)

55

163.

, Morpho Achilles

55

164.

, Morpho Helena (?) ...

... S. J. Mclntire.

165.

Papilio Paris

... W. Hainworth.

166.

, Pontia Brassicce

... E.Marks.

167.

Pontia Bap(B

95

168, 169.

Eed Admiral...

... S. J. Mclntire.

170.

,

, Trochilium myopceforme

... M. C. Cooke.

171.

,

Yellow Underwing

... E. Marks.

DiPTEEA.

172, 173. Blow Fly labium (Lowne, p.47) B ... ... T. C. White.

174. „ Operculum (Lowne, t. 2. f. 7) B ... „

175. „ (Lowne, pp. 47-8) B ... „

176. „ portion of section i^ eye (Lowne, p. 7) B „

177. „ Proboscis B

12

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

B.

178.
179.
180
185
188.
189.
190.
191.
192.
193.
194.
195.
196.
197,
199.
200.
201.
202.
203.
204.
205.
206.
207.
208.
209.
210.
211.
212.
213.
214.
215.
216.

217.
218.
219.
220.
221.
222.
223.

Blow Fly Eectal papillaa, and egg in oviduct
„ (Anatomical preparation) B ...

to 184. „ Eectal papilla (Lowne, p. 58) B

to 187. ,, Salivary duct and valve (Lowne, p.

„ Spiracles of pupa B...

„ Spiracles of pupa of Fly. B ...

„ Thoracic spiracles of Fly, B ...

„ (Anatomical preparation) B ...

„ WingB

Crane Fly, Ti2mla B ...
Eggs of House Fly (Anthotrnjia)
Eye of Drone Fly B ...
Foot of do. B ...

198. Foot of Embryo Fly B

Halteres of Fly B
Head of Tipula oleracea

„ Hipj)obosca equina B ...

Larva of Bot Fly in the egg B ...

Mosquito (?), Culex pipiens Q ...

>j >> o •••

Donor,
T. C. White.

52) B

Mosquito (American);

lancets
wings B
lancets B
cluster of eggs

eggs

„ „ larva two days old ...

„ „ mature larva

2

V $ B

Tongue of Drone Fly B

Wing of Eain Fly, Anthomyia 2:)luvialis B

Orange Fly, Ceratites citriperda B

7. Aphanipteea.

Chigoe, Pulex penetrans ^ B ...

$ B

„ „ „ 2 with ova B ...

Flea of Squirrel, PttZea; smtrorwm $ B ...

» 5> „ „ $ B...

j5 J J „ „ larva B...

Pygidium of Flea $ ... B ...

8. Neukoptera.

224,225. Dragon Fly, Spiracles...

226. „ Trachea ...

227. „ Larva

228. 5, Eespiratory organs

S. J. Mclntire.
E. E. Edmonds.
M. C. Cooke.
G. E. Quick.
S. J. Mclntire.
T. Curties.
T. C. White.
G. E. Quick.
T. Curties.
A. Topping.
E. E. Edmonds.

Dr. Perley.

S. J. Mclntire.
M. C. Cooke.

Dr. Gray.

M. C. Cooke.

... Mr. Conder.

J. A. Archer.

9. Orthopteka.

229.

Gizzard of Blatta orientalis B ...

... T. C. White.

230.

,, „ ... •..

... G. E. Quick.

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

13

B.

Donor,

231.

Gizzard of Cricket

Mr. Conder.

232.

(Trans, sect.) B

G. E. Quick.

233.

Grasshopper Tail (long, sect.) B...

10. Hemiptera.

Mr. Bennett.

234.

Aphis

G. Paton.

235.

Chelymor^lia johyllophora B

11. Thysaneura.

T. C. White.

236.

Scales of Degeeria domestica

Mr. Oxley.

237.

„ Degeeria

S. J. Mclntire.

238.

„ Lejnsma saccharina ...

G. E. Quick.

239.

„ Lepidocyrtus ...

S. J. Mclntire.

240.

„ Macrotoma plumbea ...

55

241.

„ Podura

W. W. Eeeves

242.

„ Speckled Podura

,,

243.

„ Tem;pletonia nitida ...

12. Anopleura.

S. J. Mclntire.

244.

Eggs of Parasite of Australian Crane

M. C. Cooke.

245.

„ Bohemian Pheasant ...

)>

246.

„ Common Ehea

»

247.

„ Ground Hornbill, No. 1

j>

248.

Ground Hornbill, No. 2

55

249.

Leg of Fly and parasites B

T. Curteis.

250.

Parasite of DuckB

G. E. Quick.

251.

„ Gold Pheasant, Nirmus sinensis B ...

M. C. Cooke.

252,

253. „ Goose B

G. E. Quick.

254.

„ Knott, Nirmus holophoetis. $ B

S. Bramhall.

255.

„ Knott, Nirmus holoiohoeus. $ B

55

256.

„ Partridge, Menopon perdicis. 9 B ...

„

257.

„ Partridge, Goniodes colchici. $ B ...

55

258,

259. „ PigB

G. E. Quick.

260.

„ Sheldrake, Lipeurus polytrapezius. $ B

S. Bramhall.

261.

„ Starling B...

G. E. Quick.

262.

Pediculus pubes B

T. C. White.

263.

Phthirius (Denny's Anopl. p. 9) B

55

264.

Pigeon louse, Lipeurus haculus. ^ B ...

M. C. Cooke.

265.

„ Lipeurus haculus. 2 B ...

55

266.

„ Goniocotes compar "B

13. Arachnida.

55

267.

Araignee patte et ongees B

G. Paton.

268.

Claw of Epeira B

S. J. Mclntire.

269.

„ Spider B

,,

270.

Eyes of Spider

G. Paton.

271.

Foot of Spider B

G. E. Quick.

272.

Hair of Eed Spider (India) B ...

G. Potter.

273.

Legs and claws of Spider B

A. Topping.

274.

Palpi of Spider B

M. C. Cooke.

14

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

B.

275.
276.

277.
278.

279.
280.
281.
282.
283.

Poison gland of Tegenaria B
Skin of Epeira diadema B
Spinnerets of Spider B ...
Spinnerets of Spider B . . .

Clielifers,^. B

Clielifer LatreilleiT^

Ohisium' s'p. B

Ohisium orthodactylum B
Eggs of Stone Mite, Trombidiwm lapidwrn
284, 285. Harvest Bug, Trombidium autumnale B

286. „ „ „ B

287. Mite, Trombidium B ...

288. Parasite of Boa Constrictor B ...

289. „ DytiscusB...

290. „ Itch, 8 ar copies scahiei 'B

291. „ Tortoise B ...

292. Water Spider B

14. Crustacea.

Argulus foliaceus B

Bairdia suhdeltoidea (The Crag, Suffolk)

Crab, hairs from abdominal appendages B

Crab shell, tubules (?) ...

Cy there striatopunctata (Barton)

Cy there striatopunctata (Highcliff)

Cy there torosa (Grays, Essex) ...

Cythereis quadrilatera (Kent) ...

Gytherella ovata (The Gault, Kent)

Legs of Prawn B

Lobster shell, section perpendicular B

Trilobite, Phacops Muchenii

Water Flea, Daphnea mucronata B

294.
295.
296.
297.
298.
299.
300.
301.
302.
303.
304.
305.

15. Myeiapoda, Annulosa, &c.

306. Pencil tail Polyxenus lagurus, hairs B

307. Trachaea of Centipede B

308. Hairs of Sea Mouse, Aphrodita ...

309. ,, Aphrodita hystrix

310. 311. Merviis nigrescens

312. „ Ova (acetic acid)

16. ECHINODEEMATA.

313.
314.
315.
316.
317.
318.
319.
320.

Calcareous plates from Star fish . . .

Crinoidal joints, (chalk marl, Kent)

Echinus spine B

„ Amphidotus cordatus

„ Acrocladia B

„ Ci<iam (Fossil) B...

„ Echinus B

Echinus miliaris ...

Donor.
S. J. Mclntire,

A. Topping.
T. C. White.

T. Curties.
S. J. Mclntire.

M. C. Cooke.

55

Miss Webb.
T. Curties.
S. J. Mclntire.
J. Bockett.
J, A. Archer.
C. ColUns.
T. Curties.

T. C. White.
G. Baton.

M. Martinelli.
G. Paton.

T. C. White.
T. Curties.
W. W. Beeves.
T. Curties.

S. J. Mclntire.
A. Topping.

55

Mr. Oxjey.
E. T. Lewis.

G. Paton.

55

F. Marshall.
M. C. Cooke.
F. MarshaU.

W. Moginie.
M. C. Cooke.

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

15

B.

Donor.

321.

Echinus

sjpine Eeliocidaris 'B

... F. Marshall.

322.

,,

Leiocidaris imperialis B

55

323.

5J

Parasatenia gratiosa B

55

324.

Spatangus spines

... G. Paton.

325.

Star fist

I, Ophiocoma, spines

... W. W. Eeeves.

326.

5)

Ophiocoma neglecta

17. ACTINOZOA.

... S. J. Mclntire.

327.

Part of Alcyonite with spicules in situ (Fossil)

... J.G.Waller.

328.

Skin of

Spiapta inherens B

... J. Slade.

329.

5J

Sytiapta digitata B

55

330.

Acantlwgorgia Johnsonii...

... A.C.Cole.

331.

Spicules of Alcyonite (Fossil) B ...

... J.G.Waller.

332.

,,

A Icyoniiim digitatum ...

... Mr. Oxley.

333.

55

Alcyonium digitatum B

... W. W. Eeeves.

334.

B

... M. C. Cooke.

335.

„

JEunicea

... A. C. Cole.

336.

„

Gorgonia

... G. Paton.

337.

))

B

... W. W. Eeeves.

338.

J>

B

... J. Eussell.

339.

51

... A. C. Cole.

340.

55

Gorgonia verrucosa B . . .

... W. W. Eeeves.

341.

55

B

... M. C. Cooke.

342.

Gorgonia (Mauritius) B

... M. C. Cooke.

343.

55

Holothuria Tt

... W. W. Eeeves.

344.

55

Homophyton githago ...

... A. C. Cole.

345.

55

Leptogorgia ...

55

346.

55

Leptogorgia (N. Carolina) B ...

... Exchange.

347.

55

Lophogorgia palma ...

... A. C. Cole.

348.

55

Melithoea

55

349.

55

Mel ithcea coccinea

55

350.

55

Melithcea coccinea B ...

... M. C. Cooke.

351.

Melithoea ochracea

... A. C. Cole.

352.

55

Muricea

55

353.

55

Phyllogorgia dilatata ...

55

354.

55

Plexaura

55

355.

55

Plexaura salicornoides (No. 1) . . .

55

356.

55

Plexaura salicornoides (No. 2) B

55

357.

55

Primnoa verticulosa ...

55

358.

55

Pterogorgia petechizans

55

359.

55

Rhiphidogorgia flahellum

55

360.

,,

Synapta inhoerens B

... Mr. Kilsby.

361.

,,

Xip higorgia anceps

... A. C. Cole.

362.

Spicules (unnamed)

... 55

363.

Spicules (unnamed) B ...

55

18. Htdrozoa.

364<,S65. Aglaopheniapluma ...

... M. C. Cooke.

366.

Antennularia antennina

... W. H. Golding.

367.

Antennularia antennina

... M. C. Cooke.

369. Antennula/ria ramosa

16

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

B.

370, 371, 372. Coralline from Queensland
373, 374. Halecium halecinum...

375. Halecium halecinum ...

376. Plumularia catherina ...

377. Plumularia cristata^...

378. Plumularia falcata

379. Plumularia falcata

380. Plumularia myriophyllum,

381. Plum^ularia pennata ...

382. Sertularia ... ... B

383. Sertularia

384. Sertularia argentea

385. Sertularia cupressina ...

386. Sertularia cupressina ...

387. Sertularia filicula

388. Sertularia margareta ...

389. Sertularia operculata ...

390. Sertularia operculata ... ... ...

391. Sertularia plumula B...

392. Sertularia polyzonias ...

393. Sertularia polyzonias, Yur.

394. Sertularia polyzonias, yav. (3 ...

395. Thuiaria thuia

396. Tuhularia larynx

18. Protozoa— SpoNGiADiE.

397. Euplectella aspergillum, Siliceous hairs ...

398. Gemmules of iSpongfilla i)fe]/em (India) ...

399. Gemmules and Spicules of Pacliymatisma

400. Section of Spongilla cinerea (India)

401. Spicules of C/iaima ocitZata B ...

402. „ Clione celata B

403. Sponge, Dictyocylindrus ramosus B

404. Spicules of Dictyocylindrus ramosus B ...

405. S-ponge,Dysideafragilis
406, 407. „ Grantia compressa

408. „ Ealichondria

409. „ Halichondria palmata

410. Sj^iculea oi Halichondria panicea IB

411. „ Hyalonema mirahile, cruciform B

412. „ Hyalonema mirahile B

413. Sponge, Hymeniacidon

414. Spicules of Hymeniacidon BucTclandi B ...

415. ,, Hymeniacidon celata B

416. „ Isodictya sp. (W. Indies) B ...

417. „ Baphiophor a patera 'B

418. ST^onge, Spongilla alba (India) ...

419. Spicules of Spongilla alha (India) B

420. „ Spongilla fluviatilis (yavieiy ?) B

421. ,, Spongilla 31 eyeni (India) B ...

422. Sponge, Spongilla plumosa (India,)

Bono?'.
T. Cui-ties.
M. C. Cooke.
W. H. Golding.
M. C. Cooke.
G. Paton.
M. C. Cooke.
W. H. Golding.
M. C. Cooke.
W. H. Golding.

G. Paton.

W. H. Golding.

M. C. Cooke.

W. H. Golding
G. Paton.
M. C. Cooke.

H. F. Hailes.
M. C. Cooke.
F. Kitton.
M. C. Cooke.

J. G. Waller.
M. C. Cooke.
J. G. Waller.
W. H. Golding.
M. C. Cooke.
T. Curties.
M. C. Cooke.
J. G. Waller.
M. C. Cooke.
J. G. Waller.
M. C. Cooke.

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

17

B.

423. Spicules of Spongilla phcmosa (India)

424. „ Tethea Logani (FossU)

425. Spongilla lacustris

426. „ „ spicules B ...

427. „ „ ovaria B

428. „ „ dermal membrane B

429. „ „ longitudinal section

430. Spicules from Trinidad deposit B...

431. Spicules of Sponge B ...

432. Sponge spicules (Algoa Bay) B ...

433. Sponge spicules B

Donor.
M. C. Cooke.

J.G.Waller.

T. Curties.
W. Hainworth.
F. Kitton.

20. Protozoa— FoEAMiNiFERA.

434.

Atlantic ooze

B

C. Collins.

Atlantic soundings —

435.

„ N. lat

. 42 22' W. Ion. 57° 16' 13.600 fath....

E. T. Lewis.

436.

« »

44 23' „ 54° 29' 9.100 f. ...

5»

437.

>s >>

47 „ 20° 21' 12.000 f. ...

55

438.

»• }J

43 44' „ 37° 4' 12.300 f. ...

55

439.

»5 J>

43° & „ 59° 32' 14.400 f. ...

55

440.

?J J>

45° 42' „ 47° 37' 3.600 f. ...

55

441.

" }>

43° 29' „ 53° V 9.000 f. ...

„

442.

>5

Bulirrdna ohtusa

G. Paton.

443.

J>

Bulimina variabilis

,5

444.

55

Dentalina communis

55

445.

Chalk B

...

A. Topping.

446.

55

Glohigerina hulloides

G. E. Quick.

447.

55

Lagena sulcata (Connemara)

T. RusseU.

448.

55

Miliolina seminulum

M. C. Cooke

449.

Nummularia variolaria...

450.

NummuUna

laevigata (Bracklesham)

G. Paton.

451.

NummuUna

planulata...

91

452.

Nummulitic Limestone (Pyramids, Egypt) B

Mr. Simson.

453.

Orhitoides (Cuba)

M. C. Cooke.

454.

Orhitolites comjplanatus

Mr. Simson.

455.

OrhitoUtes

...

G. E. Quick.

456.

Peneroplis

...

M. C. Cooke.

457.

Placopsilina

irregularis

458.

Polythalamia (Mount of Olives) B

Mr. Simson.

459.

EotaZm from Chalk (Dover) B

G. Paton.

460.

Botalina Beccarii

M. C. Cooke.

461.

Botalina and Glohigerina B

H. F. Hailes.

462.

Botalina, Glohigerina, and Lagena B ...

55

463.

Spirolina

...

M. C. Cooke.

464.

Textularia trochus

465.

Textularia trochus

G. Paton.

466.

Triloculina nitida

M. C. Cooke.

467.

Mixed Foraminifera (China seas)

A. C. Cole.

468.

55

(Dog's Bay, Ireland)...

„

469.

55

(Eed Sea, 105 faths.)

55

18

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

B

470. Mixed Foraminif era (Isle of Wight)

471. „ (Cuba)

472. „ (Mediterranean)

473. „ (Turkey)

474, 475. „ (Burns Pool, Connemara)

476, 477. Soundings (Bay of Bengal) ...

478. „

479. „ (East Coast, Bay of Bengal)

480. „ (Cape Wrath)

Donor.
M. C. Cooke.

F. Kitton.
H. F. Hailes.

P. Gray.

21. Protozoa— PoLTCTSTiNA.

Nos. 481 to No. 602 Contain the Bury Collection.

Mixed Polycystins ; Arabian Sea, 1,300 fathoms B Bury Coll.

481.

482.

483 to 526. „

527 to 550. „

551 to 565. „

566. „ „

567.

568.

569.

570 to 590. „

591 to 601. „

602.

603. Selected Polycystins

604.

605.

606.

Atlantic soundings B

Barbados B

Cambridge, Barbados B

Chimborazo B

Indian Ocean B

Indian Ocean, 2,200 fathoms B

Pike of TeneriffeB...

Spain B

Springfield, Barbados B

Trinidad, Naparima B

Vaughban B

Springfield, Barbados

J5 »» B

Dr. Dempsey.
A. C. Cole.

M. C. Cooke.

VEGETABLE.

Sect, a—PHANEROGAMIA,
1. Stems.

C

1. Adansonia digitata, Baobab (section) ... ... M. C. Cooke.

2. Antiaris toxicaria, Upas ... ... ... „

3. Aristolochia ornithocephalus ... ... ... „

4. Aristolochia ... ... ... ... ... „

5. Berheris vulgaris, Berberry ... ... ... „

6. Castanea vesca, Chestnut ... ... ... „

7. Cedrus deodar a, Deodar ... ... ... „

8. Cinnamomum Zeylanicum, Cinnamon ... ... „

9. Citrus aurantiwm, Orange ... ... ... „

10. Clematis vitalba, Clematis ... ... ... „

11. Ebony (Transverse) B ... ... ... ... G. E. Quick.

12. Fagus sylvatica, Beech ... ... ... ... M. C. Cooke.

13. Fossil wood (Texas) ... ... ... ... T. Curties.

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

19

c.

Donor.

14.

Larix Europceus, Larch ...

M. C. Cooke.

15.

Laurustinus ...

J5

16.

Maple (Transverse) B ...

G. E. Quick.

17.

Morus nigra, Mulberry ...

M. C Cooke.

18.

Pass^/^ora sp., Passion flower

55

19.

Pine section B ...

A. Topping.

20.

Populus nigra, Poplar ...

T. Rogers.

21.

Primus cerasus, Cherry ...

M. C. Cooke.

22.

Bubus vitis idceus, Raspberry

55

23.

Saccharum officina/mm, Sugax Cane S ...

A. Topping.

24,25

. Salix alha,Wmow

M. C. Cooke.

26.

8 amhucus ehulus, 'Elder

j»

27.

^miiaaj sp., Sarsaparilla ...

„

28.

Swietenia mahagoni,'M.SLhoga,nj "B

G. E. Quick.

29.

„ „

M. C. Cooke.

30.

TJlmuscampestris,'E\m. ...

J5

31.

Vitis vinifera, Vine

55

32.

Walnut (Fossil)

Mr. Simson.

33.

Wellingtonia gigantea, Mammoih.

M. C. Cooke.

34.

Whangee Cane (Section) B

2. Fibres.

T. F. Pickard.

35.

Adam's needle, Tucca gloriosaB

M. C. Cooke.

36.

Ambaree, Hibiscus cannabinus (Dry)

Fibre Committee

37.

B

55

38.

BarisdajSidarTiomboideaCDrj)...

55

39.

Bedolee, Poederia fcetida (Dry) ...

J)

40.

Flax, Yellow Englisb (Glycerine)...

55

41.

(Dry)

»}

42.

„ „ (Chloride of Calcium)

J»

43.

„ Blue English (Glycerine) ...

»J

44.

Pry)

5J

45.

„ ,, JS ... ... ...

5)

46.

„ Yellow English line (Dry) ...

55

47.

B

SJ

48.

(Glycerine)

55

49.

„ „ (Nitric Acid and Balsam)

55

50.

„ „ (Nitric Acid and.Glycerine)

55

51.

„ Blue EngUsh line (Dry)

55

52.

(<^lycerine)

55

53.

„ „ (Balsam)

55

54.

Hemp, Polish Ehine (Dry)

55

55.

„ „ (Soda, Balsam)

55

56.

„ „ (Soda, Glycerine)

55

57.

„ „ (Nitric Acid, Balsam)

55

58.

„ „ (Nitric Acid, Glycerine)

55

59.

„ Italian, Bologna (Chloride of Calcium)

55

60.

(Dry)

55

61.

(Glycerine)

55

62.

(Balsam)

„

63.

Jetee, Marsdenia tenacissima B

M. C. Cooke.

20

C.

64.
65.
66.
67.

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

Donor.
Fibre Committee.

70.
71.
72.
73.
74.

Jute, cleaned and bleached (Dry)

» „ (Balsam) ... ... „

»' » (Glycerine) ... ... „

>» » (Nitric acid and Chloride ")

of Calcium ... ... > "

Kangra Hemp (Di-y) ... ... ... ... „

Mudar, Calotropis gigantea, (Dry) ... ... „

Muda,r,CalotropisgiganteaB ... ... ... M.C.Cooke.

^oseUe, Hibiscus sahdariffa (Dvj) ... ... Fibre Committee

35 „ (Balsam) ... ... „

Sunn, Crotalaria juncea (Dry) ... ... ... „

>j » (Balsam) ... ... „

3. Cell Structuke, &c.

75. Oak Buttons ... ... ... ... ... Mr. Golding.

76, 77. Paper bark, Melaleuca viridiflora B ... ... M. C. Cooke.

78. Pith of Elder, Samhucus B ... ... ... E. Marks.

79. Eaphides of Aloe B ... ... ... ... T. Curties.

80. „ Ehubarb B ... ... ... B. D. Jackson.

81. Eesin glands of Mallotus sp. B ... ... ... M. C. Cooke.

82. „ Mallotus PMlij)pinensis B ... „

83. Section of Aloe ... ... ... ... W.J.Arnold.

84. „ Comfrey leaf

85. „ India rubber leaf ... ... ... G. Paton.

86. 88. „ Midrib of Tobacco ... ... ... J. A. Archer.

89. „ Monster a deliciosa ... ... ... W. J. Arnold.

90. „ Oleander neriiformis... ... ... E. T. Lewis.

91. „ Eush B G. Oxley.

92,93. „ Tobacco leaf ... ... ... ... J.A.Archer.

94. Si>iral threads oi NympJicea edulis B ... ... M.C.Cooke.

95. Spiral vessels (compound) ... ... ... T. Curties.

96. Spiral vessels of Ehubarb ... ... ... T. Eogers.

97. Vegetable Ivory (section) B ... ... ... A. Topping.

98. Ivory nut shell (vertical section) B ... ... Mr. Simson.

4. Cuticles.

99. Cuticle of fruit of Prickly Pear ... ... ... W. M. Bywater.

100. Cuticle of leaf Agave Americana ... ... „

101. „ „ Aloe variegata ... ... N. Burgess.

102. „ „ Hoy a hella (n^p^er side) ... W.J.Arnold.

103. „ „ „ (under side) ... „

104. „ „ Hoya carnosa ... ... W. M. Bywater.

105. „ ,j Hoya carnosa (upper side) ... W. J. Arnold.

106. „ „ „ (under side) ... „

107. „ „ Pandanus Veitchii ... ... „

108, 109. „ „ Bhododend/ron ... ... „

110. „ „ Sanseviera carnea ... ... „

111. „ „ Tobacco ... ... ... J. A. Archer.

112. „ „ Tucca gloriosa (upper side) ... T. Curties.

113. „ „ „ (underside) ... „

114. ,, Malacca cane ... ... ... ... J. F. Pickard.

115. „ Pitcher, JV^epeui^s ... ... ... W.J.Arnold.

116. Cuticle (Siliceous), Gynerium argenteum... ... „

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

21

5. Hairs, &c.
C.

117. Calyx of Abutilon venosum

118. Cotton, American, Gossypium harbadense

119. „ Dacca „ „

120. „ Indian Gossypium herbaceum

121. Hairs of Correa, petal ...

122. „ Deutzia

123. „ Leucodendron argenteum, " Silver leaf

124. „ Rhododendron ferrugineum

125. „ Tobacco

126. Leaf of Althaea rosea with hairs

127. „ Alyssum calycinum „

128. „ Aralia papyrifera „

129. „ Correa ca/rdinalis „

130. „ Cheiranthus cheiri „

131. „ Elceagnus pungens „

132. „ Lavatera arhorea „

133. „ Bhamnus „

134. „ Shepherdia argentea „

135. „ Viburnum lantana „

136. Petal of Balsam

137. „ Geranium

138. Pistil of Salvia

139. Scales of iJicea^nws (Niagara Falls) B

140. „ Eloeagnus angustifolia...

141. „ Rhododendron Dalhousiana

142. Silk Coiion, Calotropis gig antea

143. Spines of Opuntia microdasya ...

144. „ ,, „ B

145. Finest Indian Muslin B

Donor.
W. M. Bywater.
M. C. Cooke.

T. C. White.
E. T. Lewis.
M. C. Cooke.
W. M. Bywater.
J. A. Archer.
M. C. Cooke.

G. Paton.
A. Topping.
G. Paton.
M. C. Cooke.
T. C. White.
W. M. Bywater.
M. C. Cooke.
W. M. Bywater.

M. C. Cooke.

6. Pollen.

146.
147.
148.
149.
150.
151.
152.
153.
154,
156.
157.
158.
159.
160.
161.
162.
163.

155.

Pollen of Althoea rosea, Hollyhock
„ Camellia

„ Ced/i'us Libani, Cedar

„ Crocus

„ Galanthus nivalis, Snowdrop

„ Lilium, White Lily ...

„ Malva sylvestris, Mallow

„ (Enothera biennis

Pinus

Primula vulgaris, Primrose

„ Pyrus Japonica

„ Ranunculus ficaria ...

„ Taraxacum dens leonis

„ Viola odor at a, Violet

Stamens of Bog Asphodel

G. E. Quick.
J. W. Groves.

J. W. Groves.
M. C. Cooke.
J. W. Groves.
S. J. Mclntire.
T. C. White.
G. E. Quick.
M. C. Cooke.

J. W. Groves.

M. C. Cooke.

W. M. Bywater.

22

MIOKOSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

7. Seeds.

c.

Donor.

164.

Achillea millefoUiim, MUfoU. ...

... M

. C. Cooke

165.

Achyrachoena mollis

))

166.

Adanophora denticulata

167.

Adlumia cirrhosa

168.

Agrostemma cirrliosa ...

169.

Agrostemmacoronaria ...

}j

170.

Alonzoa incisifolia

171.

Alonzoa Warszewicsii ...

172.

A lyssum maritimum

173.

Alyssum saxatile

...

j>

174.

Anagallis carnea

))

175.

Anagallis Indica

))

176.

Anchusa sempervirens

5J

177.

Antirrhinum sp. Snapdragon ...

... E.

Marks.

178.

Antirrhinum sp. Snapdragon

... R.

T. Lewis.

179.

Antirrhinum maj us

... M

C. Cooke

180.

)} ... ...

... G.

E. Quick.

181.

Antirrhinum, or ontium...

... M

C. Cooke.

182.

Arahis alpina...

...

jj

183.

Arenaria montana

...

j>

184.

Armeria plantaginis

...

j»

185.

Astilhe rivularis

186.

Bartonia aurea

... E.

nlrks.

187.

Blumenhachia insignis ...

... M.

C. Cooke.

188.

Bocconia cordata

...

}j

189.

Bcehmeria nivea, Cliina Nettle ...

...

3}

190.

Broivallia elata

...

5J

191.

C(pjophora aurantiaca, dnHlHeiile

...

192.

Cajophora lateritia

5>

193.

Calandrinia discolor ...

...

]}

194.

Calandrinia gramdijlora

35

195.

Galand/rinia speciosa ...

...

53

196.

„ umbellata ...

...

33

197.

Calceolaria chelidonioides

...

33

198.

Calluna vulgaris, JAng

»

199.

Camelina sativa, Gold of Pleasure

...

33

200.

Campanula carpathica

...

33

201.

Campanula media

»

202.

Campanula pentagona

...

203.

Campanula pumila

33

204.

Catnpanula p^Jramidalis

...

33

205.

Campanula rapunculus, Eampion

...

3>

206.

Campanula speculum, Venus Looking-glass

...

33

207.

Celosia cristata

33

208.

Centra/nthus nanus

...

33

209.

Centranthus ruber, Eed Valerian

...

33

210.

Cerastium Biehersteinii

...

3>

211.

Cerastium tomentosum ...

...

13

212.

Chlora 2Jerfoliata

...

53

213.

Ghcenostoma polya/ntha

...

3>

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

23

c.

Donor,

214.

Cistus helianthemum ...

... M. C. Cooke.

215.

ClarMa elegans

„

216.

ClarUa pulchella

„

217.

Clintonia elegans

„

218.

Clintonia pulchella

„

219.

Collinsiahicolor

... ;)

220.

Collinsia grandiflora ...

35

221.

Collomia grandiflora ...

J)

222.

Coreopsis STp. ...

... E.Marks.

223.

Coreopsis atrosanguinea

... E. T. Lewis.

224.

Cosmanthusjimhriatus...

... M. C. Cooke.

225.

Crucianella stylosa

,,

226.

CupJiea purpurea

5,

227.

Daucus carota. Carrot ...

... E. T. Lewis.

228.

Dianthushtjssopifolius ...

... M.C.Cooke.

229.

Bianthus sinensis

„

230.

Digitalis grandiflora ...

5J

231.

Digitalis lanata

5>

232.

Digitalis lutea, Yellow Foxglove

...

233.

D igita Us purpurea, Piirple Foxglove

...

,,

234.

Eschscholtzia tenuifoUa

„

235.

Eucharidium concinnum

55

236.

Eucharidium grandiflorum

...

55

237.

Eupatorium cannabirMm, Hemp Agrimony

...

>}

238.

Eutoca multiflora

...

55

239.

Eutoca viscida...

55

240.

Exacum tetragonum

...

55

241.

Fumaria sempervirens ...

55

242.

Gentiana acaulis

5

243.

Gentiana crinita

...

5

244.

Gentiana lutea, Yellow Gentian...

...

55

245.

Gilia bicolor ...

24^.

Gilia nivalis ...

247.

Glaucium corniculatum, Horn Poppy

... E. Marks.

248.

Glaucium Fischeri

... M. C. Cooke.

249.

Glaucium luteum, Yellow Horn Poppy ...

,,

250.

Glohularia trichosantha

251.

Godetia alba ...

252.

Godetia tenella

253.

GypsopMla elegans

254.

GypsopMla muralis

...

255.

Heliophiloj ardboides ...

... }

256.

Heliotropium Pei-uvianum, Heliotrope ...

257.

Hesperis matronalis, Eocket

258.

Heucliera 2)ubescens

J

259.

Eunnemannia fiimaricefoUa

260.

Hyoscijamus pictus

...

261.

Ipomopsis elegans

262.

Isoplexis Canariensis ...

263.

Isotoma axillaris

5

264.

Isotoma longiflora

24

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

c.

Donor.

265.

Isotoma petroea

... M. C. Cooke.

266.

Jamesia Americana

5J

267.

Jussioea sp. (India)

»

268.

Leptosiphon androsaceus

J»

269.

Leptosiphon aureus

»

270.

Linaria cymhalaria

>»

271.

Linaria saxatilis

„

272,273. Linaria spartea

»

274.

Linaria speciosa

»>

275.

Linaria triornithophora

J>

276.

Linaria triphylla

J5

277.

Loasa Herhertii

... E. Marks.

278.

„ tricolor ...

... Mr. Jackson.

279.

Lobelia gracilis

... G. E. Quick.

280,281. LophospermumHendersonii ...

>5

282.

Lophospermum, scandens

... M. C. Cooke.

283.

Lychnis chalcedonica ...

»

284.

Lychnis sp.

... E.Marks.

285.

Maurandya Barclayana

... M. C. Cooke.

286.

Meconopsis Camhrica, Welsh Horn Poppy

>>

287.

Mesembryanthemum glahrv/m

>>

288.

Mesemhryanthemum „ Ice Plant ...

... G. E. Quick.

289.

Michauxia campanulata

... M.C.Cooke.

290.

Microsperma hartonioides

»>

291.

Mimulus cardinalis

... J)

292.

Mimulus luteus. Yellow Monkey Flower . . .

j>

293.

Mimulus moschatus. Musk Plant

3J

294.

Monotropa uniflora

95

295.

Musschia Wollastonvi ...

J>

297.
298.
299.
300.
301.
302.
303.
304.
805.
306.
307.
308.
309.
310.
311.
312.
313.
314.
315.
316.
317.

tis palustris
Myosotis sylvatica
Nemesi a fiorihunda
Nemesia versicolor
Nemophila insignis
Nicotiana sp., Tobacco ...

„ Oronoco Tobacco ...

Nicotiana rustica, Hungarian Tobacco
Nycterinia capensis
Nycterinia selaginoides
Ocymumhasilicum,'Ba,si[
(Enothera biennis, Evening Primrose

„ veitchiana ...
Ophrys apifera, Bee Orcbis
Origanum ma^'jorana, Marjoram
Oxalis corniculata
Oxalis rosea

Oxyura chrysanthemoides
Pap aver bracteatum
Papaver nigrum
rhoeas...

E. Marks.
G. E. Quick.
M. C. Cooke.

G. E. Quick.

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

25

c.

318. Papaver somniferum, White Opium Poppy

319. Papaver somniferwn, Grey Opium Poppy

320. „ „

321. Papaver sp., Carnation Poppy ...

322. Paulownia imperialis ...

323. Petunia ST^,

324. Petunia violacea

325. Perilla NanTcinensis

326. Phacelia tanacetifoUa ...

327. Phlox Drummondi

328. Phyteuma campanuloicles

329. Plantago major. Plantain

330. Plantago psyllium

331. Platystemon Calif ornicum

332. Pogostemon plectranthoides

333. Portulaca 8^. ...

334. Potentilla insignis

335. Primula denticulata ...

336. Primula veris, Cowslip...

337. Pierosjjor a sp. ...

338. Reseda odorata, Mignonette

339. Rhododendron arhoreum

340. Rhododendron campanulatum ...

341. Rcemeria hyhrida

342. Salpiglossis luteus

343. Saxifraga ciliata ... ... .:.

344. Saxifraga paXmata

345. SchizantMis Grahami ...

346. /Scro^j/iuZaria no cZos a, Fig wort ...

347. Scutellaria alpina

348. Scypanthiis elegans ... ... ...

349. Sedumaizoon ...

350. Sedum cosruleum

351. Sedum telephium, Orpine

352. Silene alpestris

353. Silene armeria

354. Silene inflata, Bladder Campion ...

355. Silene pendula ...

356. Silene pendula...

357. Silene picta

358. Silene quadrifida

359. Silene Schafta...

360. Spergula arvensis

361. Spergula pilifera

362. Sphcenogyne speciosa ...

363. Spircea filipendula, Drop wort ...

364. Spircea Lindley ana

365. Sturmia Loeselii

366. Tellinia grandiflora

367. TTi'j/mws -ywZgraris, Tliyme ... ...

368. Thysanoca/rpus s]^.

Donor,

M. C. Cooke.

G. E. Quick.
E. T. Lewis.
M. C. Cooke.
E. Marks.
M. C. Cooke.

W. M. Bywater.

M. C. Cooke.

G. E. Quick.
E. Marks.
M. C. Cooke.

E. Marks.
M. C. Cooke.

26

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

c.

Donor.

369.

Ulmus montana, Wjch. Elm

... M. C. Cooke.

370.

Valeriana dioica, Wild Valerian

„

371.

Verhascum nigrum

„

372.

Verhascum tha2Jsus,'M.u\[em

... E, Marks,

373.

,, ,,

.,. G. E, Quick.

374.

Verbena Auhletii

... M. C. Cooke.

375.

Verbena pulcliella

>5

376.

Verbena pulcherrima ...

... ,,

377.

Verbena venosa

.,, ))

378.

Vinca rosea

JJ

379.

Viscaria oculata

)J

380.

Whitlavia grandijiora ...

,,

381.

Winged seed ...

8. Starches.

... C. Collins.

382.

Mscnlus }iiji)j)ocastanum,.^

... M. C. Cooke.

383.

Artocarpus incisa, Breadfruit. B

,,

384.

Artocarpus incisa,Brea,(iivmt ...

... W. Hislop.

385.

Arum, colocasia B

... M. C. Cooke.

386.

Arum colocasia, Arum ...

,.. W. Hislop.

387.

Arum maculatum, Wake Eobin ...

... JJ

388.

Arum tnaculatum B ...

... G. E. Quick.

389.

Batatas edulis, Sweet Potato B...

... M. C, Cooke,

390.

BeanB

... G. E, Quick.

391.

G anna indica, Indian Shot B ...

... M. C. Cooke.

392.

C anna Indica, lndia.n Shot

... W. Hislop,

393.

Canna sp. Tous les mois

JJ

394.

Canna sp, Tous les mois B

... G, E. Quick.

395.

Canna sp. Tous les mois (Iodized)

... S, J, Mclntire.

396.

Ca,7iw(x sp. Tous les mois B

... T,C, White,

397.

Colomba B

.., G. E, Quick.

398.

Curcuma angustifolia B

... M. C, Cooke.

399.

Curcuma angustifolia ...

... W. Hislop.

400.

C'urc2(ma sp. Wild Ginger

5,

401.

Cycas revoluta^

... M. C. Cooke.

402.

Dioscorea alata, Yam B

,,

403.

Dioscorea alata, Yam ...

... W. Hislop.

404.

Dioscorea sp. Yam

J,

405.

Hyacinth B ..,

... G, E. Quick.

406.

Ipomcea Horsfallii "B ...

... M, C. Cooke.

407.

Jatropha manihot,'M.andiocB ...

J,

408.

Jatropha manihot, CassaYa

... W, Hislop.

409.

Jatropha manihot, Ta^iioca

53

410.

Lilium sp, Lily B

... G, E. Quick.

411.

Mangif er a Indica, Mango

... W, Hislop.

412.

Mangifera Indica, Mango B ...

... M, C. Cooke,

413.

Maranta arundinacea B

...

414.

Maranta arundinacea ...

... W, Hislop.

415.

Musa 2Mradisiaca, Plantain

,,

416.

Nankin Starch ...

>j

417.

Oryza sativa, Rice

... n

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS;

27

c.

Donor.

418.

Pliysostigma venenosum, Calabar Bean ...

... Mr. Conder.

419.

Physostigma venenosum

... G. E. Quick.

420.

Pis um sativum, Pea

„

421.

Eombiya Sago B

... M. C. Cooke.

422.

Sago Meal

... W. Hislop.

423.

SagoStarcli(Ea/p7im?) B

... M. C. Cooke.

424.

Solatium tuberosum, Potato in situ

... G. Paton.

425.

Solanum tuberosum, Potato B ...

... M. C. Cooke.

426.

Solanum tuberosum, Potato

... W. Hislop.

427.

,5 5, ... ... ...

... G.E. Quick.

428.

Starch from Nut

... G. Paton.

429.

Tacca innnatijida

... W. Hislop.

430.

Thunhergia grandiflora "B

... M. C. Cooke.

431.

Tliunbergia. grandiflora

... W. Hislop.

432.

Trapabisxyinosa B

... M. C. Cooke.

433.

„ „

... G. E. Quick.

434.

Triticum aestiviim, Wheat

... W. Hislop.

435.

TypJia, Bulrush

55

436.

Zamia spiralis "B

... M. C. Cooke.

437.

Zea mays, Maize

... G. E. Quick.

438.

Zea mays, Maize "B

... M.C.Cooke.

439.

Zingiber officinale, Ginger B

55

Sect. D.— CRYPTO GAMIA.
1. Ferns.

D.

1.

Hairs from Fern

... s.

J. Mclntire.

2.

Hairs of Fern Leaf B ...

... J.

F. Pickard.

3.

Scalariform Tissue from Pteris aquiUna B

... J.

D. Jackson.

4.

15 55 55 B

... N.

Burgess.

5.

Scales of Hart's Tongue

... G.

E. Quick.

6.

Section (oblique) of Pteris aquilina B ...

... N. Burgess.

7.

Sori

of Acrophorus hispidus

... M,

. C. Cooke.

8.

55

Adiantop)sis radiata

55

9.

55

Adiantum cristatum

55

10.

55

Adiantum hisindulum ...

...

55

11.

55

Adiantum lucidum

...

55

12.

Adiantum lumdatum ...

...

13.

„

Adiantum pedatum

...

55

14.

„

Adiantuwy prionopMjllum

...

„

15.

„

Alsophila attstralis

...

„

16.

„

Amphicomia Guayanensis

„

17.

55

Amphidesmium blechnoides

...

55

18.

55

Anapeltis sqamiClosa

...

55

19.

55

Ancliistea virginea

...

55

20.

,,

Asplenium

... R.

T. Lewis.

21.

55

Asplenium ebenum

... M

. C. Cooke.

22.

55

Asplenium flabelliferwm ...

... E.

T. Lewis.

23.

55

Asp)lenium marinum

...

J5

28

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

Sori of Asplenium nitens

AthyHum asplenoides ...
Athyrium axillare
Balantium coniifoUum ...
Bathmium trifoliatum ...
BJechnum occidentale
Blechnum striatum
Callipteris prolifera
Campyloneurum repens ...
Catnpteria leptophylla ...
Cardiochloena macrophylla
Cereopteris ocliracea
Cereopteris pulchella
Ceterach officinarum,
Cheilanthes fragrans
Cheila7ithes trichomanoides
Cihotium assamicum
Cihotium Barbara
Cihotium Schiedii
Cionidium 3Ioorei

Colysis memhranacea
Coniogramma serrulata ...
Culcita macrocarpa
CyatJiea canaliculata
Cyathea dealhata
Cyathea medullaris
Cyathea serra ...
Cyrtomium

Cyrtomium anomopJiylhim
CyrtovYiium^ anomopJiyllum
Cyrtomium falcatum
I) area dimorphum
Darea diversifolia
Dareaincequalis...
Darea rutcefolia...
Darea vivipara...
DavalUa hullata ...

Davallia cana7'iensis
Davallia canariensis
Davallia elegans
Davallia solida
Dennstadtia punctilohula
Dennstadtia scahra
Deparia prolifera
Diacalpe aspinoides
DicTcsonia &elloviana
Dicksonia squarrosa
Dictyoxipliium, panamense
Diplazium decussatum ...
Diplazium striaticm

Donor.
M. C. Cooke.

R. T.
M. C

E.T

M. C

E.T,
M. C.

Lewis.
Cooke.

Lewis

Cooke.

Lewis.
Cooke.

E. T. Lewis.
A. C. Cole.
M. C. Cooke.

H. F. Hailes.
M. C. Cooke.

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

29

D.

Donor.

75.

Sori of

' Doodya as'pera ...

... M.

C. Cooke.

76.

55

Doodyacaudata

„

77.

35

Doryopteris sagittcefolia ...

...

„

78.

55

Elaphoglossutn squamosum

... W

. M. Bywater.

79.

55

Gonio]phlehium catha/n^ina

... M.

C. Cooke.

80.

55

Goniopteris crenata

...

33

81.

53

Gymnogramma chrysophylla

... R.T.Lewis.

82.

55

Gymnogramma Mertensii

... M,

, C. Cooke.

83.

55

Hemidictyum marginatum

J,

84.

55

Hemitelia horrido

53

85.

55

Hemitelia petiolata

...

53

86.

„

Heteroplilebium grandifoUum

...

33

87.

53

Hymenopliyllum

... R.

T. Lewis.

88.

53

Hymenostegia speciosa ...

... M.

C. Cooke.

89.

55

Hypodematium omestum

...

33

90.

35

Hypolepis

... R.

T. Lewis.

91.

55

Hypolepis tenuifolia

... M,

, C. Cooke.

92.

55

Lastrea cochleata

...

35

93.

Lastrea marginata

...

55

94.

55

Lastrea patens ...

55

95.

55

Lexncliosma mar antes

...

55

96.

55

Leptogramvnia gracilis ...

...

,,

97.

53

Leptopteris Tiijmenophylloides

53

98.

55

Leucostegia pulchra

55

99.

55

Lindsaya flahellata

...

55

100.

55

' Lomaria discolor

...

„

101.

55

Lomaria fraxinea

...

,,

102.

55

Lomaria lanceolata

55

103.

>5

Lomaria Patersonii

...

53

104.

55

Lonchitis puhescens

55 ■

105.

35

Loniopteristetragona

...

55

106.

55

Lopliosoria pruinata

...

55

107.

„

Loxoscaphe gihherosa

...

55

108.

55

Lygodium voluhile

...

55

109.

55

MoA-attia alata ...

...

55

110.

55

Meniscium sorhifolium ...

...

55

111.

55

Mertensia dichotoma

...

55

112.

55

Microleins hirsuta '

35

113.

53

Microlepis lonchitoidea ...

...

35

114.

55

Microsorium irioides

...

5)

115.

55

Nephrodium malle

...

55

116.

55

Nephrolepis davallioides

,,

117.

5*

Nephrolepis tuherosa

...

55

118.

„

Neurogramma rufa

55

119.

35

Niplioholus lingua

55

120.

53

Nothochlxna chrysoplvylla

55

121.

55

NotJioclilcena nivea

...

55

122.

,,

NotliocMwna tricliomanoides

...

33

123.

55

Ocliropteris pallens

35

124.

55

Odontoloma Boryamtmi ...

...

55

125.

J3

Onoclea sensihilis

35

30

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

D.

Donor.

126.

Sori of Pellcea hastata

... M. C. Cooke.

127.

,j

Peranema cyatlioides

JJ

128.

,,

Phlehodium pitherulentum

JJ

129.

iy

Phlegopteris caudata

JJ

130.

Jj

Phlegopteris hexagonoptera

JJ

131.

JJ

Physematium ohtusum ...

JJ

132.

>J

Platy cerium alcicorne ...

JJ

133.

,,

Platy cerium alcicorne ...

... W. M. Bywater.

134.

„

Polypodium

... E.T.Lewis.

135.

JJ

Poly podium Billardieri ...

JJ

136.

JJ

Polypodium simile

... M. C. Cooke.

137.

JJ

Polystichum eapense

JJ

138.

JJ

Pteris tremula ...

J

139.

JJ

Saccoloma elegans

J

140.

JJ

Sagenia pteropus

...

J

141.
142.

»

Schizoloma Brunonis
Schizoloma ensifolium ...

'

143.
144.
145.
146.
147.

JJ
JJ
JJ
JJ
JJ

Scyphularia pentaphylla
Stenoloma clavatum
Stenoloma tenuifoliwm ...
Symopteris Sielsoldii
Tarachia falcata

J
J

148.

JJ

To/rachia prmmorsa

>

149.

JJ

Thamnopteris AustralasicB

J

150.

,,

Thehjpteris Novehoracensis

>

151.

JJ

Todea harhara ...

J

152.

JJ

Todea hymenophylloides ...

... E.T.Lewis.

153.

JJ

Trichomanes rigidu/m

... M.C.Cooke.

154.

JJ

Trichopteris excelsa

j>

155.

„

Woodsia rufidula

JJ

156.

JJ

Woodivardia

... E. T. Lewis.

157.

JJ

Woodtvardia radicans ...

... M.C.Cooke.

158.

Spores of Polystichum angulare...

... G. E. Quick.

159.

Stomata of Fern

... J. A. Archer.

160.

S]^ovea oi Equisetum

... S. J. Mclntire.

161.

JJ

Isoetes velata.,.

2. Mosses.

... M. C. Cooke.

162.

Bog Mos3, Sphagnum ...

... S.J. Mclntire.

168.

„ Sphagnum cymbifoU^im B

... M. C. Cooke.

164.

„ Sphagnum, ...

... Mr, Moginie.

165.

Liver Wort, Blasia pusilla

... Mr. Jackson.

166 to 168.

Moss Capsules

... Mr. Smith.

169.

Peristome of Funaria hygrometrica

... Mr. Oxley.

3. Fungi.

170.

Aregma hulhosimi, Bv&mhle hvand B

... Mr. Bennett.

171.

Aregmahulhosum ^

... M. C. Cooke.

172.

Aregma hulhosuvi

... W. M. Bywater.

173.

Aregma gracile "R

... T.C.White.

174.

Are

jma mucronatum "B

... M. C.

Cooke.

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

31

D.

175. Aregma mucronatum, Eose brand B

176. Aregma ohtusattmi B ...

177. Artlirohotrijimi atrum B

178. Aspergillus candidus

179. Asterosporium Hoffmanni

180. Botr]jos])orium diffusum

181. Chaeto'inium chartarum,

182. Coryneum disciforme B

183. Dactylium roseiim

184. Helmintlios'porium folliculatum B

185. Helminthosporium Smithii H ...

186. Nectria cinnaharina

187. Polyactis cinerea

188. Polycystis pompJiolygodes

189. Piiccinia aculeata B

190. Puccinia cegopodii ^ ...

191. Piiccinia anemones B ...

192. Puccinia apii B

193. Puccinia arundinacea B

194. Puccinia asari IB

195. Puccinia asparagi B ...

196. Puccinia hetoniccB B

197. Puccinia hetonicoB ^

198. Puccinia calthce B

199. Puccinia cam^panulce B

200. Pwccmm circcecB B

201. Puccinia coronata

202. Puccinia difformis B ...

203. Puccinia discoidearum B

204. Puccinia graminis "Z ...

205. Puccinia lychnidearmn B

206. Puccinia luzulce B

207. Puccinia nolitangeris "B

208. Puccinia primuloi "&

209. Puccinia prunorum

210. Puccinia smyrnii B

211. Puccinia thesii B

212. Puccinia tragopogi B ...

213. Puccinia veronicarum B

214. Puccinia virgaureoB B ...

215. Bcestelia lacerata (Spores) B

216. Sphceria jimhriata

217. SpTiceria herharum

218. Stemonitis ferruginea B

219. Stemonitis fusca

220. Thecaphorahyalina B...

221. Tilletia caries B

222. Trichia chrysosperma B

223. Trichia clavata B

224. Trichia fallax B

225. Trichia Neesiana B

Donor.
G. E. Quick.
M. C. Cooke.

W. M. Bywater.
M. C. Cooke.

W. M. Bywater.
M. C. Cooke.

G. E. Quick.
M. C. Cooke.

W. M. Bywater.
M. C. Cooke.

W. M. Bywater.
M. C. Cooke.

W. M. Bywater.
M. C. Cooke.

32

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

D.

226. TricMa ovata ^

227. Trichia pyriformis B ...

228. Trichia varia B

229. Trichohasis fahoB

230. Trichohasis ruhigo-vera

231. Trichohasis seyiecionis ...

232. Trichohasis senecionis ...

233. Trichohasis violarum B

234. Trix)hragmium ulmarice B

235. Triphragmium ulmoA'icB B

236. Uncinula hicornis

237. Uncinula polychaeta (U. States) .

238. TJstilago maydis B

239. Xenodochus carhonarius B

Donor.
M. C. Cooke.

T. C. White.

G. E. Quick.
M. C. Cooke.

4. CHAEACEiE.

240. Chara medicagimda (Fossil)

H. F. Hailes.

5. Alg^.

241. Arthrocladia villosa

242. Bonnemaisonia asparagoides

243. Callithamnion, tetraspores

244. Callithamnion arhuscula B

245. Callithamnion jioccosum B

246. 'Callithamnion pedicellatum

247. Callithamnion roseum B

248. Ceramium (favellaa)

249. Ceramium

250. Ceramium acanthonotum B

251. Chorda filum ...

252. Cladostephus verticellatus

253. Dasy a arhuscula S

254. Dasya venusta ...

255. Dasya venusta ...

256. Delesseria

257. Delesseria alata B

258. Desmarestia viridis S ...

259. Dictyota dichotoma

260. Dumontia filiformis

261. Ectocarpus Mertensii B

262. Griffithsia harhata

263. Griffithsia corallina

264. Griffijthsia setacea, tetraspores

265. Laurencia tenuissima (Spores)

266. Padina pavonia

267. 268. Plocamium, coccineum

269. Plocamium coccineum B

270. Polysiphonia ...

271. Polysiphonia urceolata B

272. Protococeiis nivalis B

C. Adcock.

H. A. Smith.

C. Adcock.
H. A. Smith.
C. Adcock.

H. A. Smith.
C. Adcock.

H. A.'smith.
C. Adcock.

H. A. Smith.

C. Adcock.

K A.'smith.
C. Adcock.

H. A. Smith.
C. Adcock.
H. A. Smith.
B, W. Richardson.

MICROSCOPICAL PRErARATIONS.

33

273, 274. Ptilota elegans B

275. Ptilota plv^mosa B

276. Ptilota phimosa...

277. Hhodomela sichfusca (?) ...

278. Sphcerococcics coronopifolius

279. Sj}orochius pedunculattis ...

280. Stilophora rhizodes

6. Desmids.

281. MicrasteHas and Euastrum B

282. Micrasterias and Closterium B

7. Diatoms.

283.
284,
286.
287.

290.
291.
292.
293.
294.
295.
296.
297.
298.
299.
300.
301.
302.
303.
304.
305.
306.
307.

309.

310.
311.
312.
313.
314.
315.
316.
317.
318.
319.

Actinoq/clus B ...
285. Actinocychis mbtilis^...

Actinocyclus subtil is

Actinocychis undidatus ...

Amphiprora conspicua
r Amphiprora ornata •\
\ Orthosira pu7ictato ?• ...
^ „ orichalcea ^

Amphora constricta H

Amphora ornata "B

Amjihora ovalis B

Arachnoid iscus Ehrenbergii B

Arachnoidiscus Ehrenbergii, in situ

Asterolampra (various) ...

Aulacodiscus angiUatus B

Aulacodiscus orientalis B

Aul iscus sculptztsB

Biddulphia aurita

Biddulphia Icevis B

Biddulphia reticulata B

Campy lodiscus clypeus B...

Camjjylod iscus clypens B . . .

Campylodiscus clypeus

Cavipylodiscus undidatus B

Cerataulus turgidus IB ...

Cesfodiscus B

Chaetoceros Wighamii (frustules) ...
rChaetoceros Wighamii •\
< Navicula tumens >

V Epithemia ventricosum ^

Cocconeis B ...

Cocconeis Orevillei B ...

Cocconema Mexicana B

Cyclotella opercidata B

Cyclotella punctata B ...

Cyclotella rectangula B

Cymatopleura a^piculata B

Denticulata sinuata B...

Diaioma Vidgare B

Epithemia ocellata B ...

Donor.
H. A. Smith.

»
G. Paton.
C. Adcock.

G. Paton.

Mr. Hardman.
H. F. Hailes
B. Taylor.
F. Kitten.

T. Curties.

W. W. Eeeves.
J. Eussell.
A. C. Cole.

Mr. Hardman.

F. Kitton.
A. de Brebisson.
Mr. Hardman.
M. C. Cooke.
H. F. Hailes.
F. Kitton.
Mr. Hardman.

F. Kitton.

T. Curties.
Mr. Hardman.
Exchange.
T. Curties.

1)
A. de Brebisson.

}j
T. Curties.

34

MICliOSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

D.

Donor.

320.

Epithemia succincta B...

... A. de Brebisson.

321.

Eupodiscus B ...

... T. Curties.

322.

Eupodiscus argus ^

... W.W. Eeeves.

323.

Eupodiscus Gregorianus B

... A. de Brebisson.

324.

Exipodiscus Balfsii B ...

... J. EusseU.

325.

Eupodiscus Bogersii B...

... T. Curties.

326.

Eupodiscus Ro2Jeri 'B ...

... A. de Brebisson.

327.

Eupodiscus suhtilis B ...

„

328.

Fragilaria crotonensis (N. Y.) ...

... F. Kitton.

.S29

( Fragilaria crotonensis (S. V.) 1
t Cyclotella rotula V"

OaU'

330.

Fragilaria virescens B...

... A. de Brebisson.

331.

Gamhella gastroides B...

... T. Curties.

332.

Gomphonona B

... Exchange.

333.

Gomphonema et Synedra "S

... B.Taylor.

334.

( Gomphonema capitatum | ^^ ^^^ ^^.^^
(. Gomphonema constrictum )

... F. Kitton.

335.

Gomphonema geminatum

... P. Gray.

336.

Grammatophora macilenta B ...

... G. Baton.

337.

Grammatophora marina B

„

338.

Heliopelta B ...

... J. Eussell.

339.

Eeliopelta et E. Bogersii B

... T. Curties.

340.

Eyalodiscus subtilis "B...

... Mr. Hardman.

341.

Isthmia (unnamed)

... A. C. Cole.

342.

Isthmia nervosa

... Dr. Dempsey.

343.

Melosira B

... G. Baton.

344.

Melosira Borreri B

... M. C. Cooke.

345.

Melosira numtnuloides B

... T.C. White.

346.

Navicula hacillum

... F. Kitton.

347.

Navicula hullata "B

... T. Curties.

348.

Navicula dactylus B ...

... A. de Brebisson.

349.

; ■ Navicula elegans

• . Pinnularia peregrina )

... F. Kitton.

350.

Navicula granulata ^ ...

... T. Curties.

351.

Navicula Hartley ana ...

... Mr. Tatem.

352.

Navicula humerosa "B ...

... A. de Brebisson.

353.

Navicula Vyra B

... Mr. Hardman.

354.

Navicula oculata B

... A. de Brebisson.

355.

Navicula prcBtexta B ...

... Mr. Hai-dman.

356-361. Navicula punctata B

... A. de Brebisson.

362.

Navicula punctata

... F. Kitton.

363.

Navicula rhomhoides ...

... H.A.Smith.

364.

Navicula serians

... F. Kitton.

365.

Navicula sphosr op Jwr a ,.,

55

366.

Navicula splendida et 2)andura B

... Mr. Hardman.

367.

Navicula vitrcea, GreYille

... F. Kitton.

368.

Nitzschia Brehissonii B

... A. de Brebisson.

369.

Nitzschia gracilenta B

55

370.

Nitzschia ohtusa B

371.

Nitzschia plicata B

... T. Curties.

372.

Odontidium et Fragilaria B

. . . Exchange.

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

35

D.

373. Peronia erinacea B
374, 375. Pinnularia, &c. B

376.
377.
378.
379.
380.
381.
382.
383.

384.

385.
386.
387.
388.
389.
390.

391. {

392.
393.
394.
395.
396.
397.
398.
399.
400.
401.

Pinnularia cardinalis ..
Pinnularia Ha/rtleyana
Pinnularia nohilis B .
Pinnularia viridis ^ ..
Pleurosigma angulata
„ halticum

B

■002

■003

■003

„ halticum

„ halticum

„ halticum ")

„ strigosutn ->

„ elotigatum

,, estuarii B

„ estuarii B

„ formosum B

„ formosum B

„ formosum ...

„ formosum

„ halticum

„ strigosum

„ decorum

„ quadratum

„ angulatum

„ hippocampus

„ lacustre

„ acuminatu/m

„ scalprum

„ gracilentum B

„ hippocampus

,, lacustris B

Polymyxos coronalis B...

„ coronatus B...

Rhahdonema B

„ arcuatum...

„ Crozieri B

5, minutum ...

Solium B

402-405. Staurone is acuta B

Stauroneis phcenicenteron B
Stictodiscus ? ...

iSurirella Capronii •\
8u7^irella elegans > B
Surirella hiseriata ^
Surirella constricta

412.

C Surirella linear

(■ Surirella amphioxysf

413. Surirella minuta B

414. Surirella ovalis B

415. 416. Surirella suhsalsa, var rotundata B

Donnr.

A. de Brebisson.

B. Taylor.
F. Kitton.
T. Curties.

B. Taylor.

55

Dr. Deinpsey.

F. Kitton.

55

A. de Brebisson.

B. Taylor.

H. F. Hailes.

Dr. Deinpsey.

A. de Brebisson,
Dr. Demj)sey.
T. Curties.
Mr, Hardman.
T, Ciirties.
T. C. White,
F. Kitton.
M, C. Cooke.
F, Kitton.
T. Curties.

A. C. Cole.

A. de Brebisson.

F, Kitton.

A. de Brebisson.

T, Curties,

A, de Brebisson.

36

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

417, 418. Synedra longissima B
419. Synedra ulna ^
490 5 ^y^^^^^'*''^ undulata \

(^ Bhahdonema adriaticum i

421. Tahellaria B ...

422. Toxonidea Gregoriana B

423. Triceratium B

424. Triceratium (unnamed)

425. Triceratium arcticum ...

426. Triceratium hrachiatum ... ^ ...
r Triceratium exiguum '\

427. < Orthosira punctata >
^Navicula scutelloides ^

428. Triceratium grande ^ ...

429. Triceratium turratella...

430. Deposit Bilin B

431. „ Chalk Pond, Beddington B ...

432. 433. „ Cherrjfield, Maine B ...

434. „ Cochin, E. I. B

435. „ Cochin, E. I. B

436. 437. „ Colseed Bay, U. S. B ...

438. „ Columbus, Ohio B

439, 440. „ Cornwallis, Nova Scotia B
441,442. „ Coswig, on theElbe B...

443. „ Duck Pond, Waterford B

444, 445. „ Ebstorf, Hanover B ...
446, 447. „ Eger, Bohemia B

448. „ Eisen B

449, 450. „ Franzensbad, Bohemia B

451. „ French's Pond, Maine B

452. „ Gossa, Bohemia B

453. 454. „ Gowan's Bay, N. Y. B
455, 456. „ Ipswich, Mass. B
457,458. „ Laconia, N.H. B
459,460. „ Monmouth, Maine B ...

461,462. „ Monticello, N. Y. B

463, 464. „ North Providence B ...

465. „ Nottingham, U. S. B ...

466. „ Nottingham, Maryland B

467. 468. „ Oberhohe, Hanover B ...

469. „ Peat Bog, N. Bridgton B

470, 471. „ Perley's Meadow, Bridgton B ...

472. ,, Peruvian Guano

473, 474. „ Eichmond, on the Potomac B ..,
475, 476. „ Salem, Mass. B

477, 478. „ Salt Lake Desert B ...

479. „ Sandwich Islands B ...

480, 481. „ Sing-Sing, Hudson's River B ...

482. „ Seville B

483, 484. „ S. Bridgton, Maine B ...

485. „ Subpeat, N. Bridgton, Maine B

Donor.
T. Curties.
Exchange.

F. Kitton.

T. Curties.
B. Taylor.
Mr. Hardman.
A. C. Cole.
F. Kitton.
A. C. Cole.

F. Kitton.

Mr. Hardman.
A. C. Cole.
W. W. Eeeves.
Exchange.
M. C. Cooke.
T. Curties.

M. C. Cooke.
T. Curties.
M. C. Cooke.

Exchange.
M. C. Cooke.

>»

G. Paton.
M. C. Cooke.
Exchange.

W. W. Eeeves.
M. C. Cooke.

B. Taylor.
Exchange.
M. C. Cooke.
Exchange.
M. C. Cooke.
B. Taylor.
M. C. Cooke.

T. Curties.
M. C. Cooke.
T. Curties.
Exchange.

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

37

486. Deposit Toome Bridge B

487, 488. „ Watermouth Caverns B

489. „ West Point, K Y. B ...

490. Dredgings, Atlantic Cable, 1865

491. „ Bay of Bengal B ...
492-496. „ Loch Fine B

497. „ Loch Fine B

498, 499. Fossil Diatomacese B

500. „ B

501, 502. Mixed Diatoms B ...

from Corsican Algae B ...
Edinburgh B
Hants

Market Weighton Canal B...
New Zealand
Perthshire B
Spring, N. Bridgton B
Stoneyford Eiver B
526-528. Siliceous vesicles of Max Schultze, illustrative of
Diatom structure ...

529. Unnamed Diatoms

530. „ „ ...

53L „ „

503-509.

>>

B

510-516.

j>

B

517.

>j

518.

>5

from

519.

»

520.

JJ

521.

»

522.

„

523.

»

524.

>»

525.

44

Donor.

B. Taylor.
T. Curties.
G. Baton.

C. Collins.
B. Taylor.
T. Curties.

W. W. Beeves.
B. Taylor.
Mr. Hardman.
T. Curties.

A. C. Cole.

B. Taylor.
B. Taylor.

J. W. Meacher.
T. Curties.
W. Hainworth.
T. Curties.
Exchange.
B. Taylor.

J. H. Hennah.
A. C. Cole.

VI

MINERAL.

1.

Acid — Aspartic

2.

„ Boracic

3,4.

„ Hippuric

5.

„ Hippuric

6-21.

„ Hippuric

22.

„ Hippuric, artificial

23-24.

„ Pyrogallic

25.

„ Tai'taric...

26.

» Ui-ic

27-30.

Ammonia, Borate

31.

Ammonia, nitrate of

32.

Avantui-ine

33.

Barium, chloride of

^.

Calcareous Egg Sand

35.

Coal Ash

36.

Coal section

37.

Copper, crystallized

38.

pyrites

39.

„ sulphate of

40,41

„ sulphate

Dr. Dempsey.
G. E. Quick.
T. C. White.
G. E. Quick.
W. Hislop.
T. C White.
W. H. Golding.
E. Marks.
Mr. Oxley.
Mr. Conder.
G. E. Quick.

Mr. Simson.
C. Collins.
A. Topping.
H. T. HaUes.
M. C. Cooke.
E. Marks.
W. H. Golding.

38

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.

42.

Copper, sulptate

75^'

43.

„

sulphate

85°

44.

>5

sulphate

100°

45-47.

>j

sulphate

48.

>»

sulphate,

fine spirals ...

49.

Coprolite, section

50.

Fossil Plant from Coal Measures

51.

Gem sand (Ava)

...

52.

Gold,

native, from Alexander

53.

5>

Ballarat

54.

»

Brazil

55.

»

California

66.

9)

Cape Coast ...

67.

>J

Caucasus

58.

»J

Chili

59.

>J

Geelong

60.

»J

Golconda

61.

ii

Gold Coast ...

62.

SJ

Guadalquiver

63.

JJ

Guinea

64.

>>

Hartz Mountains

65.

»»

Mexico

66.

55

Nepal

67.

»

Persia

68.

»>

Peru

69.

>J

Transylvania...

70.

»

Ural Mountains

71.

Wicklow

72.

Gold

crystallized :

from Ammonia Iodide

73, 74. Granite (section)

from Mt. Sinai B

75.

Heliotrope, or Bloodstone

76, 7^

'. Iron,

sulphate of

...

78.

Magnesia, sulphate of ...

79.

J

5 5}

...

80. Magnesia, sulphate

81,82. Malachite

83. Marble (Ephesus) B ...

Meteoric stone ...

Nickel, sulphate of

Norway Eock, section B

Opal ...

Porphyrine, section B ...

Potass Bichromate

Potash, chlorate

Patash, nitrate of

Potassium Ferrocyanide ...

93. Quartz crushed...

94. Salicine

95. Salicine

96. Salt work Crystals, Bergkrystalle

97. ,, Eisenglimmer

84.
85.
86.
87.

90.
91.
92.

Donor,
Mr. Martin.

W. Hislop.

T. C. White.
J. Butterworth.
M. C. Cooke.
T. Boss.

W. H. Golding.
Mr. Kibble.
H. F. Hailes.
W. H. Golding.
G. E. Quick.
W. H. Golding.
A. Topping.
J. Bockett.
Mr. Simson.
E. T. Lewis.
G. E. Quick.
G. Baton.
J. Bockett.
G. Paton.
W. H. Golding.
J. W. Groves.
G. E. Quick.
W. N. Golding.
W. Moginie.
J. F. Pickard.
A. Topping.
Herr Weisflog.

MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS.
E.

98. Salt work Crystals, Gelbe Krystalle

99. ,, Blauschwarze KrystaUe

100. ,, Floeken und Faden ...

101. „ Schwefelkies.
102-105. Santonine
106-109. Santonine ' ...
110-113. Sections of Stone B
114 Silicon

Silver, crystallized
Silver, native (Pern)
Soda, Acetate of
Theine from Black Tea
Titanium

Uranium, nitrate of
Wood, fossil (Tasmania)

39

115.
116.
117.
118.
119.
120.
121.

Donor.
Herr Weisfloff.

W. Hislop.

5)

G. Paton.
J. W. Leakey.
A. Topping.
J. W. Leakey.
W. H. Golding.

J. Bockett.
W. H. Golding.
J. Bockett.

Miscellaneous.

122-124. Ancient glass from Temple of Venus (Cyprus) ...

125. ,, disintegrated, from the Catacombs,
Eome

126. Dendritic spot on paper .. .

127 to 132. lUusti-ations of Mr. E. T. Lewis' paper, on some
of the Microscopic Effects of the Electric
Spark. Sept. 28, 1866

133. Microphotograph, "The Times"...

134. „ from a picture...

135. „ Lord Raglan's Tablet ...

136. „ "TheEentDay"

137. „ "TheEeturn"

138. „ " The Last Appeal " ...

139. Microscopic Writing, " The Lord's Prayer." -0004,

E. T. Lewis.

C. Baker.
M. C. Cooke.

E. T. Lewis.
G. Paton.

Capt. St, John.

->♦<-

p. BACON, LEWES.

SEVENTH REPORT

OF THE

QUEKETT MICROSCOPICAL CLUB,

AND

LIST OF ME^^IBEES

Meeting at Uxiveesity College, London, on the Second and Fourth
Fridays of e^'ery Month at Eight o'clock.

Offices: 192, PICCADILLY,
LONDON.

July 1872,

{Extract from original Prospectus^ July 1 865.)

" The want of such a Club as the present has long heen felt, wherein
" Microscopists and students with kindred tastes might meet at stated periods
" to hold cheerful converse with each other, exhibit and exchange specimens,
" read papers on topics of interest, discuss doubtful points, compare notes of
" progress, and gossip over those special subjects in which they are more or
" less interested : where, in fact, each member would be solicited to bring his
" own individual experience, be it ever so small, and cast it into the treasury
'• for the general good. Such are some of the objects which the present Club
" seeks to attain. In addition thereto it hopes to organize occasional Field
" Excursions, at proper seasons, for the collection of living specimens, to
" acquire a Library of such books of reference as will be most useful to
"enquiring students; and, trusting to the proverbial liberality of Micro-
" scopists, to add thereto a comprehensive Cabinet of Objects. By these, and
" similar means, the Quekett Microscopical Club seeks to merit the support
" of all earnest men who may be devoted to such pursuits; and, by fostering
" and encouraging a love for Microscopical studies, to deserve the approval
" of men of science and more learned societies."

OFPICEES AND COMMITTEE.

(Elected July 1872.)

Dr. Robert Braithwaite, F.R.M.S., F.L.S.

0ke-|jre$ibents.
Dr. Lionel S. Beale, F.R.S., F.R.M.S.
Arthur E. Durham, F.R.C.S., F.R.M.S.
Henry Lee, F.L.S., F.R.M.S.
Dr. Matthews.

Robert Hardwicke, F.L.S.

Po:t. ^ttxttm^.

T. Charters White, M.R.C.S., F.R.M.S.

Poit. ^etretarg for Jor^igit Comsponbence.
M. C. Cooke, M.A.

f oit. %tpxkx.
Richard T. Lewis, F.R.M.S.

€ommitUt.

W. Allbon, F.R.M.S.
T. W. Burr, F.R.A.S.
W. M. Bywater, F.R.M.S.
Charles F. White, F.R.M.S.

W. H. GOLDING.

Thomas Greenish, F.R.M.S.

W. T. LoY, F.R.M.S.
Edward Marks.
John Ingpen, F.R.M.S.
B. Daydon Jackson.
Fred. Oxley.
J. M. Ramsbotham, M.D.

ITibrarian. ®«rator.

Alpheus Smith. G. W. Ruffle.

^xmxmn Committee.

F. W. Gay, F.R.M.S. I W. T. Suffolk, F.R.M.S.

W. W. Reeves, F.R.M.S. | F. Oxley.

(K ^change (erf ,^iihs) €ommittn.
H. F. Hailes. E. Marks.

PAST PRESIDENTS.

J>©<c

EDWIN LANKESTER, M.D., F.R.S.

ERNEST HART

ARTHUR E. DURHAM, F.L.S., &c.

PETER LE NEVE FOSTER, M.A. -
LIONEL S. BEALE, M.B., F.R.S., &c.

Elected

July, 1865.
1866.
1867.
1868.
1869.
1870.
1871.

EEPORT OF THE COMMITTEE.

The Committee of the Qiiekett Microscopical Club, in offer-
ing their Seventh Annual Report to its Members, have much
pleasure in announcing that during the past year the progress
of the Club has been satisfactory, and its success continuous.

Looking to the fact that three kindred societies have been
established in the suburbs of this Metropolis, they might
have expected a diminution in the number of its Members,
but they see with pleasure that the numerical strength of the
Club remains undiminished, while its work and objects are
carried out as energetically as ever ; they are happy also in
saying that a cordial co-operation exists between what may
be regarded as the parent society and its several offshoots,
and your Committee trust that this feeling may be as lasting
and as warm as such a feeling should be amongst those who
find a bond of union in kindred tastes and pursuits.

Your Committee would again take this opportunity of
tendering their thanks to the Authorities of University
College, who — with their accustomed liberality — still allow
the Club the invaluable privilege of meeting twice each
month within its precincts rent free ; and while thanking
these gentlemen on their own behalf for courteous accessions

to their wishes on several occasions, the Committee feel they
but express the sentiments felt by the Members generally.

The Meetings of the Club still continue well attended, and
your Committee cannot be insensible to the appreciation of
the Gossip Night on the second Friday in each month, as
manifested in an increased and an increasing attendance ;
and they would especially call the attention of the younger
Members, and of those to whom Microscopy is a new pursuit,
to the inestimable advantages offered by this night, for in
addition to the exhibition of many interesting mounted
specimens, some of which are not to be obtained through the
ordinary channels, microscopic life is also well represented,
and such details afforded to beginners as may enable them to
procure such for themselves — while the wants of the rising
botanist or geologist will find those particular departments
of science not unrepresented on this occasion ; added to which
a vast amount of useful information, relative to microscopical
manipulation and the mounting and preservation of speci-
mens, is gathered from the social and kindly chat which
takes place at this Meeting.

The subjects of the Papers read at the ordinary Meetings
during the past year partake of a varied character, and
evince much careful observation.

The following Papers were read, the discussions on which
will be found reported in the published Proceedings : —

Mr. M. C. Cooke ... On the disappearance of the

Nuclei of certain Fern spores
after mounting.

Mr. J. W. Waller . . . On Cliona, or the boring Sponge.

Dr. Lattey On the Mounting of Marine

Polyzoa.

Mr. T. Charters White .

Mr. M. C. Cooke ....
Mr. W. T. Suffolk . . .

Mr. James Smith . . .

Mr. W. H. FURLONGE . .
Dr. G. W. ROYSTON PiGOTT

Mr. J. G. Waller .

Mr. W. H. FURLONGE

On the Minute Anatomy of the
Pulp of a Tooth.

On the Tremelloid Uredines.

Additional remarks on Micro-
scopical delineation.

On Cell Mounting.

On the Anatomy of Pulex
irritans (second paper).

On a new Method of ascertain-
ing the Magnifying power of
Objectives.

Observations on Freshwater
Sponges.

On a Phenomenon of Binocular
Vision in the delineation of
Microscopical objects.

In addition to these papers many short but interesting
communications have been received at the ordinary Meetings,
and also various mechanical contrivances, having for their
object the facilitation of Microscopical observation, have been
exhibited.

During the past year your Committee have been enabled
to fulfill the promise made at the last Annual Meeting, and
have published Catalogues of the Slides in the Cabinet and of
the books in the Library, and they hope by these means to
promote a more extended use of these two most important
departments of the Club's operations.

By the kindness and liberality of several Members and
friends, the following Slides have been added to the Cabinet
of the Club since the last Annual Meetins:.

Mr. L. Bennett
„ M. Burgess

Friends, per Mr. Thos. Curties

. 50

Dr. A. Lattey

6

Mr. G. Paton

. 58

„ J. EOGERS

. 12

„ Thos. Rogers .

1

„ Topping

. 24

„ J. G. Waller

6

„ T. C. White . . . .

24

Mr. J. Rowlett also presented a 2-incli objective to the
Club.

The following additions have been made to the Library
during the past year by purchase, and the liberal donations
of Members and other gentlemen.

The Smithsonian Annual Reports for 1868-9,

From the Smithsonian Institute, Washington, U.S.
The Hand-book of British Fungi, Part II . Mr. Quick.
Proceedings of the Royal Society for 1870-1 . The Society.
The Invisible World, by Dr. J. Mantell,

Mr. C. C. Bentley.
A Monograph of the Tubularian Hydroids, by Prof. Allman,

By Purchase.

And the Committee would avail themselves of this op-
portunity of thanking those gentlemen who have presented
Books, and the Serial Scientific Literature of the day, to the
Library, for what are valued as important acquisitions to the
educational advantages of the Club.

The Excursions of the Club still maintain the interest
which has attended them from their institution, while a more
than usually agreeable character has been imparted to them
by the blending together of the Members of the suburban
Societies with those of the Club upon these occasions.

The Annual Soiree of the Club was held at University
College on March 15th, and invitations were issued to many
persons of distinction in Art, Literature, and Science, as well
as to the Members. This Conversazione, like those of former
years, was well attended, there being about 1,100 Members
and visitors present. Upwards of 200 Microscopes were
contributed by the Members of the Club, the Croydon
Microscoj)ical Society, the Sydenham and Forest Hill Micro-
scopical and Natural History Club, the South London Micro-
scopical Club, and the leading Opticians, the exhibition being
thereby rendered unusually attractive. Among many objects
of general interest exhibited on this occasion, might be
mentioned some fac-simile illuminated drawings of a complete
set of ancient jewellery found in the tomb of an Egyptian
Queen, and of a date 1800 years b. c, accompanied by trans-
lations of the inscriptions found on each piece by Dr. Birch,
of the British Museum, kindly lent for exhibition by Mr.
E. Kiddle, and some drawings of the Microscopical characters
of various tissues, executed most accurately by Mr. Eochfort
Connor. The following gentlemen also assisted the Com-
mittee by their valuable contributions :-T-Mr. Apj)s exhibited
some brilliant electrical experiments '^ in vacuo," Mr. James
How, various Photographic views, &c., shown by the Oxy-
Calcium Lamp, and Mr. James Martin, of the London
Stereoscopic Company, exhibited by the same means some
views illustrating South African scenery, the Cape Diamond
Fields, and the Livingstone Expedition. Your Committee
are pleased to be able to announce that the evening gave
satisfaction to all present, and they beg to thank those
gentlemen who contributed so ably and largely to bring
about this result.

During the past year several resignations have been re-
ceived from Members in consequence of their removal to the

10

country, but your Committee feel much, pleasure in an-
nouncing that, by the addition of new Members, the list still
presents over 500 names. They regret to say that an
honoured name has been removed by death from the pages of
their last report ; and other scientific Societies, besides the
Quekett Microscopical Club, in which he always took a warm
interest, will mourn the loss of Mons. Alphonse de Brebisson.

In concluding this Report your Committee desire to ex-
press their thanks to the following gentlemen for their
valuable co-operation during the past year; they cannot
lightly pass over the ser\dces rendered for many years by
Mr. Richard T. Lewis as their Honorary Reporter, and
they here acknowledge how much the Publishing Com-
mittee of the Journal have been indebted to him for his
accurate reports of the Proceedings of the Meetings. And
they also wish on this occasion to accord their especial
thanks to Mr. Edward Jaques, who, from the commence-
ment of the Club has acted as its Honorary Librarian, and
whose services they regret they are now compelled to lose ;
but they feel much satisfaction in being able to announce
that they have found his successor in Mr. Alphkus Smith,
who for some time past has generously given his services to
the Club as its Assistant-Librarian ; they also take this
opportunity of thanking their honorary Curator, Mr. Gr. W.
Ruffle, for his indefatigable care of the Cabinets of Slides,
and to Mr. B. D. Jackson, who has kindly consented to
assist him in the issue of Slides to the Members ; they feel
that their thanks are also due to Messrs. Gay, Oxley, Reeves,
and Suffolk, to whose endeavours the organisation of the
excursions owe their efficiency ; and they also desire to
record their obligations to Messrs. Hailes and Marks, the
Exchange of Slides Committee, for the satisfactory manner
in which they administer this department of the Club. And

11

they would not omit to acknowledge their obligations to
Mr. M. C. Cooke, who, in the midst of much literary work
of other kinds, has greatly assisted them in the issue of the
Catalogue of the Slides in the Cabinet.

The prospect afforded by a retrospective glance at the
progress of the Club during the seventh year of its existence
is one that affords the Committee unlimited satisfaction ; they
see its affairs in every way prosperous, and its numerical
strength still maintaining a high position, but more than all,
they see its Members working cordially and warmly together
in rendering to each and all the information and aid they
may severally need ; and they feel that while this social and
brotherly feeling exists, the Quekett Microscopical Club will
continue to retain the support it has always received from its
institution.

July mth, 1872,

ADDEESS OF THE PEESIDENT.

July 26th, ISn.

There is in these days such an insatiable desire to impress
upon the world the fact of general progress and improve-
ment, and the vast importance of certain kinds of human
knowledge, that there is no little danger of real work of the
unpretentious kind being lost in the froth and fuss and hub-
bub that are made about the tremendous consequences of the
mighty discoveries which are about to be made public. It
could hardly be otherwise than that our microscopic work
should seem unimportant, should suffer in popularity, and
should experience neglect at the hands of those who were oc-
cupied in researches of such tremendous significance as
the origin, formation, properties, and end of worlds. We
have, however, been patiently, and, I hope, unremittingly,
prosecuting our enquiries, — disturbed neither by the terrible
conjectures of the philosophers who have convinced them-
selves that they are strong, nor deterred by the professed in-
difference of the thinkers who have persuaded themselves
that the grand secret of all things is on the eve of being
evolved from the contents of a crucible, and about to be so
brightly illuminated that the doubts and fears of the patient
long expecting multitude are about to be set at' rest for
ever.

13

During the past Session we have had several papers of
great interest, and many of our discussions have been very
instructive. These are recounted in our proceedings, and
afford some indication of our activity in the department of
research to which we have devoted ourselves. But yet I fear
we cannot feel quite sure that we have been as useful as we
might have been, or have made the most of the excellent
opportunities enjoyed by all members of the Quekett Club.
It has often occurred to me as a thing most to be desired
that every new method introduced for the demonstration of
microscopical structure should be put to the test by some of
our most skilful and experienced members, and that speci-
mens illustrating the effects of different methods of investiga-
tion should be exhibited at our meetings. In this way the
accuracy of original observers would be tested, and science
advanced. But undoubtedly the difficulties of carrying out
this proposal are considerable, and not to be easily overcome.
A student naturally feels that it would be presumptuous on
his part to doubt the word of a recognised authority, and he
could hardly set to work to test the accuracy of a research
without implying that he doubted its truth, which, perhaps,
might bring upon him the ridicule of his friends, and would
unquestionably expose him to the hostility of many authori-
ties who love truth, but at the same time particularly respect
the opinions they entertain.

Every man who devotes himself to any branch of scientific
investigation ought to submit to be questioned, and to have
his observations repeated and thoroughly tested by others.
He who loves science will be the last to display impatience of
analytical criticism. He cheerfully encourages re-investiga-
tion of everything he has done, instead of proclaiming
the intensity of his love for truth and declaring how in-
tensely he hates a lie ; at the same time gently intimating
that his strength is so great that for him to err would be

14

impossible. Some, indeed, in these days do not hesitate
to declare their own infallibility as regards scientific doc-
trines, while at the same time they display the most delicate
— almost feminine — susceptibility if any one questions the
correctness of their own conclusions, and manifest the most
violent indignation if anyone dares to express an opinion dif-
fering from that which they have espoused. But science does
not thus teach. Science profits largely by difference of opinion,
and advocates the thorough examination of every step made
in advance. Science does not permit her followers to espouse
the doctrine of infallibility, and any one who displays arro-
gance, and boasts of his strength may be strong, indeed, and
very powerful, but he cannot be scientific. These remarks,
which apply to all science, are, as it appears to me, especially
applicable to microscopical science, for it is impossible that
our work can be too thoroughly, too minutely, or too fre-
quently examined and re-examined. The sooner errors are
exposed and correct observations confirmed the better for all.
And this looking out for errors, and this confirmation of ac-
curate statements is, as it appears to me, the very work that
can be most advantageously carried out by the most ad-
vanced of our members. The work of each would in its
turn be examined by others, and the exact truth would cer-
tainly be ascertained. If this were done microscopical ob-
servation would soon be very popular, and our science would
occupy the position in public esteem which it ought long ago
to have held, and it would be more generally taught than
heretofore. But there are, I regret to say, many circum-
stances which tend to prejudice people against our enquiries,
and which are not to be easily altered by any efforts we may
make to do so. To some of these I propose to advert in the
course of this address.

It would be difficult, indeed, I think, to find any subject so
well adapted for training the mind, for the prosecution of

15

scientific work, as microscopical investigation. Few depart-
ments of work are so well calculated to make a man careful
and thoughtful. The microscopical observer is constantly
discovering and constantly correcting the discoveries he has
already made. He cannot progress without continually
learning new things, and correcting what he has already
learnt. And if he is a thorough microscopist, he will be as
careful not to publish too soon the results of his own obser-
vations, as he is not to lean too much upon the demonstra-
tions of authorities until they have been confirmed by others.
What prolonged training is required before a student can
become an accurate observer ! How slowly the microscopist
progresses, and how patiently must he have worked before
he is able to contribute observations which shall materially
advance his department of science. The report of the work
of the real observer only begins when the new facts upon
which his conclusions are to be based have been positively
demonstrated. In these days, however, many a man having
scarcely any experience sits down to his work and very soon
comes to the conclusion that he has discovered a fact that
was not known before. He makes his drawings and pub-
lishes at once the results of his investigation. But the real
observer proceeds in a very difierent manner. After having
demonstrated a fact which he supposes to be new, he waits,
consults authorities, and carefully thinks over what has been
done before his time, and exactly what has been done by him.
Then he proceeds to ascertain if the new conclusion is to be
confirmed by investigations upon species of animal or plant
difierent from the particular one examined by him. Only
when he feels quite sure he is right does he begin to make
drawings and arrange his facts for publication. This seems
slow work for these days, but, as you will observe, of exactly
the kind to correct the errors of the times in which we live.

16

How different is the value of slow, careful, and well cogi-
tated work, compared with that of the rapidly produced, semi-
conjectural assertion, which has been made to do duty for
observation !

What subject, then, can be so well adapted for scientific
training as microscopical enquiry properly pursued for a
sufficient period of time ? Now that we have good, cheap,
and portable instruments, as well as all the accessory instru-
ments and apparatus required, conveniently arranged, I
wonder that our work has not become very popular among
teachers and in general schools. It is well known how, by
Microscopical work, everyone improves his powers of ma-
nipulation, increases the deKcacy of his sense of touch,
teaches himself patience, improves his sight, developes his
powers of observation, and encourages exactness of thought
and of description at the same time. And surely all these
are of advantage and much to be desired in the training of
youth. Moreover, it is equally well suited for both sexes ;
but, nevertheless, microscopical work can hardly be termed
popular, and as yet is very little taught in any of our
schools.

Unfortunately, like some other branches of knowledge,
microscopic investigation has been neglected as of little
educational value. It has been intentionally disparaged by
the scientific brethren who call themselves strong, no doubt
in order that their favourite pursuits might be made to
appear more important, and stand a better chance of being
admired and rendered popular. It is noteworthy that the
departments of science that the pubKc has heard most about
of late years are those calcidated rather to excite the as-
tonishment of unlearned and somewhat idle people, than
those which would excite the interest or appeal to the
intellect of real students. Lest minute investigation should
lead men to doubt whether all the wonderful phenomena

17

they observed, and the marvellous and beautiful struc-
tures they demonstrated, were really the consequence of
physical changes only, they have been advised to study
the general properties and forces of non-living matter, and
not to pay much attention to points of minute detail. And
the utmost energy has been displayed for the purpose of
impressing upon pupils the dogma of physical causation.
But in spite of all the manoeuvres the greatest ingenuity
could devise, in spite of the active help and cordial co-opera-
tion of some of the keenest intellects of our time, men do
doubt if many things taught in the name of science, and
most positively affirmed to be true, are true indeed. Some
have even given expression to the doubts they entertain ;
and it is even to be feared that not a few intelligent persons
having discovered that some scientific men had certainly
wandered, in spite of their asseverations to the contrary,
from the safe paths of observation and experiment, and had
certainly lost themselves in the mazes of conjecture, have
condemned scientific work generally as pretentious, boastful,
arrogant, and untrustworthy. People who venerated pure
intellect began to fancy that the days were fast approaching
when the old ideas, which had so impressed the greatest
minds in past centuries, would be set aside as myths, and
spoken of as fables ; when perhaps Christianity itself would
have to give place to positive knowledge— but alas it is beino*
found out that the jwsitire is not knowledge, and that the
knowledge we have is anything but positive. Had the pre-
tentious assertions that have been made and believed durino-
the last ten years been properly examined — had the facts so
loudly proclaimed to be true, been subjected to careful analysis,
one by one, and by persons properly trained to scientific in-
vestigation, how much higher might not science have risen
in the estimation of the thoughtful ? But any one who
ventured to ask for time for consideration, or to recommend

18

caution, was condemned — efforts were directed to silence him,
or prevent liim from being heard, while the multitude were
made to applaud as the chariot of science rushed by, whither
no one cared, though all were enchanted by the rushing on.
The observations of some authorities almost lead us to
infer that they believe that the only way to promote the
successful investigation of nature is to inculcate a contempt
for what has been already taught. The great aim of at least
one school of philosophy would seem to be to emancipate
mankind from the trammels of the past. But it is very easy
to see that even before the old chains are snapped, our would-
be liberators are hard at work fororino: for us fetters more
galling than the old ones, and preparing for those who
hesitate to accept their creed a new tyranny differing but
little as regards its results from the tyrannies that have gone
out of fashion. Nay, some philosophers are so imbued with
the true proselytizing spirit, as to intimate that it would be
an advantage to the world if a considerable number of
persons who do not accept their views concerning this world
and the next, were improved off the face of the earth, or
somehow put down, in order that scientific liberty might be
promoted without further opposition. Unbounded admiration
for the discoveries of to-day, and contempt for much of
what has been effected by those who have lived before
us, is a curious characteristic of some of the most for-
ward minds of these days. In speaking of events that
have been recorded in history. Canon Kingsley himself, at
one time a professor of History, tells us how " he resolved
that he would not bother his head with things of that sort
while he could get on without them." Farther on he points
out that " the first thing we must learn to do is to be honest
and say exactly what we have seen and heard and felt."*
But surely it is very doubtful if the honesty of men would

* Address at Bristol, October, 1871.

19

increase if that virtue were to be acquired only by listening
to those who told them exactly what they had seen and
heard and felt. For my part I do not know anything more
unpleasant than to have to listen to an exact description of
what a person feels, but to be told all that a person — conscious
of his unbounded honesty — feels about his own special virtue,
would, it is to be feared, excite in many, and particularly in
children, a determination to try to be anything but honest.
But surely honesty is not one of the discoveries of the new
Philosophy, a characteristic which has only just been evolved
after a long course of natural selection? Potentially, of
course, honesty existed in the lower forms of life, and who
knows but that some correlate might have been discovered
in those simple Kving things that came to our planet after a
very long ride through space on the fragment of a more
ancient world, if our means of investigation had been suffi-
ciently exact ?

It is not astonishing that our work has been found to be
rather slow and unexciting in times like these, but in the
quieter period that must succeed we may hope to engage a
little interest, and be permitted to teach to others some of
the facts familiar to ourselves, and even allowed to offer an
opinion of the bearing of these facts upon grander and more
momentous enquiries. No wonder that people who have
been dazzled by the illuminated undulations of infinity,
should scoff at the idea of discovering anything by looking at
a growing speck. But now that the whole course of physical
change upon our world has been fully determined and
adequately accounted for, it is possible that people may care
to be told something about the structure and mode of growth
of themselves and the living things by which they are
surrounded.

Men who love science for her own sake take delight in
discussing the facts upon which their theories and hypotheses

B 2

20

are based, but for some years past certain conclusions have
been unduly forced into notoriety by a few authorities who
do not allow that they can be called in question. The man
who dares to doubt, or ventures to ask for explanation, is
either " tolerated," or called *' weak " or " orthodox," or dis-
posed of in one of many other ways known to the " strong
brethren." A small but active band of strong brethren
entertain in these days a prava snperstitio, and flatter them-
selves that their tenets shall spread until at some time in the
distant future they shall have no small influence upon the
world about to be. If you express dissent from any doctrine
they teach, your remarks will be completely passed over, or
it will be publicly intimated that amongst a number of foolish
objections perhaps the most absurd are those emanating from
a person who has altogether misunderstood the question at
issue, and to whom, therefore, it is not necessary to reply,
&c., &c. If you urge that Mr. A also dissents, and that he
has spent the last thirty years in investigating the matter,
and is well known for the good work he has done, you will
be answered by a condescending smile, and with a shrug of
the shoulders — you will be asked who Mr. A may be, and in
what way it signifies supposing he does not believe what in a
material sense is infallibly true ? This is exactly what we
must expect. All workers and thinkers, except those who
are contented to run along the only popular groove, must
sufier rebufis at the instance of the strong brethren. There
is but one mode of escape, and that is to recant before it is
too late, to give an assent to their favourite dogma, and
speak publicly of their amazing strength. If you differ, you
must suffer. Nor will it make the slightest difference whether
you are student or teacher. Scientifically you may be on
precisely the same level, but no matter, that knot of persons
takes care that the public are repeatedly informed how very
strong they are ; and to give due force to their statements.

21

the strongest seems to be always brandishing a sledge-
hammer, while some join in loud chorus every time the
anvil is struck, and others add to the commotion that is
made apparently for the purpose of leading people to think
that very hard work must be going on where so much noise
is produced.

That there is another side to many of the arguments now
so forcibly advanced is well known ; but it is for the public
to determine whether they will hear the objections to popular
doctrines, or whether they will not. If people decide that
man is a physico-chemical mechanism, and that his physical
basis is a molecular albuminoid protoplasmic colloid sub-
stance, it must be so. The people have a right to take any
view they like upon any matter, artistic, political, philo-
sophical, literary, or scientific. The few who desire to
form a correct judgment are in the minority, and they
may be permitted to obtain the facts they want as best
they can. Their opinion is of no importance. There is,
one would suppose, a good deal to be said against the
doctrine that all causation is physical, but the dictum is
carried by acclamation ; so at least for a time it is held that
physical causation is of universal application. It is quite
certain that no one at this time can adequately explain by
physics even the growth of a blade of grass, or the move-
ments of the contents of the most minute cell, or the growth
of any living thing whatever. But that is no matter. The
cause must be physical because every cause is physical.
Peoj)le have determined to believe that everything is to be
explained by physical law. There is no harm in believing
this, only it is incorrect to conclude that the belief is in
accordance with reason, and that it is grounded upon facts of
observation and experiment. It is possible that some one
may be about to obtain new data for the belief, but in the
meantime the faithful should abstain from speaking con-

22

temptuously of those who differ from them in opinion. And
it is not in accordance with philosophic principles to refuse
to accept or to ridicule the evidence brought by the micros-
copical observer on the plea that he is a mere microscopist —
an injector — a putter up of preparations, and so forth. His
evidence after all may be very important, and must at least
be of more value than the conjectural hypothesis of the
physical imagination.

Hard and unsparing has been the criticism of the weak
brethren by those who call themselves very strong. No one
would believe that the weak and the strong were working
together in the same great workshop for the same great end.
Some in our department, notwithstanding the fact that they
have served their apprenticeship with credit, and have never
scamped the work they were set to do, have been condemned
almost by name. Our instrument of research has been called
" mischievous," and that most unpleasant qualification,
" mere," has been inserted before the epithet which is
applied to us by our fellow-workmen who have embraced
the new philosophy. Now, let us indulge in a little friendly
criticism for the benefit of our strong friends. The micros-
copical observer, although wanting in the remarkable in-
tensity and self-confidence by which the physicist is dis-
tinguished, may nevertheless succeed in showing certain
details of structure and peculiarities of constitution which
elude other methods of physical research, but which are
worthy of the attention of every one working in nature's work-
shop. At the same time it is very desirable that microscopists
should have a clear understanding concerning what is com-
prised under the term Physics — a department of science
which is to be taught in elementary schools, and which girls
as well as boys are expected to learn. We will examine
the term physics with a very moderate power, and endeavour
to ascertain what the girls and boys of the rising generation

23

are to be taught under this head. And in order that we
may examine with good chance of success, we will appeal to
a physicist, and consider the definition which has been given
by him in an elementary text-book recently published. The
little work in question is one of a series of primers sanctioned
by an authority well known for expressing exactly what he
thinks, — an authority who has condemned scientific text-
books generally, and who has of course taken care that the
series which he edits shall be wanting in the many short-
comings for which children's books are so sadly celebrated.
These new text-books probably approach perfection more
nearly than any preceding work.

I will now give you an example of the sort of knowledge
that is to be forced into the heads of the rising generation.
The little boys and girls attending the schools of the future
are to be enlightened concerning the meaning of physics in
this wise : — " You have been told about the kinds of things we
have in the world, but you have not yet learned much about
the moods or affections of things." The child may feel a
little puzzled about the affections and snoods of things around
him, and will ask himself perhaps what can be meant by the
affections, say of the tables, chairs, fire-irons, and the moods
of the pots and pans, but his physical teacher soon makes all
clear to his physical comprehension, " you are, yourself, little
child," says the teacher, " subject to change of moods ; some-
times you appear with a smile on your face, and sometimes
perhaps with a face full of frowns or tears ; sometimes,
again, you feel vigorous and active ; sometimes dull and
listless." The child has been already taught about oxygen
and hydrogen, and water and iron, and has been shown that
some things are compound, and can be split up into other
things, and that some things are simple and cannot be so
split up ; but now the teacher begins to explain all about the
moods and affections of t/tinr/s, and commences his ex-

24

position by the argu7ne}Uiun ad puerum. " You are a thing,
and you have your moods — sometimes a smile is on your face,
but sometimes your face is quite full of frowns and tears."
The apt little scholar soon satisfies himself that he is a thing,
and finds out that things like himself have afiections and
moods. When he looks about after his lesson is over, he
sees the poker smiling at the tongs, while the face of the
shovel is full of tears, and looks offended and angry. The
tabula rasa of the child, that has been carefully protected
from the contaminating influence of Jack the Giant killer,
and remains uninjured by ridiculous fairy tales, soon has im-
pressed upon it the truths of exact physical science. The
little pupil is able to demonstrate most conclusively to him-
self and his little friends when the chairs and tables are
feeling vigorous and active, and when the dog and the dining
table and the canary bird are perfectly dull and listless ! But
let us be serious, and proceed to the next step in the lesson on
the definition of Physics. The physicist says, " Now, if you
think a little you will see that the things around you are sub-
ject to moods very like yours." The little pupil is to think in
order that he may see that the objects around him have moods
like his own. They smile and frown, and feel vigorous or list-
less just as he does ! But he and the things around are not
the only possessors of faces. Nature has a face. " To-day
the face of nature looks bright and happy, and full of smiles ;
to-morrow the same face is dark and lowering," and so on.

But I have not yet got far in the definition of Physics,
and it is but fair that I should bring under your notice the
last paragraph of the definition, in which the subject of
causation is referred to. "Now, if we see you crying and
unhappy, we ask, what is the cause of this mood, and we
always find there is a cause (physical ?) ; or if we find you
listless and sleepy, and wanting in energ}^, we enquire what
is the meaning of all this, and we find that it has a meaning

25

and a cause (physical incapacity?). So, likewise, when we
find changes in the moods or qualities of dead matter, we
inquire what is the cause of these changes, and we always
find they have a cause.'* It would not, I think, be very
difficult to find what would be the consequence of such
teaching as this. For my part, I think it would be advan-
tageous to let the child prepare himself for physical studies
of this kind by learning such highly suggestive lines as the
following, from one of the most philosophical works that has
issued from the press for a long while : —

" Far and few, far and few,

" Are the lands where the Jumblies live ;

" Their heads are green and their hands are blue,
" And they went to sea in a sieve, they did,
" In a sieve they went to sea."

Now, I should be very sorry if anything that I have said
should lead you to suppose that I desire to depreciate physics
or any department of natural knowledge. For every branch
of human information I entertain the highest respect, and I
doubt if anyone feels more strongly than I do the desirability
of teaching science, and particularly certain departments of
physics ; but there is room for the greatest difierence of
opinion concerning what should be taught, and how the
teaching should be conducted. And pray do not suppose
that, because I have studied one subject, I am trying to raise
it in importance at the expense of another. I desire to see
all departments of science fairly taught and fairly treated.
No one person can follow more than one branch of investi-
gation. Of many subjects most of us must remain in total
ignorance ; and of those who love and live but to prosecute
one particular investigation, the great majority must submit
to be ignorant of many things well worth knowing, and that
they ought to know — but this will ever be. The man who
is most active and most successful in one line of work will

26

have to neglect other pursuits that he may concentrate his
whole thought upon what he has to do. But he need not
undervalue or disparage the work of others, who find in sub-
jects foreign to his own, life-long occupation and interest.
One of the most painful things to witness in our day is the
contempt displayed by some who have risen to fame in a
special department, when they refer to the works and
thoughts of other men not less distinguished, though in a
line different from that which they have selected. A liberal
minister calls people who differ from him in opinion, " igno-
rant and incapable." Another seems quite unable to find
words which should convey an adequate conception of what
he himself feels concerning the labours of artists, sculptors,
botanists, and people who know something about organic
matter and inorganic matter. A physicist raises a tremendous
dust, which smothers and obscures a good many things for a
time, but does no good nor harm to anything in the end. A
chemist teaches us many odd things concerning life, though
he has no idea of the changes which occur in matter that is
alive. It is quite curious how eminence in one subject is
admitted as a qualification for a man to express himself
strongly concerning something very different, and to deter-
mine questions of a totally distinct order from any which he
has been engaged in investigating. An intimate knowledge
of certain material forces enables a man to estimate to a frac-
tion the exact amount of religious truth that there is and has
been in the world, and qualifies him for determining con-
clusively and to a nicety the precise value of prayer. Success
in the study of extinct animals places the student in a judicial
position of such eminence, that he is permitted not only to
deliver an authoritative judgment concerning matters which
have troubled many of the greatest intellects for centuries,
but to pass sentence upon those who differ from him. To
some dispositions it must be very pleasant to wield such vast

27

power ; but it is not easy to see how the spread of natural
knowledge is promoted thereby, or what advantage accrues
to science. Nor does the power of setting down other people
rest upon very scientific principles. The idea seems rather
to be taken from a leaf torn out of the book of the philosophy
of tyrants and despots, who endeavour to enslave everyone
but themselves, and trample upon the charter of scientific
liberty.

From our side there is indeed much to be said upon the
great questions that agitate men's minds at this time ; but
we are mere microscopists ; and although we may know
something about the formation, and structure, and action of
the parts of which man is composed, it would be absurd to
suppose that we could form any opinion concerning man
himself. That must be left to those who study inorganic
matter and its forces. We are, I fear, condemned as unfitted
to survive in the struggle for existence, and must be con-
tented to form the material for sustaining our stronger bre-
thren, who, without us, would be in danger of perishing
from starvation.

And now, gentlemen, I must thank you for the patience
you have shown towards me. I wish it had been possible
for me to have properly discharged the duties of the posi-
tion in which you placed me two years ago ; but my friend,
Dr. Braithwaite, whom you have elected as my successor,
and to whom I am indebted for occupying on several occa-
sions the chair I was obliged to desert, will more than make
amends for the short-comings of your late President.

c^ CD
CD <rt-
g.CD

2 a>

^ "^

CD en

O CD
CD Oj
l-J -

^^.

P^ CO

Wco

M

od

<x>

bj^^

P

GQhrj

&

CO

Hi

^tH

^ W

0

"

P

P

Pj

tu

<rt-

r^

t-

^

CD

0

<!

?

0

!=!

C5

tr'

CD
Hi

p g3 w

S- B- iL

CD O P

SI tiS. o

<=^ ^CJ CD

o £+:

P o .

H ^

^ w
CD

o . I

CO

o

HJ bO CO ;,

o o Ox o:> *^

O <ai 05 CO •

O 05 Oi H-i P

CD

hj t> hj hj
-" ■ o ^

a
S 2

3- ^

m' CO
CD ft)

^ 2,

CD "^

CD
Hi

P P

Pj oq

p

O
CD

Hj

P'

c-H

P'

ro
P

GO

l-i|-*H-iC;tCO H-»h-*OT.^

fcOObOCOUiO^i-'OH-iCb

•qOCOOSOrfi'COC^i-^rfi^-

bOOa)^f^OOOO<IC5

CQ

HONORARY FOREIGN MEMBERS.

Date of Election.

Oct. 25, 1867 Guiseppe de Notaris, Professor of Botany, dc, dc,
Genoa.

Jan. 24, 1868 Arthur Meade Edwards, M.D., 314 West Thirty-
fourth- street, New York.

Mar. 19, 1869 Rev. E. C. BoUes {Ex-President of the Portland
Society of Natural History), Brooklyn, New York.

July 26, 1872 S. 0. Lindberg, M.D., Professor of Botany, .
University of Helsingfors, Finland.

July 26, 1872 Prof. Hamilton L. Smith, President of Hobart-
CoUege, Geneva, New York, U.S.A.

July 26, 1872 Dr. J .Woodward, Assist. Surgeon General, U.S.A.,
Washington.

LIST OF MEMBEES

Date of Election.

Sept.

24, 1869

April

22, 1870

Nov.

27, 1868

Oct.

27, 1865

Mar.

23, 1866

Oct.

28, 1870

Sept.

27, 1867

July

23, 1869

July

26, 1872

Dec.

17, 1869

Sept.

25, 1868

Dec.

22, 1865

Sept.

. 22, 1865

July

7, 1856

Dec.

18, 1868

Feb.

23, 1872

Feb.

23, 1872

Dec.

22, 1865

Feb.

26, 1869

Mar.

27, 1868

Nov.

25, 1870

Acldand, William, 122 Newgate-street, E.G.

Adams, William, F.E.C.S., 37 Harrington- square,
N.W.

Adkins, William, 270 Oxford-street, W.

Aldous, W. Lens, 47 Liverpool- street, W.C.

Allbon, W., F.E.M.S., 525 New Oxford-street, W.C.

Allen, Eev. Francis H., Warwick Villa, New
Hampton, Surrey.

Allen, John T., 57 Cross-street, Islington, N.

Allen, W. H., C.E., 2 Abingdon- villas, Ken-
sington, W.

Alstone, John, 4, Myddelton-square, E.C.

Ames, George Acland, Union Club, Trafalgar-
square, S.W.

Andi-ew, Arthur E., 3 Neville-terrace, Fulham-
road, S.W.

Andrew, F.W., 3 Neville-terrace, Fulham-rd., S.W.

Annett, James, Hampton, S.W.

Archer, J. A., 172 Strand, W.C.

Ashby, John, Staines.

Atkins, A., M.E.C.S., 232 Mile End-road, E.

Atkins, A., jun., L.E.C.P., 236 Mile End-road, E.

Atkinson, John, 54 Brook- street, W.

Atkinson, William, F.L.S., 47 Gordon-square, W.C.

Aubert, Alfred, Lloyds, E.G.

Baber, Edward Cresswell, M.D., 34 Thurloe- square,
S.W.
May 22, 1868 Bailey, Capt. L. C, E.N., F.E.G.S., E.A.S., Topo-
grai)hical Dept., New-st., Spring- gardens, S.W.

31

Date of Election.

July 26^ 1867 Bailey, George H., M.E.C.S., 25 Charles-street,

Middlesex Hospital, W.
Dec. 27, 1867 Bailey, John W., 75 Broke-road, Dalston, E.
April 24, 1868 Baker, Charles, F.R.M.S., 244 High Holborn,W.C.
May 26, 1871 Balshaw, Rev. Robert, 55 Bessborough Gardens,

S.W.
Mar. 24, 1871 Baly, Charles, 75 Margaret-street, W.
Aug. 23, 1867 Bannister, Richard, F.R.M.S., The Laboratory,

Somerset-house, W.C.
Nov. 23, 1866 Barnes, Capt. E., York.
Nov. 25, 1870 Barnes, Herbert J., 2 Richmond- villas, Union-rd.,

Highbury, N.
April 22, 1870 Barnes, Charles Barritt, 66 Old Broad-street, E.G.
June 23, 1871 Bartlett, Wm. P., 2a Eastbourne- terrace, W.
Oct. 27, 1865 Barratt, T. J., 91 Great Russell-street, W.C.
June 24, 1870 Beale, Lionel S., M.B., F.R.S. (Vice-President),

61 Grosvenor- street, W.
June 25, 1869 Beale, Charles J., Box 110, Post Office, Toronto,

Canada.
Dec. 27, 1867 Bealey, Adam, M.D., Oak Lea, Harrogate.
May 28,1869 Bean, Charles E., Brooklyn-house, Goldhawk-road,

Shepherd's Bush, W.
Oct. 26, 1866 Beck, Joseph, F.R.M.S., 31 Cornhill, E.C.
May 26, 1871 Bedwell, Eras. Alfred, M.A., Cantab., 3 Old Square,

Lincoln's Inn, W.C.
Aug. 23, 1867 Bell, James, F.R.M.S., The Laboratory, Somerset-
house, W.C.
May 24, 1872 Bennett, W. H., St. George's Hospital, S.W.
Mar. 24, 1871 Bentley, Algernon Royds, 9 Portland-place, W.
Dec. 27, 1867 Bentley, C. S., Hazellville Villa, Sunnyside-road,

Hornsey-rise, N.
May 22, 1868 Berney, John, F.R.M.S., 61 North-end, Croydon.
Oct. 23, 1868 Bevington,W.A.,F.R.M.S.,113Grange-road, S.E.
Mar. 27, 1868 Bidlake, J. P., B.A., F.C.P., F.C.S., F.R.M.S.,

318, Essex-road, N.
June 24, 1870 Birch, A. E., 47 Halliford- street, Islington, N.
Jan. 25, 1867 Bird, Peter Hinckes, M.D., 1 Norfolk- square,

Hyde- park, W.
July 28, 1871 Bishop, Wm., 23a, Hungerford-road, N.

32

Date of Election.

Nov. 22, 1867 Blake, F. W., 5 Serle-street, Lincoln's-inn, W.C.

Feb. 23, 1866 Blake, T., 6 Charlotte-terrace, Brook-green, Ham-
mer sraitli, W.

Mar. 19, 1869 Blankley, Frederick, F.E.M.S., 23 Belitlia- villas,
Barnsbury, N.

Mar. 19, 1869 Blight, Kev. K., The Vicarage, Bredwardine,
Hereford.

June 25, 1869 Bond, Greorge, 11 St. Thomas'-place, Hackney, N.E.

April 22, 1870 Bossy, Alfred Horsley, Prospect Cottages, Stoke
Newington, N.

Nov. 27, 1868 Boustead, James, Stonrfield Lodge, Effra-road,
Brixton, S.E.

Mar. 27,1868 Bowing, John, 6 Bowater-crescent, Woolwich, S.E.

July 23, 1869 Boyer, Eichard, 20 Park-terrace, Highbury, N.

Oct. 23,1868 Brabham, T., 61 Castle-st., Leicester-square, W.C.

Dec. 22, 1865 Brain, T., 1 Upper Vernon- street, Lloyd- sq., W.C.

Oct. 27, 1865 BEAITHWAITE, E., M.D., M.E.C.S.E., F.L.S.,
F.E.M.S. (President), The Ferns, Clapham-rise,

s.w.

June 26, 1868 Briggs, H. B., 36J Upper Thames-street, E.C.

May 27, 1870 Brigham, H. G., St. George's Hospital, S.W.

Mar. 22, 1867 Brightween, G., 8 Finch-lane, E.C.

Jan. 22, 1869 Brookes, William, 380 Camden-road, HoUoway, N.

May 27, 1870 Brown, George Dransfield, M.E.C.S., Uxbridge-
road, Ealing, W.

Dec. 28, 1866 Brown, W., 203 Great Portland- street, W.

May 22, 1868 Brown, W. J., 37 Penshurst-road, South Hack-
ney, E.

May 26, 1871 Browne, George, 80 Pratt-street, Camden-town,
N.W.

Feb. 27. 1872 Browne, Eev. Thomas Henry, F.E.M.S., High
Wycombe, Bucks.

May 24, 1867 Browne, H., 40 Camden-square, N.W.

May 25, 1866 Buchanan, A., 382 Camden-road, N.

June 23,1871 Bucknall,Cedric,l Stamford-hill-grove, East Upper
Clapton, E.

Jan. 28, 1870 Bull, William J., M.A., Harrow.

May 24, 1872 Burch, Geo. J., Flint Cottages, Cheshunt, Herts.

Sept. 28, 1866 Burgess, J. W., 329 Hackney- road, N.E.

33

Date of Election.

Feb. 23, 1866 Burgess, N., 329 Hackney-road, N.E.

June 25, 1869 Burgess, W. F., Guy's Hospital, S.E.

Aug. 26, 1870 Burgess, Martin, 3 Mount Pleasant- terrace, Ui)per
Lewisliam-road, S.E.

April 24, 1868 Burr, T. W., F.R.A.S., F.C.S., F.E.M.S., 15 Tib-
berton-square, N.

Oct. 23, 1868 BiuTows, C. E. N., Wanstead, Essex, N.E.

April 24, 1868 Burrows, John, Wanstead, N.E.

Mar. 27, 1868 Burrows, J. Nelson, The Grove, Wanstead, N.E.

June 14, 1865 Bywater, Witham M., F.E.M.S., 5 Hanover-
square, W.

July 27, 1866 Bywater, W. M., jun., 5 Hanover- square, W.

May 24, 1867 Callaghan, James, 12 Coal- yard, W.C.

Sept. 25, 1868 Capel, Charles C, Little Blake Hall, Wanstead,
Essex.

May 26, 1871 Catchpole, Eobert, 101 Lancaster-road, Notting-
hill, W.

Dec. 27, 1867 Chapman, W. C, 39 Granville- square, W.C.

Nov. 26, 1869 Chater, E. M., Watford, Herts.

Sept. 23, 1870 Cheverton, George, High-street, Tunbridge Wells.

July 28, 1871 Clark, Fred. Cheesman, Farnham-house, Morland-
road, Croydon.

May 26, 1871 Coales, Dr. E., 119 Gower-street, W.C.

May 22, 1868 Cocks, W. G., 18 Kent- villas. Grange-road-east,
Dalston, N.E.

May 28, 1869 Cole, Walter B., St. John's- terrace, Weymouth.

Jan. 25, 1867 Coles, Ferdinand, A.P.S., 248 King's-road, Chel-
sea, S.W.

Feb. 23, 1872 Colvin, Alexander, Barham Lodge, Weybridge,
Surrey.

April 23, 1869 Collings, Thomas P., 38 Surrey- street. Strand,
W.C.

July 7, 1865 Collins, C, F.E.M.S., 159 Great Portland-st., W.

May 22, 1868 Collins, James, Pharmaceutical Society, Blooms-
bury-square, W.C.

Sept. 23, 1870 Connor, Eochfort, 9 St. Martin's-road, Stockwell,
S.W.

V

34

Date of Election.

Mar. 19, 1869 Cooke, Geo. E., 20 Osnaburgh- street, Eegent's-

park, N.W.
June 14, 1865 Cooke, M. C. {Sect, for Foreign Correspondence), 2

Grosvenor- villas, Junction-rd., Upper Holloway,

N.
Feb. 22, 1867 Cooper, Frank W., L.E.C.S. Edin., Leytonstone,

N.E.
Mar. 23, 1869 Coppock, C, F.M.S., F.M.E.S., 31 Comliill, E.C.
Dec. 17, 1869 Coppock, Jones Henry, Bridport, Dorset.
May 28, 1869 Cottam, Arthur, F.R.A.S., Office of Woods, Wliite-

hall, S,W.
Aug. 28, 1868 Cousens, John, Grove-road, Wanstead, N.E.
July 26, 1872 Cowan, Thos. Wm., Hawthorn-house, Horsham,

Sussex.
July 23, 1869 Creer, Edwin A. 0., 2 Albany- place, Commercial-
road East, E.
Aug. 28, 1868 Crisp, Frank, 134 Adelaide-road, N.W.
Dec. 23, 1870 Crisp, John S., 62 Camberwell-road, S.E.
Feb. 27, 1868 Crook, Thomas, F.R.M.S., Eden-street, Kingston,

Surrey.
Oct. 26, 1866 Crookes, Wm., F.R.S., 20 Momington-road, N.W.
July 7, 1865 Crosbie, J. J., The Chesnuts, Lyonsdown-road,

New Barnet.
July 26, 1867 Cross, R., M.D., 4 Craven- street, Strand, W.C.
Sept. 28, 1866 Crouch, Henry, F.R.M.S., 51 London-wall, E.C.
Mar. 27, 1868 Cubitt, Charles, F.R.M.S., 6 Great George- street,

Westminster, S.W
May 25, 1866 Curties, T., F.R.M.S., 244 High Holborn, W.C.
April 26, 1872 Curwen, Herbert, Workington-house, Ui)ton, Essex.

June 25, 1868 Darnley, D. Rowland, 12 John- street, Bedford-
row, W.C.

June 23, 1871 D'Aubney, Thos., Shepherdess-walk, Hoxton, N.

Mar. 22, 1872 Daintrey, George, 43 Oakley- road, Southgate-road,
N.

April 27, 1866 Davis, S., 11 Priory-road, South Lambeth, S.W.

Oct. 22, 1869 Davis, Henry, 19 Warwick- street, Leamington.

Dec. 23, 1870 Dawson, George M., Royal School of Mines, S.W.

35

Date of Election.

May 25, 1866 Dawson, J. E., F.E.M.S., Oak Lodge, Park-road,
Watford.

May 22, 1868 Dean, G. A. H., Elmwood, Catford- bridge, Kent,
S.E.

Jan. 22,1869 Deed, Alfred, 94 King Henry' s-road, Prirorose-liill,
N.W.

Nov. 27, 1868 DeKerier, William, F.E.M.S., 40 Sloane-square,
S.W.

April 23, 1869 Delferier, Arthur, 40, Sloane- square, S.W.

Feb. 27, 1868 Dempsey, Joseph M., M.D., F.E.M.S., 27 Cbarter-
liouse- square, E.G.

Jan. 26, 1872 Denyer, Edwin, High-street, Windsor.

July 23, 1869 Devenish, Samuel, 2 Champion-grove, Denmark-
hill, S.E.

June 26, 1868 Dickens, Charles, Latimer-house, Hadley, Mid-
dlesex.

Feb. 25, 1870 Diss, William Jas., 17 Spurstowe-road, Amherst-
road, Hackney, N.E.

Dec. 22, 1865 Dix, James, 26 Pentonville-road, N.

Nov. 24, 1865 Dobson, H. H., F.E.M.S., Pelham Lodge, Alex-
andra-road, St. John's-wood, N.W.

Jan. 25, 1867 Dodd, Josiah E., 11 Margaret-street, Cavendish-
square, W.

July 26, 1872 Doggett, Ernest, 8 Liquorpond- street, W.C.

Sept. 23, 1870 Dolamore, Wilham, 30 Eegent- street, S.W.

Aug. 28, 1868 Donaldson, Alexander L., 14 Wigmore- street, W.

Nov. 27, 1868 Douglas, Eev. E. C, Manaton Eectory, Moreton-
hampstead, Exeter.

Jan. 28, 1870 Dowson, Edward, M.D., F.E.M.S., 117 Park-st.,
Grosvenor- square, W,

Dec. 27, 1867 Draper, E. T., F.E.M.S., Harringay-park, Horn-
sey, N.

July 28, 1871 Drew, G. C, Milton-house, Cassland-road, South
Hackney.

Dec. 23, 1870 Duck, William A., 43 St. George's-road, South-
wark, S.E.

April 26, 1872 Dudgeon, E. E., M.D., 53 Montagu- square, W.

Sept. 22, 1865 Durham, Arthur E., F.L.S., F.E.M.S., 82 Brook-
street, Grosvenor- square, W.

c 2

36

Date of Election.

Nov. 23^ 186G Durham, F., M.B., F.E.C.S., 14 St. Thomas's-

street, S.E.
Aug. 26, 1868 Duer, Y., Cleygate, near Eslier, Surrey.

Sept. 25, 1868 Eddy, James Kay, F.E.M.S., F.G.S., Carleton-

grange, Skipton, Yorkshire.
July 27, 1865 Emery, J. J., 99 St. George's-road, Southwark,

S.E.
May 26,1871 Enock, Frederick, 48 Tollington-road, Holloway,N.
Sept. 24, 1869 Epps, Eichard, M.E.C.S., 89 Great Eussell- street,

Bloomsbury.
Dec. 18, 1868 Eyre, Samuel, Belmore-lodge, Priory-grove, South

Lambeth, S.W.

May 28, 1869 Farmer, Eichard, F.E.M.S., F.G.S., Hornsey, N.

Nov. 23, 1866 Fawn, George, 19 Alexandra-road, St. John's-
wood, N.W.

Mar. 27, 1868 Field, James, High-street, Highgate, N.

July 26, 1867 Fitch, Frederick, F.E.G.S., F.E.M.S., Hadleigh-
house, Highbury New-park, N.

May 22, 1868 Ford, W. B., Claremont-cottage, Colney-hatch-
road, Wood-green.

Jan. 27, 1871 Forsliaw, Thos., Jun., the Bower, Bowden, Al-
trincham, Cheshire.

Aug. 4, 1865 Foster, Peter Le Neve, M.A., Cantab, F.E.M.S.,
Society of Arts, Adelphi, W.C.

April 22, 1870 Foster, John, 213 Eegent- street, W.

Mar. 24, 1871 Foulerton, Dr. J., Thatched-house Club, Saint
James's-street, S.W.

Oct. 22, 1869 Fox, Charles James, M.E.C.S., 27 Mortimer-
street, W.

Dec. 28, 1866 Fox, C. J., F.E.M.S., 16 Cork-street, Bond-
street, W.

July 26, 1872 Francis, T. Harper, 335 Gray's Inn-road, W.C.

June 23, 1871 Freeman, Henry E., 10 Durnford- road-east,
Holloway, N.

37

Date of Election.

May 26, 1871 Freshwater, Thos. E., 2 Charlotte- street, Cale-
donian-road, N.

Feb. 26, 1869 Fricker, C. J., 4 Weston-hill-terrace, Upper Nor-
wood, S.E.

May 22, 1868 Fryer, G. Henry, F.E.M.S., 13 West Abbey-road,
St. John's-wood, N.W.

Oct. 26, 1868 Furlonge, W. H., Coed Mawr-house, Holywell,
Flintshire.

July 28, 1871 Furneaux, John Eichard, Boxgrove-hoiise, Mayow-
park. Forest-hill, S.

Nov. 25, 1870 Fyfe, Andi-ew, M.D., 42 Montpelier- square. S.W.

Mar. 19, 1869 Gann, James, W., 171 Fenchurch- street, E.G.

Mar. 25, 1870 Garden, Eobert Spring, 42 Carlton-hill, St. John's-
wood, N.W.

May 25, 1866 Gardiner, G., 244 High Holborn, W.C.

AprH 24, 1868 Garnham, John, F.E.M S., 123 Bunhill-row, E.C.

July 7, 1865 Gay, F. W., F.E.M.S., 113 High Holborn, W.C.

Sept. 22, 1865 Geddes, P., Millbank, Westminster, S.W.

Jan. 28, 1870 Gellatly, Peter, Loughton, Essex.

July 26, 1867 George, Edward, F.E.M.S., 12 Derby- \illas, Forest-
hill, S.E.

Mar. 22, 1867 George, Heniy, 66 Castle-street, Oxford-market, W.

July 22, 1870 Gibson, Joseph F., 3 Furnival's-inn, E.C.

June 14, 1865 Gibson, W., 273 Eegent- street, W.

Aug. 23, 1867 Gilbert, C. H. D., 65 Ludgate-hiU, E.C.

Oct. 27, 1871 Goddard, D. E., 2 Ellesmere- villas, Devonshire-
road, Forest-hill, S.E.

Nov. 22, 1867 Golding, W.H.,19Eegina-road,Tollington-park,N.

Dec. 23, 1870 Goldsmith, John Charles, 5 America-square, E.C.

Nov. 25, 1870 Goldsmith, S. J., St. George's-hospital, S.W.

Oct. 26, 1866 Gooch, James W., 23 High-street, Eton.

Dec. 22, 1864 Goode, W., 8 Bath-terrace, Lavender-hill, Wands-
worth-road.

April 26, 1872 Goodinge, James Wallinger, 18 Aldersgate- street,
E.C.

Mar. 27, 1866 Gray, S. Octavus, 44 Doughty- street, W.C.

38

Date of Election.

Dec. 22,1865 Gray, W. J., M.D., F.R.M.S., 41 Queen Anne-
street, Cavendish- square, W.

Feb. 25, 1870 Gray, Henry J., 27 Higligate-road, N.W.

Jan. 28, 1870 Green, Nathaniel E., 3 Circus-road, St. John's-
wood, N.W.

Oct. 28, 1870 Greene, Wm. Asbury, Parkshot, Eichmond, Surrey

Oct. 23, 1868 Greenish, T., F.E.M.S., 20 New-street, Dorset-
square, S.W.

Oct. 23, 1868 Gregory, Henry E., 10 Edith- grove, Fulham-road,
S.W.

May 25, 1866 Griffiths, A. W., 2 St. Mark's-road, Windsor.

July 24, 1868 Groves, J. W., 25 Charlotte-street, Bedford-sq.W.C.

July 24, 1868 Grubbe, E. W., C.E., 49 Queen' s-gardens, Hyde-
park, W.

Jan. 27, 1871 Guimaraene, Augustus de Souza, 120 Ossulton st.,
Euston- square, N.AV.

Mar. 22, 1872 Guyton, Joseph, 6 Apsley-terrace, Acton, W.

June 14, 1865 Hailes, Henry F., 7 Hamngay-road, Homsey, N.

Aug. 26, 1870 Hailstone, Eobert H., 35 Walworth-road, S.E.

Aug. 23, 1867 Hainworth, John, 138 Camden-road, N.W.

Feb. 23, 1867 Hainworth, W., Jun., Clare- villa, Cricketfield-rd.,
Lower Clapton.

Mar. 19, 1869 Hall, Marshall, Captn., F.G.S., F.C.S., New
University Club, St. James's- street, S.W.

Dec. 28, 1866 Hallett, E. J., Hami3ton-house, Kilburn, N.W.

Oct. 26, 1866 Halley, Alexander, M.D., 7 Harley- street, W.

Feb. 22, 1869 Hammond, A., 3 Alexandra-road, Marine-town,
Sheerness.

Oct. 22, 1869 Harcourt, Cyril B., St. George's Hospital, S.W.

June 14, 1865 Hardwicke, Eobert, F.L.S. {Treasurer), 192 Picca-
dilly, W.

Sept. 28, 1866 Harkness, W., F.E.M.S., Laboratory, Somerset-
house, W.C.

June 23, 1871 Harris, Edward, 54 Hatton- garden, E.G.

May 22, 1868 Harris, W. H., F.C.S., Bombay.

July 26, 1872 Harrod, John, 3 Great Tower-street, E.G.

Aug. 24, 1866 Hart, Ernest, 42 Harley- street, W.

Date of Election.

Oct.

2e

t, 1866

Nov,

. 26

, 1869

Nov,

. 24

, 1871

June 28

, 1867

June 24

, 1870

May

27

, 1870

Aug.

28

, 1868

Jan.

25^

, 1867

Aug.

23

,1867

Aug.

26,

1870

June

26,

1868

May

22,

1868

Nov.

24,

1868

June

14,

1865

Sept.

24,

1869

Dec.

17,

1869

May

22,

1868

Sept.

28,

1866

May

26,

1871

May

24,

1872

Aug.

26,

1870

Aug.

4,

1865

Dec.

23,

1870

Oct.

26,

1866

May

22,

1868

July

24,

1868

April

27,:

1866

39

Hart, G. W., Letterfrack, Co. Galway, Ireland.

Hart, Edward, Highbury New- park.

Hawker, Charles, M.D., 2 Albion- terrace, White

Horse-lane, Stepney, E.
Hawksley, Thos. P., 4 Blenheim- street. New Bond-
street, W.
Hawkins, Samuel J., Bleak Dean, near Hei^tonstall,

Manchester.
Haywood, Henry, Dartmouth-terrace, Kotherhithe,

S.E.
Heawood, Francis E. H., 80 Mark-lane, E.C.
Heisch, Charles, F.E.M.S., South- villa, Hamp-

stead-heath, N.W.
Helm, Henry, J., F.E.M.S., The Laboratory,

Somerset-house, W.C.
Hennell, Col. S., F.E.M.S., Ventnor- villa, Ventnor,

Isle of Wight.
Henry, A. H., 49 Queen's-garden, Hyde-park, W.
Hicks, J. J., 8 Hatton-garden, E.C.
Hide, T. C, 46 Fenchurch- street, E.C.
Highley, S., F.G.S., 10a Great Portland- street, W.
Hilton, J. D., M.D., Upper Deal, Deal, Kent.
Hill, D. W., 78 Highbury New-park, N.
Hill, W. T., 4 Trinidad-place, Liverpool-road, N.
Hind, F. H. P., Bartholomew-house, Bartholomew-
lane, E.C.
Hinton, Chas. Howard, 18 Savile-row, W.
Hinton, Ernest, 42 Grafton- street. Seven Sisters-
road, Holloway, N.
Hirst, John, Jun., F.E.M.S., Dobcross, near

Manchester.
Hislop, W., F.E.A.S., 177 St. John-street-road,

Clerkenwell, E.C.
Histed, Edward, 27 Haymarket, S.W.
Holdernesse, W. B., 12 Park-street, Windsor.
Holdsworth, Joseph, 33 Upper- street, Islington, N.
Holmes, W., M.E.C.S., 1 Brighton- villas. Lower

Norwood, S.E.
Holtzapffel, J., A.I.C.E., 5 Great Coram- st., W.C.

40

Date of Election.

April 26, 1867 Hootoii, C, 3 Horningston- villas, Junction-rd., N.
May 22, 1868 Hopldnson, J., F.E.M.S., 8 Lawn-road, Haver-
stock-hill, N.W.
July 23, 1869 Horn, AVilliam E., 50 Bessborougli- street, S.W.
May 27, 1870 Horn, T. W., 6 Clarence-road, Finsbury-park, N.
Oct. 26, 1866 Horncastle, H., Edwinstowe, near Ollerton, Notts.
June 25, 1869 Houghton, W., Walthamstow, Essex.
April 26, 1867 Hovendon, F., 93 City-road, E.G.
Mar. 27, 1868 How, James, F.E.M.S., 2 Foster-lane, E.C.
Jan. 26, 1872 Hudson, Eobert, F.K.S., Clapham- common, S.W.
Feb. 25, 1870 Hudleston, W. H., F.G.S., J.P.. 23 Cheyne-walk,

S.W.
Oct. 23, 1868 Hughes, E. H., B.A. Jesus Coll., Camb., 6 The

Terrace, Putney, S.W.
June 25, 1869 Humx^hreys, Henry, B.A., 9 Amhurst-road-west,

N.E.
Dec. 28, 1866 Hunt, W. H. B., F.E.M.S., 23 Eversholt- street,

Oaldey- square, N.W.
Nov. 24, 1871 Hurdell, Charles, 9 North Audley- street, W.
May 24, 1867 Hutchinson, F., M.D., 29 Woburn-place, Eussell-

square, W.C.
Nov. 25, 1870 Hutton, Eev. Wyndham M., Lezayre- vicarage,

Eamsey, Isle of Man.

May 24, 1867 Ingpen, John E., F.E.M.S., 7 Putney-hill, S.W.
June 23, 1871 Isaac, Thomas, Maldon, Essex.
Feb. 23, 1872 Izod, Theodore, Chas., 10 Grange- villas. Grange-
road, Upper Clapton.

Dec. 17, 1869 Jackson, B. D., 2 Morland-villas, Gresham-road,

Brixton, S.W.
July 24, 1868 Jackson, F. E., Culver- cottage, Flindon, Arundel,

Sussex.
June 14, 1865 Jaques, Edward, F.E.M.S., Woods and Forests

Office, Whitehall, S.W.
June 26, 1868 Jeakes, Lt. -Colonel, Winchester-hall, Highgate, N.
Jan. 27, 1871 Jefferson, Henry, Eldon-house, Clapham- common.

41

Date of Election.

April 23, 1869 Jefferson, Thomas, 17 The Pavement, Clapham-
common, S.W.

July 24, 1868 Jennings, Kev. Nathaniel, M.A., F.E.A.S., 6Q
Avenue-road, Eegent's-park, N.W.

Jan. 24, 1868 Jewell, C. C, 2 Great Queen-street, W.C.

July 22,1870 Johnson, F.,Barnsbury-house School, Islington, N.

Jan. 25, 1867 Johnson, John A., 15 Wellington- road. Stoke New-
ington, N.

Oct. 28, 1870 Johnson, Arthur J., Weston, Toronto, Canada.

Feb. 24, 1871 Johnson, M. Hawkins, F.G.S., 379 Euston-road,
N.W.

Jan. 26, 1866 Johnson, E. G-., Horbury- villa, Ladbroke- square,
Notting-hill, W.

Mar. 24, 1871 Johnstone, James, jun., 14 Lordship-park, Green-
lanes, N.

Mar. 19, 1869 Jonas, L. E., 13 Canterbury- villas, Maida-vale,
N.W.

Nov. 25, 1870 Jones, Major Lewis, United Service Club, Pall-
mall, S.W.

Dec. 18, 1868 Jordan, James B., 11 Grafton-sq., Clapham, S.W.

Oct. 26, 1866 Kemp, Eobert, 25 Junction-rd., Upper Holloway, N.
Oct. 26, 1866 Kent, W. S., F.E.M.S., F.Z.S., The Geological

Department, British Museum.
Aug. 23, 1867 Kiddle, Edward, The War Office, Pall-mall, S.W.
Mar. 19, 1869 Kilsby, Thomas W., Upper Fore-st., Edmonton, N.
July 7, 1865 King, G. H., 190 Great Portland-street, W.
July 22, 1870 King, Henry, 65 My ddelton- square, E.C.
Dec. 23, 1870 King, Eobert, Fern-house, Upper Cla]3ton, E.
April 26, 1867 Kirk, Joseph, 11 Blossom-st., Norton Folgate, N.E.
June 24, 1870 Knaggs, Henry G., M.D., 49 Kentish- town- road,

N.W.
Oct. 23, 1868 Knevett, S., 18 Montague-street, Eussell-sq., W.C.

Nov. 25, 1870 Ladd, Wm., F.E.A.S., 12 Beak-street, Eegent-

street, W.
July 27, 1866 Lambert, T. J., 151 Highbury New-park, N.

42

Date of Election.

Nov. 23, 1866 Lambert, W., 4 New Basinghall- street, E.G.
Aug. 24, 1866 Lampray, John, F.K.G.S., F.A.S.L., F.R.M.S.,

16 Camden- square, N.W.
Mar. 22, 1867 Lancaster, Thos., Bownham-liouse, Stroud, Glou-
cestershire.
Dec. 28, 1866 Langrish, H., 250 Pentonville-road, N.
Aug. 4, 1865 Lankester, Edwin, M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S.,

F.R.M.S., Melton House, Child's-hill, Hamp-

stead, N.W.
April 26, 1872 Law, Rev. William, Marston Trussell, Market Har-

borough.
Jime 25, 1869 Layton, Charles E., 8 Upper Hornsey-rise, N.
Dec. 22, 1871 Lea, Henry, 1 Horningsham- villas, Junction-road,

Upper Holloway, N.
Aug. 28, 1868 Leaf, C. J., F.L.S., F.R.M.S., &c. {President of

the Old Change Microscopical Society), Old Change,

E.C.
Mar. 19, 1869 Lee, Henry, F.L.S., F.R.M.S., &c. (Vice-President),

The Waldrons, Croydon.
Aug. 25, 1871 Leftwich, R. Winnington, 2 Tufnel Park West,

Holloway, N.
Oct. 25, 1867 Leifchild, J. R., M.A., 42 Fitzroy-street, Fitzroy-

square, W.
Sept. 22, 1865 Leighton, W. H., 2 Merton-place, Chiswick, W.
June 25, 1869 Lemmon, Beuj., 61 Hungerford-road, Islington, N.
May 28, 1869 Letts, Edmund A., South View, Black Gang, Isle

of Wight.
July 26, 1872 Levien, Chas. N., 3 Great Tower-street, E.C.
Mar. 22, 1867 Lewinsky, John, 13 Frith-street, Soho, W.
Jan. 22,1869 Lewis, Louis, M.R.C.S., 1 Rutland-street, Regent's-

park, N.W.
April 27, 1866 Lewis, R. T., F.R.M.S. {Hon. Reporter), 1 Lowndes-

terrace, Knight sbridge, S.W.
Nov. 24, 1871 Lewis, T. Preston, 1 AKred-place, Bedford- square,

W.C.
June 26, 1868 Lindley, W., jun., Kidbrook-terrace, Blackheath,

S.E.
June 25, 1869 Linford, John S., 146 Holborn-bars, W.C.
Dec. 17, 1869 Lloyd, Thos., 17 Holies- street. Cavendish- sq., W.

43

Date of Election,

Nov. 24, 1865 Loam, Michael, Hampton, Middlesex, S.W.

May 26, 1871 Locke, John, 65 Camden-st., Camden Town, N.W.

April 23, 1869 Long, Henry, 90 High-street, Croydon.

Jan. 26, 1866 Lord, J. K., F.Z.S., Elm- house, Denmark-hill, S.E.

Nov. 24, 1865 Lovibond, J. W., F.E.M.S., St. Anne-street, Salis-
bury.

Sept. 22, 1865 Lovick, T., Board of Works, Spring-gardens, S.W.

May 28, 1869 Lowe, Henry W., Heathfield, Sydenham-hill, S.E.

Dec. 18, 1868 Lowne, Benjamin Thompson, M.K.C.S., 99 Guild-
ford-street, Eussell- square, W.C.

April 27, 1866 Loy, W.T., F.E.M.S., 9 Garrick- chambers, Gamck-
street, W.C.

Jan. 24, 1868 Macdonald, J., M.D., 68 Up. Kennington-lane, S.E.

Nov. 25, 1870 McHardy, M. M., St. George's Hospital, S.W.

Nov. 23, 1866 Mclntire, S. J., F.E.M.S., 22Bessborougli-gardens,
S.W.

Jan. 26, 1872 McKechnie, J. Hamilton, M.D., 16 Princes- street,
Cavendish-square.

Oct. 25, 1867 McLeod, E. G., Cowley Arms, Addison-place,
Brixton-road, S.W.

May 22, 1868 McVean, W., 18 Wood-street, E.C.

June 14, 1865 Marks, E., 2 Brunswick-terrace, Harringay-road,
Hornsey, N.

Mar. 22, 1872 Marquand, Ernest D., 45 Arundel- square. Barns-
bury, N.

June 26, 1868 Martin, James, 110 Eegent- street, W.

Dec. 27, 1867 Martinelli, A., 106 Albany- street, N.W.

Oct. 25, 1867 Marwood, W. G. H., 68 Downham-road, Kings-
land, N.

Dec. 22, 1865 Mason, J., Hampton, Middlesex, S.W.

April 26, 1867 Matthews, G. K., St. John's-lodge, Beckenham,
Kent, S.E.

May 28, 1869 Matthews, Henry, 60 Gower-street, W.C.

Oct. 26, 1866 Matthews, John, M.D., 4 Mylne-street, Myddelton-
square, E.C.

June 28, 1867 Matthews, Peter, L.D.S., F.Z.S., F.E.M.S., 11
Welbeck- street, W.

44

Date of Election.

Sept. 24, 1869 Matthews, William, 374 Camden-road, N.

Aug. 27,1869 Mavor, William Samuel, 91 Park- street, Grosvenor-
square, W.

May 26, 1871 May, John William, F.E.M.S., Arundel-house,
Percy-cross, Fulham, S.W.

Mar. 22, 1867 Meacher, John W., 10 Hillmarten-road, Camden-
road, N.

May 27, 1870 Medlock, Henry, M.D., 22 Tavistock- square, W.O.

Dec. 18, 1868 Mestayer, Eichard, F.L.S., F.E.M.S., 7 Buckland-
crescent, Belsize-park, N.W.

May 28, 1869 Millar, John, M.D., F.L.S., G.S., E.M.S., &c.,
Bethnal-house, Cambridge-road, N.E.

June 26, 1868 Milledge, Alfred, 4 Ux^per Winchester- road, Stan-
stead-road, Forest-hill, S.E.

Sept. 28, 1866 Miller, Benj., F.E.M.S., 4 Denmark-hill, S.E.

July 7, 1865 Millett, F. W., 15 Alfred- street, Eiver- terrace, N.

June 25, 1869 Moggridge, Matthew, F.G.S., care of Eev. M. W.
Moggridge, Long Ditton, Kingston-on-Thames,
Surrey.

May 25, 1866 Moginie, W., F.E.M.S., 14 Eiding- house- street, W.

Mar. 27, 1868 Moore, Daniel, M.D., Hastings-lodge, Victoria-
road, Upper Norwood, S.E.

Oct. 27, 1865 Morrieson, Colonel E., F.E.M.S., Oriental Club,
Hanover- Square, W.

July 26, 1867 Mott, H. H., 47 Union-grove, Clapham, S.W.

April 24, 1868 Mummery, J. Eigden, F.L.S., F.H.M.S., 10 Caven-
dish-place, W.

April 24, 1868 Mummery, J. Howard, 10 Cavendish-place, W.

Dec. 18, 1868 Mundie, George, M.E.C.S., 93 Eichmond-road,
Dalston, N.E.

Jan. 25, 1867 Murray, E. C, 69 Jermyn- street, St. James's, S.W.

Sept. 27, 1867 Nash,Thompson, 14Douglas-rd.,Canonbury-sq.,N.
Mar. 23, 1866 Nation, W. J., 30 King-square, Goswell-road, E.C.
Mar. 24, 1871 Nelson, James, 2 Durham-place, Lambeth-road,

S.E.
Jan. 26, 1872 Newton, Edwin Tulley, Geological Museum,

Jermyn- street, S.W.

45

Date of Election.

July 26, 1872 NicoU, Geo., jim., 4 Kingston- villas, Bucklmrst-

hill, Essex.
July 7, 1865 Nicholson, D., 51 St. Paurs-clmrcliyard, E.G.
Dec. 22, 1865 Nunn, C. G., Hampton, Middlesex, S.W.

April 26, 1867 Oakley, J. J., F.E.M.S., 183 Piccadilly, W.
Mar. 27, 1868 Oakesliott, John, High-street, Highgate, N.
May 26, 1871 Oriel, Chas. F., Oak- villa. Mattock-lane, Ealing, W.
Dec. 27, 1867 Osborn, C. E., 28 Albert-road, St. John's-ville,

Highgate, N.
Dec. 27, 1867 Oxley, F., 3 Crosby-square, Bishopgate, E.G.

Nov. 27, 1868 Parker, T., 10 Brunswick- square, Gamberwell, S.E.

April 22, 1870 Parker, Thos. J., 36 Glaverton- street, S.W.

Dec. 17, 1869 Parker, William, M.D., 133 Grange-road, Ber-

mondsey, S.E.
Oct. 27, 1871 Parsons, Fred. Anthony, 18 London- street, Gity,

E.G.
June 25, 1869 Pass, H., 11 Spring-terrace, Wandsworth-road,

S.W.
May 26, 1871 Paxton, Eev. W. Archibald, M.A., Otterden Eec-

tory, Faversham, Kent.
May 24, 1867 Pearce, G. T., 39 Glapham-road, S.W.
Feb. 23, 1872 Pearse, W. E. Grindley, L.E.G.P., 24 Bess-
borough- gardens. South Belgravia, S.W.
May 24, 1867 Pearson, John, 212 Edgware-road, W.
May 28, 1869 Pepler, W. B., Market Lavington, Wilts.
Oct. 25, 1867 Pei)pin, S. H., 25 Princes-st., Leicester- square, W.
Nov. 26, 1869 Perken, Edmund, 24 Hatton-garden, E.G.
July 23, 1869 Perry, F. J., 148 Ghurch-road, Islington, N.
May 26, 1871 Pett, Edward Pattison, Lynden-villa, Tulse-hill,

S.W.
Oct. 27, 1865 Pickard, J. F., 1 Bloomsbury- street, W.G.
Dec. 23, 1870 Piggott, G. W. Eoyston, B.A., M.D., 2 Lansdown-

crescent, Kensington-park, W.
Mar. 22, 1872 Pinker, E. H., Eegency- square, Brighton.
Jan. 22, 1869 Pillischer, M., F.E.M.S., 88 New Bond-street, W.

46

Date of Election.

Nov. 24, 1871 Pitts, Fred., Harvard-house, St. Jolin's-hill,
Clapliam.

June 25, 1869 Pocock, Lewis, jun., 70 Gower-street, W.C.

July 23, 1866 Pocock, Tlios. Wnimer, 10 Ampthill- square, N.W.

Nov. 23, 1866 Potter, G., F.E.M.S., 42 Grove-road, Upper Hol-
loway, N.

June 22, 1866 Powe, I., St. John's, Kichmond, Surrey.

May 25, 1866 Powell, Hugh, F.R.M.S., 170 Euston-road, N.W.

July 7, 1865 Powell, Thomas, 18 Doughty- street, Mecklenberg-
square, W.C.

Oct. 26, 1866 Praill, Edward, 39 Mornington-road, N.W.

Dec. 27, 1867 Preston, H. B., 1 Devonshire-road, Liverpool.

June 24, 1870 Preston, Francis W. H., 30 Warwick- gardens,
Kensington, W.

Jan. 26, 1872 Price, F. G. Hilton, Temple-bar, E.G.

Feb. 26, 1869 Prichard, Thomas, M.D., Abbington Abbey, North-
ampton.

Nov. 27, 1868 Pritchett, Benjamin, 131 Fenchurch- street, E.G.

July 26, 1867 Pritchett, Francis, 131 Fenchurch- street, E.G.

April 23, 1869 Quekett, Arthur Edwin, 13 Delamere- crescent,
Westbourne- square, W.

April 23, 1869 Quekett, Alfred J. S., 13Delamere-crescent, West-
bourne- square, W.

April 23, 1869 Quekett, Rev. William, The Rectory, Warrington.

Feb. 23,1866 Quick, George E., 109 Long-lane, Bermondsey, S.E.

Oct. 26, 1866 Rabbits, W. T., Selwood, Mayow-road, Forest-hill,

S.E.
Nov. 23, 1866 Radermacher, J. J., 21 Tregunter-road, The

Boltons, Brompton, S.W.
Sept. 24, 1869 Radcliffe, J. D., 93 Albion-road, Dalston.
Oct. 26, 1866 Ramsbotham, J. M., M.D., 15 Amwell- street, Pen-

tonville, E.G.
Oct. 26, 1866 Ramsden, Hildebrand, M.A., F.L.S., F.R.M.S.,

Forest-rise, Walthamstow, N.E.
Aug. 28, 1868 Ranee, T. G., Widmore-lane, Bromley, Kent.

47

Date of Election.

May 22, 1868 Eawles, W., 64 Kentish-town-road, N.W.

Oct. 28, 1870 Eean, Walter, Woodstock- road. Poplar, E.

July 7, 1865 Eeeves, W. W., F.E.M.S., 37 Blackheath-hill,
Greenwich, S.E.

May 26, 1871 Eichards, Edward, F.E.M.S., 289 Camberwell-
new-road, S.E.

Mar. 25, 1870 Eichardson, Thos. Hyde, Ealeigh- lodge, Devon-
shii-e-road. Forest-hill.

Jan. 24, 1868 Eichardson, C. J., 44 Duncan-terrace, Islington, N.

Dec. 22, 1865 Eichardson, C. T., M.D., 86 Dorset-square, N.W.

Feb. 23, 1866 Eixon, F., F.E.M.S., Loats-road, Clapham-park,
S.W.

June 25, 1869 Eoberts, John H., F.E.C.S., F.E.M.S., 20 New
Finchley-road, St. John's-wood, N.W.

April 26, 1872 Eoberts, S. Hackett, 855 Walworth- road, S.E.

May 22, 1868 Eogers, John, Elm-avenue, New Basford, near
Nottingham.

Oct. 26, 1866 Eogers, Jos. E., 12 Bellefield-terrace, Bellefield-
road, Stockwell, S.W.

Oct. 26, 1866 Eogers, Thomas, Mortlock-house, Loughborough-
road, Brixton, S.W.

April 24, 1868 Eogerson, John, F.E.M.S., care of Mr. H. Crouch,
51 London- wall, E.G.

Mar. 22, 1872 Eolfe, Charles Spencer, 26 Gunter- grove, West
Brompton.

May 22, 1868 Eoper, F. C. S., F.L.S., F.G.S., F.E.M.S., Pal-
grave-house, Eastbourne, Sussex.

July 24, 1868 Eowe, James, jun., M.E.C.V.S., 65 High-street,
Marylebonei W.

Oct. 26, 1866 Eowlett, John, 10 Crozier-street, S.E.

June 14, 1865 Euffle, G. W. {Curator), 131 Blackfriars-road, S.E.

Oct. 27, 1865 Eussell, James, 4 Lansdowne-terrace, London-
fields, Hackney, N.E.

Oct. 26, 1866 Eussell, Joseph, F.E.M.S., Cumberland- lodge,
Brixton-hill, S.W.

May 22, 1868 Eussell, Thomas D., Patson-villa, Canterbury-
road, Brixton, S.W.

Feb. 22, 1867 Eutter, H. Lee, 1 St. Barnabas- villas, Lansdowne-
circus. South Lambeth, S.W.

Date of Election.

Dec.

17, 1869

Dec.

17, 1869

Nov.

22, 1867

July

28, 1871

July

26, 1872

July

26, 1872

May

22, 1867

May

24, 1872

May

28, 1869

48

Salmon, John, 24 Seymour- street, Euston- square.

Sanders, Gilbert, Brockley-on-tlie-Hill, Monks-
town, Dublin.

Sanford, John, 30Willes-road, Kentish-town, N.W.

Sansom, Arthur Ernest, M.D., 29 Duncan-terrace,
Islington, N.

Sargent, J., jun., Fritchley, near Derby.

Sarll, John, De Beauvoir House, Englefield-rd., N.

Scatliff, John Parr, M.D., 132 Sloane- street, S.W.

Schloesser, Ernest, 9 College-hill, Cannon-st., E.G.

Scoble, Samuel W., 25 James- street, Covent-
garden, W.C.
May 24, 1872 Sequeira, H. L., M.R.C.S., 1 Jewry-street, Aid-
gate, E.G.

Sewell, Richard, Prince' s-road, Lambeth, S.E.

Sharpey, W., M.D., F.R.S., 33 Woburn-place,
W.G.

Shaw, Wm. Forster, 60 Threadneedle- street, E.G.

Sheehy, William H., M.D., 4 Glaremont- square, N.

Sheehy, W. H. Podmore, 4 Glaremont- square, N.

Sigsworth, J. G., 21 Glarendon-road, Holland-
park, W.
Aug. 23, 1867 Simmons, James, J., L.D.S., F.R.M.S., 18 Burton-
crescent, W.G.
May 28, 1869 Simonds, Professor J. B., F.R.M.S., Royal Veteri-
nary Gollege, N.

Simpson, G. Wharton, 36 Ganonbury-park South, N.

Simson, Thos., The Laurels, Gourtyard, Eltham.

Sketchley, H. G., 10 Ampthill- square, N.

Slade, J., 100 Barnsbury-road, N.

Smart, Wilham, 27 Aldgate, E.

Smart, Harry, 11 Paragon- terrace, Hackney.

Smith, Alpheus, (Librarian), 42 Ghoumert-road,
Rye-lane, Peckham.
Mar. 25, 1870 Smith, Francis Lys, 3 Grecian- cottages, Grown-

hill, Norwood.
Oct. 26, 1868 Smith, H. Ambrose, 2 King William-st., Gity,E.G.
June 26, 1868 Smith, James, F.L.S., F.R.M.S., 11 Willow-
cottages, Ganonbury, N.

Jniy

27,

1868

July

27,

1866

Oct.

22,

1869

Jan.

22,

1869

May

24,

1872

May

26,

1871

Dec.

28,

1866

Mar.

27,

1868

May

28,

1869

Dec.

28,

1866

Oct.

23,

1868

Mar.

22,

1872

May

25,

1866

49

Date of Election.

May 22, 1868 Smith, James John, F.R.M.S., 56 Toliington-
road, N.

Dec. 23, 1870 Smith, Joseph A., London and County Bank,
Newington, S.E.

April 23, 1869 Smith, Vernon, 37 Tavistock- square, W.C.

June 24, 1870 Smith, William, 1 Down-i)lace, Hammersmith, W.

AprH 24, 1868 Snellgrove, W., 22 Surrey- square, S.E.

Sept. 22, 1865 Southwell, C, 44 Princes- street, Soho, W.

Dec. 18, 1868 Sowerby, D., 38 Albert-road, Dalston, N.E.

May 22, 1868 Spencer, John, Brook's Bank, 81 Lombard- street,
City, E.C.

Nov. 23, 1866 Spurrell, F. C. J., F.R.M.S., Belvidere, Kent, S.E.

April 22, 1870 Stanley, Wm. Ford, Railway- approach, London-
bridge, S.E.

May 26, 1871 Sta^Dleton, Henry, 55 Beresford-road, Highbury-
new-park, N.

Mar. 24, 1865 Starling, Benjamin, 11 Gray's-inn-square, W.C.

Feb. 23, 1872 Stevens, C. R., 7 Ashby-road, Canonbury, N.

Aug. 24, 1866 Steward, J. H., F.R.M.S., 406 Strand, W.C.

Mar. 19, 1869 Stokes, Frederick, 31 Lincoln's- inn- fields, W.C.

Oct. 27, 1871 Stuart, David John, 39 Marquess-road, Canonbury,
N.

July 1, 1866 Suffolk, W. T., F.R.M.S., Claremont-lodge, Park-
street, Camberwell, S.E.

Nov. 22, 1867 Swainston, J. T., 14 Loraine-place, Holloway, N.

Nov. 24, 1865 Swansborough, E., 20 John-street, Bedford-row,
W.C.

June 24, 1870 Swain, Ernest, 89 Ladbroke-road, W.

Dec. 18, 1868 Swift, James, 43 University- street, W.C.

June 26, 1868 Syms, F. R., 4 Acacia- villas, Upper Richmond-
road, Putney, S.W.

May 24, 1872 Symons, Henry E., F.R.M.S., St. Bartholomew's-
hospital, E.C.

Nov. 25, 1870 Tafe, John Forwood, 34 Old Broad-st., City, E.C.
May 22, 1868 Tatem, J. G., Russell-street, Reading.
Aug. 25, 1871 Taverna, The Count, Joseph, 25 Trafalgar- square,
Bromi)ton, S.W.

D

50

Date of Election.

Dec. 22, 1865 Terry, J., 109 Borough-road, S.E.

May 28, 1869 Thairlwall, F. J., 169 Gloucester- road, Regent's-

park, N.W.
July 23, 1869 Thin, James, Ormiston-lodge, Claremont-place,

Brixton-road, S.W.
Feb. 24, 1871 Thornthwaite, W. H., jun., 122 Newgate-st., E.G.
Jan. 24, 1868 Tomkins, Samuel Leith, 26 Buckland- crescent,

Belsize-park, N.W.
June 23, 1871 Topping, Amos, 28 Charlotte- street, Caledonian-
road, N.
July 26, 1872 Townsend, J. S., F.R.M.S., 59 London-road,

Croydon.
April 26, 1872 Tozer, Edward, Ivy-lodge, Woodford, Essex.
July 24, 1868 Tulk, John A., M.D., Spring- grove, Isleworth, W.
July 24, 1868 Tulk, John A., F.R.M.S., &c., Firfield, Addlestone,

Weybridge.
July 26, 1867 Turnbull, Joseph, 1 Clifton- villas, Highgate-hill, N.
June 25, 1869 Turner, R. D., Chafford, Tunbridge.
Mar. 27, 1868 Tuson, Professor Richard V., Royal Veterinary

College, N.W.

May 26, 1871 Unwin, Wm. Cawthorne, B. Sc, A.I.C.E., Homer-
ton College, E.

July 27, 1866 Veitch, Harry, F.H.S., The Royal Exotic Nursery,
King's-road, Chelsea, S.W.

Feb. 23, 1866 Walker, A., M.D., 17 Throgmorton- street, E.C.

May 28, 1869 Walker, Henry, 100 Fleet-street, E.C.

June 26, 1868 Walker, J. W., Fairfield-house, Watford.

Dec. 18, 1868 Waller, Arthur, F.R.M.S., 11 Aberdeen-park,

Highbury, N.
May 22, 1868 Waller, J. G., 68 Bolsover- street, Portland-rd., W-
Oct. 27, 1865 Wallis, George, South Kensington Museum, S.W-
Aug. 26, 1870 Warburton, Samuel, Merton- villa, New- road. Lower

Tooting, S.W.

51

Date of Election.

Dec. 22, 1871 Ward, Daniel, 26 Colemau- street, Woolwich.

Nov. 22, 1867 Ward, F. H., Springfield-house, near Tooting,
Surrey.

Dec. 18, 1868 Warner, Alfred, 47 Falmouth-st., Trinity-sq., S.E.

Feb. 26, 1869 Warner, William, 51 Bookham- street, New North-
road, N.

May 25, 1866 Warrington, H. E., 7 Eoyal Exchange, Cornhill,
E.G.

Oct. 27, 1865 Watkins, C. A., 10 Greek-street, Solio, W.

Sept. 22, 1865 Watson, T. G., 43 Poland- street, Oxford- street, W.

Sept. 25, 1868 Waugh, J. W. Spencer, 4 Maitland-park-villas,
Haverstock-hill, N.W.

Dec. 28, 1866 Way, T. E., 65 Wigmore- street, W.

Jan. 22, 1869 Webb, George, 3 Crosby- square, Bishopsgate, E.G.

Dec. 22, 1871 Webber, John, Limes-villas, Groxted- road, Dulwich.

May 24, 1867 Weeks, A. W. G., 18 Gunter's-grove, Chelsea, S.W.

Dec. 28, 1866 Wheldon, W., F.E.M.S., 58 Great Queen-street,
W.C.

April 23, 1869 White, Charles Frederick, F.E.M.S., 42 Windsor-
road, Ealing.

Feb. 26, 1868 White, Francis W., 2 Gipsy-hill- villas, Norwood,
S.E.

May 22, 1868 White, T. Charters, M.E.G.S.,F.E.M.S. (Secretan/),
32 Belgrave-road, S.W.

May 24, 1867 White, W., F.E.M.S., Cawston, Sandown, Isle of
Wight, N.

July 24, 1868 Wight, James F., F.E.M.S., Gatcombe-villa,
Groxted- road, West Dulwich, S.E.

May 22, 1868 Wigner, John M., B.A., B.Sc, 16 Grove-hill-
terrace, Grove-lane, Camberwell, S.E.

Oct. 28, 1870 WiUiams, Martin G., 2 Highbury- crescent, N.

Mar. 24, 1871 Williams, George, 6 St. John's-park, Upper Hol-
lo way, N.

July 28, 1871 Williams, Eobert Pakenham, 3 Whittington-grove,
Highgate-hill, N.

Jan. 25, 1867 Willsworth, H., 7 Whittington-terrace, Upper Hol-
lo way, N.

Feb. 23, 1866 Wilshin, J., 12 Totford- place, Neckinger, Ber-
mondsey, S.E.

52

Date of Election.

Feb. 22^ 1867 Wilson, Frank, 110 Long- acre, W.C.

April 24, 1868 Withall, Henry, 1 The Elms, St. John's-road,
Brixton, S.W.

May 28, 1869 Wood, Charles H., F.C.S., 25 Devonsliii-e-road,
Hollo way, N.

Sept. 22, 1865 Wood, E. G., 74 Cheapside, E.G.

Aug. 27, 1869 Woods, W. Fell, 1 Park-hHl, Forest-hill, S.E.

Oct. 25, 1867 Worthington, Kichard, Champion- park, Denmark-
hill, S.E.

Nov. 23, 1866 Wright, Edw., 89 Shepherdess-walk, E.G.

Aug. 4, 1865 Wyatt, C. G., 9 North Audley- street, W.

Oct. 26, 1866 Yeats, Christopher, Mortlake, Surrey, S.W.
Sept. 23, 1870 Yeoman, L. G. B., 21 Gutter-lane, E.G.
April 26, 1867 Young, J. T., 32 Mount-street, New-road, White-
chapel, E.

Members of the Club changing their address, will oblige by communicating
their new direction to the Secretary without delay.

53

E U L E S.

I. — That " The Quekett Microscopical Chib " hold its meetings
at University College, Gower Street, on the fourth Friday Even-
ing in every month, at Eight o'clock precisely, or at such other
time or place as the Committee may appoint.

II. — That the business of the Club be conducted by the Presi-
dent, four Vice-Presidents, the Treasurer, the Honorary Secretary,
the Honorary Secretary for Foreign Correspondence, and a Com-
mittee of twelve other members. Six to form a quorum. That
the Editor of the Journal be ej- officio an additional member of the
Committee. That the President, Vice-Presidents, Treasurer, and
two Secretaries, with four senior members of the Committee
(by election) retire annually, but be eligible for re-election.

III. — That at the ordinary Meeting in June, nominations be
made of Candidates to fill the offices of Vice-Presidents and vacan-
cies on the Committee. That such nominations be made by reso-
lutions duly moved and seconded, no Member being entitled to
propose more than one Candidate. That in the event of such
nominations exceeding one half more than the number of vacant
offices, the Candidates be reduced by show of hands to such pro-
portion. That the President, Treasurer, Honorary Secretary, and
Honorary Secretary for Foreign Correspondence be nominated
by the Committee, That a list of all nominations made as above be
printed in alphabetical order upon the ballot paper. That at the
Annual General Meeting in July all the above officers be elected
by ballot from the candidates named in the lists, but any member
is at liberty to substitute on his ballot-paper any other name or
names in lieu of those nominated for the offices of President,
Treasurer, Honorary Secretary, and Honorary Secretary for
Foreign Correspondence.

IV. — That in the absence of the President and Vice-Presidents
the Members present at any ordinary Meeting of the Club elect a
Chairman for that evening.

54

V. — That every Candidate for Membership be proj^osed by two
or more Members, who shall sign a certificate (see Appendix) in
recommendation of him — one of the proposers from personal
knowledge. The certificate shall be read from the chair, and the
Candidate therein recommended ballotted for at the following
Meeting. Three black balls to exclude.

VI. — That the society include not more than twenty Foreign
Honorary Members, elected by the Members by ballot upon the
recommendation of the Committee.

VII. — That the Annual Subscription be Ten Shillings, pay-
able in advance on the 1st of July, but that any Member elected
in May or June be exempt from subscription until the following
July. That any Member desirous of compounding for his future
subscription may do so at any time by payment of the sum of
Ten Pounds ; all such sums to be duly invested in such manner
as the Committee shall think fit. That no person be entitled to
the full privileges of the Club until his subscription shall have
been paid; and that any Member omitting to pay his subscrip-
tion six months after the same shall have become due (two ap-
plications in writing having been made by the Treasurer) shall
cease to be a Member of the Club.

VIII. — That the accounts of the Club be audited by two Mem-
bers, to be appointed at the ordinary Meeting in June.

IX. — That the Annual General meeting be held on the fourth
Friday in July, at which the Keport of the Committee on the
affairs of the Club, and the Balance Sheet duly signed by the
Auditors shall be read. Printed lists of Members nominated for
election as President, Vice-Presidents, Treasurer, Secretaries, and
Members of the Committee having been distributed, and the
Chairman having appointed two or more Members to act as
Scrutineers, the Meeting shall then proceed to baUot. If from
any cause these elections, or any of them, do not take place at
this Meeting, they shall be made at the next ordinary Meeting,
of the Club.

X. — That at the ordinary Meetings the following business be
transacted:— The minutes of the last Meeting shall be read and
confirmed ; donations to the Club since the last Meeting announced

^5

and exhibited; ballots for new Members taken; papers read and
discussed; and certificates for new Members read; after which
the Meeting shall resolve itself into a conversazione.

XI. — That any Member may introduce a Visitor at any ordi-
nary meeting, who shall enter his name with that of the Member
by whom he is introduced, in a book to be ke^^t for the purpose.

XII. — That no alteration be made in these Laws, except at an
Annual General Meeting, or a Special General Meeting called for
that purpose ; and that notice in writing of any proposed altera-
tion be given to the Committee, and read at the ordinary Meeting
at least a month previous to the Annual or Special Meeting, at
which the subject of such alteration is to be considered.

APPENDIX.

FoEM OF Proposal for Membership in

QuEKETT Microscopical Club.

Mr.

of

being desirous of becoming a Member of this Club, we beg to

recommend him for election.

(on my personal knowledge).

This Certificate was read 187

The Ballot will take place 187

56

RULES FOR THE EXCHANGE OF SLIDES.

I. That all Slides be deposited with the Exchange Committee.

II. That not more than two similar Slides be placed in the
Exchange Box at one time by any one Member.

III. That the Slides be classified by the Committee into Sec-
tions, numbered according to quality.

IV. Members to select from the class in which their Slides are
placed, at the ordinary meeting of the Club.

V. Members may leave the selection to the Exchange Com-
mittee, if they prefer it.

VI. Slides once exchanged cannot be exchanged again.

VII. A Register shall be kept, in which the Slides deposited
shall be entered and numbered, with the date of receipt, and in
which exchanges shall also be noted.

VIII. — All expenses incurred in the transmission of Slides or
in correspondence respecting them, to be borne by the Member
on whose account such charges may be incurred.

Parcels may be addressed —

Mr. T. Charteks White,

192, Piccadilly,

London, W.
[Exchange.]

Note. — As much inconvenience frequently arises from the breakage of
Slides in transmission through the Post, the following method is recom-
mended : — Pack the Slides in a small wooden box, which can be obtained of
any Optician, tie it securely with string and attach a slip of parchment to
one end, sufficiently large to receive the Postage Stamps, Address, and local
Post-office Stamps during transmission.

If paper be used as a wrapper to the box, the colour should be black.
When twelve or more Slides are sent, they should be packed in a racked
box and forwarded by Railway.

MEETIJSTGS

OF THE

QUEKETT MICROSCOPICAL CLUB,

AT
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, GOWER STREET, LONDON.

1872.— August 9

September 13

October 11

November 8

December 13

1873.— January 10

February 14

March 14

April *

May 9

June 13

July 11

"*Good Friday — No Meeting.

.. 23

.. 27
.. 25
.. 22
.. 27
.. 24
.. 28
.. 28
.. 25
.. 23
.. 27
.. 25

The Ordinary Meetings will he held on the fourth Friday
EveningSf at Eight o'clock.

Extra Meetings for Conversation and Exhibition of
Objects only, will be held on the second Friday of every
month, at 7 o'clock, until further notice.

The Annual General Meeting will be held July 25th,

1873, at 8 o'clock, for Election of Officers and

other business.

Offices, 192, Piccadilly, W.

58

Q. M. C.

lEXlCTJie-SIO^^S, 1872.

April 6th WANDSAVOETH COMMON.

To meet at Clapliam Junction, at 3 p.m.
April 20th LEA BEIDGE.

To meet at Bishopsgate Station.
May 4th WILLESDEN, returning by Hendon.

To meet at the Willesden Junction at 3.30 p.m.
May 18th CHISELHUEST.

To meet at Charing Cross Station.
June 1st ELSTEEE.

To meet at St. Pancras Station, at 1.30 p.m.
June 15th SNAEESBEOOK.

To meet at Fenchurch Street Station.
June 19th EXCUESIONISTS' ANNUAL DINNEK.

Arrangements will be duly announced.
June 29th BAENET (for TOTTEEIDGE), returning by East

End, Finchley. To meet at King's Cross Station,

G.N.
July 13th CATEEHAM JUNCTION.

To meet the Croydon Microscopical Society,

Charing Cross Station.
July 15th SOUTHEND, Day Excursion.

To meet at the Fenchurch Street Station, the first

Train after 10 a.m.
July 27th BEOMLEY (for KESTON).

To meet at Ludgate Hill Station.
Aug. 10th HAMPTON COUET.

To meet at Waterloo Station (Main Line).
Aug. 24th THAMES DITTON.

To meet at Waterloo Station (Main Line).
Sept. 7th NOETHFLEET (for SWANSCOMBE).

To meet at Canon Street Station.
Sept. 21st BAENES.

To meet at Waterloo Station (Eichmond line).
Oct. 5th VICTOEIA DOCKS.

To meet at Fenchurch Street Station.

The time of depai-ture from Tot\ti, unless otherwise specified,
will be THE FIRST Train after TWO o'clock.
F. W. Gay,

F. OXLEY,

W. W. Eee\^s, I
W. T. Suffolk, )
T. Charters White, Hon. Secretary.
Ofaces, 192, Piccadilly.

Excursion Committee.

EIGHTH KEPORT

OF THE

QUEKETT MICROSCOPICAL CLUB,

LIST OF MEMBERS

Meeting at University College, London, on the Second and Fourth
Fridays of every Month.

Offices: 192, PICCADILLY,
LONDON.

July 1873.

{Extract from original Prospectus^ July 1 865,)

" The want of such a Club as the present has long Ibeen felt, wherein
" Microscopists and students with kindred tastes might meet at stated periods
" to hold cheerful converse with each other, exhibit and exchange specimens,
" read papers on topics of interest, discuss doubtful points, compare notes of
" progress, and gossip over those special subjects in which they are more or
" less interested : where, in fact, each member would be solicited to bring his
" own individual experience, be it ever so small, and cast it into the treasury
" for the general good. Such are some of the objects which the present Club
" seeks to attain. In addition thereto it hopes to organize occasional Field
" Excursions, at proper seasons, for the collection of living specimens, to
" acquire a Library of such books of reference as will be most useful to
"enquiring students; and, trusting to the proverbial liberality of Micro-
" scopists, to add thereto a comprehensive Cabinet of Objects. By these, and
" similar means, the Quekett Microscopical Club seeks to merit the support
*' of all earnest men who may be devoted to such pursuits ; and, by fostering
" and encouraging a love for Microscopical studies, to deserve the approval
" of men of science and more learned societies."

OFFICEES AND COMMITTEE.

(Elected July 1873.)
Dr. Robert Braithwaite, F.R.M.S., F.L.S.

Wia-''^xmtitixtB,

Dr. Matthews, F.R.M.S.
T. W. Burr, F.R.A.S., F.R.M.S.
B. T. LowNE, F.R.C.S., F.R.M.S.
Chas. F. White, F.R.M S.

^xtnBxxxtx.

Robert Hardwicke, F.L.S.
John E. Ingpen, F.R.M.S.

Ijon. ^ctaturj) for Jortigw Comsponb^na.

M. C. Cooke, M.A.

poll. '$tpxkx.

Richard T. Lewis, F.R.M.S.

€omm{tkz>

W. H. GOLDING.

Thomas Greenish, F.R.M.S.
W. T. LoY, F.R.M.S.
B. Daydon Jackson.
Fred. Oxley.
J. M. Ramsbotham, M.D.
W. M. Bywater, F.R.M.S.

Frank Crisp, L.L.B., B. A., Loud.

F.R.M.S.
H. F. Hailes.
F. H. P. Hind.
J. G. Waller.
T. C. White, M.R.C.S.,

F.R.M.S.

Poit. iribrHriau. Jon. Cumlor.

Alpheus Smith. G. W. Ruffle.

6.vatrsio« €ommitttz,

F. W. Gay, F.R.M.S. I W. T. Suffolk, F.R.M.S.
W. W. Reeves, F.R.M.S. | F. Oxley.

^Kljangc (of ^lib^s) (^ommittn.

H. F. Hailes. E. Marks.

gissistant ^m"cfHrjj.

E. Marks.

PAST PRESIDENTS.

>>^c

EDWIN LANKESTER, M.D., F.E.S. -
ERNEST HART - -
ARTHUR E. DURHAM, F.L.S., &c.

y) J 5 - - -

PETER LE NEVE FOSTER, M.A.
LIONEL S. BEALE, M.B., F.R.S., &c. -

ROBERT BRAITHWAITE, M.D., F.L.S., &c.

Elected.

July, 1865.
1866.
1867.
1868.
1869.
1870.
1871.
1872.

EEPOET OF THE COMMITTEE.

The publication of the Eighth Annual Report of the Quekett
Microscopical Club affords the Committee the pleasing oppor-
tunity of again announcing its continued' usefulness and
prosperity. Originating in no spirit of antagonism to exist-
ing societies, but taking its stand simply upon the platform
of a Student's Club, it has fully justified the prevision of its
founders in meeting a want that was and is especially felt by
those who first take up the study of the Microscope as a
means of amusement, or an aid to the extension of Histolo-
gical Science. While it continues to afford this aid, the
usefulness and the popularity of the Quekett Microscopical
Club will run side by side with its prosperity. By a refer-
ence to the extract from the original prospectus appended to
this Ileport, the object of the founders of the Club may be
seen, and it becomes the duty of your Committee to state how
these objects have been provided for during the Eighth year
of its existence.

Your Committee gladly avail themselves of this oppor-
tunity to thank the Council of University College for their
continued liberality in allowing the Club to meet in the
library twice a month during the past year, and to assure

them that it is a privilege acknowledged and appreciated by
all connected with the Club.

The Meetings continue well attended : that on the Second
Friday in each Month proves still as attractive as it has been
from its institution, and doubtless this arises from the means
it affords for that intercommunication of friendly feeling, and
"that mutual assistance in Microscopical Manipulation which
the Committee always desire to foster amongst the members,
and which is the essence of a Club like the Quekett. Your
Committee are glad to note an increasing taste for the exhi-
bition of physiological and histological preparations on these
evenings, and they would encourage this more and more as
leading up to systematic work in a most useful and interest-
ing department of Microscopical study. These meetings are
held on the Second Friday of each month from 7 till 9.30 p.m.

The following Papers have been read during the past year
at the Ordinary Meetings in addition to various verbal com-
munications of great practical interest and utility :

On a new form of Class Microscope Dr. "Wm. A. Guy, F.E.S.

,, a Standard Dynamometer for
ascertaining the magnifying
power of Objectives . . Mr. John E. Ingpen.

,, Comparative Study . . Mr. D. E. Goddard.

,, a Bioplast .... Dr. L. S. Beale, F.E.S.

,, a New Plan of Microscopical
Injection by means of a
Wolffe's Bottle . . . Mr. J. T. English.

,, Diamond Writing as a Test

for Objectives . . . Mr. Wm. Webb.

,, the Histology of Plant Struc-
tures Dr. E. Braithwaite, F.L.S.

,, the different forms of Eyepieces Mr. John E. Ingpen.

,, aNewMethodofDryMomiting Mr. John Locke.

,, Nobert's Test Lines . . Mr. Wm. Webb.

,, some Simple Ai)pliances use-
ful in Microscopical Observa-
tion Mr. W. H. GoLDiNG.

,, a new form of Microscopical

Super Stage . . . Dr. Matthews.

,, the Ovulation of certain Hy-

menoptera .... Mr. B. T. Lowne, F.E.C.S.

,, tlie Histology of Plant Struc-
tures (2nd Paper) . . Dr. E. Beaithwaite, F.L.S.

,, tlie Podura Scale headings . Dr. G. E. Piggott, B.A., &c.

The Club by the influx of new members during the year,
and notwithstanding losses by death and resignations still
numbers about 570, many of w^hom are constant attendants
at its meetings and amongst its most ardent workers.

The Annual Soiree of the Club was held on Friday,
March 21st, at University College, and was attended by
upwards of 1000 visitors. The Club was re-inforced by the
friendly assistance of the Croydon Microscopical Society, the
Sydenham and Forest Hill Microscopical Club, the South
London Microscopical Club, and by the leading opticians,
who upon this as upon past occasions kindly exhibited the
optical novelties of the year, and thereby added to the attrac-
tions of the evening ; and your Committee desire to thank
those gentlemen who thus contributed to make the Soil*ee
a perfect success.

Your Committee have during the year gone carefully over
the Slides in the Cabinet of the Club, and having removed a
few that by lapse of time had become faulty, have labelled
and classified the remainder, and now have the satisfaction
of placing them again before the members for circulation.
The following Slides have been presented to the Cabinet
since the last Annual Meetino: :

"r. Alfred Allen

2

„ M. Burgess .

4

„ A. COTTAM

9

„ Wm. Hainworth .

10

„ Thos. Rogers

6

„ Amos Topping

12

„ J. G. Waller

6

„ James Watkins

. 57

„ T. 0. White .

. 24

These are not included in the Catalogue of the Slides pub-
lished for the Club last year, but as the Cabinet by the kind-
ness of members and their friends continues to be added to,
it will doubtless be found necessary after a time to issue a
supplementary list. In the mean time the Catalogue may
be obtained at the Publishers, or of the Librarian on the
evenings of meeting.

The following Books have been added by Donation and
Purchase to the Library during the year :

Slack's Marvels of Pond Life

Cobbold's Entozoa

Pereira's Lectures on Polarised Light

Taylor's Half-hours by the Sea Side.....

Owen's Odontography

Douglas and Scott's Hemiptera

Allman's Freshwater Polyzoa

Popular Science Eeview

Monthly Microscopical Journal

Science Gossip

The American Naturalist

The Lens

Sundry Pamphlets and Proceedings of Scientific

It will be the endeavour of your Committee to enlarge this
department of the Club's operations, and to make the Library

Mi-

J. W. Goodinge.

Mr

J. W. Groves.

Mi-

T. C. White.

Mr

. E. P. Pett.

By

Purchase.

do.

Replaced.

Mr

. Roht. Hardwiche

do.

do.

In.

Exchange.

do.

Societies.

of tlie Club replete with works of reference on Microscopical
Science as opportunities arise.

The question of the issue of the Journal has occupied much
attention during the past year. It has been felt that the
sum paid for the Journal in its late form was such that it
might very well be reduced, and your Committee hope, by
issuing it at such intervals as may be influenced by the
amount of really good matter to be printed, not only to
economise the funds of the Club, but also to present to the
members an acceptable volume of valuable papers ; and that
members may be more frequently and speedily made ac-
quainted with the proceedings of the Club, your Committee
have under their consideration the issue of a Monthly Eeport,
which they hope will meet with the approbation and appre-
ciation of the members generally.

By the admirable arrangement of the Excursion Committee,
to whom your Committee tender their warmest thanks, vari-
ous favourite localities have been visited during the past
year, and many pleasant opportunities afforded for union
with the neighbouring Natural History Societies, some
members of which may generally be found joining with those
of the Club on these occasions ; and your Committee would
gladly see these Excursions more largely atteiided, as their
advantage in the study of the various branches of Natural
Science is undoubted.

A Donation presented to the Club in the past year seems
to call for especial notice. It is very desirable to ascertain
accurately the magnifying power of each objective used, be-
cause, though the approximate magnifying power is gene-
rally stated, yet there is found in practice such a vast
difference between the objectives of different makers, although
possessing the same nominal power, that it is advisable in all
cases where our observations are made with a view to com-

10

parison with those of others, that we should be sure we are
using the same amplification. Mr. John E. Ingpen has had
made and presented to the Club a Standard Dynamometer
for making these measurements, and for the use of the
members under certain restrictions ; and your Committee
mention this to thank that gentleman for his liberal and
valuable Donation. The Committee would also call atten-
tion to an evidence of warm interest in the welfare of the
Club on the part of an absent member evinced by Mr.
Henry Horncastle, who has forwarded a cheque for .583 to
be expended by the Committee in any way they may deem
most beneficial.

Your Committee cannot close this Report without thank-
ing those gentlemen who, having kindly given their services
in various departments of the Club's operations, have so
efficiently carried out their work as materially to contribute
to the general success. A change is contemplated in the
office of Honorary Secretary — the duties of which, owing to
the increased number of members, have now become very
heavy. On the retirement of Mr. T. Charters White, who
is miable from pressure of professional work to devote the
great amount of time and attention necessary, it is proposed
that a stipendary Assistant Secretary should be appointed,
who will relieve the Honorary Secretary of part of the work,
and be in other ways useful to the Club at large.

By a reference to the Treasurer's Report it will be seen
that the financial condition of the Club is prosperous, the
balance although not large being still on the right side ; and
your Committee cannot look back on the past year without
seeing good ground upon which to base their congratulations
to the members of the Quekett Mici*oscopical Club.

PEESIDENT'S ADDEESS,

Delivered at the Annual Meeting, July 25th, 1873,
By K. BEAITHWAITE, M.D., F.L.S., &c.

Gentlemen, — Tlie time having arrived at whicli I am called
upon to present to you tlie annual budget, my first duty is to
return thanks to all connected with this Club, for the kindly
feeling and friendship which I have experienced during the
year now closing, and to congratulate the members on the
continued prosperity which attends its progress.

Among the hundred or more Field Clubs and Associations
of a kindred nature to our own, which exist in Great Britain
at the present time, I think in point of numbers we are only
surpassed by one, the Liverpool Field Club, founded in 1860,
and reckoning some 640 members ; but as I believe ladies are
included in their list, this may be the reason of its numerical
superiority. We may however safely conclude that the
Quekett Club at the close of this its eighth year of existence,
is in as sound and prosperous a condition as ever, for I would
remind you that with clubs as with individuals there are
periods of prosperity and decline, some going altogether to
the wall, and others dragging on an inglorious existence.
To the unceasing interest of a section of our members, whose
faces are familiar to us at every meeting, and whose readiness

12

to assist all fresli recruits to our ranks is proverbial, I attri-
bute chiefly our unimpaired vitality.

In looking back at the work achieved during the past year,
beyond the pale of our Club, I feel how incompetent I am to
bring before you a tithe of the results, and I must be con-
tent to record a few of the most noteworthy.

On the great question of the day — The Origin of Life — I
can ofier you no evidence based on personal investigation, but
I may premise, that I am not a believer in Abiogenesis, and
the position has certainly not been strengthened during the
past year, but rather the contrary, for so far as I can judge,
the experiments tend to prove, that if existing germs be de-
stroyed, and the entry of new ones absolutely excluded, we
fail to meet with even the irrepressible Bacteria. The first
has been secured by more carefully bringing all parts of the
interior surface of the vessels in contact with the hot liquid,
the latter by the use of stoppers which act as filtering media,
thus plugs of cotton wool were adopted by Dr. Eoberts in his
experiments at Manchester, and porous earthenware by
Huizinga, which was luted into the necks of the vessels by
means of asphalt : both have proved efiective for the purpose
intended.

To pass to another subject, I may point out that the facts
established by Mr. Darwin, on the part played by insects in
the fertilization of plants have been widely extended ; nay,
we may almost question whether any flowers have been con-
structed for their own independent self-impregnation, while
many are obviously formed so as to prevent it, but ofier
wonderful contrivances for the process being efiected by
insects. The instances of Dimorphism and Trimorphism in
flowers so ably investigated by this great naturalist are so
curious that I cannot forbear referring to them. He showed
that in numerous Primulas, some flowers have a stigma pro-
jecting at the throat of the coroUa-tube, and no anthers

13

visible, while other flowers of the same species have anthers
in the mouth of the corolla- tube, but the style does not reach
half-way up ; in these latter plants the pollen grains are
larger than in the former, and more seeds are also produced.
Experiment showed that short-styled plants produced the
full amount of seeds, only when fertilized by pollen from
long-styled plants, and this at once pointed to the necessity
for insect agency, for both kinds of flowers, though perfect or
complete with respect to the apparatus requisite for repro-
duction, are almost as dependent on extraneous assistance as
if they»were unisexual. Although absolute incapacity for
fertilization by the pollen in their own flowers did not take
place in Primula, yet in Limim grandiflorum the long-styled
form was absolutely sterile when fertilized by its ow^n pollen,
but produced perfect seeds by pollen from the short-styled
flowers. In connection with this subject, we also have the
fact, that in many plants the anthers and stigmas in one
flower are not matured at the same time, so as to be capable
of acting on each other. If the anthers are mature first the
condition is termed j^rotandrous, if the stigmas are, it is called
protogynous ; and this state of things points clearly to insect
agency being requisite for impregnation. Protandrism is
much the most frequent, and Prof. Hildebrand has shown
that the whole of the vast group of Compositae come mider
this category; the styles elongate before the stigma is
matured, and pushing through the tube of ripe anthers, brush
ofi" the pollen by means of the hairs with which they are pro-
vided, to be again removed by innumerable bees and flies
that visit them, and again deposited on stigmas fit for their
reception. Could there be a better example of Divine care,
than that the means of reproduction should thus be extended
over the widest area of time and space in the history of the
individual, and of the mutual dependence of one large portion
of creation on the services of another ?

14

Among the literature of this department of Biological
science during the past year, I would especially point out the
work of Strasburger, " Die Coniferen und Gnetaceen ;" these
plants as you are aware constituting the Gymnosperms, and
remarkable especially for the absence of an ovary, style and
stigma. In this work which is accompanied by a quarto
atlas of 26 plates, the author minutely describes their develop-
ment and morphology, mixed up with which however is
much theory of a fanciful nature, especially a genealogical
tree, tracing back the conifers to Cycadese, which in turn he
regards as derivatives of the extinct Lepidodendra, wtile the
three little genera of Gnetacese are set down as the origin of
Dicotyledons.

In the Smithsonian Contributions is a valuable monograph
of the fresh water Algoe of North America, by Dr. H. C.
Wood, with 21 quarto plates. The species are described in
accordance with Rabenhorst's work, the Diatoms being
omitted, and I refer to it, as it may be of use to us here,
until we get some similar work on this department of our
own Flora.

I would also set a high value on the labours of my friend
Mr. Carruthers on fossil plants ; the use of the microscope
by this competent observer, having cleared away much of the
obscurity which shrouded our knowledge of these extinct
plants, which but too frequently have come down to us, only
as fragments of skeletons infiltrated with extraneous mate-
rial ; the result has been a true interpretation of their struc-
ture and affinities, and in many cases the restoration of the
complete individual by the combination of two or more sup-
posed genera into a single species.

The last point under this head to which I would call
attention, is a subject on which much has been written in
Continental journals, without the matter having been settled.
I allude to the extraordinary views propounded by Schwen-

15

dener with respect to Lichens, that this great section of the
vegetable kingdom, which we had thought to be as well de-
fined as mosses or Hepaticae, is constituted of nothing else
but low forms of Algoe, overrun by ascomycetous fungi,
which have become parastic upon them. The principal sup-
port of his theory is founded on the similarity in structure
between the gonidia of lichens and many unicellular Algoe,
and under cultivation it was found that the gonidiai of
Evernia and Cladonia continued to propagate and also to pro-
duce zoospores. I do not know what our Crombie and
Leighton have to say on the matter, but Nylander and
Krempelhuber the great continental lichenologists, it is
hardly necessary to say, are opposed to it, and no doubt con-
tinued observation of the plants throughout all their stages
of development, will in time clear up the difficulty.

In Zoology I must give the highest place to the great
work " Die Kalkschwiimme," or Calcareous Sponges, of Ernst
Haeckel, in which he gives due recognition to the merits of
our English naturalists, Grant, Johnston and Bowerbank.

Grant first arranged the sponges into three divisions —
Ceratospongiae, Silicispongiae, and Calcispongiae ; but while
retaining the last, with which alone the present work deals,
the author classes the two former together as Fibrospongise,
and adds a third division, Myxospongige, for certain gela-
tinous forms, as Halisarca.

In the first volume of 484 pages are detailed the morpho-
logy of the Entoderm and Exoderm, the Syncytine or Sar-
codous tissue, and the Spicules ; the latter have a simpler
nomenclature than that used by Dr. Bowerbank, being
arranged in three groups : — 1. Three-rayed ; 2. Four-rayed
(each with three divisions — regular, sagittal and irregular) ;
and 3. Eod-like, which again embraces bacillose, fusiform
and subuliform as single-poled, and clavate, rhopalate, stili-
form, hastiform. and perforate as double-poled forms ; then

16

follows an account of the canal- systems and skeleton- systems,
reproduction, distribution and position in the Animal King-
dom, this heing not with the Protozoa but with the much
higher Coelenterata.

The second volume comprises the arrangement, which
very curiously is on two systems, a natural and an artificial,
each with difierent sets of genera, but which we are to adopt
in naming the animals is not apparent.

The third volume is occupied by fifty-five superb plates
and their descriptions, and the work must be miiversally
regarded as one of the finest contributions to our knowledge
of this group that has yet appeared.

I would also point out as worth your study. Dr. Petti-
grew' s " Lectures on the Physiology of the Circulation in
Plants, the Lower Animals and in Man," in which he clearly
shows that the forces engaged are the same throughout, and
corresponding to certain physical forces existing in the in-
organic world; that living plants and animals, and their
circulating fluids, exhibit an infinite variety of movements
in their healthy state, and that they take in and give out
fluid and solid organic and inorganic matters according to
fixed laws. Hence plants and animals control their move-
ments irrespective of the substances by which they are sur-
rounded, the vital forces working in harmony with the
physical.

I ofier these remarks on a few of the prominent objects
borne towards us on that great ocean of truth, by whose
shores we are daily wandering, but hundreds more float
around them, which you may make your own, nay must, if
you would not rest content

In dropping buckets into empty wells,
And growing old in drawing nothing up.

I would, in conclusion, remind you of that ancient gentle-

17

man, who with his gardener paid a visit for the first time in
his life to his garden, and coming to a bed of tulips, says,
"What are these?" "Tulips, sir." "Will they boil?"
" 'No, sir." " Throw them out," and so on with other things.
Anon they came to a holly-tree, which was condemned in
like manner, but the gardener pointed out a little robin
singing on the topmost bough, and begged that for its sake
the tree should be spared ; the tree was left for as long as the
robin should frequent it, and you know it remains standing
to this day.

I^ow our studies here may be but a holly-bush, yet if we
cultivate them diligently, we shall find that a little robin
presides over every one, and so long as he sings merrily in
the green boughs, we must be made wiser, better, happier ;
and an influence for good be shed abroad in our hearts, not
only for the remainder of this short life, but even for ever —
and for ever.

o

P (^
o ^

*^ I

o §

^

CO

o

T— 1

CO

o

CO

O

o

b-

o

o

o

tH

,

Ttl

"^

O

•r-\

CO

(?1

CO

-^

o

o

O)

CO

CQ

1-H

T— 1

r-\

tH

1—1

<^

Ci

-TiH

00

CO

<x>

o

a

iO

o

o

00

<M

CI

CM

CO

cq

tH

c:^

§

c^

,

,

,

»

,

,

,

V*

,

1

B

CD

Ph

,

.

,

,

CO

.

.

,

^

CQ

O)

H

^

^

,

,

,

,

;z;

,

,

,

-^

o

'

■

•

•

-3
B

'

00

T-1

'

■4-3

>

'

PL|

'

•

'

CD

02
■4^

O

•

1—1
CM

'

§

1

•a

' CD
O

d

i

o

o

OQ

M

CD

CD
(D

CD

o

<D

e4H
O

CD

'B

1

'm
O

g

o

<D

P^PL^<1PQP^<|0CQP^

o pq

§

P>5

^

^

^

^

^

^

^

-

^

^

H^

W

oqooooooco

b-OO^OOOCO

CijC^OOOOOOCOCO
^ tH T-4 1-1 rH CO

CQ
H

I— I

o

is

Cq W P I-;

o a;'
o _^

CD 1—1

CD fe

;=!
o

o

03

o E° S

^ to

C3 g M

O ;i ce

^ m ui

CD

o

o
>

CD

M
CD

g

o
o

'A

H

o

K^ I— I

^<
%^

^^

i-M ■ I— I

Ti (D

CD c:)

"cQ <D

(D (D

^ o

2 "S
■-a ^

~M (D

HONORARY FOREIGN MEMBERS.

Date of Election.

Oct. 25, 1867 Guiseppe de Notaris, Professor of Botany, dc, Sc,
Genoa.

Jan. 24, 1868 Arthur Meade Edwards, M.D., 814 West Thirty-
fourth- street. New York.

Mar. 19, 1869 Rev. E. C. Bolles {Ex-President of the Portland
Society of Natural History), Brooklyn, New York.

July 26, 1872 S. 0. Lindberg, M.D., Professor of Botany, Uni-
versity of Helsingfors, Finland.

July 26, 1872 Prof. Hamilton L. Smith, President of Hobart-
College, Geneva, New York, U.S.A.

July 26, 1872 Dr. J. Woodward, Assist. Surgeon General, U.S.A.
Washington.

B 2

LIST OF MEMBEES.

Date of Election.

Sept.

24, 1869

April

22, 1870

Nov.

27, 1868

Oct.

27, 1865

Mar.

23, 1866

Oct.

28, 1870

Sept.

27, 1867

July

23, 1869

July

26, 1872

Dec.

17, 1869

Sept.

25, 1868

Dec.

22, 1865

Oct.

25, 1872

Sept.

22, 1865

July

7, 1856

Dec.

18, 1868

Feb.

23, 1872

Feb.

23, 1872

Dec.

22, 1865

Feb.

26, 1869

Mar.

27, 1868

AcMand, William, L.S.A., F.E.M.S., 122 New-
gate-street, E.G.

Adams, William, F.E.C.S., 37 Harrington- square,
N.W.

Adldns, William, 270 Oxford- street, W.

Aldous, W. Lens, 47 Liverpool- street, W.C.

AUbon, W., F.E.M.S., 525 New Oxford-street, W.C.

Allen, Eev. Francis H., Ditcliingham, Bungay,
Norfolk.

Allen, Jolm T., 57 Cross- street, Islington, N.

Allen, W. H., C.E., 2 Abingdon Villas, Ken-
sington, W.

Alstone, John, 140 Eye-lane, Pecldiam, S.E.

Ames, George Acland, F.E.M.S., Union Club,
Trafalgar- square, S.W.

Andrew, Arthur E., 3 Neville-terrace, Fulham-
road, S.W.

Andrew, F.W., 3 Neville- terrace, Fulham-rd., S.W.

Andrew, F. W., jun., 3 Neville-terrace, Fulham-
road, S.W.

Annett, James, Hampton, S.W.

Archer, J. A., 172 Strand, W.C.

Ashby, John, Staines.

Atkins, A., M.E.C.S., 232, Mile End-road, E.

Atkins, A., jun., L.E.C.P., 232, Mile End-road, E.

Atkinson, John, 54 Brook- street, W.

Atkinson, William, F.L.S., 47 Gordon-square, W.C.

Aubert, Alfred, Lloyds, E.C.

Nov. 25, 1870 Baber, Edward Cresswell, M.D., F.E.M.S., 34
Thurloe- square, S.W.

21

Date of Election.

July 25, 1873 Baguley, John E., 51 Thistle-road, Brompton,

May 22, 1868 Bailey, Capt. L. C, E.N., F.E.G.S., R.A.S., Topo-
graphical Dept., New-st., Spring- gardens, S.W.
Dec. 27, 1867 Bailey, John W., 75 Broke-road, Dalston, E.
April 21, 1868 Baker, Charles, F.E.M.S., 244 High Holborn,W.C.
Feb. 28, 1873 Baker, Geo. H., M.E.C.S., 14 Mare-st., Hackney,

E.
May 26, 1871 Balshaw, Eev. Eobert, 55 Bessboroiigh Gardens,
S.W.
Baly, Charles, 75 Margaret- street, W.
Barnard, Herbert, 33 Portland-place, W.
Barnes, Capt. E., Bridlington Quay.
Barnes, Herbert J., 2 Eichmond- villas, Union-rd.,

Highbury, N.
Barnes, Charles Barritt, QQ Old Broad- street, E.C.
Barnett, F. C, 115 Upper-street, Islington, N.
Bartlett, Edward, jun., 38 Connaught- square, W.
Bartlett, Wm. P., 2a Eastbourne- terrace, W.
Barratt, T. J., 91 Great Eussell-street, W.C.
Beale, Lionel S., M.B., F.E.S., F.E.M.S., 61

Grosvenor- street, W.
Beale, Charles J., Box 110, Post Office, Toronto,

Canada.
Bealey, Adam, M.D., Oak Lea, Harrogate.
Bean, Charles E., Brooldyn-house, Goldhawk-road,

Shepherd's Bush, W.
Beck, Joseph, F.E.M.S., 31 Cornhill, E.C.
Bedwell, Eras. Alfred, M.A., Cantab., F.E.M.S.,
3 Old-square, Lincoln's-inn, W.C.
Aug. 23, 1867 Bell, James, F.E.M.S., The Laboratory, Somerset-
house, W.C.
May 24, 1872 Bennett, W. H., St. George's Hospital, S.W.
Mar. 24, 1871 Bentley, Algernon Eoyds, 9 Portland- place, W.
Dec. 27, 1867 Bentley, C. S., Hazelville Villa, Sunnyside-road,

Hornsey-rise, N.
May 22, 1868 Berney, John, F.E.M.S., 61 North-end, Croydon.
Oct. 23, 1868 Bevington, W. A., F.E.M.S., 113 Grange-road,
S.E.

Mar. 24,

1871

Dec. 27,

1872

Nov. 23,

1866

Nov. 25,

1870

April 22,

1870

Feb. 28,

1873

Sept. 27,

1872

June 23,

1871

Oct. 27,

1865

June 24,

1870

June 25,

1869

Dec. 27,

1867

May 28,

1869

Oct. 26,

1866

May 26,

, 1871

22

Date of Election.

Mar. 27, 1868 Bidlake, J. P., B.A., F.C.P., F.C.S., F.E.M.S.,

318, Essex-road, N.
June 24, 1870 Birch, A. E., 47 Halliford- street, Islington, N.
July 28, 1871 Bishop, Wm., 1 Alma- villas, Wood-green, N.
Feb. 23, 1866 Blake, T., 6 Charlotte- terrace. Brook- green. Ham-
mersmith, W.
Mar. 19, 1869 Blankley, Frederick, F.E.M.S., 23 Belitha- villas,

Barnsbury, N.
June 25,1869 Bond, George, 11 St. Thomas'-place, Hackney, N.E.
SeiDt. 27, 1872 Borthwick, Kt. Hon. Lord, 35 Hertford-street,

May-fair, W.
April 22, 1870 Bossy, Alfred Horsley, Prospect Cottages, Stoke

Newington, N.
Nov. 27, 1868 Boustead, James, Stourfield Lodge, Effra-road,

Brixton, S.E.
Mar. 27, 1868 Bowing, John, 6 Bowater-crescent, Woolwich, S.E.
July 23, 1869 Boyer, Kichard, 20 Park-terrace, Highbury N.
Oct. 23, 1868 Brabham, T., 61 Castle-st., Leicester- square, W.C.
Dec. 22, 1865 Brain, T., 1 Upper Vernon- street, Lloyd-sq., W.C.
Oct. 27, 1865 BRAITHWAITE, R., M.D., M.R.C.S.E., F.L.S.,

F.R.M.S. {President), The Ferns, ClaiDham-rise,

S.W.
Mar. 28, 1873 Bridgman, Frank G., 18 Queen Anne-street,

Cavendish- square, W.
Dec. 27, 1872 Bridgman, Wm. Kencely, 69 St. Giles's- street,

Norwich.
June 26, 1868 Briggs, H. B., 36J Upper Thames- street, E.C.
May 27, 1870 Brigham, H. G., St. George's Hospital, S.W. -
Mar. 22, 1867 Brightween, G., 8 Finch-lane, E.C.
Jan. 22, 1869 Brookes, Wilham, 380, Camden-road, Holloway, N.
May 27, 1870 Brown, George Dransfield, M.R.C.S., Uxbridge-

road, Ealing, W.
Dec. 28, 1866 Brown, W., 203 Great Portland- street, W.
May 22, 1868 Brown, W. J., 4 Malbro- terrace, Maple-road,

Penge.
May 26, 1871 Browne George, 80 Pratt Street, Camden- town,

N.W.
Feb. 27, 1872 Browne, Rev. Thomas Henry, F.R.M.S., High

Wycombe, Bucks.

23

Date of Election.

May 24, 1867 Browne, H., 40 Camden- square, N.W.

May 25, 1866 Buchanan, A., 382, Camden-road, N.

Sept. 27, 1872 Bugby, Wm., 3 Wilton-villas, Uxbridge-road, W.

Jan. 28, 1870 Bull, William J., M.A., Harrow.

May 24, 1872 Burch, Geo. J., Flint Cottages, Clieslnmt, Herts.

Sept. 28, 1866 Burgess, J. W., 329 Hackney-road, N.E.

Feb. 23, 1866 Burgess, N., 329 Hackney-road, N.E.

June 25, 1869 Burgess, W. F., Guy's Hospital, S.E.

Aug. 26, 1870 Burgess, Martin, 10 Asliby-place, Brockley-road,
S.E.

April 24, 1868 Burr, T. W., F.E.A.S., F.C.S., F.R.M.S. {Vice-
President), 15 Tibberton- square, N.

Sept. 27, 1872 Bush, Wm., The Grove, East Dulwich, S.E.

June 14, 1865 Bywater, Witham, M., F.R.M.S., 5 Hanover-
Square, W.

July 27, 1866 Bywater, W. M., jun., 5 Hanover- square, W.

May 24,1867 Callaghan, James, 278 Commercial-road, Pecldiam,

S.E.
Sept. 25, 1868 Capel, Charles C, North Cray-place, Chislehurst,

Kent.
May 26, 1871 Catchpole, Robert, 101 Lancaster-road, Notting-

hill, W.
Feb. 28, 1873 Chairman, A. W., 4 St. Augustine's-road, Camden-

Town, N.W.
Dec. 27, 1867 Chapman, W. C, 39 Granville- square, W.C.
Nov. 26, 1869 Chater, E. M., Watford, Herts.
Sept. 23, 1870 Cheverton, George, High-street, Tunbridge Wells.
May 26, 1871 Coales, Dr. E., 119 Gower-street, W.C.
May 22, 1868 Cocks, W. G., 18 Kent-villas, Grange-road east,

Dalston, N.E.
May 28, 1869 Cole, Walter B., F.R.M.S., St. John's-terrace,

Weymouth.
May 23, 1873 Coles, Alfred, Stamford-hill, N.
Jan. 25, 1867 Coles, Ferdinand, A.P.S., 248 King's-road, Chel-
sea, S.W.
Feb. 23, 1872 Colvin, Alexander, Barham Lodge, Weybridge,

Surrey.
April 23, 1869 Collings, Thomas P., 38 Surrey- street. Strand,

W.C.

24

Date of Election.

July 7, 1865 Collins, C, F.E.M.S., 157 Great Portland-st., W.
Sept. 27, 1872 Connolly, Chas. T., L.S.A., 3 Church- hill- villas,

Wood-green, N.
Sept. 23, 1870 Connor, Eochfort, 9 St. Martin's-road, Stockwell,

S.W.
Mar. 19, 1869 Cooke, Geo. E., Mead-viUa, Willesden.
June 14, 1865 Cooke, M. C. {Sect, for Foreign Correspondence), 2

Grosvenor- villas, Junction-rd, Upper HoUoway,

N.
Feb. 22, 1867 Cooper, Frank W., L.E.C.S. Edin., Leytonstone,

N.E.
Mar. 23, 1869 Coppock, C, F.M.S., F.E.M.S., 31 Cornhill, E.C.
Dec. 17, 1869 Coppock, Jones Henry, Bridport, Dorset.
June 27, 1873 Corbett, Alfred L., 103 Fentiman-road, Clapham,

S.W.
May 28, 1869 Cottam, Arthur, F.E.A.S., Office of Woods, White-
hall, S.W.
Aug. 28, 1868 Cousens, John, Grove-road, Wanstead, N.E.
July 26, 1872 Cowan, Thos. Wm., Hawthorn-house, Horsham,

Sussex.
July 23, 1869 Creer, Edwin A. 0., 2 Albany-place, Conamercial-

road East, E.
Aug. 28, 1868 Crisp, Frank, L.L.B., B.A. Lond., F.E.M.S., 134

Adelaide-road, N.W.
Dec. 23, 1870 Crisp, John S., 62 Camberwell-road, S.E.
Feb. 27, 1868 Crook, Thomas, F.E.M.S., 3 Grosvenor-villas,

Cleveland-rd., Surbiton, S.W.
Oct. 26, 1866 Crookes, Wm., F.E.S., 20 Mornington-road, N.W.
July 7, 1865 Crosbie, J. J., The Chesnuts, Lyonsdown-road,

New Barnet.
Sept. 28, 1866 Crouch, Henry, F.E.M.S., 66 Barbican, E.C.
Mar. 27, 1868 Cubitt, Charles, F.E.M.S., Woolwich-road, Bexley^

heath.
May 25, 1866 Curties, T., F.E.M.S., 244 High Holborn, AV.C.
April 26, 1872 Curwen,Herbert,Workington-house, Upton, Essex.

June 25, 1868 Darnley, D. Eowland, 12 John-street, Bedford-
row, W.C.
June 23, 1871 D'Aubney, Thos., Shepherdess-walk, Hoxton, N.

25

Date of Election.

Mar. 22, 1872 Daintrey, George, 43 Oakley-road, Soutligate-
road, W.

May 23, 1873 Davey, Kobert E. F., War-office, Pall-mall, S.W.

Oct. 22, 1869 Davis, Henry, 19 Warwick- street, Leamington.

April 27, 1866 Davis, S., 11 Priory-road, South Lambeth, S.W.

Dec. 23, 1870 Dawson, George M., Eoyal School of Mines, S.W.

Jan. 22, 1869 Deed, Alfred, 94 King Henry's-road, Primrose-
hill, N.W.

Nov. 27, 1868 Delferier, William, F.R.M.S., 40 Sloane- square,
S.W.

Feb. 27, 1868 Dempsey, Joseph M., M.D., F.R.M.S., 27 Charter-
house-square, E.G.

Jan. 26, 1872 Denyer, Edwin, High-street, Windsor.

July 23, 1869 Devenish, Samuel, 2 Champion-grove, Denmark-
hill, S.E.

June 26, 1868 Dickens, Charles, Latimer-house, Hadley, Mid-
dlesex.

Feb. 25, 1870 Diss, William Jas., 17 Spurstowe-road, Amherst-
road, Hackney, N.E.

Dec. 22, 1865 Dix, James, 26 Pentonville-road, N.

Nov. 24, 1865 Dobson, H. H., F.E.M:S., Pelham-lodge, Alex-
andra-road, St. John's-wood, N.W.

Jan. 25, 1867 Dodd, Josiah E., 11 Margaret- street. Cavendish-
square, W.

July 26, 1872 Doggett, Ernest, 3 Ijiquorpond- street, W.C.

Aug. 28, 1868 Donaldson, Alexander L., 14 Wigmore- street, W.

Nov. 27, 1868 Douglas, Eev. E. C, Manaton Eectory, Moreton-
hampstead, Exeter.

Jan. 28, 1870 Dowson, Edward, M.D., F.E.M.S., 117 Park-st.,
Grosvenor- square, W.

Dec. 27, 1867 Draper, E. T., F.E.M.S., 12 Buckingham- street,
Strand, W.C.

July 28, 1871 Drew, G. C, Milton-house, Cassland-road, South
Hackney.

Dec. 23, 1870 Duck, William A., 4 High-street, Vauxhall- cross,
S.E.

April 26, 1872 Dudgeon, E. E., M.D., 53 Montagu- square, W.

Oct. 25, 1872 Dunning, Chas. G., 53 Crowndale-road, Camden-
town, N.W.

26

Date of Election.

Sept. 22, 1865 Durham, Arthur E., F.L.S., F.E.M.S., 82 Brook-
street, Grosveuor- square, W.

Nov. 23, 1866 Dnrliam, F., M.B., F.R.C.S., 14 St. Tliomas's-
street, S.E.

Aug. 26, 1868 Duer, Y., Cleygate, near Eslier, Surrey.

Sept. 25, 1868 Eddy, James Kay, F.E.M.S., F.G.S., Carleton-

grange, Skipton, Yorkshire.
June 28, 1867 Edmonds, E., 178 Burrage-rd., Plumstead, S.E.
July 27, 1865 Emery, J. J., 99 St. George's-road, Southwark,

S.E.
May 26, 1871 Enock, Frederick, 48 ToUington-rd., HoUoway, N.
Sept. 24, 1869 Epps, Eicliard, M.E.C.S., 89 Great Eussell- street,

Bloomsbury, W.C.
Dec. 18, 1868 Eyre, Samuel, Belmore- lodge. Priory-grove, South

Lambeth, S.W.

July 25, 1873 Ease, Eev. Henry J., 57 Winchester- street, Pim-
lico, S.W.

Nov. 23, 1866 Fawn, George, 19 Alexandra-road, St. John's-
wood, N.W.

Mar. 27, 1868 Field, James, High-street, Highgate, N.

July 26, 1867 Fitch, Frederick, F.E.G.S., F.E.M.S., Hadleigh-
house, Highbury New-park, N.

May 22, 1868 Ford, W. B., Claremont- cottage, Colney-hatch-
road. Wood-green.

Jan. 27, 1871 Forshaw, Thomas, jun., the Bower, Bowden,
Altrincham, Cheshire.

Aug. 4, 1865 Foster, Peter le Neve, M.A., Cantab., F.E.M.S.,
Society of Arts, Adelphi, W.C.

Mar. 24, 1871 Foulerton, Dr. J., Thatched House Club, Saint
James's-street, S.W.

Oct. 22, 1869 Fox, Charles James, M.E.C.S., 27 Mortimer-
street, AV.

Dec. 28, 1866 Fox, C. J., F.E.M.S., 16 Cork-street, Bond-
street, W.

July 26, 1872 Francis, T. Harper, 335 Gray's-inn-road, W.C.

June 23, 1871 Freeman, Henry E., 1 Eose-villas, Colney-hatch-
road. Wood-green, N.

27

Date of Election.

May 26, 1871 Freshwater, Tlios. E., 2 Charlotte -street, Caledo-
nian-road, N.

Feb. 26, 1869 Fricker, C. J., 4 Westow-hill-terrace, Upper Nor-
wood, S.E.

May 22, 1868 Fryer, G. Henry, F.K.M.S., 14 The Terrace, Kil-
burn, N.W.

Oct. 26, 1868 Furlonge, W. H., Coed Mawr-house, Holywell,
Flintshire.

July 28, 1871 Furneaux, John Eichard, Boxgrove-house, Mayow-
park. Forest-hill, S.

Nov. 25, 1870 Fyfe, Andrew, M.D., 42 Montpelier- square, S.W.

Mar. 19, 1869 Gann, James W., 171 Fenchurch- street, E.G.

Mar. 25, 1870 Garden, Eobert Spring, 42 Carlton-hill, St. John's-
wood, N.W.

May 25, 1866 -Gardiner, G., 244 High Holborn, W.C.

April 24, 1868 Garnham, John, F.E.M.S., 123 Bunhill-row, E.G.

July 7, 1865 Gay, F. W., F.E.M.S., 113 High Holborn, W.C.

Sept. 22, 1865 Geddes, P., Millbank, Westminster, S.W.

Jan. 28, 1870 Gellatly, Peter, Loughton, Essex.

July 26, 1867 George, Edward, F.E.M.S., 12 Derby- villas, Forest-
hill, S.E.

July 22, 1870 Gibson, Joseph F.,F.E.M.S., 3 Furnivars-inn,E.C.

June 14, 1865 Gibson, W., 273 Eegent-street, W.

June 27, 1873 Glasspoole, Hampden G., 2 Park-place, North-hill,
Highgate, N.

Nov. 22, 1867 Golding, W. H., 19 Eegina-road, ToUington-park,
N.

Dec. 23, 1870 Goldsmith, John Charles, 5 America- square, E.C.

Oct. 26, 1866 Gooch, James W., 23 High-street, Eton.

Nov. 22, 1872 Goodchild, J. E., 114 Englefield-rd., Islington, N.

Aug. 23, 1872 Goode, A., Whitehall-lane, Woodford, Essex.

Dec. 22, 1865 Goode, W., 729 Wandsworth-road, S.W.

April 26, 1872 Goodinge, James Wallinger, 18 Alder sgate- street,
E.C.

Feb. 25, 1870 Gray, Henry J., 27 Highgate-road, N.W.

Mar. 27, 1866 Gray, S. Octavus, 44 Doughty- street, W.C.

Dec. 22, 1865 Gray, W. J., M.D., F.E.M.S., 41 Queen Anne-
street, Cavendish- square, W.

28

Date of Election.

Jan. 28, 1870 Green, Nathaniel, E., 3 Cii'cus-road, St. Jolm's-
wood, N.W.

Oct. 28, 1870 Greene, Wm. Asbury, Parksliot, Kichmond, Surrey.

Oct. 23, 1868 Greenish, T., F.R.M.S., 20 New-street, Dorset-
square, N.W.

Oct. 23, 1868 Gregory, Henry R., 10 Edith-grove, Fulham-road,
S.W.

May 23, 1873 Gregory, William, 406 Strand, W.C.

May 25, 1866 Griffiths, A. W., 2 St. Mark's-road, Windsor.

July 24, 1868 Groves, J. W., F.R.M.S., 25 Charlotte- street,
Bedford- square, W.C.

July 24, 1868 Gruhbe, E. W., C.E., 49 Queen's-gardens, Hyde-
park, W.

Jan. 27, 1871 Guimaraens, Augustus de Souza, F.R.M.S., 120
Ossulton-street, Euston- square, N.W.

Mar. 22, 1872 Guyton, Joseph, 5 Apsley-terrace, Acton, W.

Feb. 28, 1873 Haddon, Alfred C, 3 Bouverie- street, E.C.

June 14, 1865 Hailes, Henry F., 7 Harringay-road, Hornsey, N.

Aug. 26, 1870 Hailstone, Eobert H., 35 Walworth-road, S.E.

Aug. 23, 1867 Hainworth, John, 138 Camden-road, N.W.

Feb. 23, 1867 Hainworth, W., Jun., Clare-villa, Cricketfield-rd.,
Lower Clapton.

Mar. 19, 1869 Hall, Marshall, Captn., F.G.S., F.C.S., F.R.M.S.,
New University Club, St. James's- street, S.W.

Dec. 28, 1866 Hallett, E. J., Hampton-house, Kilburn, N.W.

Oct. 26, 1866 Halley, Alexander, M.D., 7 Harley- street, AV.

Feb. 22, 1869 Hammond, A., 3 Alexander- road. Marine- town,
Sheerness.

Oct. 22, 1869 Harcourt, Cyril B., St. George's Hospital, S.W.

June 14, 1865 Hardwicke, Eobert, F.L.S. (Treasurer), 192 Picca-
dilly, W.

Sept. 28, 1866 Harkness, W., F.E.M.S., Laboratory, Somerset-
house, W.C.

June 23, 1871 Harris, Edward, F.E.M.S., Eydal- villa, Langton-
grove. Upper Sydenham, S.E.

May 22, 1868 Harris, W. H., F.C.S., Bombay.

July 26, 1872 Harrod, John, 3 Great Tower- street, E.C.

Nov. 26, 1869 Hart, Edward, Highbiu'y New-park.

29

Date of Election.

Aug. 24, 1866 Hart, Ernest, 42 Harley- street, W.

Oct. 26, 1866 Hart, G. W., Letterfrack, Co. Galway, Ireland.

Nov. 24, 1871 Hawker, Charles, M.D., 2 Albion- terrace, Wliite
Horse-lane, Stepney, E.

June 28, 1867 Hawksley, Tlios. P., 4 Blenheim- street. New Bond-
street, W.

June 24, 1870 Hawkins, Samuel J., Bleak Dean, near Heptonstall,
Manchester.

May 27, 1870 Haywood, Henry, Dartmouth-terrace, Eotherhithe,
S.E.

Aug. 28, 1868 Heawood, Francis E. H., 80 Mark-lane, E.C.

Jan. 25, 1867 Heisch, Charles, F.E.M.S., South-villa, Hamp-
stead-heath, N.W.

Aug. 23, 1872 Hemhry, B., 1 St. John's-villa, Overton-road,
Brixton, S.W.

Aug. 26, 1870 Hennell,Col.S.,F.E.M.S.,Ventnor-villa,Veutnor,
Isle of Wight.

June 26, 1868 Henry, A. H., 49 Queen's-garden, Hyde-park, W.

May 22, 1868 Hicks, J. J., 8 Hatton-garden, E.C.

Nov. 24, 1868 Hide, T. C, 46 Fenchurch- street, E.C.

Dec. 17, 1869 Hill, D. W., 78 Highbury New-park, N.

May 22, 1868 Hill, W. T., 4 Trinidad-place, Liverpool-road, N.

Sept. 24, 1869 Hilton, J. D., M.D., Upper Deal, Deal, Kent.

Sept. 28, 1866 Hind, F. H. P., Bartholomew-house, Bartholomew-
lane, E.C.

May 26, 1871 Hinton, Chas. Howard, 18 Savile-row, W.

May 24, 1872 Hinton, Ernest, 42 Grafton- street. Seven Sisters-
road, Holloway, N.

Aug. 26, 1870 Hirst, John, Jun., F.E.M.S., Dobcross, near
Manchester.

Aug. 4, 1865 Hislop, W., F.E.A.S., 177 St. Jolm-street-road,
Clerkenwell, E.C.

Dec. 23, 1870 Histed, Edward, 27 Haymarket, S.W.

Oct. 26, 1866 Holdernesse, W. B., 12 Park-street, Windsor.

May 22, 1868 Holdsworth, Joseph, 33 Upper- street, Islington, N.

July 24, 1868 Holmes, W., M.E.C.S., 1 Brighton-villas, Lower
Norwood, S.E.

April 27, 1866 Holtzapffel, J., A.I.C.E., 5 Great Coram-st., W.C.

April 26, 1867 Hooton, C, 3 Horningston- villas. Junction- rd., N.

30

Date of Election.

May 22, 18G8 Hopkinson, J., F.E.M.S., 8 Lawn-road, Haver-

stock-hill, N.W.
May 27, 1870 Horn, T. W., 6 Clarence- road, Finsbury-park, N.
July 23, 18G9 Horn, William E., 50 Bessborough-street, S.W.
Oct. 26, 1866 Horncastle, H., Wliitemoor, near Ollerton, Notts.
• June 25, 1869 Hougliton, W., Walthamstow, Essex.
April 26, 1867 Hovendon, F., 93 City-road, E.C.
Jan. 26, 1872 Hudson, Eobert,' F.E.S., F.E.M.S., Clapliam-

common, S.W.
Feb. 25, 1870 Hudleston, W. H., J.P., F.G.S., 23 Clieyne-walk,

S.W.
Oct. 23, 1868 Hughes, E. H., B.A., Jesus Coll., Camb., 6 Tbe

Terrace, Putney, S.W.
June 25, 1869 Humphreys, Henry, B.A., 9 Amhurst-road-west,

N.E.
Dec. 28, 1866 Hunt, W. H. B., F.E.M.S., 23 Eversholt-street,

Oaldey- square, N.W.
Nov. 24, 1871 Hurdell, Charles, 9 North Audley- street, W.
July 25, 1873 Hurst, John Thomas, The War-office, Whitehall.
May 24, 1867 Hutchinson, F., M.D., 29 Woburn-place, Eussell-

square, W.C.
Nov. 25, 1870 Hutton, Eev. Wyndliam M., Lezayre- vicarage,

Eamsey, Isle of Man.

May 24, 1867 Ingpen, John E., F.E.M.S. (Hon. Secretary),
7 The Hill, Putney, S.W.

June 23, 1871 Isaac, Thomas, Maldon, Essex.

Feb. 23, 1872 Izod, Theodore, Chas., 10 Grange- villas. Grange-
road, Upper Clapton.

Dec. 17, 1869 Jackson, B. D., F.E.M.S., 2 Morland-villas,
Gresham-road, Brixton, S.W.

July 24, 1868 Jackson, F. E., Culver- cottage, Slindon, Arundel,
Sussex.

June 14, 1865 Jaques, Edward, F.E.M.S., Woods and Forests
Office, Whitehall, S.W.

June 26,1868 Jeakes, Lt.- Colonel, Winchester-hall, Highgate, N.

Jan. 27, 1871 Jefferson, Henry, Eldon-house, Clapham- common.

April 23, 1869 Jefferson, Thomas, 3 Church- street, Lower Ed-
monton.

31

Date of Election.

Feb. 28, 1873 Jenkins, J. W., 1 St. Jolm's-liill, Wandsworth,

S.W.
July 24, 1868 Jennings, Eev. Nathaniel, M.A., F.R.A.S., 66,

Avenue-road, Regent's-park, N.W.
Jan. 24, 1868 Jewell, C. C, 2 Great Queen-street, W.C.
Oct. 28, 1870 Johnson, Arthur J., Weston, Toronto, Canada.
July 22, 1870 Johnson, F.,Barnsbury-house School, Islington, N.
Jan. 25,1867 Johnson, John A., 15 Wellington-road, Stoke New-

ington, N.
Feb. 24, 1871 Johnson, M. Hawkins, F.G.S., 379 Euston-road,

N.W.
Jan. 26, 1866 Johnson, R. G., Horbury- villa, Ladbroke- square,

Notting-hill, W.
Mar. 24, 1871 Johnstone, James, jun., 14 Lordship-park, Green-
lanes, N.
Mar. 19, 1869 Jonas, L. E., 13 Canterbury- villas, Maida-vale,

N.W.
Oct. 25, 1872 Jones, E. W., 53 Cowley- road. North Brixton, S.W.
Feb. 28,1873 Jones, Geo. J., 73 High-street, Lymington, Hants.
Nov. 25, 1870 Jones, Lt. -Colonel Lewis, United Service Club,

Pall-mall, S.W.
May 23, 1873 Jones, Captain Loftus F., United Service Club,

Pall-mall, S.W.
. Dec. 18, 1868 Jordan, James B., 11 Grafton-sq., Clapham, S.W.

May 23, 1873 Karop, Geo. C, 54 Patshull-road, Camden-town,
N.W.

Oct. 26, 1866 Kemp, Robert, 25 Junction-rd., Upper Holloway,
N.

May 23, 1873 Kennell, W. H., Hornton- cottage, Campden-hill,
W.

Oct. 26, 1866 Kent, W. S., F.R.M.S., F.Z.S.

Aug. 23, 1867 Kiddle, Edward, The War Office, Pall-mall, S.W.

Mar. 19, 1869 Kilsby, Thomas W., Upper Fore-st., Edmonton, N.

July 7, 1865 King, G. H., 190 Great Portland- street, W.

July 22, 1870 King, Henry, 65 Myddelton- square, E.C.

Dec. 23, 1870 King, Robert, F.R.M.S., Fern-house, Upper Clap-
ton, E.

April 26, 1867 Kirk, Joseph, 11 Blossom- street, Norton Folgate,
N.E.

32

Date of Election.

Feb. 28, 1873 Kitsell, Francis J., 7 John's-terrace, Latimer-

road, W.
June 24, 1870 Knaggs, Henry G., M.D., 49 Kentisli-town-road,

N.W.
Oct. 23, 1868 Knevett, S., 18 Montague- street, Eussell- square,

W.C.

Mar. 28, 1873 Lacy, Brooke V., London-bridge, S.E.

Nov. 25, 1870 Ladd, Wm., F.E.A.S., F.K.M.S., 12 Beak-street,

Kegent- street, W.
July 27, 1866 Lambert, T. J., 151 Highbury New-park, N.
Nov. 23, 1866 Lambert, W., 4 New Basingliall- street, E.G.
Aug. 24, 1866 Lampray, John, F.E.G.S., F.A.S.L., F.E.M.S.,

16 Camden- square, N.W.
Mar. 22, 1867 Lancaster, Thos., Bownham-house, Stroud, Glou-
cestershire.
Dec. 28, 1866 Langrish, H., 250 Pentonville-road, N.
Aug. 4, 1865 Lankestee, Edwin, M.D., F.E.S., F.L.S.,

F.E.M.S., Melton House, Child's-hill, Hamp-

stead, N.W.
April 26, 1872 Law, Eev. William, Marston Trussell, Market

Harborough.
June 25, 1869 Layton, Charles E., 8 Upper Hornsey-rise, N.
Dec. 22, 1871 Lea, Henry, 1 Horningsham- villas, Junction-road,

Upper Hollo way, N.
Aug. 28, 1868 Leaf, C. J., F.L.S., F.E.M.S., &c. {President of the

Old Change Microscopical Society), Old Change,

E.G.
Mar. 19, 1869 Lee, Henry, F.L.S., F.E.M.S., &c.. The Wal-

drons, Croydon.
Oct. 25, 1867 Leifchild, J. E., M.A., 42 Fitzroy- street, Fitzroy-

square, W.
Sept. 22, 1865 Leighton, W. H., 2 Merton-place, Chiswick, W»
June 25, 1869 Lemmon, Benj., 61 Hungerford-road, Islington, N.
July 25, 1873 Le Pelley, C, 27 Underwood- street. Shepherdess-
walk, Hoxton, N.
May 28, 1869 Letts, Edmund A., South View, Black Gang, Isle

of Wight.
July 26, 1872 Levien, Charles N., 3 Great Tower-street, E.C.

33

Date of Election.

Mar. 22, 1867 Lewinsky, John, 13 Frith- street, Soho, W.

April 27, 1866 Lewis, R. T., F.E.M.S. (Hon. Reporter), 1 Lowndes-
terrace. Knights bridge, S.W.

Nov. 24, 1871 Lewis, T. Preston, 8 The Crescent, Norwich.

June 26, 1868 Lindley, W., jun., Kidbrook-terrace, Blackheath,
S.E.

Nov. 24, 1865 Loam, Michael, Hampton, Middlesex, S.W.

May 26, 1871 Locke, John, 65 Camden-st., Camden-town, N.W.

April 28, 1869 Long, Henry, 90 High-street, Croydon.

Nov. 24, 1865 Lovibond, L W., F.R.M.S., St. Anne-street, Salis-
bury.

Sept. 22, 1865 Lovick, T., Board of Works, Spring- gardens, S.W.

May 28, 1869 Lowe, Henry W., Heathfield, Sydenham-hiU, S.E.

Dec. 18, 1868 Lowne, Benj.\min Thompson, M.R.C.S., F.E.M.S.
{Vice- President), 49 Colville- gardens, W.

April 27, 1866 Loy, W. T., F.R.M.S., 9 Garrick- chambers,
Garrick- street, W.G

Jan. 24, 1873 McBride, Francis J., 47 Windsor-terrace, City-
road, E.C.
Jan. 24, 1868 Macdonald, J., M.D., 68 Up. Kennington-lane, S.E.
Nov. 25, 1870 McHardy, M. M., St. George's Hospital, S.W.
Nov. 23, 1866 Mclntire, S. J., F.R.M.S., 22 Bessborough-gardens,

S.W.
Jan. 26, 1872 McKechnie, J. Hamilton, M.D., 16 Princes- street,

Cavendish- square.
May 22, 1868 McVean, W., 18 Wood-street, E.C.
Sept. 27, 1872 Manning, His Grace the Archbishop, Francis- st.,

Vauxhall Bridge-road, S.W.
June 14, 1865 Marks, E. [Assistant- Secretary), Laburnam- cottage,
Middle-lane, E.C.
Marquand, Ernest D., 2 Newport- villas, Finchley.
Martin James, 110 Regent- street, W.
Martinelli, A., 106 Albany- street, N.W.
Marwood, W. G. H., 68 Downham-road, Kings-
land, N.
Mason, Thomas, 123 Newgate- street, E.C.
Matthews, G. K., St. John's-lodge, Beckenham,
Kent, S.E.

c

Mar. 22,

1872

June 26,

1868

Dec. 27,

1867

Oct. 25,

1867

June 27,

1873

April 26,

1867

34

Date of Election.

May 28, 18G9 Matthews, Henry, GO Gower-street, W.C.

Oct. 26, 1866 Matthews, John, M.D., F.R.M.S. (Vice- President) y
4 Mylne-street, My cldelton- square, E.G.

June 28, 1867 Matthews, Peter, L.D.S., F.Z.S., F.R.M.S., 11
Welbeck- street, W.

Sept. 24, 1869 Matthews, William, 374 Camden-road, N.

Aug. 27, 1869 Mavor, William Samuel, 91 Park-st., Grosvenor-
square, W.

May 26, 1871 May, John WilHam, F.R.M.S., Arundel-house,
Percy- cross, Fulham, S.W.

Feb. 28, 1873 Mayhew, A. F., 12 Crescent-terrace, PimHco, S.W.

Mar. 22, 1867 Meacher, John W., 10 Hillmarten-road, Camden-
road, N.

May 27, 1870 Medlock, Henry, M.D., 22 Tavistock-square, W.C.

Dec. 18, 1868 Mestayer, Richard, F.L.S., F.R.M.S., 7 Bucldand-
crescent, Belsize-park, N.W.

May 28, 1869 Millar, John, M.D., F.L.S., F.G.S., F.R.M.S., &g.,
Bethnal-house, Cambridge-road, N.E.

June 26, 1868 Milledge, Alfred, 4 Upper Winchester-road, Stan-
stead-road, Forest-hill, S.E.

Sept. 28, 1866 Miller, Benj., F.R.M.S., 4 Denmark-hill, S.E.

July 7, 1865 Millett, F. W., 15 AKred-street, River- terrace, N.

Feb. 28, 1873 Mills, Chas., 12 Courtney-rd., Highbury-park, N.

June 25, 1869 Moggridge, Matthew, F.G.S., care of Rev. M. W.
Moggridge, Long Ditton, Kingston-on-Thames,
Surrey.

May 25, 1866 Moginie, W., F.R.M.S., 14 Riding-house- street, W.

Mar. 27, 1868 Moore, Daniel, M.D., Hastings-lodge, Victoria-
road, Upper Norwood, S.E.

Oct. 27, 1865 Morrieson, Colonel R., F.R.M.S., Oriental Club,
Hanover- square, W.

July 26, 1867 Mott, H. H., 47 Union-grove, Clapham, S.W.

April 24, 1868 Mummery, J. Rigden, F.L.S., F.R.M.S., 10 Caven-
dish-place, W.

April 24, 1868 Mummery, J. Howard, 10 Cavendish-place, W.

Dec. 18, 1868 Mundie, George, M.R.C.S., 93 Richmond-road,
Dalston, N.E.

Jan. 25, 1867 Murray, R. C, 69 JermjTi- street, St. James's, S.W.

35

Date of Election.

SeiDt. 27, 1867 Nash, Thompson, 14 Douglas road, Canonbury-

sqiiare, N.
Mar. 23, 1866 Nation, W. J., 30 King- square, Goswell-road, E.G.
Mar. 24, 1871 Nelson, James, 2 Durham-place, Lambeth-road,

S.E.
Jan. 26, 1872 Newton, Edwin Tulley, Geological Museum,

Jermyn- street, S.W.
July 26, 1872 Nicoll, Geo., jun., 4 Kingston- villas, Buckhurst-

hill, Essex.
July 7, 1865 Nicholson, D., 51 St. Paul's -churchyard. E.G.

May 26, 1871 Oriel, Ghas. F., Oak- villa, Mattock-lane, Ealing, W.
Dec. 27, 1867 Osborn, C. E., 28 Albert-road, St. John's-ville,

Highgate, N.
Dec. 27, 1867 Oxley, F., 8 Grosby- square, Bishopsgate, E.G.

Nov. 27, 1868 Parker, T., 10 Brunswick-square, Gamberwell, S.E.
Dec. 17, 1869 Parker, WilHam, M.D., 133 Grange-road, Ber-

mondsey, S.E.
Oct. 27, 1871 Parsons, Fred. Anthony, 18 London-street, Gity,

E.G.
June 25, 1869 Pass, H., 11 Spring- terrace, Wandsworth-road,

S.W.
May 26, 1871 Paxton, Eev. W. Archibald, M.A., Otterden Eec-

tory, Faversham, Kent.
May 24, 1867 Pearce, G. T., 39 Glapham-road, S.W.
Feb. 23, 1872 Pearse, W. E. Grindley, L.R.G.P., 24 Bess-
borough- gardens. South Belgravia, S.W.
May 24, 1867 Pearson, John, 212 Edgware-road, W.
May 28, 1869 Pepler, W. B., Market Lavington, Wilts.
Oct. 25, 1867 Peppin, S. H., 25 Princes-st., Leicester- square, W.
Nov. 26, 1869 Perken, Edmund, 24 Hatton-garden, E.G.
July 23, 1869 Perry, F. J., 148 Ghurch-road, Islington, N.
May 26, 1871 Pett, Edward Pattison, Romney- villa, Elfra-road,

Tulse-hill, S.W.
Oct. 27, 1865 Pickard, J. F., 1 Bloomsbury- street, W.G.
Dec. 23, 1870 Piggott, G. W. Eoyston, B.A., M.D., F.E.M.S.,

&c., 2 Lansdown-crescent, Kensington-park, W.
Mar. 22, 1872 Pinker, E. H., Eegency- square, Brighton.

c 2

36

Date of I'-lectiuu.

Jan. 22, 1869 Pillisclier, M., F.K.M.S., 88 New Bond-street, W.

Nov. 24. 1871 Pitts, Fred., Harvard-house, St. Jolm's-liill,
Clapham.

June 25, 1869 Pocock, Lewis, jun., 70 Gower-street, W.C.

July 23, 1866 Pocock, Tlios. Willmer, 10 Amptliill- square, N.W.

Nov. 23, 1866 Potter, G., F.E.M.S., 42 Grove-road, Upper Hol-
loway, N.

June 22, 1866 Powe, I., St. Jolm's, Eiclimond, Sun-ey.

May 25, 1866 Powell, Hugh, F.E.M.S., 170 Euston-road, N.W.

Jan. 24, 1873 Powell, Jas. J., 43 Biu'ton-road, Brixton, S.W.

July 7, 1865 Powell, Thomas, 18 Doughty- street, Mecklenberg-
square, W.C.

Oct. 26, 1866 Praill, Edward, 39 Momington-road, N.W.

Dec. 27, 1867 Preston, H. B., 1 Devonshire- road, Liverpool.

June 24, 1870 Preston, Francis W. H., 30 Warwick- gardens,
Kensington, W.

Jan. 26, 1872 Price, F. G. Hilton, Temple-bar, E.G.

Oct. 25, 1872 Price, W. H., 1 The Terrace, Kennington-park,
S.E.

Feb. 26, 1869 Prichard, Thomas, M.D., Abbington Abbey, North-
ampton.

June 27, 1873 Priest, B. W., 22 Parliament- street, S.W.

Nov. 27, 1868 Pritchett, Benjamin, 131 Fenchurch- street, E.G.

July 26, 1867 Pritchett, Francis, 131 Fenchurch- street, E.G.

April 23, 1869 Quekett, Arthur Edwin, 13 Delamere- crescent,
Westbourne- square, W.

April 23, 1869 Quekett, Alfred J. S., 13 Delamere- crescent. West-
bourne- square, W.

April 23, 1869 Quekett, Eev. William, The Eectory, Warrington.

Feb. 23, 1866 Quick, George E., 109 Long-lane, Bermondsey, S.E.

Oct. 26, 1866 Eabbits, W. T., Selwood, Mayow-road, Forest-hill,

S.E.
Nov. 23, 1866 Eadermacher, J. J., 21 Tregunter-road, The

Boltons, Brompton, S.W.
Sept. 24, 1869 Eadcliffe, J. D., 93 Albion-road, Dalston.
Oct. 26, 1866 Eamsbotham, J. M., M.D., 15 Am well- street, Pen-

tonville, E.G.

37

Date of Election.

Oct. 26, 1866 Ramsden, Hildebrand, M.A., F.L.S., F.R.M.S.,

Forest-rise, Walthamstow, N.E.

Aug, 28, 1868 Ranee, T. G., Widmore-lane, Bromley, Kent.

May 22, 1868 Rawles, W., 64 Kentish-town-road, N.W.

Oct. 28, 1870 Rean, Walter, Woodstock-road, Poplar, E.

June 27, 1873 Reeve, Fredk., 37 Fentiman-rd., Clapham, S.AV.

July 7, 1865 Reeves, W. W., F.R.M.S., 37 Blackheatli-liill,
Greenwich, S.E.

May 26, 1871 Richards, Edward, F.R.M.S., 289 Camberwell New-
road, S.E.

Mar. 25, 1870 Richardson, Thomas Hyde, 1 Belgrave-villas,
Holmesdale-road, Selhurst, S.E.

Jan. 24, 1868 Richardson, C. J., 44 Duncan-terrace, Islington, N.

Dec. 22, 1865 Richardson, C. T., M.D., 36 Dorset-square, N.W.

Feb. 23, 1866 Rixon, F., F.R.M.S., Loats-road, Clapham-park,
S.W.

June 25,1869 Roberts,' John H., F.R.C.S., F.R.M.S., 20 New
Finchlsy-road, St. John's- wood, N.W.

April 26, 1872 Roberts, S. Hackett, 355 Walworth-road, S.E.

May 22, 1868 Rogers, John, F.R.M.S., Elm-avenue, New Basford,
near Nottingham.

Oct. 26, 1866 Rogers, Jos. R., 12 Bellefield-terrace, Bellefield-
road, Stockwell, S.W.

Oct. 26, 1866 Rogers, Thomas, F.R.M.S., Mortlock-house, Lough-
borough-road, Brixton, S.W.
Rogerson, John, F.R.M.S., care of Mr. H. Crouch,

66 Barbican, E.G.
Rolfe, Charles Spencer, care of H. Wyndliam,

Esq., 5 Westminster- chambers, S.W.
Roper, F. C. S., F.L.S., F.G.S., F.R.M.S., Pal-

grave-house, Eastbourne, Sussex.
Rowe, James, jun., M.R.C.V.S., 65 High-street,

Marylebone, W.
Rowlett, John, 10 Crozier- street, S.E.
Ruffle, G. W. f Curator), 131 Blackfriars-road, S.E.
Russell, James, 4 Lansdowne-terrace, London-
fields, Hackney, N.E.

Oct. 26, 1866 Russell, Joseph, F.R.M.S., Cumberland- lodge,
Brixton-hill, S.W.

April

24,

1868

Mar.

22,

1872

May

22,

1868

July

24,

1868

Oct.

26,

1866

June

14,

1865

Oct.

27,

1865

38

Date of Election.

May 22, 1868 Eussell, Thomas D., 21 Park-road, West Dulwicb,

S.E.
Feb. 22, 18G7 Rutter, H. Lee, 1 St. Barnabas- villas, Lansdowne-

circiis, South Lambeth, S.W.

May 23, 1873 Salkeld, Lt. ColonelJoseph C, F.E.C.S.,F.E.M.S.,
29 St. James's- street, S.W.

Dec. 17, 1869 Salmon, John, 24 Seymour- street, Euston- square.

Dec. 17, 1869 Sanders, Gilbert, Brockley-on-the-Hill, Monks-
town, Dublin.

July 28, 1871 Sansom, Arthur Ernest, M.D., 29 Duncan- terrace,
Islington, N.

July 26, 1872 Sargent, J., jun., Fritchley, near Derby.

July 26, 1872 Sarll, John, De Beauvoir House, Englefield-rd., N.

May 22, 1867 Scathff, John Parr, M.D., 132 Sloane- street, S.W.

May 24, 1872 Schloesser, Ernest, 9 College-liill, Cannon-st., E.G.

May 28, 1869 Scoble, Samuel W., Harrington- villa. Burnt- ash-
lane, Lee, Kent.

May 24, 1872 Sequeira, H. L., M.R.C.S., 1 Jewiy-street, Aid-
gate, E.G.

July 27, 1868 Sewell, Richard, Prince's-road, Lambeth, S.E.

July 27, 1866 Shai-pey, W., M.D., F.R.S., 83 Woburn-place,
W.C.

Oct. 22, 1869 Shaw, Wm. Forster, 50 Threadneedle- street, E.G.

Jan. 22, 1869 Sheehy, WiUiam H., M.D., 4 Claremont- square, N.

May 24, 1872 Sheehy, W. H. Podmore, 4 Claremont- square, N.

May 26, 1871 Sigsworth, J. G, F.E.M.S., 21 Glarendon-road,
Holland-park, W.

June 27,1873 Simmonds, Joseph E., 32 Cornwall- street, Fulliam,
S.W.

Aug. 23, 1867 Simmons, James J., L.D.S., F.E.M.S., 18 Burton-
crescent, W.C.

May 28, 1869 Sunonds, Professor J. B., F.E.M.S., Eoyal Veteri-
nary College, N.W.

Dec. 28, 1866 Simpson, G.Wharton, 36 Canonbury-park South, N.

Mar. 27, 1868 Simson, Thos., The Laurels, Courtyard, Eltham.

May 28, 1869 Sketchley, H. G., 10 Ampthill^ square, N.

Dec. 28, 1866 Slade, J., 100 Bamsbury-road, N.

Mar. 22, 1872 Smart, Harry, 11 Paragon- terrace, Haclmey.

39

Date of Election.

Oct. 23, 1868 ■ Smart, William, 27 Aldgate, E.

May 25, 1866 Smith, Alplieus, (Librarian), 42 Clioumert-road,
Eye- lane, Peckham.

Mar. 25, 1870 Smith, Francis Lys, 3 Grecian-cottages, Crown-
hill, Norwood.

June 27, 1873 Smith, G. J., 2 Foster-lane, Cheapside, E.G.

Oct. 26, 1868 Smith, H. Ambrose, 2 King Wilham-st., City, E.C.

June 26, 1868 Smith, James, F.L.S., F.E.M.S., 407 Liverpool-
road, Islington, N.

May 22, 1868 Smith, James John, F.E.M.S., 56 ToUington-
road, N.

Dec. 23, 1870 Smith, Joseph A., London and County Bank,
Newington, S.E.

April 23, 1869 Smith, Vernon, 37 Tavistock- square, W.C.

June 24, 1870 Smith, William, 1 Down-place,. Hammersmith, W.

Feb. 28, 1873 Smith, W. Lepard, Southfield-house, Watford.

Aug. 23, 1872 Smith, W. S., 24 Holford- square, Pentonville.

April 24, 1868 Snellgrove, W., 22 Surrey- square, S.E.

Sept. 22, 1865 Southwell, 0., 44 Princes- street, Soho, W.

Dec. 18, 1868 Sowerby, D., 38 Albert-road, Dalston, N.E.

May 22, 1868 Spencer, John, Brook's Bank, 81 Lombard- street.
City, E.C.

Nov. 22, 1872 Spencer, Thomas, F.G.S., F.E.M.S., 32 Euston-
square, N.W.

Nov. 23, 1866 Spurrell, F. C. J., F.E.M.S., Belvidere, Kent, S.E.

April 22, 1870 Stanley, WilHam Ford, F.S.A., F.E.M.S., Eailway-
approach, London- bridge, S.E., and Stanleybury,
Upper Norwood, S.E.

May 26, 1871 Stapleton, Henry, 55 Beresford-road, Highbury-
new-park, N.

Mar. 24, 1865 Starling, Benjamin, 11 Gray's-inn- square, W.C.

Feb. 23, 1872 Stevens, C. E., 7 Ashby-road, Canonbury, N.

Aug. 24, 1866 Steward, J. H., F.E.M.S., 406 Strand, W.C.

May 23, 1873 Steward, James H. C, 406 Strand, W.C.

Mar. 19, 1869 Stokes, Frederick, Hepta-house, Stansfield-road,
Stockwell, S.W.

Oct. 27, 1871 Stuart, David John, 39 Marquess-road, Canonbury,
N.

July 7, 1865 Suffolk, W. T., F.E.M.S., Claremont-lodge, Park-
street, Camberwell, S.E.

40

Date of Election.

June 27, 1873 Suter, Edward, Kent-lodge, Douglass-road North,
Canonbury, N.

Nov. 22, 1867 Swainston, J. T., 14 Loraine-place, HoUoway, N.

Nov. 24, 1865 Swansborough, E., 20 Jolin-&treet, Bedford-row,
W.C.

June 24, 1870 Swain, Ernest, 89 Ladbroke-road, W.

Dec. 18, 1868 Swift, James, 48 University- street, W.C.

June 26, 1868 Syms, F. E., 4 Acacia -villas, Upper Eicbmond-
road, Putney, S.W.

May 24, 1872 Symons, Henry E., M.D., F.E.M.S., St. Bartho-
lomew's Hospital, E.G.

Nov. 25, 1870 Tafe, John Forwood, 34 Old Broad-street, City, E.G.

May 22, 1868 Tatem, J. G., Eussell- street, Beading.

Aug. 25, 1871 Taverna, The Count Joseph, 25 Trafalgar- square,
Brompton, S.W,

Dec. 22, 1865 Terry, J., 109 Borough-road, S.E.

Aug. 23, 1872 Terry, Thomas, 5 Austin-friars, E.G.

July 23, 1869 Thin, James, Ormiston-lodge, Claremont-place,
Brixton- road, S.W.

Feb. 24, 1871 Thornthwaite, W. H., jun., 122 Newgate-st., E.C.

Jan. 24, 1868 Tomkins, Samuel Leith, 26, Buckland- crescent,
Belsize-park, N.W.

June 23, 1871 Topping, Amos, 28 Charlotte- street, Caledonian-
road, N.

July 26, 1872 Townsend, John Sumsion, F.E.M.S., 59, London-
road, Croydon.

April 26, 1872 Tozer, Edward, Ivy-lodge, W^oodford, Essex.

July 24, 1868 Tulk, John A., M.D., Spring-grove, Isleworth, W.

July 24, 1868 Tulk, John A., F.E.M.S., &c., Firfield, Addle-
stone, Weybridge.

July 26, 1867 TurnbuU, Joseph, 1 Clifton- villas, Highgate-hill, N.

June 25, 1869 Turner, E. D., Chafford, Tunbridge.

Oct. 25, 1872 Vallence, P., Cobbs-coui-t, Cootham, Pulborough,

Hants.
July 27, 1866 Veitch, HaiTy, F.H.S., The Eoyal Exotic Nursery,

King's-road, Chelsea, S.W.
Feb. 23, 1866 Walker, A., M.D., 17 Throgmort on- street, E.C.

41

Date of Election.

May 28, 1869 Walker, Henry, 100 Fleet-street, E.G.

July 25, 1873 Walker, Jolin Stringer, Warwick-road, Upi3er
Clapton, E.

June 26, 1868 Walker, J. W., Fairfield-lionse, Watford.

Dec. 18, 1868 Waller, Arthur, F.K.M.S., 11 Aberdeen-park,
Highbury, N.

May 22, 1868 Waller, J. G., 68 Bolsover-street, Portland- road, W.

Oct. 27, 1865 Wallis, George, South Kensington Museum, S.W.

Aug. 26, 1870 Warburton, Samuel, Merton villa, New-road,Lower
Tooting, S.W.

Dec. 22, 1871 Ward, Daniel, 26 Coleman- street, Woolwich.

Nov. 22, 1867 Ward, F. H., M.E.C.S., Springfield-house, near
Tooting, Surrey.

Dec. 18, 1868 Warner, Alfred, 6 South-terrace, Hatcham- park-
road, New-cross, S.E.

Feb. 26, 1869 Warner, William, 51 Bookliam- street. New North-
road, N.

May 25, 1866 Warrington, H. E., 7 Eoyal Exchange, Cornhill,
E.C.

Oct. 27, 1865 Watkins, C. A., 10 Greek-street, Soho, W.

Oct. 25, 1872 Watkins, J. L., L.E.C.P., Union-street, Deptford,
S.E.

Sept. 22, 1865 Watson, T. G., 43 Poland- street, Oxford- street, W.

Sept. 25, 1868 Waugh, J. W. Spencer, 4 Maitland-park-villas,
Haverstock-hill, N.W.

Dec. 28, 1866 Way, T. E., 65 Wigmore- street, W.

Jan. 22, 1869 Webb, George, 3 Crosby-square, Bishopsgate, E.C.

Dec. 22, 1871 Webber, John, Limes Villas, Croxted-road, Dul-
wich.

May 24, 1867 Weeks, A. W. G., 18 Gunter's-grove, Chelsea, S.W.

Dec. 28, 1866 Wheldon, W., F.E.M.S., 58 Great Queen-street,
W.C.

Dec. 27, 1872 White, Charles E., 32 Belgrave-road, S.W.

April 23, 1869 White, Charles Frederick, F.E.M.S. {Vice-Presi-
dent), 42 Windsor- road, Ealing.

Feb. 26, 1868 White, Francis W., 2 Brunswick- cottages, Gipsy-
hill, S.E.

May 22, 1868 White, T. Charters, M.E.C.S., F.E.M.S., 32 Bel-
grave-road, S.W.

July 25, 1873 White, Walter, Litcham, Norfolk.

42

Date of Election.

May 24, 1867 White, W., F.E.M.S., Cawston, Sanclown, Isle of
AVight, N.

May 23, 1873 Wliitmore, John, M.D., 15 Wimpole- street, W.

July 24, 1868 Wight, James F., F.R.M.S., Gatcombe-villa,
C/roxted-road, West Dulwich, S.E.

May 22, 1868 Wigner, John M., B.A., B.Sc, 16 Grove-hill-
terrace. Grove-lane, Camberwell, S.E.

Mar. 24, 1871 Williams, George, 6 St. John's-park, Upper Hol-
loway, N.

Oct. 28, 1870 Williams, Martin G., 2 Highbury- crescent, N.

July 28,1871 Williams, Robert Pakenham, 3 Whittington-grove,
Highgate-hill, N.

Feb. 28, 1873 Williams, Wm. A. B., 23 Highbury- place, N.

Jan. 25, 1867 Willsworth, H., 7 Whittington-terrace, Upper Hol-
lo way, N.

Feb. 23, 1866 Wilshin, J., 12 Totford-place, Neckinger, Ber-
mondsey, S.E.

Feb. 22, 1867 Wilson, Frank, 110, Long-acre, W.C.

April 24, 1868 Withall, Henry, 1 The Elms, St. John's-road,
Brixton, S.W.

May 28, 1869 Wood, Charles H., F.C.S., 25 Devonshire-road,
Holloway, N.

Aug. 27, 1869 Woods, W. Fell, 1 Park-hill, Forest-hill, S.E.

Oct. 25, 1867 Worthington, Richard, Champion-park, Denmark-
hill, S.E.

June 27, 1873 Wrey, George E. B., Addington-house, Addington-
road, Reading.

Nov. 23, 1866 Wright, Edward, 89 Shepherdess-walk, E.C.

Aug. 4, 1865 Wyatt, C. C, 9 North Audley- street, W.

Oct. 26, 1866 Yeats, Christopher, Mortlake, Surrey, S.W.
Sept. 23, 1870 Yeoman, L. C. B., 21 Gutter-lane, E.C.

3^ o T I c :b.

Members are reminded that the Subscriptions for the year commencing
July 1st, 1873, and ending June 30th, 1874, are now due.

They are requested to send the amount by Cheque or Post Office Order
(not Stamps) to the Treasurer, Mr. Robt. Hardwicke, 192, Piccadilly, W.,
where Subscriptions can be received any day between 10 and 4.

Any member of the Club changing his address, will oblige by com-
municating his new direction to the Secretary without delay.

43

E U L E S.

I. — Tliat *' The Quekett Microscopical Club" liold its meetings
at University College, Gower Street, on the foui-th Friday Even-
ing in every month, at Eight o'clock precisely, or at such other
time or place as the Committee may appoint.

11. — That the business of the Club be conducted by a Com-
mittee consisting of the President, four Vice-Presidents, the
Treasurer, the Honorary Secretary, the Honorary Secretary for
Foreign Correspondence, and twelve other members, — six to
form a quorum. That the President, Vice-Presidents, Secre-
taries, and the four senior members of the Committee (by
election) retire annually, but be eligible for re-election. That
the Committee may appoint a stipendiary Assistant Secretary,
who shall be subject to its direction.

III. — That at the ordinary Meeting in June, nominations be
made of Candidates to fill the offices of Vice-Presidents and vacan-
cies on the Committee. That such nominations be made by reso-
lutions duly moved and seconded, no Member being entitled to
propose more than one Candidate. That in the event of such
nominations exceeding one haK more than the number of vacant
offices, the Candidates be reduced by show of hands to such pro-
portion. That the President, Treasurer, Honorary Secretary, and
Honorary Secretary for Foreign Correspondence be nominated
by the Committee, That a list of all nominations made as above be
printed in alphabetical order upon the ballot paper. That at the
Annual General Meeting in July all the above officers be elected
by ballot from the candidates named in the lists, but any member
is at liberty to substitute on his ballot-paper any other name or
names in lieu of those nominated for the offices of President,
Treasurer, Honorary Secretary, and Honorary Secretary for
Foreign Correspondence.

IV. — That in the absence of the President and Vice-Presidents
the Members present at any ordinary Meeting of the Club elect a
Chairman for that evening:.

44

v. — That every Candidate for Membership be proposed by two
or more Members, who shall sign a certificate (see Appendix) in
recommendation of him — one of the proposers from personal
knowledge. The certificate shall be read from the chair, and the
Candidate therein recommended ballotted for at the following
Meeting. Three black balls to exclude.

VI. — That the society include not more than twenty Foreign
Honorary Members, elected by the Members by ballot upon the
recommendation of the Committee.

VII. — That the Annual Subscription be Ten Shillings, pay-
able in advance on the 1st of July, but that any Member elected
in May or June be exempt from subscription until the following
July. That any Member desirous of compounding for his future
subscription may do so at any time by payment of the sum of
Ten Pounds ; all such sums to be duly invested in such manner
as the Committee shall think fit. That no person be entitled to
the full privileges of the Club until his subscription shall have
been paid ; and that any Member omitting to pay his subscrip-
tion six months after the same shall have become due (two ap-
plications in wi'iting having been made by the Treasurer) shall
cease to be a Member of the Club.

VIII. — That the accounts of the Club be audited by two Mem-
bers, to be appointed at the ordinary Meeting in June.

IX. — That the Annual General meeting be held on the fourth
Friday in July, at which the Eeport of the Committee on the
affairs of the Club, and the Balance Sheet duly signed by the
Auditors shall be read. Printed lists of Members nominated for
election as President, Vice-Presidents, Treasurer, Secretaries, and
Members of the Committee having been distributed, and the
Chairman having appointed two or more Members to act as
Scrutineers, the Meeting shall then proceed to ballot. If from
any cause these elections, or any of them, do not take place at
this Meeting, they shall be made at the next ordinary Meeting,
of the Club.

X. — That at the ordinary Meetings the following business be
transacted: — The minutes of the last Meeting shall be read and
confirmed ; donations to the Club since the last Meeting announced

45

and exhibited ; ballots for new Members taken ; papers read and
discussed; and certificates for new Members read; after which
the Meeting shall resolve itself into a conversazione.

XI. — That any Member may introduce a Visitor at any ordi-
nary meeting, who shall enter his name with that of the Member
by whom he is introduced, in a book to be kept for the purpose.

XII. — That no alteration be made in these Laws, except at an
Annual General Meeting, or a Special General Meeting called for
that purpose; and that notice in wTiting of any proposed altera-
tion be given to the Committee, and read at the ordinary Meeting
at least a month previous to the Annual or Special Meeting, at
which the subject of such alteration is to be considered.

APPENDIX.

FOKM OF PeOPOSAL FOR MEMBERSHIP IN

QuEKETT Microscopical Club.

Mr.
of

being desirous of becoming a Member of this Club, we beg to
recommend him for election.

{on mi/ jjersonal knowledge).

This Certificate was read 187

The Ballot will take place 187

46
BULES FOR THE EXCHANGE OF SLIDES.

I. That all Slides be deposited with the Exchange Committee.

II. That not more than two similar Slides be placed in the
Exchange Box at one time by any one Member.

III. That the Slides be classified by the Committee into Sec-
tions, numbered according to quality.

IV. Members to select from the class in which their Slides are
placed, at the ordinary meeting of the Club.

V. Members may leave the selection to the Exchange Com-
mittee, if they prefer it.

VI. Slides once exchanged cannot be exchanged again.

VII. A Eegister shall be kept, in which the Slides deposited
shall be entered and numbered, with the date of receipt, and in
which exchanges shall also be noted.

VIII. — All expenses incurred in the transmission of Slides or
in correspondence respecting them, to be borne by the Member
on whose account such charges may be incurred.

Parcels may be addressed —

Mr. John E. Ingpen

192, Piccadilly,

[Exchange.]

London,

W.

Note, — As much inconvenience frequently arises frx)m the breakage of
Slides in transmission through the Post, the following method is recom-
mended : — Pack the Slides in a small wooden box, which can be obtained of
any Optician, tie it securely with string and attach a slip of parchment to
one end, sufficiently large to receive the Postage Stamps, Address, and local
Post-office Stamps during transmission.

If paper be used as a wrapper to the box, the colour should be hlacJc.

When twelve or more Slides are sent, they should be packed in a racked
box and forwarded by Railway.

MEETINGS

OF THE

QUEKETT MICEOSCOPICAL CLUB,

AT
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, GOWER STREET, LONDON.

1873.— August * .... 22

September 12 .... 26

October 10 .... 24

November 14 .... 28

Decem^ber 12 .... 26

1874.— January 9 .... 23

February 13 .... 27

Marcb 13 .... 27

April : 11 - 25

May 8 ..- 22

June 12 .... 26

July 10 .... 24

"^ No Meeting.

The Ordinary Meetings are held on the fourth Friday in
each month : — business commences at 8 o'clock p.m.

The Meetings on the second Friday in each month are for
Conversation and Exhibition of Objects only, from 7 to 9.30

p.m.

The Annual General Meeting will be held on July
24th, 1874, at 8 o'clock, for Election of Officers and other
business.

Offices, 192, Piccadilly, W.

48

Q. M. C.

lEXlCTJIE^SIOIN-S, 1873

Apkil 5tli BARNES.

To meet at Waterloo Station (Riclimond line).
April 19tli SNARE SBROOK.

To meet at Fencliurch Street Station.
May 3rd ESHER.

To meet at Waterloo Station (Main Line).
May 17tli TORRINGTON PARK (for TOTTERIDGE), re-
turning by Mill Hill. To meet at King's Cross

Station, G.N.
May 31st CHISELHURST.

To meet at Charing Cross Station.
June 14tli To meet the Croydon Microscopical Club.

Particulars will be duly announced.
June 19th EXCURSIONISTS' ANNUAL DINNER.

Arrangements will be duly announced.
June 28th ELSTREE, returning by Edgware.

To meet at St. Pancras Station, at 1.30 p.m.
July 7th SOUTHEND, Day Excursion.

To meet at Fenchurch Street Station, the first

Train after 10 a.m.
July 12th HAMPTON COURT.

To meet at Waterloo Station (Main Line).
July 26th GRAYS.

To meet at Fenchurch Street Station.
Sept. 6th BROMLEY (for KESTON).

To meet at Ludgate Hill Station.
Sept. 20th EAST END (for FINCHLEY COMMON), re-
turning by Southgate. To meet at St. Pancras

Station.
Oct. 4th BRUCE GROVE (for TOTTENHAM MARSHES).

To meet at Bishopsgate Low Level Station.
Oct. 18th WANDSWORTH COMMON.

To meet at Clapham Junction, at 3 p.m.

The time of departure from Town, unless otherwise specified,
will be the first Train after TWO o'clock.

F. W. Gay, \

F. OXLEY, l-r.^

WITT -r> rHjJ

. W. Reeves,

W. T. Suffolk,

xcursion Committee.

John E. Ingpen, Hon. Secretary.

Offices, 192, Piccadilly, W.

W, DAVY AND SON, PRINTERS, GILBERT STRKKT, W.

NINTH REPORT

QUEKETT MICROSCOPICAL CLUB,

LIST OF MEMBEES.

Meeting at University College, London, on the Second and Fourth
Fridays of every Month.

Offices: 192, PICCADILLY,
LONDON.

July 1S74.

{Extract from original Prospectus^ July 1865.)

" The want of such a Chib as the present has long been felt, wherein
•' Microscopists and students with kindred tastes might meet at stated periods
■' to hold cheerful converse with each other, exhibit and exchange specimens,
■' read papers on topics of interest, discuss doubtful points, compare notes of
■' progress, and gossip over those special subjects in which they are more or
" less interested : where, in fact, each member would be solicited to bring his
" own individual experience, be it ever so small, and cast it into the treasury
'■ for the general good. Such are some of the objects which the present Club
" seeks to attain. In addition thereto it hopes to organize occasional Field
" Excursions, at proper seasons, for the collection of living specimens, to
" acquire a Library of such books of reference as will be most useful to
"enquiring students; and, trusting to the proverbial liberality of Micro-
" scopists, to add thereto a comprehensive Cabinet of Objects. By these, and
" similar means, the Quekett Microscopical Club seeks to merit the support
" of all earnest men who may be devoted to such pursuits ; and, by fostering
" and encouraging a love for Microscopical studies, to deserve the approval
" of men of science and more learned societies."

OFFICERS AND COMMITTEE.

(Elected July 1874.)

Dr. John Matthews, F.R.M.S.

ilDic£-|l residents.
Dr. Braithwaite, F.L.S., F.R.M.S.
B. T. LowNE, F.R.C.S., F.R.M.S.
Chas. F. White, F.R.M.S.
T. C. White, M.R.C.S., F.R.M.S.

Robert Hakdwicke, F.L.S.

John E. Ingpen, F.R.M.S.

|)oii. ^ecutHtg for Joreigit Comspfonbcncc.

M. C. Cooke, M.A.

|5oit. %tpxizx,

Richard T. Lewis, F.R.M.S.

Committee.

B. Daydon Jackson.

Fred. Oxley.

Frank Crisp, LL.B., B. A., Lond.,

F.R.M.S.
H. F. Hailes.
F. H. P. Hind.
J. G. Waller.

W. A. Bevington, F.R.M.S.

Dr. Foulerton.

E. T. Newton, F.G.S.

T. Rogers, F.R.M.S.

J. C. Sigsworth, F.R.M.S.

Geo. Williams.

f on. fibrarmti. foir, Ciuator.

Alpheus Smith. G. W. Ruffle.

(!^uxxx$mx €ommtiUz.

F. W. Gay, F.R.M.S. I W. T. Suffolk, F.R.M.S.

W. W. Reeves, F.R.M.S. I F. Oxley.

^Kbange (of ^Itbes) Committee.

H. F. Hailes. E. Marks.

gissbtmrt ^tmtarg.

E. Marks.

A 2

PAST PEESIDENTS.

Elected.

EDWIN LANKESTEE, M.D., F.K.S. = = July, 1865.
ERNEST HART .. = -.=„ 186G.
ARTHUR E. DURHAM, E.L.S., &c. - = „ 1867.
,, ,, „ - - ' jj 1868.

PETER LE NEVE FOSTER, M.A. - - „ 1869.
LIONEL S. BEALE, M.B., F.R.S., &c. - - „ 1870.

,, ,, n ° - ° >? 1871.

ROBERT BRAITHWAITE, M.D., F.L.S., &c. „ 1872.

,, ,, ,, - - - ,, 1873.

319

EEPOET OF THE COMMITTEE.

Your Committee, in presenting their Ninth Annual Eeport,
have again the pleasing duty of recording the continued
prosperity of the Club, and its successful progress in the
course marked out by its Founders.

Your Committee gladly avail themselves of the opportunity
again afforded them of thanking the Council of University
College for the privilege of holding the Meetings of the Club
in this room, which privilege has been continued for another
year, in the same courteous manner as heretofore.

The Club has lost five members by death during the past
year— Mr. F. C. Barnett, Mr. T. W. Burr, Lt.-Col. Jeakes,
Mr. H. Lea, and Mr. J. A. Tulk. The loss of Mr. T. W.
Burr, who has been for more than six years a most active
and useful Member — for five years a member of the Com-
mittee, and lately a Vice-President — will be much felt, not
only in our Club, but also in the various other scientific
Societies to which he belonged ; and his ever ready resource
and wise counsel will long be remembered by those who have
acted with him. There have been also twentj^-four resigna-
tions, besides which the number of Members has been reduced

320

by a careful revision of the list, and the removal of the
names of many Members who have long ceased to take any
interest in the welfare of the Club, and whose Subscriptions
are largely in arrear. The result of this scrutiny is as
follows : —

Number of Members, June 30th, 1873 ... 564
„ since deceased... 5
„ „ resigned... 24
,, removed for non-
payment of Subscription 85 114

450

Number of Members elected since June,

1873 66

Present number 516

It will thus be seen that, though we number fewer Members
than last year, there has been no reduction in the real
strength of the Club.

The attendance at the Meetings during the past year has
attained a very good average, showing that the interest of
the Members has not abated. The Ordinary Meetings
have assumed a somewhat more formal character than was
the case in earlier years, owing to the amount of business to
be transacted; but the Conversational Meetings fully keep
up the social character of the Club.

The Papers read during the past year have by no means
been wanting in interest. The following is a list in the
order in which they were read : —

On the Mouths of Insects . . Mr. B. T. Lowne.
„ Collecting and Preserving

Fresh-water Alga^. . . . Dr. Horatio Wood (communi-
cated by Mr. M. C. Cooke).

321

On Nobert's Tests ....

„ the Histology of Plants,

3rd Paper ....

„ the " Science Gossip " Section
Machine ....

„ some Photomicrographs, pre-
sented to the Club by

„ the Sand-blast Cell .

„ an " Immersion Tube "

„ Insect Mounting in Hot Climates

„ an Improved Method of Mount-
ing Opaque Objects

„ certain Remarkable Organisms
observed in the Rat- Flea

„ the Microscopic Structure of
Flint and allied substances .

„ the Histology of Plants,
4th Paper ....

„ Section-cutting Machines
How to make Thin Covering Glass

On a False-light Excluder for Ob-
jectives

„ The Development of Hydra
Vulgaris ....

„ a New Section-cutting Machine

„ the Histology of Plants,
5th Paper ....

„ the Plistology of Plants,
6th Paper ....

Dr. J. J. Woodward.

Dr. Braitiiwaite.

Mr. Walter White.

Dr. J. J. Woodward.

Mr. H. F. Hailes.

Mr. Richards.

Mr. T. CuRTiES and Mr. Ingpen.

Mr. T. C. White.

Mr. Furlonge.

Mr. M. H. Johnson.

Dr. Braithwaite.
Mr. E. T. Newton.
Mr. G. J. Burch (communicated
by the Secretary).

Mr. Ingpen.

Mr. Fullagar, of Canterbury
(communicated by Mr. Curties).
Dr. Hoggan (communicated at
the request of the President).

Dr. Braithwaite.

Dr. Braithwaite.

These Papers appear either in extenso or in abstract in the
pages of the Journal.

Your Committee cannot pass over the admirable series of
Papers " On the Histology of Plants," by our President,
without special comment. They form a work of reference of
the highest order, of which the Club may well be proud, and

322

add greatly to tKe permanent value of the Journal. It is to
be hoped that so good an example may be followed by others.
A similar series of Papers on Animal Histology would be of
great value.

In addition to the foregoing Papers many verbal com-
munications of interest have been made, which are duly
recorded in the proceedings.

It is to be wished, however, that Papers should be con-
tributed by a larger number of Members ; and your Com-
mittee would remind those who are diffident as to the
originality or value of their researches, of the first paragraph
in the original prospectus of the Club. " This Club has been
" established for the purpose of affording to microscopists, in
*' and around the Metropolis, opportunities for meeting and
*' exchanging ideas, without that diffidence and constraint
" which an amateur naturally feels when discussing scientific
^' subjects in the presence of professional men.^' This is well
carried out by the Conversational Meetings, at which the
advice and assistance of experienced Members with reference
to the desirability of bringing researches before the Club in
the form of a Paper can always be obtained.

The following additions to the Library have been made
during the past year by donation and purchase : —

TRESENTED BY

Witheriiig's Botany, vols. 1 & 2, 3rd edition, 1796 Mr. Jas. WatMns.
Geological Survey of Canada, Report for 1853 to

1856 Mr. E. Kiddle.

Davies on Microscopical Mounting, 1st edition... Mr. J. F. Tafe.
Lankester's Half-hours with the Microscope, 1st

edition „

Suffolk on Spectrum Analysis The Author.

Smithsonian Institution Report for 1871 U. S. Government.

Cunningham on Microscopical Examinations of

Air The Author.

323

Bailey on Microscopical Examination of At-] Messrs. Horncastle

lantic Coast Soundings ) and Crisp's Donation.

Brad^^'s Recent British Ostrocada „

Brady, Parker and Jones, on the Genus

Polymorphina „

Brown on Foraminifera from the Colne Tidal

River „

Busk's Polyzoa of the Crag „

Carter on New Species of Squamulina and Dif-

fiugit^ „

D'Orbigny, Foraminiferes du Bassin Tertiare de

Vienne „

Egger, Foraminifera from the Miocene of Orten-

l^urg „

Ehrenberg, Sub-ocean Forms, &c „

Jeffreys, Fourth Report on Shetland Dredgings „
Jones, T. Rupert, Entomostraca of the Cretaceous

Formation „

,, Tertiary Entomostraca „

Karrer, Foraminiferen des Wiener Sandsteins ... „

„ „ des Wiener Beckons „

„ „ Koslej in Banat „

Mantell's Foraminifera of Chalk and Flint „

Mechelin's Iconograpliie Zoophytologique „

Parfitt, Protozoa of Devonshire, &c „

Parker and Jones' Foraminifera, Coast of Norway „

Reuss, Foraminiferen Crag d' An vers „

„ ,, der Septarienthrones von

Berlin „

„ „ Kanara See „

„ „ Deutschen Oberoligocano... „

„ „ Westphalischen „

„ „ Lagenideen „

„ „ Oberburg in Steiermark ... „
„ „ des Deutschen Septarien-
thrones „

Seguenza, Foraminifera of Messina „

Terquem, Foraminiferes du Lias „

Weaver, Composition of Chalk Rocks, &c „

324

Bc.ale, How to Work with the Microscope, last

edition. A second copy By purchase.

Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science, new

series. Vol 8, up to present time „

A Monograph of the British Annelids. Part I.

Ray Society's Vol. for 1 873 By suhscrijJtion.

Popular Science Review Mr. R. Hardivicke.

Monthly Microscopical Journal „

Science Gossip „

American Naturalist In Exchange.

The Lens „

Proceedings of various Scientific Societies and

sundry Pamphlets

The works purchased with the donations of Mr. Horncastle
and Mr. Frank Crisp are from the Library of Mr. M. C.
Cooke.

The following slides have been added during the past year
to the Cabinet of the Club : —

>Ir. CURTIES .

. 14^

„ S. Israel

6

„ E. T. Newton

. 12

„ Watktns

. 10

„ W. Webb

4

„ W.White .

.. . 5

183

The Annual Soiree was held on the 17th of April last, and
was no less attractive than on former occasions, having been
attended by more than 1,000 visitors. The rooms were less
crowded than usual, owing to the increased space kindly
placed by the Council of the College at the service of the
Club. Upwards of 100 microscopes were exhibited by mem-
bers, and about 50 by contingents from the South London,
the Croydon, the Sydenham, and Forest Hill, and Tower-hill

325

Microscopical Societies. In addition to this, a brilliant dis-
play of microscopes, spectroscopes, stereoscopes, &c., together
with the latest improvements in apparatus, and many objects
of interest, were kindly contributed by the leading opticians.
Your Committee desire to take this opportunity of thanking
the numerous gentlemen and firms who exhibited, for their
valuable assistance, which contributed greatly to the success
of the evening.

During the past year your Committee have given much
consideration to the best mode of publishing the Journal.
While fully alive to the value of this feature, and the impor-
tance attached to it by members residing at a distance and
unable to attend the meetings, they do not consider it advis-
able to guarantee a quarterly issue ; but it is their intention
to publish at all periods when there is a sufficient accumula-
tion of valuable matter. By the exercise of this discretion,
it is considered that an equally satisfactory record can be
ensured, with greater economy than hitherto.

The Excursions are still as ably conducted as heretofore,
and the attendance thereat has been greater than in previous
years. It is to be regretted that more of the results have not
been communicated to the Club, but it is satisfactory to know
that the best localities near London are kept frequently
under observation ; while the communication with other
local societies on those occasions assists to promote the
friendly feeling which it is desirable to encourage between
this Club and others of a similar character.

Your Committee take the opportunity of giving their
cordial thanks to those gentlemen who devote themselves to
the routine of the Club, and thereby keep it in good working
order — often at considerable expenditure of time and trouble.
To this efficient, though unobtrusive service, no small portion
of the success of the Club has always been and still is due.

326

The Treasurer's report will be found satisfactory, for,
though the balance in hand is not large, it is a genuine one,
all accounts having been paid to the end of the Club's finan-
cial year.

Following its appointed career, improving instruments
and methods of manipulation, educating beginners, afibrding
genial intercourse to the experienced, and rendering assist-
ance to each branch of natural science, we may justly con-
gratulate the Club upon its present position, — remembering,
however, that this is no time for rest, and that in the great
competition now existing, it will require our best exertions
and most earnest work to keep up the prestige of the Quekett
Microscopical Club, so that it may continue worthy of the
honoured name it bears.

327

PRESIDENT'S ADDRESS,

Delivered at the Annual Meeting, July 24th, 1874,
By K. BRAITHWAITE, M.D., F.L.S., &c.

Gentlemen, — I now rise to fulfil one of the most difficult
duties you have thought fit to impose upon the occupant of
this chair, viz., to deliver an annual address ; but before
endeavouring to do so, I must first tender my thanks to each
and all whom I have been accustomed to meet in this room,
for the courtesy and kindly feeling which I have always
experienced, and to express the wish that the success which
has attended your past career may still accompany your
future progress.

The guidance of a Society like this, for so long a period as
two years, has not failed to impress me with some experience
in its requirements, and the knowledge of possibly some
slight defects in its work.

The microscope in its present great state of perfection is
not an instrument for pastime or amusement only, much less
an apparatus for exciting wonder on certain periodic occa-
sions, but rather a master-key which enables the possessor to
pass beyond the region of familiar things, and unlock the
gates of a great unknown land that stretches away on every
side, and which numbers as its inhabitants every thing
created.

328

Unless you are prepared to use it for the advancement of
knowledge, what does it profit you ? and unless by previous
study you are prepared to understand what you see, what
does it profit you ?

I recognize the man of learning here,
What you touch not, lies not within your sphere ;
What you grasp not, does not exist for you ;
What you count not, most surely is not true ;
What you weigh not, devoid of weight you call ;
What you coin not, won't pass with you at all.

"With these thoughts in mind, I have, as occasion offered
endeavoured to sketch out for you a plan of work to be done
in connexion with the Vegetable Kingdom. How small a
proportion this bears to the corresponding work required for
the animal world, I need not mention ; this I leave to my
successors ; it is for you to fill in the details. Having then,
put before you some of the leading features in the structure
of plants, perhaps on the last occasion when it will be my
privilege to address you, I may not unprofitably occupy your
time with a few supplementary remarks on the function of
the various organs — that is, the Physiology of Plants.

We have seen that the first element in the formation of a
plant is a cell, originating from the combination of carbonic
acid and water on the one hand into gum or vegetable jelly,
and of carbonic acid and ammonia on the other into proto-
plasm or albumen ; that cells increase and multiply by divi-
sion and then become changed, for they extend in dimensions,
acquire deposit here, undergo resorption there, until all the
different tissues are formed ; yet, just as in the animal
kingdom, not one of these conditions is met with — transient,
it may be, in the object before us — but is the permanent
state in the life of some other organism ; and on this rests
the foundation of the grand theory of evolution. To no
subject could your microscopes be turned with greater profit,

329

tlian to trace out the changes in every organ, from the
embryonic state to its full development.

Each cell acts as an independent organism, absorbing
fluids and gases from without, and elaborating in its interior
new substances, some for the support of the plant, some
stored up for future use, either in the life of the individual
or of other orders of creation, some excreted as useless. In
the higher plants we have great diiferentiation of tissues and
great diversity in the functions which each is called on to
perform : one set constituting cambium is occupied solely
with the growth of the plant, while another is preparing
sugar or starch or chlorophyl, yet guided by the inherent
vital principle, each plays its proper part without interference
with its neighbour, and we cannot imitate the process.

Nageli has attempted to explain the mechanism of endos-
mose and exosmose, by supposing that the walls of a cell
consist of inconceivably minute particles, each of which,
however, is surrounded on all sides by a fluid envelope ;
other fluids will readily pass through this, and the entry of
water would thus cause the molecules to be moved farther
from each other and distension would result, while the
passage of water outward would bring them closer together,
and we should then have contraction.

For the germination or first process of growth of the
embryo plant which lies dormant in every fertile seed, certain
conditions are necessary, without which it fails to appear.
These are moisture, heat, and atmospheric air; water is
absorbed by the cells, and after softening their texture, it
next sets -about the solution of the nutritive material stored
up in the seed, at the same time the cells continue to swell,
and soon burst open the hard testa or pericarp by which
they had been protected ; the amount of heat required is
variable, depending on the climate of the countr}^ of which
the plant is a native ; and that air is necessary, is proved by

330

placing seeds in an atmosphere of nitrogen or hydrogen,
when they fail to germinate.

Seeds germinate more rapidly in shade than in light, and
the process is materially influenced by the chemical rays, for
while blue light accelerates, yellow rays retard it. The
decomposition of carbon is also due to the action of light,
and hence it is necessary for the formation of wood and
chlorophyl ; a due balance of the chemical and luminous rays
is also required for the proper development of flowers and
perfection of fruit. Thus you see how nicely adapted are
the operations of nature to the co-existing external conditions
of the world around : the seeds have laid dormant all through
the long winter, or even stored up for years in the granary,
and the embryo bud presents no signs of its existence, yet
with the first rush of spring the requisite conditions are at
hand, the earth is saturated with moisture, the sun with as
yet a low elevation imparts sufiicient heat with a moderate
supply of light ; but with the full blaze of summer power
the flowers attain full development of form and hue, to
pass under the calorific and chemical forces of autumn into
ripened fruit, again to lie dormant for the winter.

The first alteration set up in the seed is in the nitrogenized
matter, diastase being formed, which acts as a ferment, and
the starch is converted into dextrine and grape sugar, and
thus rendered soluble and capable of assimilation ; carbonic
acid is also evolved from combination of oxygen with the
carbon of the seed, and as in all other cases of chemical
action, heat is at the same time produced.

Numerous experiments and theories have been devised to
explain the cause of the constant downward growth of the
radicle and upward growth of the plumule, but none are
satisfactory ; and we must again fall back on vital force,
guided by Divine Intelligence.

The roots of plants only grow at their apex, and here the

331

absorbing cells are chiefly placed, and cellular hairs or pro-
cesses of the epidermis which take the greatest share in the
action; these soon die and are replaced by a corky layer,
while fresh epidermis and hairs are again thrown out at the
apex. By these, water holding various salts in solution is
constantly being drawn up for the nourishment of the plant
and supply of the inorganic elements required, which can
only be assimilated when presented to the tissues in a liquid
state. Epiphytal plants, by their aerial roots, take up nutri-
ment from the atmosphere alone ; while parasites, which can
only live on the juices of other plants, send cellular pro-
longations into the tissues of the host, through which they
suck out their nutriment, and thus destroy their supporter.

The leaves are arranged in such a way as to be fully
exposed to the influence of air and light ; and thus we find
that, however numerous, there is no overlapping or inter-
ference one with another. The fluids carried up from the
root are elaborated in the cells and vessels of the leaves, and
undergo important changes ; and again they absorb carbonic
acid, ammonia, and water, and give ofi* water, oxygen, and
other gases. Absorption of fluid by the surface of leaves
takes place most readily when the cuticle is thin and the
stomata numerous ; and this is the usual condition on the
under surface. Dew and rain are thus taken up, and pass
down the spiral vessels and parenchyma, and through the
intercellular spaces ; carbonic acid is also rapidly removed
by leaves, and this appears to go on continuously. The
young cuticle readily absorbs water, but this power is
greatly diminished by age, as it then becomes indurated and
impregnated with waxy deposit.

Transpiration or exhalation of watery fluid is also carried
on by leaves, the amount varying with the structure of the
leaf and the surrounding atmospheric conditions. When
hard and dry, or when the cuticle is dense or supplied with

332

few stomata, as we see in the olive tree and many acacias,
transpiration is small in quantity, and such plants are most
frequent in arid regions. A dense woolly covering of hairs
also resists drought, the fine cellular hairs absorbing dew,
and in dry weather forming a flat coat which resists tran-
spiration. The corky thickening which all epidermal cells
undergo seems a wise provision to prevent exhalation, which
is thus carried on solely by the stomata.

Besides water, the leaves of plants give off gases, and thus
are most important organs, as it is on this wise provision of
nature that we and all the animal creation depend for the
purity of the air we breathe. Priestley first discovered that
plants enclosed in air vitiated by breathing restored it to its
original purity; then Ingenhousz proved that plants give
out oxygen, but only during daylight, that it is greatest in
sunshine, and ceases at night, that poisonous plants behave
in this respect like harmless, that it is from old leaves and
the under surface that the largest amount is eliminated, and
that aquatic plants give off the most.

De Saussure determined that although carbonic acid was
consumed during the day, it was given off at night ; and that
Fungi, and blanched parts of plants, as well as leafless plants,
exhaled carbonic acid. The carbonic acid appears to be
manufactured by vital processes going on within the plant,
and not by direct combination of the carbon of the plant
with the oxygen of the air. It is believed that some nitrogen
is also given off by plants, no doubt resulting from the de-
composition of absorbed ammonia. The sap absorbed by the
roots, containing inorganic matters in solution, reaches the
leaves and is exposed to air and light, water is transpired
extensively, and the inorganic matter not required for the
growth of the plant and its secretions is stored up in the
leaves, increasing in quantity with their age, as we find by
the weight of ash left after burning them ; this consists of

333

salts of lime, potass, magnesia, &c., and thus the fall of the
leaf is not an useless process in the economy of nature, but a
means of restoring again to the earth large quantities of
material for the nutriment of plants in the following season.

The fluids absorbed by the roots are quickly diflused
through the plant and carried up to the leaves, which by
exhalation constantly require a fresh supply, and draw it
upward to replace the loss, thus promoting a general move-
ment through every part of the plant. In cellular plants
the circulation is general throughout the tissues ; in ferns
the fluid absorbed passes along the loose cellular tissue around
the scalariform vessels ; in Monocotyledons it a scends through
the elongated cells surrounding the spiral vessels, which
ordinarily contain air ; in Dicotyledons the spring sap flows
gradually up the stem, at first filling the spiral vessels, but
as the leaves expand they exhale fluid, and then the spiral
vessels contain air, and the sap passes by the newer wood
vessels and cells ; and in summer we have the elaborated
sap sent back from the leaves in an external current between
the bark and the wood, from whence it is diflused through
all the active cells and vessels of the stem.

The first true insight into the reproductive process in
plants appears to have been made known in this country by
Grew in a paper read before the Royal Society in 1676, and
next adopted by Ray in 1694. LinnsDus in 1736 gave to the
world his celebrated sexual system, founded on the repro-
ductive organs ; but although it was known that pollen was
necessary for impregnation, its modus operandi was not under-
stood, until in 1823 Amici discovered the pollen tubes, and
Robert Brown traced them to the nucleus of the ovule.

To the important part played by insects in the fertilization
of plants I need not here refer, nor to the various modifica-
tions in the structure of the style or stigma, designed to
fulfil special ends ; but it may be of interest to place before

B 2

334

you a very brief summary of the more secret part of the
process, since our knowledge thereof has been gained entirely
by the careful use of the microscope.

During the maturation of the pollen the stigma becomes
enlarged, its central tissue looser, and a viscid secretion
bathes its surface, the ovule also alters, for one of its central
cells becomes greatly enlarged, so as to form the embryo- sac,
and at the end of this sac, next to the micropyle, certain
delicate free nucleated cells are produced, which have been
termed embryo- vesicles ; and now all is prepared for the
crowning purpose of the plant^s existence.

In Cryptogams, the first sign of a special function in cells
is seen in the lower algge, in the process of conjugation, by
which a tube is thrown across from adjacent filaments, and
the endochrome of one cell passes over into the opposite one
and a spore produced in it or in the intermediate tube.

Passing higher in the scale, we find difierent kinds of
reproductive organs : antheridia containing cells with a
moving ciliated spermatozoid in each, and archegonia con-
taining a germ-cell. In all these cases (Hepaticse, Mosses,
and Ferns) the spermatozoids enter the archegonium and
reach the central vesicle, which is thus impregnated ; they
then lose all motion, and thus precisely correspond with the
behaviour of spermatozoa in the animal ovum.

Taking a Fern as the type, we find the spore grows into a
lobulated prothallium, on the under surface of which anthe-
ridia and archegonia are produced, the former consisting of
a papilla containing free cells which are discharged at an
opening in the apex ; these then burst and liberate a ciliated
spiral filament, the spermatozoid. The archegonia are fewer
and larger, consisting of ten or twelve cells, and have a
central canal leading to a large globular germ- cell embedded
in the prothallium. The spermatozoids passing down the
canal come in contact with the central cell of the arche-

335

gonium, and the inner mouth of the archegonial canal closes
by swelling of the adjacent cells. The fertilized germinal
vesicle enlarges until it fills the central cell and then begins
to divide, and from it the permanent stem of the fern com-
mences its growths, throws out radicles, and the prothallium
withers away.

Passing next to Phcenogamous plants, we find the repro-
ductive organs evident enough, polleniferous stamens and
ovuliferous pistils ; but we will first take the Gymnosperms
or Cycads and Conifers, in which impregnation takes place
by direct contact between the pollen and ovule, in Cycads
the naked ovules being placed on the margin of modified
leaves, while in Conifers the scales covering the seeds are
regarded as bracts.

In Conifers, the pollen grains are applied to the large
micropyle of the ovule without the intervention of a stigma,
their tubes then traverse the delicate cells of the nucleus and
reach the embryo-sac ; the sac enlarges and very slowly
becomes filled with endosperm cells. Next, three to six cells
at the micropylar end enlarge and form corpuscles, each of
which is at first separated from the inner wall of the embryo-
sac by a simple cell which divides into four by cross walls,
and in the middle of these a passage is left leading to the
corpuscle. The pollen-tubes keep slowly growing, pass
through the tissue of the nucleus, then perforate the wall of
the embryo-sac, and on between the four cells to the cor-
puscle, which they impregnate ; a cell at the lower end of
the corpuscle then enlarges and forms the embryonal vesicle,
a free cell in which di^ddes into eight cells, forming a short
cylindric pro-embryo. The four lower cells of this, by elon-
gation of the upper, are pushed into the nucleus, the upper
now appearing as suspensors, each of the cells at their lower
ends becoming an embrj^o. There are thus four times as
many embryos as corpuscles, but usually only one developes

336

to that of a perfect seed. Twelve or thirteen months elapse
between the entrance of the pollen- tubes and production of
corpuscles.

In the Angiosperms, or great mass of flowering plants,
the pollen falls on the viscid stigma, the extine bursts, and
the intine is protruded as a tube, which pushes on down the
style until it reaches the ovule, sometimes a short process
rising from the ovule to meet it ; still pushing on, it enters
the micropyle and reaches the embryo-sac. Here it comes
in contact with the already formed embryonal vesicle, which
after impregnation divides into two cells by a transverse
partition, the lower forming the embryo- globule, while the
upper elongates and becomes the suspensor.

In the process of impregnation a large amount of oxygen
is absorbed and carbonic acid evolved, and an elevation of
temperature takes place ; the pollen is shed at the time the
greatest amount of heat is produced, and the stamens have a
higher temperature than the pistils. In certain orders also,
above all in the Araceae, the evolution of heat is most marked.
In our common Arum maculatum, during the expansion of
the spathe, the temperature has been found to be 15 to 20°
above that of the air, in Arum dracuncuhis as much as 31°,
but in Colocasia odora growing in the Isle of France, Hubert
found that a thermometer in the centre of twelve spadices
stood at 142°, while the temperature of the air was 74-75°.

A far more important point, however, to be borne in mind
in the growth of plants, is the absorption of light and heat,
since the formation of the tissues, the production of chloro-
phyl, the gay tinting of the flowers, the induration of the
wood, and all the manifestations of plant-life are solely the
result of the transformation of heat into mechanical work ;
and never do I muse over my study fire, but the thought
ever recurs, that here from the coal-plants is brought back
to me, visibly, sensibly, those very sunbeams which shone

337

forth in the bygone ages that preceded man's appearance on
the earth.

As we know that no matter is ever lost, as »we know that
no force is ever lost, so have we reason to believe that no
thought is ever lost ; let it then be your aim so to utilize the
constituents of this material universe around you, that they
may react on your thoughts and guide them into good and
useful work. Pray that the mystery of life may lead you to
look with reverence on every flower which enlivens your
path, and with means and opportunity to explore its most
intimate structure, you may be lifted above the commonplace
things of this world, — above the waxen flowers, the worship
of the passing hour, — to find at last that peace of mind
which passeth all understanding.

He prayeth best, who loveth best

All things both great and small ;
For the dear God who loveth us,

He made and loveth all.

338

rd

O r-H CD -^

o

''^

o

r-t

T-l

CO

i

.

tH Tj< cq r-l

o

o

i-H

CI

Tt<

t'

-s

CQ

rH r-H tH

r-l

tH

§

Crt

CO cq cq ci

(M f>N r-H tH

o

CO

t*

O

CO

23

> a

1 1 1 1

, ,

,

^

,

,

,

,

■*" ^

+3

•4^

CG

■^ _JL^

a

rt

c3

i ,

-t-=>

O

•

DQ

, . , .

1'

CO

'

■

1

'

t^

H

1

lO

1

•■Bl a§

CXD
i-H

o

CO

1

g

p

1 *

o

tH

O <V

1

CQ

S
1

Ph

f

1

CO

■

o;)

CQ
P-t

o

l-H

Gq

m
O

O

o

1

^ 05 y ^

illl

Pm Ph <^ (Hh

1

<1

tH

Oi

-cu

o
CQ

a

g

1-5

• rH

c:)

i

p:)

CO a> 2

W

>-j ^ .s ».

».

-M r!

PQ - - -

^ J o
5^ 05 m

O

l-H

rd

XO O O O
05 O O O

o

CO

^ 1 a

O
O

o

1

CO

1-i

00 O 00 iO
05 rH O

1—1

CO
CO

-2 03 §

5 1:^

p^

Illl

,

.5 g O)

O

§

EH

H

EH

CQ P-l
' 03 ' 02

s

o
Ha

O r^H .rH

(^

PM

^ '^

*S

^

.a o

o

1

o

eg p. CO S
r^ ^ rO g

i

>

OJ

o

03

<1 O) o

ft.

OJ -^=>

^ .'a ;i o

c3

1

pq h^l oQ P

c;^

o - - ;

-

H

;h

HONOEAKY MEMBEES.

Date of Election.

Oct. 25, 1867 Guiseppe de Notaris, Professor of Botany, dc, Sc^
Eome.

Jan. 24, 1868 Arthur Meade Edwards, M.D., 314 West Tliirty-
fourth- street. New York.

Mar. 19, 1869 Eev. E. C. Bolles {Ex-President of the Portland
Society of Natural History), Brooklyn, New York.

July 26, 1872 S. 0. Lindberg, M.D., Professor of Botany, Uni-
versity of Helsingfors, Finland.

July 26, 1872 Prof. Hamilton L. Smith, President of Hobart-
CoUege, Geneva, New York, U.S.A.

July 26, 1872 J. J. Woodward, Assist. Surgeon, U.S.A. War De-
partment, Surgeon General's Office, Washington.

July 24, 1874 Sharpey, W., M.D., F.E.S., 33 Woburn-place,
W.C.

LIST OF MEMBEES

Date of Election.

Sept. 2i7l869 Ackland, William, L.S.A., F.E.M.S., 3 Holborn-

viaduct, E.G.
Nov. 27, 1868 Adkins, William, 270 Oxford- street, W.
Mar. 23, 1866 Allbon, W., F.E.M.S., 525 New Oxford- street,

W.C.
Oct. 28, 1870 Allen, Eev. Francis H., Ditcliingham, Bungay,

Norfolk.
Sept. 27, 1867 Allen, John T., 57 Cross-street, Islington, N.
July 26, 1872 Alstone, John, 140 Eye-lane, Peckham, S.E.
Dec. 17, 1869 Ames, George Ackland, F.E.M.S., Union Club,

Trafalgar- square, W.C.
Sept. 25, 1868 Andrew, Arthur E., 3 Neville-terrace, Fulham-

road, S.W.
Dec. 22, 1865 Andrew, F. W., 3 Neville-terrace, Fulham-road,

S.W.
Oct. 25, 1872 Andrew, F. W., jun., 3, Neville-terrace, Fulham-
road, S.W.
Sept. 22, 1865 Annett, James, Hami3ton, Middlesex.
July 7, 1865 Archer, J. A., 172 Strand, W.C.
Feb. 23, 1872 Atkins, A., M.E.C.S., 232, Mile End-road, E.
Feb. 23, 1872 Atkins, A., jun., L.E.C.P., 232 Mile- end- road, E.
Dec. 22, 1865 Atkinson, John, 33 Brook-street, W,
Feb. 26, 1869 Atkinson, William, F.L.S., 47 Gordon- square,

W.C.
Mar. 27, 1868 Aubert, Alfred, Lloyds, E.C.

Nov. 25, 1870 Baber, Edward Cresswell, L.E.C.P., M.E.C.S.,
F.E.M.S., 34 Thurloe- square, S.W.

Date of Election.

June 26, 1874 Badcock, John, 2 Banbnry-road, South Hackney, E .

July 25, 1873 Baguley, John E., 51 Thistle-road, Brompton,
S.W.

May 22, 1868 Bailey, Captain L. C, E.N., F.E.G.S., E.A.S.,
Topographical Department, New- street, Spring-
' gardens, S.W.

Dec. 27, 1867 Bailey, John W., 75 Broke-road, Dalston, E.

April 24, 1868 Baker, Chas., F.E.M.S., 244 High Holborn, W.C.

Feb. 28, 1873 Baker, George H., M.E.C.S., 14 Mare-street,
Hackney, E.

Oct. 24, 1873 Baker, Thomas John, M.E.C.S., L.S.A., 18 Junc-
tion-road, Highgate-hill, N.

Mar. 24, 1871 Baly, Charles, 75 Margaret- street, W.

Dec. 27, 1872 Barnard, Herbert, 33 Portland- place, W.

April 22, 1870 Barnes, Chas. Barritt, 6Q Old Broad-street, E.C.

Sept. 27, 1872 Bartlett, Edward, jun., 38 Connaught- square, W.

Aug. 22, 1873 Bartlett, Wm., L.D.S., M.E.C.S., 1 Cambridge-
villas, Southall, W.

June 23, 1871 Bartlett, Wm. P., 2a Eastbourne-terrace, W.

May 22, 1874 Bate, Dr. George Paddock, 412 Bethnal Green-
road, E.

Mar. 27, 1874 Beach, Eichard J., 59 Ashburton- grove, Lower
Holloway, N,

June 24, 1870 Beale, Lionel S., M.B., F.E.S., F.E.M.S., 61
Grosvenor- street, W.

June 25, 1869 Beale, Charles J., Box 110, Post Office, Toronto,
Canada.

May 28, 1869 Bean, Charles E., Brooldyn-house, Goldhawk-rd.,
Shepherd's Bush, W.

Oct. 26, 1866 Beck, Joseph, F.E.M.S., 31 Cornhill, E.C.

May 26, 1871 Bedwell, Eras. Alfred, M.A., Cantab., F.E.M.S.,
Bridlington, Hull.

May 24, 1872 Bennett, W. H., St. George's Hospital, S.W.

Mar. 24, 1871 Bentley, Algernon Eoyds, 9 Portland- place, W.

Dec. 27, 1867 Bentley, C. S., Hazelville Villa, Sunnyside-road,
Hornsey-rise, N.

May 22, 1868 Berney, John, F.E.M.S., 61 North-end, Croydon.

Oct. 23, 1868 Bevington, W. A., F.E.M.S., 113 Grange-road,
S.E.

Date of Election.

June 24, 1870 Birch, A. E., 47 Halliford- street, Islington, N.
July 28, 1871 Bishop, Wm., 1 Alma-villas, Wood-green, N.
Feb. 23, 1866 Blake, T., 6 Charlotte-terrace, Brook-green, Ham-
mersmith, W.
Mar. 19, 1869 Blankley, Frederick, F.E.M.S., 23 Belitha-yiUas,

Barnsbury, N.
Oct. 24, 1873 Bolton, Major Frank, 21 Victoria Mansions, S.W.
Sept. 27, 1872 Borthwick, Lord, 35 Hertford- street, Mayfair, W.
April 22, 1870 Bossy, Alfred Horsley, Prospect Cottages, Stoke

Newington, N.
Nov. 27, 1868 Boustead, James, Stourfield Lodge, Effra-road,

Brixton, S.E.
May 22,1874 Box, Edward Gaspar, Queen's-road, Bayswater,W.
Oct. 23, 1868 Brabham, T., 61 Castle-street, Leicester-sq., W.C.
June 26, 1874 Brady, Henry, 96 Palace-gardens-terrace, W.
Dec. 22, 1865 Brain, T., 1 Upper Vernon- street, Lloyd-square,

W.C.
Oct. 27, 1865 Bkaithwaite, E., M.D., M.K.C.S.E., F.L.S.,

F.E.M.S. {Vice-President), The Ferns, Clapham-

rise, S.W.
Mar. 28, 1873 Bridgman, Frank G., 18 Queen Anne-street,

Cavendish- square, W.
Dec. 27, 1872 Bridgman, William Kencely, 69 St. Giles's-street,

Norwich.
May 27, 1870 Brigham, H. G., St. George's Hospital, S.W.
May 27, 1870 Brown, George Dransfield, M.E.C.S., Uxbridge-

road, Ealing, W.
May 22, 1868 Brown, W. J., 4 Malbro-terrace, Maple-road,

Penge, S.E.
May 26, 1871 Browne, George, 80 Pratt Street, Camden-town,

N.W.
Feb. 27, 1872 Browne, Eev. Thomas Henry, F.E.M.S., High

Wycombe, Bucks.
May 24, 1867 Browne, H., 40 Camden- square, N.W.
Sept. 27, 1872 Bugby, Wm., 3 Wilton- villas, Uxbridge-road, W.
May 22, 1874 Burgess, John James, 1 Cop thall- chambers, E.C.
Sept. 28, 1866 Burgess, J. W., 1 Sylvester-villas, Markliouse-rd.,

Walthamstow, E.
Feb. 23, 1866 Burgess, N., 1 Sylvester-villas, Markhouse-rd.,

Walthamstow, E.

Date of Election.

June 25, 1869 Burgess, W. F., Guy's Hospital, S.E.

Aug. 26, 1870 Burgess, Martin, 10 Asliby-place, Brockley-road,

S.E.
May 22, 1874 Burnham, F. C, 78 Farringdon- street, E.G.
Feb. 27, 1874 Burton, Thomas W., 46 King Edward's-roacl,

South Hackney, E.
Sept. 27, 1872 Bush, Wm., The Grove, East Dulwich, S.E.
June 14, 1865 Bywater, Witham M., F.E.M.S., 5 Hanover-

scjuare, W.

May 24,1867 Callaghan, James, 278 Commercial- road, Peckham,

S.E.
May 22, 1874 Callaghan, William Edmund, 18 South Audley-

street, W.
Sept. 25, 1868 Capel, Charles C, North Cray-i^lace, Chislehurst,

Kent.
May 22, 1874 Carruthers, Herbert, 4 Sussex- villas, Eichmond,

Surrey.
May 26, 1871 Catchpole, Kobert, 101 Lancaster -road, Notting-

hUl, W.
Feb. 28, 1873 Chapman, A. W., Beaufoy Lodge, 32 St. John's-

wood-road, N.W.
Dec. 27, 1867 Chapman, W. C, 39 Granville- square, W.C.
May 22, 1874 Clayton, James, 30 Hemingford-road, N.
May 26, 1871 Coales, Dr. E., 119 Gower-street, W.C.
May 22, 1868 Cocks, W. G., 18 Kent-villas, Grange-road-east,

Dalston, E.
May 28, 1869 Cole, Walter B., F.E.M.S., St. John's-terrace,

Weymouth.
April 24, 1874 Cole, Wm., 1 The Common, Stoke Newington, N.
May 23, 1873 Coles, Alfred K., Stamford- hill, N.
Jan. 25, 1867 Coles, Ferdinand, A.P.S., 248 King's-road, Chel-
sea, S.W.
April 23, 1869 CoUings, Thomas P., 38 Surrey- street. Strand,

W.C.
July 7, 1865 Collins, C, F.E.M.S., 157 Great Portland- street,

W.
Feb. 23, 1872 Colvin, Alexander, Barham Lodge, Weybridge,

Surrey.

Date of Election.

Sept. 2771872 Connolly, Charles T., L.S.A., 3 Church- hill- villas,
Wood-green, N.

June 14, 1865 Cooke, M. C. {Hon. Sect, for Foreitjn Correspondence),
2 Grosvenor- villas. Junction-road, Upper Hollo-
way, N.

Feb. 22, 1867 Cooper, Frank W., L.E.C.S. Edin., Leytonstone,
E.

Mar. 23, 1869 Coppock, C, F.M.S., F.E.M.S., 31 Cornhill, E.C.

June 27, 1873 Corbett, Alfred L., 103 Fentiman-road, Clapham,
S.W.

Feb. 27, 1874 Cornish, James, The Infant Establishment, Horn-
sey-road, N.

May 28, 1869 Cottam, Arthur, F.K.A.S., Office of Woods, White-
hall, S.W.

July 26, 1872 Cowan, Thos. Wm., Hawthorn-house, Horsham,
Sussex.

July 23, 1869 Creer, Edwin A. 0., 2 Albany-place, Commercial-
road East, E.

Aug. 28, 1868 Crisp, Frank, L.L.B., B.A. Lond., F.E.M.S., 134
Adelaide-road, N.W.

Dec. 23, 1870 Crisp, John S., F.E.M.S., 62 Camberwell-road,
S.E.

Feb. 27, 1868 Crook, Thomas, F.K.M.S., 3 Grosvenor-villas,
Cleveland-road, Surbiton, S.W.

Sept. 28, 1866 Crouch, Henry, F.E.M.S., 66 Barbican, E.C.

May 25, 1866 Curties, T., F.E.M.S., 244 High Holborn, W.C.

April 26, 1872 Curwen, Herbert, Workington House, Upton,
Essex, E.

Mar. 22, 1872 Daintrey, George, 43 Oakley-road, Southgate-
road, W.

June 25, 1868 Darnley, D. Eowland, 12 John-street, Bedford-
row, W.C.

Oct. 24, 1873 Dashwood, Horace, 47 Milner- street, N.

June 23, 1871 D'Aubney, Thos., Shepherdess-walk, Hoxton, N.

May 23, 1873 Davey, Eobert E. F., War-offic^, Pall-mall, S.W.

Oct. 24, 1873 Davies, John Eussell, Alpha-villa, London-road,
Clapton, E.

Oct. 22, 1869 Davis, Henry, 19 Warwick- street, Leamington.

Date of Election.

Dec. 23, 1870 Dawson, George M., Eoyal School of Mines, S.W.

Jan. 22, 1869 Deed, Alfred, 94 King Henry's-road, Primrose-
hill, N.W.

June 26, 1868 Dickens, Charles, Latimer-house, Hadley, Mid-
dlesex.

Jan. 23, 1874 Doble, Edmund Mohun, 12 Mount Ararat-villas,
Eichmond, Surrey.

Nov. 24, 1865 Dobson, H. H., F.E.M.S., Pelham-lodge, Alex-
andi-a-road, St. John's- wood, N.W.

July 26, 1872 Doggett, Ernest, 3 Liquoi-pond- street, E.G.

Nov. 27, 1868 Douglas, Eev. E. C, Manaton Eectory, Moreton-
hampstead, Exeter.

Jan. 28, 1870 Dowson, Edward, M.D., M.E.C.S., F.E.M.S., 117
Park- street, Grosvenor- square, W.

July 28, 1871 Drew, G. C, Milton-house, Cassland-road, South
Hackney, E.

Dec. 23, 1870 Duck, WHliam A.', 4 High-street, Yauxhall- cross,
S.E.

April 26, 1872 Dudgeon, E. E., M.D., 53 Montagu- square, W.

Oct. 25, 1872 Dunning, Chas. G., 53 Crowndale-road, Camden-
town, N.W.

Sept. 22, 1865 Durham, Aiihur E., F.L.S., F.E.M.S., 82 Brook-
street, Grosvenor- square, W.

Nov. 23, 1866 Durham, F., M.B., F.E.C.S., 14 St. Thomas's-
street, S.E.

Sept. 25, 1868 Eddy, James Eay, F.E.M.S., F.G.S., Carleton-

grange, Skipton, Yorkshire.
June 28, 1867 Edmonds, E., 178 Burrage-rd., Plumstead, S.E.
May 26, 1871 Enock, Frederick, 14 Medina- rd., Holloway, N.
Sept. 24, 1869 Epps, Eichard, M.E.C.S., 89 Great Eussell- street,

W.C.
Dec. 18, 1868 Eyi-e, Samuel, Belmore-lodge, Priory-grove, South

Lambeth, S.W.

June 26, 1874 Fardon, Edward Ashby, 80 Cambridge- street,
Pimlico, S.W.

July 25, 1873 Ease, Eev. Henry J., 57 Winchester-street, Pim-
lico, S.W.

Date of Election.

Mar. 27, 1868 Field, James, High-street, Higligate, N.

July 26, 1867 Fitch, Frederick, F.R.G.S., F.R.M.S., Hadleigh-
hoTise, Highbury New-park, N.

Jan. 23, 1874 Flux, E. H., 1 West-hill, Highgate, N.

Jan. 27, 1871 Forshaw, Thomas, jun., the Bower, Bowden,
Altrincham, Cheshire.

Aug. 4, 1865 Foster, Peter le Neve, M.A. Cantab., F.R.M.S.,
Society of Arts, Adelphi, W.C.

Mar. 24, 1871 Foulerton, Dr. J., Thatched House Club, Saint
James's-street, S.W.

Dec. 28, 1866 Fox, C. J., F.E.M.S., 16 Cork-street, Bond-street,
W.

July 26, 1872 Francis, T. Harper, 335 Gray's-inn-road, W.C.

June 23, 1871 Freeman, Henry E., 1 Rose-villas, Colney-hatch-
road. Wood-green, N.

May 26, 1871 Freshwater, Thos. E., 2 Charlotte- street, Caledo-
nian-road, N.

Feb. 26, 1869 Fricker, C. J., 4 Westow-hill-terrace, Upper Nor-
wood, S.E.

May 22, 1868 Fryer, G. Henry, 14 The Terrace, Kilburn, N.W.

Oct. 26, 1868 Furlonge, W. H., Coed Mawr-house, Holywell,
Flint shii'e.

July 28, 1871 Furneaux, John Richard, Boxgrove-house, Mayow-
park, Forest-hni, S.E.

Nov. 25, 1870 Fyfe, Andi-ew, M.D., 42 Montpelier- square, S.W.

Mar. 19, 1869 Gann, James W., 171 Fenchurch- street, E.C.
Mar. 25, 1870 Garden, Robert Spring, 42 Carlton-hill, St. John's-

wood, N.W.
May 25, 1866 Gardiner, G., F.M.S., 244 High Holborn, W.C.
April 24, 1868 Garnham, John, F.R.M.S., 123 Bunhill-row, E.C.
July 7, 1865 Gay, F. W., F.R.M.S., 113 High Holborn, W.C.
Sept. 22, 1865 Geddes, P., Millbank, Westminster, S.W.
Jan. 28, 1870 Gellatly, Peter, Loughton, Essex.
July 26, 1867 George, Edward, F.R.M.S., 12 D«rby-villas,

Forest-hill, S.E.
July 22, 1870 Gibson, Joseph F., F.R.M.S., 3 Furnival's Inn,

E.C.

Date of Eloctiou.

June 14, 1865 Gibson, W., 273 Regent- street, W.

June 27, 1873 Glasspoole, Hampden G., 12 Hunter- street, Bruns-
wick-square, W.C.

Nov. 22, 1867 Golding, W. H., 19 Regina-road, Tollingtou-park,
X.

Dec. 23, 1870 Goldsmith, John Charles, 5 America- square, E.G.

Oct. 26, 1866 Gooch, James W., 23 High-street, Eton.

Nov. 22, 1872 Goodchild, J. E., 114 Englefield-rd., Islington, N.

Aug. 23, 1872 Goode, A=, Whitehall-lane, YV'oodford, Essex.

Dec. 22, 1865 Goode, W., 729 Wandsworth-road, S.W.

April 26, 1872 Goodinge, James Wallinger, 18 Aldersgate- street,
E.G.

Mar. 27, 1866 Gray, S. Octavus, 44 Doughty-street, W.C.

Dec. 22, 1865 Gray, \V. J., M.D., F.R.M.S., 41 Queen Anne-
street, Cavendish- square, W.

May 22, 1874 Green, G., 6 Helmet-row, St. Luke's, E.G.

Jan. 28, 1870 Green, Nathaniel E., 3 Circus-road, St. John's-
wood, N.W.

Oct. 28, 1870 Greene, William Asbury, Parkshot, Richmond,
Surrey.

Oct. 23, 1868 Greenish, T., F.R.M.S., 20 New-street, Dorset-
square, N.W.

Oct. 23, 1868 Gregory, Henry R., 38 Welbeck- street, W.

May 23, 1873 Gregory, William, 406 Strand, W.C.

May 22, 1874 Grey, Ernest, 19 Southill-park, Hampstead, N.W.

June 26, 1874 Gritton, John Hall, 18 Northampton-park, Canon-
bury, N.

June 26, 1874 Gritton, Joseph, 18 Northampton-park, Canon-
bury, N.

July 24, 1868 Groves, J. W., F.R.M.S., 25 Charlotte- street,
Bedford- square, W.C.

Julj 24, 1868 Grubbe, E. W., C.E., 49 Queen's-gardens, Hyde-
park, W.

Jan. 27, 1871 Guimaraens, Augustus de Souza, F.R.M.S., 120
Ossulton- street, Euston- square, N.W.

Mar. 22, 1872 Guyton, Joseph, 5 Apsley-terrace, Acton, W.

Feb. 28, 1873 Haddon, Alfred C, 3 Bouverie-street, E.G.
Jan. 23, 1874 Hadland, J. H., 11 King William-street, E.G.

Date of Election.

June 14, 18G5 Hailes, Henry F., 7 Haringay-road, Hornsey, N.

Aug. 26, 1870 Hailstone, Eobert H., 35 Walworth- road, S.E.

Feb. 23, 1867 Hainwortli, W., jun., Clare-villa, Cricketfield-road,
Lower Clai^ton, E.

Mar. 19, 1869 Hall, Marshall, Capt., F.G.S., F.C.S., F.E.M.S.,
New University Club, St. James's- street, S.W.

Feb. 22, 1869 Hammond, A., 3 Alexander-road, Marine- town,
Sheerness.

Oct. 22, 1869 Harcourt, Cyril B., St. George's Hospital, S.W.

June 14, 1865 Hardwicke, Eobert, F.L.S. {Treasurer), 192 Picca-
dilly, W.

Jan. 23, 1874 Hardy, James Daniel, 11 Clarence- villas, Clarence-
road, Clapton, E.

Sept. 28, 1866 Harkness, W., F.E.M.S., Laboratoiy, Somerset-
house, W.C.

June 23, 1871 Harris, Edward, F.E.M.S., Eydal- villa, Langton-
grove. Upper Sydenham, S.E.

July 26, 1872 Harrod, John, 3 Great Tower-street, E.C.

Nov. 26, 1869 Hart, Edward, Highbury New-park, N.

Nov. 24, 1871 Hawker, Charles, M.D., 2 Albion-terrace, Wliite
Horse-lane, Stepney, E.

June 24, 1870 Hawkins, Samuel J., Bleak Dean, near Hepton-
stall, Manchester.

June 28, 1867 Hawksley, Thos. P., 4 Blenheim- street, New Bond-
street, W.

May 27, 1870 Haywood, Henry, Dartmouth-terrace, Eotherhithe,
S.E.

Aug. 23, 1872 Hembry, F. W., F.E.M.S., 7, St. John's-villas,
Overton-road, Brixton, S.W.

Aug. 26, 1870 Hennell, Col. S., F.E.M.S., Ventnor- villa, Ventnor,
Isle of Wight.

June 26, 1868 Henry, A. H., 49 Queen's-garden, Hyde-park, W.

June 26, 1874 Hewitt, W. W., F.E.M.S., 5 Torriano-gardens,
Camden-road, N.W.

May 22, 1868 Hicks, J. J., 8 Hatton- garden, E.C.

Dec. 17, 1869 Hill, D. W., 78 Highbury New-park, N.

Sept. 24, 1869 Hilton, J. D., M.D., Upper Deal, Deal, Kent.

Sept. 28, 1866 Hind, F. H. P., Bartholomew- house, Bartholomew-
lane, E.C.

Date of Election.

May 22, 1874 Hind, George, 244 High Holboru, W.C.

May 24, 1872 Hiuton, Ernest, 42 Grafton -street, Seven Sisters-
road, Holloway, N.

Aug. 26, 1870 Hirst, John, jim., .F.E.M.S., Dobcross, near Man-
chester.

Aug. 4, 1865 Hislop, W., F.R.A.S., High-street, Tunbridge-
wells.

Dec. 23, 1870 Histed, Edward, James- street, Brighton.

Oct. 26, 1866 Holdernesse, W. B., 12 Park-street, Windsor.

Axml 26, 1867 Hooton, C, 3 Horningston-villas, Junction-rd., N.

May 22, 1868 Hopkinson, J., F.R.M.S., 8 Lawn-road, Haver-
stock-hill, N.W.

Oct. 26, 1866 Horncastle, H., Whitem\)or, near OUerton, Notts.

June 25, 1869 Houghton, W., Walthamstow, E.

May 22, 1874 Hovenden, C. W., 95 City-road, E.G.

April 26, 1867 Hovenden, F., F.R.M.S., Glenlea, Thurlow-park-
road, Dulwich, S.E.

Feb. 25, 1870 Hudleston, W. H., J.P., F.G.S., 23 Cheyne-walk,
S.W.

Jan. 26, 1872 Hudson, Robert, F.R.S., F.R.M.S., Clapham-
common, S.W.

Dec. 28, 1866 Hunt, W. H. B., F.R.M.S., 23 Eversholt- street,
Oakley-square, N.W.

Nov. 24, 1871 HurdeU, Charles, 9 North Audley- street, W.

July 25, 1873 Hurst, John Thomas, The War-office, Whitehall,
S.W.

Nov. 25, 1870 Hutton, Rev. Wyndliam M., Lezayre-vicarage,
Ramsey, Isle of Man.

May 24, 1867 Ingpen, John E., F.R.M.S. {Hon. Secretary), 7 The
HiU, Putney, S.W.

June 23, 1871 Isaac, Thomas, Maldon, Essex.

Aug. 22, 1873 Israel, S., 1 The Crescent, America- square, E.C.

Feb. 23, 1872 Izod, Theodore Chas., 10 Grange- villas. Grange-
road, Upper Clapton, E.

Dec. 17, 1869 Jackson, B. D., F.R.M.S., 30 Stocliwell-road, S.W.
July 24, 1868 Jackson, F. R., Culver-cottage, Slindon, Arundel,

Sussex,

c 2

Date of Election.

June 14, 1865 Jaqnes, Edward, F.E.M.S., 5 Hargrave-park-road,
Ui)per Holloway, N.

Jan. 27, 1871 Jefferson, Henry, Eldon-liouse, Clapliam- common,
S.W.

Ai)ril 23, 1869 Jefferson, Thomas, 3 Church- street, Lower Ed-
monton.

Feb. 28, 1873 Jenldns, J. W., 1 St. John's-hill, Wandsworth,
S.W.

July 24, 1868 Jenmngs, Eev. Nathaniel, M.A., F.E.A.S., 66
Avenue-road, Regent's park, N.W.

Jan. 25, 1867 Johnson, John A., 15 Wellington-road, Stoke New-
ington, N.

Feb. 24, 1871 Johnson,. M. Hawkins, F.G.S., 379 Euston-road,
N.W.

Mar. 24, 1871 Johnstone, James, jun., 14 Lordship-park, Green-
lanes, N.

Oct. 25, 1872 Jones, E. W., F.E.A.S., F.E.M.S., 53 Cowley-road,
North Brixton, S.W.

Feb. 28, 1873 Jones, Geo. J., 73 High-street, Lymington, Hants.

Nov. 25, 1870 Jones, Lieut. -Colonel Lewis, United Service Club,
Pall-mall, S.W.

May 23, 1873 Jones, Captain Loftus F., United Service Club,
Pall-mall, S.W.

May 22, 1874 Jones, W. W., 14 Lancaster-street, Lancaster-gate,
Hyde- park, W.

May 23, 1873 Karop, Geo. C, 54 Patshull-road, Camden- town,

N.W.
Oct. 26, 1866 Kemp, Eobert, 60 Windsor-road, Upper Holloway,

N.
May 23, 1873 Kennell, W. H., Hornton cottage, Campden-hill,

W.
Oct. 26, 1866 Kent, W. S., F.E.M.S., F.Z.S., Wentworth-house,

Church- street. Stoke Newington, N.
Aug. 23, 1867 Kiddle, Edward, The War Office, Pall-mall, S.W.
Mar. 19, 1869 Kilsby, Thomas W., 4 Brompton- villas, Edmonton.
July 7, 1865 King, G. H., 190 Great Portland- street, W.
July 22, 1870 King, Henry, 65 Myddelton- square, E.C.

Bate of Election.

Dec. 237l870 King, Robert, F.R.M.S., Feni-liouse, Upper Clap-
ton, E.

April 26, 1867 Kirk, Joseph, 11 Blossom-st., Norton Folgate, E.

Feb. 28, 1873 Kitsell, Francis J., 7 John's- terrace, Latymer-
road, W.

June 24, 1870 Knaggs, Henry G., M.D., 49 Kentish- town- road,
N.W.

Oct. 24, 1873 Knight, John Mackenzie, 11 Burdett-road, Bow-
road, E.

Mar. 28, 1873 Lacy, Brooke V., London-bridge, S.E.

Nov. 25, 1870 Ladd, V/m., F.R.A.S., F.R.M.S., 12 Beak-street,
Regent-street, W.

July 27, 1866 Lambert, T. J., 151 Highbury New-park, N.

Nov. 23, 1866 Lambert, W., 4 New Basinghall-street, E.G.

Aug. 24, 1866 Lampray, John, F.R.G.S., 16 Camden-square,
N.W.

Mar. 22, 1867 Lancaster, Thos., Bownham-house, Stroud, Glou-
cestershire.

Dec. 28, 1866 Langrish, H., 250 Pentonville-road, N.

April 26, 1872 Law, Rev. William, Marston Trussell, Market
Harborough.

June 25, 1869 Layton, Charles E., 8 Upper Hornsey-rise, N.

Aug. 28, 1868 Leaf, C. J., F.L.S., F.R.M.S., &c. (President of the
Old Change Microscopical Society), Old Change,
E.C.

Mar. 19, 1869 Lee, Henry, F.L.S., F.R.M.S., &c., The Wal-
drons, Croydon.

Mar. 27, 1874 Leefe, Frederick Ewbank, 289, Goswell-road, E.C.

Oct. 25, 1867 Leifchild, J. R., M.A., 42 Fitzroy- street, Fitzroy-
square, Yv^.

Sept. 22, 1865 Leighton, W. H., 2 Merton-place, Chiswick, W.

June 25, 1869 Lemmon, Benj., 61 Hungerford-road, Islington, N.

July 25, 1873 Le Pelley, C, 27 Underwood- street, Shepherdess-
walk, Hoxtou, N.

May 28, 1869 Letts, Edmund A., South- view. Black Gang, Isle
of Wight.

July 26, 1872 Levien, Charles N., 3 Great Tower-street, E.C.

Mar. 22, 1867 Lewinsky, John, 13 Frith-street, Soho, W.

Date of Election.

April 27, 1866 Lewis, E. T., F.R.M.S. {Hon. Reporter), 1 Lowndes-
terrace, Kniglitsbridge, S.W.

Nov. 24, 1871 Lewis T. Preston, 8 The Orescent, Norwich.

June 26, 1868 Lindley, W., jun., Kidbrook-terrace, Blackheath,
S.E.

Nov. 24, 1865 Loam, Michael, Hampton, Middlesex.

May 26, 1871 Locke, John, 65 Camden-st., Camden-town, N.W.

April 23, 1869 Long, Henry, 90 High- street, Croydon.

Nov. 24, 1865 Lovibond, J. W., F.R.M.S., St. Anne-street, Salis-
bury.

Sept. 22, 1865 Lovick, T., Board of Works, Spring- gardens, S.W.

May 28, 1869 Lowe, Henry W., Heathfield, Sydenham-hill, S.E.

Dec. 18, 1868 Lowne, Benjamin Thompson, M.R.C.S., F.R.M.S.
(Vice-President), 49 Colville-gardens, W.

April 27, 1866 Loy, W. T., F.R.M.S., 9 Garrick-chambers,
Garrick- street, W.C.

Jan. 24, 1873 McBride, Francis J., 47 Windsor-terrace, City-
road, E.C.

Jan. 24, 1868 Macdonald, J., M.D., 68 Up. Kennington-lane, S.E.

Nov. 23, 1866 Mclntire, S. J., F.R.M.S., 22 Bessborough-gardens,
S.W.

Jan. 26, 1872 McKechnie, J. Hamilton, M.D., 16 Princes- street,
Cavendish- square, W.

May 22, 1868 McVean, W., 50 Lower Tulse Hill, S.W.

June 26, 1874 Magor, Thomas, M-D., Myddelton-road, Hornscy,
N.

May 22, 1874 Manly, Dr., Thatched House Club, St. James'-st.,
S.W.

Sept. 27, 1872 Manning, His Grace the Archbishop, Francis-st.,
Vauxhall Bridge-road, S.W.

June 14, 1865 Marks, E. (Assistant- Secretanj), Laburnum- cottage,
Middle-lane, Crouch End, N.

Mar. 22, 1872 Marquand, Ernest D., 2 Newport-villas, Finchley,
N.

June 26, 1868 Martin, James, 110 Regent- street, W.

Dec. 27, 1867 Martinelli, A., 106 Albany- street, N.W.

Oct. 25, 1867 Marwood, W. G. H., 68 Downham-road, Kings-
land, N.

Date of Election.

June 27, 1873 Mason, Thomas, 3 Holborn Viaduct, E.G.
April 26, 1867 Matthews, G. K., St. John's-lodge, Beckenham,
Kent.

Oct. 26,1866 MATTHEWS, JOHN, M.D^F.R.M.S.CPm^V/^-^O'
4 Mylne-street, Myddelton-square, E.G.

June 28, 1867 Matthews, Peter, L.D.S., F.Z.S., F.R.M.S., 11
Welbeck-street, W.

Sept. 24, 1869 Matthews, WilHam, 374 Gamden-road, N.

May 26, 1871 May, John William, F.R.M.S., Arundel-house,
Percy-cross, Fulham, S.W.

Feb. 27, 1874 May, Lewis J., 371, Holloway-road, N.

Feb. 28, 1873 Mayhew, A. F., 12 Grescent-terrace, Pimlico, S.W.

Mar. 22, 1867 Meacher, John W., 10 Hillmarten-road, Gamden-
road, N.

May 22, 1874 Meates, Edgar A,, 83, Gambridge-street, Pimlico,
S.W.

May 27, 1870 Medlock, Henry, M.D., 22 Tavistock-square, W.G.

May 22, 1874 Messenger, G. A., 21 Glengall- grove, Old Kent-rd.,
S.E.

Dec. 18, 1868 Mestayer, Eichard, F.L.S., F.E.M.S., 7 Buckland-
crescent, Belsize-park, N.W.

June 26, 1868 Milledge, Alfred, 4 Upper Winchester-road, Stan-
stead-road, Forest-hill, S.E.

Sept. 28, 1866 Miller, Benj., M.R.G.S., F.R.M.S., 4 Denmark-
hill, S.E.

July 7, 1865 Millett, F. W., 21 Duncan-terrace, Islington, N.

Feb. 28, 1873 Mills, Ghas., 21, Gourtney-rd., Highbury New-
park, N.

May 25, 1866 Mogmie, W., F.E.M.S., 14 Eiding-house- street, W.

Mar. 27, 1868 Moore, Daniel, M.D., Hastings-lodge, Victoria-
road, Upper Norwood, S.E.

Jan, 23, 1874 Moreland, Eichard, Jun., Old-street, E.G.

Oct. 27, 1865 Morrieson, Colonel E., F.E.M.S., Oriental Glub,
Hanover- square, W.

April 24, 1868 Mummery, J. Eigden, F.L.S., F.E.M.S., 10 Gaven-
dish-place, W.

April 24, 1868 Mummery, J. Howard, 10 Gavendish-place, W.

Dec. 18, 1868 Mundie, George, M.R.G.S., 93 Eichmond-road,
Dalston, E.

Date of Election.

Jiin. 25, 1867 MiuTay, R.C., G9 Jermyn-street, St. James's, S.W.

Mar. 23, 18G0 Nation, W. J., 80 I^ig- square, Goswell-road, E.C.
Mar. 21, 1871 Ndson, James, 2 Durham-pl., Lambetli-rcL, S.E.
Jan. 26, 1872 Nowton, Edwin Tulley,F.G.S., Geological Museum,

Jermyn-street, S.W.
Jan. 23, 1871 Newton, Henry Edward, Woolsthorpe, The Avenue,

Gipsy Hill, Norwood, S.E.
July 7, 1865 Nicholson, D., 51 St. Paul's- churchyard, E.C.
July 26, 1872 Nicoll, Geo., jun., 4 Kingston- villas, Buckhurst-

hill, Essex.
May 22, 1874 Nixon, Philip Charles, 23 Crutched- friars, E.C.

Sept. 23, 1870 O'Connor, Rochfort, 9 St. Martin's-road, Stockwell,

S.W.
May 26, 1871 Oriel, Chas. F., Oak- villa. Mattock-lane, Ealing, W.
Dec. 27, 1867 Oxley, F., 8 Crosby- square, Bishopsgate, E.G.

May 22, 1874 Palmer, Thomas, Elmstead, near Chislehurst.
Nov. 27, 1868 Parker, T., 10 Brunswick-square, Camberwell, S.E.
Oct. 27, 1871 Parsons, Fred. Anthony, 18 London- street. City,

E.C.
June 25, 1869 Pass H., 11 Spring- terrace, Wandsworth- road,

S.W.
May 26, 1871 Paxton, Eev. W. Archibald, M.A., Otterden Rec-
tory, Faversham, Kent.
Feb. 27, 1874 Payne, William, F.R.M.S., The Keep, Forest Hill,

S.E.
May 22, 1874 Pearce, George Alonzo Creechy, B.A., M.B.,

B.C.N., Priory Chambers, Crutched Friars, E.C.
May 24, 1867 Pearce, George, 1 Queen's-terrace, Camden-road-

villas, N.W.
Feb. 23, 1872 Pearse, W. E. Grindley, L.R.C.P., 24 Bess-

borough-gardens, S.W.
May 24, 1867 Pearson, John, 212 Edgware-road, W.
Nov. 26, 1869 Perken, Edmund, 24 Hatton-garden, E.C.
May 26, 1871 Pett, Edward Pattison, Romney-villa, Elfra-road,

Tulse-hill, S.W.
Oct. 27, 1865 Pickard, J. F., 1 Bloomsbury- street, W.C.

Date of Election.

Dec. 2?, 1870 Pigott, G. W. Royston, M.A., M.D., F.R.S., &c.,
2 Lansdown-crescent, Kensington-park, W.

Jan. 22, 1869 Pillischer, M., F.R.M.S., 88 New Bond-street, W.

Nov. 24, 1871 Pitts, Fred., Harvard-house, St. JoLn's-hill,
Clapham, S.W.

June 25, 1869 Pocock, Lewis, Jun., 70 Gower-street, W.C.

Nov. 23, 1866 Potter, G., F.R.M.S., 42 Grove-road, Upper Hol-
lo way, N.

June 22, 1866 Powe, I., St. John's, Richmond, Surrey.

May 25, 1866 Powell, Hugh, F.R.M.S., 170 Euston-road, N.W.

Jan. 24, 1873 Powell, Jas. J., 43 Burton-road, Brixton, S.W.

July 7, 1865 Powell, Thomas, 18, Doughty- street, Mecklenberg-
square, W.C.

July 24, 1874 Powell, Thomas Henry, 7, Poultry, E.G.

Oct. 26, 1866 Praill, Edward, 39 Mornington-road, N.W.

Dec. 27, 1867 Preston, H. B., 1 Devonshire-road, Liverpool.

June 24, 1870 Preston, Francis W. H., 30 Warwick-gardens,
Kensington, W.

Oct. 25, 1872 Price, W. H., 1 The Terrace, Kennington-park,
S.E.

Feb. 26, 1869 Prichard, Thomas, M.D., Abbington Abbey, North-
ampton.

June 27, 1873 Priest, B. W., 22 Parhament- street, S.W.

Nov. 27, 1868 Pritchett, Benjamin, 131 Fenchurch- street, E.G.

July 26, 1867 Pritchett, Francis, 131 Fenchurch- street, E.G.

April 23, 1869 Quekett, Alfred J. S., 13 Delamere- crescent. West-
bourne- square, W.

April 23, 1869 Quekett, Arthur Edwin, 13 Delamere-crescent,
Westbourne- square, W.

April 23, 1869 Quekett, Rev. WiUiam, The Rectory, Warrmgton.

Feb. 23, 1866 Quick, George E., 109 Long-lane,Bermondsey, S.E.

Oct. 26, 1866 Rabbits, W. T., Selwood, Mayow-road, Forest-hill,

S.E.
Nov. 23, 1866 Radermacher, J. J., 21 Tregunter-road, The

Boltons, Brompton, S.W.
Sept. 24, 1869 Radcliffe, J. D., 93 Albion-road, Dalston, E.
Oct. 26, 1866 Ramsbotham, J. M., M.D., 15 Amwell- street, Pen-

tonville, E.G.

Date of Election.

Oct. 2G, 1866 Ramsden, Hildebrand, M.A. Cant., F.L.S.,
F.R.M.S., Forest-rise, Walthamstow, E.

Aug. 28, 1868 Ranee, T. G., Widmore-lane, Bromley, Kent.

May 22, 1868 Rawles, W., 64 Kentisli-town=road, N.W.

Oct. 28, 1870 Rean, Walter, Woodstock-road, Poplar, E.

June 27, 1873 Reeve, Fredk., 87 Fentiman-rd., Clapham, S.W.

July 7, 1865 Reeves, W. W., F.R.M.S., 87 Blacklieatli-Lill,
Greenwich, S.E.

May 22, 1874 Reid, Wm. Wardlaw, 16 Warwick- place, Peckham
Rye, S.E.

May 26, 1871 Richards, Edward, F.R.M.S., 289 Camberwell
New- road, S.E.

Jan. 24, 1868 Richardson, C. J., 44 Duncan-terrace, Islington, N.

Dec. 22, 1865 Richardson, C. T., M.D., 86 Dorset- square, N.W.

Mar. 25, 1870 Richardson, Thomas Hyde, 1 Belgrave- villas,
Holmesdale-road, Selhurst, S.E.

Feb. 23, 1866 Rixon, F., F.R.M.S.,Loats-rd.,Clapham-pk., S.W.

June 25, 1869 Roberts, John H., F.R.C.S., F.R.M.S., 20 New
Finchley-road, St. John's-wood, N.AV.

April 26, 1872 Roberts, S. Hackett, 355 Walworth-road, S.E.

May 22,1868 Rogers, John, F.R. M.S., Elm- avenue, New Basford,
near Nottingham.

June 26, 1874 ^Rogers, John Robert, 4, Cuba- terrace, Junction-
road, Upper Holloway, N.

Oct. 26, 1866 Rogers, Jos. R., 12 Bellefield-terrace, Bellefield-
road, Stockwell, S.W.

Oct. 26, 1866 Rogers, Thomas, F.R.M.S.,Mortlock- house, Lough-
borough-road, Brixton, S.W.

Mar. 22, 1872 Rolfe, Charles Spencer, 20 Highbury-place, High-
bury, N.

May 22, 1868 Roper, F. C. S., F.L.S., F.G.S., F.R.M.S., Pal-
grave-house, Eastbourne, Sussex.

July 24, 1868 Rowe, James, Jun., M.R.C.V.S., 65 High-street,
Marylebone, W.

Oct. 26, 1866 Rowlett, John, 10 Crozier-street, S.E.

June 14, 1865 Ruffle, G. W. {Hon. Curator), 131 Blackfriars-road,
S.E.

July 24, 1874 Rushton, Wm., 26, Park-street, Islington, N.

Oct. 27, 1865 Russell, James, 4 Lansdowne- terrace, London-
fields, Hackney, E.

Date of Election.

Oct. 26, 1866 Russell, Joseph, Cumberland- lodge, Brixton-hill,

S.W.
May 22, 1868 Russell, Thomas D., 21 Park-road, West Dulwich,

S.E.
Feb. 22, 1867 Rutter, H. Lee, 1 St. Barnabas-villas, Lansdowne-

circus. South Lambeth, S.W.

May 28, 1878 Salkeld,Lt.-ColonelJosephC.,F.R.O.S.,F.R.M.S.,
29 St. James's-street, S.W.

Dec. 17, 1869 Salmon, John, 24 Seymour-st., Euston-sq., N.W.

Dec. 17, 1869 Sanders, Gilbert, Brockley-on-the-Hill, Monks-
town, Dublin.

July 26, 1872 Sargent, J., Jun., Fritchley, Near Derby.

July 26, 1872 Sarll, John, De Beauvoir House, Englefield-rd., N.

May 22, 1867 Scatliff, John Parr, M.D., 132 Sloane-street, S.W.

May 24, 1872 Schloesser,Ernest,9 College=hill,Cannon-st.,E.O.

May 24, 1872 Sequeira, H. L., M.R.O.S., 1 Jewry-street, Aid-
gate, E.G.

July 27, 1868 Sewell, Richard, Prince's road, Lambeth, S.E.

Oct. 22, 1869 Shaw, Wm. Forster, 50 Threadneedle- street, E.G.

Jan. 22, 1869 Sheehy, William H., M.D., 4 Claremont- square, N.

May 24, 1872 Sheehy, W. H. Podmore, 4 Glaremont- square, N.

May 26, 1871 Sigsworth, J. C., F.R.M.S., 18- Loraine Road,
Upper Holloway, N.

June 27, 1873 Simmonds, Joseph E., 32 Gornwall- street, Fulham,
S.W.

Aug. 23, 1867 Simmons, James J., L.D.S., 18 Burton- crescent,
W.G.

Mar. 27, 1868 Simson, Thos., The Laurels, Courtyard, Eltham.

May 28, 1869 Sketchley, H. G., 10 Ampthill- square, N.W.

Dec. 28, 1866 Slade, J., 100 Barnsbury-road, N.

Mar. 22, 1872 Smart, Harry, 11 Paragon-terrace, Hackney, E.

Oct. 23, 1868 Smart, William, 27 Aldgate, E.

May 25, 1866 Smith, Alpheus {Hon. Librarian), 42 Choumert-
road, Rye-lane, Peckham, S.E.

Mar. 25, 1870 Smith, Francis Lys, 3 Grecian-cottages, Crown-
hill, NorAVOod, S.E.

June 27, 1873 Smith, G. J., 2 Foster- lane, Cheapside, E.G.

Oct. 26, 1868 Smith, H. Ambrose, 2 King William-st., City, E.C.

Date of Election.

June 2G, 1868 Smith, James, F.L.S., F.B.M.S., 11 Willow-
cottages, Canonbury, N.

Dec. 23, 1870 Smith, Joseph A., London and County Bank,
Newington, S.E.

May 22, 1874 Smith, Roland D., York-house, Chatteris, Cam-
bridgeshire.

Jime 24, 1870 Smith, William, 18 Highfield-road, Brompton,

s.w.

Feb. 28, 1873 Smith, W. Lepard, Southfield-house, Watford.

Aug. 23, 1872 Smith, W. S., 30 Loraine-road,' Upper Hollo-
way, N.

April 24, 1868 Snellgrove, W., 22 Surrey- square, S.E.

Sept. 22, 1865 Southwell, C, 44 Princes- street, Soho, W.

Deo. 18, 1868 Sowerby, D., 38 Albert-road, Dalston, E.

May 22, 1874 Spencer, James, South-street, Greenwich, S.E.

May 22, 1868 Spencer, John, Brook's Bank, 81 Lombard- street,
City, E.C.

Nov. 22, 1872 Spencer, Thomas, F.G.S., F.E.M.S., 32 Euston-
square, N.W.

Mar. 24, 1865 Starling, Benjamin, 11 Gray's-inn-square, W.C.

Feb. 23, 1872 Stevens, C. R., 7 Ashby-road, Canonbury, N.

Aug. 24, 1866 Steward, J. H., F.R.M.S., 406 Strand, W.C.

May 23, 1873 Steward, James H.C., 406 Strand, W.C.

Mar. 19, 1869 Stokes, Frederick, 2 Milton- villas, Milton-road,
Dulwich, S.E.

Oct. 27, 1871 Stuart, David John, 53 Ferntower-road, Highbury-
new- park, N.

July 7, 1865 Suffolk, W. T., F.R.M.S., Claremont- lodge. Park-
street, Camberwell, S.E.

June 27,1873 Suter, Edward D., Kent-lodge, Douglas-road North,
Canonbury, N.

June 24, 1870 Swain, Ernest, 89, Ladbroke-road, W.

Nov. 22, 1867 Swainston, J. T., 14 Loraine-i)lace, Holloway, N.

Nov. 24, 1865 Swansborough, E., 20 John-st, Bedford-row, W.C.

Dec. 18, 1868 Swift, James, 43 University- street, W.C.

Nov. 25, 1870 Tafe, John Forv/ood, Fernlea, King Edward-road,
Victoria- park, E.

Date of Election,

May 22, 1868 Tatem, J. G., Russell- street, Reading.

Aug. 25, 1871 Taverua, The Count Joseph, Symond's Hotel,
Brook- street, Grosvenor- square, W.

Jan. 23, 1874 Taylor, John Ellor, Ipswich.

Dec. 22, 1865 Terry, J., 109 Borough-road, S.E.

Aug. 23, 1872 Terry, Thomas, 5 Austin- friars, E.G.

July 23, 1869 Thin, James, Ormiston-lodge, Claremont-place,
Brixton-road, S.W.

Feb. 24, 1871 Thornthwaite, W. H.,jun., 3 Holborn- viaduct, E.G.

Jan. 24, 1868 Tomkins, Samuel Leith, 26 Buckland-crescent,
Belsize-park, N.W.

June 23, 1871 Topping, Amos, 28 Charlotte-street, Caledonian-
road, N.

July 26, 1872 Townsend, John Sumsion, F.R.M.S., 59, London-
road, Croydon.

April 26, 1873 Tozer, Edward, Ivy-lodge, Woodford, Essex.

July 24, 1868 Tulk, John A., M.D., Spring-grove, Isleworth.

July 26, 1867 Turnbull, Joseph, Laurel House, North-hill, High-
gate, N.

June 25, 1869 Turner, R. D., Chafford, Tunbridge.

Nov. 28, 1873 Underwood, Charles Cradock, 13 Holies- street,
Cavendish- square, W.

July 27, 1866 Veitch, Harry, F.H.S., The Royal Exotic Nursery,
King's-road, Chelsea, S.W.

May 22, 1874 Wadmore, Ernest, 2 Oakley-road, Essex-road,

Islington, N.
Feb. 23, 1866 Walker, A., M.D., 17 Throgmorton- street, E.G.
April 24, 1874 Walker, Enoch, 4 Banbury-terrace, South

Hackney, E.
May 28, 1869 Walker, Henry, 100 Fleet-street, E.G.
Feb. 27, 1874 Walker, John C, 14 Hilldrop-road, Camden-road,

N.
July 25, 1873 Walker, John Stringer, Warwick-road, Up. Clapton,

E.

Date of Election.

June 267 1868 Walker, J. W., Fairfield- house, Watford.

Dec. 18, 1868 Waller, Arthur, F.E.M.S., 11 Aberdeen-park,
Highbury, N.

May 22, 1868 Waller, J. G., 68 Bolsover-street, Portland-road,
W.

Oct. 27, 1865 Wallis, George, South Kensington Museum, S.W.

July 24, 1874 Wallis, James, 22 Cranmer-road, Brixton-road,
S.E.

Aug. 26,1870 Warburton, Samuel, Merton- villa, New- road. Lower
Tooting, S.W.

Dec. 22, 1871 Ward, Daniel, 26 Coleman- street, Woolwich, S.E.

Nov. 22, 1867 Ward, F. H., M.E.C.S., F.E.M.S., Springfield-
house, near Tooting, S.W.

Dec. 18, 1868 Warner, Alfred, 6 South-terrace, Hatcham-park-
road, New-cross, S.E.

Feb. 26, 1869 Warner, William, 51 Bookham- street, New North-
road, N.

May 25, 1866 Warrington, H. R., 7 Royal Exchange, Comhill,
E.G.

Oct. 27, 1865 Watkins, C. A., 10 Greek-street, Soho, W.

Oct. 25, 1872 Watkins, J., L.C.P., Union- street, Deptford, S.E.

Dec. 28, 1866 Way, T. E., 65 Wigmore- street, W.

July 24, 1874 Webb, C. E., Nildwood- lodge, North-end, Hamp-
stead, N.W.

Dec. 22, 1871 Webber, John, Limes-villas, Croxted-road, Dul-
wich, S.E.

May 24, 1867 Weeks, A. W. G., 18 Gunter's- grove, Chelsea,
S.W.

Dec. 28, 1866 Wheldon, W., 58 Great Queen-street, W.C.

Dec. 27, 1872 White, Charles E., 32 Belgrave-road, S.W.

April 23, 1869 White, Chakles Fredekick, F.R.M.S. {Vice-Presi-
dent), 42 Windsor-road, Ealing, W.

Feb. 26, 1868 White, Francis W., 2 Brunswick-cottages, Gipsy-
hill, S.E.

May 22, 1868 White, T. Charters, M.R.C.S., F.R.M.S. (Vice-
President), 32 Belgrave-road, S.W.

July 25, 1873 White, Walter, Litcham, Norfolk.

May 24, 1867 White, W., Cawston, Sandown, Isle of Wight.

May 23, 1873 Whitmorc, John, M.D., 15 Wimpole- street, W.

Date of Eloction.

July 24, 1868 Wight, James F., F.E.M.S., Gatcombe- villa,
Croxted-road, West Dulwicli, S.E.

Mar. 24, 1871 Williams, George, 6 St. John's-park, Upper Hol-
lo way, N.

Oct. 24, 1873 Williams, John E., 13 Bouverie-road, Stoke New-
ington, N.

Oct. 28, 1870 WilUams, Martin G., 2 Highbury- crescent, N.

July 28, 1871 Williams, Eobert Pakenham, 18 Brunswick- road,
U]3per Hollo way, N.

Feb. 28, 1873 Williams, Wm. A. B., 23 Highbury- place, N.

Jan. 25, 1867 Willsworth, H., 7 Whittington-terrace, Upper Hol-
lo way, N.

Feb. 23, 1866 Wilshin, J., 12 Totford- place, Necldnger, Ber-
mondsey, S.E.

Feb. 22, 1867 Wilson, Frank, 110, Long-acre, W.O.

Feb. 27, 1874 Wilson, William, 420 Holloway-road, N.

April 24, 1868 Withall, Henry, 1 The Elms, St. John's-road,
Brixton, S.W.

Aug. 27, 1869 Woods, W. Fell, 1 Park-hill, Forest-hill, S.E.

Oct. 25, 1867 Worthington, Eichard, Champion-park, Denmark-
hill, S.E.

June 27, 1873 Wrey, George E. B., Addington-house, Addington-
road, Eeading.

Jan. 23, 1874 Wright, Cecil H., 27 Wardour- street, W.

Nov. 23, 1866 Wright, Edward, 89 Shepherdess-walk, E.C.

Aug. 4, 1865 Wyatt, C. C, 9 North Audley- street, W.

Oct. 26, 1866 Yeats, Christopher, Mortlake, Surrey, S.W.

IsTOTIOE.

Members are reminded that the Subscriptions for the year commencing
July 1st, 1874, and ending June 30th, 1875, are now due.

They are requested to send the amount by Cheque or Post Office Order
(not Stamps) to the Treasurer, Mr. RoBT. Hardwicke, 192, Piccadilly, W.,
where Subscriptions can be received any day between 10 and 4.

Any member of the Club changing his address, will oblige by commu-
nicating his new direction to the Secretary without delay.

RULES.

I. — That " The Quekett Microscopical Chib " hold its meetings
at University College, Gower Street, on the fourth Friday Even-
ing m every month, at Eight o'clock precisely, or at such other
time or place as the Committee may ax^point.

11. — That the business of the Club be conducted by a Com-
mittee consisting of the President, four Vice-Presidents, the
Treasurer, the Honorary Secretary, the Honorary Secretary for
Foreign Correspondence, and twelve other members, — six to
form a quorum. That the President, Vice-Presidents, Secre-
taries, and the four senior members of the Committee (by
election) retire annually, but be eligible for re-election. That
the Committee may a]3point a stipendiary Assistant Secretary,
who shall be subject to its direction.

III. — That at the ordinary Meeting in June, nominations be
made of Candidates to fill the ofiices of Vice-Presidents and vacan-
cies on the Committee. That such nominations be made by reso-
lutions duly moved and seconded, no Member being entitled to
propose more than one Candidate. That in the event of such
nominations exceeding one half more than the number of vacant
offices, the Candidates be reduced by show of hands to such pro-
portion. That the President, Treasurer, Honorary Secretary, and
Honorary Secretary for Foreign Correspondence be nominated
by the Committee. That a list of all nominations made as above be
printed in alphabetical order upon the ballot paper. That at the
Annual General Meeting in July all the above officers be elected
by ballot from the candidates named in the lists, but any member
is at liberty to substitute on his ballot-paper any other name or
names in lieu of those nominated for the offices of President,
Treasurer, Honorary Secretary, and Honorary Secretary for
Foreign Correspondence.

IV. — That in the absence of the President and Vice-Presidents
the Members present at any ordinary Meeting of the Club elect a
Chairman for that evening.

V. — That every Candidate for Membership be proposed by two
or more Members, who shall sign a certificate (see Appendix) in
recommendation of him — one of the proposers from personal
knowledge. The certificate shall be read from the chair, and the
Candidate therein recommended ballotted for at the following
Meeting. Three black balls to exclude.

VI. — That the society include not more than twenty Honorary
Members, elected by the Members by ballot upon the recopi-
mendation of the Committee.

VII. — That the Annual Subscription be Ten Shillings, pay-
able in advance on the 1st of July, but that any Member elected
in May or June be exempt from subscription until the following
July. That any Member desirous of compounding for his future
subscription may do so at any time by payment of the sum of
Ten Pounds ; all such sums to be duly invested in such manner
as the Committee shall think fit. That no person be entitled to
the full privileges of the Club until his subscription shall have
been paid ; and that any Member omitting to pay his subscrip-
;tion six months after the same shall have become due (two ap-
plications in writing having been made by the Treasurer) shall
cease to be a Member of the Club.

VIII. — That the accounts of the Club be audited by two Mem-
bers, to be appointed at the ordinary Meeting in June.

IX. — That the Annual General meeting be held on the fourth
Friday in July, at which the Keport of the Committee on the
affairs of the Club, and the Balance Sheet duly signed by the
Auditors shall be read. Printed lists of Members nominated for
election as President, Vice-Presidents, Treasurer, Secretaries, and
Members of the Committee having been distributed, and the
Chairman having appointed two or more Members to act as
Scrutineers, the Meeting shall then proceed to ballot. If from
any cause these elections, or any of them, do not take place at
this Meeting, they shall be made at the next ordinary Meeting,
of the Club.

X.— That at the ordinary Meetings the following business be
transacted: — The minutes of the last Meeting shall be read and
confirmed; donations to the Club since the last Meeting announced

and exhibited ; ballots for new Members taken ; papers read and
discussed; and certificates for new Members read; after which
the Meeting shall resolve itself into a conversazione.

XI. — That any Member may introduce a Visitor at any ordi-
nary meeting, who shall enter his name with that of the Member
by whom he is introduced, in a book to be kept for the purpose.

XII. — That no alteration be made in these Laws, except at an
Annual General Meeting, or a Special General Meeting called for
that purpose ; and that notice in writing of any proposed altera-
tion be given to the Committee, and read at the ordinary Meeting
at least a month previous to the Annual or Special Meeting, at
which the subject of such alteration is to be considered.

APPENDIX.

FoKM OF Proposal for Membership in

QuEKETT Microscopical Club.

Mr.

of

being desirous of becoming a Member of this Club, we beg to

recommend him for election.

{on my jyersonal knowledge).

This Certificate was read 187

The Ballot will take place 187

RULES FOR THE EXCHANGE OF SLIDES.

I. That all Slides be deposited with the Exchange Committee.

II. That not more than two similar Slides be placed in the
Exchange Box at one time by any one Member.

III. That the Slides be classified by the Committee into Sec-
tions, numbered according to quality.

IV. Members to select from the class in which their Slides are
placed, at the ordinary meetings of the Club.

V. Members may leave the selection to the Exchange Com-
mittee, if they prefer it.

VI. Slides once exchanged cannot be exchanged again.

VII. A Register shall be kept, in which the Slides deposited
shall be entered and numbered, with the date of receipt, and in
which exchanges shall also be noted.

VIII. — All expenses incurred in the transmission of Slides or
in correspondence respecting them, to be borne by the Member
on whose account such charges may be incurred.

Parcels may be addressed —

Mr. John E. Ingpen

192, Piccadilly,

Londo7i,

W.

[Exchange.]

Note. — As much inconvenience frequently arises from the breakage of
Slides in transmission through the Post, the following method is recom-
mended : — Pack the Slides in a small wooden box, which can be obtained of
any Optician, tie it securely with string and attach a slip of parchment to
one end, sufficiently large to receive the Postage Stamps, Address, and local
Post-office Stamps during transmission.

If paper be used as a wrapper to the box, the colour should be black.

When twelve or more Slides are sent, they should be packed in a racked
box and forwarded by Railway.

MEETINGS

OF THE

QUEKETT MICEOSCOPICAL CLUB

AT
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, QOWER STREET, LONDON.

1874.— August 14 .... 28

September 11 .... 25

October 9 .... 23

November 13 .... 27

December 11 .... *

1875.— January 8 .... 22

February 12 .... 26

March 12 .... f

April 9 .... 23

May 14 .... 28

June 11 .... 25

July 9 .... 23

* Dec. 25th, 1874.— Christmas Day— no Meeting.
t Mar. 26th, 1875.— Good Friday— ditto

The Ordinary Meetings are held on the fourth Friday in
each month : — business commences at 8 o'clock p.m.

The Meetings on the second Friday in each month are for
Conversation and Exhibition of Objects only, from 7 to 9.30
p.m.

The Annual General Meeting will be held on July
23rd, 1875, at 8 o'clock, for Election of Officers and other
business.

Offices, 192, Piccadilly, W.

QUEKETT MICEOSCOPICAL CLUB.

EXCURSIONS, 1874.

April 11th SNAEESBROOK.

To meet at Fenchurch Street Station, G.E.E.
April 25th TOERINGTON PAEK (for TOTTEEIDGE), re-
turning by MILL HILL. To meet at King's

Cross Station, G.N.E.
May 9th ESHEE.

To meet at Waterloo Station (Main Line).
May 23rd CHISELHUEST.

To meet at Charing Cross Station.
June 6th ELSTEEE, returning by EDGWAEE.

To meet at St. Pan eras Station, at 1.30 p.m.
June 13th CATEEHAM.

To meet at Charing Cross Station.
June 19th EXCUESIONISTS' ANNUAL DINNEE.

Arrangements will be duly announced.
July 4th ADDLE STONE .

To meet at Waterloo Station (Main Line).
July 13th SOUTHEND, Day Excursion.

To meet at Fenchurch Street Station, the first

Train after 10 a.m.
July 25th EAST END (for FINCHLEY COMMON), re-

turnmg by SOUTHGATE. To meet at Kmg's

Cross Station.
Sept. 5th BEOMLEY (for KESTON).

To meet at Holbom Viaduct Station.
Sept. 19th DAETFOED (for DAEENTH WOOD).

To meet at Charing Cross Station.
Oct. 3rd BAENES.

To meet at Waterloo Station (Eichmond Line).
Oct. 17th WANDSWOETH COMMON.

To meet at Clapham Junction, at 3 p.m.

The time of departure from Town, unless otherwise specified,
will be the first Train after TWO o'clock.

Excursion Committee.

F. W. Gay,

F. OXLEY,

W. W. Eeeves, I
W. T. Suffolk, J

John E. Ingpen, Hon. Secretary.

Offices, 192, PiccadiUy, W.

W. DAVY AND SON, FEINTERS, GILBERT STREET, W.

MBL WHOI LIBRARY

UH IfililV Z